Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2020.

Registration No. 333–                

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

British Columbia   8731   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2215 Yukon Street

Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1

(604) 559-9005

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

The Corporation Trust Company

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 658-7581

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Sam Zucker
Deepa M. Rich

Mitchell S. Bloom

James Xu

Goodwin Procter LLP

601 Marshall Street

Redwood City, CA 94063

(650) 752-3100

 

Joseph Garcia

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP

595 Burrard Street, Suite 2600 Vancouver, BC V7X 1L3

Canada

(604) 631-3300

 

Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D.

Andrew Booth

Tryn T. Stimart

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

2215 Yukon Street

Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1

Canada

(604) 559-9005

  

Charles S. Kim

Kristin VanderPas

Divakar Gupta

Richard Segal

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 550-6000

  

Shahir Guindi

Trevor Scott

Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP

Suite 1700, Guinness Tower

1055 West Hastings Street

Vancouver, BC V6E 2E9

Canada

(778) 785-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act

 

Large Accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
  Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price(1)
  Amount of
registration
fee(2)

Common shares, no par value per share

  $200,000,000   $21,820

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)

Registration fee will be paid when registration statement is first publicly filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 20, 2020

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                              Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of common shares of AbCellera Biologics Inc. We are offering                  of our common shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price per share of our common shares will be between $                 and $                 per share. We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ABCL.”

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional                common shares from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and, as such, have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”

Investing in our common shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

      

Price

to Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)

    

Proceeds to
AbCellera
(before
expenses)

Per Share

     $                  $                  $            

Total

     $                  $                  $            

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                 , 2020.

 

Credit Suisse       Stifel       Berenberg    SVB Leerink    BMO Capital Markets

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2020.


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     15  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD -LOOKING STATEMENTS

     62  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     64  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     65  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     66  

CAPITALIZATION

     67  

DILUTION

     69  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     71  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     73  

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     84  

BUSINESS

     110  

MANAGEMENT

     150  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     160  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     169  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     171  

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     175  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     177  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     180  

COMPARISON OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LAW AND DELAWARE LAW

     182  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. HOLDERS

     190  

MATERIAL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     197  

UNDERWRITING

     199  

LEGAL MATTERS

     206  

EXPERTS

     206  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     206  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document. Regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares, the information in any free writing prospectus that we may provide you in connection with this offering is accurate only as of the date of that free writing prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since those dates.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Through and including                 ,                (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in U.S. dollars. All references in this prospectus to “$,” “US $,” “dollars” and “USD” mean U.S. dollars. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and all references to “$” in our consolidated financial statements mean U.S. dollars. All references to “Canadian dollars” and “CAD $” mean Canadian dollars. Transactions in Canadian dollars are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates at the date of such transactions. Period end balances of monetary assets and liabilities in Canadian dollars are translated to U.S. dollars using the period end exchange rate.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common shares, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the information set forth under the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, references to “AbCellera,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references refer to AbCellera Biologics Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Overview

We believe that the surest path to a better future is through technological advancement and that the new frontier of technology lies at the interface of computation, engineering and biology. Our mission is to improve health with technologies that transform the way that antibody-based therapies are discovered. We aim to become the centralized operating system for next generation antibody discovery.

Our full-stack, artificial intelligence-, or AI, powered drug discovery platform searches and analyzes the database of natural immune systems to find antibodies that can be developed as drugs. We believe our technology increases the speed and the probability of success of therapeutic antibody discovery, including enabling discovery against targets that may otherwise be intractable. Rather than advancing our own clinical pipeline of drug candidates, we forge partnerships with drug developers of all sizes, from large cap pharmaceutical to small biotechnology companies. We empower them to move quickly, reduce cost and tackle the toughest problems in drug development. As of September 30, 2020, we had 94 discovery programs that are either completed, in progress or under contract with 26 partners. As a recent example, in a collaboration with Eli Lilly and Company, or Lilly, we applied our technology stack to co-develop LY-CoV555, a potential antibody therapy to treat and prevent COVID-19. Starting from a single blood sample obtained from a convalescent patient, we and our partners identified a viable antibody drug candidate within three weeks that advanced into clinical testing 90 days after initiation of the program. Lilly progressed into these clinical trials at a greatly accelerated pace as a result of the Coronavirus Treatment Acceleration Program, which is a special emergency program for possible coronavirus therapies created by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2020 to expedite the development of potentially safe and effective life-saving treatments to combat the COVID-19 pandemic. With respect to other or future product candidates, there is no assurance that any of our partners or collaborators will be able to advance a product candidate into clinical development on this timeframe again in the future, or at all. We initiated our partnering program in 2015 and have only had this one program result in clinical milestone payments to us to date and we have not yet had a program receive marketing approval.

Antibodies, which are proteins generated by natural immune systems to fight infection and disease, are amongst the fastest growing class of drugs and are used across multiple therapeutic areas, including oncology, inflammation, neurodegeneration and many others. In 2019, antibody-based therapeutics accounted for over $140.0 billion in sales worldwide and represented five of the top 10 selling therapeutics. The rise of genomics, high-throughput biology and genetic engineering has greatly expanded the opportunity and the ecosystem of innovators working to advance the development of antibody-based therapeutics. There has been a proliferation of biopharmaceutical companies pursuing innovative drug candidate formats and new targets. As new entrants continue to emerge, we believe the total addressable market will continue to expand.

As the field of antibody therapeutics evolves, finding novel antibodies with desired therapeutic properties has become increasingly competitive and demanding. We believe that there are two fundamental problems hindering the discovery and development of next generation antibody-based therapeutics. The first is the state of technology: because of the limitations of legacy discovery approaches, there are many well-validated targets for

 

1


Table of Contents

which suitable antibodies cannot be found. The second is access: most companies are forced to cobble together fragmented solutions and lack the facilities and expertise needed to prosecute their antibody programs. Both of these problems contribute to the rising cost of drug development and delay bringing needed therapies to patients.

Many emerging and established life sciences companies have been built around technologies that focus on one or a limited number of steps in the discovery process, including immune repertoire sequencing, or RepSeq, single-cell analysis, AI, and transgenic rodent platforms. We believe we uniquely integrate proprietary technologies that address each of these steps, creating a complete solution for our partners. Over the last eight years, we have developed and assembled technologies that unlock the database of natural antibodies. We are democratizing the industry by providing our partners of all sizes with access to our centralized operating system.

As depicted in Figure 1 below, our technology stack is a chain of interlocking technologies that is designed to enable the identification of antibodies with desired therapeutic properties.

Figure 1: Our Technology Stack

 

 

LOGO

Some notable technologies within our stack that compound the productivity and efficiency of each step of the discovery process include:

 

   

Source. We combine proprietary immunization with genetically engineered mouse technologies, including the proprietary suite of humanized mice we acquired in November 2020 in connection with our acquisition of Trianni, Inc., or Trianni, to provide a diverse source of human antibodies.

 

   

Search. Our patented microfluidic single-cell screening technology combines speed, throughput, efficiency, resolution and versatility, enabling rapid and deep searches of natural antibody responses.

 

   

Find. Following the acquisition of Lineage Biosciences Inc., or Lineage, in March 2017, we integrated high-throughput RepSeq technology with our single-cell screening technology to provide leading capabilities for the comprehensive profiling and functional characterization of antibody diversity.

 

   

Analyze. Our internally developed platform, Celium, a powerful computational engine for mining, interacting and visualizing the terabytes of data generated during an antibody discovery campaign, combines software, AI and visualization tools to organize, compute and interactively explore large multidimensional data sets.

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Engineer. We acquired rights to the OrthoMab bispecific technology in June 2020, which is a versatile and clinically-validated protein engineering solution to design and produce bispecific antibodies.

The marriage of advanced data collection and computation creates a flywheel effect that augments our technology. As we run our partnership business, we are amassing unique, multi-dimensional data sets that link measurements at the level of single immune cells with the properties of the antibodies they make and the DNA sequences that encode their function. A single antibody discovery project can generate millions of DNA sequences and single-cell measurements, as well as thousands of target-specific antibodies, each characterized by hundreds of data points. Every project generates more data about the antibody immune response. This creates a competitive advantage whereby Celium extracts insights from the data that allows us to accelerate wet lab experimentation with in silico computation in a continuously iterative process. Because our computation is grounded on real world data, the output of Celium is not theoretical predications. We find real molecules that have been optimized by nature.

Our business thesis is based on the belief that technological advancement can improve the drug development process and that maximizing the value and impact of our work is best achieved through partnerships. In March 2020, we tested these beliefs as we mobilized our response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Working with our partner Lilly, we were able to progress from initiation of discovery to clinical trials in only 90 days. The first clinical development candidate in this collaboration, LY-CoV555, is undergoing clinical trials as both a monotherapy and in combination with another antibody as potential therapeutics for COVID-19. On September 16, 2020, Lilly released the first interim Phase 2 clinical data for the monotherapy arms of the BLAZE-1 study, which showed that treatments of COVID-19 infected patients with LY-CoV555 resulted in a 72% risk reduction in hospitalization as compared to placebo in a study of 465 patients. BLAZE-1 is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 study conducted by Lilly that is designed to assess the efficacy and safety of LY-CoV555 and an additional Lilly product candidate for the treatment of symptomatic COVID-19 in the outpatient setting. The monotherapy arms of BLAZE-1 enrolled mild-to-moderate recently diagnosed COVID-19 patients and the primary endpoint was met at a 2800 mg dose level. Lilly also announced that LY-CoV555 was well-tolerated, with no drug-related serious adverse events reported. In addition to the BLAZE-1 study described above, LY-CoV555 is being evaluated in three other clinical trials, one of which is a Phase 3 trial for prophylaxis of COVID-19. LY-CoV555 was also evaluated in a Phase 3 trial in hospitalized patients. Based on trial data that suggested that LY-CoV555 is unlikely to help hospitalized COVID-19 patients recover from this advanced stage of their disease, Lilly announced on October 26, 2020 that it has stopped enrolling additional patients for treatment with LY-CoV555 in this study. The other clinical trials of LY-CoV555 referred to above to evaluate LY-CoV555 for treatment of mild to moderate COVID-19 and for prophylaxis remain active.

On October 7, 2020, Lilly submitted a request for an Emergency Use Authorization, or EUA, for the LY-CoV555 monotherapy to the FDA, which was granted on November 9, 2020. On October 28, 2020, Lilly announced an agreement with the U.S. government to supply 300,000 vials of LY-CoV555 for $375.0 million. On October 29, 2020, Lilly also announced a fixed price contract for procurement of LY-CoV555 in the amount of $312.5 million with the U.S. Army Contracting Command. Under our partnership with Lilly, we are entitled to receive a specified percentage of proceeds that Lilly receives from these sales. As proud as we are to have played a role in the global response to COVID-19, we believe it is only an example of how our technology can accelerate drug discovery.

Our business has historically been both high growth and capital efficient. Revenues have grown at a 109% CAGR since 2014. We have generated positive operating cash flow cumulatively since our inception in 2012 and in every year since 2018. Our partnership agreements include: (i) payments for technology access and performance of research, (ii) downstream payments in the form of clinical and commercial milestones and (iii) royalties on net sales of any approved therapeutics. We structure our agreements in a way that is designed to

 

3


Table of Contents

align our partners’ economic interests with our own. While the vast majority of our historical revenue reflects upfront payments from research programs, we believe the long-term value of our business will be driven by downstream milestone and royalty payments. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, our revenue was $8.8 million, $11.6 million, $8.4 million and $25.2 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, our net income (loss) was $0.3 million, $(2.2) million, $(0.6) million and $1.9 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, we have entered into agreements for 94 partnered discovery programs, 71 of which include the potential for milestone and royalty payments from our partners. As of September 30, 2020, we had 174 full-time employees in Canada, the United States and Australia, consisting of 81 scientists, 45 engineers and data scientists and 48 business professionals.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to improve health with technologies that transform the way that antibody-based therapies are discovered. To achieve this mission, we aim to become the operating system for next generation antibody discovery, and to act as an integral part of our partners’ development efforts.

We seek to expand the industry of antibody therapeutics in two ways. First, we believe our technology can solve discovery problems to unlock new opportunities for therapeutic antibody development. Second, by accessing our teams, technologies and facilities, partners can eliminate the extended delays and costs associated with setting up antibody discovery capabilities. Through our partnership business, we aim to enable our partners to start programs without delay and prosecute them at maximum speed.

Our strategy includes:

 

   

Creating more value with our existing partnerships.

 

   

Increasing the number of partnerships.

 

   

Expanding our market by delivering a full solution through forward integration.

 

   

Scaling our teams and facilities to meet future demand.

 

   

Increasing our technological differentiation.

 

   

Leveraging synergy of data and computation.

 

4


Table of Contents

We believe our strategy creates a virtuous cycle, as depicted in Figure 2 below, that will drive our position as the centralized operating system for antibody discovery.

Figure 2: Our Business Strategy

 

 

LOGO

Our Key Competitive Strengths

Our industry position and success are based on the following key competitive strengths:

 

   

Better antibody discovery, from the start.

 

   

A full-stack technology, accessible to all.

 

   

An AI platform built on real world data.

 

   

A unique combination of hardware, software and wetware.

 

   

Industry-innovating business model.

 

   

The flywheel of data, partnerships and technology.

 

   

Strong brand built on performance and third-party recognition.

 

   

Robust IP portfolio including foundation patents.

 

   

Founder-led team, custom-built for interdisciplinary technology development.

Our Market Opportunity

Antibodies are the fastest growing class of drugs and are used across multiple therapeutic areas, including oncology, inflammation, neurodegeneration and many more. In 2019, antibody-based therapeutics accounted for

 

5


Table of Contents

over $140 billion in sales and represented five of the top 10 selling therapeutics worldwide. In 2019, antibodies represented 70% of the sales of all biologics, and 36 antibody therapeutics reached blockbuster status with sales higher than $1.0 billion. The antibody-based therapeutics market is expected to reach approximately $260.0 billion in size by 2025, representing a CAGR of approximately 11% for the period from 2019 to 2025. Further, the more nascent cell therapy market is expected to grow from $1.0 billion in 2019 to over $17.0 billion in 2025, reflecting a CAGR of around 60%. Opportunities for accelerating growth of the antibody therapeutics market include improved access to traditionally difficult targets (e.g., G protein-coupled receptors, or GPCRs, and ion channels), the emergence of new therapeutic modalities (e.g., bispecifics, chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR-T, cell therapy and antibody conjugates) and the ever-expanding number of companies entering the space.

Despite the size of the market, significant challenges exist. Looked at from any perspective, drug development fails too often, takes too long and costs too much.

Our Platform

Our platform is an operating system designed to support many antibody modalities; unlock new targets; increase the speed to clinical development for our partners and increase the potential clinical and commercial success for our partners.

Our full-stack, AI-powered technology sources, searches, decodes and analyzes antibody responses with the ultimate goal of engineering new antibody drug candidates for our partners. Our platform incorporates and integrates modern technology tools from engineering, microfluidics, single-cell analysis, high-throughput genomics, machine learning and hyper-scale data science. We have internally developed, in-licensed or acquired our technologies. We deploy our platform to help our partners in their efforts to identify antibodies with better potency and developability.

We believe our approach of integrating modern hardware, software and wetware is unique. We have pioneered nanoliter volume single-cell antibody screening methods using microfluidics. Our workflows incorporate proprietary immunization methods, including proprietary engineered mice from which we can discover fully human antibodies, optimized molecular biology protocols and patented protein engineering technologies. The aggregation of these technologies, coupled with our proprietary processes and team, allows us to provide a differentiated offering to our partners.

The computational engine of our platform, Celium, combines software, AI and visualization tools to mine, organize, compute and interactively explore the immense multidimensional data sets that we produce in each antibody discovery campaign. Unlike many AI-based drug discovery approaches, Celium is continually improved with real world data. We iteratively inform wetlab experimentation with in silico computation, and vice versa. The output of our process is not theoretical predictions. We discover real molecules that have been optimized by nature.

 

6


Table of Contents

We believe our competitive advantage is derived from the integration of multiple proprietary technologies and a seamless workflow. Table 1 below provides how each aspect of our end-to-end technology stack addresses challenges in antibody therapeutic discovery.

Table 1: Our Platform and Solution

 

LOGO

Our Partnership Business

We forge partnerships with large cap pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations. Our partners select a target and define the antibody properties needed for therapeutic development. We provide discovery solutions to partners that have a range of discovery capabilities, from the highly enabled to the less enabled. We enable discovery against targets that have traditionally been intractable, and we accelerate programs against less difficult targets.

Our deals emphasize participation in the success and upside of future antibody therapeutics. Our partnership agreements include near-term payments for technology access, research and intellectual property rights, and downstream payments in the form of clinical and commercial milestones, and royalties on net sales. As of September 30, 2020, we had 94 discovery programs that were either completed, in progress or under contract, including 71 with the potential for milestone and royalty payments. Some of the recent publicly disclosed partnerships, established since 2019, include:

 

   

IgM Biosciences. Multi-target, multi-year partnership focused on oncology and immunology and announced on September 24, 2020.

 

   

Lilly. Multi-year partnership with 9 targets focused on COVID-19 and additional indications and announced on May 22, 2020.

 

   

Gilead Sciences. Single target partnership focused on infectious disease and announced on June 13, 2019.

 

   

Denali. Multi-year partnership with eight targets focused on neurological diseases and announced on February 28, 2019.

 

   

Novartis. Multi-year partnership with up to 10 targets and announced on February 14, 2019.

 

7


Table of Contents
   

Government of Canada. Commitment of up to CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million) to expand efforts related to the discovery of antibodies for use in drugs to treat COVID-19, and to build technology and manufacturing infrastructure and announced on May 3, 2020.

 

   

Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Two-year agreement focused on high-priority infectious diseases including HIV, malaria and tuberculosis and announced on March 14, 2019.

Trianni Acquisition

In November 2020, we acquired Trianni. Founded in 2008, Trianni develops next-generation transgenic mice that provide a source of fully-human antibodies for the discovery of therapeutic antibody candidates. To our knowledge, there are only two other companies, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Kymab, Ltd., that engage in the development and use of humanized rodents in antibody discovery programs and against different therapeutic targets. Immunizing Trianni mice allows for the generation of diverse panels of human antibodies with drug-like properties including high affinity, high specificity and the biophysical properties suitable for manufacturing. In addition to the flagship Trianni mouse, we also acquired a suite of humanized rodent platforms engineered to support next-generation antibody therapy discovery and development. We believe the Trianni mouse technology will allow us to generate more high-quality antibodies against difficult targets and improve the speed of our discovery programs. By integrating a suite of transgenic rodent platforms into our stack, we believe we will be able to negotiate for greater downstream value participation, including higher royalty rates, from successful therapeutic development programs.

In addition to the strategic value of Trianni’s technology, Trianni generates revenues through mouse sales, platform licensing fees and associated downstream milestone payments. Since inception, Trianni has executed over 30 agreements with pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and academic institutions. For 10 of these agreements, Trianni is eligible to receive royalty payments on net sales of therapeutics and diagnostics discovered using the company’s proprietary mice. For eight of the 10 agreements that include potential royalty payments, the partner has the option to buyout royalty payments prior to product approval. We believe the addition of the Trianni mouse, and future next generation transgenic mice under development will allow us to expand the diversity of antibody responses to a wide range of targets, leading to improvements in the quality and speed of our discovery programs.

In connection with the Trianni acquisition, our U.S. subsidiary entered into an agreement and plan of merger for an initial purchase price of $90.0 million, subject to certain adjustments for working capital, indebtedness and expenses. Upon consummation of the merger, Trianni became our wholly owned subsidiary. In addition, we will assign to a former stockholder of Trianni most of the amounts received from a license agreement. We paid the purchase price for the acquisition using the proceeds from the issuance of convertible promissory notes to certain investors in an aggregate amount of approximately $90.0 million, or the Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes will mature on October 30, 2025, unless earlier prepaid or converted, and will bear interest from October 30, 2021 at an annual rate of 5%, payable annually in arrears on October 30 of each year, beginning on October 30, 2022. Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable in cash or in the form of additional non-convertible notes. The Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the noteholders into our common shares under certain circumstances, including upon the closing of this offering. Convertible Notes converted upon the closing of this offering will convert at a price of 85% of the initial public offering price.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks that you should consider before investing in our company. These risks are described more fully the section titled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

We have incurred losses in certain years since inception and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

 

   

Our commercial success depends on the quality of our antibody discovery platform and technological capabilities and their acceptance by new and existing partners in our market.

 

   

If we cannot maintain and expand current partnerships and enter into new partnerships that generate discovery programs for antibodies, our business could be adversely affected.

 

   

In recent periods, we have depended on a limited number of partners for our revenue, the loss of any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

 

   

Biopharmaceutical drug development is inherently uncertain, and it is possible that none of the drug candidates discovered using our platform that are further developed by our partners will receive marketing approval or become viable commercial products, on a timely basis or at all.

 

   

We may be unable to manage our current and future growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute on our business strategy.

 

   

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, in research and development efforts that further enhance our antibody discovery platform. Such investments in technology are inherently risky and may affect our operating results. If the return on these investments is lower or develops more slowly than we expect, our revenue and operating results may suffer.

 

   

Our partners have significant discretion in determining when and whether to make announcements, if any, about the status of our partnerships, including about clinical developments and timelines for advancing collaborative programs, and the price of our common shares may decline as a result of announcements of unexpected results or developments.

 

   

Our partners may not achieve projected discovery and development milestones and other anticipated key events in the expected timelines or at all, which could have an adverse impact on our business and could cause the price of our common shares to decline.

 

   

The life sciences and biotech platform technology market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability.

 

   

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property.

 

   

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and we may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, which may impair our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 2012 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), or the BCBCA. Our principal executive offices are located at 2215 Yukon Street Vancouver, British Columbia, V5Y 0A1, Canada and our telephone number is (604) 559-9005. We have six wholly owned subsidiaries, Lineage, a Delaware corporation, Trianni, a California corporation, AbCellera US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, AbCellera Properties Inc., a BCBCA company, AbCellera Properties Columbia Inc., a BCBCA company, and Channel Biologics Pty Ltd., a proprietary company registered in New South Wales, Australia. Our website address is www.abcellera.com. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

AbCellera and other trademarks or service marks of AbCellera, including our subsidiaries appearing in this prospectus are the property of AbCellera. The other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this

 

9


Table of Contents

prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or JOBS Act, and will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other public company reporting requirements. These provisions include:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financials in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

   

not being required to hold advisory votes on executive compensation or to obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements not previously approved;

 

   

an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold shares.

We have elected not to “opt out” of the exemption for the delayed adoption of certain accounting standards, and, therefore, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies. As a result of this election, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million as measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million as measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. Further, if we are a smaller reporting company with less than $100.0 million in annual revenue, we would not be required to obtain an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common shares offered by us

            shares

 

Common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to             additional common shares at the public offering price, less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common shares in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to continue making investments in research and development efforts towards deepening our technology and expertise along our technology stack, to continue making investments in building our business development team and marketing our solutions to new and existing partners, as well as for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of businesses, technologies or other assets that we believe are complementary to our own. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

Risk factors

Investment in our common shares involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section titled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing in our common shares.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“ABCL”

The number of common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on              common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020 (including our convertible preferred shares on an as-converted basis into an aggregate of              common shares, and the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of              common shares upon the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and excludes:

 

   

4,037,050 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.70 per share;

 

   

1,341,131 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options granted after September 30, 2020, with a weighted average price of $27.74 per share;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

1,316,131 common shares reserved for issuance under our Sixth Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, or the Current Plan, as of September 30, 2020, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time the 2020 Share Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2020 Plan, becomes effective;

 

   

            common shares to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, plus any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance; and

 

   

            common shares to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan, or the 2020 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, plus any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance.

Except as otherwise specifically indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

 

   

a one-for-     share split of our common shares, which was effected on                , 2020;

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                additional common shares in this offering;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares as of September 30, 2020 into an aggregate of                  common shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of              common shares upon the completion of this offering, assuming an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our new notice of articles and effectiveness of our new articles, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the information in those financial statements. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future periods, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 or any other period.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Research fees

   $ 8,831     $ 11,612     $ 8,409     $ 17,247  

Milestone payments

     —         —         —         8,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,831       11,612       8,409       25,247  

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,803       10,113       6,804       20,757  

Sales and marketing

     712       1,263       792       1,610  

General and administrative

     2,151       2,749       1,774       6,116  

Depreciation

     918       1,604       1,180       1,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,583       15,729       10,550       29,990  

Loss from operations

     (753     (4,117     (2,141)       (4,743

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     (42     (155     (111     (195

Interest and other expense

     213       209       127       4,896  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     362       (186     (348     (1,146

Grants and incentives

     (1,594     (1,774     (1,239     (10,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     (1,061     (1,906     (1,571     (6,662

Net earnings (loss) for the period

   $ 309     $ (2,211   $ (570   $ 1,918  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders(1):

        

Basic

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15   $ (0.04   $ 0.09  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15   $ (0.04   $ 0.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding(1):

        

Basic

     14,943,637       15,132,756       15,120,734       15,241,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     17,133,611       15,132,756       15,120,734       23,772,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited)(1):

        

Basic

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(1):

        

Basic

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

 

(1)   See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements and our interim consolidated financial statements, each appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, for details on the calculation of historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma(2)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(3)(4)
 
    

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 91,082 (5)    $                    $                

Working capital(1)

     93,895       

Total assets

     142,385       

Total liabilities

     53,147       

Total preferred stock

     82,208       

Total shareholders’ equity

     89,238       

 

(1)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.
(2)   The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares as of September 30, 2020 into 8,123,048 common shares upon the completion of this offering and (ii) the issuance of the Convertible Notes and receipt of approximately $90.0 million in gross proceeds therefor, and the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of              common shares upon the completion of this offering, assuming an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(3)   The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to the sale and issuance of common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(4)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amounts of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, total liabilities and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted amounts of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, total liabilities and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $                million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(5)   Does not reflect payment of approximately $8.0 million to Trianni in connection with the acquisition in November 2020.

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common shares. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We have incurred losses in certain years since inception and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

Our plan is to enter a phase of accelerated growth and we will be investing heavily in our business. We expect to experience variability in revenue and in expenses which makes it difficult to evaluate our business or our prospects. As such, we may incur losses that are materially larger than what we have previously incurred. We have incurred losses in certain years since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred a net income of $0.3 million and net loss of $2.2 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we had net income of $1.9 million. As of September 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $2.8 million. We expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase significantly, including as we:

 

   

invest in research and development activities to improve our technology and platform;

 

   

market and sell our solutions to existing and new partners;

 

   

acquire businesses or technologies to support the growth of our business;

 

   

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

maintain, expand, enforce, protect and defend our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

prosecute and defend our ongoing and any future litigation;

 

   

build our new good manufacturing practices, or GMP, manufacturing facility;

 

   

create additional infrastructure to support our operations, including expanding our sales and marketing organization;

 

   

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel to support our operations as a public company; and

 

   

experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

Our expenses could increase beyond expectations for a variety of reasons, including as a result of our growth strategy and the increase in our operations. Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily from revenue from upfront payments generated through our receipt of technology access fees and discovery research fees through the performance of service contracts with our partners, payments from partners upon the satisfaction of clinical milestones, government funding and one off government grants, the incurrence of indebtedness, and from private placements of our common and convertible preferred shares. Given our strategy and plans to invest in enhancing and scaling our business, we will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and sustain future profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any sustained period of time. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability and our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our revenue has fluctuated from period to period, and our revenue for any historical period may not be indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, a substantial portion of our revenue was generated by upfront technology access and research discovery fees through performing research activities for our partners. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we received payments from our partnership contracts generated upon the satisfaction of clinical milestones for the first time. Upfront technology access fees are generated upon execution of our partnership agreements. Research and discovery fees are generated by research activities that we perform for our partners, the timing and nature of which are dictated by the commencement of antibody discovery campaigns selected by our partners. Clinical milestone payments are generated upon the achievement of development milestones by our partners with respect to the antibodies that we deliver. As a result, we currently do not generate significant recurring revenue and, until such time as we establish significant recurring revenue, if at all, we will be prone to regular fluctuations in our revenue dependent on the timing of our entry into partnership agreements, our partners initiating discovery programs, and our partners achieving development milestones or commercial sales with respect to drug candidates utilizing antibodies discovered using our platform. We do not expect to generate significant recurring revenue unless and until such time as we secure additional programs under contract that, in the aggregate, result in regular and continuous execution of new partnership contracts, research discovery activities, achievement of development milestones or commencement of commercial sales. However, we are unable to predict whether and the extent to which the minimum annual payments under our partnership agreements will be exceeded, or the timing of the achievement of any milestones under these agreements, if they are achieved at all. In some cases, the timing and likelihood of payments to us under these agreements is dependent on our partners’ successful utilization of the antibodies discovered using our platform, which is outside of our control. Because of these factors, our operating results could vary materially from quarter to quarter from our forecasts.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the level of demand for our antibody discovery platform and solutions, which may vary significantly;

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development and commercialization activities relating to our platform and technology, which may change from time to time;

 

   

the start and completion of programs in which our platform is utilized;

 

   

the relative reliability and robustness of our platform, including the data generation and computational tools within our technology stack;

 

   

the introduction of new technologies, platform features or software, by us or others in our industry;

 

   

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional technologies;

 

   

expenditures involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent claims, including costs related to our intellectual property litigation with Berkeley Lights, and the outcome of this and any other future patent litigation we may be involved in;

 

   

the degree of competition in our industry and any change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or future partners;

 

   

natural disasters, outbreaks of disease or public health crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the timing and nature of any future acquisitions or strategic partnerships;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

   

general social, political and economic conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

For example, this is the first year in which we received payments from a partner upon the satisfaction of clinical milestones. The antibody, LY-CoV555 developed by Eli Lilly and Company, or Lilly, has undergone or is currently undergoing a Phase 1 clinical trial, three Phase 2 clinical trials and one Phase 3 clinical trial, and we have received associated clinical milestone payments this year. Lilly progressed into these clinical trials at a greatly accelerated pace as a result of the Coronavirus Treatment Acceleration Program, which is a special emergency program for possible coronavirus therapies created by the FDA in 2020 to expedite the development of potentially safe and effective life-saving treatments to combat the COVID-19 pandemic. With respect to other or future product candidates, there is no assurance that any of our partners or collaborators will be able to advance a product candidate through clinical development on this timeframe again in the future, or at all. We initiated our partnering program in 2015 and have only had this one program result in clinical milestone payments to us to date and we have not yet had a program receive marketing approval.

The effect of one of the factors discussed above, or the cumulative effects of a combination of factors discussed above, could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Even if this offering is successful, we may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, improve our platform or expand our operations. If we are unable to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us or at all or generate cash flows necessary to maintain or expand our operations, we may not be able to compete successfully, which would harm our business, operations, and financial condition.

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flows from operations, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next              months following the date of this prospectus. If our available cash resources together with our net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our drug-discovery platform, or the realization of other risks described in this prospectus, we may be required to raise additional capital prior to such time through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, entrance into a credit facility or another form of third party funding or seek other debt financing. Such additional financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

In any event, we may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons. For example, this may include reasons such as to:

 

   

increase our sales and marketing efforts to drive market recognition of our platform and address competitive developments;

 

   

fund development and marketing efforts of our current and future programs;

 

   

expand the capabilities of our platform into adjacent therapeutic modalities, including vaccine development and cell therapy;

 

   

acquire, license or invest in technologies;

 

   

acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and

 

   

finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

our ability to achieve revenue growth;

 

   

the cost of expanding our operations, including our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

our rate of progress in selling access to our platform and marketing activities associated therewith;

 

   

our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, antibody discovery;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

the continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on global social, political and economic conditions;

 

   

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent claims, including costs related to our intellectual property litigation with Berkeley Lights, and the outcome of this and any other future patent litigation we may be involved in; and

 

   

costs related to any domestic and international expansion.

The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our shareholders would result. Any preferred equity securities issued also would likely provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common shares. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common shares. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may also involve agreements that include covenants restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making product acquisitions, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. For example, our agreement with the Canadian Ministry of Western Economic Diversification, or WD Canada, under the Western Innovation Initiative and the Business Scale-up and Productivity programs, as well as our agreement with the Strategic Innovation Fund, or SIF, requires us to obtain the consent of WD Canada or SIF, as applicable, before being able to engage in certain change of control and asset disposition transactions during the term of the agreement. In particular, our agreement with the SIF requires us to obtain consent in the event that an individual or company (or two or more of them acting in concert) acquires the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 20% or more of our voting securities. In the event consent is not obtained, the agreement may be terminated and we will be obligated to repay all or a portion of the contribution amounts from WD Canada and SIF.

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our commercial success depends on the quality of our antibody discovery platform and technological capabilities and their acceptance by new and existing partners in our market.

We utilize our drug-discovery platform to identify antibodies for further development and potential commercialization by our partners. As a result, the quality and sophistication of our platform and technology is critical to our ability to conduct our research discovery activities and to deliver more promising molecules and to accelerate and lower the costs of discovery as compared to traditional methods for our partnerships. In particular, our business depends, among other things, on:

 

   

our platform’s ability to successfully identify therapeutic antibodies on the desired timeframes that can ultimately be used to prevent and treat diseases;

 

   

our ability to execute on our strategy to enter into new partnerships with new or existing partners and establish a robust internal pipeline of antibody discovery programs;

 

   

our ability to increase awareness of the capabilities of our technology and solutions;

 

   

our partners’ and potential partners’ willingness to adopt new technologies;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

whether our platform reliably provides advantages over legacy and other alternative technologies and is perceived by customers to be cost effective;

 

   

the rate of adoption of our solutions by pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes, government organizations and non-profit organizations and others;

 

   

prices we charge for our data packages and the discoveries that we make;

 

   

the relative reliability and robustness of our platform;

 

   

our ability to develop new solutions for partners;

 

   

if competitors develop a platform that performs functional testing of cells at a greater throughput than us;

 

   

the timing and scope of any approval that may be required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or any other regulatory body for drugs that are developed based on antibodies discovered by us;

 

   

the impact of our investments in innovation and commercial growth;

 

   

negative publicity regarding our or our competitors’ technologies resulting from defects or errors; and

 

   

our ability to further validate our technology through research and accompanying publications.

There can be no assurance that we will successfully address any of these or other factors that may affect the market acceptance of our platform or our technology. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining market acceptance of our platform, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

If we cannot maintain and expand current partnerships and enter into new partnerships that generate discovery programs for antibodies, our business could be adversely affected.

We do not have our own pipeline of drug candidates, and instead we focus our efforts on the discovery of antibodies for targets that are selected by our partners. Our partners then use the data packages provided by us to develop their own drug candidates without our involvement. As a result, our success depends on our ability to expand the number and scope of our partnerships. Many factors may impact the success of these partnerships, including our ability to perform our obligations, our partners’ satisfaction with our data packages, our partners’ ability to successfully develop, secure regulatory approval for and commercialize drug candidates using antibodies discovered using our platform, our partners’ internal priorities (including fluctuations in research and developments budgets), our partners’ resource allocation decisions and competitive opportunities, disagreements with partners, the costs required of either party to the partnerships and related financing needs, and operating, legal and other risks in any relevant jurisdiction.

In our partnership programs, we maintain rights to large unique data sets that connect information at the level of single-cell measurements, DNA sequence and protein function. We use this data to create an accelerating flywheel of learning: data generation from our partnership business provides the basis for AI modules that lead to expanded capabilities and faster data generation which supports our partnership business. As a result, in addition to reducing our revenue or delaying the development of our future solutions, the loss of one or more of these relationships may reduce our exposure to such information, thus hindering our efforts to further our technological differentiation and improve our platform.

We engage in conversations with companies regarding potential partnerships on an ongoing basis. These conversations may not result in a commercial agreement. Even if an agreement is reached, the resulting relationship may not be successful, including due to our inability to discover any usable antibodies for the selected targets or the antibodies that we do discover may not be successfully developed or commercialized by our partners. In such circumstances, we would not generate any substantial revenues from such a collaboration in the form of discovery research fees, milestone payments, royalties or otherwise. Speculation in the industry about our existing or potential partnerships can be a catalyst for adverse speculation about us, or our data packages, which can adversely affect our reputation and our business.

 

19


Table of Contents

In recent periods, we have depended on a limited number of partners for our revenue, the loss of any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

In recent periods, a limited number of partnerships accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2019, two of our partners accounted for 47% and 15% of our revenue, and 11 partners accounted for the remaining 38% of our revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, two of our partnerships accounted for 50% and 21% of our revenue, and nine partnerships accounted for the remaining 29% of our revenue. These partnerships cover a large number of programs under contract, and therefore represent a large portion of potential downstream value. In addition, our partnership agreements are typically terminable at will with 90 days’ notice prior to identification of a target, after which point they may only be terminated for cause. As a result, if we fail to maintain our relationships with our partners or if any of our partners discontinue their programs, our future results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Biopharmaceutical drug development is inherently uncertain, and it is possible that none of the drug candidates discovered using our platform that are further developed by our partners will receive marketing approval or become viable commercial products, on a timely basis or at all.

We use our platform to offer antibody drug-discovery programs to partners who are engaged in drug discovery and development. These partners include large cap pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations. While we receive upfront payments generated through our receipt of technology access fees and discovery research fees for performing research activities for our partners, we estimate that the vast majority of the economic value of the contracts that we enter into with our partners is in the downstream payments that are payable if certain milestones are met or approved products are sold. As a result, our future growth is dependent on the ability of our partners to successfully develop and commercialize therapies based on antibodies discovered using our platform. Due to our reliance on our partners, the risks relating to product development, regulatory clearance, authorization or approval and commercialization apply to us derivatively through the activities of our partners. While we believe our platform is capable of identifying high quality antibodies, there can be no assurance that our partners will successfully develop, secure marketing approvals for and commercialize any drug candidates based on the antibodies that we discover. As a result, we may not realize the intended benefits of our partnerships. We initiated our partnering program in 2015 and have only had one program result in two clinical milestone payments to us to date and we have not yet had a program receive clinical marketing approval.

Due to the uncertain, time-consuming and costly clinical development and regulatory approval process, our partners may not successfully develop any drug candidates with the antibodies that we discover, or our partners may choose to discontinue the development of these drug candidates for a variety of reasons, including due to safety, risk versus benefit profile, exclusivity, competitive landscape, commercialization potential, production limitations or prioritization of their resources. It is possible that none of these drug candidates will ever receive regulatory approval and, even if approved, such drug candidates may never be successfully commercialized. For example, under our research collaboration agreement with Lilly, we are eligible to receive and have received payments upon the achievement of certain development milestones, and are eligible to receive royalties resulting from sales of both COVID-19 and non-COVID-19 products that incorporate antibodies we discovered. While we have started to receive the first milestone payments from this collaboration, there can be no assurance that we will receive additional milestone payments or any royalties in the future. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that Lilly will be successful in its clinical trials. For example, based on trial data that suggested that LY-CoV555 is unlikely to help hospitalized COVID-19 patients recover from this advanced stage of their disease, Lilly announced on October 26, 2020 that it has stopped enrolling additional patients for treatment with LY-CoV555 in this study. BLAZE-1 is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 study conducted by Lilly that is designed to assess the efficacy and safety of LY-CoV555 and an additional Lilly product candidate for the treatment of symptomatic COVID-19 in the outpatient setting. Across all treatment arms, the trial is designed to enroll an estimated 800 participants. The monotherapy arms of BLAZE-1 enrolled mild-to-moderate recently diagnosed COVID-19 patients across four groups (placebo, LY-CoV555 700 mg, LY-CoV555 2800 mg, and LY-CoV555 7000 mg). The primary outcome measure for the BLAZE-1 monotherapy arms was change from baseline to day 11 in SARS-CoV-2 viral load. Additional endpoints include the percentage of participants who experience COVID-related hospitalization, emergency room visit or death from baseline through day 29, as well as safety. Lilly announced that the primary endpoint,

 

20


Table of Contents

change from baseline in viral load at day 11, was met at the 2800 mg dose level, but not the others. Most patients, including those receiving placebo, demonstrated near complete viral clearance by day 11. Additional analyses of viral data demonstrated that LY-CoV555 improved viral clearance at an earlier time point (day 3) and reduced the proportion of patients with persistently high viral load at later time points. Lilly also announced that LY-CoV555 was well-tolerated, with no drug-related serious adverse events reported. Treatment emergent adverse events were similar across all dose groups and comparable to placebo. Viral RNA sequencing revealed putative LY-CoV555-resistance variants in placebo and all treatment arms. The rate of resistance variants was numerically higher in treated patients (8 percent) versus placebo (6 percent). In addition, in October 2020, Lilly submitted a request for an Emergency Use Authorization, or EUA, for the LY-CoV555 monotherapy to the FDA, announced an agreement with the U.S. government to supply 300,000 vials of LY-CoV555 for $375.0 million and announced a fixed price contract for procurement of LY-CoV555 in the amount of $312.5 million with the U.S. Army Contracting Command. Lilly’s request for EUA was granted by the FDA on November 9, 2020. Under our partnership with Lilly, we are entitled to receive a specified percentage of proceeds that Lilly receives from these sales. The FDA has the authority to grant an EUA to allow unapproved medical products to be used in an emergency to diagnose, treat, or prevent serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions when there are no adequate, approved, and available alternatives. Pursuant to the EUA by the FDA for LY-CoV555, Lilly is able to distribute LY-CoV555 under the conditions set forth in the Emergency Use Authorization prior to FDA approval. Furthermore, the FDA may revoke an EUA where it is determined that the underlying health emergency no longer exists or warrants such authorization, and we cannot predict how long, if ever, an EUA would remain in place. If the EUA granted to Lilly is subsequently revoked, such revocation could adversely impact our business. There can be no assurance that the agreements with the U.S. government and U.S. Army Contracting Command will be completed.

In addition, even if these drug candidates receive regulatory approval in the United States, our partners may never obtain approval or commercialize such drugs outside of the United States, which would limit their full market potential and therefore our ability to realize their potential downstream value. Furthermore, approved drugs may not achieve broad market acceptance among physicians, patients, the medical community and third-party payors, in which case revenue generated from their sales would be limited. Likewise, our partners have to make decisions about which clinical stage and pre-clinical drug candidates to develop and advance, and our partners may not have the resources to invest in all of the drug candidates that contain antibodies discovered using our platform, or clinical data and other development considerations may not support the advancement of one or more drug candidates. Decision-making about which drug candidates to prioritize involves inherent uncertainty, and our partners’ development program decision-making and resource prioritization decisions, which are outside of our control, may adversely affect the potential value of those partnerships. Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if one more of our partners is involved in a business combination, the partner might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any drug candidate that utilizes an antibody that we have discovered. If one of our strategic partners terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new partners.

We are also subject to industry-wide FDA and other regulatory risk. The number of new drug applications, or NDAs, and biologics license applications, or BLAs, approved by the FDA varies significantly over time and if there were to be an extended reduction in the number of NDAs and BLAs approved by the FDA, the industry would contract and our business would be materially harmed.

Our partners’ failure to effectively advance, market and sell suitable drug candidates with the antibodies that we discover could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and cause the market price of our common shares to decline. In addition to the inherent uncertainty in drug development addresses above, our ability to forecast our future revenues may be limited.

The failure of our partners to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business.

Our reliance on our partners poses a number of additional risks, including the risk that they may not perform their contractual obligations to us to our standards, in compliance with applicable legal or contractual requirements, in a timely manner or at all; they may not maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information; and disagreements or disputes could arise that could cause delays in, or termination of, the research, development or commercialization of products using our antibodies or result in litigation or arbitration.

 

21


Table of Contents

In addition, certain of our partners are large, multinational organizations that run many programs concurrently, and we are dependent on their ability to accurately track and make milestone payments to us pursuant to the terms of our agreements with them. Any failure by them to inform us when milestones are reached and make related payments to us could adversely affect our results of operations.

Moreover, some of our partners are located in markets subject to political and social risk, corruption, infrastructure problems and natural disasters, and are often subject to country-specific privacy and data security risk as well as burdensome legal and regulatory requirements. Any of these factors could adversely impact their financial condition and results of operations, which could impair their ability to meet their contractual obligations to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to manage our current and future growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.

Since our inception in 2012, we have experienced rapid growth and anticipate further growth in our business operations. This growth requires managing complexities across all aspects of our business, including complexities associated with increased headcount, integration of acquisitions, expansion of international operations, expansion of facilities, including our new GMP facility, execution on new lines of business and implementations of appropriate systems and controls to grow the business. Our growth has required significant time and attention from our management, and placed strains on our operational systems and processes, financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business.

We expect to continue to increase headcount and to hire more specialized personnel in the future as we grow our business. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified scientists, engineers, laboratory personnel, client and account services personnel and sales and marketing staff and improve and maintain our technology to properly manage our growth. We may also need to hire, train and manage individuals with expertise that is separate, supplemental or different from expertise that we currently have, and accordingly we may not be successful in hiring, training and managing such individuals. For example, if our new hires perform poorly, if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, our business may be harmed. Improving our technology and processes have required us to hire and retain additional scientific, engineering, sales and marketing, software, manufacturing, distribution and quality assurance personnel. As a result, we have experienced rapid headcount growth from 59 employees as of September 30, 2018 to 174 employees as of September 30, 2020. We currently serve partners around the world and plan to continue to expand to new international jurisdictions as part of our growth strategy, which will lead to increased dispersion of our employees . Moreover, we expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company. Once public, our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. A risk associated with maintaining this rate of growth, for example, is that we may face challenges integrating, developing and motivating our rapidly growing and increasingly dispersed employee base.

We may not be able to maintain the quality, reliability or robustness of our platform, or the expected turnaround times of our solutions and support, or to satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth properly, we may experience future weaknesses in our internal controls, which we may not successfully remediate on a timely basis or at all. For example, in connection with the preparation and audits of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, a material weakness was identified in our internal control over financial reporting, as described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operational and manufacturing systems and processes, our financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business and continue to effectively expand, train and manage our personnel. The time and resources required to improve our existing systems and procedures, implement new systems and procedures and to adequately staff such existing and new systems and procedures is uncertain, and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could adversely affect our operations and negatively impact our business and financial results.

 

22


Table of Contents

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, in research and development efforts that further enhance our antibody discovery platform. Such investments in technology are inherently risky and may affect our operating results. If the return on these investments is lower or develops more slowly than we expect, our revenue and operating results may suffer.

We use our technology stack for the discovery of antibodies and, since our inception, we have dedicated a substantial portion of our resources on the development of our platform and the technology that it incorporates to further enhance our antibody discovery platform. These investments may involve significant time, risks, and uncertainties, including the risk that the expenses associated with these investments may affect operating results and that such investments may not generate sufficient technological advantage relative to alternatives in the market which would, in turn, impact revenues to offset liabilities assumed and expenses associated with these new investments. The industry in which we operate changes rapidly as a result of technological and drug developments, which may render our solutions less desirable. We believe that we must continue to invest a significant amount of time and resources in our platform and technology to maintain and improve our competitive position. If we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from these investments, if the achievement of these benefits is delayed, or if our technology stack is not able to accelerate the process of antibody drug discovery as quickly as we anticipate, our revenue and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our partners have significant discretion in determining when and whether to make announcements, if any, about the status of our partnerships, including about clinical developments and timelines for advancing collaborative programs, and the price of our common shares may decline as a result of announcements of unexpected results or developments.

Our partners have significant discretion in determining when and whether to make announcements about the status of our partnerships, including about preclinical and clinical developments and timelines for advancing antibodies discovered using our platform. We do not plan to disclose the development status and progress of individual drug candidates of our partners, unless and until those partners do so first. Our partners may wish to report such information more or less frequently than we intend to or may not wish to report such information at all, in which case we would not report that information either. In addition, if partners choose to announce a collaboration with us, there is no guarantee that we will recognize research discovery fees in that quarter or even the following quarter, as such fees are not payable to us until our partner begins discovery activities. The price of our common shares may decline as a result of the public announcement of unexpected results or developments in our partnerships, or as a result of our partners withholding such information.

Our partners may not achieve projected discovery and development milestones and other anticipated key events in the expected timelines or at all, which could have an adverse impact on our business and could cause the price of our common shares to decline.

From time to time, we may make public statements regarding the expected timing of certain milestones and key events, as well as regarding developments and milestones under our partnerships, to the extent that our partners have publicly disclosed such information or permit us to make such disclosures. Certain of our partners have also made public statements regarding their expectations for the development of programs under partnership with us and they and other partners may in the future make additional statements about their goals and expectations for partnerships with us. The actual timing of these events can vary dramatically due to a number of factors such as delays or failures in our or our current and future partners’ drug discovery and development programs, the amount of time, effort, and resources committed by us and our current and future partners, and the numerous uncertainties inherent in the development of drugs. As a result, there can be no assurance that our partners’ current and future programs will advance or be completed in the time frames we or they expect. If our partners fail to achieve one or more of these milestones or other key events as planned, our business could be materially adversely affected and the price of our common shares could decline.

 

23


Table of Contents

The life sciences and biotech platform technology market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability.

We face significant competition in the life sciences technology market. Our technologies address antibody therapeutic discovery challenges that are addressed by other platform technologies controlled by companies that have a variety of business models, including the development of internal pipelines of therapeutics, technology licensing, and the sale of instruments and devices. Examples of technical competition at different steps or our technology stack include:

 

   

In the field of single-cell screening, companies that provide access to similar technologies such as Berkeley Lights Inc., or Berkeley, HiFiBio Inc., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc., and Sphere Fluidics Ltd.

 

   

In antibody RepSeq, companies that provide access to similar technologies such as 10X Genomics Inc., Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp., Atreca Inc. and Distributed Bio Inc.

 

   

In bispecific antibody engineering, from companies that provide access to similar technologies such as Abbvie Inc., Genmab A/S, Merus N.V. and Zymeworks Inc.

 

   

In discovery using genetically engineered rodents, companies that provide access to similar technologies such as Ablexis LLC, Crescendo Biologics Ltd., Harbour Antibodies BV, Kymab Ltd., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. and RenBio Inc.

We also face direct business competition from companies that provide antibody discovery services using technologies such as hybridoma and display. Companies with discovery business models that include downstream payments include Adimab LLC, Distributed Bio Inc. and WuXi Biologics Inc. In addition, we compete with a variety of fee-for-service contract research organizations that provide services, in most cases using legacy technologies, that compete with one or more steps in our technology stack. In addition, our partners may also elect to develop their workflows on legacy systems rather than rely on our platform.

Our competitors and potential competitors may enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us. For example these may include:

 

   

longer operating histories;

 

   

larger customer bases;

 

   

greater brand recognition and market penetration;

 

   

greater financial resources;

 

   

greater technological and research and development resources;

 

   

better system reliability and robustness;

 

   

greater selling and marketing capabilities; and

 

   

better established, larger scale and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

As a result, our competitors and potential competitors may be able to respond more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their platforms or instruments than we can or sell their platforms or instruments, or offer solutions competitive with our platform and solutions at prices designed to win significant levels of market share. In addition, we may encounter challenges in marketing our solutions with our pricing model, which is structured to capture the potential downstream revenues associated with drug candidates that were discovered using our platform. Our partners and potential partners may prefer one or more pricing models employed by our competitors that involve upfront payments rather than downstream revenues. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations.

In addition, competitors may be acquired by, receive investments from or enter into other commercial relationships with larger, well-established and well-financed companies. Certain of our competitors may be able to secure key inputs from vendors on more favorable terms, devote greater resources to marketing and

 

24


Table of Contents

promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote substantially more resources to technology and platform development than we can. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, we may be unable to increase market adoption and sales of our platform, which could prevent us from increasing our revenue or achieving profitability.

Our antibody discovery platform technology may not meet the expectations of our partners, which means our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

Our success depends on, among other things, the market’s confidence that our platform is capable of substantially shortening the amount of time necessary to perform certain research activities as compared to the use of legacy and other alternative technologies, and will enable more efficient or improved pharmaceutical and biotechnology product development. For example, while we have in the past been able to identify a potential drug candidate for human testing within 90 days, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so on this timeframe again in the future, or at all. To date, we have only had one program result in clinical milestone payments to us and we have not yet had a program receive clinical marketing approval, which may reduce our partners confidence in our platform. We also believe that pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are likely to be particularly sensitive to defects and errors in the use of our platform, including if our platform fails to deliver meaningful acceleration of certain research timelines accompanied by results at least as good as the results generated using legacy or other alternative technologies. There can be no guarantee that our platform will meet the expectations of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

If we are unable to support demand for our antibody discovery platform, including ensuring that we have adequate teams and facilities to meet increased demand, or if we are unable to successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of programs under contract in recent periods for which we are conducting research discovery activities. As we secure additional programs under contract and as our partners initiate discovery programs, our operational capacity to execute such research activities may become strained. We are also planning to devote significant resources to vertical integration into our platform. As a result, our strategy requires us to successfully scale our teams and facilities to meet future demand for our solutions. Our ability to grow our capacity will depend on our ability to expand our workforce and our facilities, and increase efficiency through automation and software solutions. We may also need to purchase additional equipment, some of which can take several months or more to procure and set up. There is no assurance that any of these increases in scale, expansion of personnel, equipment, software and computing capacities or process enhancements will be successfully implemented and in a timely manner. For example, we are currently investigating expansion of facilities in Vancouver. As limited facilities with appropriate capabilities are available in Vancouver, such facilities require purpose-built buildings often with rezoning requirements. Such projects are typically long in duration and subject to delays. Failure to manage this growth could result in delays, higher costs, declining quality, and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our data packages and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business.

Our management uses certain key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions and such metrics may not accurately reflect all of the aspects of our business needed to make such evaluations and decisions, in particular as our business continues to grow.

In addition to our consolidated financial results, our management regularly reviews a number of operating and financial metrics, including number of programs under contract, the trend of potential downstream revenue terms (milestones and royalties) of the portfolio, the performance of the portfolio in probability of success in achieving clinical milestones as compared to historical averages and the performance of the portfolio in the time taken to achieve clinical milestones, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We believe that these metrics are representative of our current business; however, these metrics may not accurately reflect all aspects of our business and we anticipate that these metrics may change or may be substituted for additional or different metrics

 

25


Table of Contents

as our business grows and as we introduce new solutions. If our management fails to review other relevant information or change or substitute the key business metrics they review as our business grows, their ability to accurately formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions may be compromised and our business, financial results and future growth prospects may be adversely impacted.

The sizes of the markets and forecasts of market growth for the demand of our antibody discovery platform and other of our key performance indicators are based on a number of complex assumptions and estimates, and may be inaccurate.

We estimate annual total addressable markets and forecasts of market growth for our platform, data packages and technologies. We have also developed a standard set of key performance indicators in order to enable us to assess the performance of our business in and across multiple markets, and to forecast future revenue. These estimates, forecasts and key performance indicators are based on a number of complex assumptions, internal and third party estimates and other business data, including assumptions and estimates relating to our ability to generate revenue from the development of new workflows. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates and key performance indicators are reasonable, there are inherent challenges in measuring or forecasting such information. As a result, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors and indicators. As a result, our estimates of the annual total addressable market and our forecasts of market growth and future revenue from technology access fees, discovery research fees, milestone payments or royalties may prove to be incorrect, and our key business metrics may not reflect our actual performance. For example, if the annual total addressable market or the potential market growth for our platform is smaller than we have estimated or if the key business metrics we utilize to forecast revenue are inaccurate, it may impair our sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We must adapt to rapid and significant technological change and respond to introductions of new products and technologies by competitors to remain competitive.

We provide our antibody discovery solution and capabilities in industries that are characterized by significant enhancements and evolving industry standards. As a result, our partners’ needs are rapidly evolving. If we do not appropriately innovate and invest in new technologies, our platform may become less desirable in the markets we serve, and our partners could move to new technologies offered by our competitors, or engage in antibody discovery themselves. Though we believe partners in our markets display a significant amount of loyalty to their supplier of research or a particular product or service, we also believe that because of the initial time investment required by many of our partners to reach a decision about whether to partner with us, it may be difficult to regain that customer once the customer enters into a partnership or collaboration agreement with a competitor. Without the timely introduction of new solutions and technological enhancements, our offerings will likely become less competitive over time, in which case our competitive position and operating results could suffer. Accordingly, we focus significant efforts and resources on the development and identification of new technologies and markets to further broaden and deepen our capabilities and expertise in antibody drug discovery and development . For example, to the extent we fail to timely introduce new and innovative technologies or solutions, adequately predict our partners’ needs or fail to obtain desired levels of market acceptance, our business may suffer and our operating results could be adversely affected.

We depend on our information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

We depend on information technology and telecommunications systems for significant elements of our operations, including our laboratory information management system, our computational biology system, our knowledge management system, our customer reporting, our platform, our advanced automation systems, and advanced application software. We have installed, and expect to expand, a number of enterprise software systems that affect a broad range of business processes and functional areas, including for example, systems handling human resources, financial controls and reporting, contract management, regulatory compliance and other

 

26


Table of Contents

infrastructure operations. These implementations were expensive and required a significant effort in terms of both time and effort. In addition to the aforementioned business systems, we intend to extend the capabilities of both our preventative and detective security controls by augmenting the monitoring and alerting functions, the network design and the automatic countermeasure operations of our technical systems. These information technology and telecommunications systems support a variety of functions, including manufacturing operations, laboratory operations, data analysis, quality control, customer service and support, billing, research and development activities, scientific and general administrative activities. A significant risk in implementing these systems, for example, is the integration and communication between separate IT systems.

Information technology and telecommunications systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious software, bugs or viruses, human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Any disruption or loss of information technology or telecommunications systems on which critical aspects of our operations depend could have an adverse effect on our business and our reputation, and we may be unable to regain or repair our reputation in the future.

Our sales and marketing organization is currently limited, and if we are unable to expand our marketing and salesforce to reach our existing and potential partners, our business may be adversely affected.

Until 2019, our sales and marketing team has been limited, with only one dedicated business development person supported by two to three marketing staff who are primarily focused on scientific writing. This activity has been complemented with research and development staff attending a variety of scientific conferences which has helped increase the business development pipeline. We will need to expand our commercial organization in order to effectively market our solutions to existing and new partners. Competition for employees capable of negotiating and entering into partnerships with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies is intense. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel or be able to build an efficient and effective sales organization, which could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our platform and limit our revenue growth and potential profitability. In addition, the time and cost of establishing a specialized sales, marketing and service force for a particular service may be difficult to justify in light of the revenue generated or projected.

Our expected future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees. Our future financial performance and our ability to successfully sell our programs and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage this potential future growth effectively, without compromising quality.

The loss of any member of our senior management team or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists, engineers and salespeople could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our senior management team, including Carl Hansen, Ph.D., our founding Chief Executive Officer, Véronique Lecault, Ph.D., our co-founder and Chief Operating Officer, Andrew Booth, our Chief Financial Officer, Tryn Stimart, our Chief Legal Officer, and Ester Falconer, Ph.D., our Head of Research and Development. The individual and collective efforts of these employees will be important as we continue to develop our platform and our technology, and as we expand our commercial activities. The loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our operations if we experience difficulties in hiring qualified successors. While certain of our executive officers are party to employment contracts with us, we cannot guarantee their retention for any period of time beyond the applicable notice period.

Our research and development programs and laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and engineers. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and engineers in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses. We also face

 

27


Table of Contents

competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific and engineering personnel. We may have difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified salespeople. Recruiting and retention difficulties can limit our ability to support our research and development and sales programs. A key risk in this area, for example, is that certain of our employees are at-will, which means that either we or the employee may terminate their employment at any time.

We have made technology acquisitions and expect to acquire businesses or assets or make investments in other companies or technologies that could negatively affect our operating results, dilute our shareholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

We have made technology acquisitions and expect to pursue acquisitions of businesses and assets in the future. We also may pursue strategic alliances and joint ventures that leverage our technologies and industry experience to expand our offerings or distribution. Although we have acquired other businesses or assets in the past, including our acquisition of Lineage in March 2017, our acquisition of the OrthoMab bispecific platform from Dualogics, LLC in June 2020 and our acquisition of Trianni in November 2020, we may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition or asset purchase candidates in the future, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. The competition for partners or acquisition candidates may be intense, and the negotiation process will be time-consuming and complex. If we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, these acquisitions may not strengthen our competitive position, the transactions may be viewed negatively by partners or investors, we may be unable to retain key employees of any acquired business, relationships with key suppliers, manufacturers or partners of any acquired business may be impaired due to changes in management and ownership, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions also could result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to fully recover the costs of any acquisition. Integration of an acquired company also may disrupt ongoing operations and require management resources that we would otherwise focus on developing our existing business. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, technology license, strategic alliance or joint venture. We also may experience losses related to investments in other companies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Acquisitions may also expose us to a variety of international and business related risks, including intellectual property, regulatory laws, local laws, tax and accounting.

To finance any acquisitions or asset purchase, we may choose to issue securities as consideration, which would dilute the ownership of our shareholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of our common shares is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire companies or assets using our securities as consideration.

Our business could become subject to government regulation and the regulatory approval and maintenance process may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain both in timing and in outcome.

Our data packages are currently not subject to the clearance or approval of the FDA. However, our business could in future become subject to regulation by the FDA, or comparable international agencies. For example, in May 2020, we announced that we received a commitment from the Government of Canada under Innovation, Science and Economic Development’s, or ISED, Strategic Innovation Fund, or SIF, of up to CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million), the proceeds of which we plan to use to build a GMP facility in Vancouver, British Columbia, which will house our manufacturing and manufacturing support infrastructure. This facility, once completed, will become subject to various regulations, which could include regular inspections, certifications and audits. Such regulatory approval processes or clearances may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain, and our failure to obtain or comply with such approvals and clearances could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, changes to the current regulatory framework, including the imposition of additional or new regulations, including regulation of our data packages, could arise at any time,

 

28


Table of Contents

which may negatively affect our ability to obtain or maintain FDA or comparable regulatory approval of our data packages or future products, if required.

Our billing and collections processing activities are time-consuming, and any delay in transmitting invoices or failure to comply with applicable billing requirements, could have an adverse effect on our future revenue.

Billing for our data packages can be time-consuming, as many of our partners are large pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and engage various models for their accounts payable matters, including outsourcing to third parties. We may face increased risk in our collection efforts, including long collection cycles and the risk that we may never collect at all, which could require to write-off significant accounts receivable and recognize bad debt expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our operating facility becomes damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our facility, our ability to conduct and pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

We currently derive the majority of our revenue based upon scientific and engineering research and development and testing conducted at a single facility located in Vancouver, British Columbia. Our facility and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable or inaccessible by natural or man-made disasters or other circumstances beyond our control, including fire, earthquake, power loss, communications failure, war or terrorism, or another catastrophic event, such as a pandemic or similar outbreak or public health crisis, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to support our partners and develop updates, upgrades and other improvements to our technology and platform, advanced automation systems, and advanced application and workflow software for some period of time. The inability to address system issues could develop if our facility is inoperable or suffers a loss of utilization for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of partners or harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those partners or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, our facility and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work could be unavailable or costly and time-consuming to repair or replace. It would be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to rebuild our facility, to locate and qualify a new facility or license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third party. Even in the event we are able to find a third party to assist in research and development efforts, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms to engage with the third party.

We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which leaves us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter and our policies have limits and significant deductibles. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, property, umbrella and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Any additional insurance coverage we acquire in the future, may not be sufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive and in the future we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. A successful liability claim or series of claims in which judgments exceed our insurance coverage could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including preventing or limiting the use of our platform to discover antibodies.

 

29


Table of Contents

We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The COVID-19 pandemic could adversely impact our business.

In late 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which resulted in the evolving COVID-19 pandemic, surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread across the globe and to multiple regions within the United States and Canada, including British Columbia, where our primary office and laboratory space is located. The COVID-19 pandemic is evolving, and to date has led to the implementation of various responses, including government imposed shelter-in-place orders, quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures, as well as reported adverse impacts on healthcare resources, facilities and providers, in Canada, across the United States and in other countries. In response to the spread of COVID-19, and in accordance with guidance from provincial and local government authorities, we have restricted access to our facilities mostly to personnel and third parties who must perform critical activities that must be completed on-site, limited the number of such personnel that can be present at our facilities at any one time, and requested that most of our personnel work remotely in compliance with the local government issued guidance. In the event that government authorities were to further modify current restrictions, our employees conducting research and development or manufacturing activities may not be able to access our laboratory and manufacturing space, and our core activities may be significantly limited or curtailed, possibly for an extended period of time.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or similar pandemics and outbreaks, we have experienced and may continue to experience severe delays and disruptions, including, for example:

 

   

interruption of or delays in receiving products and supplies from third parties;

 

   

limitations on our business operations by local, state, provincial and/or federal governments that could impact our ability to sell our data packages;

 

   

delays in negotiations with partners and potential partners;

 

   

increases in facilities costs to comply with physical distancing guidance;

 

   

business disruptions caused by workplace, laboratory and office closures and an increased reliance on employees working from home, travel limitations, cyber security and data accessibility, or communication or mass transit disruptions; and

 

   

limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our activities, including because of sickness of employees or their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people.

Any of these factors could severely impact our research and development activities, business operations and sales, or delay necessary interactions with local regulators, manufacturing sites and other important contractors and partners. These and other factors arising from the COVID-19 pandemic could worsen in countries that are already afflicted with COVID-19, could continue to spread to additional countries, or could return to countries where the pandemic has been partially contained, and could further adversely impact our ability to conduct our business generally and have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition and results.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively impact our operations and results of operations or those of our stakeholders will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the

 

30


Table of Contents

outbreak, travel restrictions, additional or modified government actions, new information that will emerge concerning the severity and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and actions to contain the outbreak or treat its impact, such as social distancing, quarantines, lock-downs or business closures.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we generate and store sensitive data, including research data, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our employees, partners and other parties. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems and cloud-based data centers. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to manage parts of our data centers. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business-critical information, including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information. We face a number of risks relative to protecting this critical information, including loss of access risk, inappropriate use or disclosure, accidental exposure, unauthorized access, inappropriate modification and the risk of our being unable to adequately monitor and audit and modify our controls over our critical information. This risk extends to the third party vendors and subcontractors we use to manage this sensitive data or otherwise process it on our behalf. Further, to the extent our employees are working at home during the COVID-19 pandemic, additional risks may arise as a result of depending on the networking and security put into place by the employees. The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information are vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take reasonable measures to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, use or disclosure, no security measures can be perfect and our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or infections by viruses or other malware or breached due to employee erroneous actions or inactions by our employees or contractors, malfeasance or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions. Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, breach, or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Additionally, although we maintain cybersecurity insurance coverage, we cannot be certain that such coverage will be adequate for data security liabilities actually incurred, will cover any indemnification claims against us relating to any incident, will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of Canada and the United States.

We currently have limited operations outside of Canada and the United States, but our business strategy incorporates potentially significant international expansion. We currently maintain relationships with partners outside of Canada and the United States, and may in the future enter into new relationships. We also have a wholly owned subsidiary in Australia. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

   

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, tariffs, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

 

   

failure by us or our distributors to obtain approvals to conduct our business in various countries;

 

   

differing intellectual property rights;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection, enforcing our intellectual property and defending against third party intellectual property claims;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

logistics and regulations associated with shipping systems and parts and components for systems, consumables and reagent kits, as well as transportation delays;

 

   

travel restrictions that limit the ability of marketing, presales, sales, services and support teams to service partners;

 

   

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our data packages, and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

international trade disputes that could result in tariffs and other protective measures;

 

   

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and

 

   

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, or CFPOA, or U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, certain international markets are subject to significant political and economic uncertainty, including for example the effect of the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union. Significant political and economic developments in international markets for which we intend to operate, or the perception that any of them could occur, creates further challenges for operating in these markets in addition to creating instability in global economic conditions.

Our business activities are subject to the FCPA and other anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of the United States and other countries in which we operate, as well as U.S. and certain foreign export controls and trade sanctions. Violations of such legal requirements could subject us to liability.

We are subject to the FCPA, which among other things prohibits companies and their third-party intermediaries from offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Companies in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical field are highly regulated and therefore involve interactions with public officials, including officials of non-U.S. governments. Additionally, in many other countries, hospitals are owned and operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees would be considered foreign officials under the FCPA. We are also subject to the Canadian equivalent to the FCPA, the CFPOA. These laws are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, there is no certainty that all of our employees, agents or contractors will comply with such laws and regulations. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees, and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other remedial measures.

In addition, our data packages may be subject to U.S. and foreign export controls and trade sanctions. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our data packages may create delays

 

32


Table of Contents

in us providing our data packages in international markets or, in some cases, prevent the export thereof to some countries altogether. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. If we fail to comply with export regulations and such economic sanctions, penalties could be imposed, including fines and/or denial of certain export privileges. Moreover, any new export restrictions, new legislation or shifting approaches in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or in the countries, persons, or products targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our data packages by, or in our decreased ability to export our data packages to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our data packages or limitation on our ability to export or sell our data packages would likely adversely affect our business.

Our employees, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, consultants and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with the applicable laws and regulations in the United States, Canada and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could result in legal or regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and any other precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, which could have a significant impact on our business. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

We use biological and hazardous materials that require considerable expertise and expense for handling, storage and disposal and may result in claims against us.

We work with materials, including chemicals, biological agents and compounds that could be hazardous to human health and safety or the environment. Our operations also produce hazardous and biological waste products. Federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. We are subject to periodic inspections by Canadian provincial and federal authorities to ensure compliance with applicable laws. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may restrict our operations. If we do not comply with applicable regulations, we may be subject to fines and penalties.

In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development programs and business operations, as well as environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be liable for damages or penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources and our operations could be suspended or otherwise adversely affected. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance.

 

33


Table of Contents

Once completed, our manufacturing operations will be dependent upon third party suppliers, including single source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

We plan to build a GMP facility in Vancouver, British Columbia, to house our manufacturing and manufacturing support infrastructure. We anticipate that some of the suppliers of critical components or materials for our processes may be single or sole source suppliers and the replacement of these suppliers or the identification and qualification of suitable second sources may require significant time, effort and expense, and could result in delays in production, which could negatively impact our business operations and revenue. There can be no assurance that our supply of components necessary for the operation of this facility will not be limited, interrupted, or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. In addition, loss of any critical component provided by a single source supplier could require us to change the design of our manufacturing process based on the functions, limitations, features and specifications of the replacement components.

In addition, several other non-critical components and materials that comprise our systems are currently manufactured by a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers. In many of these cases, we have not yet qualified alternate suppliers and rely upon purchase orders, rather than long-term supply agreements. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability to manufacture our systems unless and until new sources of supply are identified and qualified. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:

 

   

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

 

   

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues, or a supplier’s variation in a component;

 

   

a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

 

   

inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or to obtain adequate supply on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

difficulty and cost associated with locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

 

   

a modification or change in a manufacturing process or part that unknowingly or unintentionally negatively impacts the operation of our systems;

 

   

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers, and corresponding regulatory qualifications;

 

   

delay in delivery due to our suppliers prioritizing other customer orders over ours;

 

   

damage to our brand reputation caused by defective components produced by our suppliers;

 

   

increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement based upon defects in components produced by our suppliers; and

 

   

fluctuation in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other partners.

Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our partners, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Although we expect that the acquisition of Trianni will result in synergies and other benefits to us, we may not realize those benefits because of difficulties related to integration.

In November 2020, we consummated the Trianni acquisition. We expect that the integration process will require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. If we are not

 

34


Table of Contents

able to successfully integrate Trianni’s businesses with ours, the anticipated benefits of the Trianni acquisition may not be realized fully or may take longer than expected to be realized. For instance, in connection with the acquisition, we acquired a suite of transgenic humanized rodent lines currently being validated and available for discovery projects in the near future. There can be no assurance that these rodent lines will ever be validated or available for use by us or our partners. Further, it is possible that we will experience disruption of either company’s or both companies’ ongoing businesses, including as we continue to service Trianni’s existing contracts for the foreseeable future. We may also incur higher than expected costs as a result of the acquisition or experience an overall post-completion process that takes longer than originally anticipated. In addition, at times the attention of certain members of our management and resources may be focused on integration of the businesses of the two companies and diverted from day-to-day business operations, which may disrupt our ongoing business and the business of the combined company. We expect to incur, significant, non-recurring costs in connection with the acquisition of Trianni and integrating our operations with Trianni’s, including costs to maintain employee morale and to retain key employees. Management cannot ensure that the elimination of duplicative costs or the realization of other efficiencies will offset the transaction and integration costs in the near term or at all. Furthermore, uncertainty about the effect of the Trianni acquisition on our business, employees, customers, third parties with whom we have relationships may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, such challenges in integrating our acquisition of Trianni may be magnified by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Other potential difficulties we may encounter as part of the integration process include (i) the challenge of integrating complex systems, operating procedures, regulatory compliance programs, technology, networks and other assets of Trianni in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on our employees, patients, suppliers and other business partners; and (ii) potential unknown liabilities, liabilities that are significantly larger than we currently anticipate and unforeseen increased expenses or delays associated with the acquisition, including costs to integrate Trianni’s business that may exceed the costs that we currently anticipate. Accordingly, the contemplated benefits of the Trianni acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our technology, including our platform and Celium, our proprietary antibody visualization software, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technologies or a platform similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully sell our data packages may be impaired.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep a competitive advantage. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us. In addition, we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict the use of our intellectual property.

To the extent our intellectual property offers inadequate protection, or is found to be invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide adequate coverage of our competitors’ products and services, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time-consuming and expensive.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain adequate protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others or otherwise have rights to, particularly patents, in the United States, Canada and in other countries with respect to our platform, our software and our technologies, without infringing the intellectual property rights of others.

 

35


Table of Contents

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, including seeking patents intended to cover our platform and related technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. Our patents and patent applications in the United States, Canada and certain foreign jurisdictions relate to our technology. However, obtaining and enforcing patents in our industry is costly, time-consuming and complex, and we may fail to apply for patents on important products and technologies in a timely fashion or at all, or we may fail to apply for patents in potentially relevant jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that the claims of our patents (or any patent application that issues as a patent), will exclude others from making, using or selling our technology or technology that is substantially similar to ours. We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. In countries where we have not sought and do not seek patent protection, third parties may be able to manufacture and sell our technology without our permission, and we may not be able to stop them from doing so. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

As of September 30, 2020, we owned or had exclusive licenses to 38 issued or allowed patents and 40 pending patent applications worldwide, which includes 27 issued or allowed U.S. patents and 15 pending U.S. patent applications. We own registered trademarks and trademark applications for AbCellera and Celium, in the U.S., Canada and Europe. It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents in a timely fashion or at all, and even if patents are granted, they may not provide a basis for intellectual property protection of commercially viable products or services, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties. It is possible that others will design around our current or future patented technologies. As a result, our owned and licensed patents and patent applications comprising our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing technology and products similar to any of our technology.

It is possible that in the future some of our patents, licensed patents and patent applications may be challenged at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or in proceedings before the patent offices of other jurisdictions. We may not be successful in defending any such challenges made against our patents or patent applications. Any successful third party challenge to our patents could result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate, patent claims being narrowed, the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology, and increased competition to our business. We may have to challenge the patents or patent applications of third parties. The outcome of patent litigation or other proceeding can be uncertain, and any attempt by us to enforce our patent rights against others or to challenge the patent rights of others may not be successful, or, if successful, may take substantial time and result in substantial cost, and may divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Any changes we make to our technology, including changes that may be required for commercialization or that cause them to have what we view as more advantageous properties may not be covered by our existing patent portfolio, and we may be required to file new applications and/or seek other forms of protection for any such alterations to our technology. There can be no assurance that we would be able to secure patent protection that would adequately cover an alternative to our technology.

The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States or elsewhere.

 

36


Table of Contents

Courts frequently render opinions in the biotechnology field that may affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries.

Changes in patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our technology.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries or regions may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third party patents. We may not develop additional proprietary platforms, methods and technologies that are patentable.

Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. On or after March 16, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 16, 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO on or after March 16, 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our technology or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensor’s patents or patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the patent position of companies in the biotechnology field is particularly uncertain. Various courts, including the United States Supreme Court have rendered decisions that affect the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to biotechnology. These decisions state, among other things, that a patent claim that recites an abstract idea, natural phenomenon or law of nature (for example, the relationship between particular genetic variants and cancer) are not themselves patentable. Precisely what constitutes a law of nature or abstract idea is uncertain, and it is possible that certain aspects of our technology could be considered natural laws. Accordingly, the evolving case law in the United States may adversely affect our and our licensors’ ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents and may facilitate third party challenges to any owned or licensed patents.

Issued patents covering our platform and technology could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability. Some of our patents or patent applications (including licensed patents) may be challenged at a future point in time in

 

37


Table of Contents

opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference. Any successful third party challenge to our patents in this or any other proceeding could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our platform and our technology, which may lead to increased competition to our business, which could harm our business. In addition, in patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on certain aspects of our platform technologies. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future products.

We may not be aware of all third party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our platform or technology. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until approximately 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not until such patent applications issue as patents. We or our licensors might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and we or our licensors might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions. There is also no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications or licensed patents and patent applications has been found, which could be used by a third party to challenge their validity, or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application.

To determine the priority of these inventions, we may have to participate in interference proceedings, derivation proceedings or other post-grant proceedings declared by the USPTO that could result in substantial cost to us. The outcome of such proceedings is uncertain. No assurance can be given that other patent applications will not have priority over our patent applications. In addition, changes to the patent laws of the United States allow for various post-grant opposition proceedings that have not been extensively tested, and their outcome is therefore uncertain. Furthermore, if third parties bring these proceedings against our patents, we could experience significant costs and management distraction.

We rely on in-licenses from third parties. If we lose these rights, our business may be materially adversely affected, our ability to develop improvements to our technology stack and drug-discovery platform may be negatively and substantially impacted, and if disputes arise, we may be subjected to future litigation as well as the potential loss of or limitations on our ability to incorporate the technology covered by these license agreements.

We are party to a royalty-bearing license agreement with the University of British Columbia that grants us exclusive rights to exploit certain patent rights that are related to our systems. Through our acquisition of Lineage, we obtained an exclusive license from Stanford University to patents and patent applications directed toward immune repertoire sequencing. We may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research, development and commercialization activities. Some of our license agreements impose, and we expect that any future exclusive in-license agreements will impose, various development, diligence, commercialization and other obligations on us. We may enter into engagements in the future, with other licensors under which we obtain certain intellectual property rights relating to our platform and technology. These engagements take the form of exclusive license or of actual ownership of intellectual property rights or technology from third parties. Our rights to use the technology we license are subject to the continuation of and compliance with the terms of those agreements. In some cases, we may not control the prosecution, maintenance or filing of the patents to which we hold licenses, or the enforcement of those patents against third parties.

Moreover, disputes may arise with respect to our licensing or other upstream agreements, including:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the agreements and other interpretation-related issues;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

the extent to which our systems and consumables, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

   

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;

 

   

our diligence obligations under the license agreements and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

   

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

   

the priority of invention of patented technology.

In spite of our efforts to comply with our obligations under our in-license agreements, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under our license agreements and might therefore, including in connection with any aforementioned disputes, terminate the relevant license agreement, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize technology covered by these license agreements. If any such in-license is terminated, or if the licensed patents fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors or other third parties might have the freedom to market or develop technologies similar to ours. In addition, absent the rights granted to us under such license agreements, we may infringe the intellectual property rights that are the subject of those agreements, we may be subject to litigation by the licensor, and if such litigation by the licensor is successful we may be required to pay damages to our licensor, or we may be required to cease our development and commercialization activities which are deemed infringing, and in such event we may ultimately need to modify our activities or technologies to design around such infringement, which may be time- and resource-consuming, and which may not be ultimately successful. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, our rights to certain components of our technology stack, are licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis. The owners of these non-exclusively licensed technologies are therefore free to license them to third parties, including our competitors, on terms that may be superior to those offered to us, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, certain of our agreements with third parties may provide that intellectual property arising under these agreements, such as data that could be valuable to our business, will be owned by the counterparty, in which case, we may not have adequate rights to use such data or have exclusivity with respect to the use of such data, which could result in third parties, including our competitors, being able to use such data to compete with us.

If we cannot acquire or license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms or if we fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements, we may not be able to commercialize new technologies or services in the future and our business could be harmed.

In the future, we may identify third party intellectual property and technology we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new technologies or services, and the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use this technology. However, such licenses may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Even if such licenses are available, we may be required to pay the licensor in return for the use of such licensor’s technology, lump-sum payments, payments based on certain milestones such as sales volumes, or royalties based on sales of our platform. In addition, such licenses may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. We may also need to acquire or negotiate licenses to patents or patent applications before or after introducing a new

 

39


Table of Contents

service. The acquisition and licensing of third party patent rights is a competitive area, and other companies may also be pursuing strategies to acquire or license third party patent rights that we may consider attractive. We may not be able to acquire or obtain necessary licenses to patents or patent applications. Even if we are able to obtain a license to patent rights of interest, we may not be able to secure exclusive rights, in which case others could use the same rights and compete with us.

In spite of our best efforts, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing our ability to develop and commercialize technology covered by these license agreements. If these licenses are terminated, or if the underlying intellectual property fails to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, technologies identical to ours. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Additionally, termination of these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements, or restrictions on our ability to freely assign or sublicense our rights under such agreements when it is in the interest of our business to do so, may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms, or cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property or technology or impede, or delay or prohibit the further development or commercialization of one or more technologies that rely on such agreements.

While we still face all of the risks described herein with respect to those agreements, we cannot prevent third parties from also accessing those technologies. In addition, our licenses may place restrictions on our future business opportunities.

In addition to the above risks, intellectual property rights that we license in the future may include sublicenses under intellectual property owned by third parties, in some cases through multiple tiers. The actions of our licensors may therefore affect our rights to use our sublicensed intellectual property, even if we are in compliance with all of the obligations under our license agreements. Should our licensors or any of the upstream licensors fail to comply with their obligations under the agreements pursuant to which they obtain the rights that are sublicensed to us, or should such agreements be terminated or amended, our ability to further commercialize our technology may be materially harmed.

Further, we may not have the right to control the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of all of our licensed and sublicensed intellectual property, and even when we do have such rights, we may require the cooperation of our licensors and upstream licensors, which may not be forthcoming. Our business could be adversely affected if we or our licensors are unable to prosecute, maintain and enforce our licensed and sublicensed intellectual property effectively.

Our licensors may have relied on third-party consultants or collaborators or on funds from third parties such that our licensors are not the sole and exclusive owners of the patents and patent applications we in-license. If other third parties have ownership rights to patents or patent applications we in-license, they may be able to license such patents to our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to enter into necessary agreements on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses or fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the acquired or licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, we could encounter delays in the introduction of services while we attempt to develop alternatives. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our platform, software, systems, workflows and processes in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States and Canada can be less extensive than those in the United States and Canada. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Canada, and even where such protection is nominally available, judicial and governmental enforcement of such intellectual property rights may be lacking. Whether filed in the United States or abroad, our patent applications may be challenged or may fail to result in issued patents. Further, we may encounter difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in some or all countries outside the United States and Canada, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States, Canada or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own platform or technologies and may also sell their products or services to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States and Canada. These platforms and technologies may compete with ours. Our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. In addition, certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. Furthermore, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of any patents. In many foreign countries, patent applications and/or issued patents, or parts thereof, must be translated into the native language. If our patent applications or issued patents are translated incorrectly, they may not adequately cover our technologies; in some countries, it may not be possible to rectify an incorrect translation, which may result in patent protection that does not adequately cover our technologies in those countries.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many other countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property rights including infringement of our patents in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, or that are initiated against us, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and Canada and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technologies and the enforcement of intellectual property. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to any product candidates we may develop or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we license or may own in the future;

 

   

we, or our current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents and pending patent applications that we license or may own in the future;

 

   

we, or our current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our owned or licensed intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our pending patent applications or those that we may own in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

   

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we cannot ensure that any patents issued to us or our licensors will provide a basis for an exclusive market for our commercially viable product candidates or will provide us with any competitive advantages;

 

   

we cannot ensure that our commercial activities or product candidates will not infringe upon the patents of others;

 

   

we cannot ensure that we will be able to further commercialize our technology on a substantial scale, if approved, before the relevant patents that we own or license expire;

 

   

we cannot ensure that any of our patents, or any of our pending patent applications, if issued, or those of our licensors, will include claims having a scope sufficient to protect our technology;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents or intellectual property rights of others may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent application in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our information and our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business could be harmed.

We rely heavily on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, including parts of our technology platform, and to maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into agreements, including confidentiality agreements, non-disclosure agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements, with our employees, consultants, academic institutions, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisers. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure, which could adversely impact our ability to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in the market. If we are required to assert our rights against such party, it could result in significant cost and distraction.

Monitoring unauthorized disclosure and detection of unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce

 

42


Table of Contents

a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, some courts both within and outside the United States and Canada may be less willing, or unwilling, to protect trade secrets.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, absent patent protection, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently discovered by a competitor or other third party, it could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We have employed and expect to employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other companies. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, advisors and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that our employees, advisors, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers or other third parties, or to claims that we have improperly used or obtained such trade secrets. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and face increased competition to our business. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize potential technologies and solutions, which could harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks and trade names, or build name recognition in our markets of interest thereby harming our competitive position.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition. In addition, third parties may in the future file for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies or platform. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Further, we have and may in the future enter into agreements with owners of such third party trade names or trademarks to avoid potential trademark litigation which may limit our ability to use our trade names or trademarks in certain fields of business.

 

43


Table of Contents

We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks in all of our potential markets, although we have registered AbCellera in the United States and Canada as well as certain of our trademarks outside of the United States and Canada. If we apply to register these trademarks in other countries, and/or other trademarks in the United States, Canada and other countries, our applications may not be allowed for registration in a timely fashion or at all; and further, our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may in the future be filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. In addition, third parties may file first for our trademarks in certain countries. If they succeed in registering such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our technologies in those countries. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. And, over the long-term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, then our marketing abilities may be materially adversely impacted.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, partners or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship of our or our licensors’ ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our systems, including our software, workflows, consumables and reagent kits. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees, and certain partners or partners may defer engaging with us until the particular dispute is resolved. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are and in the future may be involved in litigation and other proceedings related to intellectual property, which could be time-intensive and costly and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States and other jurisdictions involving intellectual property rights. We are and may in the future be involved with litigation or actions at the USPTO or the patent offices of other jurisdictions with various third parties that claim we or our partners using our solutions have misappropriated, misused or infringed other parties’ intellectual property rights. We expect that the number of such claims may increase as our business and the level of competition in our industry segments, grow. Any infringement claim, regardless of its validity, could harm our business by, among other things, resulting in time-consuming and costly litigation, diverting management’s time and attention from the development of the business, requiring the payment of monetary damages (including treble damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) or royalty payments, or result in potential or existing partners delaying purchases of our data packages or entering into engagements with us pending resolution of the dispute.

As we move into new markets and applications for our platform, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents and other proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and, in the future, have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we currently have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product or service revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore, our commercial success may depend in part upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell

 

44


Table of Contents

any products and services that we may develop and use without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties, or the invalidity of such patents or proprietary rights.

Our research, development and commercialization activities may in the future be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation and other patent challenges, both within and outside the United States and Canada, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes review proceedings before the USPTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us or our licensor, and we or our licensor may initiate legal proceedings against third parties. The outcome of such proceedings would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business. Numerous U.S., Canadian and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our platform and technology. As the biotechnology industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our technologies may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

Additionally, the risks of being involved in such litigation and proceedings may increase if our technology nears commercialization and if we gain greater visibility associated with being a public company. Numerous significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, are being litigated and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new participants in our existing and targeted markets, and one or more third parties may assert that our technologies infringe their intellectual property rights as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into or growth in those markets.

The legal threshold for initiating litigation or contested proceedings is low, so that even lawsuits or proceedings with a low probability of success might be initiated and require significant resources to defend. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceeding could require us to cease using the related technology or developing or commercializing our technology, or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. We are also aware of issued U.S. patents and patent applications with subject matter related to our platform, systems, workflows and processes, and there may be other related third party patents or patent applications of which we are not aware.

It is possible that we are or may become aware of patents or pending patent applications that we think do not relate to our technology or that we believe are invalid or unenforceable, but that may nevertheless be interpreted to encompass our technology and to be valid and enforceable. Thus, we do not know with certainty that our technology, or our development and commercialization thereof, do not and will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any third party’s intellectual property.

In addition, we may receive in the future, correspondence from third parties referring to the relevance of such third parties’ intellectual property to our technology, our workflows or our advanced automated systems, and we are currently engaged in litigation with one such third party, Berkeley Lights. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our current or future programs or technologies may infringe. In addition, similar to what other companies in our industry have experienced, we expect our competitors and others may have patents or may in the future obtain patents and claim that making, having made, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our platform, or the systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits that comprise our platform, infringes these patents. As to pending third party applications, we cannot predict with any certainty which claims will issue, if any, or the scope of such issued claims. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our platforms, including our

 

45


Table of Contents

systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits. Under the applicable law of certain jurisdictions, the scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our technologies. We may incorrectly determine that our technologies are not covered by a third party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our technologies.

There can be no assurance that we will prevail in any suit initiated against us by third parties, successfully settle or otherwise resolve patent infringement claims. A court of competent jurisdiction could hold that third party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could materially and adversely affect our ability and the ability of our licensor to commercialize any technology we may develop and any other technologies covered by the asserted third-party patents. Third parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize and sell data packages, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us, including treble damages, attorney’s fees, costs and expenses if we are found to have willfully infringed. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and ongoing royalties, and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products or services. We may not be able to obtain these licenses on acceptable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or these licenses may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors and other third parties gaining access to the same intellectual property. In addition, we could encounter delays and incur significant costs in service introductions while we attempt to develop alternative processes, technologies or services, or redesign our technologies or services, to avoid infringing third party patents or proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses or to develop a workaround could prevent us from commercializing products or services, and the prohibition of sale or the threat of the prohibition of sale of any of our data packages could materially affect our business and our ability to gain market acceptance for our technologies. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure.

In addition, our agreements with some of our partners, suppliers or other entities with whom we do business require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims, including the types of claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation or administrative proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The outcome of our litigation with Berkeley Lights may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In July 2020, we filed a complaint against Berkeley Lights, Inc., or Berkeley, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that Berkeley infringed and continues to infringe, directly and indirectly, the following patents exclusively licensed by the Company, including U.S. Patent Nos. 10,107,812; 10,274,494; 10,466,241; 10,578,618; 10,697,962; 10,087,408; 10,421,936 and 10,704,018, by making, using, offering for sale, selling and/or importing Berkeley’s Beacon Optofluidic System. In August 2020, we filed an additional related complaint against Berkeley in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that Berkeley infringed and continues to infringe, directly and indirectly, U.S. Patent Nos. 10,718,768;

 

46


Table of Contents

10,738,270; 10,746,737 and 10,753,933. In September 2020, we filed another complaint against Berkeley in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that Berkeley infringed and continues to infringe, directly and indirectly, U.S. Patent Nos. 10,775,376; 10,775,377 and 10,775,378. In these lawsuits, we are seeking, among other things, a judgment of infringement, a permanent injunction and damages (including lost profits, a reasonable royalty, reasonable costs and attorney’s fees and treble damages for willful infringement). These lawsuits remain pending.

In August 2020, Berkeley filed a complaint in the Northern District of California against us and our wholly-owned subsidiary Lineage Inc. The complaint includes two counts of unfair competition and one count of non-infringement of a U.S. patent: Patent No. 10,058,839 (the “’839 patent”). Berkeley is seeking, among other things, damages and a declaratory judgment of non-infringement of the ’839 patent. The lawsuit remains pending. We believe the action filed by Berkeley is without merit and have moved to dismiss the above action for lack of jurisdiction and failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted pursuant to Federal Rules of Civil Procedure 12(b) 1, 2, and 6.

In the event that Berkeley Lights were to prevail in the litigation against us, as a result of which Berkeley could continue to sell its products, it could reduce our competitive advantage and differentiation in the market place, impairing our ability to bring in new business. Furthermore, Berkeley may seek to invalidate the asserted patents during the litigation. If Berkeley succeeds in invalidating the asserted patents, the strength of our intellectual property portfolio could be adversely affected and our ability to protect our technology, business and reputation or to generate licensing revenue from our intellectual property would be adversely impacted.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, even if resolved in our favor, may cause us to incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel from their normal responsibilities in defending against any of these claims. Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating costs and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property proceedings could harm our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful and have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our data packages.

 

47


Table of Contents

Litigation may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and proprietary rights or to determine the scope, coverage and validity of the proprietary rights of others. We are currently engaged in a lawsuit with Berkeley Lights based upon our allegations of its infringement of our intellectual property rights and we may become involved in additional lawsuits in the future. If we do not prevail in such legal proceedings, we may be required to pay damages, we may lose significant intellectual property protection for our technologies, such that competitors could copy our technologies and we could be forced to cease selling certain of our data packages. Any litigation that may be necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the technology in question. Further, in such proceedings, the defendant could counterclaim that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable and the court may agree, in which case we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. The outcome in any such lawsuits are unpredictable. Even if we do prevail in any future litigation related to intellectual property rights, the cost and time requirements of the litigation could negatively impact our financial results.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various required procedures, document submissions, fee payments and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on issued United States and most foreign patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States at several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications in order to maintain such patents and patent applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we engage an outside service and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, if we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products and technology our competitors may be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology without infringing our patents and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our technology for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our platform or technology are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from others. If our platform or technologies require extended development and/or regulatory review, patents protecting our platform or technologies might expire before or shortly after we are able to successfully commercialize them. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing processes or technologies similar or identical to ours.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our use of open source software could compromise our ability to offer our data packages and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in connection with our technology and computational engine of our platform, Celium. Companies that incorporate open source software into their technologies and services have, from time to time, faced claims challenging their use of open source software and compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to the licensee’s software that incorporates, links or uses such open source software, and make available to third parties for no cost, any derivative works of the open source code created by the licensee, which could include the licensee’s own valuable proprietary code. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. There is little legal precedent in this area and any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and could help third parties, including our competitors, develop technologies that are similar to or better than ours. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Some intellectual property that we have in-licensed may have been discovered through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.

Some of our intellectual property rights may have been generated through the use of U.S. government funding and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights to intellectual property embodied in our technology pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980, or Bayh-Dole Act, and implementing regulations. These U.S. government rights in certain inventions developed under a government-funded program include a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license to use inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government has the right to require us or our licensors to grant exclusive, partially exclusive, or non-exclusive licenses to any of these inventions to a third party if it determines that: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under federal regulations (also referred to as “march-in rights”). The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if we, or the applicable licensor, fail to disclose the invention to the government and fail to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits. These time limits have recently been changed by regulation, and may change in the future. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us or the applicable licensor to expend substantial resources. To date, only our work in helping develop LY-CoV555 may be subject to government funding or “march-in” rights. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying the subject invention or produced through the use of the subject invention be manufactured substantially in the United States. The manufacturing preference requirement can be waived if the owner of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. manufacturers may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. To the extent any of our future intellectual property is generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.

 

49


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with this offering, we intend to begin the process of documenting, reviewing and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and applicable Canadian laws, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have begun recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets that we will need as a public company.

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes, and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and harm our business. In our efforts to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, we may discover significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which we may not successfully remediate on a timely basis or at all. Any failure to remediate any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses identified by us or to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If we identify one or more material weaknesses in the future, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may harm the market price of our shares.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting was identified and we may identify additional material weaknesses in the future.

In connection with the preparation and audits of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, a material weakness (as defined under the Exchange Act and by the auditing standards of the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or “PCAOB”), was identified in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Specifically, there was a material adjustment in our financial statements required due to an overstatement of lease liability upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as well as certain other adjustments. In the aggregate, such adjustments amounted to a material weakness. The material weakness resulted from a lack of resources and experience within our finance function with respect to our transition to U.S. GAAP, and our change in measurement currency from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars.

Neither our management nor our independent registered public accounting firm has performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act because no such evaluation has been required. Had we or our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

We have begun taking measures, and plan to continue to take measures, to remediate this material weakness. These measures include hiring or engaging additional accounting personnel with familiarity with reporting under

 

50


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP, and implementing and adopting additional controls and procedures. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address this material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and, if so, we would not be able to conclude that they have been fully remedied. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our stock price may decline as a result. We also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common shares or what the market price of our common shares will be and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your common shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public trading market for our common shares. Although we have applied to list our common shares on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common shares is not active. The initial public offering price for our common shares will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common shares after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your common shares at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common shares and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our common shares as consideration.

The market price of our common shares may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common shares following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume These factors include:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results, including fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results;

 

   

the introduction of new technologies or enhancements to existing technology by us or others in our industry;

 

   

our inability to establish additional collaborations;

 

   

departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

   

our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or our industry, or antibody discovery in particular, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

sales of our common shares by us or our shareholders in the future;

 

   

trading volume of our common shares;

 

   

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

51


Table of Contents
   

significant lawsuits, including patent or shareholder litigation;

 

   

the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on our business;

 

   

general political and economic conditions; and

 

   

other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and The Nasdaq Global Market and technology and life sciences companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our common shares after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If you purchase our common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per common share. Investors purchasing common shares in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, investors purchasing common shares in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $            per share as of September 30, 2020, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the initial public offering price. Further, investors purchasing common shares in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by shareholders since our inception but will own only approximately     % of the total number of common shares outstanding after this offering.

This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering. To the extent that outstanding stock options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing common shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section of this prospectus titled “Dilution.”

Future sales and issuances of our common shares or rights to purchase common shares, including pursuant to our Employee Incentive Share Plan, or EISP, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our shareholders and could cause our share price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations, including expanded research and development activities, and costs associated with operating as a public company. To raise capital, we may sell common shares, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common shares, convertible securities or other equity securities, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing shareholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences, and privileges senior to the holders of our common shares, including common shares sold in this offering.

 

52


Table of Contents

Pursuant to our new incentive plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our management is authorized to grant stock options to our employees, directors and consultants.

Initially, the aggregate number of our common shares that may be issued pursuant to share awards under the EISP will be                shares. The number of common shares reserved for issuance under the EISP shall be cumulatively increased on                and each                thereafter by    % of the total number of common shares outstanding on                of the preceding calendar year or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. Unless our board of directors elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our shareholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our share price to fall.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or grant licenses on terms unfavorable to us.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase or maintain the value of your investment.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common shares, so any returns will be limited to the value of our common shares.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, expansion and continued investment into our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, we may enter into agreements that prohibit us from paying cash dividends without prior written consent from our contracting parties, or which other terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common shares. Any return to shareholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their common shares, which may never occur.

Our principal shareholders and management own a significant percentage of our shares and will be able to exert significant influence over matters subject to shareholder approval.

Based on the number of shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of October 31, 2020, our executive officers, directors, and 5% shareholders will beneficially own approximately 47% of our common shares. Non-executive employees will beneficially own an additional 20% of our common shares on a fully diluted basis. After the sale and issuance of                shares in this offering, our executive officers, directors, and 5% shareholders will beneficially own approximately    % of our common shares. Therefore, after this offering, these

 

53


Table of Contents

shareholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These shareholders may be able to determine all matters requiring shareholder approval. For example, these shareholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common shares that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our shareholders.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and an exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common shares that are held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Further, even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. In addition, if we are a smaller reporting company with less than $100.0 million in annual revenue, we would not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC, and The Nasdaq Global Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say-on-pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to

 

54


Table of Contents

five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Shareholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices we charge for our data packages. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers.

Pursuant to Section 404, in our second annual report due to be filed with the SEC after becoming a public company, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company with less than $100.0 million in annual revenue, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing whether such controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm the market price of our shares.

Sales of a substantial number of our common shares by our existing shareholders in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

If our existing shareholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common shares could decline. Based on the number of common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and after giving effect to the sale of                common shares in this offering, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                common shares. Of these shares, only the common shares sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering, unless purchased by our affiliates. In connection with this offering, our officers, directors and substantially all of our securityholders have agreed to be subject to a contractual lock-up with the underwriters, which will expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, SVB Leerink LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp., however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other shareholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Common shares that are either subject to outstanding options reserved for future issuance under our ESIP, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Additionally, common shares that are issuable upon the exercise of share options will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional common shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common shares could decline.

After this offering, the holders of                common shares will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common shares.

We are governed by the corporate laws of Canada which in some cases have a different effect on shareholders than the corporate laws of the United States.

We are governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), or BCBCA, and other relevant laws, which may affect the rights of shareholders differently than those of a company governed by the laws of a U.S. jurisdiction, and may, together with our charter documents, have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or may affect the price an acquiring party would be willing to offer in such an instance. The material differences between the BCBCA and Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, that may have the greatest such effect include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) for certain corporate transactions (such as mergers and amalgamations or amendments to our articles) the BCBCA generally requires the voting threshold to be a special resolution approved by 66 2/3% of shareholders, or as set out in the articles, as applicable, whereas DGCL generally only requires a majority vote; and (ii) under the BCBCA a holder of 5% or more of our common shares can requisition a special meeting of shareholders, whereas such right does not exist under the DGCL. See “Comparison of British Columbia Law and Delaware Law” elsewhere in this prospectus. We cannot predict whether investors will find our company and our common shares less attractive because we are governed by foreign laws.

Our articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering and certain Canadian legislation contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying, preventing or making undesirable an acquisition of all or a significant portion of our shares or assets or preventing a change in control.

Certain provisions of our articles to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering and certain provisions under the BCBCA, together or separately, could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which they might otherwise receive a premium for their common shares. These provisions include the establishment of a staggered board of directors, which divides the board into three groups, with directors in each group serving a three-year term. The existence of a staggered board can make it more difficult for shareholders to replace or remove incumbent members of our board of directors. As such, these provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common shares, thereby depressing the market price of our common shares. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for shareholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include the following:

 

   

shareholders cannot amend our articles unless such amendment is approved by shareholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote on such approval;

 

56


Table of Contents
   

our board of directors may, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares in one or more series having any terms, conditions, rights, preferences and privileges as the board of directors may determine; and

 

   

shareholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or to submit proposals for consideration at shareholders’ meetings.

A non-Canadian must file an application for review with the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a “Canadian business” within the meaning of the Investment Canada Act, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. A reviewable acquisition may not proceed unless the Minister is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada. If the applicable financial thresholds were exceeded such that a net benefit to Canada review would be required, this could prevent or delay a change of control and may eliminate or limit strategic opportunities for shareholders to sell their common shares. Furthermore, limitations on the ability to acquire and hold our common shares may be imposed by the Competition Act (Canada). This legislation has a pre-merger notification regime and mandatory waiting period that applies to certain types of transactions that meet specified financial thresholds, and permits the Commissioner of Competition to review any acquisition or establishment, directly or indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in us.

Our articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering designate specific courts in Canada and the United States as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Province of British Columbia and the appellate courts therefrom shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of ours to us; (c) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising out of any provision of the BCBCA or our articles (as either may be amended from time to time); or (d) any action or proceeding asserting a claim or otherwise related to our affairs, or the Canadian Forum Provision. The Canadian Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. In addition, our articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering further provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint filed in the United States asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, or the U.S. Federal Forum Provision. In addition, our articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our common shares is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Canadian Forum Provision and the U.S. Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that shareholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

The Canadian Forum Provision and the U.S. Federal Forum Provision in our articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering may impose additional litigation costs on shareholders in pursuing any such claims. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended articles to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering may limit our shareholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our shareholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts, including courts in Canada and other courts within the U.S., will enforce our U.S. Federal Forum Provision. If the U.S. Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The U.S. Federal Forum

 

57


Table of Contents

Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on shareholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The courts of the Province of British Columbia and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a shareholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our shareholders.

Because we are a Canadian company, it may be difficult to serve legal process or enforce judgments against us.

We are incorporated and maintain operations in Canada. In addition, while certain of our directors and officers reside in the United States, many of them reside outside of the United States. Accordingly, service of process upon us may be difficult to obtain within the United States. Furthermore, because substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us, including one predicated on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible within the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to enforce those actions against us.

In addition, it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Canada. Canadian courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws against us or these persons on the grounds that Canada is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. Even if a Canadian court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Canadian law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Canadian law. Furthermore, it may not be possible to subject foreign persons or entities to the jurisdiction of the courts in Canada. Similarly, to the extent that our assets are located in Canada, investors may have difficulty collecting from us any judgments obtained in the U.S. courts and predicated on the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities provisions.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect or financial reporting standards or interpretations change, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include the estimated variable consideration included in the transaction price in our contracts with customers, stock-based compensation, and valuation of our equity investments in early-stage biotechnology companies. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common shares.

Additionally, we regularly monitor our compliance with applicable financial reporting standards and review new pronouncements and drafts thereof that are relevant to us. As a result of new standards, changes to existing standards and changes in their interpretation, we might be required to change our accounting policies, alter our operational policies, and implement new or enhance existing systems so that they reflect new or amended financial reporting standards, or we may be required to restate our published financial statements. Such changes to existing standards or changes in their interpretation may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial position, and profit.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common shares would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which might cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

If we or our non-U.S. subsidiary is a CFC there could be materially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain U.S. Holders of our common shares.

Each “Ten Percent Shareholder” (as defined below) in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a controlled foreign corporation, or a CFC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally is required to include in income for U.S. federal tax purposes such Ten Percent Shareholder’s pro rata share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income,” global intangible low taxed income, and investment of earnings in U.S. property, even if the CFC has made no distributions to its shareholders. Subpart F income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties, gains from the sale of securities and income from certain transactions with related parties. In addition, a Ten Percent Shareholder that realizes gain from the sale or exchange of shares in a CFC may be required to classify a portion of such gain as dividend income rather than capital gain. An individual that is a Ten Percent Shareholder with respect to a CFC generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a Ten Percent Shareholder that is a U.S. corporation. Failure to comply with these reporting obligations may subject a Ten Percent Shareholder to significant monetary penalties and may prevent the statute of limitations with respect to such Ten Percent Shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year for which reporting was due from starting.

A non-U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if Ten Percent Shareholders own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote or of the total value of the stock of such corporation. A “Ten Percent Shareholder” is a United States person (as defined by the Code) who owns or is considered to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or 10% or more of the total value of all classes of stock of such corporation.

We believe that we were not a CFC in the 2019 taxable year and that we will not be a CFC in the 2020 taxable year, however, it is possible that we may become a CFC in a subsequent taxable year. The determination

 

59


Table of Contents

of CFC status is complex and includes attribution rules, the application of which is not entirely certain. In addition, recent changes to the attribution rules relating to the determination of CFC status may make it difficult to determine our CFC status for any taxable year. In addition, those changes to the attribution rules may result in ownership of the stock of our non-U.S. subsidiary being attributed to our U.S. subsidiary, which could result in our non-U.S. subsidiary being treated as a CFC and certain U.S. Holders of our common shares being treated as Ten Percent Shareholders of such non-U.S. subsidiary CFC. In addition, it is possible that, following this offering, a shareholder treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes will acquire, directly or indirectly, enough of our common shares to be treated as a Ten Percent Shareholder. We cannot provide any assurances that we will assist holders of our common shares in determining whether we or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are treated as a CFC or whether any holder of the common shares is treated as a Ten Percent Shareholder with respect to any such CFC or furnish to any Ten Percent Shareholders information that may be necessary to comply with the aforementioned reporting and tax paying obligations.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the potential adverse U.S. tax consequences of becoming a Ten Percent Shareholder in a CFC, including the possibility and consequences of becoming a Ten Percent Shareholder in our non-U.S. subsidiary that may be treated as a CFC due to the changes to the attribution rules. If we are classified as both a CFC and a PFIC (as defined below), we generally will not be treated as a PFIC with respect to those U.S. Holders that meet the definition of a Ten Percent Shareholder during the period in which we are a CFC.

Our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a PFIC.

The rules governing passive foreign investment companies, or PFICs, can have adverse effects on U.S. Holders (as defined under “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income (such as interest income), or at least 50% of the gross value of our assets (determined on the basis of a weighted quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (including cash), we would be characterized as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The determination of whether we are a PFIC, which must be made annually after the close of each taxable year, depends on the particular facts and circumstances and may also be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. Our status as a PFIC will depend on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets (including good will and other intangible assets), which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend any cash that is raised in this offering or in any other financing transaction. If we are treated as a non-publicly traded CFC for the year being tested for purposes of the PFIC rules, the value of our assets will be measured by the adjusted tax basis of our assets. If we were a publicly traded CFC or not a CFC for such year, the value of our assets generally may be determined by reference to the market value of our common shares, which may be volatile. Moreover, our ability to earn specific types of income that will be treated as non-passive for purposes of the PFIC rules is uncertain with respect to future years. We believe we were not classified as a PFIC during the taxable year ended December 31, 2019. Based on current business plans and financial expectations, we do not believe we will be a PFIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2020. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis applying principles and methodologies that in some circumstances are unclear and subject to varying interpretation. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurances regarding our PFIC status for any current or future taxable years.

If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for certain preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. A U.S. Holder may in certain circumstances mitigate adverse tax consequences of the PFIC rules by filing an election to treat the PFIC as a qualified electing fund, or QEF, or, if shares of the PFIC are “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules, by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the shares of the PFIC. For more information, see the discussion below under “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

60


Table of Contents

for U.S. Holders—PFIC Rules”. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the potential consequences to you if we were or were to become a PFIC, including the availability, and advisability, of, and procedure for making, QEF elections.

Tax authorities may disagree with our positions and conclusions regarding certain tax positions, resulting in unanticipated costs, taxes or non-realization of expected benefits.

A tax authority may disagree with tax positions that we have taken, which could result in increased tax liabilities. For example, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or another tax authority could challenge our allocation of income by tax jurisdiction and the amounts paid between our affiliated companies pursuant to our intercompany arrangements and transfer pricing policies, including amounts paid with respect to our intellectual property development. Similarly, a tax authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions. A tax authority may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest and penalties are payable by us, in which case, we expect that we might contest such assessment. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and if we were unsuccessful in disputing the assessment, the implications could increase our anticipated effective tax rate, where applicable.

 

61


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business,” contains express or implied forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our expectations regarding the rate and degree of market acceptance of our drug-discovery platform;

 

   

companies and technologies in our industry that we compete with;

 

   

our ability to manage and grow our business by expanding our sales to existing partners or introducing our drug-discovery platform to new partners;

 

   

our ability to provide our partners with a full solution from target to IND submission;

 

   

our expectations regarding the completion of our GMP facility and our manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our technologies and workflows, including with respect to our intellectual property litigation with Berkeley Lights, or avoid or defend against claims of infringement;

 

   

our ability to attract, hire and retain key personnel and to manage our future growth effectively;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing in this or future offerings;

 

   

the volatility of the trading price of our common shares;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key scientific and engineering personnel;

 

   

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

business disruptions affecting our operations and the development of our platform due to the global COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our ability to remediate our material weaknesses;

 

   

our expectations regarding our PFIC status for our taxable year ending December 31, 2020 or any future taxable year;

 

   

our expectations regarding the Trianni acquisition and our ability to realize the intended benefits of such transaction;

 

   

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

our expectations about market trends.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of

 

62


Table of Contents

these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should therefore not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the market for our data packages. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, and other data from our own internal estimates and research as well as from reports, research surveys, studies, and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

63


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources on assumptions that we have made that are based on such information and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and expectations about, the markets for our data packages. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by independent third parties and by us.

 

64


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of                common shares in this offering will be approximately $                million (or approximately $                million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by $                 million, assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by $                 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations and growth, to create a public market for our common shares and to enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to continue making investments in research and development efforts towards deepening our technology and expertise along our technology stack, to continue making investments in building our business development team and marketing our solutions to new and existing partners, as well as for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of businesses, technologies or other assets that we believe are complementary to our own. The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth of our business.

Based on our current plans, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next              months from the date of this prospectus. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The expected use of the net proceeds from this offering could change in the future depending on the development and conduct of our business. Our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending our use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and government securities.

 

65


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our share capital in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, under the terms of our contribution agreements with Western Economic Diversification Canada, we are restricted from paying any dividends until we have repaid the contributions thereunder in full.

 

66


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2020 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares as of September 30, 2020 into an aggregate of 8,123,048 common shares as if such conversion had occurred on September 30, 2020, (ii) the issuance of the Convertible Notes and receipt of approximately $90.0 million in gross proceeds therefor, and the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of                  shares of common shares upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our new notice of articles and effectiveness of our new articles prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described above, and (ii) the issuance and sale of                  common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table below together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
    

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands, except per share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 91,082 (2)    $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

       

Common shares, no par value; unlimited shares authorized and 15,409,130 shares issued and outstanding, actual; unlimited shares authorized and                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; unlimited shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     6,374       

Convertible preferred shares, no par value; unlimited shares authorized and 8,123,048 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     82,208       

Additional paid-in capital

     3,453       

Accumulated deficit

     (2,797)       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     89,238       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 89,238     $        $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the

 

67


Table of Contents
 

estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)

Does not reflect payment of approximately $8.0 million to Trianni in connection with the acquisition in November 2020.

The number of common shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above is based on              common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020 (including our convertible preferred shares on an as-converted basis into an aggregate of              common shares, and the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of              common shares upon the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and excludes:

 

   

4,037,050 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, with at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.70 per share;

 

   

1,341,131 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options granted after September 30, 2020, with a weighted average price of $27.74 per share;

 

   

1,316,131 common shares reserved for issuance under our Current Plan as of September 30, 2020, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time the 2020 Plan becomes effective;

 

   

            common shares to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, plus any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance; and

 

   

            common shares to be reserved for future issuance under the 2020 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, plus any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance.

 

68


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per common share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was $76.0 million, or $4.93 per share as of September 30, 2020. Our historical net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of common shares outstanding as of such date.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was $                 million, or $                 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares as of September 30, 2020 into an aggregate of 8,123,048 common shares, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the issuance of the Convertible Notes and receipt of approximately $90.0 million in gross proceeds therefor, and the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of                  shares upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents our pro forma net tangible book value, plus the effect of the sale of common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of common shares in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common shares immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 would have been $                 million, or $                 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $                 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $                 per share to purchasers of common shares in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020

   $ 4.93     

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2020

     

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $                 million, or $                 per share, and dilution per share to investors in this offering by $                 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares we are

 

69


Table of Contents

offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $                 million, or approximately $                 per share and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $                 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $                 per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing shareholders would be $                 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $                 per share.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2020, on a pro forma as adjusted basis (but before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), the differences between the existing shareholders and the purchasers of shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common and convertible preferred shares, cash received from the exercise of share options, and the average price paid per share (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 

                                                                                                             
     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Weighted-Average
Price Per Share
 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage  

Existing shareholders

               $                                 $                

New investors

                          $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

                     100.0   $          100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full:

 

   

the percentage of common shares held by existing shareholders will decrease to approximately    % of the total number of our common shares outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the number of common shares held by new investors will increase to                 , or approximately    % of the total number of our common shares outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations (other than the historical net tangible book value calculations) are based on                      common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020 (including our convertible preferred shares on an as-converted basis into an aggregate of              common shares, and the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of              common shares upon the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and excludes:

 

   

4,037,050 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options outstanding under the Current Plan as of September 30, 2020, with at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.70 per share;

 

   

1,341,131 common shares issuable upon the exercise of share options granted after September 30, 2020, with a weighted average price of $27.74 per share;

 

   

1,316,131 common shares reserved for issuance under our Current Plan as of September 30, 2020, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time the 2020 Plan becomes effective;

 

   

            common shares to be reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, plus any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance; and

 

   

            common shares to be reserved for future issuance under the 2020 ESPP, which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, plus any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our share-based compensation plans or we issue additional common shares or convertible debt in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

70


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the information in those financial statements. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future periods.

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019             2019                     2020          
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Research fees

   $ 8,831     $ 11,612     $ 8,409     $ 17,247  

Milestone payments

     —         —         —         8,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,831       11,612       8,409       25,247  

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and development

     5,803       10,113       6,804       20,757  

Sales and marketing

     712       1,263       792       1,610  

General and administrative

     2,151       2,749       1,774       6,116  

Depreciation

     918       1,604       1,180       1,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,583       15,729       10,550       29,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (753     (4,117     (2,141     (4,743

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     (42     (155     (111     (195

Interest and other expense

     213       209       127       4,896  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     362       (186     (348     (1,146

Grants and incentives

     (1,594     (1,774     (1,239     (10,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     (1,061     (1,906     (1,571     (6,662
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) for the period

   $ 309     $ (2,211   $ (570   $ 1,918  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders(1):

        

Basic

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15   $ (0.04   $ 0.09  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15   $ (0.04   $ 0.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding(1):

        

Basic

     14,943,637       15,132,756       15,120,734       15,241,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     17,133,611       15,132,756       15,120,734       23,772,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited)(1):

        

Basic

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding
(unaudited)(1):

        

Basic

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

 

(1)   See Note 5 to our annual consolidated financial statements and our interim consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders and unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders.
     As of December 31,      As of September 30,
2020
 
     2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  
            (in thousands)         

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,444      $ 7,553      $ 91,082 (1) 

Working capital(2)

     8,729        4,745        93,895  

Total assets

     21,492        23,488        142,385  

Total liabilities

     9,883        13,236        53,147  

Total preferred stock

     7,557        7,546        82,208  

Total shareholders’ equity

     11,609        10,252        89,238  

 

(1)   Does not reflect payment of approximately $8.0 million to Trianni in connection with the acquisition in November 2020.
(2)   We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

 

72


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

In November 2020, we entered into the merger agreement with Trianni, under which, at the effective time, our wholly owned entity, or Merger Sub, merged with and into Trianni, with Trianni surviving as our wholly owned subsidiary.

Pursuant to the merger agreement, each share of Trianni convertible preferred stock was converted into one share of common stock of Trianni and each share of Trianni common stock (other than excluded shares and dissenting shares) was converted automatically into the right to receive cash in the amount equal to the cash purchase price divided by the total number of common stock of Trianni issued and outstanding. Further, each unexercised outstanding option to purchase shares of Trianni common stock whether vested or unvested, was cancelled and extinguished.

To fund the merger, we issued the Convertible Notes with an aggregate principle amount of approximately $90.0 million on October 30, 2020. The Convertible Notes are convertible into our common shares at any time at the option of the holder after 12 months from the date of issuance or upon completion of certain qualifying financings.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of AbCellera and Trianni is presented to illustrate the estimated effects of the merger, which estimated effects are collectively referred to as adjustments or transaction accounting adjustments.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 combine our historical consolidated statements of income (loss) with Trianni’s, after giving effect to the merger as if it had occurred on January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 combines our historical consolidated balance sheets of with Trianni’s as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the merger as if it had occurred on September 30, 2020.

These unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income (loss) and unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet are collectively referred to in this section as the pro forma financial information.

The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes in this section. In addition, the pro forma financial information is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the following historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of AbCellera and Trianni in this section:

 

   

our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes;

 

   

our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the related notes;

 

   

audited consolidated financial statements of Trianni as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes; and

 

   

unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Trianni as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the related notes.

The pro forma financial information has been prepared by us in accordance with Regulation S-X Article 11, Pro Forma Financial Information, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, which is referred to herein as Article 11. We have voluntarily complied with Article 11 in advance of its mandatory compliance date. The pro forma financial information is based on various adjustments and assumptions and is not necessarily

 

73


Table of Contents

indicative of what our consolidated statements of income (loss) or consolidated balance sheet actually would have been had the merger been completed as of the dates indicated or will be for any future periods. The pro forma financial information does not purport to project our future financial position or operating results following the completion of the merger. The pro forma financial information does not include adjustments to reflect any potential revenue, synergies or dis-synergies, or cost savings that may be achievable in connection with the merger, or the associated costs that may be necessary to achieve such revenues, synergies or cost savings.

We and Trianni prepared the respective financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The merger will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, and we will be treated as the accounting acquirer. In identifying us as the acquiring entity for accounting purposes, we took into account a number of factors as of the date of this prospectus, including the nature of the consideration issued, relative voting rights of all equity instruments in the combined company, the composition of senior management of the combined company and corporate governance structure of the combined company. No single factor was the sole determinant in the overall conclusion that we are the acquirer for accounting purposes; rather all factors were considered in arriving at such conclusion.

The pro forma adjustments are preliminary, based upon available information as of the date of this prospectus, and prepared solely for the purpose of this pro forma financial information. These adjustments are based on preliminary estimates and will be different from the adjustments that may be determined based on final acquisition accounting when the merger is completed, and these differences could be material. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates of the consideration to be paid in the merger, and of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Certain valuations and assessments, including valuations of inventory, property and equipment, deferred revenues and other intangible assets as well as the assessment of the tax positions and rates of the combined business, are in process and will not be completed until subsequent to the closing of the merger. The estimated fair values assigned in this unaudited pro forma financial information are preliminary and represent our current best estimate of fair value and are subject to revision.

 

74


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of

September 30, 2020

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     Historical
AbCellera
    Historical
Trianni
(Note 6)
     Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
    Notes      Combined  

Assets

            

Current assets:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 91,082     $ 15,146      $ (13,487    

[7A]
[7B]

[7C]

 
 

 

   $ 92,741  

Accounts receivable

     5,531       400        —            5,931  

Accrued research fees receivable

     14,577       —          —            14,577  

Other current assets

     2,809       636        —            3,445  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

     113,999       16,182        (13,487        116,694  

Long-term assets:

            

Property and equipment, net

     14,278       189        —            14,467  

Intangible and other long-term assets

     13,898       1,415        102,255       [7C]        117,568  

Goodwill

     —         —          33,216       [7C]        33,216  

Loans to related parties

     210       —          —            210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

     28,386       1,604        135,471          165,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 142,385     $ 17,786      $ 121,984        $ 282,155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

            

Liabilities

            

Current liabilities:

            

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 12,868     $ 6,766      ($ 5,952    

[7B]
[7C]
[7D]


 
   $ 13,682  

Deferred revenue

     6,917       1,578        (1,578     [7C]        6,917  

Current portion of long-term debt

     320       —          —            320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     20,105       8,344        (7,530        20,919  

Long-term liabilities

            

Operating lease liability

   $ 3,066       —          —          $ 3,066  

Long-term debt

     1,939       —          89,900       [7A]        91,839  

Deferred income tax

     —         —          27,621       [7F]        27,621  

Deferred revenue and grant funding

     23,718       417        (417     [7C]        23,718  

Earn-out liability

     —         —          21,835       [7C]        21,835  

Long-term other liabilities

     4,319       —          —            4,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     33,042       417        138,939          172,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 53,147     $ 8,761      $ 131,409        $ 193,317  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Equity

            

Share capital—common shares

     6,374       756        (756     [7E]        6,374  

Share capital—preferred shares

     82,208       3,132        (3,132     [7E]        82,208  

Paid-in capital

     3,453       1,094        (1,094     [7E]        3,453  

Accumulated deficit

     (2,797     4,043        (4,443    

[7D]

[7E]

 

 

     (3,197
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total equity

     89,238       9,025        (9,425        88,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 142,385     $ 17,786      $ 121,984        $ 282,155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income (Loss)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

 

     Historical
AbCellera
    Historical
Trianni
(Note 6)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
    Notes      Combined  

Revenue:

           

Research fees

   $ 17,247       —         —          $ 17,247  

Milestone payments

     8,000       —         —            8,000  

License

     —         5,946       —            5,946  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 25,247     $ 5,946       —          $ 31,193  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     20,757       2,374       —            23,131  

Sales and marketing

     1,610       —         —            1,610  

General and administrative

     6,116       1,322       —            7,438  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,507       —         4,828       [8A]        6,335  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 29,990     $ 3,696     $ 4,828        $ 38,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (4,743     2,250       (4,828        (7,321

Other (income) expense:

           

Interest income

     (195     (150     —            (345

Interest expense and other (income) expense

     4,896       (1     2,381       [8B]        7,276  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (1,146     —         —            (1,146

Grant funding

     (10,217     —         —            (10,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other (income) expense

     (6,662     (151     2,381          (4,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     1,918       2,401       (7,209        (2,890

Income tax provision (recovery)

     —         118       (1,352     [8C]        (1,234
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) for the period

   $ 1,918     $ 2,283     $ (5,857      $ (1,656
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share, basic (Note 10)

   $ 0.09            $ (0.11
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share, diluted (Note 10)

   $ 0.08            $ (0.11
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31, 2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

 

     Historical
AbCellera
    Historical
Trianni
(Note 6)
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
    Notes      Combined  

Revenue:

           

Research fees

   $ 11,612       —         —          $ 11,612  

Milestone payments

     —         —         —            —    

License

     —         3,080       —            3,080  

Other

     —         1,078       —            1,078  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 11,612     $ 4,158       —          $ 15,770  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     10,113       3,482       —            13,595  

Sales and marketing

     1,263       —         —            1,263  

General and administrative

     2,749       2,084       400       [9C]        5,233  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,604       —         6,437       [9A]        8,041  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 15,729     $ 5,566     $ 6,837        $ 28,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (4,117     (1,408     (6,837        (12,362

Other (income) expense:

           

Interest income

     (155     (250     —            (405

Interest expense and other (income) expense

     209       (33     3,051       [9B]        3,227  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (186     —         —            (186

Grant funding

     (1,775     —         —            (1,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other (income) expense

     (1,907     (283     3,051          861  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     (2,210     (1,125     (9,888        (13,223

Income tax provision (recovery)

     —         (549     (1,802     [9D]        (2,351
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss for the period

   $ (2,210   $ (576   $ (8,086      $ (10,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic (Note 10)

   $ (0.15          $ (0.72
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Net loss per share, diluted (Note 10)

   $ (0.15          $ (0.72
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

Note 1—Description of the Transaction

In November 2020, we entered into the merger agreement with Trianni, under which at the closing, Merger Sub, merged with and into Trianni, with Trianni surviving as our wholly owned subsidiary.

Pursuant to the merger agreement, each share of Trianni convertible preferred stock was converted into one common stock of Trianni and each share of Trianni common stock (other than excluded shares and dissenting shares) was converted automatically into the right to receive cash in the amount equal to the purchase price divided by the total number of common stock of Trianni issued and outstanding. Further, each unexercised outstanding option to purchase shares of Trianni common stock whether vested or unvested, was cancelled and extinguished.

To fund the merger, we issued the Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $90.0 million on October 30, 2020. The Convertible Notes mature five years from the date of issuance and bear no interest for the first twelve months and bear five percent (5%) interest per annum thereafter. Interest is payable annually starting twenty-four months from the date of issuance until maturity.

Upon the closing of certain qualified financings under the Convertible Notes, each a Qualified Financing, the principal amount of the Convertible Notes can be converted at the option of the note holder into our common shares of at a conversion price equal to (a) eighty-five percent (85%) of the price per common shares issued in such Qualified Financing if the Qualified Financing occurs less than six months from the issuance date and (b) eight-two percent (82%) of the price per common shares issued in such Qualified Financing if the Qualified Financing occurs more than six months from the issuance date plus 80,000 common shares (for certain specified investors). The Convertible Notes are also convertible at the option of the holders on the interest commencement date, which is 12 months after the issuance date. The number of common shares to be issued will be equal to 80,000 common shares (for certain specified investors) plus the number of common shares determined by dividing (i) the aggregate of the outstanding principal of the Convertible Note by (ii) our pre-money valuation of as defined in the agreement divided by the aggregate number of our common shares outstanding at the time of conversion.

We may at any time after twelve months from the issuance date prepay in cash any or all of the principal and interest owing pursuant to the Convertible Notes and in the event we close an initial public offering within six months of a prepayment, the Company shall immediately pay the holders a cash amount equal to 18% of the principal that was prepaid.

At issuance, we determined that no value should be assigned to the embedded derivatives and that there was no beneficial conversion feature. We incurred approximately $0.1 million in issuance costs associated with the Convertible Notes.

Note 2—Basis of Presentation

The pro forma financial information was prepared accounting for the merger using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, “Business Combinations,” which is referred to as ASC 805, and is derived from our and Trianni’s audited and unaudited historical financial statements.

The pro forma financial information has been prepared by us in accordance with Article 11. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our consolidated statements of operations or consolidated balance sheet would have been had the merger been completed as of the dates indicated or will be for any future periods. The pro forma financial information does not purport to project our future financial

 

78


Table of Contents

position or results of operations following the completion of the merger. The pro forma financial information reflects pro forma adjustments management believes are necessary to present fairly our pro forma results of operations and financial position following the closing of the merger as of and for the periods indicated. The pro forma adjustments are based on currently available information and assumptions management believes are, under the circumstances and given the information available at this time, reasonable, and reflective of adjustments necessary to report our financial condition and results of operations as if the merger was completed.

The acquisition method of accounting uses the fair value concepts defined in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which is referred to as ASC 820. Fair value is defined in ASC 820 as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” Fair value measurements can be highly subjective and can involve a high degree of estimation.

The determination of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Trianni and the allocation of the estimated consideration to these identifiable assets and liabilities is preliminary and is pending finalization of various estimates, inputs and analyses. Certain valuations and assessments are in process and will not be completed until subsequent to the closing of the merger.

Since this pro forma financial information has been prepared based on preliminary estimates of consideration and fair values attributable to the merger, the actual amounts eventually recorded for the purchase accounting, including the identifiable intangibles and goodwill, may differ materially from the information presented.

At this preliminary stage, the estimated identifiable finite-life intangible assets include a license and technology and indefinite-life intangible include assets related to in process research and development, or IPR&D. Goodwill represents the excess of the estimated purchase price over the estimated fair value of Trianni’s identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including the fair value of the estimated identifiable finite assets and liabilities described above. Goodwill will not be amortized but will be subject to periodic impairment testing. The goodwill balance shown in the pro forma financial information is preliminary and subject to change as a result of the same factors affecting both the estimated consideration and the estimated fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill balance represents the combined company’s expectations of the strategic opportunities available to it as a result of the merger, as well as other synergies that will be derived from the merger. Goodwill also reflects the requirement to record deferred tax balances for the difference between the assigned values and the tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the business combination. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Upon consummation of the merger and the completion of a formal valuation study, the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed will be updated, including the estimated fair value and useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets and allocation of the excess purchase price, if any, to goodwill. The calculation of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets could be materially impacted by changing fair value measurements caused by the volatility in the current market environment. Under ASC 805, transaction costs related to the merger are expensed in the period they are incurred. Total transaction related costs incurred by us and Trianni in connection with the merger are estimated to be approximately $0.4 million. The transaction costs incurred by Trianni are reflected as a reduction of Trianni’s assets acquired by us. The remaining amounts are reflected as a liability in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet. The total amount is reflected as an expense in the unaudited condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019. These costs are non-recurring.

The pro forma financial information does not reflect the following items:

 

   

the impact of any potential revenues, benefits or synergies that may be achievable in connection with the merger or related costs that may be required to achieve such revenues, benefits or synergies;

 

79


Table of Contents
   

changes in cost structure or any restructuring activities as such changes, if any, have yet to be determined; and

 

   

any expenses related to employees and executives who may not be retained in the same roles after the merger, where such agreements with these employees or executives have not been reached at the date of this prospectus. These expenses may include both cash and equity payments, and which amounts could be substantial. These amounts will be reflected once agreements are reached with those employees or executives.

Note 3—Conforming Accounting Policies

At the current time, we are not aware of any material differences in accounting policies that would have a material impact on the pro forma financial information.

Accounting policies that were assessed but deemed to have an immaterial impact to the pro forma financial information include:

 

   

ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which is referred to as ASC 842—Trianni has not yet adopted ASC 842, and we adopted it with an effective date of January 1, 2019. For purposes of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 and nine months ended September 30, 2020, Trianni only had one operating lease as classified under ASC 842. Any resulting change would be immaterial and thus, for the purposes of the pro forma financial information, Trianni has not adjusted AbCellera’s adoption of ASC 842 to January 1, 2019.

 

   

ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is referred to as ASC 326. Trianni’s historical financial statements used to derive the pro forma financial information do not reflect the adoption of ASC 326. For the purposes of the pro forma financial information, we have not adjusted Trianni’s adoption of ASC 326 to January 1, 2020 as the estimated impact on the pro forma financial information would be immaterial.

Following the merger, we will conduct a review of Trianni’s accounting policies during its integration to determine if there are any additional material differences that require reclassification of Trianni’s revenues, expenses, assets or liabilities to conform to our accounting policies and classifications. As a result of that review, we may identify further differences between the accounting policies of the two companies that, when conformed, could have a material impact on the pro forma financial information.

Note 4—Preliminary Estimated Purchase Price

The estimated preliminary purchase price is calculated as follows:

 

Estimated purchase price consideration (in thousands)

   Estimated Fair Value  

Estimated cash payment to Trianni stockholders

   $ 97,964 (i) 

Earn-out payment

     21,835 (ii) 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 119,799  
  

 

 

 

 

(i)

Pursuant to the merger agreement, the initial purchase price is $90.0 million adjusted for certain closing adjustments for working capital, indebtness, transaction and other expenses as well as payments to Trianni option holders for the cancellation and extinguishment of Trianni options. The closing adjustments are estimated to be $8.0 million and will result in an increase to the purchase price.

(ii)

Represents the estimated fair value of the earn-out payments related to a specific customer license ending on April 9, 2024. The estimated fair value was categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and determined by estimating the payout of 85% of the expected future net cash flows associated to the specific customer license during the earn-out period ending on April 9, 2024. The significant assumptions inherent in the development of the value include the amount and timing of projected future net revenues received by us from the specific customer license, and the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows, which was approximately 22%. These values are based on the most recent estimate of the fair value available and will be updated as we obtain more information.

 

80


Table of Contents

Note 5—Preliminary Fair Value Estimate of Purchase Price Allocation to Assets Acquired and Liabilities

The table below outlines the initial allocation of the preliminary estimated consideration to the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired by us as of September 30, 2020.

 

Estimated purchase price consideration (in thousands)

   $ 119,799  
  

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired

   Historical
Value(i)
     Acquisition
Adjustments(ii)
    Preliminary
Purchase Price
Allocation
 

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,146      $ (5,523   $ 9,623 (iii) 

Accounts receivable, net

     400        —         400  

Other current assets

     636        —         636  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     16,182      $ (5,523   $ 10,659  

Property and equipment, net

     189        —         189  

Intangibles

     —          103,635       103,635 (iv) 

Deferred income tax asset and other assets

     1,415        (1,380     35 (v) 

Goodwill

     —          33,216       33,216 (v) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     17,786        129,948       147,734  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     6,766        (6,452     314 (iii) 

Deferred revenue

     1,578        (1,578     —   (vi) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,344        (8,030     314  

Deferred revenue and grant funding

     417        (417     —   (vi) 

Deferred income tax liability

     —          27,621       27,621 (v) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,761        19,174       27,935  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated fair value of net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

        $ 119,799  
       

 

 

 

 

(i)

These values represent the historical Trianni balance sheet at September 30, 2020, adjusted to conform to our presentation.

(ii)

When the merger is completed, the purchase price allocation will be performed based on the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and Trianni will perform a formal valuation study to update the estimates of fair value in the table above. The calculation of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the calculation of the fair value of the consideration transferred could materially change at the time the merger is completed.

(iii)

These values assume the payment of the dividends payable of $6.5 million to Trianni stockholders, receipt of $1.4 million from Trianni’s options holders from the exercise of all outstanding options and payments of $0.5 million in management bonuses prior to the closing of the merger.

(iv)

The estimated fair value of and useful lives of the intangible assets acquired is as follows:

 

     Estimated fair value
(in thousands)(a)
     Estimated useful lives
(in years)(b)
 

License

   $ 21,835        5  

Technology

     41,400        20  

IPR&D

     40,400                     (c) 
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 103,635     
  

 

 

    

 

  (a)

The estimated fair values were categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and were determined using an income-based approach, which was based on the present value of the future estimated after-tax cash flows attributable to each intangible asset. The significant assumptions inherent in the development of the values, from the perspective of a market participant, include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows (including revenue, regulatory success and profitability), and the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows, which was between 19%-22%. These fair values are based on the most recent estimate of the fair value available and will be updated as we obtain more information.

  (b)

The estimate of the useful life was based on an analysis of the expected use of the asset by us, any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that may limit the useful life, the effects of obsolescence, competition and other relevant economic factors, and consideration of the expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the intangible asset.

  (c)

IPR&D assets are indefinite life intangible assets at the time of acquisition and will be amortized upon completion of IPR&D activities.

(v)

Goodwill represents the excess of the estimated purchase price over the estimated fair value of Trianni’s identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill also reflects the requirement to record deferred tax balances for the difference between the assigned values and the tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the business combination. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

(vi)

The estimated fair value of deferred revenue is nominal.

 

81


Table of Contents

Note 6—Adjustments to Reclassify Financial Statement Line Items to Our Presentation by Trianni Prior to Closing

Certain historical balances on the pro forma balance sheet and pro forma statements of income (loss) for the periods presented have been reclassified to conform to our presentation.

Note 7—Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

[7A] To reflect the issuance of approximately $90.0 million in Convertible Notes by us on October 30, 2020, net of estimated issuance costs of $0.1 million. The Convertible Notes are recorded at amortized cost.

[7B] To reflect the estimated cash payment to Trianni stockholders of $98.0 million as described in Note 4.

[7C] To reflect the recognition of goodwill and other purchase price adjustments as part of the purchase price allocation as described in Note 5 above and to record the earn-out liability as described in Note 4 above.

[7D] To reflect the transaction costs estimated to be incurred to complete the acquisition of Trianni of $0.4 million.

[7E] To eliminate Trianni’s historical stockholders’ equity.

[7F] To reflect the net deferred tax liabilities associated with the estimated fair value step-up of intangible assets acquired included in consideration.

These amounts are preliminary and are subject to change upon the completion of the merger. Further, the combined company’s ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to limitations, which are in the process of being assessed.

Note 8—Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income (Loss) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

[8A] To reflect the incremental straight-line amortization related to the increase in fair value of the license and technology over a period of five years and 20 years, respectively, as outlined in Note 5 above.

[8B] To reflect the accrued interest expense resulting from the Convertible Notes which are assumed to be outstanding from January 1, 2019 for the purposes of the pro forma financial information. The Convertible Notes are carried at amortized cost with an effective interest rate of 3.4%.

[8C] To reflect the tax impact of the pro forma adjustments related to the reversal of the deferred income tax liability recognized for the amortization of intangible assets at a preliminary blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 28%.

Because the tax rates used for these pro forma financial statements are an estimate, they will likely vary from the actual effective tax rate in periods after the completion of the merger.

Note 9—Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income (Loss) for the Year Ended December 31, 2019

[9A] To reflect the incremental straight-line amortization related to the increase in fair value of the license and technology over a period of five years and 20 years, respectively, as outlined in Note 5 above.

[9B] To reflect the interest expense resulting from the Convertible Notes issued by us which are assumed to be outstanding from January 1, 2019 for the purposes of the pro forma financial information. The Convertible Notes are carried at amortized cost with an effective interest rate of 3.4%.

 

82


Table of Contents

[9C] To move the expenses related to the transaction into the year ended December 31, 2019 and reflect the additional transaction expenses expected to be incurred to complete the transaction incremental to those amounts recognized in our and Trianni’s historical financial statements.

[9D] To reflect the tax impact of the pro forma adjustments related to the reversal of the deferred income tax liability recognized for the amortization of intangible assets at a preliminary blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 28%.

Because the tax rates used for these pro forma financial statements are an estimate, they will likely vary from the actual effective tax rate in periods subsequent to the completion of the merger.

Note 10—Loss Per Share

The pro forma combined diluted loss per share presented below for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, is determined by using the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. We have excluded the effect to earnings per share related to the Convertible Notes and other dilutive instruments because including them would have been anti-dilutive.

 

(in thousands, except for per share amounts)

   Year Ended
December 31, 2019
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2020
 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (10,872   $ (1,655

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

     15,133       15,241  

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (0.72   $ (0.11

 

83


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth in other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors,” our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

Overview

We believe that the surest path to a better future is through technological advancement and that the new frontier of technology lies at the interface of computation, engineering and biology. Our mission is to improve health with technologies that transform the way that antibody-based therapies are discovered. We aim to become the centralized operating system for next generation antibody discovery.

Our full-stack, artificial intelligence-, or AI, powered drug discovery platform searches and analyzes the database of natural immune systems to find antibodies that can be developed as drugs. We believe our technology increases the speed and the probability of success of therapeutic antibody discovery, including enabling discovery against targets that may otherwise be intractable. Rather than advancing our own clinical pipeline of drug candidates, we forge partnerships with drug developers of all sizes, from large cap pharmaceutical to small biotechnology companies. We empower them to move quickly, reduce cost and tackle the toughest problems in drug development. As of September 30, 2020, we had 94 discovery programs that are either completed, in progress or under contract with 26 partners. As a recent example, in a collaboration with Eli Lilly and Company, or Lilly, we applied our technology stack to co-develop LY-CoV555, a potential antibody therapy to treat and prevent COVID-19. Starting from a single blood sample obtained from a convalescent patient, we and our partners identified a viable antibody drug candidate within three weeks that advanced into clinical testing 90 days after initiation of the program. Lilly progressed into these clinical trials at a greatly accelerated pace as a result of the Coronavirus Treatment Acceleration Program, which is a special emergency program for possible coronavirus therapies created by the FDA in 2020 to expedite the development of potentially safe and effective life-saving treatments to combat the COVID-19 pandemic. With respect to other or future product candidates, there is no assurance that any of our partners or collaborators will be able to advance a product candidate into clinical development on this timeframe again in the future, or at all. We initiated our partnering program in 2015 and have only had this one program result in clinical milestone payments to us to date and we have not yet had a program receive marketing approval.

We structure our agreements in a way that is designed to align our partners’ economic interests with our own. We forge partnerships with large cap pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations. Our partners select a target and define the antibody properties needed for therapeutic development. We provide discovery solutions to partners that have a range of discovery capabilities, from the highly enabled to the less enabled. We enable discovery against targets that have traditionally been intractable, and we accelerate programs against less difficult targets.

Our deals emphasize participation in the success and upside of future antibody therapeutics. Our partnership agreements include near-term payments for technology access, research and intellectual property rights, and downstream payments in the form of clinical and commercial milestones, and royalties on net sales. Longer-term we are eligible to receive additional payments upon satisfaction of clinical and commercial milestones, which we refer to as milestone payments, as well as royalties on sales of products derived from antibodies that we discover for our partners. Our discovery partnerships generally include royalty payments on net sales in the single digit to low-double digit range.

 

84


Table of Contents

We generated revenue of $8.8 million and $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively (31% growth), and $8.4 million and $25.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively 200% growth). As of September 30, 2020, we had a total of 26 partners for whom we were conducting drug discovery activities. For the year ended December 31, 2019, two of our partners accounted for 47% and 15% of revenue, and eleven partners accounted for the remaining 38% of revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, two of our partnerships accounted for 50% and 21% of revenue, and nine partnerships accounted for the remaining 29% of revenue. Our partnership with Lilly constituted one of the partnerships that generated 10% or more of our consolidated revenues during the one or more periods described above. With respect to the other partners, we do not believe the loss of any one or more of such partners would have a material adverse effect on us and our subsidiaries taken as a whole. We have also grown the number of programs that we have under contract with our partners, as illustrated by the following charts.

 

LOGO

We have achieved such growth in our business with a modest sales and marketing infrastructure, consisting of a limited number of business development personnel supported by marketing staff that have historically been primarily focused on scientific writing. We incurred sales and marketing expenses of $0.7 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $0.8 million and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We intend to significantly increase investment into our business development team and into marketing our solutions to new and existing partners.

We focus a substantial portion of our resources on research and development efforts towards deepening our technology and expertise along our technology stack, and we expect to continue to make significant investments in this area for the foreseeable future. We incurred research and development expenses of $5.8 million and $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $6.8 million and $20.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We incurred general and administrative expenses of $2.2 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.8 million and $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We have also experienced significant growth in our workforce in recent periods, increasing from 107 employees as of December 31, 2019 to 174 employees as of September 30, 2020. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses, and we expect such expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, including as we:

 

 

invest in research and development activities to improve our technology stack and platform;

 

 

market and sell our solutions to existing and new partners;

 

 

expand and enhance operations to deliver programs, including investments in manufacturing;

 

 

acquire businesses or technologies to support the growth of our business;

 

 

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

85


Table of Contents
 

continue to establish, protect and defend our intellectual property and patent portfolio, including our ongoing litigation; and

 

 

operate as a public company.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily from revenue from our drug discovery partnerships in the form of research fees, government funding from grants, borrowings under credit facilities with commercial banks, and from the issuance and sale of convertible preferred shares and common shares.

Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.3 million and our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2.2 million. Our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.6 million and our net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $1.9 million. As of September 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $2.8 million and we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $91.1 million, primarily from the Series A2 equity issuance which closed in March 2020 of $75.0 million.

The following chart illustrates key milestones achieved since our inception.

 

 

LOGO

Recent Developments

In March 2020, we entered into a discovery partnership agreement with Eli Lilly and Company, or Lilly, pursuant to which we will perform discovery research for a number of targets for Lilly that will result in antibodies for Lilly to develop and potentially commercialize. This partnership includes the licensing of LY-CoV555, a monoclonal antibody designed to block viral attachment of the COVID-19 virus and its entry into human cells as well as other candidate antibodies against COVID-19 discovered by AbCellera. On June 1, 2020,

 

86


Table of Contents

90 days after program initiation, LY-CoV555 moved to first-in-human testing and progressed to Phase 3 clinical trials by July 2020. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we received an aggregate of $8.0 million upon the satisfaction of clinical milestones by Lilly.

In March 2020, we completed an equity financing, raising an aggregate of $75.0 million in gross proceeds through the sale and issuance of Series A2 convertible preferred shares. In connection with this financing, we also entered into a senior secured credit agreement with OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP, or OrbiMed, which provided for term debt in an aggregate amount of $30.0 million. In July 2020, we repaid funds borrowed under the credit agreement facility in full and retired the credit facility with OrbiMed.

In April 2020, we entered into a multi-year agreement with the Canadian government’s Strategic Innovation Fund, or SIF. Under this agreement, CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million) was committed by the Government of Canada. To date, our business has required only minimal expenditures for manufacturing activities. As part of our strategy to expand our market by delivering a full solution through forward integration, we plan to add capabilities and infrastructure to support GMP manufacturing, and we intend to apply such SIF funding towards this goal.

In November 2020, we acquired Trianni. In connection with the acquisition, our U.S. subsidiary entered into an agreement and plan of merger for an initial purchase price of $90.0 million, subject to certain adjustments for working capital, indebtedness and expenses. Upon consummation of the merger, Trianni became our wholly-owned subsidiary. We paid the purchase price for the acquisition using the proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Notes in an aggregate amount of approximately $90.0 million. The Convertible Notes will mature on October 30, 2025, unless earlier prepaid or converted, and will bear interest from October 30, 2021 at an annual rate of 5%, payable annually in arrears on October 30 of each year, beginning on October 30, 2022. Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable in cash or in the form of additional nonconvertible notes. The Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the noteholders into our common shares under certain circumstances, including upon the closing of this offering. Convertible Notes converted upon the closing of this offering will convert at a price of 85% of the initial public offering price.

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Future Performance

We believe that our financial performance has been, and in the foreseeable future will continue to be, primarily driven by multiple factors as described below, each of which presents growth opportunities for our business. These factors also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and improve our results of operations. Our ability to successfully address these challenges is subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

 

 

Securing additional programs under contract. Our potential to grow revenue, in both the near and long term, is dependent on our ability to secure additional programs under contract from new and existing partners. For existing partners, we seek to expand our relationships with them to cover multi-year, multi-target programs. Since our first commercial partnership in 2015, as of September 30, 2020, we had 94 discovery programs that are either completed, in progress or under contract with 26 partners. We are building our business development team across the major biotechnology geographic hubs in order to bring in new partners and new programs under contract, and we believe that we have a significant opportunity to continue to increase the number of partners who have programs based on our platform. Our ability to continue to grow our number of programs under contract is dependent upon our ability to educate the market and support the business through investment in our sales and marketing efforts and through further research and development to enhance our technological differentiation.

 

 

Our partners successfully developing and commercializing the antibodies that we discover. We have historically generated nearly all of our revenue from research fees. We estimate that, based on the terms of our existing contracts and estimates of historical rates of success of antibody drug development, the vast majority of the potential value for each program under contract is represented by potential future milestone payments and royalties rather than research fees. As a result, we believe our

 

87


Table of Contents
 

business and our future results of operations will be highly reliant on the degree to which our partners successfully develop and commercialize the antibodies that we discover based on contracts with our partners. As our partners continue to advance development of the antibodies that we have discovered, we expect to start receiving additional milestone payments and royalties if any partners commence commercial sales of such antibodies. For example, recent public announcements by our partner Lilly have indicated that the LY-CoV555 antibody is advancing through late stage clinical trials. We received development milestone payments of $8.0 million from this partnership during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. If this product candidate receives marketing approval and is successfully commercialized by Lilly, we are entitled to receive approval milestones payments and royalties on such sales. The total aggregate amount of clinical and approval milestones related to this partnership is up to $29.0 million. On October 7, 2020, Lilly submitted a request for an EUA for the LY-CoV555 monotherapy to the FDA, which was granted on November 9, 2020. On October 28, 2020, Lilly announced an agreement with the U.S. government to supply 300,000 vials of LY-CoV555 for $375.0 million. On October 29, 2020, Lilly also announced a fixed price contract for procurement of LY-CoV555 in the amount of $312.5 million with the U.S. Army Contracting Command. Under our partnership with Lilly, we are entitled to receive a specified percentage of proceeds that Lilly receives from these sales.

 

 

Rate and timing of selecting and initiating discovery projects by our partners. Once programs are secured under contract, partners must select targets and agree on a detailed statement of work before we commence discovery research on any antibodies. The rate and timing of such selection and initiation differs from partner to partner. Because the vast majority of research fees that we are entitled to recognize under our partnerships depend on our delivery of antibodies for development by our partners, any delays by our partners in selecting targets and agreeing on statements of work will impact revenue recognition.

 

 

Investing in enhancements to our technology stack. Our ability to maintain and expand our partnerships is dependent on the advantages our technology stack delivers to our partners. We intend to maintain our leading position through research and development investments to refine and add capabilities in areas such as computation, protein engineering, immunization technologies, genetically engineered rodents and cell line selection. We have successfully closed and will continue to look for strategic technology acquisitions to improve, broaden and deepen our capabilities and expertise in antibody drug discovery and development, or those that offer opportunities to expand our partnership business into adjacent therapeutic modalities. We intend to devote substantial resources to continue to improve our technological differentiation which will impact our financial performance.

 

 

Scaling our operations to execute on discovery programs. As we secure additional programs under contract and as our partners initiate discovery programs, our operational capacity to execute such research activities may become strained. We are making significant investments in capital and time to increase our ability to address future growth, including building new headquarters, building a new manufacturing plant, investing in research and development and hiring more talented personnel across functions. We have new facilities under development scheduled to take occupancy in 2021 that are intended to materially expand capacity. Over the past twelve months, we have grown our workforce by 82%, moving from 98 to 174 full time employees as of September 30, 2020. As we expand our workforce, we expect a significant increase in our operating expenses, including stock-based compensation.

 

88


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics

We regularly review the following key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We believe that the following metrics are important to understand our current business. These metrics may change or may be substituted for additional or different metrics as our business develops. For example, as our business matures and to the extent programs are discontinued, we anticipate updating these metrics to reflect such changes.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
     Change  
Metric    2018      2019      %     2019      2020      %  

Number of discovery partners

     20        22        10     21        26        24

Programs under contract, cumulative

     56        60        7     59        94        59

Program starts, cumulative

     28        43        54     39        51        31

Programs in the clinic

     0        0        N/M       0        1        N/M  

Number of discovery partners represents the unique number of partners with whom we have executed partnership contracts. We view this metric as an indication of the competitiveness of our technology stack and our current level of market penetration. The metric also relates to our opportunities to secure programs under contract.

Programs under contract represent the number of antibody development programs that are under contract for delivery of discovery research activities. A program under contract is counted when a contract is executed with a partner under which we commit to discover antibodies against one selected target. A target is any relevant antigen for which a partner seeks our support in developing binding antibodies. We view this metric as an indication of commercial success and technological competitiveness. It further relates to revenue from technology access fees. The cumulative number of programs under contract with downstream participation is related to our ability to generate future revenue from milestone payments and royalties.

Program starts represent the number of unique programs under contract for which we have commenced the discovery effort. The discovery effort commences on the later of (i) the day on which we receive sufficient reagents to start discovery of antibodies against a target and (ii) the day on which the kick-off meeting for the program is held. We view this metric as an indication of our operational capacity to execute on programs under contract. It is also an indication of the selection and initiation of discovery projects by our partners and the resulting near-term potential to earn research fees. Cumulatively, program starts with downstream participation indicate our total opportunities to earn downstream revenue from milestone fees and royalties in the mid- to long-term.

Programs in the clinic represent the count of unique programs for which an Investigational New Drug, or IND, New Animal Drug or Pre-Market Approval, or PMA, application, or equivalents under other regulatory regimes, has been filed based on an antibody that was discovered by us. Where the date of such application is not known to us, the date of the first public announcement of clinical trials will be used instead for the purpose of this metric. We view this metric as an indication of our near- and mid-term potential revenue from milestone fees and potential royalty payments in the long term.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Our revenue currently consists primarily of technology access fees, which are generally generated upon execution of our partnership agreements, and discovery research fees, which are generated through our performance of antibody discovery research for our partners. To a lesser extent, we have also generated revenue from payments triggered by the satisfaction of clinical milestones under our partnership agreements. Our partnership agreements also entitle us to receive payments upon the satisfaction of commercial milestones as well as royalties on our partners’ sales, if any, of the antibodies that we discover under our partnerships. To date, we have not generated any revenue from commercial

 

89


Table of Contents

milestone payments or royalties on product sales because all of our current programs under contract are in the target selection, discovery, preclinical or clinical development stages. We expect revenue to increase over time as we secure additional programs under contract and conduct discovery efforts for our partners, and as our partners continue the development of the antibodies that we deliver. We expect that our revenue will fluctuate from period to period due to the timing of securing additional programs under contract, the inherently uncertain nature of the timing of milestone achievement and our dependence on the program decisions of our partners.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, laboratory supplies and materials expenses for employees and contractors engaged in research and product development. We expense all research and development costs in the period in which they are incurred. Research and development activities consist of discovery research for partners as well as our internal platform development. We derive improvements to our technology stack from both types of activities. We have not historically tracked our research and development expenses on a partner-by-partner basis or on a product candidate-by-product candidate basis.

We expect to continue to incur substantial research and development expenses as we conduct discovery research for our partners. In addition, we plan to continue to invest in research and development to enhance our solutions and offerings to our partners, including hiring additional employees and continuing research and development projects obtained through strategic technology acquisitions. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation costs for employees within our commercial sales functions, as well as marketing, travel expenses and information technology costs that are directly associated with sales and marketing efforts, such as client relationship management tools and other information technology data tools to provide insight into market segments and trends. Until 2019, our sales and marketing function was limited, with only one dedicated business development person supported by two to three marketing staff who are primarily focused on scientific writing. This activity has been complemented with research and development staff attending a variety of scientific conferences, which has helped increase the business development pipeline. The associated expenses are included in research and development expenses as scientific conference attendance is primarily related to our research and development efforts. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our commercial sales, marketing and business development teams; increase our presence globally; and increase marketing activities to drive awareness and adoption of our platform. While these expenses may vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, we expect these expenses to increase as a percentage of sales in the short term as we continue to grow our commercial organization to drive anticipated growth in the business.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation costs for employees in our executive, accounting and finance, project management, corporate development, office administration, legal and human resources functions as well as professional services fees, such as consulting, audit, tax and legal fees, general corporate costs and allocated overhead expenses. General and administrative expenses also include all rent and facilities expenses for all employees, regardless of department or function. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods, primarily due to increased headcount to support anticipated growth in the business and due to incremental costs associated with operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a securities exchange and costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and stock exchange listing standards, public relations, insurance and professional services. We expect these expenses to vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.

 

90


Table of Contents

Depreciation. Depreciation expense consists of the depreciation of equipment used actively in the business, primarily by research and development activities, and the depreciation of investments made in the build-out of facilities.

Other (Income) Expense

Interest Income. Interest income consists of interest earned on cash balances in our Bank of Montreal cash accounts. In 2020, following the closing of our preferred stock financing, interest income also included interest earned on money market funds administered by Bank of Montreal.

Interest and Other (Income) Expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interest related to borrowings under our credit agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we had credit and overdraft agreements with Bank of Montreal. In 2020, prior to the closing of our preferred stock financing, we repaid and terminated all material Bank of Montreal credit agreements. In connection with our preferred stock financing, we entered into a new credit agreement with OrbiMed. In the third quarter of 2020, we repaid this credit agreement with OrbiMed and retired all of the credit facility.

Foreign Exchange (Gain) Loss, Net. Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net, consists primarily of income or loss due to fluctuation in exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar. All of our historical revenue has been generated in U.S. dollars.

Grants and Incentives. Grants and incentives include cost recovery on activities that qualified for approved projects supported by grant funding or tax credits. Grants primarily include the benefit from programs administered by the Canadian government’s Ministry of Innovation, Science and Economic Development, such as their Industrial Research Assistance Program, which impacts 2018 and 2019, and the Strategic Innovation Fund, which impacts the nine months ended September 30, 2020. To the extent that grant funding covers capital expenditures, a deferred credit is recorded on the balance sheet and recognized ratably over the benefit period of the related expenditure for which the grant was intended to compensate.

Tax credits include benefits from the Canadian Scientific Research and Experimental Development, or SR&ED, program and the Australian R&D Tax Incentive program. Depending on our Canadian tax status, either a refundable cash or tax credit is accrued for every dollar spent in eligible research and development activities. In Australia, government investment tax credits are in the form of a tax credit for our Australian entity Channel Biologics Pty Ltd. Refundable tax credits are included in grants and incentives. Tax credits are included in a note in the financial statements. We expect to continue to benefit from these tax programs in the future.

Results of Operations

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  
                      

Revenue:

           

Research fees

   $ 8,831      $ 11,612      $ 8,409      $ 17,247  

Milestone payments

                          8,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,831        11,612        8,409        25,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  
                    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     5,803       10,113       6,804       20,757  

Sales and marketing(1)

     712       1,263       792       1,610  

General and administrative(1)

     2,151       2,749       1,774       6,116  

Depreciation

     918       1,604       1,180       1,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,583       15,729       10,550       29,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (753     (4,117     (2,141)       (4,743
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest income

   $ (42   $ (155   $ (111   $ (195

Interest and other expense

     213       209       127       4,896  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     362       (186     (348     (1,146

Grants and incentives

     (1,594     (1,774     (1,239     (10,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     (1,061     (1,906     (1,571     (6,662
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) for the period

   $ 309     $ (2,211   $ (570   $ 1,918  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 593      $ 606      $ 538      $ 2,817  

Sales and marketing

     17        85        83        76  

General and administrative

     6        199        157        882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 615      $ 890      $ 778      $ 3,775  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

           

Research fees

   $ 8,409      $ 17,247      $ 8,838        105

Milestone payments

            8,000        8,000        N/M  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 8,409      $ 25,247      $ 16,838        200
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased by $16.8 million, or 200%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by the receipt of payments upon achieving Phase 1, Phase 2, and Phase 3 clinical milestones met by Lilly relating to molecule LY-CoV555 in the amount of $8.0 million, activity related to discovery for the COVID-19 program in the amount of $5.9 million, and increased activity in the partnership business resulting in increased receipts of research fees in the amount of $2.9 million.

 

92


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 6,804      $ 20,757      $ 13,953        205

Research and development expenses increased by $14.0 million, or 205%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased headcount and corresponding increase in compensation expense in the research and development function in the amount of $6.0 million in the aggregate and associated expenses for materials to support these personnel in the amount of $0.8 million and licenses for external platforms of $1.9 million. In the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company acquired the OrthoMab bispecific platform from Dualogics in the amount of $4.0 million. This transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of an asset and expensed as incurred, as the platform acquired is intended to be further utilized and expanded on in our research and development efforts.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 792      $ 1,610      $ 818        103

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 103%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased headcount in business development and marketing staff in the amount of an increase of $0.5 million in compensation expenses, as well as increased expenditures on external consultants for public relations and graphic design activities in the amount of $0.3 million. Sales and marketing expenses related to travel were significantly lower for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 due to COVID-19 related travel restrictions.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $ 1,774      $ 6,116      $ 4,342        245

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.3 million, or 245%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased headcount within the general and administrative function and the associated $1.8 million increase in compensation expenses. General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 also include costs related to the closing of our preferred stock financing and preparation for public markets, legal and accounting fees all totaling $1.6 million. Rent and facilities operating costs also increased by $0.4 million due to two new facilities leases in Vancouver and an additional new facilities lease in Australia.

 

93


Table of Contents

Depreciation

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Depreciation

   $ 1,180      $ 1,507      $ 327        28

Depreciation expense increased by $0.3 million, or 28%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was due to the depreciation of equipment and facilities related to increased capital equipment spending over the prior year, in the amount of $4.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net property, plant and equipment assets totaled $8.5 million, an increase of $2.1 million from the previous year, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net property, plant and equipment assets totaled $14.3 million, an increase of $5.8 million from December 31, 2019.

Other (Income) Expense

Interest Income

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest income

   $ (111)      $ (195)      $ (84)        76

Interest income increased by $0.1 million, or 76%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by a larger cash balance maintained in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the prior period.

Interest and Other Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)                
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest and other expense

   $ 127      $ 4,896      $ 4,769        3755

Interest and other expenses increased by $4.8 million, or 3755%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by $3.7 million in combined cancellation fees and legal fees on early retirement of the OrbiMed credit agreement in July 2020. In addition there was higher interest charged on credit facilities outstanding during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the prior period. The main driver for this increase in interest expense was the OrbiMed credit agreement in the amount of $0.7 million while that agreement was in effect.

Foreign Exchange Gain

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2019      2020     Amount     %  
     (unaudited)              
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Foreign exchange gain, net

   $ (348)      $ (1,146   $ (798     229

 

94


Table of Contents

The foreign exchange gain, net, was primarily driven by the cash balance held in Canadian dollars and a strengthening of Canadian dollars against U.S. dollars, given the timing of when actual currency trades were made, during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the prior period.

Grants and Incentives

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2019     2020     Amount     %  
     (unaudited)              
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Grants and incentives

   $ (1,239   $ (10,217   $ (8,978     725

Grants and incentives increased by $9.0 million, or 725%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by expenses for which there was cost recovery related to the SIF project entered into between us and the Government of Canada in April 2020, in the amount of $8.4 million. Any additional cash from the SIF project that we receive for eligible capital expenditure activities resulted in recognition of a deferred credit on the balance sheet.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2018      2019      Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

           

Research fees

   $ 8,831      $ 11,612      $ 2,781        31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 8,831      $ 11,612      $ 2,781        31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased by $2.8 million, or 31%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by a higher number of programs under contract executed in 2019 for which we received research fees associated with discovery work conducted for our partners. There was no clinical milestone payment revenue in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2018      2019      Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 5,803      $ 10,113      $ 4,310        74

Research and development expenses increased by $4.3 million, or 74%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by increased headcount in the research and development function and associated expenses consisting primarily of personnel compensation in the amount of $2.5 million. In addition expenses related to materials supporting research and development activities increased $0.9 million.

 

95


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2018      2019      Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 712      $ 1,263      $ 551        77

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 77%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense in the amount of $0.3 million and the engagement of a public relations consulting firm of $0.2 million.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2018      2019      Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

General and administrative

   $ 2,151      $ 2,749      $ 598        28

General and administrative expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 28%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by increased headcount within the general and administrative function and associated expenses consisting primarily of personnel compensation in the amount of $0.7 million.

Depreciation

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2018      2019      Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Depreciation

   $ 918      $ 1,604      $ 686        75

Depreciation expense increased by $0.7 million, or 75%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by a significant investment in capital assets made in 2018 and 2019 for laboratory space at our Vancouver Yukon Street facility and associated equipment in that facility in the amount of $5.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

Other (Income) Expense

Interest Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2018     2019     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest income

   $ (42   $ (155   $ (113     269

Interest income increased by $0.1 million, or 269%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by a larger average cash balance maintained in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior period.

 

96


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2018      2019      Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Interest and other expense

   $ 213      $ 209      $ (4     (2 )% 

There was no material change in interest and other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Some interest was charged on the Bank of Montreal loan carried during these two periods.

Foreign Exchange (Gain) Loss

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2018      2019     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

   $ 362      $ (186   $ (548     N/M  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss decreased by $0.5 million from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. Foreign exchange gains and losses are driven primarily by the Canadian dollar cash balances that we maintain and the relative exchange rates between Canadian dollars and U.S. dollars.

Grants and Incentives

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2018     2019     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Grants and incentives

   $ (1,594   $ (1,774   $ (180     11

Grants and incentives increased by $0.2 million, or 11%, from the year ended December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019. This amount is associated with the Canadian SR&ED refundable tax credit program. With this program, we are able to claim eligible research and development expenses and earn a refundable tax credit after applying the applicable rate. The 2018 refundable tax credit was $1.4 million and the 2019 refundable tax credit was $1.1 million. This change in the effective claim amount is largely due to our growth. As a larger enterprise we no longer qualify for the enhanced claim rate extended to smaller businesses in Canada.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2020, we had $91.1 million of cash and cash equivalents. To date, we have primarily relied on revenue in the form of research fees from partners, government grants, conventional bank debt and equity financings to fund our operations, including most recently raising gross proceeds of $75.0 million through the sale and issuance of Series A2 convertible preferred shares.

We have generated positive operating cash flow cumulatively since our inception in 2012 and in every year since 2018. We intend to significantly invest in our business, and as a result may incur operating losses in future periods. We will continue to invest in research and development efforts towards expanding our capabilities and expertise along our technology stack, as well as building our business development team and marketing our solutions to new and existing partners. Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flows from operations, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next      months following the date of this prospectus.

 

97


Table of Contents

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to our ability to successfully secure additional programs under contract with new and existing partners, the successful identification and discovery of antibodies for our partners and the successful development and commercialization by our partners of the antibodies that we deliver. If we are unable to execute on our business plan and adequately fund operations, or if the business plan requires a level of spending in excess of cash resources, we may be required to negotiate partnerships in which we receive greater near-term payments at the expense of potential downstream revenue. Alternatively, we may need to seek additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our shareholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common shareholders. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making product acquisitions, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. If we are unable to generate sufficient revenue or raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be adversely affected.

Sources of Liquidity

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily from revenue in the form of research fees and milestone payments from partners, government grants, conventional bank debt and equity financings.

Revenue from Research Fees

We receive payments from our partnerships in the form of technology access and discovery research fees as we conduct discovery activities for our partners. Such fees are recognized as revenue in the period when the discovery work is performed.

Revenue from Milestone and Royalty Payments

We are entitled to additional payments with respect to discovery programs with our partners upon the satisfaction of development and approval milestones, as well as royalties upon sales, if any, by our partners of the antibodies that we discover.

In May, June and July 2020, we received the first milestone payments related to LY-CoV555, a molecule discovered by us in connection with our partnership with Lilly. If this antibody receives marketing approval, we are entitled to additional approval milestone payments. If this antibody is commercialized and sales of this molecule commence, we are entitled to a royalty under our partnership agreement.

BLAZE-1 is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 study conducted by Lilly that is designed to assess the efficacy and safety of LY-CoV555 and an additional Lilly product candidate for the treatment of symptomatic COVID-19 in the outpatient setting. Across all treatment arms, the trial is designed to enroll an estimated 800 participants. The monotherapy arms of BLAZE-1 enrolled mild-to-moderate recently diagnosed COVID-19 patients across four groups (placebo, LY-CoV555 700 mg, LY-CoV555 2800 mg, and LY-CoV555 7000 mg). The primary outcome measure for the BLAZE-1 monotherapy arms was change from baseline to day 11 in SARS-CoV-2 viral load. Additional endpoints include the percentage of participants who experience COVID-related hospitalization, emergency room visit or death from baseline through day 29, as well as safety. Lilly announced that the primary endpoint, change from baseline in viral load at day 11, was met at the 2800 mg dose level, but not the others. Most patients, including those receiving placebo, demonstrated near complete viral clearance by day 11. Additional analyses of viral data demonstrated that LY-CoV555 improved viral clearance at an earlier time point (day 3) and reduced the proportion of patients with persistently high viral load at later time points. Lilly also announced that LY-CoV555 was well-tolerated, with no drug-related serious adverse events reported. Treatment emergent adverse events were similar across all dose groups and comparable

 

98


Table of Contents

to placebo. Viral RNA sequencing revealed putative LY-CoV555-resistance variants in placebo and all treatment arms. The rate of resistance variants was numerically higher in treated patients (8 percent) versus placebo (6 percent).

On October 7, 2020, Lilly submitted a request for an EUA for the LY-CoV555 monotherapy to the FDA, which was granted on November 9, 2020. On October 28, 2020, Lilly announced an agreement with the U.S. government to supply 300,000 vials of LY-CoV555 for $375.0 million. On October 29, 2020, Lilly also announced a fixed price contract for procurement of LY-CoV555 in the amount of $312.5 million with the U.S. Army Contracting Command. Under our partnership with Lilly, we are entitled to receive a specified percentage of proceeds that Lilly receives from these sales. See the section of this prospectus titled “Business—Eli Lilly Partnership” for additional details.

Equity Financings and Option Exercises

As of September 30, 2020, we have raised a total of $88.6 million from the issuance and sale of convertible preferred shares and common shares, net of costs associated with such financings, and exercises of employee share options.

Prior Credit Agreements

In 2018, we entered into a credit agreement with Bank of Montreal that provided for a term loan, a revolving credit facility and a facility for travel expenses. Interest on this facility accrued at a prime floating rate plus 1.5% per annum. In March 2020, we retired our term loan and revolving credit facility with Bank of Montreal. We continue to maintain a credit facility for travel expenses.

As part of our $105.0 million Series A2 financing in March 2020, we entered into a senior secured credit agreement with OrbiMed, which provided for a term loan in an aggregate amount of $30.0 million for a five-year term. Borrowings under this facility bore interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin of 6% plus the higher of LIBOR for the applicable interest period and 1.75%. In July 2020, we repaid funds borrowed under this facility in full and retired the credit facility with OrbiMed. All associated security interests with this credit facility were released.

Ministry of Western Economic Diversification under the Western Innovation Initiative

Starting in April 2015, we have obtained funding from the Canadian Ministry of Western Economic Diversification, or WD Canada, under the Western Innovation Initiative, or WINN, and the Business Scale-up and Productivity, or BSP, programs. WINN and BSP are Canadian federal government initiatives which provide financing to projects that meet certain program criteria. The funding covers project expenditures for the purchase of capital equipment and the payment of project-related expenses. The terms of these WD Canada loans include a draw of the loan over the three years of a project, one year of no repayments for the loan followed by repayment over five years in equal installments of the principal amount of the loan. These loans are provided at zero interest and are unsecured. As of September 30, 2020, we have three loans with WD Canada for projects started in 2015, 2016, and 2019, representing total available funding of $5.7 million. For the projects started in 2015 and 2016, loan repayments have commenced and are expected to be $205,000 in 2020. As of September 30, 2020, approximately $2.3 million remained outstanding that was borrowed under this initiative, and these loans are repayable in installments through to 2028.

Government of Canada’s Strategic Innovation Fund

In April 2020, we entered into a multi-year agreement with the Canadian government’s Strategic Innovation Fund, or SIF. Under this agreement, up to CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million) was committed by the Government of Canada to be directed towards two key stages of a project.

 

99


Table of Contents

The first stage will provide financial support to our operations during the work that we perform for the discovery of antibodies against COVID-19. The funding supports investment into equipment, teams and physical space to advance our platform for future pandemic preparedness. The Canadian government has committed up to CAD $63.9 million ($45.7 million) towards this stage of the project, based on costs incurred and paid and such funding is non-repayable. As of September 30, 2020, we have claimed a total of CAD $17.3 million ($12.8 million) under this first stage of the project.

The second stage of the project is intended to fund the expansion of research and development; building out process development and chemistry, manufacturing and control, or CMC, capabilities; constructing a facility for GMP manufacturing; and all related supporting laboratory and office requirements. The project related budget includes project costs for the land and building, the fit out for offices, labs, GMP cleanrooms as well as the equipment required to develop fully functional CMC and GMP capabilities as required to support clinical trials. The Canadian government has committed up to CAD $111.7 million ($79.9 million) for this project, contingent upon costs incurred and paid, with the rest to be co-funded by us through partnering with a developer and taking a co-ownership position in the resulting facilities. Completion and approval of a feasibility study is required to further advance this project and prior to any SIF reimbursement for this stage. SIF funding for this project is expected to occur between 2020 and 2025. Repayment of SIF assistance received for this stage of the project will be calculated as a percentage rate of AbCellera’s revenue, with payment made to the Government of Canada on an annual basis during the repayment period starting in 2027. Repayment on this stage of the project is conditional on revenue thresholds being achieved in seven years, a year following the completion of the project and over the subsequent ten-year period. If the revenue threshold is not met, the SIF funding contribution will be non-repayable. This funding and its associated conditional repayment is not secured by any of our assets or that of the project. As of September 30, 2020, we have claimed a total of CAD $0.1 million ($0.1 million) under this second stage of the project.

We conduct work, incur expenses and fund all costs from our own cash resources. On a quarterly basis, we submit claims to the SIF for eligible reimbursable expenses. As of September 30, 2020, we have claimed a total of CAD $17.4 million ($12.9 million) under SIF.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
           (in thousands)        

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ 3,566     $ 2,694     $ 2,234     $ 21,414  

Investing activities

     (5,307     (5,780     (5,152     (11,598

Financing activities

     12,186       195       (53     73,713  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 10,444     $ (2,891   $ (2,971   $ 83,529  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $19.2 million from $2.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to $21.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase resulted primarily from increased revenue from discovery research activities, securing new multi-year, multi-target contracts with partners that involved up front technology access fees upon execution of the contract, and payments resulting from the satisfaction of clinical milestones under our partnership with Lilly.

 

100


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $0.9 million from $3.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease resulted primarily from fewer large contracts with technology access fees entered into in 2019 as compared to 2018.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $5.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to $11.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in cash used was primarily driven by investment in a fully paid up license for access to a humanized rodent platform for discovery projects with Alloy Therapeutics. By contrast, in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, investments were limited to equipment used primarily in our research and development activities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $5.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cash used was primarily driven by issuance of related party loans.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $73.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 related primarily to the Series A2 financing round closed in March 2020. By contrast, no major equity financing was completed in 2019.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 resulted primarily from the Series A preferred share financing, common share equity issuances, and drawdowns from the Bank of Montreal credit agreement to fund facilities expansion in 2018. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 resulted primarily from the proceeds from debt at Bank of Montreal used to help finance equipment at our Vancouver Yukon Street facility.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 30, 2020:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
(unaudited, in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt obligations, including interest(1)(2)

   $ 3,110      $ 530      $ 1,783      $ 732      $ 65  

Operating lease obligations(3)

     4,495        818        1,300        1,201        1,177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,605      $ 1,348      $ 3,083      $ 1,932      $ 1,242  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   In March 2020, we retired our term loan and line of credit facility with Bank of Montreal. We continue to maintain a credit facility for travel expenses.
(2)   Includes obligations outstanding as of September 30, 2020 related to funding obtained from WD Canada under the WINN and BSP programs. The funding covers project expenditures for the purchase of capital equipment and the payment of project-related expenses. The terms of these WD Canada loans include a draw of the loan over the three years of a project, one year of no repayments for the loan followed by repayment over five years in equal installments of the principal amount of the loan. These loans are provided at zero interest and are unsecured.
(3)   We lease our office and laboratory space of approximately 22,000 square feet at the Yukon St facility in Vancouver, British Columbia under a lease that expires in December 2027. In February 2020, we entered into an additional lease for approximately 5,000 square feet at the Broadway St facility in Vancouver, British Columbia under a lease that expires in 2025. In June 2020, we entered into an additional lease for approximately 6,300 square feet at the Ontario St facility in Vancouver, British Columbia under a lease that expires in 2022. Amounts in the table reflect minimum payments due for our leases of office and laboratory space.

 

101


Table of Contents

We are a party to license agreements with the University of British Columbia and the Leland Stanford Junior University, pursuant to which we are required to make payments to the counterparties, including, as applicable, annual license fees and royalties. See the section of this prospectus titled “Business—Intellectual Property” for additional details.

Income Taxes

We do not have any Canadian non-capital loss carried forward. As of December 31, 2019, we had Canadian income tax credits of $1.2 million to offset Canadian federal and provincial taxes payable expiring in the years 2029 through 2040. As of December 31, 2019, we had unclaimed tax deductions for scientific research and experimental development of approximately $1.0 million that do not expire. As of December 31, 2019, we had income tax credits and operating losses carried forward related to non-Canadian operations of approximately $1.5 million, with expiration dates between 2029 and 2040. Our carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the appropriate taxing authorities. These carryforwards may generally be utilized in any future period but may be subject to limitations based upon changes in the ownership of our stock in a prior or future period. We have not quantified the amount of such limitations, if any.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, a deficiency in internal control over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or personnel, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis.

In connection with the preparation and audits of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, there was a material adjustment in our financial statements required due to an overstatement of a lease liability upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as well as certain other adjustments. In the aggregate, such adjustments amounted to a material weakness. The material weakness resulted from a lack of resources and experience within our finance function, in particular with respect to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard and with respect to our transition to U.S. GAAP, and our change in measurement currency from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars.

We have begun taking measures, and plan to continue to take measures, to remediate this material weakness. These measures include hiring or engaging additional accounting personnel with familiarity with reporting under U.S. GAAP, and implementing and adopting additional controls and procedures. Our recruitment efforts to identify additional accounting personnel and implementation of additional accounting processes and controls are underway. Remediation costs consist primarily of additional personnel expenses, which we do not anticipate will have a material impact to our financial statements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares”. We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over

 

102


Table of Contents

financial reporting, and we may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, which may impair our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis.

However, the implementation of these measures may not be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Moreover, our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate in the future because of changes in conditions in our business. Furthermore, we may not have identified all material weaknesses and weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our stock price may decline as a result. We also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods, which could cause the price of our common shares to decline.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

We bear credit risk primarily in the payments owed to us by our partners for work performed under our partnership agreements, for which receivables are concentrated in a limited number of partners. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, two partners accounted for 50% and 21% of revenue, and the remaining 29% of revenue was accounted for by nine partners. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, two partners accounted for 47% and 15% of revenue, and the remaining 38% of revenue was accounted for by nine partners. Two partners accounted for 93% and 5% of accounts receivable as of September 30, 2020.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, two partners accounted for 61% and 71% of revenue. As of December 31, 2019, two partners comprised 49% and 24% of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2018, two partners comprised 98% and 1% of accounts receivable.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we had a cash balance of $7.6 million and $91.1 million, respectively, a majority of which was maintained in bank accounts and money market funds with Bank of Montreal. Our primary exposure to market risk is to interest income volatility, which is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates. As such rates are at a near record low, a 10% change in the market interest rates would not have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to financial risks as a result of exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar and the volatility of these rates. In the normal course of business, we earn revenue denominated in U.S. dollars and we incur expenses in Canadian denominated, U.S. denominated and Australian denominated dollars. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. We hold a majority of our cash in U.S. dollars. We do not expect that foreign currency gains and losses will have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations in the foreseeable future. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

103


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue currently primarily consists of research fees and milestone payments, which are generated through our performance of antibody discovery research for our partners. Promised deliverables to our global partners include research and development. The Company applied ASC 606 to all arrangements to date.

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC 606, we account for revenue from contracts with partners, whom we view as customers under ASC 606, which includes the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance obligation. For instances where promises are not distinct at contract inception they are combined into a single performance obligation. An option to acquire additional goods and/or services is evaluated on both quantitative and qualitative aspects to determine if such an option provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not have received without entering into the contract. If so, the option is accounted for as a separate performance obligation. If not, the option is considered a marketing offer and is accounted for as a separate contract upon the customer’s election.

When applying the revenue recognition criteria of ASC 606 to research fees and milestone payments, management applies significant judgment when evaluating whether contractual obligations represent distinct performance obligations; allocating transaction price to performance obligations within a contract; determining when performance obligations have been met; assessing the recognition and future reversal of variable consideration; and when determining and applying appropriate methods of measuring progress for performance obligations satisfied over time.

We allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation identified in the contract on a relative standalone selling price basis. Revenue is recognized based on the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to each respective performance obligation when or as the performance obligation is satisfied by transferring a promised good and/or service to the customer. We generally use output methods to measure the progress toward satisfaction of performance obligations that are satisfied over time. Due to different types of end customers and differences in the nature of work involved, revenue contracts require formal inspection and approval of experiments and research plans at each stage of work. Therefore, the output method is the most faithful depiction of our performance.

Research fees. We negotiate technology access fees and discovery research fees in our partnership contracts that are recognized as revenue in the period when the discovery work is performed. The transaction price generally includes fixed fees due at contract inception as well as fixed fees payable at the beginning and end of different phases of the discovery research services performed. We utilize either the expected value method or the most likely amount method to estimate the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price, as most appropriate in the circumstances.

 

104


Table of Contents

Milestone payments. At the inception of the arrangement, we evaluate whether the associated event is considered probable of achievement and estimate the amount to be included in the transaction price using the most likely amount method. In determining the transaction price, we constrain the transaction price for variable consideration to limit its inclusion so that it only includes the amount that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. The process of successfully achieving the criteria for the milestone payments is highly uncertain. Consequently, there is a significant risk that we may not earn all of the milestone payments from each of our arrangements. Management applies significant judgment when assessing the likelihood of milestones being achieved and when allocating the transaction price to each performance obligation for revenue recognition purposes.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the stock-based awards and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. For non-employee awards, compensation expense is recognized as the services are provided, which is generally ratably over the vesting period. Awards with an exercise price which is not denominated in: (a) the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of our equity securities traded, (b) the currency in which the individual’s pay is denominated, or (c) our functional currency, are classified as liabilities, and are subsequently re-measured to fair value at each balance sheet date until exercised or cancelled, with changes in fair value recognized as compensation cost for the period.

Stock-based compensation expense is classified in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) based on the function to which the related services are provided. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for the portion of awards that have vested. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including the expected share price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and our expected dividend yield.

As there is currently no public market for our common shares, we determined the volatility for awards granted with reference to an analysis of reported data for a group of guideline companies that issued options with substantially similar terms. We expect to continue to do so until we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of the trading price of our common shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the Bank of Canada Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We use the simplified method to determine the expected term, which is based on the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. We have not paid, and do not anticipate paying, dividends on our common shares; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

As there has been no public market for our common shares to date, the historical estimated fair value of our common shares has been approved by our board of directors. Prior to November 2019, our board of directors determined the per-share fair value of our common shares in connection with option grants as equal to the per-share issuance price of our common shares in the then-most recent arms’ length financing transaction. After such date, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common shares considering our most recently available independent third-party valuations of common shares.

In accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, third-party valuation firms prepared valuations of our common shares. From November 2019

 

105


Table of Contents

until March 2020, such valuations used a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis, which is based on management’s projection of future revenues and costs. The future cash flows are adjusted to arrive at a risk-adjusted present-day value of the future cash flows and fair value of equity. From March 2020 to July 2020, such valuations used a methodology that calculated the implied total value of an enterprise by accounting for all share class rights and preferences, as of the date of the latest financing. The total equity value implied by this transaction was then applied in the context of an option pricing model to determine the value of each class of our shares. The analysis used an option pricing method, or OPM, which treats common shares and preferred shares as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. The OPM takes into account the preferred shareholders’ liquidation preferences, participation rights, dividend policy and conversion rights to determine how proceeds from a liquidity event will be distributed among various ownership classes at a future date. A discount for lack of marketability of the common shares is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common shares. After July 2020, in contemplation of this offering, such valuations estimated the enterprise value of our business using a hybrid approach in determining the fair value of our common shares that includes a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM and the OPM. Under a PWERM, the fair market value of our common shares is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes. Based on the timing and nature of an assumed liquidity event in each scenario, a discount for lack of marketability would be applied to each scenario, as appropriate. The probability-weighted the value of each expected outcome would then be used to arrive at an estimate of fair value per common share.

In addition to considering the results of the third-party valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common shares as of each grant date, which may be a date other than the most recent third-party valuation date, including:

 

   

the prices at which we sold preferred shares and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred shares relative to our common shares at the time of each grant;

 

   

the lack of liquidity of our equity as a private company;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

   

our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources and forecasted results;

 

   

developments in our business, including the achievement of milestones such as entering into partnering agreements;

 

   

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences, biopharmaceutical and healthcare technology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

any external market conditions affecting our industry, and trends within our industry;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our preferred shares and holders of our common shares, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in our industry.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the stage of development of our product candidates, the timing of a potential IPO or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation methodology at each valuation date. The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different. Following the completion of this offering, the fair value of our common shares will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common shares.

 

106


Table of Contents

See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

Stock-based compensation expense was $0.6 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $0.8 million and $3.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, we had $5.9 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expenses related to nonvested options which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of September 30, 2020 was $                million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, of which approximately $                million was related to vested options and approximately $                million was related to unvested options.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We have reviewed all recently issued standards and have determined that, other than as described below, such standards will not have a material impact on our financial statements or do not otherwise apply to our operations.

Effective January 1, 2019, we adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASC 842, using the optional transition method that allows for a cumulative-effective adjustment in the period of adoption and did not restate prior periods. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification. We applied the definition of a lease under ASC 842 to contracts effective for periods on or after January 1, 2019. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at its inception. After determination of lease arrangement, we identify whether the lease arrangement consists of any non-lease component. We account for lease components (such as rental payments) separately from non-lease components (such as common area maintenance costs). The lease component is considered in operating leases, whereas the non-lease component is accounted for separately in profit and loss. Such non-lease component is accounted for ratably over a straight line basis over the duration of the lease period. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, accrued liabilities, and long-term operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. We use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments if an explicit rate is not available. We applied an incremental borrowing rate of 6.5% on transition and applied this rate to the lease in consideration. Rent expense, included as part of general and administrative expense, for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The operating lease right-of-use assets also includes any rent prepayments, lease incentives upon receipt, and straight-line rent expense impacts, which represent the differences between our operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets. Adoption of the new lease standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset of $2.8 million and a lease liability of $3.1 million, as of January 1, 2019. The difference between the right-of-use asset and lease liability relates to the balance of deferred tenant inducements. The standard did not impact our statements of loss and had no impact on our cash flows, nor did the adoption of this standard result in a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit and had no impact on cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019. Prior to 2019, we recognized rent expenses associated with our operating lease agreements on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Incentives granted under our facility leases, including rent holidays, were capitalized, and recognized as adjustments to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

 

107


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2016-09 Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This update provides an accounting policy election, to be applied on an entity-wide basis, to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest (consistent with existing U.S. GAAP) or account for forfeitures when they occur. The accounting policy election applies only to awards with service conditions; awards with performance conditions will still be assessed at each reporting date to determine whether it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. An entity that elects an accounting policy to account for forfeitures when they occur would assume that the service condition will be achieved when determining the initial amount of compensation cost to recognize. The entity should reverse compensation cost previously recognized when an award is forfeited before the completion of the requisite service period (the reversal is recognized in the period the award is forfeited). Therefore, regardless of the policy election, compensation cost will be recognized for all awards that ultimately vest. We elect to account for forfeitures when they occur. There was no financial statement impact on adoption of this ASU.

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU 2018–07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in this ASU expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2029. Adoption of this new accounting standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2020, we adopted the new ASU 2016-13, issued by the FASB, and all related amendments under FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses. Adoption of this new accounting standard will not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Berkeley Lights Litigation

In July, August and September 2020, we filed suits against Berkeley Lights, Inc., or Berkeley, in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that Berkeley directly infringes and indirectly causes infringement of one or more of our patents. In August 2020, Berkeley filed suit against us and our subsidiary Lineage Biosciences Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California seeking (i) declaratory judgment of non-infringement of U.S. Patent No. 10,058,839, or the 839 patent; (ii) a finding of unfair competition and false advertising under the Lanham Act; and (iii) a finding of unfair business practices under the California Business and Professions Code. We believe the action filed by Berkeley is without merit and have moved to dismiss the above action for lack of jurisdiction and failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted pursuant to Federal Rules of Civil Procedure 12(b) 1, 2, and 6. See the section of this prospectus titled “Business—Legal Proceedings” for additional information. The timing of the incurrence of legal expenses relating to pending litigation is difficult to predict and the outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain. Related costs and outcomes could materially affect our financial condition and operating results in future periods.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, as a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and worldwide. As with many companies around the world, our day to day operations were disrupted with the imposition of work from home policies and requirements for physical distancing for any personnel present in our offices and laboratories. The pandemic has also disrupted our sales and marketing activities as shelter-in-place orders, quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures have impacted our ability to interact with our existing and potential partners for our solutions. There is significant uncertainty as to the trajectory of the pandemic and its impacts on our business in the future. We could be materially and adversely affected by the risks, or the public perception of the risks, related to the COVID-19 pandemic or similar public health crises. Such crises could adversely impact our ability to conduct on-site laboratory activities, expand our laboratory facilities, secure critical supplies such as reagents, laboratory tools or immunized animals required for discovery research activities, and hire and retain

 

108


Table of Contents

key personnel. The ultimate extent of the impact of any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis on our business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of such epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis and actions taken to contain or prevent the further spread, among others. Accordingly, we cannot predict the extent to which our business, financial condition and results of operations will be affected. We remain focused on maintaining our operations, liquidity and financial flexibility and continue to monitor developments as we deal with the disruptions and uncertainties from the COVID-19 pandemic.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are not otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis);

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may use these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering occurs. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. Until the date that we are no longer an emerging growth company or affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the exemption provided by Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act upon issuance of a new or revised accounting standard that applies to our financial statements and that has a different effective date for public and private companies, we will disclose the date on which we will adopt the recently issued accounting standard.

 

109


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We believe that the surest path to a better future is through technological advancement and that the new frontier of technology lies at the interface of computation, engineering and biology. Our mission is to improve health with technologies that transform the way that antibody-based therapies are discovered. We aim to become the centralized operating system for next generation antibody discovery.

Our full-stack, artificial intelligence-, or AI, powered drug discovery platform searches and analyzes the database of natural immune systems to find antibodies that can be developed as drugs. We believe our technology increases the speed and the probability of success of therapeutic antibody discovery, including enabling discovery against targets that may otherwise be intractable. Rather than advancing our own clinical pipeline of drug candidates, we forge partnerships with drug developers of all sizes, from large cap pharmaceutical to small biotechnology companies. We empower them to move quickly, reduce cost and tackle the toughest problems in drug development. As of September 30, 2020, we had 94 discovery programs that are either completed, in progress or under contract with 26 partners. As a recent example, in a collaboration with Eli Lilly and Company, or Lilly, we applied our technology stack to co-develop LY-CoV555, a potential antibody therapy to treat and prevent COVID-19. Starting from a single blood sample obtained from a convalescent patient, we and our partners identified a viable antibody drug candidate within three weeks that advanced into clinical testing 90 days after initiation of the program. Lilly progressed into these clinical trials at a greatly accelerated pace as a result of the Coronavirus Treatment Acceleration Program, which is a special emergency program for possible coronavirus therapies created by the FDA in 2020 to expedite the development of potentially safe and effective life-saving treatments to combat the COVID-19 pandemic. With respect to other or future product candidates, there is no assurance that any of our partners or collaborators will be able to advance a product candidate into clinical development on this timeframe again in the future, or at all. We initiated our partnering program in 2015 and have only had this one program result in clinical milestone payments to us to date and we have not yet had a program receive marketing approval.

Antibodies, which are proteins generated by natural immune systems to fight infection and disease, are amongst the fastest growing class of drugs and are used across multiple therapeutic areas, including oncology, inflammation, neurodegeneration and many others. In 2019, antibody-based therapeutics accounted for over $140.0 billion in sales worldwide and represented five of the top 10 selling therapeutics. The rise of genomics, high-throughput biology and genetic engineering has greatly expanded the opportunity and the ecosystem of innovators working to advance the development of antibody-based therapeutics. There has been a proliferation of biopharmaceutical companies pursuing innovative drug candidate formats and new targets. As new entrants continue to emerge, we believe the total addressable market will continue to expand.

As the field of antibody therapeutics evolves, finding novel antibodies with desired therapeutic properties has become increasingly competitive and demanding. We believe that there are two fundamental problems hindering the discovery and development of next generation antibody-based therapeutics. The first is the state of technology: because of the limitations of legacy discovery approaches, there are many well-validated targets for which suitable antibodies cannot be found. The second is access: most companies are forced to cobble together fragmented solutions and lack the facilities and expertise needed to prosecute their antibody programs. Both of these problems contribute to the rising cost of drug development and delay bringing needed therapies to patients.

Many emerging and established life sciences companies have been built around technologies that focus on one or a limited number of steps in the discovery process, including immune repertoire sequencing, or RepSeq, single-cell analysis, AI, and transgenic rodent platforms. We believe we uniquely integrate proprietary technologies that address each of these steps, creating a complete solution for our partners. Over the last eight years, we have developed and assembled technologies that unlock the database of natural antibodies. We are democratizing the industry by providing our partners of all sizes with access to our centralized operating system.

 

110


Table of Contents

As depicted in Figure 1 below, our technology stack is a chain of interlocking technologies that is designed to enable the identification of antibodies with desired therapeutic properties.

Figure 1: Our Technology Stack

 

 

LOGO

Some notable technologies within our stack that compound the productivity and efficiency of each step of the discovery process include:

 

   

Source. We combine proprietary immunization with genetically engineered mouse technologies, including the proprietary suite of humanized mice we acquired in November 2020 in connection with our acquisition of Trianni, to provide a diverse source of human antibodies.

 

   

Search. Our patented microfluidic single-cell screening technology combines speed, throughput, efficiency, resolution and versatility, enabling rapid and deep searches of natural antibody responses.

 

   

Find. Following the acquisition of Lineage Biosciences Inc., or Lineage, in March 2017, we integrated high-throughput RepSeq technology with our single-cell screening technology to provide leading capabilities for the comprehensive profiling and functional characterization of antibody diversity.

 

   

Analyze. Our internally developed platform, Celium, a powerful computational engine for mining, interacting and visualizing the terabytes of data generated during an antibody discovery campaign, combines software, AI and visualization tools to organize, compute and interactively explore large multidimensional data sets.

 

   

Engineer. We acquired rights to the OrthoMab bispecific technology in June 2020, which is a versatile and clinically-validated protein engineering solution to design and produce bispecific antibodies.

The marriage of advanced data collection and computation creates a flywheel effect that augments our technology. As we run our partnership business, we are amassing unique, multi-dimensional data sets that link measurements at the level of single immune cells with the properties of the antibodies they make and the DNA sequences that encode their function. A single antibody discovery project can generate millions of DNA sequences and single-cell measurements, as well as thousands of target-specific antibodies, each characterized by hundreds of data points. Every project generates more data about the antibody immune response. This creates a competitive advantage whereby Celium extracts insights from the data that allows us to accelerate wet lab

 

111


Table of Contents

experimentation with in silico computation in a continuously iterative process. Because our computation is grounded on real world data, the output of Celium is not theoretical predications. We find real molecules that have been optimized by nature.

Our business thesis is based on the belief that technological advancement can improve the drug development process and that maximizing the value and impact of our work is best achieved through partnerships. In March 2020, we tested these beliefs as we mobilized our response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Working with our partner Lilly, we were able to progress from initiation of discovery to clinical trials in only 90 days. The first clinical development candidate in this collaboration, LY-CoV555, is undergoing clinical trials as both a monotherapy and in combination with another antibody as potential therapeutics for COVID-19.

On September 16, 2020, Lilly released the first interim Phase 2 clinical data for the monotherapy arms of the BLAZE-1 study, which showed that treatments of COVID-19 infected patients with LY-CoV555 resulted in a 72% risk reduction in hospitalization as compared to placebo in a study of 465 patients. Additionally, a post-hoc analysis of interim data showed that in high risk patient groups, including those patients over the age of 65 or with body mass index above 35, LY-CoV555 reduced the absolute risk of hospitalization by 9.5% (from 13.5% in the placebo group to 4% across all monotherapy treatment groups). BLAZE-1 is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 study conducted by Lilly that is designed to assess the efficacy and safety of LY-CoV555 and an additional Lilly product candidate for the treatment of symptomatic COVID-19 in the outpatient setting. Across all treatment arms, the trial is designed to enroll an estimated 800 participants. The monotherapy arms of BLAZE-1 enrolled mild-to-moderate recently diagnosed COVID-19 patients across four groups (placebo, LY-CoV555 700 mg, LY-CoV555 2800 mg, and LY-CoV555 7000 mg). The primary outcome measure for the BLAZE-1 monotherapy arms was change from baseline to day 11 in SARS-CoV-2 viral load. Additional endpoints include the percentage of participants who experience COVID-related hospitalization, emergency room visit or death from baseline through day 29, as well as safety. Lilly announced that the primary endpoint, change from baseline in viral load at day 11, was met at the 2800 mg dose level, but not the others. Most patients, including those receiving placebo, demonstrated near complete viral clearance by day 11. Additional analyses of viral data demonstrated that LY-CoV555 improved viral clearance at an earlier time point (day 3) and reduced the proportion of patients with persistently high viral load at later time points. Lilly also announced that LY-CoV555 was well-tolerated, with no drug-related serious adverse events reported. Treatment emergent adverse events were similar across all dose groups and comparable to placebo.

In addition to the BLAZE-1 study described above, LY-CoV555 is being evaluated in three other clinical trials, one of which is a Phase 3 trial for prophylaxis of COVID-19. LY-CoV555 was also evaluated in a Phase 3 trial in hospitalized patients. Based on trial data that suggested that LY-CoV555 is unlikely to help hospitalized COVID-19 patients recover from this advanced stage of their disease, Lilly announced on October 26, 2020 that it has stopped enrolling additional patients for treatment with LY-CoV555 in this study. The other clinical trials of LY-CoV555 referred to above to evaluate LY-CoV555 for treatment of mild to moderate COVID-19 and for prophylaxis remain active.

On October 7, 2020, Lilly submitted a request for an EUA for the LY-CoV555 monotherapy to the FDA, which was granted on November 9, 2020. On October 28, 2020, Lilly announced an agreement with the U.S. government to supply 300,000 vials of LY-CoV555 for $375.0 million. On October 29, 2020, Lilly also announced a fixed price contract for procurement of LY-CoV555 in the amount of $312.5 million with the U.S. Army Contracting Command. Under our partnership with Lilly, we are entitled to receive a specified percentage of proceeds that Lilly receives from these sales. As proud as we are to have played a role in the global response to COVID-19, we believe it is only an example of how our technology can accelerate drug discovery.

Our business has historically been both high growth and capital efficient. Revenues have grown at a 109% CAGR since 2014. We have generated positive operating cash flow cumulatively since our inception in 2012 and in every year since 2018. Our partnership agreements include: (i) payments for technology access and performance of research, (ii) downstream payments in the form of clinical and commercial milestones and

 

112


Table of Contents

(iii) royalties on net sales of any approved therapeutics. We structure our agreements in a way that is designed to align our partners’ economic interests with our own. While the vast majority of our historical revenue reflects upfront payments from research programs, we believe the long-term value of our business will be driven by downstream milestone and royalty payments. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, our revenue was $8.8 million, $11.6 million, $8.4 million and $25.2 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, our net income (loss) was $0.3 million, $(2.2) million, $(0.6) million and $1.9 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, we have entered into agreements for 94 partnered discovery programs, 71 of which include the potential for milestone and royalty payments from our partners. As of September 30, 2020, we had 174 full-time employees in Canada, the United States and Australia, consisting of 81 scientists, 45 engineers and data scientists and 48 business professionals.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to improve health with technologies that transform the way that antibody-based therapies are discovered. To achieve this mission, we aim to become the operating system for next generation antibody discovery and to act as an integral part of our partners’ development efforts.

We seek to expand the industry of antibody therapeutics in two ways. First, we believe our technology can solve discovery problems to unlock new opportunities for therapeutic antibody development. Second, by accessing our teams, technologies and facilities, partners can eliminate the extended delays and costs associated with setting up antibody discovery capabilities. Through our partnership business, we aim to enable our partners to start programs without delay and prosecute them at maximum speed.

Our strategy includes:

 

   

Create more value with our existing partnerships. We have entered into contracts for more than 100 antibody discovery programs. Our partners include large cap pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations. Where appropriate, we seek to expand our single-program partnerships to multi-year, multi-target agreements. As of September 30, 2020, over 70% of partnerships with royalty-bearing contracts included multiple targets. Through continual expansion of our capabilities and the addition of new technologies we will also look to increase the royalties associated with our partnership deals.

 

   

Increase the number of partnerships. We will work to forge new partnerships across our target customers, including large cap pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations dedicated to drug development. We plan to gain new customers via increased business development activities, technological expansion and superiority over alternative methods. We will also work to increase the number of deals with smaller early-stage biotech firms by offering flexible deal structures and vertical integration from target to antibody drug candidate.

 

   

Expand our market by delivering a full solution through forward integration. Many of our potential partners, including early stage biotech companies, are seeking a partner with the infrastructure, resources and expertise to execute early stage discovery and preclinical development programs. Building on our existing platforms, we are adding capabilities and infrastructure to support full chemistry, manufacturing and control, or CMC, activities and GMP manufacturing to provide our partners with a full solution from target to investigational new drug application, or IND, submission.

 

   

Scale our teams and facilities to meet future demand. We are building capacity to support the execution of additional partnerships and expansion of the scope of discovery programs. To achieve this, we are investing in expanding our workforce and our facilities, and increasing efficiency through automation and software solutions. Over the past year we have grown our workforce by 64%, moving from 106 to 174 full-time employees as of September 30, 2020. Over this period, we entered into leases to expand our facilities from 21,000 square feet to 80,000 square feet, including a new 48,000 square feet research

 

113


Table of Contents
 

headquarters that is expected to open in the fourth quarter of 2021, are building a new GMP facility and are planning for a further facility expansion of approximately 200,000 square feet that will support cell line development, process development and GMP manufacturing of antibody therapeutics.

 

   

Further our technological differentiation. We believe we have technological differentiation for discovery of antibody drug candidates from natural immune systems. We intend to maintain our leading position through research and development to amplify and add capabilities in areas such as computation, protein engineering, immunization technologies, genetically engineered rodents and cell line selection. As we do so, we will continue to expand and protect our intellectual property estate. We will continue to look for strategic technology acquisitions to broaden and deepen our capabilities and expertise in antibody drug discovery and development, or that offer opportunities to expand our partnership business into adjacent therapeutic modalities, including vaccine development and cell therapy.

 

   

Leverage synergy of data and computation. We leverage unique data sets and AI to increase the efficiency, speed, and capacity of our discovery programs. In our partnership programs, we maintain rights to large data sets that connect information at the level of single-cell measurements, DNA sequence and protein function. We use this data to create an accelerating flywheel of learning: data generation from our partnership business provides the basis for AI modules that lead to expanded capabilities and faster data generation which supports our partnership business.

We believe our strategy creates a virtuous cycle, as depicted in Figure 2 below, that will drive our position as the centralized operating system for antibody discovery.

Figure 2: Our Business Strategy

 

 

LOGO

 

114


Table of Contents

Our Key Competitive Strengths

Our industry position and success are based on the following key competitive strengths:

 

   

Better antibody discovery, from the start. Our ability to perform comprehensive searches of natural immune systems allows us to expand the universe of antibody candidates and increase the probability of finding those candidates with therapeutic properties. This allows us to be more selective, thereby increasing the quality of leads that advance to development, including finding rare antibodies and reducing the time, cost and effort of having to start again or fix molecules that are broken.

 

   

A full-stack technology, accessible to all. We have built a centralized operating system for therapeutic antibody discovery and development. Our proprietary technology stack leverages and integrates a wide array of state-of-the-art technological tools and expertise in areas including microfluidics, single-cell analysis, high-throughput genomics, machine learning and hyper-scale data science. Our end-to-end solution allows us to rapidly source, search, decode, engineer and ultimately deliver lead antibodies for our partners’ development efforts. We democratize antibody discovery by enabling drug developers of all sizes throughout the world to benefit from our technologies and initiate their programs without delay.

 

   

An AI platform built on real world data. Our AI platform is built and continually validated with real world data. Unlike AI-only drug discovery platforms, the output of our process is not theoretical predictions. We apply computation to find real molecules with desired properties. We inform wet lab experimentation with in silico computation, and vice versa, continuously iterating this process for each discovery campaign.

 

   

A unique combination of hardware, software and wetware. We believe our approach is differentiated based on the integration of proprietary and patented technologies across hardware, software and wetware. Our founders pioneered single-cell antibody screening in nanoliter volumes and developed proprietary microfluidic devices and custom instrumentation to automate and scale screening. Our workflows incorporate proprietary immunization methods, including the Trianni suite of transgenic mice, optimized molecular biology protocols and patented protein engineering technologies. These technologies are bound together with custom software, data science tools and machine learning algorithms, and are operated by high-performing teams.

 

   

Industry-innovating business model. We have built a high-growth business that applies to a broad universe of partners and directly aligns with their economic interests. We believe this capital-efficient model allows us to build a diversified portfolio of royalty streams that reach into the future therapeutic antibody market. Because we focus on improving the process of drug discovery rather than developing an internal pipeline, we will continue to make critical investments in technology that benefit the entire industry. As of September 30, 2020, we have entered into 94 partnership agreements.

 

   

The flywheel of data, partnerships and technology. We believe our technology becomes more powerful and more accurate with each program. Data generated through our discovery partnerships provides the basis for training AI modules that yield new insights into antibody responses and that improve the speed, accuracy and efficiency of our technology. This creates a positive feedback loop through which each round of data analysis improves the speed and efficiency of the next round of data generation.

 

   

Strong brand built on performance and third-party recognition. Our business is built on the success of our partners and the strength of our technology. The strength of our technology has won the support of governments, including $30.6 million from the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Platform, or DARPA, Pandemic Prevention Platform, or P3, program and CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million) from the Government of Canada’s Strategic Innovation Fund. We have been covered extensively by the media, including top-tier outlets such as CNN, MSNBC, Time Magazine, the Financial Post, The New York Times, Wired and the Wall Street Journal. In 2020, we were named to Fierce Biotech’s Fierce 15 list and received three awards from Fast Company, including Innovative Team of the Year.

 

   

Robust IP portfolio including foundation patents. Our patent portfolio reflects our innovative position and end-to-end capabilities in antibody discovery, including microfluidic single-cell screening and cell

 

115


Table of Contents
 

culture, single-cell genomics, antibody RepSeq and bispecific antibody engineering. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer are named inventors of the microfluidic single-cell screening and cell culture patents exclusively in-licensed from the University of British Columbia, or UBC. Through the acquisition of Lineage, we control some of the earliest filed RepSeq patents that we are aware of. We leverage the advanced computational and experimental protein engineering methodologies disclosed and claimed in the OrthoMab patent portfolio to generate bispecific antibodies from any two antibody sequences. In addition, we have filed multiple provisional applications related to LY-CoV555, and other COVID-19 antibodies, which we have exclusively licensed to our partner Lilly.

 

   

Founder-led team, custom-built for interdisciplinary technology development. We believe investments in teams and technology are the surest path to a better future and that the frontier of technology lies at the intersection of engineering, biology and data science. Our founder-led team, backed by blue chip investors from the life sciences and tech sectors, has been custom-built for technology development at the interface of genomics, microfluidics, computation, biologics, protein engineering and translational sciences. As of September 30, 2020, we employed 174 people, over two-thirds of whom are scientists, engineers, and data scientists.

Industry Background

Nature’s database of antibodies

Antibodies are the body’s solution for fighting infection and disease. Antibodies are Y-shaped proteins, made by the immune system, that circulate in the blood. Their function is to specifically recognize foreign targets (viruses, bacteria, proteins or cancer cells), bind to them and then eliminate them. The repertoire of antibodies made during an immune response is extensive and encodes essential information about our health, our history of disease and our protection against future illness.

Unlike approximately 20,000 genes that are hard-coded in the human genome, antibodies are created de novo in each individual immune cell through a process of the random shuffling of DNA fragments. For each antibody, this random shuffling creates two separate genes, referred to as the heavy chain and the light chain, that assemble to form a complete antibody molecule. Taken together, there are approximately 2.9 million different combinations of heavy and light chain genes. The complexity of this diversity is augmented by additional random DNA insertions and edits. This results in over 100 trillion different possible antibody molecules, roughly 100 billion times the number of hard-coded genes in our genome. This diversity is astonishingly large. To put it into perspective, if all the possible antibody variable sequences were typed back-to-back in 12-point Arial font, the resulting string of letters would extend from the earth to the sun over 1,000 times.

At any given moment, each of us is making approximately one billion different antibodies, an infinitesimal fraction of the possible diversity of antibodies. Each antibody is made by a single immune cell. When provoked by infection or disease, these cells quickly divide and mutate their antibodies to create an expanded family, or lineage, of cells having closely related antibodies. Cells producing antibodies that best bind to the target get a selective advantage and divide faster: those that do not, are eliminated. Through this selection process, immune systems generate large families of optimized antibodies that can bind almost any target tightly and with exquisite precision.

 

116


Table of Contents

Natural antibodies created by the immune system benefit from the processes of selection, quality assurance and optimization that have evolved over 500 million years. As a result, naturally-produced antibodies generally have superior properties for drug development. As compared to antibodies isolated from man-made libraries, they generally bind more tightly and specifically, and have superior properties for manufacturing. Due to their superior drug-like properties, approximately 92% of all approved antibody drugs have been derived from natural immune systems, as illustrated in Figure 3 below.

Figure 3: Sources of Approved Antibody Drugs

 

 

LOGO

(Source: TAB Database of Therapeutic Antibodies, September 27, 2020).

Our Market Opportunity

Antibodies are the fastest growing class of drugs and are used across multiple therapeutic areas, including oncology, inflammation, neurodegeneration and many more. In 2019, antibody-based therapeutics accounted for over $140.0 billion in sales and represented five of the top 10 selling therapeutics worldwide. As of September 30, 2020, there were over 115 approved antibody therapeutics, with more than 150 in Phase 3 clinical trials. Antibodies represented 70% of the sales of all biologics, and 36 antibody therapeutics reached blockbuster status with sales higher than $1.0 billion.

Antibody-based therapeutics have achieved over two-fold higher rate of clinical success as compared to small molecules and peptide-based drugs and offer several advantages:

 

   

Minimal off-target toxicity

 

   

Long half-life in circulation

 

   

Ability to stimulate the immune system

 

   

Low immunogenicity

 

   

Higher affinity and potency

As shown in the Figure 4 below, the antibody-based therapeutics market is expected to reach approximately $260.0 billion in size by 2025, representing a CAGR of approximately 11% for the period from 2019 to 2025. Further, the more nascent cell therapy market is expected to grow from $1.0 billion in 2019 to over $17.0 billion in 2025, reflecting a CAGR of around 60%. Opportunities for accelerating growth of the antibody therapeutics market include improved access to traditionally difficult targets (e.g., G protein-coupled receptors, or GPCRs, and ion channels), the emergence of new therapeutic modalities (e.g., bispecifics, chimeric antigen receptor T

 

117


Table of Contents

cells, or CAR-T, cell therapy and antibody conjugates) and the ever-expanding number of companies entering the space. Our partnership business allows us to participate in the future antibody therapeutic market through royalties and milestones on drugs that have been discovered using our platform.

Figure 4: Total End Market Sales ($billion)

 

 

LOGO

Challenges

Technology has dramatically improved efficiency in nearly all sectors of our economy. Within drug discovery, technological improvements have also been made, but we believe the impact has been limited. For instance, the cost of developing new drugs has roughly doubled every nine years since the 1950s. This retrograde trend, referred to as Eroom’s Law, stands in stark contrast to Moore’s law, which successfully describes the doubling of computational power every two years.

Looked at from any perspective, drug development still:

 

   

Fails too often. According to a study of over 9,000 clinical development programs at large pharmaceutical companies, approximately 90% of molecules fail to reach approval. Failure rates are even higher when considering programs that do not advance into clinical development. We believe the prevalent use of outdated technologies and fragmented processes by antibody drug developers of all sizes create significant inefficiencies throughout the drug discovery process. When antibodies with suboptimal properties are advanced into preclinical and clinical development, they are less likely to progress through development.

 

   

Takes too long. Based on a database of antibody drug development programs, the average antibody drug takes between approximately 9.4 and 12 years from initiation to approval. Selecting an antibody with the desired properties for successful preclinical and clinical development is akin to finding a needle in a haystack. We believe the inefficiencies in established antibody discovery methods can contribute up to years of delays and result in suboptimal antibodies being developed.

 

118


Table of Contents
   

Costs too much. According to a well publicized study published by Tufts University in 2016, the average cost of drug development was approximately $2.9 billion. A significant portion of this cost relates to the use of suboptimal drug candidates.

We believe that these challenges are often attributable to a continued reliance on outdated technologies. This is a watershed moment to redefine drug discovery. The past 10 years have seen unprecedented advances in the tools to measure biology, including genomics, high-throughput imaging and industrial-scale lab automation. These tools generate an avalanche of data that contain the insights needed to more quickly bring drugs to the clinic. At the same time, computational power and AI now make it possible to see relationships within big data sets that could otherwise not be seen.

Deep integration of high-quality data generation and computational tools are needed to solve the following challenges in discovery:

 

   

Underpowered and fragmented technologies. There are well-validated drug targets that cannot be addressed using conventional methods because of limitations with:

 

   

Outdated discovery technologies. Antibody discovery workflows primarily use technology invented more than 35 years ago, including hybrid cells, or hybridoma, and display. Hybridoma provides only a tiny window into the database of natural antibodies. Display technologies do not benefit from natural antibody optimization.

 

   

Fragmented solutions. Recently developed technologies are not integrated into a complete solution and address only a limited number of steps in antibody discovery.

 

   

Access to technology. Most companies are unable to access the novel technologies needed to address every step of the antibody discovery process:

 

   

High entry barrier. The time and capital-intensive nature of building internal drug discovery capabilities limits the number of firms that can effectively participate in drug development.

 

   

Siloed technology access. New technologies are often held within companies for internal use and not available broadly.

 

   

Developing technologies are entrenched in theoretical solutions. The application of machine learning approaches can be limited by predictions that are difficult or impossible to transfer into experimentally validated results.

Our Platform

Our platform is an operating system designed to support many antibody modalities; unlock new targets; increase the speed to clinical development for our partners and increase the potential clinical and commercial success for our partners.

Our full-stack, AI-powered technology sources, searches, decodes and analyzes antibody responses with the ultimate goal of engineering new antibody drug candidates for our partners. Our platform incorporates and integrates modern technology tools from engineering, microfluidics, single-cell analysis, high-throughput genomics, machine learning and hyper-scale data science. We have internally developed, in-licensed or acquired our technologies. We deploy our platform to help our partners in their efforts to identify antibodies with better potency and developability.

We believe our approach of integrating modern hardware, software and wetware is unique. We have pioneered nanoliter volume single-cell antibody screening methods using microfluidics. Our workflows incorporate proprietary immunization methods, including the Trianni suite of transgenic mice, optimized molecular biology protocols and patented protein engineering technologies. The aggregation of these technologies, coupled with our proprietary processes and team, allows us to provide a differentiated offering to our partners. Figure 5 below represents how our technologies are integrated into one stack.

 

119


Table of Contents

Figure 5: Our Technology Stack with Workflow Summary

 

 

LOGO

The computational engine of our platform, Celium, combines software, AI and visualization tools to mine, organize, compute and interactively explore the immense multidimensional data sets that we produce in each antibody discovery campaign. Unlike many AI-based drug discovery approaches, Celium is continually improved with real world data. We iteratively inform wetlab experimentation with in silico computation, and vice versa. The output of our process is not theoretical predictions. We discover real molecules that have been optimized by nature.

Our platform is an operating system that is designed to provide the following benefits:

 

   

Support many antibody modalities. Our technology is capable of performing discovery from a variety of species and using a wide array of selection criteria. We believe this expands the starting diversity and increases the likelihood of finding antibodies with specific properties needed for new antibody therapeutic modalities: discovery of binding domains for a variety of antibody formats; discovery of internalizing antibodies for antibody-drug or antibody-siRNA conjugates; single-chain camelid antibodies for use in CAR-T and protein engineering; and antibody pairs that have specific affinity and binding epitope recognition for bispecific antibody applications.

 

   

Unlock new targets. Our technology is capable of performing deep searches of antibody responses using cell-based assays that preserve the native conformation of traditionally difficult membrane protein targets. We believe this capability, combined with our proprietary immunization methods, provides a unique advantage in the discovery of rare antibodies that modulate the function of GPCRs and ion channels, two large and well-validated families of drug targets for which discovery using traditional techniques has been extremely difficult or intractable. Our proprietary Trianni All-Epitope mouse line (currently in validation) is engineered to mount robust immune responses against difficult targets that have high homology between rodents and humans, such as some high-value GPCR and ion channel class of targets that are

 

120


Table of Contents
 

prevalent in many diseases and indications including cancer, neurodegenerative and cardiovascular diseases, and pain.

 

   

Increase the speed to clinical development for our partners. Our integrated technology stack is designed to accelerate the discovery and pre-clinical development process. We anticipate substantial time can be saved through faster workflows and avoiding unnecessary cyclical efforts. Our technology stack is capable of going from screen to hundreds of antibody sequences in only three days, and from sequences to characterized antibody proteins in less than 10 days. Speed may also be achieved by increasing diversity at the start of discovery to maximize the chance that suitable leads are found on the first pass, and by minimizing the requirement of protein engineering. Finally, additional speed in discovery can be achieved by integrating all steps of the process seamlessly.

 

   

Increase the potential clinical and commercial success for our partners. We aim to increase the probability of clinical and commercial success of our partners. Our technology stack is designed to provide a competitive advantage in speed to the clinic and to identify antibodies with superior biophysical properties.

We believe our competitive advantage is derived from integration of multiple proprietary technologies and a seamless workflow. Table 1 below provides how each aspect of our end-to-end technology stack addresses challenges in antibody therapeutic discovery:.

Table 1: Our Platform and Solution

 

 

LOGO

Our Partnership Business

We forge partnerships with large cap pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations. Our partners select a target and define the antibody properties needed for therapeutic development. We provide discovery solutions to partners that have a range of discovery capabilities, from the highly enabled to the less enabled. We enable discovery against targets that have traditionally been intractable, and we accelerate programs against less difficult targets.

 

121


Table of Contents

Our Target Market

We provide discovery solutions to partners that have a range of discovery capabilities, from the highly enabled to the less enabled. We accelerate discovery programs spanning a range of difficulty, from traditionally “Intractable discovery problems” to less difficult “Tractable discovery problems”. These categories, taken together, create a two-dimensional grid that segments our market opportunities as shown in Figure 6 below.

Figure 6: Our Target Market Matrix

 

 

LOGO

The four segments depicted in Figure 6 above are as follows:

 

   

Segment 1. Includes tractable targets at large cap pharmaceutical and large biotech companies that have made significant investments in building internal capabilities in antibody discovery, typically using automated hybridoma methods and/or antibody display technology. We believe that our full technology stack allows us to serve this market by delivering antibody drug candidates faster and of higher quality, and by providing access to more advanced technologies for next-generation biologics.

 

   

Segment 2. Includes intractable targets at large cap pharmaceutical and large biotech companies. This segment holds untapped potential to generate first-in-class therapies for large unmet medical needs (e.g., pain, autoimmunity, metabolism), but technological barriers have resulted in limited success. We believe our technology provides a strong competitive advantage to find viable antibody drugs candidates for difficult targets, including GPCRs and ion channel targets.

 

   

Segment 3. Includes tractable targets at growth biotech companies. These companies have comparatively limited discovery capabilities versus their larger peers. We believe that in working with these partners we can provide the following advantages: (i) access to a fully integrated technology stack (ii) accelerate their efforts with timely access to the necessary teams and facilities and (iii) improve the quality of the final antibody leads. In this way, we democratize antibody discovery by providing all of our partners with access to our centralized operating system.

 

   

Segment 4. Includes intractable targets at growth biotech companies. Presently, there are few partners working in this market segment. We believe that our technology stack can unlock these opportunities, leading to an expanded ecosystem of companies developing antibody therapeutics with the potential to become first-in-class therapies.

Our Partnership Deals

Our deals emphasize participation in the success and upside of future antibody therapeutics. Our partnership agreements include near-term payments for technology access, research and intellectual property rights, and downstream payments in the form of clinical and commercial milestones, and royalties on net sales.

 

122


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2020, we had 94 discovery programs that were either completed, in progress or under contract, including 71 with the potential for milestone and royalty payments. Our partnership agreements are typically terminable at will with 90 days’ notice prior to identification of a target, after which point they may only be terminated for cause. A summary of the recent publicly disclosed partnerships established over the last two years are included in Tables 2 and 3 below.

Table 2: Summary Partnership Agreements with Pharmaceutical & Biotechnology Companies from 2018 to 2020*

 

Partner

  

# of Targets & Duration

  

Therapeutic Indication or
Modality

  

Date Announced

Kodiak Sciences    Single target    Ophthalmology    October 29, 2020
IGM Biosciences    Multi-target, multi-year    Oncology and immunology    September 24, 2020
Lilly    9 targets, multi-year    COVID-19 program Additional indications    May 22, 2020
Invetx    Multi-target, multi-year    Animal health    February 23, 2020
Gilead Sciences    Single target    Infectious disease    June 13, 2019

Denali Therapeutics

   8 targets, multi-year    Neurological diseases    February 28, 2019
Novartis    Up to 10 targets, multi-year    Undisclosed    February 14, 2019
Autolus    Single target    Cell therapy (CAR-T)    November 29, 2018
Undisclosed large pharma    Multi-target, multi-year    Multiple undisclosed    Undisclosed
Undisclosed    Multi-target, multi-year    Cell therapy    Undisclosed
Undisclosed    Single target    Bispecific    Undisclosed

 

*   All agreements include upfront payments and potential downstream milestone payments and commercial royalties.

Table 3: Summary of Partnership Agreements with Non-Profit & Government Organizations from 2018 to 2020

 

Non-Profit & Government

  

Summary

  

Therapeutic Indication or
Modality

  

Date Announced

Government of Canada   

•  CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million) over multiple years

 

•  Funding for technology and manufacturing infrastructure for antibody therapies against future pandemic threats

  

•  COVID-19

 

•  Infectious disease/ pandemic response

   May 3, 2020
Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation   

•  $4.8 million over two years

 

•  Follow-up to successful 2017 project on tuberculosis

  

•  Infectious disease, including HIV and malaria

   March 14, 2019

 

123


Table of Contents

Non-Profit & Government

  

Summary

  

Therapeutic Indication or
Modality

  

Date Announced

Genome BC and Genome Canada   

•  CAD $3.0 million

 

•  Genome Applications Partnership Program (GAAP) with UBC

  

•  Duchenne muscular dystrophy

 

•  Fibrosis

   August 16, 2018
DARPA   

•  Up to $30.6 million over four years

 

•  Establish rapid pandemic response platform

  

•  Pandemic response

   March 13, 2018
CQDM and Brain Canada   

•  CAD $0.8 million

  

•  Function-modifying antibodies against GPCR target

   January 27, 2018

In March 2020, we entered into a multi-year strategic Research Collaboration and License Agreement, or RCLA, with Lilly on the discovery of antibodies for up to nine Lilly-selected therapeutic targets, including COVID-19. Under the terms of the RCLA, Lilly has the right to develop and commercialize therapeutic products resulting from our collaboration. As part of the RCLA, we received an upfront payment of $25.0 million and are eligible to receive research payments for non-COVID-19 targets. We are also eligible to receive pre-clinical, clinical, and product approval milestones and tiered royalties on future sales for all Lilly-selected targets. We are entitled to receive an aggregate of up to $29.0 million of milestone payments under the terms of the RCLA. As of September 30, 2020, we have received $8.0 million for clinical milestones related to LY-CoV555. For non-COVID-19 targets, we are eligible to receive royalties in the low single digits based on net sales; whereas for COVID-19, we are eligible to receive royalties in the low- to mid-teens for aggregate sales below $125.0 million and mid-teens to mid-twenties on aggregate sales above $125.0 million.

Our Technology

Therapeutic antibody discovery has a myriad of challenges. Antibodies that are suitable candidates for therapeutic development must engage a target specifically, induce the desired therapeutic function and also have physical properties that make them suitable for manufacturing and formulation as drug products. Only a small fraction of the antibodies in any given immune response will satisfy all these requirements. Even for those that do, only a small subset will be optimal for drug development. Therefore, a broad and deep search of the database of natural antibodies is needed to expand the universe of quality drug candidates and increase the likelihood of success.

We have built a technology stack with five key capabilities that we believe solve the discovery problem and are critical to the success of any therapeutic program:

 

  1.

Source. Generate and access a high-quality universe of antibodies for any target;

 

  2.

Search. Explore this diversity with sufficient throughput and specificity to isolate the rare cells that make antibodies with the desired properties;

 

  3.

Find. Decode the genetic sequences of selected antibodies and expand diversity with related sequences present in the immune response;

 

  4.

Analyze. Collect data on the relevant therapeutic properties of each selected antibody to generate large multidimensional data packages, and apply computation to select the most promising leads;

 

  5.

Engineer. Use broader information of antibody responses and molecular engineering to optimize and reformat lead antibodies for development.

 

124


Table of Contents

Our technology stack achieves these functionalities by leveraging state-of-the-art methods from microfluidics, single-cell analysis, high-throughput imaging, AI, robotics, genomics and protein engineering, all complemented by custom software and data visualization capabilities.

Source: Immunization

The first step in a therapeutic antibody discovery program is to generate the source of antibodies that will define the search space for discovery. There are two competing paradigms: generate synthetic antibody diversity in man-made libraries, known as the display methods, or generate antibody diversity in vivo by immunization of animals. A brief description of these methods, along with their challenges, is as follows:

 

   

Synthetic antibodies. Display methods encompass a set of synthetic discovery approaches that are based on man-made collections, also referred to as libraries, of human antibody genes. These methods, in use for more than 25 years, have resulted in a small fraction of clinically approved antibody therapeutics. The main disadvantages of display libraries are (i) low binding affinity of antibodies from the initial selection step, necessitating protein engineering steps to increase affinity, (ii) difficulty in manufacturing leads due to poor expression and developability and (iii) difficulty in performing selections on high-value cell-surface targets. We believe these shortcomings have contributed to the relatively low success rate of display technologies in the clinic.

 

   

Natural antibodies. In the same way that seasonal vaccination is used to generate antibodies that protect the population against flu, antibody responses against a drug target can also be generated through the immunization of animals. Antibodies generated in this way benefit from the natural process of selection (enriched for antibodies that bind the target), quality assurance (antibodies can be expressed and are not sticky, making them more developable into a drug candidate) and affinity maturation (the natural process whereby antibodies are optimized within the body to bind tightly to the target). As a result, antibodies generated through immunization are generally of higher quality and have accounted for the large majority of all approved therapeutics. However, some of the challenges faced with many immunization-based approaches are (i) difficulty in raising a strong immune response against poorly immunogenic targets, (ii) traditional screening methods that restrict immunization and discovery to rodents and (iii) the need to convert antibodies discovered in rodents to human antibodies (humanization) before they can be used.

Our Approach to Sourcing Diverse Antibodies. We believe natural immune sources are a superior search space for therapeutic antibodies. To solve the challenges of sourcing antibodies by immunization, we have assembled multi- species screening capabilities, genetically engineered mouse technology and optimized immunization technologies that are capable of generating diverse and high-quality sources of natural antibodies.

 

   

Any source, any tissue. Our single-cell screening and RepSeq capabilities enable discovery from any host species and any immune tissue, bypassing the restriction to rodent species of traditional screening approaches. To date, we have successfully applied our discovery technology to search immune responses of numerous species, including humans, mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, cats, llamas, alpacas and cows. In addition to greatly expanding our search space, the versatility of our platform also means we can access antibody responses of species with unique properties. For instance, we have completed multiple programs focused on isolating single-chain antibodies, or VHH antibodies, that are made by camelids (e.g., llamas or alpacas). VHH antibodies derived from camelids are of high interest due to their small size, ability to bind to novel epitopes and the ease with which they can be engineered to produce next generation therapeutics, including multi-specific antibodies and cell therapies. Finally, as recently demonstrated in our work on COVID-19, our approach also allows for a deep search of antibody responses from the large and complex immune responses of human donors, which have been naturally exposed to a pathogen.

 

   

Human antibodies from rodents. The ability to source fully human antibodies from rodents provides our partners the added benefit of bypassing the need to humanize sequences identified from non-humanized animals. We acquired the Trianni humanized rodent platform in November 2020, which includes a suite of genetically engineered transgenic mice that express human variable antibody genes. Currently, the flagship Trianni mouse is available for discovery projects. The flagship Trianni mouse was generated with proprietary

 

125


Table of Contents
 

in silico design of antibody genes that resulted in a novel antibody gene structure at the heavy, lambda and kappa mouse antibody loci to maximize antibody diversity. This proprietary antibody design contains the human antibody repertoire, plus the natural constant regions of mouse antibody genes and the natural regulatory elements from the mouse genome, making these human antibodies optimized for expression and maturation by the mouse immune system. We believe this feature helps maximize the response to immunization, the diversity of human antibodies, and enable proper affinity maturation in the mouse to isolate quality human antibodies as therapeutic candidates in drug discovery campaigns. In addition to the flagship Trianni mouse, we acquired a suite of additional transgenic humanized rodent lines currently being validated and available for discovery projects in the near future, as indicated below. These lines aim to provide partners with the following benefits:

 

   

Generate multispecifics and access difficult targets with the Heavy-Chain Only, or HCO, Mouse: The HCO Mouse expresses antibodies comprised of only heavy chains, without the accompanying light chains found in conventional IgG antibodies. This smaller HCO antibody can access additional target sites that the larger conventional IgG molecules cannot, due to less steric constraints, thereby expanding the target space. HCO antibodies can also serve as the basis for combining targeting arms for bispecific and multispecific antibodies without the complexity of correct heavy and light chain pairing. In addition, this mouse line provides the opportunity for generating the fully human VHH antibodies described above, without the expense of immunizing large camelids, and with the benefit of starting with fully human sequences that do not need to be engineered to be more human-like. The HCO Mouse was also generated with the proprietary Trianni in silico design that helps maximize immune response, antibody diversity and enable natural antibody maturation.

 

   

Break immune tolerance with the All-Epitope Mouse: The All-Epitope Mouse is engineered to overcome immune tolerance to antigens that have high-homology to mouse proteins, to allow generation of robust immune responses against highly-conserved, high-value drug targets such as GPCRs and ion channels that are prevalent in multiple diseases and indications, including cardiovascular diseases, cancer, neurological diseases, inflammation and pain (see the subsection below titled “—Our Technology in Action”).

 

   

Target new epitopes with the DD Mouse: The DD Mouse provides additional flexibility to discover antibodies with long CDR3 regions (the region of the antibody that makes primary contact with the target) allowing access of “hidden” or recessed areas of targets that are not available for contact by conventional IgG molecules with typical CDR3 lengths).

 

   

Maximize efficiency with the Eazysort Mouse: The Eazysort Mouse is engineered to allow up-front enrichment of immune cells that recognize the target, helping maximize the efficiency of searching for the right antibodies by focusing the subsequent single cell screening to antibodies of interest.

These proprietary transgenic mice, combined with our platform technologies in immunization, single-cell screening, immune repertoire profiling and protein engineering, provide a flexible and synergistic advantage for rapid, next-generation discovery and development of fully human antibodies for drug development across a very broad target space. Notably, the Trianni platform and suite of transgenic rodents, together with expertise from Trianni personnel joining our research and development program, is a foundation to develop additional novel next-generation animals to expand our platform.

In addition to the Trianni transgenic mouse technologies, we also have in-licensed the ATX-Gx humanized immunocompetent transgenic mouse platform from Alloy Therapeutics. Like the flagship Trianni mouse, the ATX-Gx mouse is genetically engineered to express human antibody genes. We believe that by performing immunizations on both the Trianni mouse and the ATX-Gx mouse in parallel, we are able to expand the diversity of human antibody responses, thereby creating a larger search space for antibody discovery. We believe this will allow us to isolate more and higher quality candidate antibodies. We expect to continue to use both the Trianni mouse and the ATX-Gx mouse in our partnered programs, along with the Trianni next generation mice for the most demanding therapeutic discovery projects.

 

126


Table of Contents
   

Optimized immunization methods. We have developed a suite of immunization technologies that have been optimized (i) for use with our screening platforms (ii) to address the challenge of immunizing each species, and (iii) to address challenging targets. Specifically, we have developed immunization methods that, when coupled with our deep screening capabilities, allow for antibody generation against targets that are 100% identical to the host species. This is particularly valuable for the generation of antibodies with desired species cross-reactivity (e.g., mouse, cynomolgus monkey—important animal models for testing antibodies in preclinical studies—and human), or for targeting highly conserved protein epitopes. Importantly, these strategies negate the perceived advantage of display platforms for bypassing tolerance, the process by which natural antibody responses are suppressed against self-similar targets. For further explanation, see the case study titled “Overcoming Tolerance with Proprietary Immunization and Deep Search Technologies” in “—Our Technology in Action.” We have also developed a suite of genetic immunization methods for targets that cannot be easily expressed or purified as soluble antigens. This is particularly valuable for discovery against high-value membrane protein targets including GPCRs and ion channels.

Search: Microfluidic Single-Cell Screening

Searching natural immune systems is fundamentally a single cell problem. One mL of blood contains approximately 1 million white blood cells, of which approximately 1% are single antibody secreting cells, or B cells, that make antibodies. Of these, only a fraction is likely to bind to a target of interest, and of these binders, only a very small fraction is likely to have properties that make it suitable as a therapeutic. To effectively search the natural immune system for antibodies requires a technology that can scan through millions of antibody-producing cells and make high-resolution measurements to assess the properties of their unique antibodies. B cells are microscopic, having a diameter of approximately 10 microns (about 1/10 of the width of a human hair) and generate only a minute amount of antibody. When analyzed in the volume of conventional screening formats and conventional labware such as a 96-well plate, this small amount of antibody is too dilute, making it essentially undetectable.

It is because conventional methods lack the sensitivity to analyze individual cells that traditional discovery approaches require that each cell be “grown” into a larger population. However, since B cells generally cannot be grown into these larger populations in the lab, the classic approach to this problem is the “hybridoma method”, which is literally “fusing” a special type of cancer cell with immune cells obtained from the spleen of an immunized rodent (typically a mouse or a rat). These hybridomas inherit the immortal properties of the cancer cell line (i.e., can be grown) and continue to secrete a single type of antibody. Although this approach has been the workhorse of antibody discovery for decades, it has major limitations: (i) it is generally limited to rodents, (ii) it is slow (taking weeks to achieve sufficient cells to test the secreted antibodies) and (iii) it loses more than 99% of the available antibody diversity since the fusion process has extremely low efficiency, typically between 0.1% and 1%.

Our Approach to Search Natural Antibodies. To solve these challenges, our founders pioneered and developed a nano-liter volume single-cell microfluidic screening technology that provides the sensitivity, resolution and scalability needed to perform a deep search of any antibody response.

We believe our screening approach provides a unique combination of speed, throughput and versatility in searching antibody responses. Our microfluidic single-cell screening technology consists of custom-made microfluidic devices that integrate 256,000 single-cell analysis chambers on a chip about twice the size of a credit card. At the beginning of a screening experiment, a sample of B cells isolated from an immunized animal is flowed into the device at a concentration selected to result in approximately one single cell per chamber. Once cells are loaded, they are isolated in single-cell analysis chambers, each having a volume of less than one nanoliter. In this small volume, approximately 100,000 times smaller than what is used in a conventional bench-top experiment, a B cell secretes enough antibodies within minutes to be detected by microscopy. Using fluidically-controlled reagent and particle additions, a variety of experimental protocols can be executed so that

 

127


Table of Contents

each single cell is interrogated to determine the properties of the antibody it makes. A screening experiment takes several hours and is performed the same day as immune cells are isolated from immunized rodents. This is significantly faster than the weeks required to establish hybridoma cultures.

Our microfluidic devices are operated using proprietary high-throughput imaging instruments that incorporate custom robotics, fluid control, software systems and AI-based image analysis. Each instrument can run two microfluidic chips in parallel for a total of 512,000 chambers per instrument run. In a two-hour run, each of the 512,000 chambers is imaged up to 10 times, resulting in over five million chamber images, or roughly 700 chamber images per second. A representation of our microfluidic screening devices and assay readouts are showing in Figure 7 below.

Figure 7: Our Screening Approach for Antibody Responses

 

 

LOGO

Our AI-based image algorithms perform real-time analysis of these images to identify chambers that contain single cells that make antibodies with the desired properties. As depicted in Figure 8 below, our technology supports a wide array of complex image-based single-cell secretion measurements including multiplexed target binding on up to six targets, affinity-based enrichment, multiplexed cell-binding, ligand blocking assays and a selection of functional assays. We currently have throughput to screen more than four million cells per screening day.

 

128


Table of Contents

Figure 8: Representations of Exemplary Microfluidic Screening Assays

 

 

LOGO

As compared to other technologies we believe our microfluidic screening platform provides unique combined advantages of:

 

   

Throughput to screen greater than 500,000 cells per instrument run.

 

   

Speed to go from immune cells to selected antibody-generating single cells in less than a day.

 

   

Antibody selections based on a wide array of measurements.

 

   

Capability to perform selections on both protein and cellular targets.

 

   

Versatility to search antibody diversity from any species or tissue.

Find: Automated Single-Cell Sequencing and RepSeq

The collection and interpretation of antibody sequence data presents several challenges. First, because only a small fraction of antibodies are suitable for therapeutic development, methods that are based on sequencing antibodies from single cells before evaluating their function are extremely inefficient, low-throughput and costly. Second, sequencing antibodies from selected single cells is technically challenging due to the very small quantities of starting material and the large number of possible sequences that need to be captured. Third, although bulk sequencing of antibodies can provide a comprehensive view of immune responses, these methods often lose information on the correct natural pairing of heavy and light protein chains, which together comprise an antibody, and provide no means to assess the functional relevance of each antibody.

Our Approach to Find Natural Antibodies. To solve these challenges, we combine our nano-liter volume microfluidic single-cell screening platform, automated single-cell antibody sequencing and immune repertoire antibody sequencing to enable the deep analysis and functional interpretation of antibody responses.

Automated single-cell sequencing. Our microfluidic single-cell screening technology allows us to evaluate the binding and/or functional properties of antibodies made by millions of single cells at the first step of analysis. For each screening run on each instrument, up to 768 individual cells that exhibit desired properties can be recovered into microplates for the following single-cell sequencing steps. Our proprietary sequencing protocols have been optimized to achieve approximately 90% efficiency in the recovery of high-quality heavy and light chain antibody sequences from single cells and have been adapted for discovery from multiple species. To

 

129


Table of Contents

achieve speed, reproducibility and throughput, our single-cell sequencing pipeline has been implemented using robotic automation and automated bioinformatics software. We currently have throughput to process up to 15,360 single cell samples per week and to recover high-quality, chain-paired sequences from 3,840 single-cell samples in three days.

RepSeq. We believe our RepSeq technology, when coupled with our microfluidic single-cell screening and sequencing technologies, provides unique capabilities for expanding the search of natural antibody responses. RepSeq is based partly on foundational RepSeq patents that we have exclusively licensed from Stanford as part of our acquisition of Lineage in 2017. RepSeq uses high-throughput sequencing to perform near-comprehensive profiling of the repertoire of heavy and light chain antibody genes that are present in a sample. In its highest-throughput implementation, a single RepSeq sequencing run can generate approximately 800 million antibody sequences.

Since these are bulk sequences obtained from mixtures of large numbers of cells, the interpretation of these big data sets has multiple challenges. The first is the loss of information regarding which heavy chain is naturally paired with which light chain. The second is the inability to identify which rare antibody sequences are relevant to the program (e.g., bind to the target or have desired function). We solve both of these problems by annotating RepSeq data with functional sequence data derived from our single-cell microfluidic screening and sequencing technologies. Using the sequences of hundreds to thousands of antibodies with known properties, we are able to search RepSeq data from related samples to identify closely related families of antibodies that can be arranged in a lineage to reconstruct their evolution during the immune response. These expanded family trees provide valuable insights for vaccine research and are sources of ready-made alternative therapeutic candidates in cases where an antibody of interest has one or more suboptimal properties.

 

130


Table of Contents

We have shown that the combination of single-cell analysis and RepSeq can expand the number of therapeutic antibody candidates by more than 10-fold in a single experiment, increasing the number of candidates from hundreds to thousands. Enriching for sequences of value by isolating target-specific immune cells that go into a RepSeq experiment can amplify the number of therapeutic antibody candidates. The combination of single-cell screening and RepSeq allows deep interrogation of an immune repertoire to find the best antibodies. For further explanation, see the case study titled “Human Immune Profiling” under “—Our Technology in Action.” The relationship between single-cell-derived antibodies and family members discovered using RepSeq data is depicted in Figure 9 below.

Figure 9: Antibody Lineage Mapping

 

 

LOGO

Analyze: High Throughput Cloning, Expression and Bioanalytics

Our microfluidic single-cell screening and RepSeq technologies are capable of generating hundreds to thousands of unique antibody candidate sequences from single-cell screening, along with thousands of related antibody sequences from RepSeq. These large antibody sets create formidable challenges for efficiently down-selecting to a small number of the best candidates for development, including (i) the need to produce and handle large numbers of high-quality antibodies by “expressing”, or converting sequences into protein antibodies that can be further analyzed, (ii) the need to perform measurements to characterize each antibody property for target recognition, function, and properties related to suitability for drug development, and (iii) the need for data management and computational tools to organize and understand the resulting data.

Our Approach to Analyzing Natural Antibodies. To address these challenges, we have built a high-throughput antibody generation and characterization pipeline that generates high-dimensional data clouds for each antibody candidate.

Our antibody expression pipeline combines optimized molecular biology protocols, proprietary expression vectors and robotics to enable the rapid cloning, expression and purification of recombinant antibodies using

 

131


Table of Contents

expression systems that are representative of current drug manufacturing standards. When starting from single-cell-derived antibody samples, we are able to generate hundreds of recombinant antibodies within 8 days of screening. Our platform supports multiple antibody formats and currently has capacity to generate 960 high-purity antibody samples per week.

These antibodies are then tested across a suite of analytical assays to determine their biophysical properties including their purity, binding properties (e.g., specificity, epitope binning, affinity), thermal stability, expression levels and aggregation state. Expressed antibodies may be further characterized in appropriate functional cell-based assays to assess their potency. Corresponding in silico analysis is performed on each antibody to predict potential development liabilities, biophysical properties and immunogenicity.

We believe that by gathering more high-quality data on more antibodies from the start of the discovery process, we can significantly improve the speed, quality and success of antibody discovery.

Celium: Computation and Data Exploration

Our technology stack generates vast and complex data sets. In a single discovery program, our technology stack can produce terabytes of data per screen, including:

 

   

tens of millions of microscopy images from raw screening data

 

   

hundreds of millions of DNA sequences from raw single-cell sequencing

 

   

billions of DNA sequences from raw RepSeq data

 

   

millions of single-cell antibody secretion measurements

 

   

hundreds to thousands of unique single-cell-derived antibody sequences

 

   

tens of thousands of related antibody sequences derived from RepSeq

 

   

several hundred thousand antibody characterization measurements

 

   

associated meta data for each experiment

The sheer quantity and complexity of these data sets present formidable challenges. First, without specialized data collection, standardization, and storage solutions, data of this scale quickly becomes unmanageable and unusable. Second, finding hidden relationships in these complex data sets requires sophisticated computational tools that must be customized for the questions being asked and the data types and structures used. Finally, even once data has been reduced to the key properties of hundreds of antibodies, it may include hundreds of thousands of data points, making interpretation difficult or impossible for scientists.

Our Approach to Analyzing Complex Antibody Data. To address these challenges, we have built a computational engine called Celium that integrates data collection, standardization and storage with a suite of computational tools and an interactive visualization interface that allows scientists to quickly explore and interpret complex antibody data sets.

Our technology stack integrates software to automatically standardize the collection, storage, and version control of raw and processed experimental data obtained at every step in the discovery process. Data from every experiment is stored in a central database designed to maintain the relationships that exist between different measurement types, samples, and antibodies. Because we do not rely on third-party data, we are able to maintain strict data quality assurance and standardization. We believe this provides a critical advantage that greatly increases the value of data.

We have built a suite of computational tools for extracting information and uncovering relationships that are hidden within our data. Our data handling and report generation software automates standard analyses, and

 

132


Table of Contents

instantly returns essential information that would otherwise take days of work. We have developed machine learning and AI methods to replace manual data analysis, quality assurance and design steps associated with antibody sequencing, protein engineering and antibody chain-pairing. Similarly, our vast image data sets have allowed us to develop AI-based machine vision tools for real-time processing, enabling single-cell screening at much greater speed and resolution. Finally, we are using machine learning algorithms to explore the relationship between antibody sequence space and important drug-like properties including resistance to aggregation, stability and expressibility. We believe that these approaches will become increasingly powerful and predictive as our data sets grow.

We believe the value of data and computation is greatly amplified by intuitive tools that enable scientists to interactively explore and query complex data sets. Celium achieves this with a dynamic visualization interface that presents each unique antibody as a connection between two unique DNA sequences that encode for the heavy and light chain. Celium presents antibodies as a network of these connections that intuitively represents sequence similarity. Using this visual language, scientists can interactively navigate and filter thousands of antibodies in real time, using hundreds of different data features, as shown in Figure 10. This allows scientists to interactively explore the immune repertoire and set search criteria based on multiple features to find antibodies with the precise characteristics desired for a drug candidate.

Figure 10: Celium Detailed View of Heavy and Light Chain Pairing

 

 

LOGO

 

133


Table of Contents

Antibodies of interest can be further explored to evaluate sequence features and to expand diversity by linking to associated RepSeq data as shown in Figure 11. By integrating RepSeq data, Celium has the power to map antibody lineages to identify lead candidates likely to have improved binding and functional properties. This allows for expansion of diversity around antibodies of interest to identify new drug candidates for testing and development.

Figure 11: Celium Chain ID Clonal & Rep Seq Lineage View

 

 

LOGO

We believe Celium is a unique and powerful tool that enables rapid exploration of multiple data sets in hours that would otherwise take many weeks to search. It provides an elegant human interface that allows scientists to quickly explore data and gain insights that inform action.

Engineer: Advanced Computational Protein Engineering Toolkit

Using natural diversity to accelerate engineering. In many cases, antibodies selected for development need to be modified before they are developed as drugs. These modifications are generally made through a combination of computational design and experimental testing, a process known as antibody engineering. Examples of antibody engineering problems include improving how tightly an antibody binds to its target; removing antibody sequences known to be problematic during manufacturing; modifying non-human antibodies to resemble human antibodies; and removing antibody sequences that may induce immune responses in patients.

The central challenge in antibody engineering is that the relationship between DNA sequence modifications and the resulting antibodies is not well understood. Antibody engineering therefore relies heavily on trial and error to identify DNA changes that give the desired phenotypic results. This process is complicated by the fact that optimizing for one property, such as binding affinity, may cause the loss of another desirable property, such as solubility or expression. This challenge is amplified when the source antibodies need major improvements, as is the case for synthetic antibodies that typically require multiple rounds of antibody engineering to improve their binding affinity, biophysical properties, or both.

 

134


Table of Contents

Our Approach to Engineering Natural Antibodies. We address these challenges by first generating large, diverse and high-quality panels of candidate antibodies early in the discovery process and, second, by applying antibody engineering approaches that are informed by natural antibody responses.

We believe the best approach to protein engineering is to start with a large panel of the best possible candidate antibodies. To achieve this, we apply our microfluidic single-cell screening platform to maximize the diversity of antibodies selected upfront for multiple target-binding properties, followed by thorough characterization of their functional properties and developability. We then apply stringent filtering with the aim of down-selecting to a small number of leads. When performing discovery from humanized rodents, including our proprietary suite of Trianni humanized rodents, or from humans, we have used this approach to generate high affinity antibodies that require minimal engineering prior to development. Starting with a greater diversity of antibodies, which have been pre-selected for desirable properties and that benefit from natural immune responses, can significantly reduce development time and the technical risk of protein engineering.

In cases where antibody properties need to be improved, we can use expanded panels of antibody sequences from RepSeq to inform the design and generation of high-confidence optimization candidates. We believe this approach, to use natural antibody variants from the repertoire to help design optimized candidates, is particularly powerful for high-value membrane protein targets such as GPCRs and ion channels (which cannot be optimized by conventional display-based methods). We also believe it can significantly improve the success-rate and reduce the time needed to optimize development leads.

OrthoMab Bispecific Platform. Beyond improving antibody properties, antibody engineering can also build completely new antibody drug formats with novel molecular geometry, binding properties or chemical properties. Of particular interest is the combination of two source antibodies to create a “bispecific” antibody that can simultaneously bind to two targets. Antibodies are normally comprised of two identical heavy chains and two identical light chains, to make a symmetrical “mirror-image” molecule with two identical targeting arms. In contrast, bispecific antibodies are generally comprised of two different heavy chains and light chains, and therefore have targeting arms that recognize two different targets. Because of their unique properties, bispecific antibodies are a rapidly emerging new class of antibody therapy. Following the first approval in 2015, there are now more than 120 molecules in clinical development, including more than 80 in Phase 1. They enable improved and novel therapeutic mechanisms not possible with other modalities. Examples of the application of bispecific antibodies include (i) recruitment of immune cells to help kill cancer cells, (ii) linking together two receptors to activate a signaling pathway, (iii) serve as a protein scaffold to bring proteins together and (iv) modifying the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of soluble proteins, as depicted in Figure 12 below.

Figure 12: Therapeutic Modalities Using Bispecific Antibodies

 

LOGO

To realize this potential, it is important to develop capabilities to:

 

   

generate a large and diverse panel of starting antibodies that recognize multiple epitopes (locations on their respective targets), with varying binding affinities and binding geometries.

 

   

identify suitable pairs from this starting panel that bind with the right orientation and the right location on each respective target, and bind with suitable affinity

 

135


Table of Contents
   

manufacture bispecific antibodies in a scalable and efficient process

 

   

ensure the resulting bispecific antibody looks as similar as possible to a normal antibody so as not to induce an immune response in the patient.

Our Approach to Engineering Bispecific Antibodies. OrthoMab, addresses these challenges by enabling the combination of any two source antibodies into a bispecific antibody that can be manufactured using conventional expression and purification methods, with minimal liabilities and immunogenicity.

OrthoMab is a clinically-validated protein engineering technology that enables the creation of a bispecific antibody from any two source antibodies, each comprised of a unique heavy chain and a unique light chain. The key innovation of OrthoMab is a set of patented DNA mutations that have been computationally designed using molecular structural modeling. These mutations ensure that the four antibody chains pair correctly: the two different heavy chains preferentially associate together, rather than two molecules of the same heavy chain, and each light chain pairs only with its cognate heavy chain as shown in Figure 13 below.

Figure 13: Patented OrthoMab DNA Mutations

 

 

LOGO

By using engineered mutations to control chain-pairing, OrthoMab enables manufacturing of bispecifics at high yields and purities using industry-standard processes. Because each side of an OrthoMab bispecific is 99% identical to the source antibody, it lowers the risk of introducing immunogenic epitopes. Finally, in addition to conventional Y-shaped bispecific antibodies, OrthoMab allows for the creation of a wide array of alternative bispecific formats as shown in Figure 14. The OrthoMab technology was patented by scientists at Lilly and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. We acquired non-exclusive rights to use OrthoMab technology from Dualogics, LLC, through an asset purchase agreement in July 2020.

Figure 14: Exemplary Bispecific Formats Achievable with OrthoMab

 

 

LOGO

 

136


Table of Contents

Our Technology in Action

COVID-19: From Discovery to Clinic in 90 Days

We have been working with DARPA since March 2018 as part of the P3 program to optimize our technology stack to find effective and field-ready therapeutics against pathogenic threats in record time.

Problem. An effective response to a pathogenic threat requires comprehensive deep screening and characterization of a human antibody response at the maximum speed possible, so that pathogen-specific therapeutics can be quickly identified, developed and deployed. Ideally, samples from index patients (patients who are the first to have been confirmed infected with the pandemic virus) who recovered would be made available to deploy our pandemic response platform.

Solution. We developed rapid antibody screening, expression, purification and characterization pipelines to deeply mine human antibody responses. As part of the P3 program, and prior to COVID-19, we pressure tested our technology stack twice in simulated pandemic responses. In late 2018, we demonstrated rapid isolation of hundreds of Middle Eastern Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus, or MERS-CoV, heavy chain only antibodies, or HcAbs, from infected camelids (a natural host for MERS-CoV) in less than 96 hours from sample receipt. Many of these HcAbs were more potent neutralizers than benchmark antibodies. In early 2019, together with our partners, we discovered influenza-neutralizing antibodies from a single sample from a human donor, and demonstrated that we could deploy our platform from sample receipt to successful testing in animals in 55 working days. Our seven lead antibodies were all 100% protective against a 20-times lethal dose of the 2009 pandemic H1N1 strain of influenza virus in rodents.

Result. We rapidly deployed our pandemic response platform to find a therapeutic antibody against COVID-19 in the spring of 2020 starting from a blood sample obtained from a U.S. patient. We screened approximately 5.8 million single cells to identify over 500 unique anti-SARS-CoV-2 antibodies. Each of these antibodies was evaluated computationally and experimentally to identify approximately 500 different properties per antibody which yielded 220,000 data points, which allowed us to filter down to a smaller group of lead candidates. Within 23 days of receiving the sample, we and our partners identified 24 lead antibodies for further development and clinical testing. One antibody drug candidate was selected by our partner Lilly, and the first patients were dosed in the first-ever COVID-19 clinical trial in North America. This was only 90 days from when we received the sample. The antibody, LY-CoV555, is one of the world’s most clinically advanced COVID-19-specific therapeutic, having undergone or currently undergoing a Phase 1 clinical trial, three Phase 2 clinical trials and one Phase 3 clinical trial. On October 7, 2020, Lilly submitted a request for an EUA, for the LY-CoV555 monotherapy to the FDA, which was granted on November 9, 2020. This demonstrates that a rapid discovery-to-clinic timeline is possible with our rapid and high throughput discovery engine.

Unlocking High-value Membrane Proteins (GPCRs and Ion Channels)

Membrane proteins such as GPCRs and ion channels are a validated and highly valuable class of drug targets in multiple prevalent diseases and indications, including cardiovascular diseases, cancer, neurological diseases, inflammation and pain. Membrane proteins are very difficult targets for antibody therapeutics. They are large and complex proteins, often with multiple subunits embedded in the cell membrane with only a small portion exposed outside of the cell. They also exist in families of multiple, closely-related members. The specificity of antibody drugs against membrane proteins would solve the off-target side effects that make many of these targets a barrier for small molecule drugs. However, membrane proteins present major challenges for antibody discovery: (i) they are poorly immunogenic, (ii) they are very difficult to purify and handle, (iii) it is difficult to generate binding or functional assays for them and (iv) they often have high homology with other species that are traditionally used for immunization campaigns (such as rodents), leading to natural tolerance mechanisms inhibiting a good immune response. In addition, legacy screening technologies either do not provide the depth and throughput to effectively search the immune response (hybridoma strategy), or are poorly suited for screening against complex membrane protein targets (display strategy).

 

137


Table of Contents

Problem. Using conventional screening methods, a partner had failed to discover functional antibodies against a very small epitope of a GPCR protein target with close structural homology to a related protein.

Solution. For this campaign, we tailored our technology stack to include multiplexed live cell screening assays with counter-screens against the closely-related homologs in order to identify unique antibodies against the target epitope. The GPCR was expressed in its natural conformation on live cells, bypassing the need for complicated protein purification and handling. The ability to screen against live cells at such high throughput, while simultaneously screening for specificity against closely-related homologs, is a powerful application of our platform.

Result. Within three months, we identified hundreds of unique antibodies against the target epitope, including several that were the desired functional antagonists. This number of antibodies from a screening campaign against a GPCR, plus the high frequency of functional candidates, is a significant success, and a lead candidate was subsequently identified by our partner and advanced into IND-enabling studies. This project demonstrates the power of our technology stack to increase the probability of success for antibody drug discovery campaigns against difficult targets.

Overcoming Tolerance with Proprietary Immunization and Deep Search Technologies

Antibodies produced by immunized animals are subject to immune tolerance, the process by which the body suppresses antibodies that react to self-antigens. This makes it difficult to generate diverse sets of antibodies against human targets that are similar or identical to the analogous proteins expressed by the animal being immunized. The difficulty in generating immune responses against self-similar targets has long been perceived as a drawback of discovery from natural immune repertoires. Our technology and proprietary immunization approaches allow us to generate diverse antibodies against such targets.

Problem. A partner approached us with a human target with 100% homology across mice, rats and humans. In addition, the human target had two related protein homologs, against which any discovered antibodies must discriminate.

Solution. In this campaign we deployed our proprietary and optimized immunization protocols to first generate a robust immune response in rodents. Next, we developed an high throughput single-cell screening strategy that used multiplexed fluorescence detection to find antibodies specific to the target, but that did not bind the two homologous proteins.

Result. We screened four million single cells from the immunized rodents and identified more than 1,900 target-specific antibodies, a hit-frequency that demonstrates a robust immune response breaking tolerance against a 100% homologous target. Of these hits, we identified 428 unique antibody leads with a degree of somatic hypermutation that indicates a mature and directed immune response against a difficult target.

Single Chain Antibody Discovery from Camelids

HcAbs are single-chain antibodies lacking light chains, found naturally in camelids such as llamas and alpacas (along with conventional paired heavy and light chain IgG antibodies, at approximately 50% frequency). HcAbs are valuable for various antibody-based therapeutics, such as bispecific antibodies, antibody-drug conjugates and CAR-Ts. In addition, the decreased complexity of having only single chains comprising the antibody molecules means they are more straightforward to produce and manufacture.

Problem. A partner needed to identify HcAbs from immunized llamas against transforming growth factor beta-3, or TGF-ß3, that could also discriminate between closely-related homologs, transforming growth factor beta-1, or TGF-ß1, and transforming growth factor beta-2, or TGF-ß2. The partner did not have the screening technology to identify antibodies with such restricted specificity.

 

138


Table of Contents

Solution. We designed custom reagents to distinguish HcAbs from conventional IgGs in llamas and also designed custom assays to identify HcAbs specific to TGF-ß3 that could differentiate between TGF-ß1 and TGF-ß2. To find these rare antibodies, we deployed our deep screening platform and screened approximately 20 million single cells over four days to deeply mine the immune response. We identified 67 unique HcAbs, which is a <0.001% antigen specific HcAb hit frequency, indicating an exceedingly rare antibody. This illustrates the flexibility of our platform to discover non-conventional antibody modalities, from alternative species, and the depth required to find rare antibodies with very specific properties.

Human Immune Profiling

An important application of immune profiling is devising improved strategies for the prevention and treatment of viral pathogens such as influenza. Influenza is a recurring seasonal epidemic with major pandemic potential. A significant challenge in addressing influenza is that it is constantly changing. Seasonal strains that circulate in a population accumulate mutations that are influenced by the existing population immunity, resulting in the emergence of new strains for which existing vaccines are less effective. Even more concerning, novel strains can sometimes emerge when viruses that normally infect only animals rearrange their genes in a way that allow them to jump to the human population. Functional profiling human immune responses to influenza infection or vaccination may assist in developing antibody or vaccine products that help protect against serious influenza infections.

Problem. Deep sequencing technologies have been applied to broadly survey the diversity of antibody sequences generated during an immune response. However, such technologies do not indicate which antibodies bind to the target of interest, where they bind on the target or which are most protective against infection.

Solution. To identify antibodies against influenza that may be effective in passive immunotherapy treatments (highly specific and potently neutralizing) and vaccine development (recognizes multiple strains of influenza to inform vaccines that generate long-lasting immunity), we screened four million single cells from multiple human donors. We designed a custom multiplexed screening strategy to simultaneously profile antibodies for their binding profiles against four hemagglutinin proteins derived from H1N1, H2N3, H3N2 or H5N1 influenza strains. We then recovered single cells with desired binding properties for sequencing to determine their heavy and light chain sequences. For selected antibodies we then searched RepSeq data for related antibody sequences.

Results. Our influenza screen uncovered 19,920 influenza-specific antibodies, from which we recovered and sequenced 3,646. This resulted in 1,743 unique antibodies grouped within 860 clonal lineages. Through the combination of single-cell sequences and RepSeq data, we were able to construct detailed antibody lineages for virus-specific antibodies, and then to expand the number of selected virus-specific antibodies by approximately 50 times.

Research and Development—Platform Expansions

We have several active research efforts to expand the breadth and depth of our technology stack. In addition to research and development directed to improve the speed, efficiency, throughput and capabilities of our existing technologies, we have initiated the following platform development projects:

GPCR and Ion Channel Targets. We believe our immunization and screening platform provide us with a competitive advantage in the discovery of antibody against traditionally difficult multi-pass transmembrane proteins, including GPCRs and ion channels. To date we have successfully applied our technology to discover panels of hundreds of antibodies against these target classes, with the most advanced of these programs now at late-stage preclinical development. However, we believe further improvements at the Source and Engineer steps of our technology stack would allow us to more fully unlock the potential of these target classes. To this end, in 2019 we started a research and development group, Channel Bio, in Sydney Australia, that is developing technologies specifically for GPCR and ion channel targets.

 

139


Table of Contents

Transgenic rodents. Our recent acquisition of the Trianni platform of humanized rodents, plus the integration of key research and development personnel from Trianni, enables us to generate novel next-generation humanized transgenic rodents to further our platform and offering to partners. The suite of humanized rodents available or in development will serve as the foundation for additional engineering to create novel humanized rodents.

Cell Line Development. Using our microfluidic single-cell screening platform, and based on patented clonal selection methods that we have exclusively licensed from UBC, we are developing optimized workflows that we believe may accelerate the development of clonal cell lines with increased productivity in the expression of antibodies.

CMC and GMP Antibody Manufacturing. We are planning a further facilities expansion of approximately 200,000 square feet that will support cell line development, process development and GMP manufacturing of antibody therapeutics. Upon completion of this facility, we expect to be able to support our partners from program initiation to fill-finish. We believe the integration of an optimized manufacturing process with our discovery and protein engineering capabilities will create synergies in speed and efficiency and will allow us to more rapidly test and validate new antibody therapeutic formats, including bispecific antibodies or antibody conjugates. We expect to have completed this facility and to have GMP manufacturing capabilities in commercial use in approximately three to four years. In April 2020, in support of this effort, we received a commitment for up to CAD $175.6 million ($125.6 million) in financing from the Canadian government.

Competition

The market for technologies that enable the discovery and development of therapeutic antibodies, such as ours, is global, characterized by intense competition and subject to significant intellectual property barriers. The solutions and applications offered by our competitors vary in size, breadth and scope, and given the broad promise of antibody therapeutics, we face competition from many different sources, including companies developing single-cell screening technologies, antibody RepSeq and antibody engineering technologies, using a variety of business models, including the development of internal pipelines of therapeutics, technology licensing, and the sale of instruments and devices. We also face competition from integrated contract research organizations that use traditional hybridoma, phage, and yeast display technologies in discovery. Due to the significant interest and growth in antibody therapeutics more broadly, we expect the intensity of this competition to increase.

We are democratizing the industry by providing our partners of all sizes with access to our centralized operating system We seek to deliver a complete solution for our partners by providing uniquely integrated proprietary technologies that address each step in the discovery process, including immune RepSeq, single-cell analysis, AI, and transgenic rodent platforms. Many emerging and established life sciences companies have been built around technologies that focus on one or a limited number of these steps. Examples include:

 

   

In the field of single-cell screening, we face technical competition from companies that provide access to similar technologies such as Berkeley Lights Inc., or Berkeley, HiFiBio Inc., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Sphere Fluidics Ltd.

 

   

In antibody RepSeq, we face technical competition from companies that provide access to similar technologies such as 10X Genomics Inc., Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp., Atreca Inc. and Distributed Bio Inc.

 

   

In bispecific antibody engineering, we face technical competition primarily from companies that provide access to similar technologies such as Abbvie Inc., Genmab A/S, Merus N.V. and Zymeworks Inc.

 

   

In discovery using genetically engineered rodents, we face technical competition from companies that provide access to similar technologies such as Ablexis LLC, Crescendo Biologics Ltd., Harbour Antibodies BV, Kymab Ltd., Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. and RenBio Inc.

We also face direct business competition from companies that provide antibody discovery services using technologies such as hybridoma and display. Companies with discovery business models that include

 

140


Table of Contents

downstream payments include Adimab LLC, Distributed Bio Inc. and WuXi Biologics Inc. In addition, we compete with a variety of fee-for-service contract research organizations that provide services, in most cases using legacy technologies, that compete with one or more steps in our technology stack.

For a discussion of the risks we face relating to competition, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Strategy—The life sciences technology market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability.”

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, including seeking and maintaining patent protection intended to cover the compositions of matter of our product candidates, their methods of use, related technology, and other inventions that are important to our business.

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for the components of our technology stack and products arising from the same; to defend and enforce our patents, to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets, and to operate without infringing valid and enforceable patents and other proprietary rights of third parties; and to identify new opportunities for intellectual property protection.

As of September 30, 2020, we owned or exclusively licensed 38 issued or allowed patents and over 40 pending patent applications worldwide, which includes 27 issued U.S. patents and 15 pending U.S. patent applications. We own registered trademarks and trademark applications for AbCellera and Celium, in the U.S., Canada and Europe.

Obtaining patent protection is not the only method that we employ to protect our propriety rights. We also utilize other forms of intellectual property protection, including trademark, copyright, internal know how and trade secrets, when those other forms are better suited to protect a particular aspect of our intellectual property. Our belief is that our propriety rights are strengthened by our comprehensive approach to intellectual property protection. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality and invention assignment agreement upon accepting employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and which are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. We are diligent in taking precautions that our proprietary information is not released to third parties through the use of security measures. Our trade secrets encompass certain reagent compositions and concentrations, nucleic acid vector sequences and immunization protocols.

Data Rights

Our product to partners is data on the composition of matter of antibodies and their properties. We enter into contracts that allow us rights to use the data that we generate for the purpose of improving our technology stack and fueling machine-learning algorithms. We maintain strict firewall protocols so target-specific data derived from a client cannot be used to inform the discovery on another project by a different client.

Patent Portfolio

We have developed an expansive patent portfolio with claims related to multiple aspects of our technology stack, beginning with our first patent applications exclusively licensed from UBC, in 2013. We continuously

 

141


Table of Contents

assess new ways to improve our technology platform through license or acquisition of third-party patent portfolios, as was the case with our acquisitions of Lineage in 2017 and the OrthoMab platform from Dualogics in 2020, our recent acquisition of Trianni Inc. and our license agreement with Alloy Therapeutics in 2020.

Our patent prosecution strategy encompasses the pursuit of protection for our technology stack and tangentially related methods.

UBC License

In December 2013, we executed a license agreement with UBC, or the UBC License, to gain a worldwide, exclusive license to certain patents, or the UBC Patents, patented at UBC by Dr. Hansen and his team for the later of 20 years from the start date of the UBC License, or the expiry date of the last patent licensed under the UBC License. Under the terms of the UBC License, we have the right to sublicense a subset of the UBC Patents and a worldwide, exclusive license to UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements on these Patents solely in the antibody field of use. In addition, for a second subset of the UBC Patents, we have a worldwide, exclusive license to use and sublicense solely within the antibody field of use.

Under the terms of the UBC License, we paid a CAD $56,500 ($52,716) initial license fee and pay annual license fees to UBC during the term of the UBC License. We also pay UBC a low single-digit royalty on our revenue and a single-digit royalty of our sublicensing revenue during the term of the UBC License. UBC was also granted a single-digit percent equity position in our company.

Under the terms of the UBC License, in consultation with UBC we manage the filing, maintenance and prosecution of the licensed patents and we pay all costs associated with the same while we control all litigation associated with the licensed patents.

UBC may terminate the license under certain circumstances, including in the case of our insolvency, winding up or liquidation, if a court or similar process is levied on the rights under the agreement or on money due to UBC that is not released, if the subject technology becomes subject to a security interest that is not released, if we or any of our directors or officers have materially breached or failed to comply with securities laws, or in the event of certain breaches of, or failure to perform, our obligations under the license or other agreements between us and UBC. Either party may terminate the license for any breach which is not remedied within certain specified time periods.

The UBC Core Patents

The UBC Core Patent license includes a patent family directed toward certain systems, devices and methods for microfluidic cell culture. This patent family includes four issued U.S. patents and one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application. Issued patents from this family are expected to expire in July 2031, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

The UBC Core Patent license also includes a patent family directed toward systems and methods for assaying binding interactions between a protein produced by a single cell, e.g., an antibody produced by a single B cell, and a second biomolecule (e.g., antigen) in microfluidic chambers and devices. This patent family includes twelve issued U.S. patents and three pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications. Issued patents from this family are expected to expire in July 2031, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

A patent family directed toward methods for assaying functional properties exhibited by a protein produced by a single cell, e.g., an antibody produced by a single B cell, and a second biomolecule (e.g., antigen) in microfluidic chambers and devices is also included in the UBC Core Patent license. This patent family includes patents issued in the U.S. and Australia and granted in Europe, as well as one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and seven pending foreign counterpart patent applications. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in March 2034, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

 

142


Table of Contents

Lastly, the UBC Core Patent license includes a patent family directed toward methods for determining lymphocyte receptor chain pairs, for example, antibody heavy and light chain pairs. This patent family includes an issued U.S. patent and a granted patent in Europe, as well as one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and two pending foreign counterpart patent applications. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in May 2035, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Lineage

The Lineage patent portfolio complements our single-cell microfluidic intellectual property with downstream methods of sequencing reaction preparation, immune RepSeq and analysis. The immune repertoire patents and applications that we obtained from Lineage form the basis for the sequencing technologies that we currently use in our technology stack.

Stanford License

Through our acquisition of Lineage, we obtained an exclusive license from Stanford University to patents and patent applications directed toward immune RepSeq. Our Stanford license includes one patent family directed toward methods of characterizing an immune repertoire. This patent family includes four issued U.S. patents and one granted patent in Europe, as well as one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and one pending foreign counterpart patent application. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in May 2031, absent any disclaimers or extensions available. The Stanford license also includes another patent family directed toward methods of characterizing immune response and vaccine selection. This patent family includes two issued U.S. patents and one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in February 2034, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Under the terms of the Stanford license, we are required to pay Stanford a yearly license maintenance fee, as well as certain milestone payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $140,000. We are also required to pay Stanford low single-digit royalties on net sales of licensed products as well as a portion of non-royalty sublicensing revenues. The term of the Stanford license runs until the last licensed patent expires, and our obligation to pay royalties will continue so long as there is a valid claim of a licensed patent. Stanford may terminate the agreement governing the license if we are in material default in the provision of any report or payment of any amounts due to Stanford under the agreement, we do not use commercially reasonable efforts to develop or commercialize licensed products, we do not achieve certain diligence milestones, we are in material breach of any provision of the agreement, or if we provide any materially false report to Stanford. We may terminate the agreement at any time upon at least 30 days notice to Stanford.

In addition to the Stanford license, the acquisition of Lineage included a patent portfolio comprising four patent families. One patent family is directed toward methods of determining the immune repertoire of a subject. This patent family includes one granted patent in Europe, two pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications, and four pending foreign counterpart patent applications. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in March 2034, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Another patent family is directed toward tagging target oligonucleotides. This patent family includes two issued U.S. patents, one issued patent in China, and two granted patents in Europe. This patent family also includes one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and one pending foreign counterpart patent application. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in March 2034, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

An additional patent family is directed toward methods for detection of isotype profiles as signatures for disease. This patent family includes patents issued in Japan and China, as well as a patent granted in Europe. This patent family also includes three pending foreign counterpart patent applications. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in September 2032, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

 

143


Table of Contents

Lastly, the Lineage patent portfolio includes a patent family directed toward compositions and methods for analyzing heterogeneous samples. This patent family includes a granted patent in Europe and an issued patent in Hong Kong. This family also includes one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and three pending foreign counterpart applications. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in September 2032, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

OrthoMab

As part of our agreement to purchase certain assets from Dualogics related to its OrthoMab bispecific antibody platform, we were assigned Dualogics’ interests and rights to that certain Exclusive License Agreement between Dualogics and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, effective February 22, 2019, or the UNC Agreement. Under the UNC Agreement, we have an exclusive license to UNC’s rights under three patent families.

One patent family is directed toward methods of producing a fragment, antigen binding (Fab). This patent family includes three issued U.S. patents and one patent granted in Europe. Issued patents from this patent family are expected to expire in March 2034, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Another patent family is directed toward IgG bispecific antibodies and processes for preparation. This patent family includes one issued U.S. patent, one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application, and one foreign counterpart patent application. Any patents that issue from this patent family are expected to expire in January 2036, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

The last patent family is directed toward methods for producing Fabs and IgG bispecific antibodies. This patent family includes one pending U.S. and one pending foreign counterpart patent applications. Any patents that issue from this patent family are expected to expire in December 2037, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Under the terms of the OrthoMab asset purchase, we granted Dualogics a sublicense under the three patent families to develop, market, sell and otherwise commercialize its existing programs related to the OrthoMab technology.

Under the terms of the UNC Agreement, we are required to pay UNC an annual license maintenance fee, low single-digit royalties on net sales of clinically approved and other products as well as sublicense fees. The term of the license and our obligation to pay royalties runs until the last licensed patent expires. UNC may terminate the agreement governing the license if there is a material breach by us of the agreement and we fail to cure such breach, which breaches include but are not limited to our failure to deliver payment to UNC when due, to provide progress reports, to meet or achieve performance milestones or to possess and maintain insurance, or the execution of a sublicense that complies with the terms of the agreement. We may terminate the agreement at any time upon at least 60 days notice to UNC.

Trianni

Through our acquisition of Trianni Inc., we acquired all existing intellectual property including issued patents and pending applications worldwide relating to the flagship Trianni mouse and new platforms in development. We also acquired Trianni’s trademarks including the terms “Trianni” and “Trianni Mouse” that have been issued in the United States and various other jurisdictions worldwide.

The Trianni intellectual property portfolio includes issued patents and pending applications in the U.S. and respective foreign counterparts.

In one patent family, the patents are directed to methods of using transgenic mice. This patent family includes eight issued patents including in the U.S., Australia, the Russian Federation, Europe, and Asia and three pending applications in the U.S. and Canada. Patents issuing from this family are expected to expire in July 2031, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

 

144


Table of Contents

Another patent family is directed to methods of producing transgenic animals. This patent family includes seven pending applications including one in the U.S and six in pending foreign counterparts. Any patents that issue from this family are expected to expire in February 2037, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Another patent family is directed to the production of immunoglobulin molecules including the production of bispecific antibodies in transgenic animals. This patent family includes eight pending applications including one in the U.S. and seven in pending foreign counterparts. Any patents that issue from this family are expected to expire in August 2036, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

Another patent family is directed to the production of immunoglobulin molecules including reactivating productive immunoglobulin rearrangements. This patent family includes one issued patent in the U.S. and two pending applications including one in the U.S. and one foreign counterpart. Issued patents from this family are expected to expire in November 2036, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

The remaining patent families are directed to the methods of using transgenic mammals, methods of producing transgenic mammals including mammals with heavy chains only and all epitope mice, and compositions of matter directed to immunoglobulins. These patent families include one U.S. issued patent, and thirteen pending applications including six pending U.S. applications and seven foreign counterparts. Issued patents from these families are expected to expire no later than January 2040, absent any disclaimers or extensions available.

AbCellera

We also aim to continue developing our product portfolio. We currently own several recently filed pending U.S. provisional patent applications directed toward methods for high throughput screening of multispecific antibody libraries and anti-coronavirus antibodies and methods of use. We plan to convert these applications and pursue additional protection domestically and internationally as appropriate.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In the countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest non-provisional filing date, subject to any disclaimers or extensions. The term of a patent in the United States can be adjusted due to any failure of the United States Patent and Trademark Office following certain statutory and regulation deadlines for issuing a patent.

In the United States, the patent term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for a portion of the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the original expiration of the patent. The protection provided by a patent varies from country to country, and is dependent on the type of patent granted, the scope of the patent claims, and the legal remedies available in a given country.

For a discussion of the risks we face relating to intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Intellectual Property—If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our technology, including our platform and Celium, our proprietary antibody visualization software, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technologies or a platform similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully sell our data packages may be impaired.”

Commercial

A vast majority of our historical revenue reflects upfront payments from research programs. Our partnership agreements include: (i) payments for technology access and performance of research; (ii) downstream payments

 

145


Table of Contents

in the form of clinical and commercial milestones and (iii) royalties on net sales of therapeutics. We structure our agreements in a way that directly aligns our partners’ economic interest with our own. We believe the long-term value of our business will be driven by downstream milestone and royalty payments.

We forge partnerships with drug developers of all sizes, from large cap pharmaceutical to small biotechnology companies. Our partners are predominantly based in the United States and Europe. As of September 30, 2020, we had a total of 26 partners for whom we were conducting drug discovery activities. For the year ended December 31, 2019, two of our partners accounted for 47% and 15% of revenue, and 11 partners accounted for the remaining 38% of revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, two of our partnerships accounted for 50% and 21% of revenue, and nine partnerships accounted for the remaining 29% of revenue. Our partnership with Lilly constituted one of the partnerships that generated 10% or more of our consolidated revenues during the one or more periods described above. With respect to the other partners, we do not believe the loss of any one or more of such partners would have a material adverse effect on us and our subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Over the past year we have grown our workforce by 64%, moving from 106 to 174 full-time employees. As of September 30, 2020, we had 174 full-time employees in Canada, the United States and Australia, consisting of 81 scientists, 45 engineers and data scientists and 48 business professionals.

Our strategy involves:

 

   

creating more value with our existing partnerships by seeking to expand our single-program partnerships to multi-year, multi-target agreements

 

   

working to forge new partnerships across our target customers, including large pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and government organizations dedicated to drug development

 

   

adding capabilities and infrastructure to support full CMC activities and GMP manufacturing to provide our partners with a full solution from target to IND submission

 

   

investing in expanding our workforce and our facilities, and increasing efficiency through automation and software solutions

 

   

maintaining our competitive advantage by undertaking extensive research and development to amplify and add capabilities in areas such as computation, protein engineering, immunization technologies, genetically engineered rodents and cell line selection

 

   

leveraging proprietary data sets obtained from our partnership programs and AI to increase the efficiency, speed, and capacity of our discovery programs

Until 2019, our sales and marketing function was limited, with only one dedicated business development person supported by two to three marketing staff. As of September 30, 2020, our sales and marketing team has grown to six professionals, with two dedicated business development persons supported by four marketing staff. Our sales and marketing team has been complemented with research and development staff attending a variety of scientific conferences, which has helped increase the business development pipeline. We plan to further expand our commercial sales, marketing and business development teams, increase our presence globally and increase marketing activities to drive awareness and adoption of our platform.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2020, we had 174 full-time employees in Canada, the United States and Australia, consisting of 81 scientists, 45 engineers and data scientists and 48 business professionals. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. As of September 30, 2020,

 

146


Table of Contents

158 of our employees were employed in Canada, 11 were employed in Australia and 5 were employed in the United States. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters and research and development facilities are located in Vancouver, British Columbia, where we lease approximately 32,000 square feet of space under leases expiring between 2022 and 2028. In 2021, we will be building out a new, dedicated corporate headquarters currently under construction that will provide us with 48,000 square feet of additional lab and office space under a lease expiring in 2031. Channel Bio, our wholly owned subsidiary, occupies a 2,100 square feet research and development lab in Sydney, Australia, with a lease that expires 2022. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Government Regulation

Our focus is on the discovery of antibodies that our partners use to improve the speed and success of their drug discovery efforts; however, we ourselves are not currently involved in drug discovery, do not manufacture any products and do not conduct any clinical trials. As such, while we are subject to a number of regulations, such as those governing our laboratory facilities as well as regulations that apply to businesses in the private sector generally, we are not subject to many of the types of regulations that ordinarily apply to companies in the life sciences, biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors and industries. However, we believe that the long-term success of our business depends, in part, on our partners’ ability to successfully develop and sell products using the antibodies that we discover. The regulations that govern our pharmaceutical and biotechnology partners are those we therefore believe have the most significant impact on our business.

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in the European Union and other countries and jurisdictions, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of pharmaceutical products, including biological products such as those that our partners develop. The processes for obtaining marketing approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Our partners will be subject to a variety of regulations in applicable jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical studies and any commercial sales and distribution of their products. Whether or not our partners obtain FDA or EU approval for a product, they must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of the product in those countries. The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, coverage, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country.

One such regulatory authority that is applicable to certain of our partners is the United States Secretary of Health and Human Services’ authority to authorize unapproved medical products, to be marketed in the context of an actual or potential emergency that has been designated by government officials. The COVID-19 pandemic has been designated such a national emergency. After an emergency has been announced, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may authorize the issuance of, and the FDA Commissioner may issue, Emergency Use Authorizations, or EUAs, for the use of specific products based on criteria established by statute, including that

 

147


Table of Contents

the product at issue may be effective in diagnosing, treating, or preventing serious or life-threatening diseases when there are no adequate, approved, and available alternatives. An EUA is subject to additional conditions and restrictions and is product-specific. An EUA terminates when the emergency determination underlying the EUA terminates. An EUA is not a long-term alternative to obtaining FDA approval, licensure, or clearance for a product. The FDA may revoke an EUA where it is determined that the underlying health emergency no longer exists or warrants such authorization, so it is not possible to predict how long an EUA may remain in place.

Additional Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, provincial, state and federal U.S. and Canadian laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

Anti-Corruption Laws

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and possibly other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the UK Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, collectively, Anti-Corruption Laws. Among other matters, such Anti-Corruption Laws prohibit corporations and individuals from directly or indirectly paying, offering to pay or authorizing the payment of money or anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate, or certain other persons, in order to obtain, retain or direct business, regulatory approvals or some other advantage in an improper manner. We can also be held liable for the acts of our third party agents under the FCPA, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and possibly other Anti-Corruption Laws. In the healthcare sector, anti-corruption risk can also arise in the context of improper interactions with doctors, key opinion leaders and other healthcare professionals who work for state-affiliated hospitals, research institutions or other organizations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to or aware of any proceedings that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our business because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

We are currently involved in the following litigation matters:

The July 9, 2020 Delaware Action

On July 9, 2020, we filed suit against Berkeley in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that Berkeley directly infringes and indirectly causes infringement at least one claim of U.S. Patent Nos. 10,107,812; 10,274,494; 10,466,241; 10,578,618; 10,697,962; 10,087,408; 10,421,936 and 10,704,018 arising out of Berkeley’s alleged infringing uses and sales of the Beacon® Optofluidic System which performs workflows using OptoSelect Chips. This case has been assigned to the Honorable Judge Richard Andrews. The complaint requests an order permanently enjoining Berkeley from making, using, offering to sell, selling or importing any process claimed in the asserted patents along with damages arising from Berkeley’s infringement. We intend to vigorously pursue our action against Berkeley and defend the validity and enforceability of our patents.

 

148


Table of Contents

The August 25, 2020 Delaware Action

On August 25, 2020, we filed a second suit against Berkeley in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that Berkeley directly infringes and indirectly causes infringement at least one claim of U.S. Patent Nos. 10,718,768; 10,738,270; 10,746,737; and 10,753,933 arising out of Berkeley’s alleged infringing uses and sales of the Beacon® Optofluidic System which performs workflows using OptoSelect Chips. This case has been consolidated with our first suit for infringement and assigned to Judge Andrews. In this action we are also requesting an order permanently enjoining Berkeley from making, using, offering to sell, selling or importing any process claimed in the asserted patents along with damages arising from Berkeley’s infringement. We intend to vigorously pursue our action against Berkeley and defend the validity and enforceability of our patents.

The September 16, 2020 Delaware Action

On September 16, 2020, we filed a third suit against Berkeley in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that Berkeley directly infringes and indirectly causes infringement at least one claim of U.S. Patent Nos. 10,775,376; 10,775,377 and 10,775,378 arising out of Berkeley’s alleged infringing uses and sales of the Beacon® Optofluidic System which performs workflows using OptoSelect Chips. This case has been consolidated with our first and second suits for infringement and assigned to Judge Andrews. In this action we are also requesting an order permanently enjoining Berkeley from making, using, offering to sell, selling or importing any process claimed in the asserted patents along with damages arising from Berkeley’s infringement. We intend to vigorously pursue our action against Berkeley and defend the validity and enforceability of our patents.

The 2020 Northern District of California Action

On August 24, 2020, Berkeley filed suit against us and our subsidiary Lineage in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California seeking (i) declaratory judgment of non-infringement of U.S. Patent No. 10,058,839, or the ’839 patent; (ii) a finding of unfair competition and false advertising under the Lanham Act and (iii) a finding of unfair business practices under the California Business and Professions Code. Berkeley alleges that in sending private notice letters to Berkeley and certain select customers that have acquired the Beacon® Optofluidic System which performs workflows using OptoSelect Chips that we have violated the aforementioned provisions. The complaint seeks a judgement of non-infringement of the ’839 patent on the first count and damages and injunctive relief related to the alleged unfair competition claims. We believe the action filed by Berkeley is without merit and have moved to dismiss the above action for lack of jurisdiction and failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted pursuant to Federal Rules of Civil Procedure 12(b) 1, 2, and 6.

 

149


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of November 20, 2020.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D.

     46      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Andrew Booth

     47      Chief Financial Officer

Véronique Lecault, Ph.D.

     36      Chief Operating Officer and Director

Tryn Stimart

     51      Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     

Michael Hayden, Ph.D.

     68      Director

John S. Montalbano

     55      Director

Peter Thiel

     53      Director

Director Nominee

     

John Edward Hamer, Ph.D.(4)

     62      Director Nominee

 

(1)   Member of our audit committee
(2)   Member of our compensation committee
(3)   Member of our nomination and corporate governance committee
(4)   Dr. Hamer will be nominated to join our board of directors in December 2020.

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers and directors. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers and directors.

Executive Officers

Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D. Dr. Hansen is our co-founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since our inception in November 2012. Dr. Hansen was also a scientific co-founder of Precision NanoSystems Inc., a Vancouver-based private company developing next-generation delivery technology for genetic medicines founded in 2010, where Dr. Hansen also served as a member of the board of directors from January 2011 to September 2015 and continues to serve as a scientific advisor. Until August 2019, Dr. Hansen was a professor at the University of British Columbia, where he coauthored over 65 manuscripts in the fields of microfluidics, immunology, genomics and nanotechnology. Dr. Hansen also was a co-founder and served as a member of the board of directors of Resolution Diagnostics, a private genomics technology company, from May 2015 to April 2016. Prior to that, he served on the science advisory board of Fluidigm Corporation, a public company providing biotechnology tools, from January 2008 to January 2012. Dr. Hansen holds a Ph.D. in Applied Physics with a focus on Biotechnology from the California Institute of Technology, and a B.A.Sc. in Engineering Physics and Honors Mathematics from the University of British Columbia. We believe Dr. Hansen is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and as one of our co-founders.

Andrew Booth. Mr. Booth has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2019, and previously served as a member of our board of directors from June 2016 to August 2019. From February 2017 to July 2019, Mr. Booth also served as the Chief Commercial Officer of STEMCELL Technologies Inc., a Vancouver-based private biotechnology company, and as the Chief Financial Officer of STEMCELL Technologies from March 2013 to January 2017, and as the VP, Instrumentation from January 2010 to February 2013. Prior to STEMCELL, Mr. Booth was at GE Healthcare based in London, UK leading M&A activities for EMEA and GE Lifesciences. Mr. Booth was at GE from 2004 to 2009. Mr. Booth has also previously served as a member of the board of directors of various private companies in the life sciences sector. Mr. Booth holds an MBA from INSEAD, France, and a B.A.Sc. in Engineering Physics from the University of British Columbia.

 

150


Table of Contents

Véronique Lecault, Ph.D. Dr. Lecault is our co-founder and has served in various positions with us since November 2012, most recently as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2019 and as a member of our board of directors since August 2018. Dr. Lecault has also served as Vice President of our wholly owned biotechnology subsidiary, Lineage Biosciences Inc., since January 2018. Dr. Lecault has also served as a director of our wholly owned Australian biotechnology subsidiary, Channel Biologics Pty., since September 2019. Dr. Lecault received her Ph.D. in Chemical and Biological Engineering from the University of British Columbia, where she co-invented the high-throughput microfluidic platform that is now part of our core technology. Dr. Lecault holds a B.A.Sc. in Chemical Engineering/Honours B.Sc. Biochemistry (Biotechnology) dual degree from the University of Ottawa. We believe Dr. Lecault is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience she brings as an officer and as one of our co-founders.

Tryn Stimart. Mr. Stimart has served as our Chief Legal Officer and corporate secretary since August 2019. Prior to joining AbCellera, Mr. Stimart was a partner at Gibbons P.C., a law firm, from October 2016 to August 2019. From May 2013 to September 2016, Mr. Stimart was a partner at Womble Carlyle Sandridge, & Rice, LLP, a law firm. Mr. Stimart holds a J.D. from American University Washington College of Law, an M.Sc. in Chemistry from Old Dominion University, and B.Scs. degrees in Biochemistry and Genetics & Cell Biology from the University of Minnesota.

Non-Employee Directors

Michael Hayden, Ph.D. Dr. Hayden has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Dr. Hayden has been the Chief Executive Officer of Prilenia Therapeutics B.V., a clinical stage biotechnology company since September 2018. From September 2012 to December 2017, Dr. Hayden served as Chief Science Officer and President of Global Research and Development at Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., a public pharmaceutical company. Dr. Hayden has founded a number of biotechnology companies, including Aspreva Pharmaceuticals Limited, a private pharmaceutical company; Neurovir Therapeutics, Inc., a private biopharmaceutical company; Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc., a public clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company; 89bio, Inc., a public clinical-stage biopharma company; and Prilenia, a private clinical stage biotechnology startup. Dr. Hayden has served as a member of the board of directors for each of Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc., a public biotechnology company, since September 2018; 89bio since April 2018, Aurinia Pharmaceuticals Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company, since February 2018, and Xenon Pharmaceuticals since November 1996. From September 2018 to June 2020, Dr. Hayden also served as the executive chairman of the board of directors of Prilenia. Dr. Hayden is also is a Killam Professor of Medical Genetics at the University of British Columbia, a Founder and Senior Scientist at the Centre for Molecular Medicine and Therapeutics, and a Canada Research Chair in Human Genetics and Molecular Medicine. Dr. Hayden holds an M.B., Ch.B. M.D. and a Ph.D. degree in Genetics from the University of Cape Town. He is board certified by the American Society of Internal Medicine and Medical Genetics. He is also certified by the Royal College of Physicians of Canada (Internal Medicine). We believe Dr. Hayden is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his academic background, as well as his extensive experience as a director and executive officer of both publicly and privately held biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies.

John S. Montalbano. Mr. Montalbano has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2020. Mr. Montalbano has served as a member of the board of directors for each of Aritzia Inc., a public fashion company, since July 2019. Prior to his retirement, Mr. Montalbano served as the Chief Executive Officer of RBC Global Asset Management from 2008 to 2015, and as the President of Phillips, Hager & North Investment Management Ltd., a private wealth management firm, from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Montalbano also served as Vice Chair of RBC Wealth Management from April 2015 to December 2016. Mr. Montalbano holds a B.Comm. in Finance from the University of British Columbia. We believe Mr. Montalbano is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his leadership, experience as an entrepreneur, and financial expertise.

Peter Thiel. Mr. Thiel has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2020. He has served as president of Thiel Capital, an investment firm, since 2011 and as a partner of Founders Fund, a venture capital

 

151


Table of Contents

firm, since 2005. In 1998, Mr. Thiel co-founded PayPal, Inc., an online payment company, where he served as Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of its board of directors from 2000 until its acquisition by eBay in 2002. Mr. Thiel currently serves on the board of directors of Facebook and Palantir. Mr. Thiel holds a B.A. in Philosophy from Stanford University and a J.D. from Stanford Law School. We believe Mr. Thiel is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his leadership and experience as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist.

Director Nominee

John Edward Hamer, Ph.D. Dr. Hamer has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2018 through November 2020 and is nominated to be elected to our board of directors at our annual meeting of shareholders in December 2020. Since April 2018, Dr. Hamer has also been a managing general partner of DCVC Bio, a San Francisco venture capital fund focused on investing in life sciences companies. Dr. Hamer served as managing partner and founder of Monsanto Growth Ventures, a venture capital fund, from September 2012 to April 2018. In October 2003, Dr. Hamer founded Arête Therapeutics Inc., a private biotechnology company, and served as Chief Executive Officer until February 2006. Prior to his career in venture capital, Dr. Hamer was an entrepreneur, initially at Paradigm Genetics, Inc., a biotechnology company, from August 1998 to December 2003, where he joined as a visiting scientist before becoming Chief Science Officer and eventually President and Chief Executive Officer following the company’s initial public offering. Dr. Hamer holds a Ph.D. in Microbiology from the University of California at Davis, an M.Sc. in Biological Sciences from the University of Windsor, and a B.Sc. in Biology from the University of Windsor. We believe Dr. Hamer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist, as well his experience as an executive officer of biotechnology companies.

Family Relationships and Other Arrangements

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

In November 2020, John Edward Hamer, Ph.D. was designated as a director nominee to our board of directors by the majority of the holders of preferred stock pursuant to our voting agreement, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of five members, each of whom is a member pursuant to the board composition provisions of our articles and agreements with our shareholders, which agreements are described in the section of this prospectus titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” These board composition provisions will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our shareholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy.

Staggered Board Provisions

Under our new articles, for the purposes of facilitating staggered terms of the directors on the board, the following provisions, or the staggered board provisions, shall apply:

 

  (i)

two directors shall initially hold office for a term expiring on our third annual general meeting following the date of the effectiveness of our new articles;

 

152


Table of Contents
  (ii)

two directors shall initially hold office for a term expiring on our second annual general meeting following the date of effectiveness of our new articles; and

 

  (iii)

the remaining number of directors shall initially hold office for a term expiring on our first annual general meeting following the date of effectiveness of our new articles.

Following the initial term of office described above, directors will be elected to hold office for a three-year term expiring on our third annual general meeting following their election.

At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous shareholder resolution in lieu thereof, all of the directors whose terms expire shall cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors, but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment. The shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors may elect, or in a unanimous resolution appoint, the number of directors required to fill any vacancies created, which vacancies have not already been filled as otherwise permitted in the articles. The directors will hold office for the applicable terms contemplated in the staggered board provisions. Upon resignation of a director, the remaining directors may fill the casual vacancy resulting from such resignation for the remainder of the unexpired term.

Following the effectiveness of our new articles, we anticipate that the initial terms of office for each of the directors will be as follows:

 

  (i)

Drs. Hamer and Lecault will have terms expiring on the first annual general meeting following the date our new articles become effective;

 

  (ii)

Drs. Hansen and Hayden will have terms expiring on the second annual general meeting following the date our new articles become effective; and

 

  (iii)

Messrs. Montalbano and Thiel will have terms expiring on the third annual general meeting following the date our new articles become effective.

Replacement or Removal of Directors

Under the BCBCA and our new articles, a director may be removed with or without cause by a special resolution passed by a special majority (being two-thirds) of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy at a duly convened meeting and who are entitled to vote.

To the extent directors are elected or appointed to fill casual vacancies or vacancies arising from the removal of directors, in both instances whether by shareholders or directors, the directors shall hold office until the remainder of the unexpired portion of the term of the departed director that was replaced.

Advance Notice Provisions

We will include certain “advance notice” provisions with respect to the election of our directors in our articles that will be in effect on closing of this offering. These provisions are intended to: (i) facilitate orderly and efficient annual general meetings or, where the need arises, special meetings; (ii) ensure that all our shareholders receive adequate notice of board nominations and sufficient information with respect to all nominees; and (iii) allow our shareholders to vote on an informed basis. Only persons who are nominated by shareholders in accordance with our advance notice provisions will be eligible for election as directors at any annual meeting of our shareholders, or at any special meeting of our shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors.

Under our advance notice provisions, a shareholder wishing to nominate a director would be required to provide us with notice, in a prescribed form and within prescribed time periods. These time periods include, (i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders (including annual and special meetings), not less than 30 days prior

 

153


Table of Contents

to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided that if the first public announcement of the date of the annual meeting of shareholders, which we refer to as the notice date, is less than 50 days before the meeting date, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the notice date; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for any purpose which includes electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the notice date.

Director Independence

We have applied to list our common shares on The Nasdaq Global Market. Under the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq, Marketplace Rules, or the Nasdaq Listing Rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within twelve months from the date of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent within twelve months from the date of listing. Audit committee members must also satisfy additional independence criteria, including those set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries, other than compensation for board service; or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board of directors must consider, for each member of a compensation committee of a listed company, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director, and whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that                 and                  are independent directors, including for purposes of Nasdaq and the SEC rules. In making that determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each director has with us and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the potential deemed beneficial ownership of our capital shares by each director, including non-employee directors that are affiliated with certain of our major shareholders. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We intend to adopt a policy, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part that outlines a process for our shareholders to send communications to the board of directors.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We believe that the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with the applicable

 

154


Table of Contents

Nasdaq Listing Rules, SOX, and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the consummation of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter, compensation committee charter, and nominating and corporate governance charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website www.abcellera.com. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Audit Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our audit committee will consist of                ,                and                 and will be chaired by                 . The functions of the audit committee will include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that                 qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable SEC regulations. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the nature and scope of experience that                has previously had with public reporting companies, including service as a Chief Financial Officer of other public and private companies. Our board of directors has determined that all of the directors that will become members of our audit committee upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part satisfy the relevant independence requirements for service on the audit committee set forth in the rules of the SEC, the Nasdaq Listing Rules and applicable Canadian laws. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management will periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

 

155


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our compensation committee will consist of                ,                and                 and will be chaired by                . The functions of the compensation committee upon the closing of this offering will include:

 

   

annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation (i) reviewing and determining the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq Listing Rules;

 

   

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

preparing our compensation committee report if and when required by SEC rules;

 

   

reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Each member of our compensation committee will be a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of                ,                and                 and will be chaired by                . The functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by shareholders;

 

   

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

 

156


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the prior three years been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have in the past fiscal year served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors intends to adopt, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in connection with this offering. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will apply to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), agents and representatives, including directors and consultants.

We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics on our website identified below. Upon the closing of this offering, the full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics will be posted on our website at www.abcellera.com. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Agreements

We are governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), or BCBCA. Under the BCBCA, and our new articles that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, we may (or must, in the case of our articles) indemnify all eligible parties against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and we must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of indemnity contained in our articles.

For the purposes of such an indemnification:

“eligible party,” in relation to the Company, means an individual who

 

   

is or was a director or officer of the Company;

 

   

is or was a director or officer of another corporation

 

   

at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company, or

 

   

at the request of the Company; or

 

   

at the request of the Company, is or was, or holds or held a position equivalent to that of, a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity and includes the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of that individual;

“eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding;

 

157


Table of Contents

“ eligible proceeding” means a proceeding in which an eligible party or any of the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the Company or an associated corporation:

 

   

is or may be joined as a party, or

 

   

is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding;

“expenses” includes costs, charges and expenses, including legal and other fees, but does not include judgments, penalties, fines or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding; and

“proceeding” includes any legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed.

In addition, under the BCBCA, the Company may pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding, provided that the Company first receives from the eligible party a written undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses is prohibited by the restrictions noted below, the eligible party will repay the amounts advanced.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Company’s articles noted above, the Company must not indemnify an eligible party or pay the expenses of an eligible party, if any of the following circumstances apply:

 

   

if the indemnity or payment is made under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the agreement to indemnify or pay expenses was made, the Company was prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its articles;

 

   

if the indemnity or payment is made otherwise than under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the indemnity or payment is made, the Company is prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its articles;

 

   

if, in relation to the subject matter of the eligible proceeding, the eligible party did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company or the associated corporation, as the case may be; or

 

   

in the case of an eligible proceeding other than a civil proceeding, if the eligible party did not have reasonable grounds for believing that the eligible party’s conduct in respect of which the proceeding was brought was lawful.

In addition, if an eligible proceeding is brought against an eligible party by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of an associated corporation, the Company must not do either of the following:

 

   

indemnify the eligible party in respect of the proceeding; or

 

   

pay the expenses of the eligible party in respect of the proceeding.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, and whether or not payment of expenses or indemnification has been sought, authorized or declined under the BCBCA or the articles of the Company, on the application of the Company or an eligible party, the Supreme Court of British Columbia may do one or more of the following:

 

   

order the Company to indemnify an eligible party against any liability incurred by the eligible party in respect of an eligible proceeding;

 

   

order the Company to pay some or all of the expenses incurred by an eligible party in respect of an eligible proceeding;

 

   

order the enforcement of, or any payment under, an agreement of indemnification entered into by the Company;

 

158


Table of Contents
   

order the Company to pay some or all of the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any person in obtaining an order under this section; or

 

   

make any other order the court considers appropriate.

The BCBCA and our articles that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of an eligible party against any liability that may be incurred by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the Company, a current or former affiliate of the Company or a corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity at the request of the Company.

In addition, we have entered, or will enter, into separate indemnity agreements with each of our directors and officers pursuant to which we agree to indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers against any and all liability, loss, damage, cost or expense in accordance with the terms and conditions of the BCBCA and our articles.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our articles and these indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

This description of the indemnification provisions of our articles and our indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

159


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans and expectations regarding our future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation that we pay and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently-planned programs that are summarized in this discussion.

The compensation provided to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 is detailed in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table and accompanying footnotes and narrative that follow. Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, which consists of our Chief Executive Officer and our two most highly-compensated individuals (other than our Chief Executive Officer) who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2019, are:

 

   

Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Andrew Booth, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Tryn T. Stimart, our Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary.

2019 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. The USD amounts below are based on a weighted-average exchange ratio of CAD $1.31544:USD $1.00 for the reporting period as set forth on Bloomberg.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
    Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

    2019       177,381       72,517         —         —         —         249,898  

Andrew Booth

Chief Financial Officer

    2019       95,745 (2)      34,361 (2)        1,440,830       —         —         1,570,936  

Tryn Stimart

Chief Legal Officer

    2019       115,152 (3)      17,500 (3)        519,218       —         —         651,869  

 

(1)   The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during the 2019 fiscal year, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 10 of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our named executive officers upon the exercise of the stock options or any sale of the underlying common shares.
(2)   Mr. Booth commenced employment on August 22, 2019, and his salary and bonus were pro-rated accordingly. In connection with Mr. Booth’s employment, he received a signing bonus equal to $15,204.
(3)   Mr. Stimart commenced employment on August 22, 2019, and his base salary and bonus were pro-rated accordingly.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salaries

From January 1, 2019 through August 31, 2019, the annual base salary for Dr. Hansen was $152,040, which increased to $228,061 effective as of September 1, 2019. Messrs. Booth and Stimart both commenced employment with the Company on August 22, 2019, and their annual base salaries during 2019 were $266,071 and $320,000, respectively.

 

160


Table of Contents

Annual Bonuses

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, our named executive officers were eligible to earn a discretionary annual bonus based on the achievement of certain Company performance objectives and/or individual performance. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the target annual bonuses for Dr. Hansen and Messrs. Booth and Stimart were 30%, 20% and 20%, respectively, of the applicable named executive officer’s annual base salary, prorated as applicable based on their commencement date.

Equity Compensation

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, we granted stock option awards to each of our named executive officers (other than Dr. Hansen), as described in more detail in the “Outstanding equity awards at fiscal 2019 year-end” table.

Perquisites or Personal Benefits

We generally do not provide significant perquisites or personal benefits to our employees with an aggregate equal to or greater than $10,000, other than reimbursement for relocation expenses. None of our named executive officers received such perquisites or personal benefits during the 2019 fiscal year.

Executive Employment Arrangements

We have entered into an offer letter with each of the named executive officers in connection with his employment with us, which set forth the terms and conditions of his employment. The USD amounts below are based on a weighted-average exchange ratio of CAD $1.31544:USD $1.00 for the reporting period as set forth on Bloomberg.

Offer Letters in Place During the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019 for Our Named Executive Officers

Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D.

On August 1, 2019, we entered into a continuation of employment letter with Dr. Hansen, who currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter, effective as of September 1, 2019, and amended as of March 6, 2020, provides for Dr. Hansen’s initial annual base salary of CAD $400,000 ($304,080), initial target annual bonus opportunity equal to 30% of Dr. Hansen’s base salary, a CAD $5,392 ($4,099) sign-on bonus, one pair of Air Jordan basketball shoes, and his ability to participate in our employee benefit plans generally. Dr. Hansen’s offer letter also provides that if he voluntarily resigns from the Company, he must provide the Company with three months’ prior written notice, which the Company may waive and provide payment of base salary in lieu of such notice. In addition, in the event of a termination of his employment by the Company without “cause” (as defined in Dr. Hansen’s offer letter), Dr. Hansen will be entitled to a severance benefit equal to his base salary for a period of six (6) months plus an additional month for every year of service rendered to the Company, up to a maximum of 18 months. If, within 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in Dr. Hansen’s offer letter) of the Company, Dr. Hansen’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, he will be entitled to a severance benefit equal to 24 months of base salary and benefits continuation, as well as full accelerated vesting of all unvested and outstanding equity awards. In the event of a resignation or termination of Dr. Hansen’s employment by the Company for cause, for a period of 12 months following such resignation or termination, the Company will have the right to repurchase 25% of Dr. Hansen’s founder shares at a price of 50% of the “Series A preferred price” (as defined in Dr. Hansen’s offer letter) if the resignation or termination occurs between September 1, 2020 and August 1, 2021. Dr. Hansen is subject to a perpetual non-disclosure of confidential information covenant, an assignment of intellectual property covenant and one (1) year non-compete and non-solicitation of clients and employees covenants following his termination from employment.

 

161


Table of Contents

The Company entered into a five-year loan agreement with Dr. Hansen on March 18, 2019, which provided Dr. Hansen with a principal loan amount of CAD $2,000,000 ($1,539,527), plus annual compounded interest, to assist Dr. Hansen with the financing of a residential property and his termination of employment with the University of British Columbia. The loan was secured by “pledged shares” (as defined in the loan agreement). The loan has been fully repaid by Dr. Hansen.

Andrew Booth

On April 12, 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Booth, who currently serves as our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter, effective as of August 22, 2019, provides for Mr. Booth’s initial annual base salary of CAD $350,000 ($266,071), initial target annual bonus of 20% of Mr. Booth’s base salary, one pair of Air Jordan basketball shoes, a stock option award for 555,000 of our common shares, a CAD $20,000 ($15,204) sign-on bonus, as well as his ability to participate in our employee benefit plans generally. Mr. Booth’s offer letter also provides that if he voluntarily resigns from the Company, he must provide the Company with three months’ prior written notice, which the Company may waive and provide payment of base salary in lieu of such notice. In addition, in the event of a termination of his employment by the Company without “cause” (as defined in Mr. Booth’s offer letter), Mr. Booth will be entitled to a severance benefit equal to his base salary for a period of six (6) months plus an additional month for every year of service rendered to the Company, up to a maximum of 12 months. If, within 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in Mr. Booth’s offer letter) of the Company, Mr. Booth’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, he will be entitled to a severance benefit equal to 24 months of base salary and benefits continuation, as well as full accelerated vesting of all unvested and outstanding equity awards. Mr. Booth is subject to a perpetual non-disclosure of confidential information covenant, an assignment if intellectual property covenant and one (1) year non-compete and non-solicitation of clients and employees covenants following his termination from employment.

Tryn T. Stimart, Esq.

On July 10, 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Stimart, who currently serves as our Chief Legal Officer. The offer letter, effective as of August 22, 2019, provides for Mr. Stimart’s initial annual base salary of $320,000, initial target annual bonus of 20% of Mr. Stimart’s base salary, a stock option award for 200,000 of our common shares, up to $30,000 for relocation expenses (which Mr. Stimart has not yet incurred), a loan for $200,000 (as described below), as well as his ability to participate in our employee benefit plans generally. Mr. Stimart’s offer letter also provides that if he voluntarily resigns from the Company, he must provide the Company with three months’ prior written notice, which the Company may waive and provide payment of base salary in lieu of such notice. In addition, in the event of a termination of his employment by the Company without “cause” (as defined in Mr. Stimart’s offer letter), Mr. Stimart will be entitled to a severance benefit equal to his base salary for a period of six 6 months plus an additional month for every year of service rendered to the Company, up to a maximum of 12 months. Mr. Stimart is subject to a perpetual non-disclosure of confidential information covenant, an assignment if intellectual property covenant and one (1) year non-compete and non-solicitation of clients and employees covenants following his termination from employment.

Pursuant to Mr. Stimart’s offer letter, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Mr. Stimart on July 12, 2019, which provided Mr. Stimart with a principal loan amount of $200,000, plus annual compounded interest equal to the prime rate of the Bank of Canada as reported by the Bank of Montreal on the start date of Mr. Stimart’s employment with the Company. The loan has been repaid in full by Mr. Stimart.

 

162


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2019 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2019.

 

     Option Awards(1)  

Name

   Grant
Date
    Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options 
Exercisable

(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D.

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Andrew Booth

     8/3/16 (3)(4)      6/15/16       45,000       45,000       —         1.90       6/15/26  
     10/30/19 (5)      8/22/19       —         355,000       —         3.25       8/22/29  
     10/30/19 (6)      8/22/19       —         —         200,000       3.25       8/22/29  

Tryn Stimart

     10/30/19 (7)      8/22/19       —         200,000       —         3.25       8/22/29  

 

(1)   Each stock option award was granted under our Pre-IPO Plan.
(2)   Per share exercise price has been converted from CAD to USD based on a weighted-average exchange ratio of CAD $1.31544:USD $1.00 for the reporting period as set forth on Bloomberg.
(3)   One-sixth of the shares subject to the stock option vest annually beginning on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continuous service relationship with us through each such date. Additionally, upon a “Change in Control” (as defined in the stock option agreement), the stock option shall immediately vest in full and be fully exercisable.
(4)   This stock option was granted to Mr. Booth while he served as a non-employee member of the Board and prior to his commencement of employment as our Chief Financial Officer on August 22, 2019.
(5)   One-fourth of the shares subject to the stock option vests on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining vests in equal quarterly installments for the next three years, subject to the named executive officer’s continuous service relationship with us through each such date. Additionally, upon a “Change in Control” (as defined in the stock option agreement), the stock option shall immediately vest in full and be fully exercisable.
(6)   The stock option vests upon the closing of a Series A2 financing with a value greater than $30 million, subject to the named executive officer’s continuous service relationship with us through such date. The stock option vested in March 2020.
(7)   One-fourth of the shares subject to the stock option vests on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining vests in equal quarterly installments for the next three years, subject to the named executive officer’s continuous service relationship with us through each such date. Additionally, upon a “Change in Control” (as defined in the stock option agreement), the stock option shall immediately vest in full and be fully exercisable.

Employee Benefits and Equity Compensation Plans

2020 Share Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2020 Share Option and Incentive Plan, or 2020 Plan, was approved by our board of directors on November 18, 2020 and will be approved by our shareholders at the next annual general meeting, and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2020 Plan will replace our Pre-IPO Plan, as our board of directors will not make additional awards under the Pre-IPO Plan following the closing of this offering. The 2020 Plan will provide flexibility to our compensation committee to use various equity-based incentive awards as compensation tools to motivate our workforce.

We will initially reserve                  common shares, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022, by 5% of the outstanding number of common shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. This is referred to herein as the Annual Increase. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization.

 

163


Table of Contents

The shares we issue under the 2020 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The common shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of shares, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2020 Plan and the Pre-IPO Plan will be added back to the common shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

The maximum aggregate number of common shares that may be issued as incentive share options may not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022, and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of (i) the Annual Increase for such year or (ii)                  common shares.

The 2020 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2020 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2020 Plan will be those full or part-time employees, non-employee directors and consultants of our company and our affiliates, as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2020 Plan will permit the granting of both options to purchase common shares intended to qualify as incentive share options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common share on the date of grant, except under certain limited circumstances. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee will be able to award share appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Share appreciation rights will entitle the recipient to common shares or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our share price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each share appreciation right generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common share on the date of grant, except under certain limited circumstances. The term of each share appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each share appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee will be able to award restricted common shares and restricted share units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and continued employment or service relationship with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also be permitted to grant common shares that are free from any restrictions under the 2020 Plan. Unrestricted shares may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participants.

Our compensation committee will be able to grant cash bonuses under the 2020 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

The 2020 Plan will provide that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2020 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2020 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under our 2020 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, then to the extent otherwise provided in the relevant award certificate or at the discretion of the compensation committee, all awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions will become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event. Upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding awards granted under the 2020 Plan will

 

164


Table of Contents

terminate to the extent not assumed, continued or substituted for. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and share appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and share appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2020 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and share appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to shareholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or share appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards.

Our board of directors will be able to amend or discontinue the 2020 Plan and our compensation committee will be permitted, at any time, to amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. The compensation committee cannot reduce the exercise price of outstanding share options or share appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants without prior shareholder approval. Certain amendments to the 2020 Plan will require the approval of our shareholders.

No awards will be granted under the 2020 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of shareholder approval. No awards under the 2020 Plan will be made prior to the date of this prospectus.

Sixth Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan

We maintain the AbCellera Biologics Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, our “Pre-IPO Plan”, which was most recently approved by our board of directors on November 18, 2020. The Pre-IPO Plan allows for the grant of options (and for U.S. participants, either incentive stock options and/or nonstatutory stock options) to employees, directors, and consultants, subject in each case to compliance with applicable tax laws.

Our 2020 Plan will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. As a result, we do not expect to grant any additional awards under the Pre-IPO Plan following that date. Any awards granted under the Pre-IPO Plan will remain subject to the terms of our Pre-IPO Plan and applicable award agreements. As of October 31, 2020, options to purchase 5,349,181 common shares were outstanding under the Pre-IPO Plan.

The Pre-IPO Plan has only reserved enough common shares required for issuance under outstanding option grants. When options expire or are otherwise terminated for any reason without having been exercised in full, the common shares subject to such options will be added to the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan. The Pre-IPO Plan is currently administered by our Chief Executive Officer, on the instructions of our board of directors. Our board of directors has full power to construe and interpret the plan, select, from among the individuals eligible for options, the individuals to whom options will be granted and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each options, all subject to the provisions of the Pre-IPO Plan. Following this offering, the Pre-IPO Plan will be administered by our compensation committee.

The per share exercise price of each option is determined by our board of directors but may not be less than market value on the grant date. The term of each option, unless otherwise specified by the board of directors to be an earlier date, expires 10 years from the grant date. When an option holder’s service relationship with the Company ends for any reason, other than termination for Cause (as defined in the Pre-IPO Plan), then any vested options will generally expire 90 days from such termination. In the event that an option holder dies, the vested portion of their options generally expire twelve months after the date of the option holder’s death. Lastly, in the event that an option holder becomes permanently disabled, any vested portion of their option generally expire six months after the date of disability. Unless otherwise specified by the board of directors at the time of grant, options generally vest over a three year period whereby one quarter of the shares subject to the option shall vest immediately upon grant, and the remaining share shall vest in equal thirds on each of the three anniversaries of the grant date. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, the vesting of options shall be suspended

 

165


Table of Contents

during any Company-approved or statutory leave of absence taken by the holder of an option. Options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code are subject to additional provisions as required under Section 422 of the Code and set forth in our Pre-IPO Plan. The Pre-IPO Plan provides that participants may exercise their options by paying with a certified check or bank draft payable to the Company. Option holders who exercise their options must, if required by our board of directors, execute certain voting, co-sale and/or other agreements as requested.

The Pre-IPO Plan provides that prior to the completion of an initial public offering, our board of directors, the regulatory authorities, or the underwriter may require termination of all outstanding options. In this event, the Company may provide notice to option holders that the unvested portions of their options will immediately vest in full and that the option will expire 30 days following the date of such notice. In the event the Company does not complete its initial public offering, the Company will, to the extent reasonably practicable, grant to the option holder an option equivalent (including the original vesting terms, if any).

In the event of a Substantial Sale (as defined in the Pre-IPO Plan), where more than 66 2/3% of the shares of the Company are sold to a purchaser, and such purchaser offers to buy any outstanding options, an option holder must sell their options to the purchaser for the per share price to be paid by the purchaser minus the exercise price and multiplied by the number of shares subject to the option. If an option holder does not sell their options, then such options will expire, terminate, and be cancelled upon completion of the Substantial Sale. In the event of a share consolidation, subdivision, conversion, exchange, reclassification or any substitution pertaining to our common shares, the our board of directors has the power to make any necessary adjustments as they deem appropriate.

The Pre-IPO Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options; however, option holders may deliver an option direction to the Company to direct the Company to grant options to certain permitted assignees.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the Pre-IPO Plan at any time in its sole discretion; provided that, no such amendment or termination will alter the terms and conditions of any option, or impair the rights of any option holder pursuant to options granted prior to such amendment or termination. Our board of directors may retrospectively amend the Pre-IPO Plan, and with the consent of affected option holders, may retrospectively amend the terms and conditions of any previously-granted options. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the Pre-IPO Plan following the completion of the offering.

2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan

Our 2020 Employee Share Purchase plan, or the 2020 ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors on November 18, 2020 and will be approved by our shareholders at the next annual general meeting, and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2020 ESPP will initially reserve and authorize the issuance of up to a total of                  common shares to participating employees. The 2020 ESPP will provide that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each January 1 starting on January 1, 2022, by the least of                  common shares, 1% of the outstanding number of common shares on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. This number will be subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees who have been employed for more than 20 hours a week and have completed at least six full months of employment will be eligible to participate in the 2020 ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares will not be eligible to purchase shares under the 2020 ESPP.

 

166


Table of Contents

We will make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the 2020 ESPP. Offerings will generally begin every six months and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the 2020 ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing contributions of between 1% and 15% of his or her compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day of the offering period or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 3,000 common shares (or a lesser number as established by the plan administrator in advance of the offering period) may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than US $25,000 worth of common shares, valued at the start of the offering period, under the 2020 ESPP for each calendar year in which a purchase right is outstanding.

The accumulated contributions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the 2020 ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

In the event of a corporate transaction, our board of directors may make such adjustment as it deems appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights in the number and class of shares which may be delivered under the ESPP, in the number, class or price available for purchase under the ESPP and in the number of shares which a participant is entitled to purchase and any other adjustments it deems appropriate. Our board of directors may also elect to have options under the ESPP assumed or substituted by a successor, to have options terminated without consent (either prior to their expiration or upon completion of the purchase of shares on the next exercise date), to shorten the offering period by setting a new exercise date or to take such other action as it deems appropriate.

The 2020 ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time, but will automatically terminate on the 10-year anniversary of this offering. An amendment that increases the number of common shares that are authorized under the 2020 ESPP and certain other amendments will require the approval of our shareholders. The plan administrator may adopt subplans under the 2020 ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

On November 18, 2020, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will provide for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: research, pre-clinical, non-clinical, developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; scientific or technological advances; research and development or manufacturing capabilities; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common shares; economic value-added; acquisitions, licenses, collaborations or strategic transactions; financing or other capital raising transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; shareholder returns; return on sales; total shareholder return; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency;

 

167


Table of Contents

satisfaction of, or other achievement metrics relating to, key third parties; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common shares; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of prescriptions or prescribing physicians; coverage decisions; leadership development, employee retention, and recruiting and other human resources matters; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period, but no later than 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment, unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee. If an executive officer becomes a participant in the Bonus Plan during a performance period and is not employed for the entire performance period, the compensation committee may pro-rate the bonus for such executive officer, based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

168


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Prior Director Compensation Program

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, we did not provide any compensation to our employee directors or non-employee director affiliated with DCVC Bio for their services on our board of directors and did not have a formal program for compensating our other non-employee directors. As of December 31, 2019, Dr. Hamer did not hold any outstanding equity awards and Dr. Lecault held options to purchase 200,000 common shares, which were granted to her as an employee of the Company.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation that was earned by or paid to each of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Dr. Hansen, who is our Chief Executive Officer, did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Dr. Hansen, as a named executive officer of our company, is presented in “Executive Compensation—2019 Summary Compensation Table” above. Dr. Lecault received consideration solely in her capacity as our Chief Operating Officer, and such compensation would have been reported under Item 402 of Regulation S-K as compensation earned for services to us if she was a named executive officer as defined in Item 402 of Regulation S-K, and such compensation has been approved by our board of directors upon the recommendation of a group of independent directors.

 

Name

   Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash

($)
    Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Michael Hayden(1)

     13,297 (2)      280,378        —          293,674  

 

(1)   Genworks 2 has been granted stock options for Dr. Hayden’s service on our board of directors. As of December 31, 2019, Genworks 2 held options to purchase 108,000 common shares.
(2)   The USD amount is based on a weighted-average exchange ratio of CAD $1.31544:USD $1.00 for the reporting period as set forth on Bloomberg.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, to be effective in connection with this offering. The policy is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash retainers (which will be prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

  

Annual service on the board of directors

   $ 40,000  

Additional retainer for annual service as non-executive chairperson or lead director of the board of directors

   $ 30,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

  

Annual service as audit committee chairperson

   $ 20,000  

Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair)

   $ 10,000  

Annual service as compensation committee chairperson

   $ 15,000  

Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair)

   $ 7,500  

Annual service as nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson

   $ 10,000  

Annual service as member of the nominating and corporate governance committee (other than chair)

   $ 5,000  

 

169


Table of Contents

In addition, our policy will provide that, upon initial election or appointment to our board of directors, each new non-employee director will be granted a one-time grant of either a non-statutory share option to purchase our common shares, restricted share units, or a combination thereof, with a value of $800,000 on the date of such director’s election or appointment to the board of directors, or the Director Initial Grant. The Director Initial Grant will vest in substantially equal annual installments over three years. On the date of each annual meeting of shareholders of our company following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual award of either a non-statutory share option to purchase our common shares, restricted share units, or a combination thereof, with a value of $400,000, or the Director Annual Grant. The Director Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date or on the date of our next annual meeting of shareholders. The Director Initial Grant and Director Annual Grant are subject to full acceleration of vesting upon the sale of our company.

We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.

Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

 

170


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions or series of transactions since January 1, 2017, to which we were or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amount involved in the transaction exceeds, or will exceed the lesser of (1) $120,000 or (2) 1% of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years; and

 

   

in which any of our executive officers, directors or holders of 5% or more of any class of our share capital, or the immediate family members of, or any person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, or any affiliated entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and our directors are described elsewhere in this prospectus under the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.”

Private Placements of Securities

Series A1 Convertible Preferred Share Financing

In August 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,105,264 Series A1 convertible preferred shares at a purchase price of $3.66 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $7.7 million. The following table summarizes the Series A1 convertible preferred shares purchased by related persons.

 

Purchaser

   Series A1 Convertible
Preferred
Shares Purchased
     Aggregate Purchase
Price

($)
 

DCVC Bio, L.P.(1)

     2,105,264      $ 7,702,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,105,264      $ 7,702,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   John Edward Hamer, Ph.D., a nominee to our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at DCVC Bio, L.P.

Series A2 Convertible Preferred Share Financing

In March 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,017,784 Series A2 convertible preferred shares at a purchase price of $12.4631 per share for an aggregate amount of approximately $75 million. The following table summarizes the Series A2 convertible preferred shares purchased by related persons.

 

Purchaser

   Series A2 Convertible
Preferred
Shares Purchased
     Aggregate Purchase
Price

($)
 

DCVC Bio, L.P.(1)

     802,371      $ 10,000,030  

OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP(2)

     802,371      $ 10,000,030  

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP(3)

     1,604,742      $ 20,000,061  

Entities affiliated with Baker Brothers(4)

     802,371      $ 10,000,030  

Entities affiliated with Peter Thiel(5)

     758,479      $ 9,453,000  

Eli Lilly and Company(6)

     401,186      $ 5,000,021  

Harvard Management Private Equity Corporation(7)

     401,186      $ 5,000,021  

Regents of the University of Minnesota(8)

     401,186      $ 5,000,021  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,973,892      $ 74,453,214  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   John Edward Hamer, Ph.D., a nominee to our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at DCVC Bio, L.P.
(2)   OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(3)   Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(4)   Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and 667, L.P. together hold 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.

 

171


Table of Contents
(5)   ABE Investments LLC, The Founders Fund VII Principals Fund, LP, or FFVIIP, The Founders Fund VII, LP, or FFVII, and The Founders Fund VII Entrepreneurs Fund, LP, or FFVIIE, together hold 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares. Peter Thiel, a member of our board of directors, is the beneficial owner of ABE Investments LLC and is a Managing Member of the General Partner of each of FFVIIP, FFVII and FFVIIE.
(6)   Eli Lilly and Company is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(7)   Harvard Management Private Equity Corporation is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(8)   Regents of the University of Minnesota is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.

Convertible Notes

In October 2020, in order to finance a portion of the purchase price for the Trianni acquisition, we issued approximately $90.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to an aggregate of 14 purchasers, including the related persons set forth in the table below. In connection with this offering, the outstanding balances under such notes will convert into our common shares at a conversion price equal to 85% of the initial public offering price in this offering.

 

Purchaser

   Aggregate Principal
Amount of the
Convertible Notes
 

DCVC Bio, L.P.(1)

   $ 500,000  

OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP(2)

     3,010,000  

DRAGSA 76 LLC(3)

     6,150,000  

Entities affiliated with Baker Brothers(4)

     3,000,000  

Entities affiliated with Peter Thiel(5)

     35,430,000  

Eli Lilly and Company(6)

     1,500,000  

Harvard Management Private Equity Corporation(7)

     1,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Total(8)

   $ 51,090,000  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   John Edward Hamer, Ph.D., a nominee to our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at DCVC Bio, L.P.
(2)   OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(3)   DRAGSA 76 LLC is an affiliate of Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP, which is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(4)   Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and 667, L.P. together hold 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(5)   Reflects purchases by ABE Investments LLC, The Founders Fund Growth, LP, or FFG, and The Founders Fund Growth Principals Fund, LP, or FFGP. Peter Thiel, a member of our board of directors, is the beneficial owner of ABE Investments LLC and is a Managing Member of the General Partner of each of FFG and FFGP. ABE Investments LLC and certain other Founders Fund entities together hold 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares, as described in more detail above.
(6)   Eli Lilly and Company is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(7)   Harvard Management Private Equity Corporation is a holder of 5% or more of our Series A2 convertible preferred shares.
(8)   Represents approximately 56.8% of the aggregate amount of Convertible Notes issued in connection with the Trianni acquisition.

Agreements with Shareholders

In connection with our Series A1 preferred share financing and our Series A2 preferred share financings, we entered into investors’ rights, voting, right of first refusal and co-sale agreements, as well as share exchange agreements, containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights and rights of first refusal, among other things, with holders of our preferred shares and certain holders of our common shares. See the section titled “Description of Share Capital” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

In February 2014, we entered into a shareholders agreement with certain holders of our common shares containing, among other things, transfer restrictions, required voting for a director, and obligations of non-competition and non-solicitation on certain holders of our capital shares. Pursuant to the agreement, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares which certain shareholders propose to sell or transfer to other parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, the agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital shares set forth in the agreement will no longer apply.

 

172


Table of Contents

Executive Officers and Directors Compensation

See the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding compensation arrangements and share option grants for our executive officers and our directors.

Loans to Officers

On March 18, 2019, we entered into a loan agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D., which provided Dr. Hansen with a principal loan amount of CAD $2,000,000 ($1,539,527), plus annual compounded interest, to assist Dr. Hansen with the financing of a residential property and his termination of employment with the University of British Columbia. The loan was secured by “pledged shares” (as defined in the loan agreement). As of September 30, 2020, the loan has been fully repaid by Dr. Hansen.

On July 12, 2019, we entered into a loan agreement with our Chief Legal Officer, Tryn Stimart, which provided Mr. Stimart with a principal loan amount of $200,000, plus annual compounded interest equal to the prime rate of the Bank of Canada as reported by the Bank of Montreal on the start date of Mr. Stimart’s employment with the Company. The loan has been repaid in full by Mr. Stimart.

Stock Transfers

On June 11, 2020, Viking Global, a holder of more than 5% of our share capital, purchased an aggregate of 267,456 of our outstanding common shares from Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, the Hankla Family Trust, of which Dr. Hansen and his spouse are joint trustees, and Thermopylae Holdings Ltd., an entity wholly owned by Dr. Hansen, at a purchase price of $11.2168 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.0 million.

On April 29 and April 30, 2020, certain third parties and an existing shareholder purchased an aggregate of 55,145 of our outstanding common shares from the Slomo Family Trust, of which Véronique Lecault, Ph.D., our Chief Operating Officer, is a co-trustee, at a purchase price of $11.2168 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $618,550.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with this offering, we will enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Canadian law.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction was not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approved the transaction. Further, when shareholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to the shareholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

 

173


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt a written related party transactions policy that will provide that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) 1% of total assets, and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common shares, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

174


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of October 31, 2020, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares by:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our share capital.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common shares if that person has a right to acquire ownership within 60 days by the exercise of options or the conversion of our convertible preferred shares. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of our common shares if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of our common shares, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such capital shares. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder.

The number of shares and percentage ownership information before the offering in the table below is based on              common shares deemed to be outstanding as of October 31, 2020, assuming the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into              common shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The number of shares and percentage ownership information after the offering is based on the sale of              shares in this offering and assumes the conversion of the Convertible Notes into an aggregate of              common shares of the Company upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and a conversion date of                  , 2020 (the expected closing date of this offering). The table below assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Common shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2020 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o AbCellera Biologics Inc., 2215 Yukon Street, Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1.

 

    Common Shares
Beneficially Owned
    Percentage of Shares
Outstanding
 
    Before
Offering
    After
Offering
    Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% or Greater Shareholders

       

Thermopylae Holdings Ltd.(1)

    6,120,275         26.0             

DCVC Bio, L.P.(2)

    2,907,635         12.4  

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP(3)

    1,872,198         8.0  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                

Carl L.G. Hansen, Ph.D.(4)

    6,182,783         26.3             

Andrew Booth(5)

    382,632         1.6  

Tryn T. Stimart(6)

    62,500         *    

Véronique Lecault, Ph.D.(7)

    980,654         4.2  

Michael Hayden, Ph.D.(8)

    103,033         *    

John Montalbano

    —           *    

Peter Thiel(9)

    847,631         3.6  

Director Nominee

       

John Edward Hamer, Ph.D.(10)

    2,907,635         12.4  

All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

    11,466,868         48.7          % 

 

175


Table of Contents

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1)   Consists of (i) 6,120,275 common shares held by Thermopylae Holdings Ltd. or Thermopylae, which is an entity wholly owned by Dr. Hansen.
(2)   The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (i) 2,907,635 common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares held by DCVC Bio, L.P., or DCVC Bio, and the number of shares beneficially owned after this offering includes (ii)              common shares of the Company issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes in connection with the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and a conversion date of             , 2020 (the expected closing date of this offering). DCVC Bio GP, LLC, or DCVC Bio GP, is the general partner of DCVC Bio. JNK Capital Management, LLC, or JNK, and ZNM Capital Management, LLC, or ZNM, are the managing members of DCVC Bio GP. John Hamer, or Hamer, a director nominee, and Kiersten Stead, or Stead, are the managing members of JNK, and Zachary Bogue, or Bogue, and Matthew Ocko, or Ocko, are the managing members of ZNM. Hamer, Stead, Bogue and Ocko collectively make voting and investment decisions with respect to shares held by DCVC Bio. The principal business address of DCVC Bio is 270 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(3)   The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (i) 267,456 common shares held by Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP, or Opportunities Fund and (ii) 1,604,742 common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares held by Opportunities Fund, and the number of shares beneficially owned after this offering includes (iii)              common shares of the Company issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes held by DRAGSA 76 LLC, an affiliate of Opportunities Fund, in connection with the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and a conversion date of             , 2020 (the expected closing date of this offering). Opportunities Fund, the authority to dispose of and vote the shares directly owned by it, which power may be exercised by its general partner, Viking Global Opportunities Portfolio GP LLC, or Opportunities GP, and by Viking Global Investors LP, or VGI, an affiliate of Opportunities GP, which provides managerial services to Opportunities Fund. O. Andreas Halvorsen, David C. Ott and Rose Shabet, as Executive Committee members of Viking Global Partners LLC (the general partner of VGI) and Opportunities GP, have shared authority to direct the voting and disposition of investments beneficially owned by VGI and Opportunities GP. The address of the Opportunities Fund is c/o Viking Global Investors LP, 55 Railroad Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
(4)   Consists of (i) the shares listed in footnote (1) and (ii) 62,508 common shares held by Hankla Family Trust, of which Dr. Hansen and his spouse are joint trustees.
(5)   Consists of (i) 11,695 common shares held by Mr. Booth’s spouse, and (ii) 370,937 common shares underlying options held by Mr. Booth exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2020.
(6)   Consists of 62,500 common shares underlying options held by Mr. Stimart exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2020.
(7)   Consists of (i) 715,500 common shares held by Pacific Swell Capital Corp., or Pacific Swell, (ii) 127,363 common shares held by Slomo Family Trust, of which Dr. Lecault is a co-trustee, (iii) 4,458 common shares held by the spouse of Dr. Lecault, (iv) 100,000 common shares held by Dr. Lecault, and (v) 33,333 common shares underlying options held by Dr. Lecault exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2020. Dr. Lecault is a director of Pacific Swell and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Pacific Swell. The principal business address of Pacific Swell is 1300-777 Dunsmuir Street, PO Box 10444, Vancouver, BC V7Y 1K2, Canada.
(8)   Consists of (i) 71,575 common shares held by Genworks 2 Consulting, Inc., or Genworks 2, (ii) 4,458 shares held by Dr. Hayden’s spouse and (iii) 27,000 common shares underlying options held by Genworks 2 exercisable within 60 days of October 31, 2020. Dr. Hayden’s wife has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Genworks 2. The principal business address Genworks 2 is 4484 West 7th Avenue, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6R1W9.
(9)   The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (i) 40,105 common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares held by FFVIIP, (ii) 334,324 common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares held by FFVII, (iii) 2,924 common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares held by FFVIIE, (iv) 89,152 common shares held by ABE Investments LLC, and (v) 381,126 common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred shares held by ABE Investments LLC. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering includes              common shares of the Company issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes in connection with the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and a conversion date of                      , 2020 (the expected closing date of this offering) by FFG, FFGP and ABE Investments LLC, respectively. Mr. Thiel is the beneficial owner of ABE Investments LLC and has sole voting and investment power over the securities held by ABE Investments LLC. Peter Thiel, Brian Singerman, and Keith Rabois have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by each of FFG, FFGP, FFVIIP, FFVII and FFVIIE. The address of ABE Investments LLC is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801. The address of each of FFG, FFGP, FFVIIP, FFVII and FFVIIE is One Letterman Drive, Building D, 5th Floor, San Francisco, California 94129.
(10)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote (2).

 

176


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following descriptions are summaries of our share capital and the material terms of our new notice of articles and articles, which will be effective before the closing of this offering. The descriptions of the common shares and preferred shares give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur before the closing of this offering.

General

Following the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of an unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series, all of which preferred shares will be undesignated.

As of September 30, 2020, 15,409,130 common shares were outstanding and held of record by 183 shareholders, and 2,105,264 Series A1 convertible preferred shares and 6,017,784 Series A2 convertible preferred shares were outstanding and held of record by an aggregate of 15 shareholders. This amount does not take into account the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into common shares upon the closing of this offering.

Common Shares

The holders of our common shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Holders of our common shares are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred shares. Under the terms of our contribution agreements with Western Economic Diversification Canada, we are restricted from paying any dividends until we have repaid the contributions thereunder in full. Our common shares have no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common shares will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Shares

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares will be converted into common shares. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our shareholders, to issue an unlimited number of preferred shares in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common shares. The issuance of our preferred shares could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common shares and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In addition, the issuance of preferred shares could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no preferred shares will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any preferred shares.

Options

As of September 30, 2020, options to purchase 4,037,050 common shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.70 per share were outstanding under our Current Plan.

 

177


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of                common shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred shares upon closing of this offering will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and holders of our preferred shares and are subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreements entered into by such holders of our preferred shares. See the section titled “Underwriting” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. The amended and restated investors’ rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under this agreement will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including the estimated underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of                common shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred shares upon closing of this offering are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least a majority of the securities eligible for registration then outstanding, to use all reasonable efforts to effect the registration of these registrable securities for public resale so long as the aggregate offering price, net of related fees and expenses, would be at least $15 million. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or a Canadian short-form prospectus, upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of the common shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred shares upon closing of this offering then outstanding we will be required to file a Form S-3 registration restatement or a Canadian short-form prospectus, with respect to outstanding securities of such shareholders having an anticipated aggregate offering, net of related fees and expenses, of at least $5.0 million. We are required to effect only two registrations in any 12-month period pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 or a Canadian short-form prospectus is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of our common shares issuable upon the conversion of our preferred shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations contained in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

Indemnification

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

 

178


Table of Contents

Expiration of Registration Rights

The demand registration rights, short form registration rights, and piggyback registration rights granted under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will terminate on the earlier of a fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering, the closing of a deemed liquidation event, at such time after this offering when the holders’ shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 within a three-month period, or in such case that the sale of all such holder’s shares would not be a distribution under Section 2.5 or Section 2.6 of National Instrument 45-102, and would not be a control distribution (as defined in National Instrument 45-102).

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, we are generally required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling security holders not to exceed $30,000 and blue-sky fees and expenses.

Canadian Registration Rights

The amended and restated investors’ rights agreement also includes substantially similar demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights and related provisions, with respect to distributions of our securities in Canada or otherwise subject to applicable Canadian laws.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the proposed trading symbol “ABCL.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares will be Philadelphia Stock Transfer, Inc., located at 2320 Haverford Road, Suite 230, Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003; telephone (484) 416-3124.

 

179


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common shares in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common shares in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, upon the closing of this offering,                 common shares will be outstanding, assuming the issuance of                 shares offered by us in this offering, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below, and restricted common shares are subject to time-based vesting terms. All remaining common shares held by existing shareholders immediately prior to the closing of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under the section titled “Underwriting” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

180


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our securityholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, SVB Leerink LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. may, in their sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Underwriting” for more information.

Registration Rights

Upon closing of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act

would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity Compensation Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

181


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LAW AND DELAWARE LAW

We are governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), or the BCBCA. Significant differences between the BCBCA and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which governs companies incorporated in the State of Delaware, include the following:

Capital Structure

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation must set forth the total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue and the par value of each of such shares, or a statement that the shares are to be without par value.    As permitted by the BCBCA and our new articles that will be effective following the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital consists of (i) an unlimited number of common shares without par value, with special rights and restrictions attached and (ii) an unlimited number of preferred shares without par value, issuable in series, with special rights and restrictions attached.

Dividends

 

Delaware    British Columbia
The DGCL generally provides that, subject to certain restrictions, the directors of a corporation may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either out of the corporation’s surplus or, if there is no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Further, the holders of preferred or special stock of any class or series may be entitled to receive dividends at such rates, on such conditions and at such times as stated in the certificate of incorporation.    Under the BCBCA, dividends may be declared at the discretion of the board of directors. Any dividends declared shall be subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends. Dividends may not be declared if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Company is insolvent or the payment of such dividends would render the Company insolvent.

Number and Election of Directors

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, the board of directors must consist of at least one person, and the number of directors is generally fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the by-laws of the corporation, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number of directors shall be made only by amendment of the certificate. The Board may be divided into three classes of directors, with one-third of each class subject to election by the stockholder each year after such classification becomes effective.    Under the BCBCA, a company must have at least one director and, in the case of a public company, must have at least three directors. Our new articles permit our board of directors to set the number of directors. Succeeding directors must be elected and appointed in accordance with the BCBCA and the articles of the company.

Removal of Directors

 

Delaware    British Columbia

 

182


Table of Contents
Under the DGCL, any or all directors may be removed with or without cause by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides or in certain other circumstances if the corporation has cumulative voting.    As permitted under the BCBCA, our new articles provide that a director may be removed before the expiration of the director’s term by a special resolution of shareholders. Our new articles also provide that the directors may remove any director before the expiration of such director’s term if the director is convicted of an indictable offence or if the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director.

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.    Under the BCBCA, filling vacancies on the board of directors will depend on whether a director was removed or if there is a casual vacancy. If the director was removed, the position can be filled by the shareholders at the shareholder meeting where the director is removed. If there is a casual vacancy, such vacancy can be filled by the remaining directors.

Qualifications of Directors

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, directors are not required to be residents of Delaware or the United States. The certificate of incorporation or by-laws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.    Under the BCBCA, there are four criteria for a person to be qualified as a director. The director must (i) be 18 years of age or older, (ii) be capable of managing the director’s own affairs, (iii) have no undischarged bankruptcy and (iv) not be convicted of an offence in connection with the promotion, formation or management of a corporation or unincorporated business or of an offence involving fraud. Directors are not required to be residents of British Columbia or Canada.

Board of Director Quorum and Vote Requirements

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless the certificate or by-laws require a greater number. The by-laws may lower the number required for a quorum to one-third the number of directors, but no less.    The BCBCA does not set out any requirements for a meeting of directors, except that minutes must be kept of all proceedings at meetings of directors or committees of directors. The articles of a company may set out requirements and quorum for board meetings.

Transactions with Directors and Officers

 

Delaware    British Columbia
The DGCL generally provides that no transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors    Subject to certain exceptions, the BCBCA provides that a director or senior officer of a company holds a

 

183


Table of Contents
or officers, or between a corporation and any other corporation or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s interest and as to the transaction are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s interest and as to the transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee or the stockholders.    disclosable interest in a contract or transaction if the contract or transaction is material to the company, the company has entered, or proposes to enter, into the contract or transaction, and either of the following applies to the director or senior officer: (i) the director or senior officer has a material interest in the contract; or (ii) the director or senior officer is a director or senior officer of, or has a material interest in, a person who has a material interest in the contract or transaction. Under the BCBCA and our new articles, a director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction may not vote on any directors’ resolution to approve such contract or transaction unless all directors have a disclosable interest, in which case any or all of the directors may vote. Excluded directors will, however, count for the purposes of quorum. A director or senior officer is liable to account to the company for any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the interested contract or transaction.

Limitation on Liability of Directors

 

Delaware    British Columbia

The DGCL permits a corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of the director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

•  for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

•  for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

•  under Section 174 of the DGCL, which concerns unlawful payment of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions; or

 

•  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

   Under the BCBCA, a director of a company is jointly and severally liable to restore to the company any amount paid or distributed as a result of paying dividends, commissions and compensation, among other things, contrary to the BCBCA. A director will not be found liable if the director relied, in good faith, on (i) financial statements of the company represented to the director by an officer of the company or in a written report of the auditor of the company, (ii) a written report of a lawyer, accountant, engineer, appraiser or other person whose profession lends credibility, (iii) a statement of fact represented to the director by an officer of the company or any record, information or (iv) a representation that the court considers provides reasonable grounds for the actions of the director. Further, any director is not liable if the director did not know and could not reasonably have known that the act done by the director or authorized by resolution voted for or consented to by the director was contrary to the BCBCA.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Delaware    British Columbia

 

184


Table of Contents

Under the DGCL, a corporation may indemnify any person who is made a party to any third-party action, suit or proceeding on account of being a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or was serving at the request of the corporation in such capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding through, among other things, a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the suit or proceeding, if the person:

 

•  acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be;

 

•  in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation;

 

•  or, in some circumstances, at least not opposed to its best interests; and

 

•  in a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

The DGCL permits indemnification for derivative suits against expenses (including legal fees) if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and only if the person is not found liable, unless a court determines the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to the indemnification.

   Our new articles provide that we must indemnify all eligible parties (which includes our current and former directors and officers), and such person’s heirs and legal personal representatives, as set out in the BCBCA, against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and we must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director is deemed to have contracted with us on the terms of indemnity contained in our new articles. In addition, we may indemnify any other person in accordance with the BCBCA.

Call and Notice of Stockholder Meetings

 

Delaware    British Columbia

Under the DGCL, an annual or special stockholder meeting is held on such date, at such time and at such place as may be designated by the board of directors or any other person authorized to call such meeting under the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

 

If an annual meeting for election of directors is not held on the date designated or an action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting has not been taken within 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated, for a period of 13 months after the later of the last annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may summarily order a meeting to be held upon the application of any stockholder or director.

   In accordance with the BCBCA, our new articles provide that an annual general meeting must be held at least once in each calendar year, and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date, at such time and place as may be determined by the directors. An annual meeting of shareholders may be held at a location outside British Columbia if the location for the meeting is provided for in the articles or, if the articles do not restrict the company from holding a meeting outside of British Columbia, at a location approved as required by the articles (and if not so specified then as approved by ordinary resolution of the shareholders). Our articles permit the directors to approve a location for the annual general meeting that is outside of British Columbia. We must provide notice of the annual general meeting to each

 

185


Table of Contents

 

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the by-laws.

  

shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the company at least 21 days but not more then two months before the meeting date.

 

Under our new articles, our directors have the power at any time to call a meeting of shareholders. Under the BCBCA, the holders of not less than 5% of the issued shares of a company that carry the right to vote at a general meeting may requisition the directors to call a meeting of shareholders.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, a majority of the stockholders of a corporation may act by written consent without a meeting unless such action is prohibited by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.    Under the BCBCA, shareholders may act by written resolution signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, the by-laws of a corporation may include provisions respecting the nomination of directors or proposals by stockholders, including requirements for advance notice to the corporation.    Under the BCBCA, a person submitting a proposal must have been the registered or beneficial owner of one or more voting shares for an uninterrupted period of at least two years before the date of the signing of the proposal. In addition, the proposal must be signed by shareholders who, together with the submitter, are registered or beneficial owners of (i) at least 1% of the company’s voting shares, or (ii) shares with a fair market value exceeding an amount prescribed by regulation. Our new articles will contain advance notice provisions respecting the nomination of directors.

Stockholder Quorum and Vote Requirements

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, quorum for a stock corporation is a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting unless the certificate of incorporation or by-laws specify a different quorum, but in no event may a quorum be less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote. Unless the DGCL, certificate of incorporation or by-laws provide for a greater vote, generally the required vote under the DGCL is a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy, except for the election of directors which requires a plurality of the votes cast.    As permitted under the BCBCA, our articles provide that a quorum for general meetings of shareholders is two persons present and being, or representing by proxy, shareholders holding at least a majority of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting. Unless the BCBCA or articles provide for a greater vote, generally the required vote under the BCBCA is a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders who voted in respect of that resolution.

 

186


Table of Contents

Amendment of Governing Instrument

 

Delaware    British Columbia

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation. Generally, under the DGCL, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote is required to approve a proposed amendment to the certificate of incorporation, following the adoption of the amendment by the board of directors of the corporation, provided that the certificate of incorporation may provide for a greater vote. Under the DGCL, holders of outstanding shares of a class or series are entitled to vote separately on an amendment to the certificate of incorporation if the amendment would have certain consequences, including changes that adversely affect the rights and preferences of such class or series.

 

Amendment of By-laws. Under the DGCL, after a corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws shall be vested in the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that any corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, provide that by-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors. The fact that such power has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.

   As permitted by the BCBCA, under our new articles, any amendment to the notice of articles or articles generally requires approval by a special resolution of the shareholders. In the event that an amendment to the articles would prejudice or interfere with a right or special right attached to issued shares of a class or series of shares, such amendment must be approved separately by the holders of the class or series of shares being affected by a special resolution.

Votes on Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets

 

Delaware    British Columbia
The DGCL provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, the adoption of a merger agreement requires the approval of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.    Under the BCBCA, certain extraordinary corporate actions, such as continuances, certain amalgamations, sales, leases or other dispositions of all, or substantially all of, the undertaking of a company (other than in the ordinary course of business), liquidations, dissolutions and certain arrangements, are required to be approved by a special resolution of shareholders.

Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, a stockholder of a Delaware corporation generally has the right to dissent from and request payment for the stockholders shares upon a merger or consolidation in which the Delaware corporation is participating, subject to specified procedural requirements, including that such dissenting    Under the BCBCA, a shareholder, whether or not the shareholder’s shares carry the right to vote, is entitled to dissent in respect of a resolution to: (i) alter the company’s articles to alter restrictions on the powers of the company or on the business the company is permitted to carry on; (ii) adopt an amalgamation

 

187


Table of Contents
stockholder does not vote in favor of the merger or consolidation. However, the DGCL does not confer appraisal rights, in certain circumstances, including if the dissenting stockholder owns shares traded on a national securities exchange and will receive publicly traded shares in the merger or consolidation. Under the DGCL, a stockholder asserting appraisal rights does not receive any payment for his or her shares until a court determines the fair value or the parties otherwise agree to a value. The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the court and assessed against the parties as the court deems equitable under the circumstances.    agreement; (iii) approve an arrangement; (iv) authorize or ratify the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the company’s undertaking; and (v) authorize the continuation of the company into a jurisdiction other than British Columbia. A shareholder is also entitled to dissent in respect of any court order that permits dissent and in respect of any other resolution if dissent is authorized by the resolution. A shareholder asserting dissent rights is entitled, subject to specified procedural requirements, including objecting to the action giving rise to dissent rights and making a proper demand for payment, to be paid by the company the fair value of the shares in respect of which the shareholder dissents. Under the BCBCA, if the shareholder and the company do not agree on the fair value for the shareholder’s shares, the company or the dissenting shareholder may apply to a court to fix a fair value for the shares.

Anti-Takeover and Ownership Provisions

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Unless an issuer opts out of the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with a holder of 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock (as defined in Section 203), referred to as an interested stockholder, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder, except as otherwise provided in Section 203. For these purposes, the term “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales and other similar transactions with an interested stockholder.    The BCBCA contains no restriction on adoption of a shareholder rights plan. The BCBCA does not restrict related party transactions; however, in Canada, takeover bids and related party transactions are addressed in provincial securities legislation and policies.

Inspection of Books and Records

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, any holder of record of stock or a person who is the beneficial owner of shares of such stock held either in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person may, upon written demand, inspect the corporation’s books and records during business hours for a proper purpose and may make copies and extracts therefrom.    Under the BCBCA, specified books and records of the company must be available for inspection by any of our shareholders at the registered and records office.

 

188


Table of Contents

Derivative Actions

 

Delaware    British Columbia
Under the DGCL, a stockholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of a corporation to enforce the corporation’s rights if he or she was a stockholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the action. Additionally, under Delaware case law, a stockholder must have owned stock in the corporation continuously until and throughout the litigation to maintain a derivative action. Delaware law also requires that, before commencing a derivative action, a stockholder must make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the claim, unless such demand would be futile. A stockholder also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated stockholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action have been met.    Under the BCBCA, a shareholder, defined for derivative actions to include a beneficial shareholder and any other person whom a court considers to be an appropriate person to make an application under the BCBCA, or a director of a company may, with leave of the court, bring a legal proceeding in the name and on behalf of the company to enforce an obligation owed to the company that could be enforced by the company itself, or to obtain damages for any breach of such an obligation. An applicant may also, with leave of the court, defend a legal proceeding brought against a company.

Oppression Remedy

 

Delaware    British Columbia
The DGCL does not expressly provide for a similar remedy.    The BCBCA provides an oppression remedy that enables a court to make any order, whether interim or final, to rectify matters that are oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to any shareholder, which includes a beneficial shareholder or any other person who, in the courts discretion, is a proper person to make such an application. The oppression remedy provides the court with very broad and flexible powers to intervene in corporate affairs to protect shareholders and other applicants.

 

189


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders,” as defined below, of owning and disposing of our common shares. It is not a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire securities. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that is an initial purchaser of the common shares pursuant to the offering and that holds our common shares as a capital asset for tax purposes (generally, property held for investment), and does not address the effects of any U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) or any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including state and local tax consequences, alternative minimum tax consequences, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and certain other financial institutions;

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

   

persons holding common shares as part of a hedging transaction, “straddle,” wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to common shares;

 

   

persons whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. Dollar;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

   

tax-exempt entities or government organizations;

 

   

S corporations, partnerships, or other entities or arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

   

persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to their common shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

 

   

persons holding our common shares in connection with a trade or business, permanent establishment, or fixed base outside the United States; and

 

   

persons who own (directly, indirectly, or through attribution) 10% or more (by vote or value) of our outstanding common shares.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding common shares and partners in such partnerships are encouraged to consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of common shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” Treasury Regulations (whether final, temporary, or proposed), published rulings of the IRS, published administrative positions of the IRS, the Convention Between Canada and the United States of America with Respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital, signed September 26, 1980, as amended, or the “Treaty,” and U.S. court decisions that are applicable, and, in each case, as in effect and available, as of the date hereof. Any of the authorities on which this summary is based could be changed in material and adverse manner at any time, and any such change could be applied retroactively. This summary does not discuss the potential effects, whether adverse or beneficial, of any proposed legislation.

 

190


Table of Contents

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares and is:

(i) An individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

(ii) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

(iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

(iv) a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THEM RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE COMMON SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AND THE APPLICATION OF ANY TAX TREATIES.

Distributions on Common Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “PFIC rules,” a U.S. Holder that receives a distribution with respect to common shares will be required to include the amount of such distribution in gross income as a dividend (without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distribution) to the extent of our current and accumulated “earnings and profits,” as computed for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent that a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated “earnings and profits,” such distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common shares and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of such common shares. (See “Sale or other taxable disposition of common shares,” below). However, we may not maintain the calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and accordingly each U.S. Holder should assume that the entirety of any distribution by us with respect to our common shares will constitute dividend income. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations. Subject to applicable limitations, and provided we are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, dividends paid by us to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, generally will be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to dividends, provided certain holding period and other conditions are satisfied, including that we not be classified as a PFIC in the taxable year of distribution or in the preceding taxable year. For any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, any dividends we pay will not be eligible for the preferential tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” received by individuals and certain other non-corporate U.S. Holders. The dividend rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the application of such rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “PFIC rules,” upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common shares, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of cash received plus the fair market value of any property received and such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such common shares sold or otherwise disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common shares generally will be such holder’s U.S. dollar cost for such common shares (adjusted for gains or losses previously recognized in connection with the rules applicable to PFICs, to the extent applicable, discussed below). Gain or loss recognized on such sale or other disposition generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale or other disposition, our common shares have been held for more than one year.

 

191


Table of Contents

Preferential tax rates currently apply to long-term capital gain of a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate, or trust. There are currently no preferential tax rates for long-term capital gain of a U.S. Holder that is a corporation. Deductions for capital losses are subject to significant limitations under the Code.

PFIC Rules

If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder will be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:

 

   

at least 75% of its gross income is passive income (such as interest income); or

 

   

at least 50% of its gross assets (determined on the basis of a weighted quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (including cash).

We believe we were not classified as a PFIC during the taxable year ended December 31, 2019. Based on current business plans and financial expectations, we do not believe we will be a PFIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2020, although we cannot provide any assurances regarding our PFIC status for any current taxable year or any future taxable years. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis applying principles and methodologies that in some circumstances are unclear and subject to varying interpretation. If we are treated as a non-publicly traded CFC for the year being tested for purposes of the PFIC rules, the value of our assets will be measured by the adjusted tax basis of our assets. If we are a publicly traded CFC or not a CFC for such year, the value of our assets generally will be determined by reference to the market price of our common shares from time to time, which may fluctuate considerably. Under the income test, our status as a PFIC depends on the composition of our income which will depend on the transactions we enter into in the future and our corporate structure. The composition of our income and assets is also affected by the spending of the cash we raise in any offering, including this offering.

If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. Holder owns the common shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns the common shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules, or (ii) the U.S. Holder makes a Qualified Electing Fund Election, or QEF Election, with respect to all taxable years during such U.S. Holders holding period in which we are a PFIC. If the “deemed sale” election is made, a U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold the common shares the U.S. Holder holds at their fair market value and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described below. After the deemed sale election, so long as we do not become a PFIC in a subsequent taxable year, the U.S. Holder’s common shares with respect to which such election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC and the U.S. Holder will not be subject to the rules described below with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives from us or any gain from an actual sale or other disposition of the common shares. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the possibility and consequences of making a deemed sale election if we cease to be a PFIC and such election becomes available.

For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC with respect to U.S. Holders, U.S. Holders will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” such U.S. Holder receives and any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes from a sale or other disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of common shares, unless (i) such U.S. Holder makes a QEF Election or (ii) our common shares constitute “marketable” securities, and such U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election as discussed below. Distributions a U.S. Holder receives in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions a U.S. Holder

 

192


Table of Contents

received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares;

 

   

the amount allocated to the taxable year of disposition or distribution, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we became a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the common shares cannot be treated as capital, even if a U.S. Holder holds the common shares as capital assets.

If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be subject to similar rules with respect to distributions we receive from, and our dispositions of the stock of, any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries that also are PFICs, as if such distributions were indirectly received by, and/or dispositions were indirectly carried out by, such U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our subsidiaries.

Certain elections exist that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment of the common shares. A U.S. Holder may avoid the general tax treatment for PFICs described above by electing to treat us as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code, or QEF, for each of the taxable years during the U.S. Holder’s holding period that we are a PFIC. If a QEF election is not in effect for the first taxable year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period in which we are a PFIC, a QEF election generally can only be made if the U.S. Holder elects to make an applicable deemed sale or deemed dividend election on the first day of its taxable year in which the PFIC becomes a QEF pursuant to the QEF election. The deemed gain or deemed dividend recognized with respect to such an election would be subject to the general tax treatment of PFICs discussed above. We intend to determine our PFIC status at the end of each taxable year and to satisfy any applicable record keeping and reporting requirements that apply to a QEF, and will endeavor to provide to U.S. Holders, for each taxable year that we determine we are a PFIC, a PFIC Annual Information Statement containing information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF Election with respect to us. We may elect to provide such information on our website. However, U.S. Holders should be aware that we can provide no assurances that we will provide any such information relating to any of our subsidiaries that are PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to a PFIC, it will be taxed currently on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is a PFIC, even if no distributions were received. Any distributions we make out of our earnings and profits that were previously included in such a U.S. Holder’s income under the QEF election would not be taxable to such U.S. Holder. Such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common shares would be increased by an amount equal to any income included under the QEF election and decreased by any amount distributed on the common shares that is not included in its income. In addition, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss on the disposition of its common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and its adjusted tax basis in the common shares, each as determined in U.S. dollars. Once made, a QEF election remains in effect unless invalidated or terminated by the IRS or revoked by the shareholder. A QEF election can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder will not be currently taxed on the ordinary income and net capital gain of a PFIC with respect to which a QEF election was made for any taxable year of the non-U.S. corporation that such corporation does not satisfy the PFIC Income Test or Asset Test. Each U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the availability of, and procedure for making, any deemed gain, deemed dividend or QEF election.

 

193


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders can avoid the interest charge on excess distributions or gain relating to the common shares by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the common shares, provided that the common shares are “marketable.” Common shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on certain U.S. stock exchanges or on a foreign stock exchange that meets certain conditions. For these purposes, the common shares will be considered regularly traded during any calendar year during which they are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded. We expect that following the closing of this offering, our common shares will be regularly traded on the Nasdaq Global Market in the fourth calendar quarter of 2020. However, there can be no assurance that our common shares will be regularly traded in subsequent calendar quarters. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the marketable share rules.

A U.S. Holder that makes a mark-to-market election must include in ordinary income for each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the close of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. An electing holder may also claim an ordinary loss deduction for the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the common shares over the fair market value of the common shares at the close of the taxable year, but this deduction is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. Gains from an actual sale or other disposition of the common shares will be treated as ordinary income, and any losses incurred on a sale or other disposition of the shares will be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, unless the common shares cease to be marketable.

However, a mark-to-market election generally cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, unless shares of such lower-tier PFIC are themselves “marketable.” As a result, even if a U.S. Holder validly makes a mark-to-market election with respect to our common shares, the U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules (described above) with respect to its indirect interest in any of our investments that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

Unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. A U.S. Holder’s failure to file the annual report will cause the statute of limitations for such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return to remain open with regard to the items required to be included in such report until three years after the U.S. Holder files the annual report, and, unless such failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, the statute of limitations for the U.S. Holder’s entire U.S. federal income tax return will remain open during such period. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules.

WE STRONGLY URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES.

Additional Considerations

Additional Tax on Passive Income

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts (other than trusts that are exempt from tax) will be subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include dividend income and net gains from the disposition of our common shares. Further, excess distributions treated as dividends, gains treated as excess distributions, and Mark-to-Market inclusions and deductions may all be included in the calculation of net investment income. U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts should consult their own tax advisors regarding the applicability of this tax to any of their income or gains in respect of our common shares.

 

194


Table of Contents

Receipt of Foreign Currency

The amount of any distribution paid to a U.S. Holder in foreign currency, or on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common shares generally will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such foreign currency based on the exchange rate applicable on the date of receipt (regardless of whether such foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time). A U.S. Holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any U.S. Holder who converts or otherwise disposes of the foreign currency after the date of receipt may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss, and generally will be U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Different rules apply to U.S. Holders who use the accrual method. Each U.S. Holder should consult its U.S. tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving, owning, and disposing of foreign currency.

Foreign Tax Credit

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, a U.S. Holder generally may claim the amount of Canadian withholding tax withheld either as a deduction from gross income or as a credit against U.S. federal income tax liability. Generally, a credit will reduce a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability on a dollar-for-dollar basis, whereas a deduction will reduce a U.S. Holder’s income that is subject to U.S. federal income tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all foreign taxes paid (whether directly or through withholding) by a U.S. Holder during a year.

Complex limitations apply to the foreign tax credit, including the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. Holder’s “foreign source” taxable income bears to such U.S. Holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. Holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source.” Generally, dividends paid by a foreign corporation should be treated as foreign source for this purpose, and gains recognized on the sale of shares of a foreign corporation by a U.S. Holder should be treated as U.S. source for this purpose, except as otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty, and if an election is properly made under the Code. However, the amount of a distribution that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Canadian federal income tax purposes, resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit allowance to a U.S. Holder. In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The foreign tax credit rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its U.S. tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Under U.S. federal income tax law, certain categories of U.S. Holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation. For example, U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties) are imposed on individuals who are U.S. Holders that hold certain specified foreign financial assets in excess of certain thresholds. The definition of specified foreign financial assets includes not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any shares or security issued by a non-U.S. person, any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty other than a U.S. person and any interest in a foreign entity. U.S. Holders may be subject to these reporting requirements unless their common shares are held in an account at certain financial institutions. Penalties for failure to file certain of these information returns are substantial. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing information returns, including the requirement to file an IRS Form 8938.

Payments made within the U.S., or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, of dividends on, and proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of, our common shares will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding tax, currently at a rate of 24%, if a U.S. Holder (a) fails to furnish such U.S.

 

195


Table of Contents

Holder’s correct U.S. taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), (b) furnishes an incorrect U.S. taxpayer identification number, (c) is notified by the IRS that such U.S. Holder has previously failed to properly report items subject to backup withholding tax, or (d) fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that such U.S. Holder has furnished its correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified such U.S. Holder that it is subject to backup withholding tax. However, certain exempt persons generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding tax rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or will be refunded, if such U.S. Holder furnishes required information to the IRS in a timely manner.

The discussion of reporting requirements set forth above is not intended to constitute a complete description of all reporting requirements that may apply to a U.S. Holder. A failure to satisfy certain reporting requirements may result in an extension of the time period during which the IRS can assess a tax, and, under certain circumstances, such an extension may apply to assessments of amounts unrelated to any unsatisfied reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the information reporting and backup withholding rules.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT COVER ALL U.S. TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO U.S. HOLDERS. PROSPECTIVE U.S. HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON SHARES IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

196


Table of Contents

MATERIAL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is, as of the date hereof, a summary of the material Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, collectively the Tax Act, to a purchaser who acquires as beneficial owner common shares under this offering, and who, for purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times, (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and any applicable income tax convention, (ii) holds the common shares as capital property, (iii) deals at arm’s length with, and is not affiliated with, the Company or the underwriters, and (iv) does not use or hold and will not be deemed to use or hold, the common shares in a business carried on in Canada, hereinafter, a Non-Resident Holder. Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, may apply to a Non-Resident Holder that is an “authorized foreign bank” within the meaning of the Tax Act or an insurer carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere. Any such Non-Resident Holder should consult its own tax advisor.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof, all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act that have been publicly announced in writing by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof, or the Proposed Amendments, the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980), or the Treaty, and an understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency, or the CRA, published in writing by it prior to the date hereof. This summary assumes the Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted in their current form, or at all. This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations and, except for the Proposed Amendments, does not take into account or anticipate any changes in the law or any changes in the CRA’s administrative policies or assessing practices, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial action or decision, nor does it take into account or anticipate any other federal or any provincial, territorial or foreign tax considerations, which may differ significantly from those discussed herein.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any prospective purchaser or holder of the common shares, and no representations with respect to the income tax consequences to any prospective purchaser or holder are made. Consequently, prospective purchasers or holders of the common shares should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

Currency Conversion

Generally, for purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the common shares must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the exchange rates as determined in accordance with the Tax Act.

Dividends

Dividends paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited on the common shares to a Non-Resident Holder by the Company will be subject to Canadian withholding tax under the Tax Act at the rate of 25%, subject to any reduction under the provisions of an applicable income tax convention. For example, under the Treaty, the rate of withholding tax on dividends paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to a beneficially entitled Non-Resident Holder who is resident in the U.S. for purposes of the Treaty and who is fully entitled to the benefits of the Treaty is generally limited to 15% of the gross amount of the dividend. Non-Resident Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine their entitlement to relief under an applicable income tax treaty.

Dispositions

A Non-Resident Holder generally will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of a capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a common share, unless the common share constitutes

 

197


Table of Contents

“taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Tax Act) of the Non-Resident Holder at the time of disposition and the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention.

Generally, the common shares will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder at a particular time provided the common shares are listed at that time on a “designated stock exchange,” as defined in the Tax Act (which currently includes Nasdaq), unless at any time during the 60-month period that ends at that time the following two conditions are satisfied concurrently: (i) (a) the Non-Resident Holder; (b) persons with whom the Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length; (c) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person described in (b) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships; or (d) any combination of the persons and partnerships described in (a) through (c), owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the shares of the company; and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the common shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of: (a) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (b) “Canadian resource properties,” (c) “timber resource properties” (each as defined in the Tax Act), and (d) options in respect of, or interests in or for civil law rights in, such properties, whether or not such properties exist. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in certain circumstances set out in the Tax Act, the common shares could be deemed to be taxable Canadian property.

A Non-Resident Holder contemplating a disposition of common shares that may constitute taxable Canadian property should consult a tax advisor prior to such disposition.

 

198


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                      , 2020, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, SVB Leerink LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. are acting as representatives, the following respective number of common shares:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

                       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Berenberg Capital Markets LLC

  

SVB Leerink LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares in the offering if any are purchased, other than those common shares covered by the option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to                 additional common shares at the initial public offering price less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common shares.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of up to $             per share. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Option
     With
Option
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Expenses payable by us

   $        $        $        $    

We estimate that our out of pocket expenses for this offering excluding the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions will be approximately $                . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $                 of expenses related to the review of this offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of

 

199


Table of Contents

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, SVB Leerink LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

Our officers, our directors and substantially all of our other securityholders have agreed that they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common shares, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Berenberg Capital Markets LLC, SVB Leerink LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have applied to list the common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ABCL.”

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations among us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of our common shares following this offering. The principal factors that were considered in determining the initial public offering price included:

 

   

the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

 

   

the history of, and prospects for, the industry in which we will compete;

 

   

the ability of our management;

 

   

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

   

the present state of our development, results of operations and our current financial condition;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common shares of generally comparable companies.

We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common shares will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the common shares will develop and continue after this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of

 

200


Table of Contents
 

shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

In passive market making, market makers in the common shares who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common shares until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares. As a result the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. These investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

201


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

   

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

   

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

 

   

a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common shares issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to herein as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to herein as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe

 

202


Table of Contents

the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

PRC

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and no securities may be offered or sold, or will be offered or sold, to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (SFO) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (CO), or which do not constitute an offer to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the Securities Law), and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In the State of Israel, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the common shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with section 15A of the Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum (the Addendum), to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors will be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended) (FIEL) and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any

 

203


Table of Contents

securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA) (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

   

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

   

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, referred to herein as the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated. Each such person is referred to herein as a Relevant Person.

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

204


Table of Contents

Switzerland

This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the common shares. The common shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act, or FinSA, and no application has or will be made to admit the common shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Canada

The common shares offered by this prospectus have not been qualified by prospectus for distribution in Canada, and may not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Canada or to any residents of Canada, except in compliance with an exemption from Canadian prospectus requirements. Any sales of our common shares in any province or territory of Canada will only be made by a securities dealer appropriately registered in that province or territory to make such sales, which may include a Canadian affiliate of one of the underwriters using a separate Canadian Offering Memorandum that will include a copy of this prospectus. Any common shares acquired may not be sold in Canada, except in compliance with Canadian prospectus requirements or an exemption therefrom.

 

205


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Redwood City, California, with respect to U.S. law, and by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, Vancouver, British Columbia, with respect to Canadian law. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California, with respect to U.S. law, and by Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, Vancouver, British Columbia, with respect to Canadian law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, and for each of the years then ended, have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the Company’s accounting policy for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

The financial statements of Trianni, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Armanino LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common shares, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or other documents.

Upon the closing of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including this registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.abcellera.com, and upon closing of the offering, you may access, free of charge, these materials, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

206


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements:

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited):

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-29  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-30  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

     F-31  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-32  

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-33  

 

Trianni, Inc. (Financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the nine months ended September 20, 2020):

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-46  

Balance Sheets

     F-48  

Statements of Operations

     F-49  

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity

     F-50  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-52  

Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-53  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AbCellera Biologics Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its accounting policy for the leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Vancouver, Canada

October 2, 2020, except for Note 18, as to which the date is November 20, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars Except Share Data)

 

     December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2019
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,444,283     $ 7,552,917  

Accounts receivable

     595,582       2,123,968  

Accrued accounts receivable

     808,875       1,152,558  

Other current assets

     3,313,494       1,810,894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     15,162,234       12,640,337  

Long-term assets:

    

Property and equipment, net

     6,329,941       8,479,940  

Other long-term assets

     —         584,776  

Loans to related parties

     —         1,783,019  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

     6,329,941       10,847,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 21,492,175     $ 23,488,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 1,568,336     $ 2,579,105  

Deferred revenue

     2,333,695       3,236,026  

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,531,350       2,079,730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     6,433,381       7,894,861  

Long-term liabilities:

    

Operating lease liability

     —         2,641,719  

Long-term debt

     911,224       1,363,143  

Deferred revenue and grant funding

     2,261,233       1,336,199  

Other long-term liabilities

     277,134       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     3,449,591       5,341,061  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,882,972       13,235,922  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingencies (Note 16)

    

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common shares: no par value, unlimited authorized shares at December 31, 2018 and 2019; 15,094,143 and 15,168,143 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     5,073,692       5,121,751  

Convertible Series A1 preferred shares unlimited authorized shares at December 31, 2018 and 2019; 2,105,264 and 2,105,264 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively

     7,557,007       7,545,853  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,483,440       2,300,178  

Accumulated deficit

     (2,504,936     (4,715,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     11,609,203       10,252,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 21,492,175     $ 23,488,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsequent events (Note 18)

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars Except Share Data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Revenue:

    

Research fees

   $ 8,830,557     $ 11,611,543  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     5,802,521       10,112,939  

Sales and marketing

     711,537       1,262,659  

General and administrative

     2,150,652       2,748,869  

Depreciation

     918,459       1,604,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,583,169       15,728,551  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (752,612     (4,117,008

Other (income) expense

    

Interest income

     (42,353     (154,957

Interest and other expense

     212,625       209,196  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     362,227       (186,056

Grants and incentives

     (1,593,965     (1,774,495
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     (1,061,466     (1,906,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the period

   $ 308,854     $ (2,210,696
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders

    

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    

Basic

     14,943,637       15,132,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     17,133,611       15,132,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited)

    

Basic and diluted

     $    
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited)

    

Basic and diluted

    
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars Except Share Amounts)

 

    Series A1
Preferred Shares
    Common Shares     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as at December 31, 2017

    —       $ —         14,188,509     $ 2,392,294     $ 900,913     $ (2,813,790   $ 479,417  

Shares issued for cash

    —         —         801,634       2,611,989       —         —         2,611,989  

Shares issued under stock option plan

    —         —         104,000       69,410       (32,846     —         36,564  

Preferred shares issued

    2,105,264       7,557,007       —         —         —         —         7,557,007  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         615,373       —         615,373  

Net earnings (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         308,854       308,854  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as at December 31, 2018

    2,105,264       7,557,007       15,094,143       5,073,692       1,483,440       (2,504,936     11,609,203  

Shares issued under stock option plan

    —         —         74,000       48,059       (22,744     —         25,315  

Issuance Cost

    —         (11,154     —         —         —         —         (11,154

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         839,482       —         839,482  

Net earnings (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         (2,210,696     (2,210,696
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as at December 31, 2019

    2,105,264     $ 7,545,853       15,168,143     $ 5,121,751     $ 2,300,178     $ (4,715,632   $ 10,252,150  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

     December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2019
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 308,854     $ (2,210,696

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Depreciation of property and equipment

     918,459       1,604,084  

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use-assets

     —         242,804  

Stock-based compensation

     615,373       890,233  

Accretion and other

     (187,637     194,193  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts and accrued research fees receivable

     (477,230     (1,803,068

Investment tax credit receivable

     (1,208,493     1,592,850  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     180,550       150,095  

Operating lease liabilities

     —         2,783,723  

Deferred revenue

     3,246,638       (6,478

Other operating assets and liabilities

     169,123       (744,025
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,565,635       2,693,715  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (5,307,066     (3,996,888

Issuance of related party loans

     —         (1,783,019
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,307,066     (5,779,907
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repayment of long-term debt

     (898,761     (399,066

Proceeds from long-term debt

     2,911,113       192,479  

Short-term borrowings

     (32,198     387,252  

Issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options

     36,564       25,315  

Issuance of common shares for cash

     2,611,989       —    

Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares—Series A1 financing

     7,557,007       (11,154
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,185,714       194,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,444,283       (2,891,366

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —         10,444,283  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 10,444,283     $ 7,552,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Property and equipment purchases in accounts payable

   $ 548,000     $ 34,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Right -of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligation

   $ —       $ 2,829,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars Except Share and Per Share Amounts)

1. Nature of operations

AbCellera Biologics Inc.’s (the “Company”) mission is to improve health with technologies that transform the way that antibody-based therapies are discovered. The Company aims to become the centralized operating system for next generation antibody discovery. The Company’s full-stack, AI-powered drug discovery platform searches and analyzes the database of natural immune systems to find antibodies that can be developed as drugs. The Company believes its technology increases the speed and the probability of success of therapeutic antibody discovery, including enabling discovery against targets that may otherwise be intractable. Rather than advancing its own clinical pipeline of drug candidates, the Company forges partnerships with drug developers of all sizes, from large cap pharmaceutical to small biotechnology companies.

2. Basis of presentation

These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Lineage Biosciences Inc. (U.S. foreign entity) and Channel Biologics Pty Ltd. (Australia foreign entity). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares. Upon the closing of a qualified public offering, on specified terms, all outstanding preferred shares of the Company will automatically convert into the Company’s common shares. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company expects that its existing cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from related subsequent event activities as described in Note 18, will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date these financial statements are issued.

The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to generate cash from operating activities and to raise additional capital and draw on government funding programs, as required, to finance its operations. If the Company is unable to obtain further funding, the Company may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects.

In addition, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in early 2020. The situation is dynamic and the ultimate duration and magnitude of the impact on the economy and the Company’s business are not known at this time.

3. Significant accounting policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Areas of significant estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition including estimated timing of completion of performance obligations and determining whether an option for additional goods or services represents a material right, recoverability of investment tax credits receivable, and the fair value of stock-based compensation awards. The Company bases its estimates on

 

F-7


Table of Contents

historical experience, known trends and other market-specific or other relevant factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates when there are changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

Revenue recognition

The Company accounts for revenue from contracts with customers, which includes the identification and assessment of the goods and/or services promised within a contract to evaluate which promises are distinct from each other. Promises that are not distinct at contract inception are combined into a single performance obligation. An option to acquire additional goods and/or services is evaluated on both quantitative and qualitative aspects to determine if such an option provides a material right to the customer that it would not have received without entering into the contract. If so, the option is accounted for as a separate performance obligation. If not, the option is considered a marketing offer and is accounted for as a separate contract upon the customer’s election. The Company applied ASC 606 to all arrangements to date.

The terms of our arrangements generally include the payment of one or more of the following: (i) non-refundable, up-front fixed fees, (ii) fixed fees for ‘discovery’ research support, (iii) fixed technology assignment fees, (iv) fixed payments based on the achievement of specified development and/or commercial milestones, (v) royalties on net sales by the customer of licensed products, and in some cases, (vi) early termination penalties, and (vii) reimbursements for costs incurred to fulfill the contract with the customer at cost or at cost plus an agreed upon mark-up.

The transaction price generally includes fixed fees due at contract inception as well as fixed fees payable at the beginning and end of different phases of the discovery research support services performed. The Company utilizes either the expected value method or the most likely amount method to estimate the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price, as most appropriate in the circumstances. With respect to development and commercial milestone payments, at the inception of the arrangement, the Company evaluates whether the associated event is considered probable of achievement and estimate the amount to be included in the transaction price using the most likely amount method. In determining the transaction price the Company constrains the transaction price for variable consideration to limit its inclusion so that it only includes the amount that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. To date, the Company has not recognized any development, or commercial milestone payments, or royalty revenues resulting from its arrangements with customers.

The Company allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation identified in the contract on a relative standalone selling price basis. Revenue is recognized based on the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to each respective performance obligation when or as the performance obligation is satisfied by transferring a promised good and/or service to the customer. The Company generally uses output methods to measure the progress toward satisfaction of performance obligations that are satisfied over time. Due to different types of end customers and nature of work involved, revenue contracts require formal inspection and approval of experiments and research plans at each stage of work, therefore, the output method is the most faithful depiction of the Company’s performance.

Segmented and Enterprise wide information

The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. The Company’s focus is on the discovery and development of antibodies.

The Company’s revenues from external customers in which the services originated and long-term assets excluding financial instruments were in Canada.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Government grants and credits

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and all associated conditions will be complied with. Reimbursements of eligible expenditures pursuant to government assistance programs are recorded when the related costs have been incurred and there is reasonable assurance regarding collection of the claim.

The Company receives payments from the government of Canada as investment tax credits for scientific research and experimental development expenditures. The benefits of investment tax credits are recognized in the year the qualifying expenditure is made providing there is reasonable assurance of recoverability. The Company records the investment tax credits based on its estimates of amounts expected to be recovered.

Government grants and credits received for expenditures on eligible research, development and capital expenditures are recognized ratably over the benefit period of the related expenditure for which the grants are intended to compensate in other income.

Grant claims not settled by the balance sheet date are recorded as receivables provided their receipt is reasonably assured. The determination of the amount of the claim and the corresponding receivable amount requires management judgement and interpretation of eligible expenditures in accordance with the terms of the programs. The reimbursement claims submitted by the Company are subject to review by the relevant government agencies. The Company has used its best judgement and understanding of the related program agreements in determining the receivable amount.

The benefit of below-market rate government loans is treated as a government grant. The government grant benefit is measured as the difference between the fair value of the government loan estimated by discounting future principal and interest amounts at interest rates expected to be available to the Company and the proceeds for the below-market government loan. The weighted-average interest rates estimated to be available to the Company for below-market loans received was 5.2% and 5.5% in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Deferred financing fees

Deferred financing fees include amounts charged by attorneys, accountants and service providers that are directly attributable to future financing transactions. These costs are deferred and subsequently charged against the gross proceeds of the related financing transaction upon closing of such transaction. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had no deferred financing fees.

Functional currency

The functional currency and reporting currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at exchange rates at the date of the transactions. Period end balances of monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency using the period end foreign currency rates. Foreign currency gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and deposits held with banks with maturity dates of less than three months.

Accounts receivable

The Company has trade receivables which are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable on a regular basis based on economic assessment of

 

F-9


Table of Contents

market conditions and review of customer financial history. There was no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements to property and equipment are capitalized and repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment as follows:

 

Asset

   Useful Life  

Computers

     3 years  

Laboratory equipment

     5 years  

Office furniture and equipment

     5 years  

Leasehold improvements

     Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life  

Estimated useful lives are periodically assessed to determine if changes are appropriate. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost of these assets and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in loss from operations in the period of disposal. Costs for capital assets not yet placed into service are capitalized as construction-in-progress and depreciated once placed into service.

Intangible assets

Costs incurred to acquire patents and to prosecute and maintain intellectual property rights are expensed as incurred to general and administrative expense due to the uncertainty surrounding the drug development process and the uncertainty of future benefits. Patents and intellectual property acquired from third parties are capitalized and amortized over the remaining life of the patent, if related to approved products or if there are alternative future uses for the underlying technology. No patent or intellectual property costs have been capitalized to date.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company assesses the recoverability its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, for indicators of impairment. If events or changes in circumstances indicate impairment, the Company measures recoverability by a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. When quoted market prices are not available, the Company uses the expected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks associated with the recovery of the asset as an estimate of fair value. No impairment of long-lived assets was identified for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed in the period incurred. These costs related to spending for partner projects in addition to internal platform development programs and include required materials, salaries and benefits including stock-based compensation, and service contracts.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”) for the expected future tax

 

F-10


Table of Contents

consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, DTAs and DTLs are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes DTAs to the extent that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, all available positive and negative evidence are considered, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If it is determined that the DTAs in the future in excess of their net recorded amount can be realized, an adjustment to the DTA valuation allowance will be made, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority is realized.

Income tax credit (“ITC”) policy

The Company earns income tax credits from the Canadian Federal and Provincial Scientific Research and Experimental Development Programs. The Company use the flow-through method to account for ITCs earned on eligible scientific research and development expenditures. Under this method, the ITCs subject to income tax accounting are recognized as a reduction to income tax expense in the year they are earned.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for awards of stock options and shares to directors, employees, consultants, and non-employees using the fair value method. Under this method, stock-based compensation expense is measured at the fair value at the date of grant and is expensed over the award’s vesting period. The requisite service period generally equals the vesting period of the awards.

Equity classified awards are measured using their grant date fair value. Liability classified awards are initially measured using their grant date fair value and are subsequently re-measured to fair value at each balance sheet date until exercised or cancelled, with changes in fair value recognized as compensation cost for the period.

For equity classified awards, a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital is recorded when stock-based compensation is recognized. When stock options are exercised, share capital is credited by the sum of the consideration received and the related portion of the stock-based compensation previously recorded in additional paid-in capital. The effects of forfeitures of options and share awards are accounted for as they occur.

Awards with an exercise price which is not denominated in: (a) the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the Company’s equity securities traded, (b) the currency in which the individual’s pay is denominated, or (c) the Company’s functional currency, are classified as liabilities.

Net earnings (loss) per share

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net earnings (loss) per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net earnings (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Basic net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders is computed by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders to reallocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities. Diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common shares. For purpose of this calculation, outstanding stock options and convertible preferred shares are considered potential dilutive common shares.

The Company’s convertible preferred shares contractually entitle the holders of such shares to participate in dividends but do not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in losses of the Company. Accordingly, in periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common shareholders, such losses are not allocated to such participating securities. In periods in which the Company reported a net loss attributable to common shareholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Unaudited pro forma information

In the accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of an IPO, to all outstanding preferred shares of the Company converted into the Company’s common shares, as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the preferred shares.

4. Changes in significant accounting policies

Leases

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”) effective January 1, 2019, using the optional transition method that allows for a cumulative-effective adjustment in the period of adoption and did not restate prior periods. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification. The Company applied the definition of a lease under ASC 842 to contracts effective for periods on or after January 1, 2019.

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at its inception. After determination of lease arrangement, the Company identifies whether the lease arrangement consists of any non-lease component. The company account for lease components (e.g., rental payments) separately from non-lease components (e.g., common area maintenance costs). Lease component is considered in operating leases, whereas non-lease component is accounted for separately in profit and loss. Such non-lease component is accounted for ratably over a straight-line basis over the duration of lease period. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, accrued liabilities, and long-term operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments if an explicit rate is not available. The Company applied an internal borrowing rate of 6.5% on transition and applied this rate to the lease in consideration. Rent expense, included as part of general and administrative expense, for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The operating lease right-of-use assets also includes any rent prepayments, lease incentives upon receipt, and straight-line rent expense impacts, which represent the differences between its operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Adoption of the new lease standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset of $2,829,829 and a lease liability of $3,143,915, as of January 1, 2019. The difference between the right-of-use asset and lease liability relates to the balance of deferred tenant inducements.

The standard did not impact the Company’s statements of loss and had no impact on its cash flows, nor did the adoption of this standard result in a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit and had no impact on cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Prior to 2019, the Company recognized rent expense associated with its operating lease agreements on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Incentives granted under its facility leases, including rent holidays, were capitalized, and recognized as adjustments to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

Stock-based compensation

The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, effective January 1, 2018. This update provides an accounting policy election, to be applied on an entity-wide basis, to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest (consistent with existing U.S. GAAP) or account for forfeitures when they occur. The accounting policy election applies only to awards with service conditions; awards with performance conditions will still be assessed at each reporting date to determine whether it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. An entity that elects an accounting policy to account for forfeitures when they occur would assume that the service condition will be achieved when determining the initial amount of compensation cost to recognize. The entity should reverse compensation cost previously recognized when an award is forfeited before the completion of the requisite service period (the reversal is recognized in the period the award is forfeited). Therefore, regardless of the policy election, compensation cost will be recognized for all awards that ultimately vest. The Company elects to account for forfeitures when they occur.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018—07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in this ASU expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019.

Adoption of these new accounting standards did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted the new ASU 2016-13, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), and all related amendments under ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses.

Adoption of this new accounting standard will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

5. Net Earnings (Loss) per share

Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders was calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

    

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 308,854     $ (2,210,696

Less: earnings allocated to Preferred Shares Series A1

     (16,947     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders—basic

   $ 291,907     $ (2,210,696
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     14,943,637       15,132,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders—basic

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

    

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders—diluted

   $ 308,854     $ (2,210,696
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     14,943,637       15,132,756  

Preferred Shares Series A1

     867,554       —    

Effect of stock options

     1,322,420       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

     17,133,611       15,132,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders—diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred shares and stock options have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2019 as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2019 used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders is the same.

The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2018                  2019        

Options to purchase common shares

     —          3,735,900  

Convertible preferred shares

                —          2,105,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total potential common shares excluded

     —          5,841,164  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Shareholders

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2019 has been prepared to give effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of a qualified IPO. The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common shareholders used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders gives effect, upon the closing of a IPO, all outstanding preferred shares of the Company converted into the Company’s common shares, as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the preferred

 

F-14


Table of Contents

shares to the conversion of all the outstanding preferred shares. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders was calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 

Pro forma loss per share—basic

                           

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect subsequent conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, in each case upon the closing of the proposed IPO

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders—basic

  

Pro forma loss per share—diluted

  

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders—diluted

  

6. Other Current Assets

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Tax and investment tax credit receivable

   $ 2,763,156      $ 1,101,306  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     550,338        709,588  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 3,313,494      $ 1,810,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Computers

   $ 3,218,721     $ 3,829,768  

Laboratory equipment

     1,654,080       2,301,947  

Furniture and fixtures

     46,589       85,513  

Leasehold improvements

     2,963,429       2,728,825  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     —         2,690,844  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     7,882,819       11,636,897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,552,878     (3,156,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 6,329,941     $ 8,479,940  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $918,459 and $1,604,084, respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

8. Accounts payable and other liabilities

Accounts payable and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 1,518,220      $ 1,643,367  

Bank indebtedness

     —          387,252  

Operating lease liability

     —          419,139  

Other liabilities

     50,116        129,347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and other liabilities

   $ 1,568,336      $ 2,579,105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Long-term debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Non-revolving BMO loan

   $ 2,233,444     $ 2,009,340  

WD Canada—WINN Loan A

     346,354       289,356  

WD Canada—WINN Loan B

     862,776       1,144,177  

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (2,531,350     (2,079,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 911,224     $ 1,363,143  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-revolving BMO loan

The Company has a non-revolving loan from Bank of Montreal, to finance leasehold improvements and new equipment purchases, bearing interest at prime floating rate plus 1.5% per annum, secured by a first general security agreement over all the Company’s assets, assignment of account receivables, and guarantee from Export Development Canada covering 50% of all advances. The Company was in compliance with debt covenants at December 31, 2019 and the loan is presented as current on the consolidated balance sheets.

WD Canada—WINN Loan A

The Company secured contribution-based, shared cost, non-interest-bearing funding from the Ministry of Western Economic Diversification under the Western Innovation Initiative (WINN), towards capital equipment and expenses for a project based in Vancouver, BC. The funding commenced on April 1, 2015 and was completed on March 30, 2018. The maximum amount of funding under the agreement was $458,312. The contribution is repayable to the Ministry by 59 monthly installments of $7,692 starting from June 1, 2018, and one final installment of $26,923.

WD Canada—WINN Loan B

The Company secured contribution-based, shared cost, non-interest-bearing funding from the Ministry of Western Economic Diversification under the WINN towards capital equipment and expenses for a project based in Vancouver, BC. This represents the second project for which we have received funding. The funding commenced on July 1, 2017 and was completed on August 1, 2019. The maximum amount of funding under the agreement is $1,347,086 subject to annual maximums of: 2017 - $549,240; 2018 - $564,555; 2019 -$222,551. The contribution is repayable to the Ministry by 59 monthly instalments of $22,462 starting August 1, 2020 and one final instalment of $20,923.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

WD Canada—BSP Loan

The Company secured contribution-based, shared cost, non-interest-bearing funding from the Ministry of Western Economic Diversification under the BSP towards capital equipment and expenses for a project based in Vancouver, BC. This represents the third project for which we have received funding. The maximum amount of funding under the agreement is $3,846,154 subject to the following maximum annual amounts based on the government funding years ending March 31: 2020 - $750,000; 2021 - $1,588,462; 2022 - $1,507,692. The contribution is repayable to the Ministry by 59 monthly instalments of $64,102 starting April 1, 2023 and one final instalment of $64,118. At December 31, 2019 the Company had not made any draws on this loan.

The Western Economic Diversification (“WD”) Loans are subject to certain non-financial and restrictive covenants, including restrictions over the use of proceeds towards capital equipment and expenses and the sale of assets acquired related to the respective approved projects. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, all eligible expenditures from proceeds received by the Company had been spent and the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

Principal repayments required on the Western Economic Diversification loans over the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year ending December, 31

   Required
Principal
Repayments
 

2020

   $ 195,677  

2021

     327,694  

2022

     307,112  

2023

     260,966  

2024

     200,861  

Thereafter

     110,213  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,402,523  
  

 

 

 

 

10.

Shareholders’ Equity

Common shares

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company’s articles of the corporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue unlimited voting common shares, each with no par value per share. The voting, dividend, and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company’s common shares are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Series A preferred shares set forth below.

As of each balance sheet date, common shares consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2018      December 31, 2019  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
 

Common shares

     Unlimited        15,094,143        Unlimited        15,168,143  

Each voting common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders. Common shareholders are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the preferred shares. Through December 31, 2019, no cash dividends had been declared or paid by the Company.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Series A1 preferred shares

On August 3, 2018, the Company entered into an investment agreement with DCVC Bio, L.P. for gross proceeds of CAD $10,000,004 ($7,702,380) in exchange for 2,105,264 shares. Total proceeds received net of financing costs were $7,557,007.

The Series A1 preferred shares are voting and are convertible, at any time and from time to time at the option of its holder, into fully paid and non-assessable common shares at a 1:1 ratio, subject to appropriate adjustment for splits, dividends, other similar recapitalization and the like.

Conversion of preferred shares to common shares is mandatory in the event of a “Qualified Initial Public Offering” with proceeds of at least $70.0 million.

The holders of the Series A1 preferred shares are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common shares, as a single class, on all matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which the Series A1 preferred shares could convert on the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to vote.

The holders of the Series A1 preferred shares are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, as and if declared by the Company’s board of directors (the “Preferred Dividend”). The Company may not pay any dividends on common shares of the Company unless the holders of preferred shares then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Preferred Dividend on each outstanding Series A1 preferred share and a dividend on each outstanding Series A1 preferred share in an amount at least equal to the product of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into common shares. Through December 31, 2019, no cash dividends had been declared or paid by the Company.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Series A1 preferred shares then outstanding are entitled to a 1x non-participating liquidation preference. In addition, holders of the Series A1 preferred shares are eligible to demand redemption of their shares in the event of certain deemed liquidation events, as defined the agreement. Due to the various rights and privileges within the existing Series A1 preferred and common shareholder agreements, the Company concluded triggering a deemed liquidation event is within the control of the Company, and therefore the Series A1 preferred shares are classified as permanent equity.

As of each balance sheet date, preferred shares consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2018      December 31, 2019  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
 

Series A1 preferred shares

     Unlimited        2,105,264        Unlimited        2,105,264  

Stock-based compensation

The Company’s Stock Option Plan provides for the Company to grant stock options to employees, officers, directors and non-employee consultants of the Company. Options granted to employees, directors and independent contractors under the program are exercisable over their 10-year life and vest over 4 years. Common shares are issued when options are exercised.

The Company has established a compensatory stock option program that provides that the board of directors of the Company may, from time to time, at its discretion, grant directors, employees, consultants and non-employees options to purchase common shares up to 4,420,639 and 4,346,639 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Options granted under the Company’s stock option program are denominated in Canadian dollars and are translated into U.S dollars using the period end rate or the average foreign exchange rate for the period, as applicable, and have been noted for information purposes.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock options granted in Canadian dollars since December 31, 2017:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-Average
Exercise

Price (CAD)
     Weighted-Average
Exercise

Price (USD)
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual

Term
 
                         (in years)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     2,404,400     $ 1.80      $ 1.43        8.28  

Granted

     155,000       4.20        3.08     

Exercised

     (104,000     0.45        0.33     

Forfeited

     (81,000     2.70        1.98     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

     2,374,400       1.99        1.46     

Granted

     1,490,500       4.28        3.29     

Exercised

     (74,000     0.45        0.35     

Forfeited

     (55,000     4.28        3.29     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

     3,735,900     $ 2.90      $ 2.23        7.66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2019

     1,676,975     $ 1.77      $ 1.36        6.27  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common shares for those options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common shares. The intrinsic value for stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $Nil and $Nil, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense was classified in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2018                  2019        

Research and development expenses

   $ 592,661      $ 605,699  

General and administrative expenses

     5,888        199,461  

Sales and marketing expenses

     16,824        85,073  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 615,373      $ 890,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, there was $5,915,288 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the employee share option plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The fair value of each option award is determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The calculation of fair value includes several assumptions that require management’s judgment. The estimated fair value of stock options was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019  

Average risk-free interest rate(1)

     3.50     1.60

Expected volatility(2)

     100.00     100.00

Average expected term (years)(3)

     6.25       6.25  

Expected dividend yield(4)

     0.00     0.00

Weighted-average fair value of options granted(5)

   $ 3.36     $ 3.42  

 

(1)   This rate is from federal government marketable bonds for each option grant during the year, having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the option.
(2)   Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. As the Company does not yet have sufficient history of its own volatility, the Company has identified several public entities of similar complexity and stage of development and calculates historical volatility using the volatility of these companies.
(3)   This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate the average expected term, which represents the average of the vesting period and the contractual term.
(4)   No dividends have been paid by the Company yet.
(5)   The Company granted stock options at exercise prices not less than the fair value of its common shares as determined by the Company’s board of directors, with input from management. Management estimated the fair value of its common shares based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including internal valuations, external market considerations affecting the biotechnology industry and the historic prices at which the Company sold common shares.

11. Research fees:

The disaggregated revenue categories are presented on the face of the statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities represent payments received for performance obligations not yet satisfied and relate to deferred revenue, and are presented as current or long-term in the accompanying balance sheets based on the expected timing of satisfaction of the underlying goods and/or services.

In the following table summarizes the changes in deferred revenue:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Opening balance

   $ 1,270,986     $ 4,517,624  

Increase due to consideration received, net of revenue recognized during the year

     12,077,195       11,605,065  

Revenue recognized during the period

     (8,830,557     (11,611,543
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 4,517,624     $ 4,511,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

12. Income taxes

 

a.

For financial reporting purposes, income before income taxes included the following components:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Canadian

   $ 340,900     $ (2,015,183

Foreign

     (32,046     (195,513
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 308,854     $ (2,210,696
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consisted of:

 

     December 31,  
         2018          2019  

Canadian:

     

Current

   $ —        $ —    

Deferred

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —          —    

Foreign:

     

Current

     —          —    

Deferred

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

b.

The consolidated effective income tax rate differs from the expected Canadian statutory tax rate of 27% (2018: 27%). Reconciliation between the expected tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Net income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 308,854     $ (2,210,696

Combined statutory tax rate

     27     27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected income tax expense (recovery) at statutory rates

     83,391       (596,888

Stock-based compensation

     166,151       253,895  

Change in valuation allowance

     237,373       854,475  

Change for (over) under accrual

     (141,843     49,225  

Change due to SR&ED

     (242,590     (510,273

Foreign Exchange

     (131,048     (8,503

Other

     28,566       (41,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
c.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from the temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial statement and income tax purposes. The significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Long-term debt

   $ 519,027     $ 450,056  

Financing fee

     35,966       29,130  

Operating lease liability

     74,826       826,432  

Deferred revenue

     —         66,492  

Net operating losses carried forward

     359,489       433,011  

Research and development deductions and credits

     218,298       1,013,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,207,606       2,818,476  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (659,310     (590,915

Operating lease right of use assets

     6,710       (746,139

Other

     —         (831
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (652,600     (1,337,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets and liabilities

     555,006       1,480,591  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (555,006     (1,480,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset

     652,600       1,337,885  

Deferred tax liability

     (652,600     (1,337,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liability)

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing DTAs. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2019 in the United States and Canada. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as our projections for future growth.

On the basis of this evaluation, valuation allowances of $555,006 and $1,480,591 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, have been recorded to recognize only the portion of the DTA that is more likely than not to be realized against DTL that reverses in carryforward period. The amount of the DTA considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
d.

The Company does not have any Canadian non-capital loss carried forward. The Company had Canadian income tax credits of $410,656 and $1,168,720 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, to offset Canadian federal and provincial taxes payable expiring commencing in 2029 through 2040. The Company had unclaimed tax deductions for scientific research and experimental development of approximately $421,477 and $968,376 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, with no expiry. The Company had operating losses carried forward related to foreign operations of approximately $1,284,640 and $1,547,375 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The operating losses available for the foreign subsidiary deferred tax assets expire as follows:

 

Expiry date

   Income Tax
Credit
     Net
Operating
Loss
 

2029

   $ 248,759      $ —    

2030

     429,200        —    

2035

     —          363,418  

2036

     —          423,467  

2037

     —          332,515  

2038

     —          145,398  

2039

     161,897        19,842  

2040

     328,864        262,735  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,168,720      $ 1,547,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

e.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has accumulated undistributed earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries of approximately $16,000. The Company has not provided a deferred liability for the income taxes associated with its foreign investments because it is the Company’s intention to indefinitely reinvest in its foreign investments.

 

f.

A reconciliation of total unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 were as follows:

 

     2018     2019  

January 1 balance

   $ 356,668     $ 448,471  

Gross increase—tax position in prior period

     —         —    

Gross increase—tax position in current period

     448,471       386,596  

Gross decrease—tax position in current period

     (356,668     (448,471
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31 balance

   $ 448,471     $ 386,596  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018 and 2019 are potential benefits of $nil that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate on income from operations. Recognition of these potential benefits would result in a deferred tax asset in the form of undeducted SR&ED expenditures or tax credits available for carry-forward, which would be subject to a valuation allowance based on conditions existing at the reporting date.

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”. A significant change under this reform is the reduction of U.S. federal statutory corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% beginning in 2018. As a result of the reform, the Company revalued its deferred income tax balances accordingly. A full valuation is taken on the deferred tax balance. Further changes may be implemented as the U.S. authorities issue additional regulations and interpretations in the future.

The Company is subject to taxation in Canada, the United States and Australia. Further, while the statute of limitations in each jurisdiction where an income tax return has been filed generally limits the examination period, as a result of loss carry-forwards, the limitation period for examination generally does not expire until several

 

F-23


Table of Contents

years after the loss carry-forwards are utilized. Other than routine audits by tax authorities for tax credits and tax refunds that the Company has claimed, management is not aware of any other material income tax examination currently in progress by any taxing jurisdiction. Tax years ranging from 2017 to 2019 remain subject to Canadian income tax examinations. Tax years ranging from 2016 to 2019 remain subject to U.S. income tax examinations. Other than routine audits done by tax authorities for tax credits and tax refunds that the Company has claimed, management is not aware of any other material income tax examination currently in progress by any taxing jurisdiction.

13. Lease

The Company leases approximately 20,996 square feet for its head office, which represents both office and laboratory space, in Vancouver, British Columbia with terms expiring in 2027. The Company entered into the 10 year lease for its facility on January 1, 2018, including base rent and regular maintenance and cleaning fees. The Company accounts for this lease as an operating lease with maintenance as a non-lease component. The extension period has not been included in the determination of the right-of-use asset or the lease liability for operating leases as the Company did not consider it reasonably certain that the Company would exercise this option.

The balance sheet classification of the Company’s operating lease liability were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2018
     December 31,
2019
 

Operating lease liabilities:

     

Current portion

   $         —        $ 419,139  

Long-term portion

     —          2,641,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ —        $ 3,060,858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the future minimum lease payments of the Company’s operating lease liability were as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31

   Amount  

2020

   $ 460,616  

2021

     460,616  

2022

     460,616  

2023

     492,940  

2024

     492,940  

Thereafter

     1,575,791  

As of December 31, 2019, the remaining lease term is 8 years and the discount rate used to determine the operating lease liability was 6.5%. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred total operating lease expenses of $638,397, which included a lease component associated with fixed lease payments of $444,454 and a non-lease component of $193,943.

14. Financial instruments:

Financial instruments and fair value

The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy established by U.S. GAAP that prioritizes those inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 inputs are not observable in the market.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans to related parties, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, bank indebtedness, operating lease obligations, and long-term debt. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and bank indebtedness approximate their fair values due to the immediate and short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The fair value of loans to related party approximate the carrying value as the interest rates approximate the rates applicable for non-related party loans.

The estimated fair value of long-term debt classified as Level 2 was $3,600,000 and $3,400,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The estimated fair value has been determined by discounting future principal and interest amounts at estimated interest rates expected to be available to the Company at year end.

15. Financial risk management

Concentration of Credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are invested with the primary objective being the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity. The guidelines on the quality of financial instruments that the Company believes minimizes the exposure to concentration of credit risk. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by placing its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk for accounts and accrued receivables is indicated by the carrying value of its accounts receivable and accrued receivables. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts when there is uncertainty regarding collection of the related receivable. The Company does not require customers to provide collateral to support accounts receivable. If deemed necessary, credit reviews of significant customers may be performed prior to extending credit. The determination of a customer’s ability to pay requires judgment, and failure to collect from a customer can adversely affect revenue, cash, and net earnings. The Company currently does not have an allowance and expects to collect the full balance receivable. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, accounts receivable amounts were due from five customers.

Interest rate risk

The Company’s interest rate risk is primarily attributable to its cash and cash equivalents, long term operating lease liability and long-term debt.

The Company believes that it does not have material exposure to changes in the fair value of cash and cash equivalents because of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of cash and cash equivalents. The Company does not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and has not used any derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate exposure.

The Company is exposed to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of the operating lease liability and long-term debt will vary as a result of changes in market interest rates. In order to manage funding needs or capital structure goals, the Company enters into debt or lease agreements that are subject to either fixed market interest rates set at the time of issue or floating rates determined by ongoing market conditions. Debt subject to variable interest rates exposes the Company to variability in interest expense, while debt subject to fixed interest rates exposes the Company to variability in the fair value of debt. To manage interest rate exposure, the Company accesses various sources of financing and manages borrowings in line with a targeted range of capital structure, debt ratings, liquidity needs, maturity schedule, and currency and interest rate profiles.

Foreign currency risk

The Company had U.S. dollar denominated cash and cash equivalents of $2,687,133 and $3,005,514 at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company had Canadian denominated cash and cash equivalents

 

F-25


Table of Contents

of CAD $10,578,426 and CAD $5,845,484 at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company had Australian denominated cash and cash equivalents of $nil and A$66,835 at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Company incurs certain operating expenses and accounts payable in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the Canadian and the Australian dollar, and accordingly is subject to foreign exchange risk due to fluctuations in exchange rates. The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposure to foreign exchange risk. The operating results and financial position of the Company are reported in U.S. dollars in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The fluctuation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar and the Australian dollar will have an impact on the reported balances for net assets, net loss and shareholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s short-term cash requirements are primarily to settle its financial liabilities, which consist primarily of accounts payable and accrued liabilities falling due on average within 30 days and current portion of lease obligations and long term debt falling due within the next 12 months, with medium term requirements to invest in property and equipment and research and development. The Company’s principal sources of liquidity to settle its financial liabilities are cash, cash equivalents and, collection of accounts and accrued receivables relating to research collaboration and license agreements and additional government grant funding as required. The Company believes that these principal sources of liquidity are sufficient to fund its operations for at least the next 12 months.

Counterparty risk

In 2018, a significant portion of revenue was recognized from one customer representing 61%. In 2019, a significant portion of revenue was recognized from three customers representing 47%, 15% and 12%, respectively.

16. Contingencies:

From time to time, the Company may become involved in routine litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company does not have contingency reserves established for any litigation liabilities and any the costs related to such legal proceedings are expensed as incurred.

The Company may enter into certain agreements with strategic partners in the ordinary course of operations that may include contractual milestone payments related to the achievement of pre-specified research, development, regulatory and commercialization events and indemnification provisions, which are common in such agreements. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company may be obligated to make research and development and regulatory milestone payments upon the occurrence of certain events and low single digit royalty payments based on net sales.

To date, the Company has not recognized any development, or commercial milestone payments, or royalty payments resulting from our arrangements with our strategic partners.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

17. Related party transactions:

The Company utilizes its network of investors, directors, and advisors in executing business. As such, we have transactions with related parties including the following:

 

(a)

The Chief Commercial Officer of StemCell Technologies Inc. was a Director for the Company until September 11, 2019. StemCell provides reagents, tools and services for life science research. The Company incurred $6,206 and $29,998 of expenses from transactions with StemCell Technologies Inc. during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The amounts charged were subject to normal trade terms and recorded at the exchange amount.

 

(b)

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company was the recipient of a personal loan of CAD $2,000,000 ($1,539,527) from the Company during the year ended December 31, 2019 for the purposes of financing the purchase of a residential property. The loan is interest bearing at an annual interest rate of 3.54% and has a term to maturity of the earlier of, and unless otherwise extended as mutually agreed with the Company:

 

  a.

Five years from the date of the advance,

 

  b.

Two years following the date the CEO ceases to be an employee of the Company,

 

  c.

Sale of the residential property, or

 

  d.

Upon a qualifying liquidation event, as defined in the agreement.

The accrued interest at December 31, 2019 was $40,874.

 

(c)

The General Counsel of the Company was the recipient of a loan of $200,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019. The loan is interest bearing at an annual interest rate of 3.95% and has a term to maturity of 3.33 years. The accrued interest at December 31, 2019 was $2,633.

18. Subsequent events:

The Company evaluated subsequent events through to November 20, 2020, the date on which those financial statements were issued. These consolidated financial statements have been adjusted from amounts previously presented to reflect changes to the ordering and formatting of certain columnar tabular information throughout and updates to certain subsequent events. No changes have been made to amounts previously reported. Subsequent events are as follows:

 

(a)

In August of 2019 the Company entered into a contribution agreement with Western Economic Diversification Canada wherein CAD $5,000,000 ($3,846,154) of a CAD $12,000,000 ($9,237,164) Business Scale up Project will be contributed to the Company as a non-interest bearing loan with repayments commencing in April 2023 over 60 months. Subsequent to year-end, the Company had obtained an initial contribution of CAD $1,637,622 ($1,260,582) for this loan.

 

(b)

Announced partnerships:

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company announced a grant funded by Innovation, Science and Economic Development (“ISED”) Canada for a total of CAD $175,631,000 ($125,600,000) over the next five years.

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company announced a new partnership with Eli Lilly. The partnership agreement is for the Company to perform discovery research for Eli Lilly to then pursue further along the drug development process to eventually bring to the market. The agreement resulted in an upfront fee received of $25,000,000.

In March 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with Alloy Therapeutics (Alloy) to use the ATX-Gx humanized mice platform to enable in vivo human antibody discovery for its partner programs. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will offer its biotech and pharma partners access to ATX-Gx, Alloy’s proprietary suite of immunocompetent transgenic mice, for use in any antibody discovery program and against any therapeutic target. The Company paid $15,000,000 for this license which will be paid over three years.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

In June 2020, the Company acquired rights to the OrthoMab bispecific platform from Dualogics, LLC for $4,000,000. The acquisition represents a group of similar assets sourced from the agreement. All the fair value associated with the agreement is concentrated in a group of similar assets and is not considered a business in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-5A. The Company does not reasonably expect the platform acquired will be used to receive economic benefit in an alternative manner, nor does the acquisition agreement provide for any future economic benefit to the Company from the rights retained by Dualogics, LLC. The Company therefore accounted for the right to the Dualogics, LLC platform acquired under the agreement as an acquisition of an asset and recognized $4,000,000 as research and development expenses under ASC 730.

 

(c)

On March 23, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement for gross proceeds of $75,000,244 in exchange for 6,017,784 Series A2 Preferred Shares. The preferred shares are voting and convertible into common shares.

 

(d)

In March 2020, the Company retired its debt facility with Bank of Montreal and subsequently entered into a credit agreement with OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP, for an available principal amount of $30,000,000 of which $15,000,000 was drawn, and was subsequently repaid and retired in July 2020.

 

(e)

Subsequent to year end, the Company entered into two five-year leases for office space, commencing in February 2020 and November 2020, with annual minimum lease payments of approximately $117,891 and $178,500, respectively, and another five year lease for laboratory and office space, commencing in October 2021 with annual minimum lease payments of approximately $1,552,684.

 

(f)

The CEO loan outstanding at December 31, 2019 was subsequently repaid in full during the second quarter of 2020.

 

(g)

Subsequent to September 30, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Trianni, Inc. (“Trianni”) for a total cash consideration of approximately $98,000,000, including certain closing adjustments for working capital, indebtedness, as well as payments to Trianni option holders for the cancellation and extinguishment of Trianni options. The acquisition was approved by necessary parties and closed in November 2020. To fund this acquisition, the Company issued convertible notes in the principle amount of $90,000,000 on October 30, 2020. These notes are convertible at the option of the noteholder under certain circumstances, including upon closing of certain qualified financings as defined in the note agreement. These notes mature five years from the date of issuance and bear no interest for the first twelve months and bear five percent (5%) interest per annum thereafter. The Company will account for the acquisition as a business combination. As part of the acquisition, the Company has agreed to pay former shareholders of Trianni 85% of any payments received in relation to a specific customer license, less any direct expenses, for the period ending on the earlier of April 9, 2024 or the date that the Company’s obligations under the license have been completed and discharged in full.

 

(h)

On November 3, 2020 the Company entered into a five-year lease for office space, commencing in November 2020 with annual minimum lease payments of approximately $178,500.

 

(i)

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company granted 1,903,968 stock options.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    December 31,
2019
    September 30,
2020
    Pro Forma
September 30, 2020
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

                          

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,552,917     $ 91,081,765    

Accounts receivable

    2,123,968       5,531,239    

Accrued amounts receivable

    1,152,558       14,577,297    

Other current assets

    1,810,894       2,809,207    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    12,640,337       113,999,508    

Long-term assets

     

Property and equipment, net

    8,479,940       14,277,641    

Intangible and other long-term assets

    584,776       13,898,314    

Loans to related parties

    1,783,019       209,875    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

    10,847,735       28,385,830    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 23,488,072     $ 142,385,338    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 2,579,105     $ 12,867,571    

Deferred revenue

    3,236,026       6,917,081    

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,079,730       319,550    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    7,894,861       20,104,202    

Long-term liabilities:

     

Operating lease liability

    2,641,719       3,066,360    

Long-term debt

    1,363,143       1,939,005    

Deferred revenue and grant funding

    1,336,199       23,718,009    

Other long-term liabilities

    —         4,319,713    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

    5,341,061       33,043,087    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    13,235,922       53,147,289    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingencies (Note 16)

     

Shareholders’ equity

     

Common shares: no par value, unlimited authorized shares at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020: 15,168,143 and 15,409,130 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively

    5,121,751       6,373,548    

Convertible preferred shares unlimited authorized shares at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020: 2,105,264 and 8,123,048 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively

    7,545,853       82,208,445    

Additional paid-in capital

    2,300,178       3,453,230    

Accumulated deficit

    (4,715,632     (2,797,174  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    10,252,150       89,238,049       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 23,488,072     $ 142,385,338     $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsequent events (Note 19)

     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Revenue:

    

Research fees

   $ 8,409,143     $ 17,246,728  

Milestone payments

     —         8,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,409,143       25,246,728  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     6,804,269       20,756,650  

Sales and marketing

     792,084       1,610,084  

General and administrative

     1,773,862       6,115,635  

Depreciation

     1,179,910       1,507,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,550,124       29,990,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,140,982     (4,743,297

Other (income) expense

    

Interest income

     (110,927     (194,739

Interest and other expense

     126,991       4,896,143  

Foreign exchange gain

     (348,095     (1,145,892

Grants and incentives

     (1,239,229     (10,217,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     (1,571,260     (6,661,755
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the period

   $ (569,722   $ 1,918,458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders

    

Basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.09  

Diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.08  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    

Basic

     15,120,734       15,241,330  

Diluted

     15,120,734       23,772,353  

Pro forma net earnings (loss) per common share

    

Basic

    

Diluted

    

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding

    

Basic

    

Diluted

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars except share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

    Series A1
Preferred Shares
    Series A2
Preferred Shares
    Common Shares     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as at December 31, 2018

    2,105,264     $ 7,557,007           15,094,143     $ 5,073,692     $ 1,483,440     $ (2,504,936   $ 11,609,203  

Share issued under stock option plan

    —         —         —         —         74,000       32,123       (15,206     —         16,917  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         778,225       —         778,225  

Net earnings (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (569,722     (569,722
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as at September 30,
2019

    2,105,264     $ 7,557,007       —       $ —         15,168,143     $ 5,105,815     $ 2,246,459     $ (3,074,658   $ 11,834,624  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as at December 31, 2019

    2,105,264     $ 7,545,853       —       $ —         15,168,143     $ 5,121,751     $ 2,300,178     $ (4,715,632   $ 10,252,150  

Issuance of Series A2 preferred shares

    —         —         6,017,784       75,000,244       —         —         —         —         75,000,244  

Share issued under stock option plan

    —         —         —         —         240,987       1,251,797       (358,947     —         892,850  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,511,999       —         1,511,999  

Share issuance costs

    —         —         —         (337,652     —         —         —         —         (337,652

Net earnings (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,918,458       1,918,458  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as at September 30,
2020

    2,105,264     $ 7,545,853       6,017,784     $ 74,662,592       15,409,130     $ 6,373,548     $ 3,453,230     $ (2,797,174   $ 89,238,049  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (569,722   $ 1,918,458  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     1,179,910       1,507,656  

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use-assets

     169,646       334,664  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         821,012  

Stock-based compensation

     778,225       3,775,426  

Accretion and other

     (304,497     439,887  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (970,559     (3,567,533

Accrued research fees receivable

     (356,823     (13,424,739

Deferred revenue

     (930,842     27,023,036  

Other operating assets and liabilities

     3,239,102       2,585,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,234,439       21,413,609  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,413,728     (8,170,874

Purchase of intangible asset

     —         (5,000,000

Repayment (issuance) of loan to related parties

     (1,738,147     1,573,144  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,151,874     (11,597,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from long-term debt

     217,470       15,515,851  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (287,857     (16,971,073

Short-term borrowings

     —         (387,252

Issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options

     16,917       892,851  

Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares—Series A2 Financing

     —         74,662,592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (53,469     73,712,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,970,904     83,528,848  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period

     10,444,283       7,552,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period

   $ 7,473,379     $ 91,081,765  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Purchase of intangible assets—see Note 8

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

1. Nature of operations

AbCellera Biologics Inc. (“the Company”) was incorporated and commenced business activities on November 8, 2012 under the laws of the British Columbia Business Corporations Act. The Company is engaged in the business of utilizing a mix of complex technologies in its medical research and development to unearth antibody-based drugs more quickly, cheaply and effectively. Since its inception the Company has dedicated resources to research and development activities that support its current partner projects and future platform development efforts. The Company is headquartered in Vancouver, Canada.

2. Basis of presentation

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for interim financial information. Accordingly, these financial statements do not include all the information and footnotes required for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the accompanying notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2019.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results that can be expected for a full year. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements follow the same significant accounting policies as those described in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019, except for the new accounting guidance adopted during the period as described in Note 4.

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Lineage Biosciences Inc. and Channel Biologics Pty Ltd. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation.

The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares. Upon the closing of a qualified public offering, on specified terms, all outstanding preferred shares of the Company will automatically convert into the Company’s common shares. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company expects that its existing cash will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the foreseeable future.

The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to generate cash from operating activities and to raise additional capital and draw on government funding programs, as required, to finance its operations. If the Company is unable to obtain further funding, the Company may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects. In addition, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in early 2020. The situation is dynamic and the ultimate duration and magnitude of the impact on the economy and the Company’s business are not known at this time.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

3. Significant accounting policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Areas of significant estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition including estimated timing of completion of performance obligations and determining whether an option for additional goods or services represents a material right, recoverability of investment tax credits receivable, and the fair value of equity awards and related share-based compensation. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known trends and other market-specific or other relevant factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates when there are changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may directly or indirectly impact the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, including revenues, expenses, clinical trials, research and development costs and employee-related amounts, will depend on future developments that are evolving and highly uncertain, such as the duration and severity of the outbreak, including potential future waves or cycles, and the effectiveness of actions taken to contain and treat COVID-19. The Company considered the potential impact of COVID-19 when making certain estimates and judgments relating to the preparation of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements. While there was no material impact to the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company’s future assessment of the magnitude and duration of COVID-19, as well as other factors, could result in a material impact to the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements in future reporting periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 has been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of an IPO, to all outstanding preferred shares of the Company converted into the Company’s common shares, as if the proposed IPO had occurred on September 30, 2020. It does not reflect any assumed proceeds from or costs related to the IPO.

In the accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net earnings per share attributable to common shareholders for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 has been prepared to solely give effect, upon the closing of a IPO, as if all outstanding preferred shares of the Company converted into the Company’s common shares, as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the preferred shares.

4. Changes in significant accounting policies

On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted the new Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), and all related amendments under FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses.

Adoption of this new accounting standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

The Company has reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to the Company or that no material impact is expected in the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.

5. Net earnings (loss) per share

Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders was calculated

as follows (in U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Basic earnings per share

    

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (569,722   $ 1,918,458  

Less: earnings allocated to Preferred Shareholders

     —         (561,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders—basic

   $ (569,722   $ 1,357,375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     15,120,734       15,241,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders—basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.09  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

    

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders—diluted

   $ (569,722   $ 1,918,458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     15,120,734       15,241,330  

Convertible Preferred Shares

     —         6,300,143  

Effect of stock options

     —         2,230,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

     15,120,734       23,772,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders—diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts

outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
           2019                  2020        

Options to purchase common shares

     2,753,900        —    

Convertible preferred shares

     2,105,264        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total potential common shares excluded

     4,859,164        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Earnings per Share Attributable to Common Shareholders

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net earnings per share attributable to common shareholders for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 has been prepared to solely give effect to solely give effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares of the Company into the Company’s common shares on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the preferred shares.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net earnings per share attributable to common shareholders for the period ended September 30, 2020 was calculated as follows:

 

Pro forma earnings per share—basic

                           

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect subsequent conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, in each case upon the closing of the proposed IPO

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

  

Pro forma net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders—basic

  

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted

  

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

  

Effect of stock options

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

  

6. Other current assets

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019      September 30, 2020  

Tax and Investment tax credit receivable

   $ 1,101,306      $ 907,892  

Prepaid expenses

     547,170        873,598  

Materials and supplies

     162,418        1,027,717  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 1,810,894      $ 2,809,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019     September 30, 2020  

Computers

   $ 3,829,768     $ 6,238,883  

Laboratory equipment

     2,301,947       5,362,255  

Furniture and fixtures

     85,513       120,118  

Leasehold improvements

     2,728,825       3,861,124  

Operating lease right-of-use asset

     2,690,844       3,358,594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     11,636,897       18,940,974  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (3,156,957     (4,663,333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 8,479,940     $ 14,277,641  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 was $1,179,910 and $1,507,656, respectively.

 

8.

Intangible assets, net

In March 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with Alloy Therapeutics (Alloy) to use the ATX-Gx humanized mice platform to enable in vivo human antibody discovery for its partner programs. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will offer its biotech and pharma partners access to ATX-Gx, Alloy’s proprietary suite of immunocompetent transgenic mice, for use in any antibody discovery program and against any therapeutic target. The agreement provides for future alternative use to the Company and as such the corresponding value has been recorded as an intangible asset. The asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the 10-year term of the license agreement with Alloy.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The acquisition consists of an initial cash payment of $5,000,000, with two additional $5,000,000 installment payments paid in twelve and twenty-four months, respectively. The estimated fair value of the non-current portion of the financial obligation was determined by discounting future principal and interest amounts at estimated interest rates expected to be available to the Company with an interest rate of 10.98%. Amortization expense is included in research and development.

Intangible assets related to this acquisition consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019      September 30, 2020  

Asset cost

   $ —        $ 14,074,493  

Less: accumulated amortization

     —          (821,012
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

   $ —        $ 13,253,481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Accounts payable and other liabilities

Accounts payable and other liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019      September 30, 2020  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 1,643,367      $ 2,986,112  

Liability for in-licensing agreement

     —          5,000,000  

Bank indebtedness

     387,252        —    

Operating lease liability

     419,139        588,590  

Liability classified options

     50,751        2,314,181  

Government remittances payable

     46,143        986,064  

Current portion of deferred grant funding

     32,453        992,624  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and other liabilities

   $ 2,579,105      $ 12,867,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Long-term debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019     September 30, 2020  

Long-term debt

    

Non-revolving BMO loan

   $ 2,009,340     $ —    

WD Canada—WINN Loan A

     289,356       263,934  

WD Canada—WINN Loan B

     1,144,177       1,151,642  

WD Canada—BSP Loan

     —         842,979  

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (2,079,730     (319,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,363,143     $ 1,939,005  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-revolving BMO loan

The non-revolving loan from Bank of Montreal (BMO), along with interest accrued, was paid off in full in March 2020.

OrbiMed Debt Facility

In March 2020, the Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP (“OrbiMed”), which provided for term debt in an aggregate amount of $30,000,000, which matures on March 23, 2025 (a 5 year term). As of June 30, 2020, the Company

 

F-37


Table of Contents

had $15,000,000 of borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin of 6.00% plus the higher of (a) the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for the applicable interest period and (b) 1.75%.

In July 2020, the outstanding loan was repaid in full, the Credit Agreement retired, and all associated security with the Credit Agreement was released. The Company incurred approximately $3.7 million in combined cancellation fees and legal fees on early retirement of the Credit Agreement which has been classified in interest and other (income) expense on the condensed consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss). The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement up to the date of retirement.

WD Canada—Business Scale Up and Productivity (BSP) Loan

The Company secured contribution-based, shared cost, non-interest-bearing funding from the Ministry of Western Economic Diversification under the BSP towards capital equipment and expenses for a project based in Vancouver, BC. This represents the third project for which we have received funding. The maximum amount of funding under the agreement is $3,846,154 subject to the following maximum annual amounts based on government funding years ending March 31: 2020—$750,000; 2021—$1,588,462; 2022—$1,507,692. The contribution is repayable to the Ministry by 59 monthly instalments of $64,102 starting April 1, 2023 and one final instalment of $64,118. At September 30, 2020 the Company has made draws amounting to $1,491,725.

The Western Economic Diversification (WD) Loans are subject to certain non-financial and restrictive covenants, including restrictions over the use of proceeds towards capital equipment and expenses and the sale of assets acquired related to the respective approved projects. At September 30, 2020, all eligible expenditures from proceeds received by the Company have been spent and the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

11.    Shareholders’ equity

Common shares

As of December 31, 2019, and September 30, 2020, the Company’s articles of the corporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue unlimited voting common shares, each with no par value per share. The voting, dividend, and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company’s common shares are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Series A1 and Series A2 preferred shares set forth below.

As of each balance sheet date, common shares consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019      September 30, 2020  
     Shares
authorized
     Shares issued and
outstanding
     Shares
authorized
     Shares issued and
outstanding
 

Common shares

     Unlimited        15,168,143        Unlimited        15,409,130  

Each voting common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders. Common shareholders are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the preferred shares. Through September 30, 2020, no cash dividends had been declared or paid by the Company.

Series A1 preferred shares

On August 3, 2018, the Company entered into an investment agreement with DCVC Bio, L.P. for gross proceeds of CAD $10,000,004 ($7,702,380) in exchange for 2,105,264 shares. Total proceeds received net of financing costs were $7,557,007.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Series A1 preferred shares are voting and are convertible, at any time and from time to time at the option of its holder, into fully paid and non-assessable common shares at a 1:1 ratio, subject to appropriate adjustment for splits, dividends, other similar recapitalization and the like.

Conversion of preferred shares to common shares is mandatory in the event of a Qualified Initial Public Offering with proceeds of at least $70 million.

The holders of the Series A1 preferred shares are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common shares, as a single class, on all matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which the Series A1 preferred shares could convert on the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to vote.

The holders of the Series A1 preferred shares are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, as and if declared by the board of directors (the “Preferred Dividend”). The Company may not pay any dividends on common shares of the Company unless the holders of Preferred Shares then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Preferred Dividend on each outstanding Series A1 preferred share and a dividend on each outstanding Series A1 preferred share in an amount at least equal to the product of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into common shares. Through September 30, 2020, no cash dividends had been declared or paid by the Company.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares then outstanding are entitled to a 1x non-participating liquidation preference. Due to the various rights and privileges within the existing Series A1 Preferred and Common shareholder agreements, the Company concluded triggering a deemed liquidation event is within the control of the Company, and therefore the Series A1 Preferred Shares are classified as permanent equity.

Series A2 preferred shares

On March 23, 2020, the Company entered into an investment agreement with certain shareholders for gross proceeds of $75,000,244 in exchange for 6,017,784 shares. Total proceeds received net of financing costs were $74,662,592.

The Series A2 preferred shares are voting and are convertible, at any time and from time to time at the option of its holder, into fully paid and non-assessable common shares at a 1:1 ratio, subject to appropriate adjustment for splits, dividends, other similar recapitalization and the like.

Conversion of preferred shares to common shares is mandatory in the event of a Qualified Initial Public Offering with proceeds of at least $70 million.

The holders of the Series A2 preferred shares are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common shares, as a single class, on all matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which the Series A2 preferred shares could convert on the record date for determination of shareholders entitled to vote.

The holders of the Series A2 preferred shares are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, as and if declared by the board of directors (the “Preferred Dividend”). The Company may not pay any dividends on common shares of the Company unless the holders of Preferred Shares then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Preferred Dividend on each outstanding Series A2 preferred share and a dividend on each outstanding Series A2 preferred share in an amount at least equal to the product of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into common shares. Through September 30, 2020, no cash dividends had been declared or paid by the Company.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares then outstanding are entitled to a 1x non-participating liquidation preference. In addition, holders of the Series A2 Preferred Shares are eligible to demand redemption of their shares in the event of certain deemed liquidation events, as defined the agreement. Due to the various rights and privileges within the existing Series A2 Preferred and Common shareholder agreements, the Company concluded triggering a deemed liquidation event is within the control of the Company, and therefore the Series A2 Preferred Shares are classified as permanent equity.

As of each balance sheet date, preferred shares consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019      September 30, 2020  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued and
Outstanding
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued and
Outstanding
 

Series Al preferred shares

     Unlimited        2,105,264        Unlimited        2,105,264  

Series A2 preferred shares

     n/a        —          n/a        6,017,784  

Stock-based compensation

At September 30, 2020, there are 5,353,181 options authorized to be issued under the program.

Options granted under the Company’s stock option program are denominated in Canadian dollars and are translated into U.S dollars using the period end rate or the average foreign exchange rate for the period, as applicable, and have been noted for information purposes.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock options granted in Canadian dollars since December 31, 2019:

 

     Number of Shares     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price (CAD)
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price (USD)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

     3,735,900     $ 2.90      $ 2.23  

Granted

     562,837       8.42        6.29  

Exercised

     (240,987     4.98        3.72  

Forfeited

     (20,700     5.21        3.89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 30, 2020

     4,037,050       5.53        2.70  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of September 30, 2020

     2,402,535     $ 2.42      $ 1.81  

Stock-based compensation expense was classified in the interim condensed consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019      2020  

Research and development expenses

   $ 538,361      $ 2,816,957  

General and administrative expenses

     156,644        881,590  

Sales and marketing expenses

     83,220        76,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 778,225      $ 3,775,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The fair value of each option award is determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average valuation assumptions for stock options granted in the period are as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2020
 

Risk-free interest rate1

     1.11

Expected volatility2

     90

Expected term (years)3

     5.76  

Expected dividend yield4

     0.00

Weighted-average fair value of options granted5

     7.16  

The weighted-average valuation assumptions for liability classified stock options outstanding at September 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2020
 

Risk-free interest rate1

     0.38

Expected volatility2

     75

Expected term (years)3

     6.25  

Expected dividend yield4

     0.00

Weighted-average fair value of options5

     27.63  

 

(1)   This rate is from federal government marketable bonds for each option grant during the year, having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the option.
(2)   Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. As the Company does not yet have sufficient history of its own volatility, the Company has identified several public entities of similar complexity and stage of development and calculates historical volatility using the volatility of these companies.
(3)   This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate the average expected term, which represents the average of the vesting period and the contractual term.
(4)   No dividends have been paid by the Company yet.
(5)   The Company granted stock options at exercise prices not less than the fair value of its common shares as determined by the Board, with input from management. Management estimated the fair value of its common shares based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including internal valuations, external market considerations affecting the biotechnology industry and the historic prices at which the Company sold common shares.

At September 30, 2019 there were no liability classified options outstanding. At September 30, 2020, there were 549,800 liability classified options outstanding which are included in other liabilities.

12. Revenue

The disaggregated revenue categories are presented on the face of the statement of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities represent payments received for performance obligations not yet satisfied and relate to deferred revenue, and are presented as current or long-term in the accompanying balance sheets based on the expected timing of satisfaction of the underlying goods and/or services.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the changes in deferred revenue:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Opening balance

   $ 4,511,146     $ 4,517,624  

Increase due to consideration received, net of revenue recognized during the year

     7,484,780       47,671,305  

Revenue recognized during the period

     (8,409,143     (25,246,728
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 3,586,783     $ 26,942,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In March of 2020, the Company entered into a research collaboration and license agreement with Eli Lilly pursuant to which the Company will perform discovery research for several targets for Eli Lilly to develop and commercialize. The agreement resulted in an upfront payment of $26,700,000, of which $22,400,000 was included in deferred revenue at September 30, 2020. Under the agreement, the Company is entitled to receive an aggregate of up to $29,000,000 of milestone payments as well as royalties in the low single digits based on net sales for non-COVID-19 targets and in the low- to mid-teens for aggregate sales below $125.0 million and mid-teens to mid-twenties on aggregate sales above $125.0 million. The Company expects to recognize approximately $3,700,000 in revenue in the next 12 months related to this agreement. Of the remaining deferred revenue balance of $4,500,000, which amount is related to various other agreements, approximately $3,200,000 is expected to be recognized in revenue in the next 12 months.

13. Government funding

In 2020 the Company received a funding commitment from the Government of Canada under Innovation, Science and Economic Development’s (ISED) Strategic Innovation Fund (SIF) for a total of CAD $175,631,000 ($125,600,000) which is intended to support research and development efforts related to the discovery of antibodies for use drugs to treat COVID-19, and to build technology and manufacturing infrastructure for antibody therapies against future pandemic threats.

To September 30, 2020 the Company incurred $12,869,112 in expenditures in respect of the SIF grant funding. This amount relates primarily to spending under phase 1 of the agreement and such amounts are not repayable. An immaterial amount was claimed in respect of phase 2 of the funding commitment which includes a non-probable repayable condition that is not estimable at this time.

Of the total spend during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, $8,426,355 relates to research and development expenditures and is reflected in other income. The remaining $4,442,757 is attributable to capital asset expenditures and is amortized into other income over the average asset life of five years. Unamortized amounts are included in other liabilities and other long-term liabilities.

14. Leases

The Company leases approximately 20,996 square feet for its head office, which represents both office and laboratory space, in Vancouver, British Columbia with terms expiring in 2027. The Company entered into the 10 year lease for its facility on January 1, 2018, including base rent and regular maintenance and cleaning fees. The Company’s three leased facilities are accounted for as operating leases with maintenance segregated as a non-lease component. The Company has not included the extension period in the determination of the right-of-use-asset or the lease liability for operating leases as the Company did not consider it reasonably certain that the Company would exercise any extension option.

During the first half of 2020 the Company entered two additional office lease spaces. The first is an additional office facility in Vancouver BC commencing February 1, 2020 with a term of 5 years 10 months and is

 

F-42


Table of Contents

approximately 4,900 square feet. This lease agreement does not include an extension option. The second is approximately 2,100 square feet and is an office and laboratory facility in Sydney Australia commencing January 1, 2020 with a one year initial lease term and a one year extension period. The Company has included the extension period in the determination of the right-of-use-asset and lease liability for operating leases.

In July 2020 the Company entered into an additional office lease space. The lease term commences July 1, 2020 with a term of two years and is approximately 6,300 square feet.

The balance sheet classification of the Company’s lease liabilities was as follows:

 

     December 31,
2019
     September 31,
2020
 

Operating lease liabilities

     

Current portion

   $ 419,139      $ 588,590  

Long-term portion

     2,641,719        3,066,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 3,060,858      $ 3,654,950  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At September 30, 2020, the future minimum lease payments of the Company’s operating lease liabilities were as follows:

 

     Amount  

2020

   $ 204,564  

2021

     818,257  

2022

     648,275  

2023

     595,709  

2024

     595,709  

Thereafter

     1,632,742  

As of September 30, 2020, the weighted-average remaining lease term is 6.39 years and the discount rate used to determine the operating lease liabilities was approximately 6.5%.

The Company incurred total operating lease expenses, including fixed lease payments and non-lease components, of $627,452 and $702,496 during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

15. Financial instruments

The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy established by U.S. GAAP that prioritizes those inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 inputs are not observable in the market.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans to related parties, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, bank indebtedness, operating lease obligations, liability classified stock options, and long-term debt. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and bank indebtedness approximate their fair values due to the immediate and short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The fair value of loans to related party approximate the carrying value as the interest rates approximate the rates applicable for non-related party loans. The Company uses a Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the fair value of liability classified options, which utilizes Level 3 inputs (Note 11).

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The estimated fair value of long-term debt of $3,400,000 and $2,800,000 at December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively, are classified as Level 2. The estimated fair value has been determined by discounting future principal and interest amounts at estimated interest rates expected to be available to the Company at period end.

16. Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become involved in routine litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company does not have contingency reserves established for any litigation liabilities and any the costs related to such legal proceedings are expensed as incurred.

The Company may enter into certain agreements with strategic partners in the ordinary course of operations that may include contractual milestone payments related to the achievement of pre-specified research, development, regulatory and commercialization events and indemnification provisions, which are common in such agreements. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company may be obligated to make research and development and regulatory milestone payments upon the occurrence of certain events and upon receipt of low single digit to mid-twenties royalty payments based on certain net sales targets.

To date the Company has made payments of approximately $225,000 related to such obligations.

17. Related party transactions

The Company utilizes its network of investors, directors, and advisors in executing business. As

such, the Company had transactions with related parties including the following:

 

(a)

The Chief Commercial Officer of StemCell Technologies Inc. was a director for the Company until September 11, 2019. StemCell provides reagents, tools and services for life science research. The Company incurred expenditures of $14,431 and $26,143 from transactions with StemCell Technologies Inc. during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The amounts charged were subject to normal trade terms. As of September 30, 2020, StemCell Technologies Inc. was no longer a related party of the Company.

 

(b)

The personal loan to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company was repaid in full during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

(c)

The General Counsel of the Company was the recipient of a loan of $200,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019. The loan is interest bearing at an annual interest rate of 3.95% and has a term to maturity of 3.33 years.

18. Asset Acquisition

In June 2020, the Company acquired rights to the OrthoMab bispecific platform from Dualogics, LLC for $4,000,000. The acquisition represents a group of similar assets sourced from the agreement. All the fair value associated with the agreement is concentrated in a group of similar assets and is not considered a business in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-5A. The Company does not reasonably expect the platform acquired will be used to receive economic benefit in an alternative manner, nor does the acquisition agreement provide for any future economic benefit to the Company from the rights retained by Dualogics, LLC. The Company therefore accounted for the right to the Dualogics, LLC platform acquired under the agreement as an acquisition of an asset and recognized $4,000,000 as research and development expenses under ASC 730.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

19. Subsequent events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through to November 20, 2020, the date on which these financial statements were issued.

 

(a)

Subsequent to September 30, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Trianni, Inc. (“Trianni”) for a total cash consideration of approximately $98,000,000, including certain closing adjustments for working capital, indebtedness, as well as payments to Trianni option holders for the cancellation and extinguishment of Trianni options. The acquisition was approved by necessary parties and closed in November 2020. To fund this acquisition, the Company issued convertible notes in the principle amount of $90,000,000 on October 30, 2020. These notes are convertible at the option of the noteholder under certain circumstances, including upon closing of certain qualified financings as defined in the note agreement. These notes mature five years from the date of issuance and bear no interest for the first twelve months and bear five percent (5%) interest per annum thereafter. The Company will account for the acquisition as a business combination. As part of the acquisition, the Company has agreed to pay former shareholders of Trianni 85% of any payments received in relation to a specific customer license, less any direct expenses, for the period ending on the earlier of April 9, 2024 or the date that the Company’s obligations under the license have been completed and discharged in full.

 

(b)

On November 3, 2020 the Company entered into a five-year lease for office space, commencing in November 2020 with annual minimum lease payments of approximately $178,500.

 

(c)

Subsequent to September 30, 2020, the Company granted 1,341,131 stock options.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Board of Directors

Trianni, Inc.

San Francisco, California

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Trianni, Inc. (a California corporation) (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Trianni, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has elected to change its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers as of January 1, 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606. This adoption did not result in a cumulative adjustment to opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2018. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel string of coronavirus (COVID-19) a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. The ultimate financial impact and duration of these events cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

/s/ Armanino LLP

Armanino LLP

San Jose, California

October 26, 2020

 

F-47


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(IN THOUSANDS AND EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2020
 
     2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Assets:

        

Current Assets:

        

Cash

   $ 2,400      $ 1,105      $ 15,146  

Marketable securities

     11,280        11,508        —    

Accounts receivable

     1,560        1,500        400  

Inventory

     18        28        15  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,734        1,250        621  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

   $ 16,992      $ 15,391      $ 16,182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     244        216        189  

Deferred tax assets

     861        1,380        1,380  

Other assets

     35        35        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 18,132      $ 17,022      $ 17,786  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity:

        

Current Liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 48      $ 30      $ 186  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     107        47        128  

Dividend payable

     —          —          6,452  

Deferred revenue, current portion

     2,642        2,825        1,578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 2,797      $ 2,902      $ 8,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     1,805        926        417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 4,602      $ 3,828      $ 8,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 5)

        

Convertible Preferred Stock: no par value, 6,069,642 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019; 5,448,290 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and aggregate liquidation preference of $3,132 as of December 31, 2018 and 2019

     3,132        3,132        3,132  

Stockholders’ Equity:

        

Common stock: no par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2019; 7,082,031 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019

     756        756        756  

Additional paid-in capital

     854        1,094        1,094  

Retained earnings

     8,788        8,212        4,043  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     10,398        10,062        5,893  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity

   $ 18,132      $ 17,022      $ 17,786  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(IN THOUSANDS AND EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (Unaudited)  

Revenue

        

License revenue

   $ 1,533     $ 3,080     $ 2,979     $ 5,946  

Other revenue

     963       1,078       —         —    

Total revenue

     2,496       4,158       2,979       5,946  

Cost of goods sold

     211       142       104       127  

Gross profit

     2,285       4,016       2,875       5,819  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     2,889       3,340       2,007       2,247  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,351       2,084       1,200       1,322  

Total operating expenses

     5,240       5,424       3,207       3,569  

Operating income (loss)

     (2,955     (1,408     (332     2,250  

Interest income

     167       250       193       150  

Other income, net

     2       33       1       1  

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (2,786     (1,125     (138     2,401  

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (364     (549     (125     118  

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,422   $ (576   $ (13   $ 2,283  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019

IN THOUSANDS AND EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS (EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock             Common Stock      Additional
Paid- In
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
     Shares        Amount             Shares      Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2017

     5,448,290        $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 547      $ 11,210     $ 12,513  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

     —            —               —          —          45        —         45  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —            —               —          —          262        —         262  

Net loss

     —            —               —          —          —          (2,422     (2,422

Balances at December 31, 2018

     5,448,290        $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 854      $ 8,788     $ 10,398  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —            —               —          —          240        —         240  

Net loss

     —            —               —          —          —          (576     (576

Balances at December 31, 2019

     5,448,290        $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 1,094      $ 8,212     $ 10,062  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020

IN THOUSANDS AND EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS (EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock             Common Stock      Additional
Paid- in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019

   Shares      Amount             Shares      Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2018

     5,448,290      $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 854      $ 8,788     $ 10,398  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

     —          —               —          —          182        —         182  

Net loss (unaudited)

     —          —               —          —          —          (13     (13

Balances at September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     5,448,290      $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 1,036      $ 8,775     $ 10,567  

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock             Common Stock      Additional
Paid- in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2020

   Shares      Amount             Shares      Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2019

     5,448,290      $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 1,094      $ 8,212     $ 10,062  

Declaration of dividend (unaudited)

     —          —               —          —          —          (6,452     (6,452

Net income (unaudited)

     —          —               —          —          —          2,283       2,283  

Balances at September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     5,448,290      $ 3,132             7,082,031      $ 756      $ 1,094      $ 4,043     $ 5,893  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(IN THOUSANDS AND EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,422   $ (576   $ (13   $ 2,283  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     33       33       24       27  

Stock-based compensation

     262       240       182       —    

Deferred income taxes

     (757     (519     —         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (1,444     60       1,118       1,100  

Inventory

     6       (10     (1     13  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (475     484       123       629  

Other assets

     1       —         —         —    

Accounts payable

     (42     (18     29       156  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     23       (60     (18     81  

Deferred revenue

     3,538       (696     (1,647     (1,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (1,277     (1,062     (203     2,533  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Maturities of marketable securities

     11,071       11,280       11,280       11,508  

Purchase of marketable securities

     (11,280     (11,508     (11,500     —    

Purchases of property and equipment

     —         (5     (5     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (209     (233     (225     11,508  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (1,486     (1,295     (428     14,041  

Cash at beginning of period

     3,886       2,400       2,400       1,105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 2,400     $ 1,105     $ 1,972     $ 15,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary cash flow disclosures:

        

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 307     $ 61     $ —       $ 104  

Noncash financing activities—dividend payable

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 6,452  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Trianni, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation on August 25, 2008. The Company is a biotechnology company whose main activity is specializing in antibody discovery technology and selling licenses to it. The Company’s lead technology, the Trianni Mouse®, is a platform enabling efficient generation of fully-human monoclonal antibodies (the “Trianni Platform”). The Company’s transgenic platform leverages a novel approach to design made possible by advances in DNA synthesis and genomic modification technology. The Company is headquartered in San Francisco, California.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates form the basis for judgments the Company makes about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates are based on management’s knowledge about current events and expectations about actions the Company may undertake in the future. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, useful lives of property and equipment, fair value of the Company’s common stock, fair values of stock-based awards and income taxes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, the interim statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, the interim statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and the financial data disclosed in these notes as of September 30, 2020 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of these interim financial statements. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020, or for any other future annual or interim period.

COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”), outbreak a pandemic. While certain impacts of COVID-19 have been favorable to possible sale of the Company’s products and services, the Company cannot at this time predict the specific extent, duration, or full impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its financial condition and operations. The impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak on the financial performance of the Company may depend on future

 

F-53


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

COVID-19 (continued)

 

developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related governmental advisories and restrictions. In addition, the Company could see some limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on its operations, including but not limited to sickness of employees or their families, the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people, and increased reliance on working from home.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, the achievement of the Company’s research and development activities, competition from other larger companies, protection of research and development results, strategic relationships, and dependence on key individuals.

Cash

Cash includes cash held in checking accounts, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less held with high credit quality financial institutions in the United States. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

The Company invests its excess cash balances in bank certificates of deposits. Investments with original maturities greater than three months at the time of purchase are classified as marketable securities.

Concentrations of Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash primarily with domestic financial institutions that are federally insured within statutory limits. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by financial institutions to the extent that cash balances are in excess of the amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had approximately $2.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, deposited in a major financial institution in excess of FDIC insurance limitations. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had approximately $14.9 million deposited in a major financial institution in excess of FDIC insurance limitations. The Company has not experienced any losses to date.

The Company has not experienced any losses on its customer accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant risk of bad debt. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, one customer represented 96% and 100%, respectively, of accounts receivable. As of September 30, 2020, two customers represented 57% and 34% of total accounts receivable, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers represented more than 10% of total revenue at approximately 24%, 14% and 11% of total revenue, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019, one customer represented more than 10% of total revenue at

 

F-54


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Concentrations of Risks (continued)

 

approximately 38%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, one customer represented more than 10% of revenue at approximately 40% of total revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, two customers represented more than 10% of revenue at approximately 59% and 19%, respectively, of total revenue.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due to the Company under the terms of license arrangements. It is the practice of the Company to provide for uncollectible accounts in the year the accounts are determined to be uncollectible. Based on management’s evaluation of accounts receivable, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been recorded in the accompanying balance sheets and the accompanying statements of operations do not reflect any bad debt expense.

Inventory

Inventory consists of mice inventory, including those sold to customers for breeding and/or those that are available to customers for non-breeding research purposes. Inventory is recorded at lower-of-cost or net realizable value. Inventory costs include direct costs associated with the development of mice. The Company does not have significant overhead costs. The Company regularly monitors for excess and obsolete inventory and reduces the carrying value of inventory accordingly. The Company has not historically recorded any inventory write-downs and did not record any inventory write-downs during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or during the nine-months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Laboratory equipment

  

5-10 years

Computer equipment

  

2 years

Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations when incurred. When property and equipment are sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset account and related accumulated depreciation account are relieved and any gain or loss in included in the results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue primarily from entering into licensing arrangements with customers, either under perpetual license or term license arrangements, under which the Company provides customers the rights to its human antibody discovery platform that is carried in the Trianni Mouse. The Company’s customers are primarily life science research pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the new accounting standard Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) using the modified retrospective method. Under the modified retrospective method, this guidance is applied to those contracts that were not completed as

of January 1, 2018, with no restatement of contracts that were commenced and completed within fiscal years prior to January 1, 2018. The adoption of the new revenue standard had no impact on the opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 and, accordingly, no cumulative adjustment was required. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for its arrangements with customers, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract, identifies those that are performance obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. Performance obligations are considered distinct if they are both capable of being distinct and distinct within the context of the contract. In determining whether performance obligations meet the criteria for being distinct, the Company considers a number of factors, such as the degree of interrelation and interdependence between obligations, and whether or not the good or service significantly modifies or transforms another good or service in the contract. The Company has determined that the Trianni Mouse is not distinct from the perpetual or term licenses with which they are sold. The Company offers limited hours of support to its customers which has been deemed as an immaterial performance obligation.

Perpetual license agreements typically provide customers the right to use the Trianni Mouse for the development of antibodies and include the right to breed the mice and are comprised of a single performance obligation. Revenue associated with a perpetual license is recognized at a point in time when control of the Trianni Mouse is transferred. Term license agreements provide customers with the right to use the Company’s technology inherent in the Trianni Platform over a defined period of time, typically tied to specific projects, and prohibit customers the ability to use the Trianni Mouse for breeding purposes. Revenue under term licenses is recognized over time, on a ratable basis, as access to the technology within the Trianni Platform is rendered. Subsequent mice sales are recognized as the mice are delivered. Term license agreements as well as research and development agreements may require milestone-based, measured by certain events, and/or royalty-based payments and the associated revenue is recognized at a point in time when certain milestones are reached. The Company also has certain arrangements in which, in addition to providing access to the Trianni Platform, a percentage of revenue generated from antibodies derived from the Trianni Mouse must be paid to the Company as a royalty or revenue sharing. Revenue share payments are recognized as revenue when received.

The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis. In developing the standalone price for a performance obligation, the Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. Generally, payments from customers are due when goods and

 

F-56


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

services are transferred. For arrangements where the anticipated period between timing of transfer of goods and services and the timing of payment is one year or less, the Company has elected to not assess whether a significant financing component exists. Revenue is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the cumulative amount recognized will not occur in future periods.

The Company accepts mice returns and sends replacements only if the mice do not pass appropriate genotype testing or health standards and historically, the Company’s volume of returns has not been significant. Further, no warranties are provided for promised goods and services other than assurance type warranties.

Contract costs

Applying the practical expedient, the Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred when the amortization period of the assets that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The costs to fulfill the contracts are determined to be immaterial and are recognized as an expense when incurred.

Contract balances

Contract assets are generated when contractual billing schedules differ from revenue recognition timing and the Company records a contract receivable when it has an unconditional right to consideration. No contract asset balances were recorded for the periods presented in the accompanying financial statements.

Contract liabilities are recorded when cash payments are received or due in advance of performance. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue, where the Company has unsatisfied performance obligations. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, the contract liabilities were $4.4 million and $3.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

Disaggregation of Revenue

Based on the pattern of revenue recognition, the following table provides a disaggregation of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)         

Revenue recognized at a point in time

   $ 963      $ 711      $ 432      $ 3,265  

Revenue recognized over time

     1,533        3,447        2,547        2,681  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 2,496      $ 4,158      $ 2,979      $ 5,946  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy which requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

 

   

Level 1—Observable inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

   

Level 2—Observable inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs other than quoted prices which are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity and which are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These inputs are based on the Company’s own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value and require significant management judgment or estimation.

The carrying value of financial instruments approximates fair value. The Company estimates fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, and liabilities based upon existing interest rates related to such assets and liabilities compared to the current market rates for instruments of similar nature and degree of risk.

Research and Development

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, for laboratory personnel, depreciation of lab equipment, facility costs and the cost of supplies. In addition, the Company includes in R&D expense costs associated with mice breeding services. R&D costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses advertising expenses as they are incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 were $372,000 and $337,000, respectively. Advertising expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 were $263,000 and $127,000, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for stock options awards to employees and nonemployees, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally three

 

F-58


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Stock-Based Compensation (continued)

 

years and which is generally equivalent to the vesting period. Certain of the Company’s stock options were fully vested on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which includes various inputs, including Company estimates of expected volatility, term, risk-free rate and future dividends. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the Company’s stock options has historically been determined by management and approved by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors has determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations performed by an unrelated third-party specialist, valuations of comparable companies, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock, recent private stock sale transactions (including the rights and preference of preferred stock relative to common stock), and general and industry-specific economic outlook.

Valuations performed by third-party valuation specialists were done contemporaneously and used the methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (“AICPA Accounting and Valuation Guide”). In addition to the Company’s estimates of the fair value of common stock on the date of grant, the Company’s Black-Scholes option-pricing model uses various inputs, including expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expectations regarding future dividends. The following describes these additional key inputs:

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding. The Company determines the expected term using the simplified method.

Expected Volatility—The expected volatility is derived from the historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within the Company’s industry that the Company considers to be comparable to the business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the interest yield in effect at the date of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Dividend Rate—The expected dividend rate includes consideration of the Company’s historical dividend activity, if any.

Leases

The Company recognizes rent expense over the term of an operating lease, starting when the property is made available for use by the owner/landlord. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed rent escalation, the related rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis and the difference between the recognized rent expense and the amounts paid under the lease are recorded as deferred rent included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the balance sheets.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Income Taxes (continued)

 

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires an asset and liability approach under which deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from the temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the financial statements, as well as from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Deferred tax amounts are determined by using the tax rates expected to be in effect when the taxes will actually be paid or refunds received, as provided for under currently enacted tax law. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income, and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event that the Company changes its determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, it will adjust the valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

The Company also follows the provisions of ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in financial statements of any uncertain tax positions that have been taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. No liability related to uncertain tax positions is recorded on the consolidated financial statements. It is the Company’s policy to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as part of the provision for income taxes.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No 2020-05 (“ASU 2020-05”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2020-05 defers, for one year, the required effective date of ASC 606 for certain entities that have not yet issued their financial statements (or made financial statements available for issuance) reflecting the adoption of ASC 606. Those entities may elect to adopt the guidance for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company elected to adopt ASC 606 as of January 1, 2018 with no impact to its opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2018.

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 simplifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in operations from a nonemployee and aligns with the current requirements for share-based awards granted to employees. The Company adopted this standard beginning January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 2018-07 did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) provides guidance on eight specific cash flow issues, thereby reducing the diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 were effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company’s adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2020-05 also defers the effective date for one year for entities in the “all other” category and public not-for-profit entities that have not yet issued their financial statements (or made financial statements available for issuance) reflecting the adoption of ASC 842. Therefore, under the amendments, ASC 842 is effective for entities within the “all other” category for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Additionally, ASC 842 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, for public NFP entities that have not yet issued financial statements (or made available for issuance) reflecting the adoption of ASC 842. Early application continues to be permitted, which means that an entity may choose to implement ASC 842 before those deferred effective dates. The Company has not yet determined the potential impact of the new standard on its financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (ASU 2019-12), which simplifies the accounting for income taxes. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2021 with early adoption permitted. The Company has not yet determined the potential impact of the new standard on its financial statements.

In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Targeted Transition Relief, which amends the transition guidance for ASU 2016-13. The ASU provides entities with the option to irrevocably elect the fair value option in Subtopic 825-10 on an instrument-by- instrument basis. This standard is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not yet determined the potential effects of this ASU on its financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The ASU eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for all entities and modifies some disclosure requirements. This ASU is effective for nonpublic entities beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not yet determined the potential effects of this ASU on its financial statements.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-09, Codification Improvements. The ASU amendments represent changes to clarify, correct errors, or make minor improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification. Some amendments do not require transition guidance and are effective immediately. Amendments that require transition guidance have various effective dates. The amendments applicable to and effective for the Company’s 2019 fiscal years did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. The Company has not

 

F-61


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

yet determined the full effects of the remaining amendments, which are effective beginning after December 15, 2019, within this ASU on its financial statements, however, many of the remaining amendments are not expected to be applicable to the Company.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU 2017-11”). Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity- linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. The amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early

adoption is permitted for all entities, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of adopting ASU 2017-11 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”), which supersedes the guidance in former ASC 840, Leases. The new standard, as amended by subsequent ASUs on Topic 842 and recent extensions issued by the FASB in response to COVID-19, requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. Topic 842, is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company has not yet determined the full effects of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

3. MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The table below presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

      December 31, 2018  
      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Marketable securities:

        

Certificate of deposit

   $ 11,280      $ 11,280      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 11,280      $ 11,280      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2019  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Marketable securities:

        

Certificate of deposit

   $ 11,508      $ 11,508      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 11,508      $ 11,508      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     September 30, 2020 (unaudited)  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Marketable securities:

        

Certificate of deposit

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Total marketable securities

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

The remaining contractual maturities of marketable securities as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2018      2019  

Due within one year

   $ 11,280      $ 11,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,280      $ 11,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. SIGNIFICANT BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Property and equipment, net – Property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and as of September 30, 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2018     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 296     $ 296     $ 296  

Computer equipment

     13       18       18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     309       314       314  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (65     (98     (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment - net

   $ 244     $ 216     $ 189  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

4. SIGNIFICANT BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS (continued)

Depreciation expense totaled $33,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 totaled $24,000 and $27,000, respectively.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities – Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and as of September 30, 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,  
     2018      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Employee related

   $ —        $ 18      $ 81  

State taxes payable

     3        5        1  

Accrued other

     104        24        46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 107      $ 47      $ 128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases a facility in California, which includes laboratory space under a short term cancelable operating lease. The leased facility has an initial term of 90 days with successive auto-renewing 90 day terms unless either party provides notice. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $193,000 and $167,000, respectively. Rent expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 was $125,000 and $127,000, respectively.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingences are expensed as incurred. The Company believes that the results of any such contingencies, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

6. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company has one class of common stock. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated May 10, 2013, the number of authorized common stock is 15,000,000 shares. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the preferred stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote per share and there shall be no cumulative voting.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

6. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

Convertible Preferred Stock (continued)

 

Common stock reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2019 is as follows:

  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     1,609,417  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     2,367,633  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     1,471,240  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     1,045,000  

Stock options available for future issuance

     187,969  
  

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock reserved

     6,681,259  
  

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

A summary of the authorized, issued and outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) as of December 31, 2019, consisted of the following (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Shares Authorized      Shares Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation Preference  

Series A

     1,609,417        1,609,417      $ 425  

Series B

     2,395,325        2,367,633        1,282  

Series C

     2,064,900        1,471,240        1,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,069,642        5,448,290      $ 3,132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of the preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting Rights — Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock are convertible. The holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to elect (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis) one director of the Company. The holders of common stock shall be entitled to elect (voting as a single class) two directors of the Company.

Dividends — The holders of preferred stock have priority to the holders of common stock, and are entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, a noncumulative cash dividend at the rate of $0.0158 per share for Series A, $0.0325 per share for Series B, and $0.0581 per share for Series C, per annum, if and when declared by the Board. After payment in full of such amounts as set forth above, any additional dividends declared will be distributed among all holders of preferred stock and common stock on an as-if-converted basis.

On July 20, 2020, by unanimous written consent, the Company’s Board of Directors declared dividends of approximately $6.5 million to its preferred and common stockholders. Dividends for the Series A, Series B, and Series C were declared at per share amounts of $0.0158, $0.0325, and $0.0581, respectively, and dividends for all holders of preferred stock and common stock on an as-if-converted basis were declared at a per share amount of $0.50.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

6. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

Convertible Preferred Stock (continued)

 

Conversion and Redemption — Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at any time at the option of the stockholder, into one share of common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution or other adjustments. In a deemed liquidation event, the conversion rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of preferred stock. The convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable upon demand by the holders of the preferred stock.

Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing $0.26407 for each share of Series A, $0.54168 for each share of Series B, or $0.96857 for each share of Series C. Each share of Series A, Series B and Series C automatically converts into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then-effective conversion ratio upon the earlier of (i) closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the gross proceeds is at least $10,000,000 and the public offering price is at least $5.00 per share or (ii) the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C, voting together as a single class.

Liquidation – The holders of the convertible preferred stock are entitled to have their shares redeemed upon the occurrence of certain redemption events. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a greater than 50% change of control, or sale of substantially all of its assets, would constitute a redemption event. The redemption events have been concluded as being outside the control of the Company, accordingly, all shares of preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity. Further, the Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock to the redemption value of such shares, since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Adjustments to increase the carrying value to the redemption values will be made when it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the preferred shares shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, (i) an amount equal to $0.26407 (as adjusted for recapitalizations) for Series, A, $0.54168 (as adjusted for recapitalizations) for Series B, and $0.96857 (as adjusted for recapitalizations for Series C, plus (ii) any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If the assets available for distribution to the holders of the preferred shares shall be insufficient to pay the preferential amount in full, then the entire assets and funds of the company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive, only until the aggregate proceeds received by such holder equals $0.66018 per share of Series A, $1.3542 per share for Series B, and $2.42143 per share for Series C.

Protective Provisions—So long as shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from a majority of the then outstanding holders of preferred stock (voting as a separate class) in order to (i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of the preferred stock; (ii) authorize or issue any new class or series of stock having any preference or priority as to dividends or assets superior to or on a party with any such preference or

 

F-66


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

6. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (continued)

 

priority of the preferred stock; (iii) sell all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation or effect any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of; and (iv) liquidate or dissolve the Company.

7. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

In 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the amendment to the 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), under which there are 5,142,778 shares available for issuance. The purpose of the Plan is to provide incentives to attract and retain the best available persons for positions of substantial responsibility and to provide additional inventive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan provides for different forms of benefits including incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock awards. Options granted under the Plan to employees continue to vest until the last day of employment and generally vest over three years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Employees generally forfeit their rights to exercise vested options after 12 months following their termination of employment. During the year ended December 31, 2018, all of the Company’s stock options with early exercise provisions became fully vested, thus, as of December 31 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2020, there were no stock options subject to a repurchase right as a result of having been exercised prior to becoming fully vested.

The exercise price for options granted under the Plan must generally be equal to at least 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of an incentive stock option granted under the Plan to a ten percent stockholder must be at least equal to 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors.

The Company’s stock options were fully vested as of December 31, 2019, thus, did record any stock-based compensation for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, stock-based compensation expense included in the statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

R&D

   $ 152      $ 143      $ 108  

Selling, general and administrative

     110        97        74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 262      $ 240      $ 182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

7. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

 

The following table summarizes options activity under the Plan:

 

     Shares
Available
for Grant
     Outstanding
Options
     Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 

Balance, January 1, 2018

     187,969        1,045,000      $ 1.32        9.0  
     

 

 

       

Balance, December 31, 2018

     187,969        1,045,000      $ 1.32        8.0  
     

 

 

       

Balance, December 31, 2019

     187,969        1,045,000      $ 1.32        7.0  
     

 

 

       

Balance, September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

     187,969        1,045,000      $ 1.32        7.0  
     

 

 

       

Vested and exercisable to vest at

           

December 31, 2019

        1,045,000      $ 1.32        7.0  

Vested and expected to vest at

        1,045,000      $ 1.32        7.0  

December 31, 2019

           

As of December 31, 2019, all outstanding options are fully vested, thus, there was no unamortized stock-based compensation cost yet to be recognized.

8. INCOME TAXES

The components of loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Domestic

   $ (2,786   $ (1,125

Foreign

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss before income taxes

   $ (2,786   $ (1,125
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

8. INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

The Company recognizes benefits of uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that such positions will be sustained upon examination based solely on their technical merits, as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon the ultimate settlement. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense or benefit. The benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2018      2019  

Federal

     

Current

   $ 389      $ (62

Deferred

     (644      (327

State and local

     

Current

     4        32  

Deferred

     (113      (192
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (364    $ (549
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the effects of temporary differences attributable to the following (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Federal & State NOL Carryforward

   $ 618     $ 468  

Research & Other Credits

     109       314  

Deferred Revenue

     55       473  

Stock Based Compensation

     161       247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets

     943       1,502  

Valuation allowance

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     943       1,502  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     (58     (58

Deferred state income tax

     (24     (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (82     (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 861     $ 1,380  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Based on its historical earnings track and forecasted future earnings, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all its deferred tax assets as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively, will be realized prior to their expiration. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has not been established on the Company’s net deferred tax assets.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

8. INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $2,592,000 and $881,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $1,924,000 and $772,000 respectively. The federal net operating losses will be carried forward indefinitely. Portions of the state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2038.

Pursuant to IRC Section 382 and 383, use of the Company’s U.S. federal and state net operating loss and research and development income tax credit carry forwards may be limited in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an analysis under IRC Sections 382 and 383, and therefore net operating loss carry forwards reflected in the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2018 have not been adjusted to reflect Section 382 and 383 limitations. If a change in ownership were to have occurred, additional net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards could be eliminated or restricted. If eliminated, the related asset would be removed from the deferred tax asset schedule with a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company had federal credits of approximately $87,000 and $217,000, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2038. State research credits as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 of approximately $22,000 and $97,000, respectively, have no expiration date. These tax credits are subject to the same ownership change limitations.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act includes a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact the Company, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As the Company’s opening deferred tax balances were calculated as at January 1, 2018, no remeasuring of deferred tax assets and/or liabilities to reflect the reduction in corporate income tax rate was required.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was signed into law in March 2020. The CARES Act lifts certain deduction limitations originally imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (2017 Tax Act). Corporate taxpayers may carryback net operating losses (NOLs) originating during 2018 through 2020 for up to five years, which was not previously allowed under the 2017 Tax Act. The CARES Act also eliminates the 80% of taxable income limitations by allowing corporate entities to fully utilize NOL carryforwards to offset taxable income in 2018, 2019 or 2020. Taxpayers may generally deduct interest up to the sum of 50% of adjusted taxable income plus business interest income (30% limit under the 2017 Tax Act) for tax years beginning January 1, 2019 and 2020. The CARES Act allows taxpayers with alternative minimum tax credits to claim a refund in 2020 for the entire amount of the credits instead of recovering the credits through refunds over a period of years, as originally enacted by the 2017 Tax Act.

In addition, the CARES Act raises the corporate charitable deduction limit to 25% of taxable income and makes qualified improvement property generally eligible for 15-year cost-recovery and 100% bonus depreciation. The enactment of the CARES Act will not be applicable to the Company until 2020 and is expected to have a material impact on the Company’s ability to utilize its federal net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards due to the five-year carryback rule, among other matters. The Company is also evaluating other impacts the CARES Act will have on its financial statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

TRIANNI, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2019 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS

ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2020 IS UNAUDITED)

 

8. INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

The Company files income tax returns in the US federal jurisdiction as well as various state jurisdictions. The Company’s federal income tax returns from 2017 are open to audit by the Internal Revenue Service. Under IRC 38(c), the Company is limited in the utilization of its Federal Research and Development Tax Credit in the year. The Company has therefore utilized the Federal Research and Development Tax Credit against 75% of its net taxable income that exceeds $25,000 in the year.

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Licensing Agreement

On April 2, 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement with respect to the Trianni Platform with Austrianni GmbH (“Austrianni”), a biotechnology company founded in 2015 to develop novel antibody-based therapeutics for the prevention and treatment of multidrug-resistant tuberculosis. In exchange for the license, Austrianni issued shares of capital stock to the Company representing approximately 10% of Austrianni total share capital on a fully diluted basis. The Company also made cash payments of approximately $7,000 for capital stock in Austrianni. In addition, the Company’s CEO is also the Chief Science Office of Austrianni. Under the license agreement, the Company granted Austrianni a world-wide, non-exclusive, fully paid, royalty-free, perpetual license to use the Trianni Platform to discover, develop and commercialize therapeutic and diagnostic antibody-based products and services. The Company accounted for the 10% capital stock interest in Austrianni using the carryover basis, which was $0 for the non-exclusive license and approximately $7,000 in cash that is recorded within other assets in the accompanying balance sheets. In March 2020, the Company entered into two license and validation agreements with this related party involving the Company’s next generation mice. Upon validation of the next generation mice the Company will receive an annual license fee of $50,000 per next generation mouse agreement as well as future pre-clinical milestone payments upon advancement of the respective milestone as defined in the agreement.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan which includes an employee deferral feature under IRC Section 401(k) and a discretionary employer profit sharing component. All employees are eligible to participate. There is no minimum age or service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matches 100% of the employee elective deferral up to 4% of eligible compensation. The Company did not make a matching contribution during the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company made 401(k) safe harbor matching contributions approximating $22,000. All employer contributions are immediately vested.

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through October 26, 2020, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the sale of common shares being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee.

 

     Amount Paid
or to Be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 21,820  

FINRA filing fee

     30,500  

Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee

         *  

Printing expenses

         *  

Legal fees and expenses

         *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

         *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *  

Miscellaneous

                 *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                 *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We are governed by the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), or BCBCA. Under the BCBCA, and our new articles that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, we may (or must, in the case of our articles) indemnify all eligible parties against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and we must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of indemnity contained in our articles.

For the purposes of such an indemnification:

“eligible party,” in relation to the Company, means an individual who

 

   

is or was a director or officer of the Company;

 

   

is or was a director or officer of another corporation

 

   

at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company, or

 

   

at the request of the Company; or

 

   

at the request of the Company, is or was, or holds or held a position equivalent to that of, a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity and includes the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of that individual;

“eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding;

“eligible proceeding” means a proceeding in which an eligible party or any of the heirs and personal or other legal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer

 

II-1


Table of Contents

of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the Company or an associated corporation:

 

   

is or may be joined as a party, or

 

   

is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding;

“expenses” includes costs, charges and expenses, including legal and other fees, but does not include judgments, penalties, fines or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding; and

“proceeding” includes any legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed.

In addition, under the BCBCA, the Company may pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an eligible party in respect of that proceeding, provided that the Company first receives from the eligible party a written undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses is prohibited by the restrictions noted below, the eligible party will repay the amounts advanced.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Company’s articles noted above, the Company must not indemnify an eligible party or pay the expenses of an eligible party, if any of the following circumstances apply:

 

   

if the indemnity or payment is made under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the agreement to indemnify or pay expenses was made, the Company was prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its articles;

 

   

if the indemnity or payment is made otherwise than under an earlier agreement to indemnify or pay expenses and, at the time that the indemnity or payment is made, the Company is prohibited from giving the indemnity or paying the expenses by its articles;

 

   

if, in relation to the subject matter of the eligible proceeding, the eligible party did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company or the associated corporation, as the case may be; or

 

   

in the case of an eligible proceeding other than a civil proceeding, if the eligible party did not have reasonable grounds for believing that the eligible party’s conduct in respect of which the proceeding was brought was lawful.

In addition, if an eligible proceeding is brought against an eligible party by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of an associated corporation, the Company must not do either of the following:

 

   

indemnify the eligible party in respect of the proceeding; or

 

   

pay the expenses of the eligible party in respect of the proceeding.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, and whether or not payment of expenses or indemnification has been sought, authorized or declined under the BCBCA or the articles of the Company, on the application of the Company or an eligible party, the Supreme Court of British Columbia may do one or more of the following:

 

   

order the Company to indemnify an eligible party against any liability incurred by the eligible party in respect of an eligible proceeding;

 

   

order the Company to pay some or all of the expenses incurred by an eligible party in respect of an eligible proceeding;

 

   

order the enforcement of, or any payment under, an agreement of indemnification entered into by the Company;

 

II-2


Table of Contents
   

order the Company to pay some or all of the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any person in obtaining an order under this section; or

 

   

make any other order the court considers appropriate.

The BCBCA and our articles that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of an eligible party against any liability that may be incurred by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director or officer of, or holding or having held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of, the Company, a current or former affiliate of the Company or a corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity at the request of the Company.

In addition, we have entered, or will enter, into separate indemnity agreements with each of our directors and officers pursuant to which we agree to indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers against any and all liability, loss, damage, cost or expense in accordance with the terms and conditions of the BCBCA and our articles.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding our common shares and our preferred shares issued, warrants issued and share options granted, by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Included is the consideration, if any, we received for such shares and options.

 

   

In March 2018, we sold an aggregate of 801,634 common shares at a purchase price of CAD $4.275 per share ($3.258 per share) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately CAD $3.4 million ($2.6 million).

 

   

In August 2018, we sold an aggregate of 2,105,264 convertible preferred shares at a purchase price of $3.66 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.7 million.

 

   

In March 2020, we sold an aggregate of 6,017,784 convertible preferred shares at a purchase price of $12.4631 per share for an aggregate amount of approximately $75.0 million.

 

   

In October 2020, we issued the convertible notes in the aggregate amount of approximately $90.0 million. In connection with the completion of this offering, the principal amount of the convertible notes and accrued interest thereon will convert into                 shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of the prospectus to which this registration statement relates.

 

   

We granted options to purchase an aggregate of 3,570,968 common shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $10.51 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons.

 

   

We issued and sold an aggregate of 499,987 common shares with a weighted-average purchase price of $2.19 per share to employees, directors and consultants for aggregate proceeds to us of approximately $1,096,592 million upon the exercise of stock options.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

number

  

Exhibit table

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Registrant, AbCellera US Holdings Inc., Mickey Merger Inc., Trianni, Inc. and Fortis Advisors LLC, dated November 1, 2020
  3.1*    Notice of Articles of the Registrant as currently in effect
  3.2    Articles of the Registrant as currently in effect
  3.3*    Form of Articles of the Registrant to be effective following the completion of this offering
  4.1    Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its shareholders, dated March 23, 2020
  4.2*    Form of Specimen Common Share Certificate
  5.1*    Opinion of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP
10.1    Lease between 0775021 BC Ltd. and the Registrant dated June 2, 2017, as amended
10.2    Research Collaboration and License Agreement between the Registrant and Eli Lilly and Company, dated March 11, 2020
10.3†    Patent License Agreement between the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as represented by National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases and the Registrant, dated May 4, 2020
10.4†    License Agreement between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Lineage Biosciences Inc., dated February 11, 2015
10.5†    Amendment No. 1 to License Agreement between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Lineage Biosciences Inc., dated March 22, 2017
10.6†    License Agreement between the University of British Columbia and the Registrant dated December 16, 2013
10.7†   

Strategic Innovation Fund Agreement between the Registrant and her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Industry, dated April 11, 2020

10.8*#    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D., dated August 1, 2019, as amended
10.9*#    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Andrew Booth, dated April 12, 2019
10.10*#    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Tryn Stimart, dated July 10, 2019
10.11*#    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Véronique Lecault, Ph.D., dated January 1, 2019
10.12*#    Sixth Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, and form of award agreement thereunder
10.13*#    2020 Share Option and Incentive Plan, and forms of award agreements thereunder
10.14*#    Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
10.15*#    2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan
10.16*#    Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.17*#    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Armanino LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3*    Consent of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement)
99.1    Consent of Director Nominee

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
#

Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

None.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rules 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, AbCellera Biologics Inc. has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vancouver, Province of British Columbia, Canada on the 20th day of November, 2020.

 

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Carl L. G. Hansen

 

Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D. and Andrew Booth, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Carl L. G. Hansen

Carl L. G. Hansen, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 20, 2020

/s/ Andrew Booth

Andrew Booth

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  November 20, 2020

/s/ Véronique Lecault

Véronique Lecault, Ph.D.

   Chief Operating Officer and Director   November 20, 2020

/s/ Michael Hayden

Michael Hayden, Ph.D.

   Director   November 20, 2020

/s/ John S. Montalbano

John S. Montalbano

   Director   November 20, 2020

/s/ Peter Thiel

Peter Thiel

   Director   November 20, 2020

/s/ Tryn Stimart

Tryn Stimart

  

Authorized Representative

in the United States

  November 20, 2020

 

II-6

Exhibit 2.1

Execution Version

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

among

ABCELLERA US HOLDINGS INC.

and

MICKEY MERGER INC.

and

TRIANNI, INC.

and

FORTIS ADVISORS LLC

and, solely for the purpose of Section 10.03,

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.

dated as of

November 1, 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     5  

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     5  

ARTICLE II THE MERGER

     15  

Section 2.01

 

The Merger

     15  

Section 2.02

 

Closing

     16  

Section 2.03

 

Closing Deliverables

     16  

Section 2.04

 

Effective Time

     17  

Section 2.05

 

Effects of the Merger

     17  

Section 2.06

 

Certificate of Incorporation; By-laws

     18  

Section 2.07

 

Directors and Officers

     18  

Section 2.08

 

Effect of the Merger on Company Stock

     18  

Section 2.09

 

Stock Options

     18  

Section 2.10

 

Dissenting Shares

     19  

Section 2.11

 

Surrender and Payment

     19  

Section 2.12

 

No Further Ownership Rights in Company Stock

     20  

Section 2.13

 

Adjustments

     20  

Section 2.14

 

Withholding Rights

     21  

Section 2.15

 

Lost Certificates

     21  

Section 2.16

 

Holder Representative Expense Amount

     21  

ARTICLE III PURCHASE PRICE

     21  

Section 3.01

 

Purchase Price

     21  

Section 3.02

 

Estimated Purchase Price

     22  

Section 3.03

 

Payment of Estimated Purchase Price

     22  

Section 3.04

 

[Intentionally Omitted.]

     22  

Section 3.05

 

Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement

     22  

Section 3.06

 

Payment of Purchase Price Adjustments

     24  

Section 3.07

 

Earn-Out

     25  

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     26  

Section 4.01

 

Organization and Qualification of the Company

     26  

Section 4.02

 

Authority; Board Approval

     27  

Section 4.03

 

No Conflicts; Consents

     27  

Section 4.04

 

Capitalization

     28  

Section 4.05

 

No Subsidiaries

     28  

Section 4.06

 

Financial Statements

     29  

Section 4.07

 

Undisclosed Liabilities

     29  

Section 4.08

 

Absence of Certain Changes, Events and Conditions

     29  

Section 4.09

 

Material Contracts

     31  

Section 4.10

 

Title to Assets; Real Property

     32  

Section 4.11

 

Condition and Sufficiency of Assets

     32  

Section 4.12

 

Intellectual Property

     33  

Section 4.13

 

Customers; Suppliers

     35  

Section 4.14

 

Insurance

     35  

Section 4.15

 

Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders

     36  

Section 4.16

 

Compliance With Laws; Permits

     36  

Section 4.17

 

Environmental Matters

     36  

Section 4.18

 

Employee Benefit Matters

     37  

 

-2-


Section 4.19

 

Employment Matters

     39  

Section 4.20

 

Taxes

     40  

Section 4.21

 

Books and Records

     42  

Section 4.22

 

Related-Party Transactions

     42  

Section 4.23

 

Brokers

     43  

Section 4.24

 

Zoetis License

     43  

Section 4.25

 

Bank Accounts

     43  

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

     43  

Section 5.01

 

Organization and Authority of Parent and Merger Sub

     43  

Section 5.02

 

No Conflicts; Consents

     44  

Section 5.03

 

No Prior Merger Sub Operations

     44  

Section 5.04

 

Brokers

     44  

Section 5.05

 

Sufficiency of Funds

     44  

Section 5.06

 

Legal Proceedings

     44  

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS

     44  

Section 6.01

 

Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing

     44  

Section 6.02

 

Indebtedness

     46  

Section 6.03

 

Employment and Consulting Arrangements

     46  

Section 6.04

 

Access to Information

     46  

Section 6.05

 

No Solicitation of Other Bids

     47  

Section 6.06

 

Stockholders Consent

     47  

Section 6.07

 

Notice of Certain Events

     48  

Section 6.08

 

Resignations

     48  

Section 6.09

 

Governmental Approvals and Consents

     48  

Section 6.10

 

Termination of Plans and Agreements

     49  

Section 6.11

 

Closing Conditions

     50  

Section 6.12

 

Public Announcements

     50  

Section 6.13

 

Further Assurances

     50  

Section 6.14

 

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification and Insurance

     50  

Section 6.15

 

Cooperation with Debt Financing

     51  

Section 6.16

 

Cooperation with Audit of Financial Statements

     51  

Section 6.17

 

Payment of Declared Dividend

     52  

ARTICLE VII TAX MATTERS

     52  

Section 7.01

 

Tax Covenants

     52  

Section 7.02

 

Termination of Existing Tax Sharing Agreements

     52  

Section 7.03

 

Tax Returns

     52  

Section 7.04

 

Straddle Period

     53  

Section 7.05

 

Contests

     54  

Section 7.06

 

Cooperation and Exchange of Information

     54  

Section 7.07

 

Tax Certificates

     54  

Section 7.08

 

Refunds and Tax Benefits

     55  

Section 7.09

 

Taxation of Certain Closing Payments

     55  

Section 7.10

 

Overlap

     55  

ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     55  

Section 8.01

 

Conditions to Obligations of All Parties

     55  

Section 8.02

 

Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub

     56  

Section 8.03

 

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

     57  

 

-3-


ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION

     57  

Section 9.01

 

Survival

     57  

Section 9.02

 

Indemnification by Holders

     58  

Section 9.03

 

Indemnification by Parent

     58  

Section 9.04

 

Certain Limitations

     59  

Section 9.05

 

Indemnification Procedures

     59  

Section 9.06

 

Payments

     61  

Section 9.07

 

Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments

     62  

Section 9.08

 

Effect of Investigation

     62  

Section 9.09

 

Exclusive Remedies

     62  

ARTICLE X TERMINATION

     62  

Section 10.01

 

Termination

     62  

Section 10.02

 

Termination Fee

     63  

Section 10.03

 

Guarantee

     63  

Section 10.04

 

Effect of Termination

     64  

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     64  

Section 11.01

 

Holder Representative

     64  

Section 11.02

 

Expenses

     66  

Section 11.03

 

Notices

     67  

Section 11.04

 

Interpretation

     68  

Section 11.05

 

Headings

     68  

Section 11.06

 

Severability

     68  

Section 11.07

 

Entire Agreement

     68  

Section 11.08

 

Successors and Assigns

     68  

Section 11.09

 

No Third-party Beneficiaries

     68  

Section 11.10

 

Amendment and Modification; Waiver

     69  

Section 11.11

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration

     69  

Section 11.12

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     70  

Section 11.13

 

Specific Performance

     71  

Section 11.14

 

Counterparts

     71  

Section 11.15

 

Conflict of Interest

     71  

SCHEDULE A EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

     73  

SCHEDULE B SAMPLE WORKING CAPITAL CALCULATION

     74  

SCHEDULE C ZOETIS BUDGET

     75  

SCHEDULE D MERGER PAYMENT SCHEDULE

     76  

EXHIBIT A RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

     77  

EXHIBIT B FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

     78  

EXHIBIT C FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

     79  

EXHIBIT D FORM OF OPTION TERMINATION AGREEMENT

     80  

 

-4-


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (this “Agreement”), dated as of November 1, 2020, is entered into among AbCellera US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), Mickey Merger Inc., a California corporation (“Merger Sub”), Trianni, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), Fortis Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as Holder Representative (the “Holder Representative”) and AbCellera Biologics Inc., solely for the purpose of Section 10.03 (the “Guarantor” and, together with Parent, Merger Sub, the Company and the Holder Representative, the “Parties” and each a “Party”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that Merger Sub be merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving that merger on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein (the “Merger”);

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the “Company Board”) has unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, (b) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, and (c) resolved to recommend adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the California Corporations Code (the “CCC”);

WHEREAS, following the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall seek to obtain, in accordance with the CCC, a written consent of its stockholders approving this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the CCC; and

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Parent and Merger Sub have unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are in the best interests of Parent, Merger Sub and their respective stockholders, and (b) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

Article I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01    Definitions.

The following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this Article I:

AbCellera Group” means Parent, Merger Sub and the Guarantor, collectively.

Acquisition Proposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(a).

Action” means any claim, action, cause of action, demand, lawsuit, arbitration, inquiry, audit, notice of violation, proceeding, litigation, citation, summons, subpoena or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise, whether at law or in equity.

Adjustment Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(f).

Advisory Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(d).

Affiliate” of a Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided that Austrianni GmbH shall not be considered an Affiliate of the Company.

 

-5-


Aggregate Option Exercise Price” means, as of immediately prior to the Closing, the aggregate of the exercise prices of all In-The-Money Company Options.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Ancillary Documents” means the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, the Paying Agency Agreement, the Option Termination Agreements, the Indemnification Agreements and the Letters of Transmittal.

Approvals” means, collectively, all approvals, consents and waivers to the Merger required from Merger Sub, Parent, Company, their respective boards of directors and stockholders (if required), and any other required approvals, including all approvals, consents and waivers that are listed on Section 4.03 and Section 5.02 of the Disclosure Schedules.

Arbitrable Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.11(c).

Arbitrators” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.11(c)(ii).

Audit” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.

Audit Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.

Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.

Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.

Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).

Budgeted Zoetis Expenses” means the projected expenses in connection with the performance of the obligations of the Company under the Zoetis License as set out in the Zoetis Budget, including, for greater certainty, a reserve agreed upon by the Company and Parent set out therein to accommodate any unforeseen expenses.

Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in Vancouver, British Columbia, or San Francisco, California, are authorized or required by Law to be closed for business.

CCC” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.

Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

Certificate of Merger” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

Closing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Closing Payment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03.

 

-6-


Closing Transaction Expenses” means all fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, the Employment and Consulting Agreements, and the performance and consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, for greater certainty, any severance or similar costs incurred by the Company or Surviving Corporation in connection with the termination of any employees at or prior to Closing in association with the Merger and any severance or similar costs accelerated or triggered by the consummation of the Merger, but excluding the Audit Expenses, any expenses incurred by the Company at the direction of Merger Sub or Parent in support of the Debt Financing, the portion of the fees and expenses of the Paying Agent to be borne by Parent pursuant to Section 11.02, in each case to the extent such fees and expenses remain unpaid at Closing.

Closing Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company 401(k) Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(b).

Company Applications” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(i).

Company Bank Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25.

Company Board” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Company Board Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(b).

Company Charter Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03.

Company Common Stock” means the common stock, with no par value, of the Company.

Company Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09.

Company Patents” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(i).

Company Preferred Stock” means the preferred stock, with no par value, of the Company, including the preferred stock designated as Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

Company Securities” means, collectively, the Company Stock and any other outstanding voting securities or other equity or ownership interests of the Company, including the Company Options.

Company Stock” means, collectively, the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Stock Plan” means the Company’s Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Plan.

Company Intellectual Property” means Owned Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property.

Company IP Agreements” means all licenses, sublicenses, consent to use agreements, settlements, coexistence agreements, covenants not to sue, permissions and other Contracts (including any right to receive or obligation to pay royalties or any other consideration) pursuant to which Company receives or grants rights under Intellectual Property and to which the Company is a party.

Company IP Registrations” means all Owned Intellectual Property that is subject to any issuance registration, application or other filing by, to or with any Governmental Authority or authorized private registrar in any jurisdiction, including registered trademarks, domain names and copyrights, issued and reissued patents and pending applications for any of the foregoing.

Competing Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(c).

Confidentiality Agreement” means the Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement dated November 25, 2019, between Parent and the Company.

 

-7-


Contracts” means all contracts, leases, deeds, mortgages, licenses, instruments, notes, commitments, undertakings, indentures, joint ventures and all other agreements, commitments and legally binding arrangements.

Core Intellectual Property Representations” means the representations and warranties set out at Section 4.12(a) (first sentence), Section 4.12(b) (first two sentences), Section 4.12(c) (first sentence) and Section 4.12(g).

COTS” means any software that is made generally and widely available to the public on a commercial basis and is licensed on a non-exclusive basis under standard terms and conditions for a one-time or annual license fee of less than $10,000 per license.

Current Assets” means the assets of the Company that would, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied using the same methods, practices, policies and procedures used in the preparation of the Company’s audited Financial Statements (including certain exceptions to GAAP used in such audited Financial Statements), properly be defined as currents assets of the Company and shall include, for greater certainty, the amount of the security deposit actually paid by the Company pursuant to the Laboratory Lease.

Current Liabilities” means the liabilities of the Company that would, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied using the same methods, practices, policies and procedures used in the preparation of the Company’s audited Financial Statements (including certain exceptions to GAAP used in such audited Financial Statements), properly be defined as current liabilities of the Company and shall include any unpaid Taxes of the Company and exclude deferred revenue and the Declared Dividend Amount of the Declared Dividend, if and to the extent the Company has satisfied its obligation to pay the Declared Dividend Amount to the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 6.17.

Customers” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

Debt Financing” means the AbCellera Group’s debt financing for all or a portion of the Purchase Price.

Declared Dividend” means the dividend declared by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent on July 20, 2020, for stockholders of record on July 20, 2020 in the amount of the Declared Dividend Amount but unpaid as of the date of this Agreement.

Declared Dividend Amount” means $6,453,016.41.

Developers” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c).

Direct Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c).

Disclosure Schedules” means the Disclosure Schedules delivered by the Company and Parent concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

Dispute Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(c).

Disputed Item” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(c).

Dissenting Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States, unless otherwise specified.

Draft Closing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a)(ii).

Draft Closing Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a)(i).

Earn-Out Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(a).

Earn-Out Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(a).

 

-8-


Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

Employment and Consulting Agreements” means the employment and consulting agreements between the Company and each of the Persons listed in Schedule A entered into on, or to be entered into as soon as practicable after, Closing in accordance with Section 6.03.

Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, community property interest, pledge, condition, equitable interest, lien (statutory or other), option, security interest, mortgage, easement, encroachment, right of way, right of first refusal, or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

End Date” means November 3, 2020, or such later date as Parent and the Company shall agree.

Environmental Claim” means any Action, Governmental Order, lien, fine, penalty, or, as to each, any settlement or judgment arising therefrom, by or from any Person alleging liability of whatever kind or nature (including liability or responsibility for the costs of enforcement proceedings, investigations, cleanup, governmental response, removal or remediation, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries, medical monitoring, penalties, contribution, indemnification and injunctive relief) arising out of, based on or resulting from: (a) the presence, Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials; or (b) any actual or alleged non-compliance with any Environmental Law or term or condition of any Environmental Permit.

Environmental Law” means any applicable Law, and any Governmental Order or binding agreement with any Governmental Authority: (a) relating to pollution (or the cleanup thereof) or the protection of natural resources, endangered or threatened species, human health or safety, or the environment (including ambient air, soil, surface water or groundwater, or subsurface strata); or (b) concerning the presence of, exposure to, or the management, manufacture, use, containment, storage, recycling, reclamation, reuse, treatment, generation, discharge, transportation, processing, production, disposal or remediation of any Hazardous Materials. The term “Environmental Law” includes the following (including their implementing regulations and any state analogs): the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.; the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 11001 et seq.; the Clean Air Act of 1966, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq.

Environmental Notice” means any written directive, notice of violation or infraction, or notice respecting any Environmental Claim relating to actual or alleged non-compliance with any Environmental Law or any term or condition of any Environmental Permit.

Environmental Permit” means any Permit, letter, clearance, consent, waiver, closure, exemption, decision or other action required under or issued, granted, given, authorized by or made pursuant to Environmental Law.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means all employers (whether or not incorporated) that would be treated together with the Company or any of its Affiliates as a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

Estimated Closing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

 

-9-


Estimated Closing Transaction Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Estimated Closing Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Estimated Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Estimated Purchase Price Calculation Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Final Closing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a)(ii).

Final Closing Transaction Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a)(iii).

Final Closing Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a)(i).

Final Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a)(iv).

Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(a).

Final Purchase Price Deficit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(b)(ii).

Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.

FIRPTA Statement” means a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying to the effect that no interest in the Company is a United States real property interest within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code (such certificate in the form required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-3(c)).

Fundamental Representations” means the representations and warranties set out at Section 4.01, Section 4.02, Section 4.04, Section 4.20, and Section 4.23.

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.

General Indemnification Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a).

Government Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(a)(ix).

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any self-regulated organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or quasi-governmental authority (to the extent that the rules, regulations or orders of such organization or authority have the force of Law), or any arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

Governmental Order” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Hazardous Materials” means: (a) any material, substance, chemical, waste, product, derivative, compound, mixture, solid, liquid, mineral or gas, in each case, whether naturally occurring or manmade, that is hazardous, acutely hazardous, toxic, or words of similar import or regulatory effect under Environmental Laws; and (b) any petroleum or petroleum-derived products, radon, radioactive materials or wastes, asbestos in any form, lead or lead-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, and polychlorinated biphenyls.

Holdback Amount” means $500,000.

Holdback Deficit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(b)(ii)(B).

 

-10-


Holder” means any holder of Company Securities, and includes, following the Merger, a former holder of Company Securities who held Company Securities immediately prior to the Effective Time (and all such holders, collectively, “Holders”).

Holder Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b).

Holder Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03.

Holder Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.06(b).

Holder Representative” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Holder Representative Agreement” means Engagement Agreement, dated November 1, 2020, among Holder Representative and the Holders.

Holder Representative Expense Amount” means $250,000 in cash (together with any interest and other income earned thereon).

Holder Representative Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(d).

In-The-Money Company Option” means any Company Option outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time the exercise price of which is less than the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount.

Indebtedness” means, without duplication and with respect to the Company, all (a) indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (c) long or short-term obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments; (d) obligations under any interest rate, currency swap or other hedging agreement or arrangement; (e) capital lease obligations; (f) reimbursement obligations under any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transactions; (g) guarantees made by the Company on behalf of any third party in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (f); and (h) any unpaid interest, prepayment penalties, premiums, costs and fees that would arise or become due as a result of the prepayment of any of the obligations referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g).

Indemnification Agreement” means an indemnification agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

“Indemnification Pro Rata Share” means, at any time, with respect to any Holder, such Holder’s pro rata percentage of any applicable amount, based on (i) the amount of the Final Purchase Price such Holder is paid by the Paying Agent hereunder (including any amounts in respect of the Holder Representative Expense Amount) in proportion to (ii) the total amount of the Final Purchase Price actually paid by the Paying Agent to all Holders (including any amounts in respect of the Holder Representative Expense Amount) pursuant to the terms hereof.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05.

Independent Auditor” means Ernst & Young Global Limited, and if Ernst & Young Global Limited is unable to act, an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm agreed to by the Holder Representative and Parent, each acting reasonably;

Initial Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

Insurance Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.

 

-11-


Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property and industrial property rights and all rights, interests and protections that are associated with any of the foregoing, however arising, pursuant to the Laws of any jurisdiction throughout the world, whether registered or unregistered, including any and all: (a) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, logos, trade dress, design rights and other similar designations of source, sponsorship, association or origin, together with the goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by, and all registrations, applications and renewals for, any of the foregoing; (b) internet domain names, whether or not trademarks, registered in any top-level domain by any authorized private registrar or Governmental Authority, web addresses and URLs; (c) works of authorship, expressions, designs and design registrations, whether or not copyrightable, including copyrights, author, performer, moral and neighboring rights, and all registrations, applications for registration and renewals of such copyrights; (d) inventions, discoveries, trade secrets, databases, data collections and all rights therein; (e) patents (including all reissues, divisionals, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part, re-examinations, renewals, substitutions and extensions thereof), patent applications, and other patent rights and any other Governmental Authority-issued indicia of invention ownership (including inventor’s certificates, petty patents, and patent utility models); and (f) software and firmware, including source code, object code, application programming interfaces, computerized databases; and (g) semiconductor masks, integrated circuit topographies, and mask works.

Intellectual Property Indemnification Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a)(i).

Janssen R&D” means Janssen Research & Development, LLC.

Knowledge”, and any other similar qualification as to awareness, means, when used with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of any director or officer of the Company, after reasonable inquiry.

Laboratory Lease” means the License Agreement dated April 10, 2017, between Janssen R&D and the Company, as supplemented by Addendum 1 between the Company, Janssen R&D, and Janssen Biotech Inc., dated effective June 6, 2017, and as amended by the 1st Amendment to License Agreement dated February 27, 2018, and the Second Amendment to License Agreement dated November 13, 2018, in each case between the Company and Janssen R&D.

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority.

Letter of Transmittal” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(c).

Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07.

Licensed Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property, other than Owned Intellectual Property, that are either used in the Company’s business or licensed to the Company.

Losses” mean losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, Actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (on a solicitor or attorney-and-client basis), the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers; provided, however, that “Losses” shall not include punitive damages, except to the extent actually awarded to a Governmental Authority or other third party, or any reduction in any net operating loss, capital loss, Tax credit carryover or other Tax asset.

Majority Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c).

Material Adverse Effect” means any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change that is, or could reasonably be expected to become, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to (a) the business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or assets of the Company, or (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change, directly or indirectly, arising out of or attributable to: (i) general economic or political conditions; (ii) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Company operates; (iii) any changes in financial or securities markets in general; (iv) acts of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities or terrorism, or the escalation or worsening thereof; (v) any action required or permitted by this Agreement, except pursuant to Section 4.03 and Section 6.09; (vi) any changes in applicable Laws or accounting rules, including GAAP; or (vii) the public announcement, pendency or completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided further, however, that any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) immediately above shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur to the extent that such event, occurrence, fact, condition or change has a disproportionate effect on the Company compared to other participants in the industries in which the Company conducts its businesses.

 

-12-


Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(a).

Material Suppliers” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Merger Payment Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Schedule D, setting out a list of all outstanding Company Securities and the allocations of the Purchase Price payable to the Holders thereof, as updated by mutual agreement between Parent and the Company prior to the Closing.

Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Multiemployer Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(c).

Non-U.S. Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).

Option Cancellation Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

Option Termination Agreement” means an option termination between the Company and an Optionholder, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Optionholder” means a holder of Company Options.

Out-Of-The-Money Company Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).

Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is owned by, or created by or on behalf of, or purported to be owned by the Company.

Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Parent Charter Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.

Parent Indemnification Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

Parent Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02.

Paying Agency Agreement” means the paying agent agreement dated on or about the date hereof between the Holder Representative, Parent, Company and PNC Bank, National Association.

Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

Paying Agent Fees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(b).

Per-Share Cash-Out Amount” means an amount equal to (a) the Purchase Price plus the Aggregate Option Exercise Price, divided by (b) the Total Share Number.

Permits” means all permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, authorizations, registrations, certificates, variances and similar rights obtained, or required to be obtained, from Governmental Authorities.

Permitted Encumbrances” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(a).

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association or other entity.

 

-13-


Post-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and, with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such taxable period beginning after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such taxable period ending on and including the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Taxes” means, without duplication, any and all (a) Taxes of the Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods; (b) Taxes for which the Company (or any predecessor of the Company) is held liable under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any comparable provisions of foreign, state or local Law by reason of such entity being included in any consolidated, affiliated, combined or unitary group at any time on or before the Closing Date; and (c) Taxes of any person imposed on the Company arising under the principles of transferee or successor liability or by contract, relating to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing Date, except, in each case of (a) through (c), Taxes treated as a liability in the calculation of Working Capital or otherwise taken into account in determining the Purchase Price regardless of whether the Taxes are assessed, determined or payable prior to, on or after the Closing Date.

Pro Rata Share” means, at any time, with respect to any Holder, such Holder’s pro rata percentage of any applicable amount, based on (i) the amount of the Final Purchase Price to which such Holder is entitled hereunder (including any amounts in respect of the Holder Representative Expense Amount) in proportion to (ii) the total amount of the Final Purchase Price payable to all Holders (including any amounts in respect of the Holder Representative Expense Amount) pursuant to the terms hereof.

Purchase Price” means the Initial Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant Article III and the other terms of this Agreement, and shall include, after the end of the Earn-Out Period, the Earn-Out Payments, if any.

Qualified Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(c).

Real Property” means any real property, whether owned, leased or subleased, together with all buildings, structures and facilities located thereon.

Release” means any actual or threatened release, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, abandonment, disposing or allowing to escape or migrate into or through the environment (including ambient air (indoor or outdoor), surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata or within any building, structure, facility or fixture).

Representative” means, with respect to any Person, any and all directors, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, counsel, accountants and other agents of such Person.

Representative Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(d).

Requisite Company Vote” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).

Restrictive Covenant Agreement” means the restrictive covenant agreement between Dr. Matthias Wabl and the Company dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form set out as Exhibit A hereto.

Sample Calculation” means the sample working capital calculation set out in Schedule B hereto.

Settlement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06(a).

Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a).

Stockholder” means a holder of Company Stock and includes, following the Merger, a former holder of Company Stock who held Company Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

-14-


Straddle Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04.

Subsequent Holder Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(b).

Surviving Corporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

Tax Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, certificate, report, claim for refund, information return or statement or other document relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other income, gross receipts, sales, use, production, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, registration, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, unemployment, estimated, excise, severance, environmental, stamp, occupation, premium, property (real or personal), real property gains, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or similar charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, additions or penalties with respect thereto and any interest in respect of such additions or penalties.

Termination Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(a).

Third-Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(a).

Total Share Number” means, without duplication, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time: (i) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding (other than any Shares owned by the Company that are to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 2.08(a)); plus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock (other than any Shares owned by the Company that are to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 2.08(a)); plus (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding In-the-Money Company Options (whether or not then exercisable).

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and all other documents related to the Merger.

Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(d).

Union” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(b).

Working Capital” means the Company’s Current Assets less its Current Liabilities, in each case as of the Closing Date and calculated in accordance with the sample calculation set forth in Schedule B hereto.

Written Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.06(a).

Zoetis” means Zoetis Services LLC.

Zoetis Budget” means the budget in respect of the performance of the Zoetis License agreed to by Parent and the Company and attached hereto as Schedule C.

Zoetis License” means the License and Development Agreement dated December 18, 2018, between Zoetis and the Company, as amended by First Amendment to License and Development Agreement, dated June 6, 2019.

Article II

THE MERGER

Section 2.01    The Merger. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the CCC, at the Effective Time, (a) Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, and (b) the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and the Company will continue its corporate existence under the CCC as the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”). As a result of the Merger, the Surviving Corporation shall become a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

 

-15-


Section 2.02    Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m., Vancouver time, no later than three (3) Business Days after the last of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VIII have been satisfied or waived (other than conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied on the Closing Date), at the offices of McCarthy Tétrault LLP, Suite 2400, 745 Thurlow Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 0C5, or at such other time or on such other date or at such other place as the Company and Parent may mutually agree upon in writing (the day on which the Closing takes place being the “Closing Date”).

Section 2.03    Closing Deliverables.

(a)    At or prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Parent the following:

(i)    resignations of the directors and officers of the Company pursuant to Section 6.08;

(ii)     a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, certifying that each of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02(a) and Section 8.02(b) have been satisfied and that the Working Capital as of the Closing Date is not less than zero Dollars ($0) and setting out the number of shares of Company Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing;

(iii)    a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Company certifying that (A) attached thereto are true and complete copies of (1) all resolutions adopted by the Company Board authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (2) resolutions of the Stockholders approving the Merger and adopting this Agreement, and (B) all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are all the resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(iv)    a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Company certifying the names and signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder;

(v)    a good standing certificate (or its equivalent) from the secretary of state or similar Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction under the Laws in which the Company is organized;

(vi)    the FIRPTA Statement;

(vii)    an Indemnification Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly executed by Holders who hold in the aggregate 99.5% of the outstanding Company Stock on a fully diluted basis;

(viii)    a Letter of Transmittal, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly completed and executed by Stockholders holding 99.5% of the issued and outstanding Company Stock on a fully diluted basis;

(ix)    the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly executed by each of the Company and Dr. Matthias Wabl;

(x)    the audited financial statements of the Company for its 2019 and 2018 fiscal years and the reviewed financial statements of the Company for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2020, together with a comparison of such partial year period against the equivalent period in the prior fiscal year, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Parent (or, if such financial statements are not available, Parent shall be reasonably satisfied, upon advice of its auditor, that such audited and reviewed financial statements shall be available within 75 days following the Closing Date);

 

-16-


(xi)    the Paying Agency Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly executed by the Holder Representative and the Paying Agent;

(xii)    the Holder Representative Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly executed by the Company and Holder Representative;

(xiii)    an Option Termination Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly executed by the Company and each Optionholder; and

(xiv)    such other documents or instruments as Parent reasonably requests and are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)    At the Closing, Parent shall deliver to the Company (or such other Person as may be specified herein) the following:

(i)    a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Parent, certifying that each of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03(a) and Section 8.03(b) have been satisfied;

(ii)    a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or equivalent officer) of Parent and Merger Sub certifying that attached thereto are true and complete copies of all resolutions adopted by the board of directors of Parent and Merger Sub authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and that all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are all the resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(iii)    a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or equivalent officer) of Parent and Merger Sub certifying the names and signatures of the officers of Parent and Merger Sub authorized to sign this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder;

(iv)    the Paying Agency Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, duly executed by Parent; and

(v)    such other documents or instruments as the Company reasonably requests and are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 2.04    Effective Time. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company, Parent and Merger Sub shall cause a certificate of merger (the “Certificate of Merger”) to be executed, acknowledged and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of California in accordance with the relevant provisions of the CCC and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the CCC. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of California or at such later date or time as may be agreed by the Company and Parent in writing and specified in the Certificate of Merger in accordance with the CCC (the effective time of the Merger being hereinafter referred to as the “Effective Time”).

Section 2.05    Effects of the Merger. The Merger shall have the effects set forth herein and in the applicable provisions of the CCC. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, from and after the Effective Time, all property, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises, licenses and authority of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of each of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

 

-17-


Section 2.06    Certificate of Incorporation; By-laws. At the Effective Time, (a) the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with the terms thereof or as provided by applicable Law, and (b) the by-laws of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with the terms thereof, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation or as provided by applicable Law; provided, however, in each case, that the name of the corporation set forth therein shall be changed to the name of the Company.

Section 2.07    Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the directors and officers, respectively, of the Surviving Corporation until their successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Surviving Corporation.

Section 2.08    Effect of the Merger on Company Stock. At the Effective Time, as a result of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, the Company or any Stockholder:

(a)    Cancellation of Certain Company Stock. Shares of Company Stock (the “Shares”) that are owned by Parent, Merger Sub or the Company (as treasury stock or otherwise) or any of their respective direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(b)    Conversion of Company Stock.

(i)    Each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (x) Shares to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 2.08(a) and (y) Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount;

(ii)    No Stockholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any amount provided for in Section 2.08(b)(i) unless and until such Stockholder has delivered to Parent:

(A)    a duly completed and validly executed Letter of Transmittal; and

(B)    a duly executed Indemnification Agreement.

(c)    Conversion of Merger Sub Capital Stock. Each share of common stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one newly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

Section 2.09    Stock Options.

(a)    Any option or other security to purchase Company Stock, whether granted under the Company Stock Plan or otherwise, that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (a “Company Option”) will be cancelled and extinguished at the Effective Time, and pursuant to an Option Termination Agreement, the holder of such Company Option shall be entitled to receive from the Surviving Corporation or Parent, without interest (and without any action on the part of such Optionholder), for each share of Company Common Stock that would have been obtainable upon the full cash exercise of the Company Option as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, an amount equal to the difference (if a positive number) between: (i) the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount less (ii) the exercise price required to be paid by the Optionholder to acquire the corresponding share of Company Common Stock (such amount calculated pursuant to this Section 2.09 with respect to each such Company Option, the “Option Cancellation Amount”, and the aggregate such amount payable with respect to all Company Options, the “Aggregate Option Cancellation Amount”). Company Options shall not be assumed by Parent. At or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing, Parent shall deliver a wire instruction to the Paying Agent with respect to the portion of the Closing Payment Amount to be paid to the former Optionholder through the Paying Agent in satisfaction of the Aggregate Option Cancellation Amount and instruct Paying Agent to promptly make such payments. No Optionholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any amount provided for in Section 2.09(a) unless and until such Optionholder has delivered to Parent a duly completed and executed Option Termination Agreement and a duly executed Indemnification Agreement.

 

-18-


(b)    Each Company Option that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and that has an exercise price per share that is equal to or greater than the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount (each an “Out-Of-The-Money Company Option”) will be cancelled and extinguished at the Effective Time without any action on the part of the holder of such Out-Of-The-Money Company Option, and the holders of such Out-Of-The-Money Company Options shall not be entitled to receive any payment or amount with respect to such Out-Of-The-Money Company Option, and such Out-Of-The-Money Company Options shall not be assumed by Parent.

(c)    Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all actions that may be necessary (under the Company Stock Plan and otherwise) to effectuate the provisions of Sections Section 2.09(a) and (b), including provision of any notices to holders of Company Options.

Section 2.10    Dissenting Shares. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, including Section 2.08, Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Shares cancelled in accordance with Section 2.08(a)) and held by a holder who has not voted in favor of adoption of this Agreement or consented thereto in writing and who has properly exercised appraisal rights of such Shares in accordance with Chapter 13 of the CCC (such Shares being referred to collectively as the “Dissenting Shares” until such time as such holder fails to perfect or otherwise loses such holder’s appraisal rights under the CCC with respect to such Shares) shall not be converted into a right to receive the consideration set forth in Section 2.08(b), but instead shall be entitled to only such rights as are granted by Chapter 13 of the CCC; provided, however, that if, after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect, withdraws or loses such holder’s right to appraisal pursuant to Chapter 13 of the CCC, or if a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such holder is not entitled to the relief provided by Chapter 13 of the CCC, such Shares shall be treated as if they had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the consideration, if any, to which such holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.08(b). The Company shall provide Parent reasonably prompt written notice of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of Shares, any withdrawal of any such demand and any other demand, notice or instrument delivered to the Company prior to the Effective Time pursuant to the CCC that relates to such demand, and Parent shall have the opportunity and right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. Except with the prior written consent of Parent, the Company shall not make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands.

Section 2.11    Surrender and Payment.

(a)    Prior to the Effective Time, Parent shall designate PNC Bank, National Association or, if not PNC Bank, National Association, then a United States bank, trust company or other party reasonably acceptable to the Company, to act as payment agent (the “Paying Agent”) in the Merger.

(b)    At the Effective Time, all Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and, subject to Section 2.10, each holder of a certificate formerly representing any Shares (each, a “Certificate”) shall cease to have any rights as a stockholder of the Company.

 

-19-


(c)    Prior to or as promptly as practicable following the date hereof and in any event not later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, Paying Agent shall send to each holder of Company Stock a letter of transmittal in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B (a “Letter of Transmittal”) and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Certificates in exchange for the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount that such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2.08(b). Paying Agent shall, no later than the later of (i) three (3) Business Days after the Closing Date or (ii) three (3) Business Days after receipt of a Certificate, together with a Letter of Transmittal duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, such documents that are required under Section 2.08(b), and any other customary documents that Paying Agent may reasonably require in connection therewith, deliver to the holder of such Certificate the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount that such Stockholder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2.08(b). No interest shall be paid or shall accrue on any cash payable upon surrender of any Certificate. Until so surrendered, each outstanding Certificate that prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Company Stock (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all purposes, to evidence the right to receive the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount provided for in Section 2.08(b). If any Certificate is presented to Parent after the Effective Time, it shall be cancelled and exchanged as provided in this Section 2.11. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount payable to any Stockholder as contemplated in this Section 2.11 will be based upon the Estimated Purchase Price and that the payment of the Estimated Purchase Price at Closing as contemplated in Article III, subject to the post-Closing adjustments set out therein, shall satisfy the obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to make any payment of the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount at Closing.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, none of Parent, the Surviving Corporation nor the Paying Agent shall be liable to any Stockholder for any cash or other payment delivered to a Governmental Authority pursuant to any abandoned property, escheat or similar Laws.

Section 2.12    No Further Ownership Rights in Company Stock. All amounts paid or payable upon the surrender of Certificates in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been paid or payable in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the Shares formerly represented by such Certificate, and from and after the Effective Time, there shall be no further registration of transfers of Shares on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation, they shall be cancelled and exchanged for the applicable Per-Share Cash-Out Amount, and in accordance with the procedures set forth, in this Article II and elsewhere in this Agreement.

Section 2.13    Adjustments. Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, if at any time during the period between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time any change in the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company shall occur, including by reason of any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including reverse stock split) or combination, exchange or readjustment of shares, or any stock dividend or distribution paid in stock, the Per-Share Cash-Out Amount and any other amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such change.

 

-20-


Section 2.14    Withholding Rights. Each of Parent, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation, the Paying Agent and any other payor hereunder shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Article II or Article III such amounts as are required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under any provision of Tax Law; provided, however, that if Parent, Merger Sub and/or the Surviving Corporation or any other such payor deducts and withholds from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Article II or Article III under any provision of a Tax Law of any country other than the United States, then the amount of any such consideration payable shall be increased by an additional amount as may be necessary so that after making all such required deductions and withholdings attributable thereto, such Person receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made and such amount shall be further increased to take account of any net Tax cost incurred by such Person arising from the receipt of such additional amount hereunder (i.e., grossed up for such increase); provided, further, the foregoing obligation to pay any such additional amounts shall not apply to the extent of any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld by virtue of the Shares being “taxable Canadian property” as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada). Further, other than with respect to wage withholding required to be withheld under U.S. Tax Law with respect to the Aggregate Option Cancellation Amount and other compensatory payments to be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that none of Parent, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent or any other payor hereunder is required to, nor will any of them, deduct or withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Article II or Article III any amounts under any U.S. Tax Law, provided that each such Person shall have provided to Parent a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable, and the Company shall have delivered to Parent the FIRPTA Statement. Parent, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation, the Paying Agent, or any other payor hereunder (as applicable) shall timely and properly pay over any amounts withheld pursuant to this Section 2.14 to the applicable Governmental Authority. To the extent that any amounts are deducted and withheld by Parent, Merger Sub, or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, pursuant to any provision of a Tax Law of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and such amounts are paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which Parent, Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, made such deduction and withholding.

Section 2.15    Lost Certificates. If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by Parent, an indemnity reasonably acceptable to Parent against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, Parent shall issue, in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the consideration to be paid in respect of the Shares formerly represented by such Certificate as contemplated under this Article II.

Section 2.16    Holder Representative Expense Amount. At the Closing, in accordance with Section 3.03, Parent shall withhold from deposit with the Paying Agent and deposit, in cash, with the Holder Representative an amount equal to the Holder Representative Expense Fund Amount on behalf of the Holders (in accordance with each Holder’s Pro Rata Share). The Holder Representative Expense Amount shall be available to the Holder Representative for the uses and purposes set forth in Section 11.01(d).

Article III

PURCHASE PRICE

Section 3.01    Purchase Price. Subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement (including the payment mechanics set out in this Article III), the aggregate consideration payable by Parent and Merger Sub to the Holders in respect of the Merger shall be equal to the following:

(a)    $90,000,000 (the “Initial Purchase Price”);

(b)    less the amount of the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses;

(c)    plus the amount, if any, by which the Closing Working Capital is greater than zero Dollars ($0);

(d)    less the amount, if any, by which the Closing Working Capital is less than zero Dollars ($0);

(e)    less the amount, if any, of the Closing Indebtedness; and

(f)    less the amount, if any, of the Closing Transaction Expenses.

 

-21-


Section 3.02    Estimated Purchase Price.

(a)    The Parties acknowledge that it is not possible to determine the Purchase Price until the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement becomes available. Accordingly, the Parties agree that no later than two (2) days prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver a written statement (the “Estimated Purchase Price Calculation Statement”) to Merger Sub and Parent setting forth the Company’s good-faith estimates (each without duplication) of (i) Working Capital as of the Closing Date (“Closing Working Capital”) (such estimate, the “Estimated Closing Working Capital”), (ii) Indebtedness as of the Closing Date (“Closing Indebtedness”) (such estimate, the “Estimated Closing Indebtedness”), (iii) the Closing Transaction Expenses (such estimate, the “Estimated Closing Transaction Expenses”), (iv) the Holder Representative Expense Amount, and (v) on the basis of the foregoing information, the Purchase Price (such estimate, the “Estimated Purchase Price”).

(b)    The Estimated Purchase Price shall be equal to:

(i)    the Initial Purchase Price;

(ii)    less the amount of the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses;

(iii)    plus the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Closing Working Capital is greater than zero Dollars ($0);

(iv)    less the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Closing Working Capital is less than zero Dollars ($0);

(v)    less the amount, if any, of the Estimated Closing Indebtedness; and

(vi)    less the amount, if any, of Estimated Closing Transaction Expenses.

Section 3.03    Payment of Estimated Purchase Price. At the Closing, in consideration for the Shares and for the cancellation of the Company Options, Parent shall pay (i) an amount equal to the Estimated Purchase Price less the Holder Representative Expense Amount and less the Holdback Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Paying Agent, and the Paying Agent shall distribute such amount among the Holders in accordance with Section 2.09, Section 2.11 and the Merger Payment Schedule, and (ii) the Holder Representative Expense Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Holder Representative (the aggregate amount paid by Parent at Closing pursuant to (i) and (ii) of this Section 3.03, the “Closing Payment Amount”).

Section 3.04    [Intentionally Omitted.]

Section 3.05    Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement.

(a)    As soon as practicable, but not later than 60 days after the Closing Date, Parent shall, acting in good faith, cause to be prepared and delivered a written statement (the “Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement”) to the Holder Representative an unaudited statement setting out a statement of its good-faith calculation (each without duplication) of the following:

(i)    the Closing Working Capital (the “Draft Closing Working Capital” and, as finally determined pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05, the “Final Closing Working Capital”);

(ii)    the Closing Indebtedness (the “Draft Closing Indebtedness” and, as finally determined pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05, the “Final Closing Indebtedness”);

(iii)    the Closing Transaction Expenses (as finally determined pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05, the “Final Closing Transaction Expenses”); and

 

-22-


(iv)    a recalculation of the Estimated Purchase Price based on the foregoing amounts (as finally determined pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05, the “Final Purchase Price”). The Holder Representative shall reasonably cooperate with Parent and its accountants to the extent required to prepare the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement. For greater certainty, all calculations required pursuant to this Section 3.05(a) (and as finally determined pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05) shall be made on a basis consistent with the calculations in Section 3.02 (including the Sample Calculation).

(b)    During the period from the date the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement is delivered by Parent to the Holder Representative through the date the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement is finally determined in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.05, Parent shall and shall cause the Surviving Corporation and its representatives to reasonably cooperate with the Holder Representative and to provide the Holder Representative access to the work papers of Parent and the Company in connection with the review of the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement, and Parent shall make available to the Holder Representative individuals responsible for the preparation of the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement to respond to reasonable inquiries of the Holder Representative.

(c)    If the Holder Representative disagrees with any aspect of the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement, then the Holder Representative shall deliver written notice to Parent (the “Dispute Notice”) within 30 days after receipt of the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement, setting forth, with reasonable particulars, each item with which the Holder Representative disagrees (each a “Disputed Item”), including the Holder Representative’s position on each Disputed Item (and the Holder Representative’s resulting position on the amount of the Closing Working Capital, the Closing Indebtedness and/or Closing Transaction Expenses, as applicable). Any item set forth in the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement not objected to by the Holder Representative in the Dispute Notice shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties.

(d)    If the Holder Representative either (i) notifies Parent in writing that the Holder Representative agrees with the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement within 30 days after receipt thereof or (ii) fails to deliver a Dispute Notice within such 15-day period, the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement delivered by Parent shall become final, conclusive and binding on the Parties, and the Parties shall be deemed to have agreed thereto, in the case of (i), on the date Parent receives such written notice, and in the case of (ii), on such 15th day.

(e)    In the event that the Holder Representative delivers a Dispute Notice, the Holder Representative and Parent shall attempt, in good faith, to resolve the Disputed Items within 30 days after the receipt by Parent of the Dispute Notice and make any amendments to the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement as mutually agreed to by the Parties. Any Disputed Items not resolved by Parent and the Holder Representative within such 15-day period (or such other period as the Parties may agree) shall be submitted to the Independent Auditor to determine, and such determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties. The Independent Auditor shall allow Parent and the Holder Representative to present their respective positions regarding the Disputed Items (provided that, for greater certainty, such presentations are limited to the Disputed Items described in the Dispute Notice), and each of Parent and the Holder Representative shall have the right to present additional documents, materials and other information, and make an oral presentation to the Independent Auditor, regarding such Disputed Items, and the Independent Auditor shall consider such additional documents, materials and other information and such oral presentations. Any such other documents, materials or other information shall be copied to each of Parent and the Holder Representative, and each of Parent and the Holder Representative shall be entitled to attend any such oral presentation.

 

-23-


(f)    The Independent Auditor shall determine, based solely on such presentations from Parent and the Holder Representative, the Disputed Items and, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall render a written report (the “Adjustment Report”) to Parent and the Holder Representative in which the Independent Auditor shall set forth, in reasonable detail, the Independent Auditor’s determination with respect to each of the Disputed Items, and the revisions, if any, to be made to the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement, together with supporting calculations, and the Parties shall make such revisions to the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement, as applicable. In resolving the Disputed Items, the Independent Auditor: (i) shall be bound to the principles of this Section 3.05 (including the Sample Calculation), (ii) shall limit its review and determination to the Disputed Items specifically set forth in the Dispute Notice and submitted to the Independent Auditor for determination and (iii) shall not assign a value to any Disputed Item higher than the highest value for such Disputed Item claimed by either Party or lower than the lowest value for such Disputed Item claimed by either Party. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Auditor to complete its work and render the Adjustment Report within 30 days of its engagement. The costs, fees and expenses of the Independent Auditor shall be allocated to and borne equally by Parent, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand.

(g)    For greater certainty, each of the Closing Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness, Estimated Closing Working Capital and Estimated Closing Indebtedness are to be calculated and prepared on a basis consistent with the Sample Calculation.

Section 3.06    Payment of Purchase Price Adjustments.

(a)    No later than the third (3rd) Business Day following the date on which the Final Purchase Price Calculation Statement has been finalized in accordance with Section 3.05, whether by agreement of the Parties, by deemed agreement or by determination made by the Independent Auditor (such date, the “Settlement Date”), the payments contemplated by Section 3.06(b) shall be made. Any amounts owing and payable between Parent and the Holder Representative (on behalf of the Holders) pursuant to Section 3.06(b) shall be set off against any other amounts owing and payable between such Parties, such that only a net amount shall be paid.

(b)    On the Settlement Date:

(i)    if the Final Purchase Price is greater than the Closing Payment Amount, then Parent shall pay an amount in cash equal to the difference between such amounts to the Paying Agent for the benefit of and for distribution to the Holders (such amounts to be allocated among the Holders in accordance with each such Person’s Pro Rata Share of such amount);

(ii)    if the Final Purchase Price is less than the Closing Payment Amount (such amount, the “Final Purchase Price Deficit”) and:

(A)    the Final Purchase Price Deficit is equal to or less than the Holdback Amount, then Parent shall pay an amount in cash equal to (i) the Holdback Amount less (ii) the Final Purchase Price Deficit to the Paying Agent for the benefit of and for distribution to the Holders (such amount to be allocated among the Holders in accordance with each Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such amount), and Parent shall have no further obligation to pay any portion of the Holdback Amount to the Paying Agent for the benefit of and for distribution to the Holders; and

(B)    the Final Purchase Price Deficit exceeds the Holdback Amount (such excess amount, the “Holdback Deficit”), then each Holder shall pay in cash such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the Holdback Deficit, if any, as directed by Parent, and Parent shall have no obligation to pay any portion of the Holdback Amount to the Paying Agent for the benefit of and for distribution to the Holders.

(c)    Any amount paid to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.06 shall be deemed to be an increase to the Purchase Price, and the sum of (i) any amount paid to Parent pursuant to this Section 3.06 plus (ii) any portion of the Holdback Amount retained by or paid to Parent pursuant to this Section 3.06 shall be deemed to be a decrease to the Purchase Price, and the Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

-24-


Section 3.07    Earn-Out.

(a)    During the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (i) April 9, 2024, and (ii) the date on which all of the Company’s obligations under the Zoetis License have been completed and discharged in full (such period, the “Earn-Out Period”), Parent will, upon receipt by the Surviving Corporation of any payment pursuant to the Zoetis License from time to time, promptly pay to the Paying Agent, for distribution to the Holders (such amounts to be allocated among the Holders in accordance with each Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such amount), an amount equal to (x) 85% of such payment, less (y) the amount, if any, of all direct expenses in excess of the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses incurred by the Surviving Corporation or Parent in connection with the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Zoetis License since the Closing Date or the calculation of the last such payment, as applicable (such net amount with respect to each such payment, if a positive amount, an “Earn Out Payment”, and collectively with all payments under this Section 3.07(a), the “Earn-Out Payments”).

(b)    Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts (after giving effect, to among other things, the business of the Surviving Corporation) to cause the Surviving Corporation to perform all of the Company’s obligations under the Zoetis License in such a manner as to maximize the revenues of the Surviving Corporation under the Zoetis License, provided that nothing in this Section 3.07 shall require Parent or the Surviving Corporation to make any expenditure or incur any expense in excess of the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses unless Parent determines, in good faith, that the payments reasonably expected to be received under the Zoetis License will exceed such amount of expense in excess of the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses; and provided, further, that Parent shall not be required to cause the Surviving Corporation to take any action, or omit to take any action, that would reasonably be expected to be adverse to the business of the Surviving Corporation, which, for the avoidance of doubt, would not include any expense contemplated in the Zoetis Budget and any action expressly related thereto. Promptly following the Closing, Parent shall appoint a representative of Parent or Surviving Corporation (who shall initially be Carl Hansen), who shall liaise with Matthias Wabl regarding the same.

(c)    From and after the completion of the first full calendar month following the Closing Date, and subject to compliance with all confidentiality requirements of the Company pursuant to the Zoetis License and any related confidentiality agreements, Parent shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, deliver to the Holder Representative a monthly report within 15 Business Days of the last day of such calendar month setting out the expenses incurred by the Surviving Corporation and Parent in connection with the performance of the obligations of the Company pursuant to the Zoetis License for the period since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report, as applicable.

(d)    If at any time, and from time to time, during the Earn-Out Period, Parent or the Surviving Corporation determines not to make an expenditure or incur an expense in excess of, or expected to be in excess of, the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses (an “Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense”) in accordance with Section 3.07(b), it shall promptly notify the Holder Representative in writing of such determination and provide a reasonable, good-faith estimate of the total amount of such Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense. Neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation shall have any liability to the Holder Representative or any Holder for any inaccuracy or misstatement pertaining to such estimate or if the actual expenses necessary to complete the performance of the Zoetis License differ from Parent’s or the Surviving Corporation’s good-faith estimate provided to the Holder Representative pursuant to this Section 3.07(d). If, within 10 Business Days following delivery by Parent or the Surviving Corporation of a notice of an Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense as set out in this Section 3.07(d), the Holders deliver the full amount of the Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense to the Surviving Corporation, Parent will cause the Surviving Corporation to apply such amount against the Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense and shall make the corresponding expenditure or incur the corresponding expense, as applicable.

 

-25-


(e)    Within 15 Business Days of Surviving Corporation’s receipt of any and all payments under the Zoetis License, Parent will pay or cause Surviving Corporation to pay to the Paying Agent, for distribution to the Holders, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the respective Earn-Out Payment payable under Section 3.07(a). Within 15 Business Days following the end date of the Earn-Out Period, Surviving Corporation will pay to the Paying Agent, for distribution to the Holders (such amounts to be allocated among the Holders in accordance with each Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such amount), the amount, if any, equal to the sum of the following:

(i)    any Earn-Out Payment not previously paid out under the prior sentence, if any, payable pursuant to Section 3.07(a);

(ii)    the amount, if any, by which the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses exceeded the aggregate amount actually incurred by the Surviving Corporation and Parent in the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Zoetis License; and

(iii)    the amount, if any, by which any amount paid by the Holders to the Surviving Corporation or Parent in respect of any Unbudgeted Zoetis Expenses exceeded the aggregate amount of the expenses actually incurred by the Surviving Corporation and Parent in respect of such Unbudgeted Zoetis Expenses.

(f)    Each of the Parties agrees that (A) the Earn-Out Payment and the payment of the amounts considered under Section 3.07(e)(i) and (ii) shall be treated as adjustments to the Purchase Price by the Parties for Tax purposes, except to the extent otherwise required by Law, and (B) it will take commercially reasonable steps to structure the Earn-Out Payment, if any, and the payment of the amounts under Section 3.07(e)(i) and (ii), if any, in a tax-efficient manner, provided that any such structure shall be subject to the approval of each of the Parties.

(g)    If (i) any Parent Indemnitee has any claim for indemnifiable Losses pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Document of which any amount remains unpaid after the 15 Business Day period set out in Section 9.06(a), or (ii) Parent or any Affiliate thereof is entitled to payment from Holders in respect of any amount payable under Section 3.06(b)(ii)(B) and 11.02 of this Agreement that remains unpaid within 10 Business Days of written request therefor, then Parent shall have the right to withhold, or to cause Surviving Corporation to withhold from any Earn-Out Payment or other payment otherwise payable by Parent or Surviving Corporation pursuant to this Section 3.07, and set off against the same, the amount of such unsatisfied claims in satisfaction of such portion of such claim as is represented by the amount so withheld.

Article IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as set forth in the correspondingly numbered Section of the Disclosure Schedules (or set forth in any other section, subsection or clause of the Disclosure Schedules, provided that it is reasonably apparent on its face, upon a reading of the disclosure without any independent knowledge on the part of the reader regarding the matter disclosed, that such disclosure is responsive to the applicable Article IV provision), the Company represents and warrants to Parent that the statements contained in this Article IV are true and correct as of the date hereof.

Section 4.01    Organization and Qualification of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of California and has full corporate power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it and to carry on its business as it has been and is currently conducted. Section 4.01 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth each jurisdiction in which the Company is licensed or qualified to do business, and the Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the operation of its business as currently conducted makes such licensing or qualification necessary.

 

-26-


Section 4.02    Authority; Board Approval.

(a)    The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and, subject to, in the case of the consummation of the Merger, adoption of this Agreement by the affirmative vote or consent of Stockholders representing (i) a majority of each class of the outstanding Shares and (ii) a majority of the Shares voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (“Requisite Company Vote”), to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and any Ancillary Document to which it is a party and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, subject only, in the case of consummation of the Merger, to the receipt of the Requisite Company Vote. The Requisite Company Vote is the only vote or consent of the holders of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock required to approve and adopt this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents , approve the Merger and consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms. When each Ancillary Document to which the Company is or will be a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Company (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Ancillary Document will constitute a legal and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

(b)    The Company Board, by resolutions duly adopted by unanimous written consent of all directors of the Company not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has, as of the date hereof, (i) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are fair to, and in the best interests of, the Stockholders, (ii) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger, in accordance with the CCC, (iii) directed that this Agreement be submitted to the Stockholders for adoption, and (iv) resolved to recommend that the Stockholders adopt this Agreement (collectively, the “Company Board Recommendation”) and directed that such matter be submitted for consideration of the Stockholders.

Section 4.03    No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Merger, do not and will not: (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company (“Company Charter Documents”); (ii) subject to, in the case of the Merger, obtaining the Requisite Company Vote, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to the Company; (iii) require the consent, notice or other action by any Person under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, constitute a default or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of their respective properties and assets are subject (including any Material Contract) or any Permit affecting the properties, assets or business of the Company; or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance other than Permitted Encumbrances on any properties or assets of the Company. No consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of California.

 

-27-


Section 4.04    Capitalization.

(a)    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 7,082,031 Shares are issued and outstanding; and (ii) 6,069,642 shares of Preferred Stock, 1,609,417 shares of which are designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 2,395,325 shares of which are designated as Series B Preferred Stock, and 2,064,900 shares of which are designated as Series C Preferred Stock, of which 1,609,417 Series A Preferred Stock, 2,367,633 Series B Preferred Stock and 1,471,240 Series C Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, in each case, as of the close of business on the date of this Agreement.

(b)    Section 4.04(b) of the Disclosure Schedules set forth, as of the date hereof, the name of each Person that is the registered owner of any Shares and the number of Shares owned by such Person.

(c)    Except as disclosed in Section 4.04(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, (i) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible or exchangeable security, or other right (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire equity securities of the Company is authorized or outstanding, and (ii) there is no commitment by the Company to issue shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any of its equity securities any evidence of indebtedness or asset, to repurchase or redeem any securities of the Company or to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of, change the price of, or otherwise amend any warrant, option, convertible or exchangeable security or other such right. Other than the Declared Dividend, there are no declared or accrued unpaid dividends with respect to any shares of Company Stock.

(d)    All issued and outstanding shares of Company Stock are (i) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (ii) not subject to any preemptive rights created by statute, the Company Charter Documents or any agreement to which the Company is a party; and (iii) free of any Encumbrances created by the Company in respect thereof. All issued and outstanding shares of Company Stock were issued in compliance with applicable Law.

(e)    No outstanding Company Stock is subject to vesting or forfeiture rights or repurchase by the Company. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, dividend equivalent, phantom stock, profit participation or other similar rights with respect to the Company or any of its securities.

(f)    All distributions, dividends, repurchases and redemptions of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of the Company were undertaken in compliance with the Company Charter Documents then in effect, any agreement to which the Company then was a party and in compliance with applicable Law.

(g)    The Merger Payment Schedule sets out a true and complete list of each Holder, the Company Securities held by each Holder, and the Pro Rata Share of each Holder.

Section 4.05    No Subsidiaries. Except as set out in Section 4.05 of the Disclosure Schedules, the Company does not own, or have any interest in, any shares or have an ownership interest in any other Person.

 

-28-


Section 4.06    Financial Statements. Complete copies of the Company’s (i) audited financial statements, consisting of the balance sheet of the Company as at December 31 in each of the years 2018 and 2019 and the related statements of income and retained earnings, stockholders’ equity and cash flow for the years then ended and (ii) the Company’s unaudited financial statements consisting of the balance sheet of the Company as at September 30 in the year 2020 and the related statements of income and retained earnings, stockholders’ equity and cash flow for the nine months then ended (the financial statements referred to in items (i) and (ii), collectively, the “Financial Statements”) are included in Section 4.06 of the Disclosure Schedules. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the period involved with the exceptions set forth in Section 4.06 of the Disclosure Schedules and except for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments in the case of the unaudited interim Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) above. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company, and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared and the results of the operations of the Company for the periods indicated, subject, in the case of the unaudited interim Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) above, to normal year-end adjustments, which were not material in amount or nature, either individually or in the aggregate. The balance sheet of the Company as of September 30, 2020, is referred to herein as the “Balance Sheet” and the date thereof as the “Balance Sheet Date”. The Company maintains a standard system of accounting established and administered in all material respects in accordance with GAAP except as set out in Section 4.06 of the Disclosure Schedules.

Section 4.07    Undisclosed Liabilities. The Company has no liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature whatsoever, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured or otherwise (“Liabilities”), except (a) those that are adequately reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet as of the Balance Sheet Date, and (b) those that have been incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date and that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material in amount.

Section 4.08    Absence of Certain Changes, Events and Conditions. Since the Balance Sheet Date, and other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, there has not been, with respect to the Company, any:

(a)    event, occurrence or development that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)    amendment of the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company;

(c)    split, combination or reclassification of any shares of its capital stock;

(d)    issuance, sale or other disposition of any of its capital stock or grant of any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange or exercise) any of its capital stock;

(e)    except for payment of the Declared Dividend, declaration or payment of any dividends or distributions on or in respect of any of its capital stock or redemption, purchase or acquisition of its capital stock;

(f)    material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice of the Company, except as required by GAAP or as disclosed in the notes to the Financial Statements;

(g)    entry into any Contract that would constitute a Material Contract except sales or non-exclusive licenses of products of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice, copies of which licenses or sales agreements have been provided to Parent;

(h)    incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Indebtedness;

(i)    transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition of any of the assets or properties of the Company except (i) sales or non-exclusive licenses of products of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice, copies of which licenses or sales agreements have been provided to Parent, or (ii) involving amounts not greater than $25,000 in any individual case or $100,000 in the aggregate;

(j)    transfer, assignment or grant of any license or sublicense of any material rights under or with respect to any Company Intellectual Property or Company IP Agreements except sales or non-exclusive licenses of products of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice, copies of which licenses or sales agreements have been provided to Parent;

 

-29-


(k)    material damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its property;

(l)    any capital investment in, or any loan to, any other Person;

(m)    acceleration, termination, material modification to or cancellation of any Material Contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(n)    any capital expenditures in excess of $25,000 in any individual case or $100,000 in the aggregate;

(o)    imposition of any Encumbrance upon any of the Company properties, capital stock or assets, tangible or intangible except sales or non-exclusive licenses of products of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice, copies of which licenses or sales agreements have been provided to Parent;

(p)    (i) grant of any bonuses, whether monetary or otherwise, or increase in any wages, salary, severance, pension or other compensation or benefits in respect of its current or former employees, officers, directors, independent contractors or consultants, other than as provided for in any written agreements or required by applicable Law, (ii) change in the terms of employment for any employee or any termination of any employees for which the aggregate costs and expenses exceed $25,000, or (iii) action to accelerate the vesting or payment of any compensation or benefit for any current or former employee, officer, director, independent contractor or consultant;

(q)    hiring or promoting any person as or to (as the case may be) an officer or hiring or promoting any employee below officer except to fill a vacancy in the ordinary course of business;

(r)    except as required by Law, adoption, modification or termination of any: (i) employment, severance, retention or other agreement with any current or former employee, officer, director, independent contractor or consultant, (ii) Benefit Plan or (iii) collective bargaining or other agreement with a Union, in each case whether written or oral;

(s)    any loan to (or forgiveness of any loan to), or entry into any other transaction with, any of its stockholders or current or former directors, officers and employees;

(t)    entry into a new line of business or abandonment or discontinuance of existing lines of business;

(u)    except for the Merger, adoption of any plan of merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation or dissolution or filing of a petition in bankruptcy under any provisions of federal or state bankruptcy Law or consent to the filing of any bankruptcy petition against it under any similar Law;

(v)    purchase, lease or other acquisition of the right to own, use or lease any property or assets for an amount in excess of $25,000, individually (in the case of a lease, per annum) or $100,000 in the aggregate (in the case of a lease, for the entire term of the lease, not including any option term), except for purchases of inventory or supplies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(w)    acquisition by merger or consolidation with, or by purchase of a substantial portion of the assets or stock of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or any division thereof;

(x)    action by the Company to make, change or rescind any material Tax election, amend any material Tax Return, or take any position on any Tax Return inconsistent with past practice unless required by applicable Law; or

(y)    any Contract to do any of the foregoing, or any action or omission that would result in any of the foregoing.

 

-30-


Section 4.09    Material Contracts.

(a)    Section 4.09(a) of the Disclosure Schedules lists each of the following Contracts of the Company (such Contracts, together with all Contracts concerning the occupancy, management or operation of any of the Company’s Real Property (including brokerage contracts) listed or otherwise disclosed in Section 4.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedules and all Company IP Agreements set forth in Section 4.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedules, being “Material Contracts”):

(i)    each Contract of the Company involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000 and which, in each case, cannot be cancelled by the Company without penalty or without more than 90 days’ notice;

(ii)    all Contracts that require the Company to purchase its total requirements of any product or service from a third party or that contain “take or pay” or “most favored nation” provisions;

(iii)    all Contracts of the Company that provide for the indemnification by the Company of any Person for environmental or other Liabilities of any Person involving aggregate obligations of the Company thereunder in excess of $25,000;

(iv)    all Contracts that relate to the acquisition or disposition of any business, a material amount of stock or assets of any other Person or any real property (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

(v)    all Contracts of the Company with Customers and Material Suppliers involving aggregate consideration in excess of $100,000;

(vi)    all broker, distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative, franchise, agency, sales promotion, market research, marketing consulting and advertising Contracts to which the Company is a party;

(vii)    all employment agreements and Contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements) to which the Company is a party and which are not cancellable without material penalty or without more than 90 days’ notice;

(viii)    all Contracts relating to Indebtedness (including guarantees) of the Company;

(ix)    all Contracts with any Governmental Authority to which the Company is a party (“Government Contracts”);

(x)    all Contracts that limit or purport to limit the ability of the Company to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;

(xi)    any Contracts to which the Company is a party that provide for any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement by the Company;

(xii)    all collective bargaining agreements or Contracts with any Union to which the Company is a party; and

(xiii)    any other Contract that is material to the Company and not previously disclosed pursuant to this Section 4.09.

(b)    Each Material Contract is valid and binding on the Company in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other party thereto is in breach of or default under (or is alleged to be in breach of or default under) or has provided or received any notice of any intention to terminate, any Material Contract. No event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default under any Material Contract or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration or other changes of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit thereunder. Complete and correct copies of each Material Contract (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder) have been made available to Parent.

 

-31-


Section 4.10    Title to Assets; Real Property.

(a)    The Company does not own any Real Property and has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all Real Property and personal tangible property and other tangible assets reflected in the Financial Statements or acquired after the Balance Sheet Date, other than properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date. All such properties and assets (including leasehold interests) are free and clear of Encumbrances except for the following (collectively referred to as “Permitted Encumbrances”):

(i)    liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith through proper proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established on the Company’s books in accordance with GAAP;

(ii)    mechanics, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or amounts that are not delinquent and which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Company;

(iii)    easements, rights of way, zoning ordinances and other similar encumbrances affecting the Company’s Real Property which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Company; or

(iv)    liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Company.

(b)    Section 4.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedules lists (i) the street address of each parcel of Real Property leased or subleased by the Company; (ii) the landlord under the lease, the rental amount currently being paid, and the expiration of the term of such lease or sublease for each leased or subleased property; and (iii) the current use of such property. The Company has delivered or made available to Parent true, complete and correct copies of any leases affecting Real Property of the Company. The Company is not a sublessor or grantor under any sublease or other instrument granting to any other Person any right to the possession, lease, occupancy or enjoyment of any leased Real Property. The use and operation of the Company’s Real Property in the conduct of its business do not violate in any material respect any Law, covenant, condition, restriction, easement, license, permit or agreement. No material improvements constituting a part of the Company’s Real Property encroach on real property owned or leased by a Person other than the Company. There are no Actions pending nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company’s Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein in the nature or in lieu of condemnation or eminent domain proceedings.

Section 4.11    Condition and Sufficiency of Assets. The buildings, plants, structures, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property of the Company are structurally sound, are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings, plants, structures, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost. The buildings, plants, structures, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property currently owned or leased by the Company, together with all other properties and assets of the Company, are sufficient for the continued conduct of the Company’s business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing and constitute all of the tangible property and assets necessary to conduct the business of the Company as currently conducted.

 

-32-


Section 4.12    Intellectual Property.

(a)    Section 4.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules is a true, complete, and accurate list of all (i) Company IP Registrations (showing in each case the recorded name of the owner, filing date, date of issuance or registration, jurisdiction, and registration or application number); (ii) all Owned Intellectual Property that are not registered but are material to the Company’s business or operations as currently conducted; and (iii) all Company IP Agreements pursuant to which the Company has obtained a license to use Licensed Intellectual Property, other than COTS. All required filings (including inventor’s declarations, information disclosure statements, and other documents required by the relevant Governmental Authorities) and fees for the Company IP Registrations have been timely filed with and paid to the relevant Governmental Authorities and authorized registrars, and all Company IP Registrations are subsisting and in good standing and have not expired or been cancelled, abandoned, or otherwise terminated except as set forth in Section 4.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules. To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company IP Registrations are valid and, other than pending patent applications, enforceable.

(b)    Section 4.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedules lists all Company IP Agreements that are currently in effect. The Company has provided Parent with true and complete copies of all such Company IP Agreements, including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder. Each Company IP Agreement is valid and binding on the Company in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor, to Company’s Knowledge, any other party thereto is in material breach of or default under (or is alleged in writing to be in breach of or default under), or has provided or received in writing any notice of breach or default of or any intention to terminate, any Company IP Agreement.

(c)    The Company is the sole and exclusive legal and beneficial, and with respect to the Company IP Registrations, record, owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Owned Intellectual Property, and has a valid right or license under all Licensed Intellectual Property, in each case, free and clear of Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances and those Encumbrances set forth in any Company IP Agreement. The Company has the right to transfer, convey or assign to any third party without any consent of, waiver from or payment to any Person whatsoever the full right, title and interest of the Company in the Owned Intellectual Property. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company has entered into binding, written agreements with every current and former employee, and with every current and former independent contractor, involved in the research or development of products or services, including the development of Intellectual Property, on behalf of Company (collectively, the “Developers”), whereby such Developer: (i) assigns to the Company any ownership interest and right they may have in Intellectual Property created on behalf of the Company; (ii) acknowledges the Company’s exclusive ownership of the applicable Owned Intellectual Property; and (iii) waives all moral rights in and to the Owned Intellectual Property. The Company has provided Merger Sub with true and complete copies of all such agreements. The Owned Intellectual Property was conceived, reduced to practice, developed or otherwise created only by the Developers, and the Developers did not incorporate any pre-existing work product or other materials proprietary to the Developers or any third party in such conception, reduction to practice, development, or creation.

(d)    The Company has the exclusive right to use the Owned Intellectual Property, except as set forth in the Company IP Agreements. The Company has not granted any licenses to use the Owned Intellectual Property except as set forth in the Company IP Agreements. Except as may be set forth in the Company IP Agreements, the Company is under no obligation, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not create any obligation on the Company that would require the Owned Intellectual Property to be licensed to any Person(s). For greater certainty, this Section 4.12(d) shall not be construed or interpreted as a representation and warranty that deals with or has the effect of dealing with the infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of the Intellectual Property of any Person.

 

-33-


(e)    The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not, with respect to the Company’s right to own, use, or hold for use any Intellectual Property as owned, used or held for use in the conduct of the Company’s business or operations as currently conducted, including any Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property: (i) result in the loss or impairment of such rights, (ii) trigger any additional obligations or liabilities on the Company for such rights; (iii) give rise to any rights of any third party to terminate such rights; (iv) trigger or otherwise give rise to payment of any additional amounts with respect to such rights; or (v) require the consent of any other Person in respect of such rights.

(f)    The Company has taken reasonable steps to maintain the Intellectual Property of the Company and to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all trade secrets included in the Intellectual Property of the Company, including requiring all Persons having access to such trade secrets to execute written non-disclosure agreements. There have been no breaches by the Company or, to Company’s Knowledge, the third party thereto of such non-disclosure agreements.

(g)    Except as set forth in Section 4.12(g) of the Disclosure Schedules, to the Company’s Knowledge: (i) the conduct of the Company’s business and the products, processes and services sold or otherwise commercialized by the Company, and (ii) the use of the Owned Intellectual Property by the Company in the conduct of the Company’s business as currently and formerly conducted, on its own or in combination with the Licensed Intellectual Property, have not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, and do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any Person. To the Company’s Knowledge, no Person has infringed or otherwise violated, or is currently infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating, any Owned Intellectual Property. For the purposes of this Section 4.12(g), “Knowledge”, with respect to the Company, shall mean the actual knowledge of any executive officer of the Company, after reasonable inquiry.

(h)    There are no Actions (including any oppositions, interferences or re-examinations) settled, pending or threatened in writing (including in the form of offers or invitations to obtain a license): (i) against Company alleging any infringement, misappropriation, or violation of the Intellectual Property of any Person by the Company; (ii) against Company challenging the validity, enforceability, registrability or ownership of any Owned Intellectual Property (including any Company IP Registrations) or the Company’s rights with respect to any Company Intellectual Property; or (iii) by the Company alleging any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or violation by any Person of the Owned Intellectual Property. The Company is not subject to any outstanding Governmental Order (including, to the Company’s Knowledge, any motion or petition therefor) that does or would materially restrict or impair its use of any Company Intellectual Property.

(i)    The Company has filed and is prosecuting the pending applications listed in Section 4.12(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedules (the “Company Applications”) in accordance with applicable Law and filed, prosecuted, and is properly and correctly maintaining the patents listed in Section 4.12(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedules (the “Company Patents”) in accordance with applicable Law. To the Company’s Knowledge, (a) there is no information, materials, facts, or circumstances, including any information or fact that would constitute prior art, that would render any Company Patent invalid or unenforceable or would materially affect any Company Application; and (b) the Company has not misrepresented, or failed to disclose, any facts or circumstances in any Company Application or any application for any Company Patent that would constitute fraud or a misrepresentation with respect to such application or that would otherwise affect the validity or enforceability of any Company Application or Company Patent.

(j)    The Licensed Intellectual Property constitutes all of the Intellectual Property, other than Owned Intellectual Property, used by the Company in the operation of its business as currently conducted.

 

-34-


(k)    Except as otherwise disclosed in Section 4.12(k) of the Disclosure Schedules, no (a) government funding; (b) facilities of a university, college, other educational institution or research center; or (c) funding from any Persons (other than funds received in consideration for shares in the capital of the Company) was used in the development of the Owned Intellectual Property and, to the Company’s Knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed in Section 4.12(k) of the Disclosure Schedules, no current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company, who was involved in, or who contributed to, the creation or development of any of the Owned Intellectual Property, has performed services for any government, university, college or other educational institution or research center during a period of time during which such employee, consultant or independent contractor was also performing services for the Company. None of the government, university, college, or other educational institutions or research centers disclosed in Section 4.12(k) of the Disclosure Schedules has or retains any right, title, or interest of any kind, including any ownership interest or license rights, in or to any Owned Intellectual Property.

(l)    In connection with its collection, use, storage, retention, disclosure, and transfer (including any transfer across national borders) and/or use of any personally identifiable information from any individuals, including any customers, prospective customers, employees and/or other third parties (collectively, “Personal Information”), the Company is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Law in all relevant jurisdictions, the Company’s privacy policies and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which the Company is a party. The Company has commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and policies in place to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure. The Company is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all laws relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations.

Section 4.13    Customers; Suppliers. Section 4.13 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth:

(a)    (i) each customer from whom the Company has received consideration for goods delivered or licensed or services rendered in the most recently completed fiscal year and in the nine (9)-month period ended September 30, 2020, (collectively, the “Customers”); and (ii) the revenues from each Customer during each such period. The Company has not received any notice that any of its Customers has ceased or intends to cease, to purchase or license goods or services from the Company or to otherwise terminate or materially reduce its relationship with the Company.

(b)    (i) each supplier to whom the Company has paid consideration for goods or services rendered in an amount greater than or equal to $100,000 for each of the two most recent fiscal years (collectively, the “Material Suppliers”); and (ii) the amount of purchases from each Material Supplier during such periods. The Company has not received any notice that any of its Material Suppliers has ceased or intends to cease, to supply goods or services to the Company or to otherwise terminate or materially reduce its relationship with the Company.

Section 4.14    Insurance. Section 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of all current policies or binders of fire, liability, product liability, umbrella liability, real and personal property, workers’ compensation, vehicular, directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary liability and other casualty and property insurance maintained by Company and relating to the assets, business, operations, employees, officers and directors of the Company (collectively, the “Insurance Policies”) and true and complete copies of such Insurance Policies have been made available to Parent. Such Insurance Policies are in full force and effect and shall remain in full force and effect following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has not received any written notice of cancellation of, premium increase with respect to, or alteration of coverage under, any of such Insurance Policies. All premiums due on such Insurance Policies have either been paid or, if due and payable prior to Closing, will be paid prior to Closing in accordance with the payment terms of each Insurance Policy. The Insurance Policies do not provide for any retrospective premium adjustment or other experience-based liability on the part of the Company. All such Insurance Policies have not been subject to any lapse in coverage. There are no claims related to the business of the Company pending under any such Insurance Policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed or in respect of which there is an outstanding reservation of rights. The Company is not in default under, and has not otherwise failed to comply with, in any material respect, any provision contained in any such Insurance Policy. To the Company’s Knowledge, the Insurance Policies are of the type and in the amounts customarily carried by Persons conducting a business similar to the Company. The Insurance Policies are sufficient for compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Contracts to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

-35-


Section 4.15    Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders.

(a)    There are no Actions pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened (a) against or by the Company affecting any of its properties or assets; or (b) against or by the Company that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that may give rise to, or serve as a basis for, any such Action.

(b)    There are no outstanding Governmental Orders and no unsatisfied judgments, penalties or awards against or affecting the Company or any of its properties or assets.

Section 4.16    Compliance With Laws; Permits.

(a)    The Company has complied, and is now complying in all material respects with all Laws applicable to it or its business, properties or assets.

(b)    All Permits required for the Company to conduct its business have been obtained by it and are valid and in full force and effect. All fees and charges with respect to such Permits as of the date hereof have been paid in full. Section 4.16(b) of the Disclosure Schedules lists all current Permits issued to the Company, including the names of the Permits and their respective dates of issuance and expiration. To the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to result in the revocation, suspension, lapse or limitation of any Permit set forth in Section 4.16(b) of the Disclosure Schedules.

Section 4.17    Environmental Matters.

(a)    The Company is currently and has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws and has not received from any Person any: (i) Environmental Notice or Environmental Claim; or (ii) written request for information pursuant to Environmental Law, which, in each case, either remains pending or unresolved, or is the source of ongoing obligations or requirements as of the Closing Date.

(b)    The Company has obtained and is in material compliance with all Environmental Permits (each of which is disclosed in Section 4.17(b) of the Disclosure Schedules) necessary for the ownership, lease, operation or use of the business or assets of the Company and all such Environmental Permits are in full force and effect and shall be maintained in full force and effect by the Company through the Closing Date in accordance with Environmental Law, and the Company is not aware of any condition, event or circumstance that might prevent or impede, after the Closing Date, the ownership, lease, operation or use of the business or assets of the Company as currently carried out.

(c)    No real property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by the Company is listed on, or has been proposed for listing on, the National Priorities List (or CERCLIS) under CERCLA, or any similar state list.

 

-36-


(d)    There has been no Release of Hazardous Materials in contravention of Environmental Law with respect to the business or assets of the Company or any real property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by the Company, and the Company has not received an Environmental Notice that any real property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased in connection with the business of the Company (including soils, groundwater, surface water, buildings and other structure located on any such real property) has been contaminated with any Hazardous Material which could reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Claim against, or a violation of Environmental Law or term of any Environmental Permit by, the Company.

(e)    Section 4.17(e) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all active or abandoned aboveground or underground storage tanks owned or operated by the Company.

(f)    Section 4.17(f) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all off-site Hazardous Materials treatment, storage, or disposal facilities or locations used by the Company and any predecessors as to which the Company may retain liability, and none of these facilities or locations has been placed or proposed for placement on the National Priorities List (or CERCLIS) under CERCLA, or any similar state list, and the Company has not received any Environmental Notice regarding potential liabilities with respect to such off-site Hazardous Materials treatment, storage, or disposal facilities or locations used by the Company.

(g)    The Company has not retained or assumed, by contract or operation of Law, any liabilities or obligations of third parties under Environmental Law.

(h)    The Company has provided or otherwise made available to Parent and listed in Section 4.17(h) of the Disclosure Schedules: (i) any and all environmental reports, studies, audits, records, sampling data, site assessments, risk assessments, economic models and other similar documents with respect to the business or assets of the Company or any currently or formerly owned, operated or leased real property which are in the possession or control of the Company related to compliance with Environmental Laws, Environmental Claims or an Environmental Notice or the Release of Hazardous Materials; and (ii) any and all material documents concerning planned or anticipated capital expenditures required to reduce, offset, limit or otherwise control pollution and/or emissions, manage waste or otherwise ensure compliance with current or future Environmental Laws (including costs of remediation, pollution control equipment and operational changes).

(i)    The Company is not aware of or reasonably anticipates, as of the Closing Date, any condition, event or circumstance concerning the Release or regulation of Hazardous Materials that might, after the Closing Date, prevent, impede or materially increase the costs associated with the ownership, lease, operation, performance or use of the business or assets of the Company as currently carried out.

Section 4.18    Employee Benefit Matters.

(a)    Section 4.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a true and complete list of each material pension, benefit, retirement, compensation, employment, consulting, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, incentive, bonus, performance award, phantom equity, stock or stock-based, change in control, retention, severance, vacation, paid time off, welfare, fringe-benefit and other similar agreement, plan, policy, program or arrangement (and any amendments thereto), in each case whether or not reduced to writing and whether funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not tax-qualified and whether or not subject to ERISA, which is maintained, sponsored, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by the Company for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director, retiree, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any spouse or dependent of such individual, or under which the Company has or may have any Liability, contingent or otherwise (as listed on Section 4.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, each, a “Benefit Plan”). The Company has separately identified in Section 4.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedules each Benefit Plan that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by the Company primarily for the benefit of employees outside of the United States (a “Non-U.S. Benefit Plan”).

 

-37-


(b)    With respect to each Benefit Plan, the Company has made available to Parent accurate, current and complete copies of each of the following, where applicable: (i) where the Benefit Plan has been reduced to writing, the plan document together with all amendments; (ii) where the Benefit Plan has not been reduced to writing, a written summary of all material plan terms; (iii) copies of any trust agreements or other funding arrangements, custodial agreements, insurance policies and contracts, administration agreements and similar agreements, and investment management or investment advisory agreements, now in effect; (iv) copies of the most recent summary plan descriptions together with the most recent summary of material modifications, if any, with respect to each Benefit Plan; (v) employee handbooks; (vi) any material written communication (or a description of any material oral communication) to an employee of the Company relating to any Benefit Plan, which is not reflected in the current summary plan description or plan document; (vii) in the case of any Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, a copy of the most recent determination, opinion or advisory letter from the Internal Revenue Service; (viii) in the case of any Benefit Plan for which a Form 5500 is required to be filed, a copy of the three (3) most recently filed Form 5500, with schedules and financial statements attached; (ix) actuarial valuations and reports related to any Benefit Plans with respect to the three (3) most recently completed plan years; (x) the three (3) most recent nondiscrimination tests performed under the Code; and (xi) copies of material notices, letters or other correspondence from the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or other Governmental Authority relating to the Benefit Plan.

(c)    Each Benefit Plan and any related trust (other than any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA (each a “Multiemployer Plan”)) has been established, administered and maintained in accordance with its terms and in all material respects in compliance with all applicable Laws (including ERISA, the Code and any applicable local Laws). Each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (a “Qualified Benefit Plan”) is so qualified and has received a favorable and current determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service, or with respect to a prototype plan, can rely on an opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the prototype plan sponsor, to the effect that such Qualified Benefit Plan is so qualified and that the plan and the trust related thereto are exempt from federal income taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, of the Code, and, to the Company’s knowledge, nothing has occurred that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualified status of any Qualified Benefit Plan. To the Company’s Knowledge, nothing has occurred with respect to any Benefit Plan that has subjected or could reasonably be expected to subject the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates or, with respect to any period on or after the Closing Date, Parent or any of its Affiliates, to a penalty under Section 502 of ERISA or to tax or penalty under Section 4975 of the Code. All benefits, contributions and premiums relating to each Benefit Plan have been timely paid in accordance with the terms of such Benefit Plan and all applicable Laws and accounting principles, and all benefits accrued under any unfunded Benefit Plan have been paid, accrued or otherwise adequately reserved to the extent required by, and in accordance with, GAAP. All Non-U.S. Benefit Plans that are intended to be funded and/or book-reserved are funded and/or book-reserved, as appropriate, based upon reasonable actuarial assumptions.

(d)    Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained, contributed to, or been required to contribute to or had any liability or obligation (including on account of any ERISA Affiliate) with respect to (whether contingent or otherwise) any (i) employee benefit plan that is or was subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA, (ii) Multiemployer Plan; (iii) a “multiple employer plan” within the meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code; (iv) “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (as defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA); or (v) any funded welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 419 of the Code, and neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA that has not been paid in full.

 

-38-


(e)    Each Benefit Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without material liabilities to Parent, the Company or any of their Affiliates other than ordinary administrative expenses typically incurred in a termination event. The Company has no commitment or obligation and has not made any representations to any employee, officer, director, independent contractor or consultant, whether or not legally binding, to adopt, amend, modify or terminate any Benefit Plan or any collective bargaining agreement, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise.

(f)    Other than as required under Section 601 et. seq. of ERISA or other applicable Law, no Benefit Plan provides post-termination or retiree welfare benefits to any individual for any reason, and neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has any Liability to provide post-termination or retiree welfare benefits to any individual or ever represented, promised or contracted to any individual that such individual would be provided with post-termination or retiree welfare benefits. The obligations of all Employee Plans that provide health, welfare or similar insurance are fully insured by bona fide third-party insurers. No Employee Plan is maintained through a human resources and benefits outsourcing entity, professional employer organization, or other similar vendor or provider. The Company and each of its ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with (i) the applicable requirements of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, as amended, and the regulations (including the proposed regulations) thereunder and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended.

(g)    There is no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened Action relating to a Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits), and no Benefit Plan has been the subject of an examination or audit by a Governmental Authority or the subject of an application or filing under or is a participant in, an amnesty, voluntary compliance, self-correction or similar program sponsored by any Governmental Authority. No litigation or governmental administrative proceeding, audit or other proceeding (other than those relating to routine claims for benefits) is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to any Benefit Plan or any fiduciary or service provider thereof, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for any such litigation or proceeding. The Benefit Plans satisfy in all material respects the minimum coverage, affordability and non-discrimination requirements under the Code.

(h)    Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates has any commitment or obligation or has made any representations to any director, officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant, whether or not legally binding, to adopt, amend, modify or terminate any Benefit Plan or any collective bargaining agreement.

(i)    Except as disclosed in Section 4.18(i) of the Disclosure Schedules, neither the execution of this Agreement nor any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events): (i) entitle any current or former director, officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant of the Company to severance pay or any other payment; (ii) accelerate the time of payment, funding or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any such individual; (iii) limit or restrict the right of the Company to merge, amend or terminate any Benefit Plan; (iv) increase the amount payable under or result in any other material obligation pursuant to any Benefit Plan.

Section 4.19    Employment Matters.

(a)    Section 4.19(a) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a list of all persons who are employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Company as of the date hereof, including any employee who is on a leave of absence of any nature, paid or unpaid, authorized or unauthorized, and sets forth for each such individual the following: (i) name; (ii) title or position (including whether full or part time); (iii) hire date; (iv) current annual base compensation rate; (v) commission, bonus or other incentive-based compensation; and (vi) a description of the fringe benefits provided to each such individual as of the date hereof. As of the date hereof, all earned compensation, including wages, commissions and bonuses, due and payable to all employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Company for services performed on or prior to the date hereof have been paid in full.

 

-39-


(b)    The Company is not, and has not been for the past five (5) years, a party to, bound by, or negotiating any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with a union, works council or labor organization (collectively, “Union”), and, to the Company’s Knowledge there is not, and has not been for the past five (5) years, any Union representing or purporting to represent any employee of the Company, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no Union or group of employees is seeking or has sought to organize employees for the purpose of collective bargaining. To the Company’s Knowledge, there has never been, nor has there been any threat of, any strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, concerted refusal to work overtime or other similar labor disruption or dispute affecting the Company or any of its employees. The Company has no duty to bargain with any Union.

(c)    The Company is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws pertaining to employment and employment practices to the extent they relate to employees of the Company, including all Laws relating to labor relations, equal employment opportunities, fair employment practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, reasonable accommodation, disability rights or benefits, immigration, wages, hours, overtime compensation, child labor, hiring, promotion and termination of employees, working conditions, meal and break periods, privacy, health and safety, workers’ compensation, leaves of absence and unemployment insurance. All individuals characterized and treated by the Company as independent contractors or consultants are properly treated by the Company as independent contractors under all applicable Laws. All employees of the Company classified as exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act and state and local wage and hour laws are properly classified by the Company. There are no Actions against the Company pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened to be brought or filed, by or with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator in connection with the employment of any current or former applicant, employee, consultant, volunteer, intern or independent contractor of the Company, including any claim relating to unfair labor practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, equal pay, wage and hours or any other employment-related matter arising under applicable Laws.

Section 4.20    Taxes.

(a)    All income and other material Tax Returns required to be filed (after giving effect to applicable extensions) on or before the Closing Date by the Company have been, or will be, timely filed. Such Tax Returns are, or will be, true, complete and correct in all material respects. All income and other material Taxes due and owing by the Company (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been, or will be, timely paid.

(b)    The Company has withheld and paid each Tax required to have been withheld and paid in connection with material amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, customer, stockholder or other party, and complied in all material respects with all information reporting and backup withholding provisions of applicable Law.

(c)    The Company has not received any written claim from any Government Authority in any jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that it is, or may be, subject to Tax by that jurisdiction.

(d)    The Company is not currently the beneficiary of any extensions or waivers of statutes of limitations with respect to any material Taxes of the Company (other than extensions obtained automatically in the ordinary course of business).

(e)    The amount of the Company’s Liability for any material unpaid Taxes for all periods ending on or before December 31, 2016 have been accrued on the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP.

 

-40-


(f)    All material deficiencies asserted, or material assessments made, against the Company as a result of any examinations by any Government Authority with respect to Taxes have been fully paid.

(g)    The Company is not a party to any Action by any Government Authority with respect to Taxes. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no pending or threatened Actions by any Government Authority with respect to Taxes.

(h)    The Company has delivered to Parent copies of all material federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise and similar Tax Returns of the Company for all Tax periods ending after December 31, 2016.

(i)    There are no Encumbrances for Taxes (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon the assets of the Company.

(j)    The Company is not a party to, or bound by, any Tax indemnity, Tax sharing or Tax allocation agreement (other than agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Tax), the obligations of which will survive the Closing.

(k)    No private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreement or rulings have been requested, entered into or issued by any Government Authority with respect to the Company, in each case with respect to income or other material Taxes.

(l)    The Company has not been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary Tax group for Tax purposes (other than a group the common parent of which is the Company). The Company has no Liability for Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Law), as transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise (other than contracts or agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Tax).

(m)    The Company will not be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item or deduction from, taxable income for taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Closing Date as a result of:

(i)    any change in a method of accounting under Section 481 of the Code (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Laws), or use of an improper method of accounting, for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

(ii)    an installment sale or open transaction occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;

(iii)    a prepaid amount received on or before the Closing Date; or

(iv)    any closing agreement under Section 7121 of the Code, or similar provision of state, local or foreign Law entered into on or before the Closing Date.

(n)    The Company is not, nor has it been, a United States real property holding corporation (as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code) during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(a) of the Code.

(o)    The Shares are not “taxable Canadian property” as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada).

(p)    At no time during the two-year period ending on the date hereof was the Company a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in connection with a distribution described in Section 355 of the Code.

(q)    The Company is not, and has not been, a party to, or a promoter of, a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Section 6707A(c)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b).

 

-41-


(r)    Section 4.20(r) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth all foreign jurisdictions in which the Company files Tax Returns.

(s)    The Company has not entered into a gain recognition agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.367(a)-8. The Company has not transferred an intangible the transfer of which would be subject to the rules of Section 367(d) of the Code.

(t)    For the avoidance of doubt, Section 4.18 and this Section 4.20 contain the sole and exclusive representations and warranties with respect to matters relating to Taxes and (except for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.20(c), Section 4.20(d), Section 4.20(f), Section 4.20(j), Section 4.20(k), Section 4.20(m), and Section 4.20(s)) may only be relied upon for purposes of Pre-Closing Tax Periods. Nothing in this Section 4.20 or otherwise in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation, covenant or warranty with respect to (i) the amount or availability of any net operating loss, capital loss, Tax credit carryover or other Tax asset generated or arising in or in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period or (ii) any Tax positions that Parent or any of their Affiliates (including the Company and any of its subsidiaries) may take in or in respect of a Post-Closing Tax Period (except with respect to this clause (ii) for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.20(c), Section 4.20(d), Section 4.20(f), Section 4.20(j), Section 4.20(k), Section 4.20(m), and Section 4.20(s)).

(u)    Each Benefit Plan that is subject to Section 409A of the Code has been administered in compliance with its terms and the operational and documentary requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all applicable regulatory guidance (including notices, rulings and proposed and final regulations) thereunder. The Company does not have any obligation to gross up, indemnify or otherwise reimburse any individual for any excise taxes, interest or penalties incurred pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

(v)    Except as disclosed in Section 4.20(v) of the Disclosure Schedules, neither the execution of this Agreement nor any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will could (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) (i) result in “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code; or (ii) require a “gross-up” or other payment to any “disqualified individual” within the meaning of Section 280G(c) of the Code. The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of any Section 280G calculations prepared (whether or not final) with respect to any disqualified individual in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(w)    Any transfer of property which was subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and which would otherwise have been subject to taxation under Section 83(a) of the Code is covered by a valid and timely filed election under Section 83(b) of the Code, and a copy of such election has been provided to the Company.

Section 4.21    Books and Records. The minute books and stock record books of the Company, all of which have been made available to Parent, are complete and correct and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices. The minute books of the Company contain accurate and complete records of all meetings, and actions taken by written consent of, the Stockholders, the Company Board and any committees of the Company Board, and no meeting, or action taken by written consent, of any such Stockholders, Company Board or committee has been held for which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in such minute books. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of the Company.

Section 4.22    Related-Party Transactions. Except as set out in Section 4.22 of the Disclosure Schedules, no executive officer or director of the Company or any person owning 5% or more of the Shares (or any of such person’s immediate family members or Affiliates or associates) is a party to any Contract with or binding upon the Company or any of its assets, rights or properties or has any interest in any property owned by the Company or has engaged in any transaction with any of the foregoing within the last twelve (12) months.

 

-42-


Section 4.23    Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.24    Zoetis License.

(a)    The Zoetis License is valid and binding on Zoetis in accordance with its terms, is in full force and effect and is enforceable by the Company against Zoetis in accordance with its terms.

(b)    Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, Zoetis is in breach of or default under (or is alleged to be in breach of or default under), or has provided or received any notice of any intention to terminate, the Zoetis License. No event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default under the Zoetis License or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration or other changes of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit thereunder. A complete and correct copy of the Zoetis License (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder) has been made available to Parent.

(c)    The Company has performed all of its obligations pursuant to the Zoetis License that are required by be performed at or prior to the date of this Agreement.

Section 4.25    Bank Accounts. Section 4.25 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true, correct and complete list of (a) all bank accounts (collectively, the “Company Bank Accounts”) and safe deposit boxes of the Company, and all Persons who are signatories thereunder or who have access thereto, (b) the balance of each Company Bank Account as of the date of this Agreement, and (c) the names of all Persons holding general or special powers of attorney from the Company and a summary of the terms thereof.

Article V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

Except as set forth in the correspondingly numbered Section of the Disclosure Schedules, Parent and Merger Sub represent and warrant to the Company that the statements contained in this Article V are true and correct as of the date hereof.

Section 5.01    Organization and Authority of Parent and Merger Sub. Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the operation of its business as currently conducted makes such licensing or qualification necessary. Merger Sub is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Each of Parent and Merger Sub has full corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and any Ancillary Document to which they are a party and the consummation by Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Parent and Merger Sub, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent and Merger Sub are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and Merger Sub, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and Merger Sub enforceable against Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms. When each Ancillary Document to which Parent or Merger Sub is or will be a party has been duly executed and delivered by Parent or Merger Sub (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Ancillary Document will constitute a legal and binding obligation of Parent or Merger Sub enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

-43-


Section 5.02    No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which each is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not: (a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of Parent or Merger Sub (the “Parent Charter Documents”); (b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Parent or Merger Sub; or (c) except as set forth in Section 5.02 of the Disclosure Schedules, require the consent, notice or other action by any Person under any Contract to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party. No consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Parent or Merger Sub in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of California.

Section 5.03    No Prior Merger Sub Operations. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.04    Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent or Merger Sub.

Section 5.05    Sufficiency of Funds. Parent has, or will upon Closing and completion of the Debt Financing have, sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make the payments contemplated hereunder and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.06    Legal Proceedings. There are no Actions pending or, to Parent’s or Merger Sub’s knowledge, threatened against or by Parent, Merger Sub or any of their respective Affiliates that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Article VI

COVENANTS

Section 6.01    Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing. From the date hereof until the Closing, except as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement or consented to in writing by Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Company shall (x) conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and (y) use reasonable best efforts to maintain and preserve intact the current organization, business and franchise of the Company and to preserve the rights, franchises, goodwill and relationships of its employees, customers, lenders, suppliers, regulators and others having business relationships with the Company. Without limiting the foregoing and except (A) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement and (B) as required by Law, from the date hereof until the Closing Date:

(a)    the Company shall:

(i)    preserve and maintain all of its Permits;

(ii)    pay its debts, including Taxes, when due;

 

-44-


(iii)    maintain the properties and assets owned, operated or used by it in the same condition as they were on the date of this Agreement, subject to reasonable wear and tear and prosecution of Owned Intellectual Property comprising Company IP Registrations in the ordinary course;

(iv)    continue in full force and effect without modification all Insurance Policies, except as required by applicable Law;

(v)    defend and protect its properties and assets from infringement or usurpation in materially the same manner as the Company previously did so;

(vi)    perform all of its obligations under all Contracts relating to or affecting its properties, assets or business;

(vii)    maintain its books and records in accordance with past practice, as modified in connection with the Audit; and

(viii)    comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws; and

(b)    the Company shall not, without the consent of Parent:

(i)    acquire or agree to acquire in any manner (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, equity purchase, asset purchase, or otherwise) any other Person or business;

(ii)    enter into a new line of business or abandon or discontinue any existing lines of business;

(iii)    adopt any amendments to the Company Charter Documents;

(iv)    sell, license, lease, assign, grant interests in, transfer, abandon, fail to renew, or otherwise dispose of any assets (including Intellectual Property) of the Company;

(v)    liquidate or dissolve the Company;

(vi)    (A) enter into any contract or other arrangement that would constitute a Material Contract, (B) amend, modify or renew any Material Contract, (C) waive any material benefits under any Material Contract or grant any consent or release in respect of any matters related to any Material Contract, (D) terminate (either partially or completely) or cancel any Material Contract; or (E) cause or permit any acceleration of any material terms under any Material Contract;

(vii)    forgive, cancel or compromise any debt or claim, or waive or release any right of value to the Company;

(viii)    create or permit to exist any new Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any assets of any of the Company, whether tangible or intangible;

(ix)    make any change in accounting principles reflected in the Financial Statements by the Company, except as required by applicable Law;

(x)    remove or replace the auditor of the Company;

(xi)    except as required by applicable Law, grant any increase in the compensation or benefits of any current or former director, officer, employee or consultant (as applicable) of the Company, or make a bonus, termination, severance or change of control payment to any current or former director, officer, manager, member, partner, employee or consultant of the Company;

(xii)    incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness or make or provide any loans or advances;

(xiii)    hire any new employee or consultant or terminate any employee or consultant;

 

-45-


(xiv)    other than as explicitly contemplated in this Agreement, authorize, issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any stock, other equity interests or ownership interests (as applicable) in the capital of the Company or grant any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange or exercise) any such stock, other equity interests or ownership interests, or modify or amend any right of any holder of any such outstanding shares, other equity interests or ownership interests;

(xv)    other than as explicitly contemplated in this Agreement, directly or indirectly redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any of such stock, other equity interests or ownership interests (as applicable) in the capital of the Company;

(xvi)    cancel or materially reduce any of its insurance coverage or make any proposals regarding same;

(xvii)    compromise or settle any litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation relating to the Company or its assets;

(xviii)    amend or renew any Permitted Encumbrance;

(xix)    withdraw, or permit any withdrawal of, any amount from any of the Company Bank Accounts other than in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice;

(xx)    take or permit any action that would cause any of the changes, events or conditions described in Section 4.08 to occur; or

(xxi)    authorize or enter into any agreement, Contract or commitment to do any of the foregoing or authorize, take or agree to take (or fail to take) any action with respect to the foregoing.

Section 6.02    Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not incur any additional Indebtedness from the date hereof until the Closing Date without the prior written consent of Parent.

Section 6.03    Employment and Consulting Arrangements. From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Company shall, and shall direct its Representatives to, use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Merger Sub in retaining any employees and/or consultants that Merger Sub elects to employ or engage following the Closing, including by making introductions between Merger Sub and its Representatives and any employees and/or consultants of the Company and facilitating meetings and discussions between such employees and/or consultants, in each case as requested by Merger Sub. The Company shall not discourage or provide any incentive to an employee or consultant not to enter into any such employment or consulting arrangement. As soon as practicable following Closing, Parent will enter into the Employment and Consulting Agreements on terms satisfactory to the parties thereto, each acting reasonably.

Section 6.04    Access to Information.

(a)    From the date hereof until the Closing, the Company shall (a) afford Parent and its Representatives full and free access to and the right to inspect all of the Company’s Real Property, properties, assets, premises, books and records, Contracts and other documents and data related to the Company; (b) furnish Parent and its Representatives with such financial, operating and other data and information related to the Company as Parent or any of its Representatives may reasonably request; and (c) instruct the Representatives of the Company to cooperate with Parent in its investigation of the Company. Any investigation pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of the Company. No investigation by Parent or other information received by Parent shall operate as a waiver or otherwise affect any representation, warranty or agreement given or made by the Company in this Agreement.

 

-46-


(b)    Each of Parent and the Company shall comply with, and shall cause their respective Representatives to comply with, all of their respective obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms set forth therein.

Section 6.05    No Solicitation of Other Bids.

(a)    The Company shall not, and shall not authorize or permit any of its Affiliates or any of its or their Representatives to, directly or indirectly, at any time prior to the End Date, (i) encourage, solicit, initiate, facilitate or continue inquiries regarding an Acquisition Proposal; (ii) enter into discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person concerning a possible Acquisition Proposal; or (iii) enter into any agreements or other instruments (whether or not binding) regarding an Acquisition Proposal. The Company shall immediately cease and cause to be terminated, and shall cause its Affiliates and all of its and their Representatives to immediately cease and cause to be terminated, all existing discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted heretofore with respect to an Acquisition Proposal. For purposes hereof, “Acquisition Proposal” shall mean any inquiry, proposal or offer from any Person (other than Parent or any of its Affiliates) concerning (i) a merger, consolidation, liquidation, recapitalization, share exchange or other business combination transaction involving the Company; (ii) the issuance or acquisition of shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Company; or (iii) the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of any significant portion of the Company’s properties or assets. Nothing in this Section 6.05(a) shall restrain the Company from continuing to conduct its business in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, including entering into license transactions with customers.

(b)    In addition to the other obligations under this Section 6.05, the Company shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after receipt thereof by the Company or its Representatives) advise Parent orally and in writing of any Acquisition Proposal, any request for information with respect to any Acquisition Proposal, or any inquiry with respect to or which could reasonably be expected to result in an Acquisition Proposal, the material terms and conditions of such request, Acquisition Proposal or inquiry, and the identity of the Person making the same.

(c)    Parent shall not, and shall not authorize or permit any of its Affiliates or any of its or their Representatives to, directly or indirectly, at any time prior to the End Date, (i) encourage, solicit, initiate, facilitate or continue inquiries regarding the acquisition of any business that is competitive with the business of the Company (a “Competing Transaction”); (ii) enter into discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person concerning a possible Competing Transaction; or (iii) enter into any agreements or other instruments (whether or not binding) regarding a Competing Transaction. Parent shall immediately cease and cause to be terminated, and shall cause its Affiliates and all of its and their Representatives to immediately cease and cause to be terminated, all existing discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted heretofore with respect to, or that could lead to, a Competing Transaction. Nothing in this Section 6.05(c) shall restrain Parent from continuing to conduct its business in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, including entering into license transactions with customers.

(d)    Each of the Company and Parent agrees that the rights and remedies for noncompliance with this Section 6.05 shall include having such provision specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the other Party and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the other Party.

Section 6.06    Stockholders Consent.

(a)    The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, within two (2) Business Days following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Requisite Company Vote pursuant to written consents of the Stockholders in a form which is acceptable to Parent (the “Written Consent”). The materials submitted to the Stockholders in connection with the Written Consent shall include the Company Board Recommendation. Promptly following receipt of the Written Consent, the Company shall deliver a copy of such Written Consent to Parent.

 

-47-


(b)    Promptly following, but in no event more than five (5) Business Days after, receipt of the Written Consent, the Company shall prepare and mail a notice (the “Stockholder Notice”) to every Stockholder that did not execute the Written Consent. The Stockholder Notice shall (i) be a statement to the effect that the Company Board unanimously determined that the Merger is advisable in accordance with the CCC and in the best interests of the Stockholders and unanimously approved and adopted this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) provide the Stockholders to whom it is sent with notice of the actions taken in the Written Consent, including the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the CCC and the bylaws of the Company and (iii) notify such Stockholders of their dissent and appraisal rights pursuant to Chapter 13 of the CCC. The Stockholder Notice shall include therewith a copy of Chapter 13 of the CCC and all such other information as Parent shall reasonably request, and shall be sufficient in form and substance to start the period during which a Stockholder must demand appraisal of such Stockholder’s Company Common Stock as contemplated by the CCC. All materials submitted to the Stockholders in accordance with this Section 6.06(b) shall be subject to Parent’s advance review and reasonable approval.

Section 6.07    Notice of Certain Events.

(a)    From the date hereof until the Closing, the Company shall promptly notify Parent in writing of:

(i)    any fact, circumstance, event or action the existence, occurrence or taking of which (A) has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (B) has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, any representation or warranty made by the Company hereunder not being true and correct or (C) has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, the failure of any of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02 to be satisfied;

(ii)    any notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(iii)    any notice or other communication from any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

(iv)    any Actions commenced or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting the Company that, if pending on the date of this Agreement, would have been required to have been disclosed pursuant to Section 4.15 or that relates to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)    Parent’s receipt of information pursuant to this Section 6.07 shall not operate as a waiver or otherwise affect any representation, warranty or agreement given or made by the Company in this Agreement (including Section 10.01(b)) and shall not be deemed to amend or supplement the Disclosure Schedules.

Section 6.08    Resignations. The Company shall deliver to Parent written resignations, effective as of the Closing Date, of each of the officers and directors of the Company.

Section 6.09    Governmental Approvals and Consents.

(a)    Each party hereto shall, as promptly as possible, (i) make, or cause or be made, all filings and submissions required under any Law applicable to such party or any of its Affiliates; and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all consents, authorizations, orders and approvals from all Governmental Authorities that may be or become necessary for its execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents. Each party shall cooperate fully with the other party and its Affiliates in promptly seeking to obtain all such consents, authorizations, orders and approvals. The Parties shall not willfully take any action that will have the effect of delaying, impairing or impeding the receipt of any required consents, authorizations, orders and approvals.

 

-48-


(b)    The Company and Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give all notices to, and obtain all consents from, all third parties that are described in Section 4.03 and Section 5.02 of the Disclosure Schedules.

(c)    Without limiting the generality of the Parties’ undertakings pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above, each of the Parties shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to:

(i)    respond to any inquiries by any Governmental Authority regarding antitrust or other matters with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document;

(ii)    avoid the imposition of any order or the taking of any action that would restrain, alter or enjoin the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document; and

(iii)    in the event any Governmental Order adversely affecting the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document has been issued, to have such Governmental Order vacated or lifted.

(d)    All analyses, appearances, meetings, discussions, presentations, memoranda, briefs, filings, arguments, and proposals made by or on behalf of either party before any Governmental Authority or the staff or regulators of any Governmental Authority, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any interactions between the Company and Governmental Authorities in the ordinary course of business, any disclosure which is not permitted by Law or any disclosure containing confidential information) shall be disclosed to the other party hereunder in advance of any filing, submission or attendance, it being the intent that the Parties will consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any such analyses, appearances, meetings, discussions, presentations, memoranda, briefs, filings, arguments, and proposals. Each party shall give notice to the other party with respect to any meeting, discussion, appearance or contact with any Governmental Authority or the staff or regulators of any Governmental Authority, with such notice being sufficient to provide the other party with the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting, discussion, appearance or contact.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.09 shall require, or be construed to require, Parent or any of its Affiliates to agree to (i) sell, hold, divest, discontinue or limit, before or after the Closing Date, any assets, businesses or interests of Parent, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates; (ii) any conditions relating to, or changes or restrictions in, the operations of any such assets, businesses or interests which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely impact the economic or business benefits to Parent of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (iii) any material modification or waiver of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Section 6.10    Termination of Plans and Agreements.

(a)    The Company shall take or shall cause to be taken all commercially reasonable steps to terminate the Company Stock Plan prior to Closing.

 

-49-


(b)    The Company shall take or shall cause to be taken all actions necessary, including the adoption of written resolutions of the appropriate governing body in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent (copies of which shall be provided to Parent prior to the Closing), to terminate each Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, including the Trianni Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the “Company 401(k) Plan”), and to fully vest all participants under such Company 401(k) Plan (including any participant who experienced a forfeiture in connection with a termination of employment in the last 12 months), such termination and vesting to be effective no later than the Business Day preceding the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Company 401(k) Plan termination and full vesting of participants thereunder may be made contingent upon the consummation of the Merger. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall contribute all contributions to the Company 401(k) Plan (i) which are required to be made on or before the Closing Date under the Company 401(k) Plan, and (ii) which relate to service or employee salary deferral contributions on or prior to the Closing Date, whether or not required to be made on or prior to the Closing Date under the Company 401(k) Plan.

Section 6.11    Closing Conditions From the date hereof until the Closing, each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions as are necessary to expeditiously satisfy the closing conditions set forth in Article VIII hereof.

Section 6.12    Public Announcements. The initial press release relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will be a joint release agreed upon by the Parties, except for any press releases or public statements the making of which may be required by applicable Law or the rules of any national securities exchange. The Parties agree to consult with each other before issuing any further press release or making any other public statement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which differs substantially from previously agreed upon press releases or public statements and, except for any press releases and public statements the making of which may be required by applicable Law or the rules of any national securities exchange, no Party will issue any such press release or make any such public statement unless the content of such press release or public statement shall have been agreed upon by the Parties.

Section 6.13    Further Assurances. At and after the Effective Time, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances and to take and do, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, any other actions and things to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the Surviving Corporation any and all right, title and interest in, to and under any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company acquired or to be acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection with, the Merger.

Section 6.14    Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification and Insurance.

(a)    Parent and Merger Sub agree that all rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation by the Company now existing in favor of each Person who is now, or has been at any time prior to the date hereof or who becomes prior to the Effective Time an officer or director of the Company (each an “D&O Indemnified Party”) as provided in the Company Charter Documents, in each case as in effect on the date of this Agreement, or pursuant to any other Contracts in effect on the date hereof and disclosed in Section 6.14 of the Disclosure Schedules, shall be assumed by the Surviving Corporation in the Merger, without further action, at the Effective Time and shall survive the Merger and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, and, in the event that any proceeding is pending or asserted or any claim made during such period, until the final disposition of such proceeding or claim.

(b)    For six (6) years after the Effective Time, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, Parent and the Surviving Corporation (the “D&O Indemnifying Parties”) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each D&O Indemnified Party against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, fees, expenses, judgments and fines arising in whole or in part out of actions or omissions in their capacity as such occurring at or prior to the Effective Time (including in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), and shall reimburse each D&O Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such D&O Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, fees, expenses, judgments and fines as such expenses are incurred, subject to the Surviving Corporation’s receipt of an undertaking by such D&O Indemnified Party to repay such legal and other fees and expenses paid in advance if it is ultimately determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such D&O Indemnified Party is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable Law; provided, however, that the Surviving Corporation will not be liable for any settlement effected without the Surviving Corporation’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

-50-


(c)    Prior to the Closing, the Company shall obtain and fully pay for “tail” insurance policies with a claims period of at least six (6) years from the Effective Time with at least the same coverage and amount and containing terms and conditions that are not less advantageous to the directors and officers of the Company as the Company’s existing policies with respect to claims arising out of or relating to events which occurred before or at the Effective Time (including in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (the “D&O Tail Policy”). The Company shall bear the cost of the D&O Tail Policy. During the term of the D&O Tail Policy, Parent shall not (and shall cause the Surviving Corporation not to) take any action following the Closing to cause the D&O Tail Policy to be cancelled or any provision therein to be amended or waived; provided, that neither Parent, the Surviving Corporation nor any Affiliate thereof shall be obligated to pay any premiums or other amounts in respect of such D&O Tail Policy.

(d)    The obligations of Parent and the Surviving Corporation under this Section 6.14 shall survive the consummation of the Merger and shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any D&O Indemnified Party to whom this Section 6.14 applies without the consent of such affected D&O Indemnified Party (it being expressly agreed that the D&O Indemnified Parties to whom this Section 6.14 applies shall be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 6.14, each of whom may enforce the provisions of this Section 6.14).

(e)    In the event Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity in such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in either such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Parent or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, shall assume all of the obligations set forth in this Section 6.14. The agreements and covenants contained herein shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which any D&O Indemnified Party is entitled, whether pursuant to Law, Contract or otherwise. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, shall be construed to or shall release, waive or impair any rights to directors’ and officers’ insurance claims under any policy that is or has been in existence with respect to the Company or its officers, directors and employees, it being understood and agreed that the indemnification provided for in this Section 6.14 is not prior to, or in substitution for, any such claims under any such policies.

Section 6.15    Cooperation with Debt Financing. The Company shall, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its Representatives to, at Parent’s sole expense, provide all cooperation reasonably requested by Parent in connection with the Debt Financing, including providing all information reasonably requested by Parent or Merger Sub in support of the Debt Financing and permitting Parent and Merger Sub to share such information with the sources of the Debt Financing.

Section 6.16    Cooperation with Audit of Financial Statements. The Company shall cooperate with Parent in respect the audit, at the direction of Parent, of such financial statements of the Company as Parent shall reasonably require by an independent accounting firm mutually agreeable to Parent and the Company (the “Audit”). The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist such auditor in the conduct of the Audit, provided that such assistance shall not require the Company to hire any additional person and that the obligation to provide such assistance shall be subordinate to the obligation of the Company to maintain the business of the Company in the ordinary course pursuant to Section 6.01 and to support the Merger. Parent shall be responsible for the reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Audit, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the auditor and of the Company’s existing bookkeeping and accounting firms incurrent in preparation for and support of the Audit (collectively, the “Audit Expenses”).

 

-51-


Section 6.17    Payment of Declared Dividend. Immediately prior to the Closing, the Company shall pay to Paying Agent an amount equal to the Declared Dividend Amount for prompt payment of the Declared Dividend to stockholders of record of the Company on July 20, 2020.

Article VII

TAX MATTERS

Section 7.01    Tax Covenants.

(a)    Without the prior written consent of Parent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), prior to the Closing, the Company, its Representatives and the Stockholders shall not make, change or rescind any material Tax election, amend any material Tax Return or take any position on any material Tax Return inconsistent with past practice unless required by applicable Law.

(b)    All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value added and other such Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) (“Transfer Taxes”) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents (including any real property transfer Tax and any other similar Tax) shall be borne and paid 50% by the Holders and 50% by Parent when due. Subject to applicable Law, any Tax Returns that must be filed with respect to Transfer Taxes shall be prepared and filed when due by the party primarily or customarily responsible under the applicable local Law for the filing of such Tax Returns, and such party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide such Tax Returns to the other party at least five (5) Business Days prior to the due date for such Tax Returns for its review and comment.

Section 7.02    Termination of Existing Tax Sharing Agreements. Any and all existing Tax sharing agreements (whether written or not, but excluding agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Tax) binding upon the Company shall be terminated as of the Closing Date. After such date neither the Company nor any of its Representatives shall have any further rights or liabilities thereunder.

Section 7.03    Tax Returns.

(a)    The Company shall prepare and timely file, or cause to be prepared and timely filed, all income and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by it that are due on or before the Closing Date (taking into account any extensions), and shall timely pay all income and other material Taxes that are due and payable on or before the Closing Date (taking into account any extensions). Any such Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice (except to the extent otherwise required by Law).

(b)    Parent shall prepare and timely file, or cause to be prepared and timely filed, all Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company after the Closing Date with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period and for any Straddle Period. Any such Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice (except to the extent otherwise required by Law) and, if it is an income or other material Tax Return or otherwise would reasonably be expected to give rise to an indemnity obligation of Holders pursuant to Article IX, shall be submitted by Parent to the Holder Representative (together with schedules, statements and, to the extent requested by the Holder Representative, supporting documentation) at least 45 calendar days prior to the due date (including extensions) of such Tax Return. If the Holder Representative objects to any item on any such Tax Return, it shall, within 20 calendar days after delivery of such Tax Return, notify Parent in writing that it so objects, specifying with particularity any such item and stating the specific factual or legal basis for any such objection. If a notice of objection shall be duly delivered, Parent and the Holder Representative shall negotiate in good faith and use their commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such items. If Parent and the Holder Representative are unable to reach such agreement within 10 days after receipt by Parent of such notice, the disputed items shall be resolved by the Independent Auditor and any determination by the Independent Auditor shall be final. The Independent Auditor shall resolve any disputed items within 15 days of having the item referred to it pursuant to such procedures as it may require. If the Independent Auditor is unable to resolve any disputed items before the due date for such Tax Return, the Tax Return shall be filed as prepared by Parent and then amended to reflect the Independent Auditor’s resolution. The costs, fees and expenses of the Independent Auditor shall be borne equally by Parent and the Holder Representative (on behalf of the Holders). The preparation and filing of any Tax Return of the Company that does not relate to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period or is not otherwise reasonably expected to give rise to an indemnity obligation of Holders pursuant to Article IX shall be exclusively within the control of Merger Sub.

 

-52-


(c)    Except with the prior written consent of the Holders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or as required by applicable Law, Parent shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates, the Company, and Merger Sub not to, (i) make any Tax election that has any retroactive effect in the portion of any Pre-Closing Tax Period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) amend or cause to be amended any Tax Return of the Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, or (iii) take any other action with respect to Taxes of the Company to the extent that such action could adversely affect the Holders, including materially increasing the Holders’ liability pursuant to this Agreement.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder Representative shall cause to be prepared and timely filed amendments to the Company’s federal and state income Tax Returns for its 2018 and 2019 taxable years in order to address changes to the financial statements for such years in connection with the recently completed audit of such financial statements, provided that the prior written consent of the Surviving Corporation (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, conditioned or denied) shall be obtained prior to filing any such amendment. The net amount of any adjustments resulting from such amended Tax Returns shall constitute a Pre-Closing Tax Refund under Section 7.08 or an indemnified Loss under Section 9.02, as applicable.

Section 7.04    Straddle Period. In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to a taxable period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date (each such period, a “Straddle Period”), the portion of any such Taxes that are treated as Pre-Closing Taxes for purposes of this Agreement shall be:

(a)    in the case of Taxes (i) based upon, or related to, income, receipts, profits, wages, capital or net worth, (ii) imposed in connection with the sale, transfer or assignment of property, or (iii) required to be withheld, deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the taxable year of the Company as of end of the Closing Date; and

(b)    in the case of other Taxes, deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire period.

All determinations necessary to give effect to the allocations set forth in the foregoing clause (a) shall be made in a manner consistent with the prior practice of the Company.

 

-53-


Section 7.05    Contests. Parent agrees to give prompt written notice to the Holder Representative of the receipt of any written notice by the Company, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub, Parent or any of Parent’s Affiliates which involves the assertion of any claim, or the commencement of any Action, in respect of which an indemnity may be sought by the Parent Indemnities pursuant to Article IX (specifying with reasonable particularity the basis therefor) (a “Tax Claim”) and will give the Holder Representative such information with respect thereto as the Holder Representative may reasonably request; provided, that failure to comply with this provision shall not affect the Parent Indemnities’ right to indemnification under Article IX except to the extent that the Holders are actually prejudiced thereby. The Holder Representative may, at the Holders’ expense and upon notice to Parent, assume the defense or conduct of such Tax Claim, provided that the Holder Representative shall not, and shall cause none of the Holder Representative’s Affiliates to, settle, compromise and/or concede any such Tax Claim to the extent that it would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Tax liability of Merger Sub, Parent or, after the Closing, the Company, without the prior written consent of Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If the Holder Representative fails to provide notice to Parent that it intends to assume the defense or conduct of such a Tax Claim, Parent shall control the contest or resolution of any Tax Claim; provided, however, that (x) the Holder Representative shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose, the fees and expenses of which separate counsel shall be borne solely by the Holder Representative, and (y) Parent shall not, and shall cause none of the Company, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub or any of Parent’s Affiliates to, settle, compromise and/or concede, any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the Holder Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 7.06    Cooperation and Exchange of Information. The Holder Representative, Parent, the Company (after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation) and Merger Sub shall provide each other with such cooperation and information as either of them reasonably may request of the others in filing any Tax Return pursuant to this Article VII or in connection with any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes of the Company. Such cooperation and information shall include providing copies of relevant Tax Returns or portions thereof, together with accompanying schedules, related work papers and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by tax authorities. Each of Parent, the Holder Representative, the Company (after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation) and Merger Sub shall retain all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Company for any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable periods to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate, without regard to extensions except to the extent notified by any of the other Parties in writing of such extensions for the respective Tax periods. Prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Company for any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date, Parent, the Holder Representative, the Company (after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation) or Merger Sub (as the case may be) shall provide the other Parties with reasonable written notice and offer the other Parties the opportunity to take custody of such materials.

Section 7.07    Tax Certificates. Parent and the Company (and after the Closing, the Holder Representative) agree, upon request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or customer of the Company or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including with respect to the transactions considered herein).

 

-54-


Section 7.08    Refunds and Tax Benefits. Any refunds or credits of Taxes with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period that are received by Parent, the Company (after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation), Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates on or after the Closing Date, including as a result of the deduction of the Transaction Expenses (any such refund, a “Pre-Closing Tax Refund”), shall be for the account of the Holders, and Parent shall pay over to the Paying Agent for the benefit of the Holders any such Pre-Closing Tax Refund within 15 Business Days after receipt thereof, net of any Taxes of the Surviving Corporation directly attributable to the receipt of such Pre-Closing Tax Refunds in the year of receipt (as determined on a “with and without” basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall this Section 7.08 require that Parent, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates make any payment of any Pre-Closing Tax Refund (and such Pre-Closing Tax Refund shall be for the benefit of Parent) (i) that is the result of the carrying back to a Pre-Closing Tax Period of any net operating loss or other Tax attribute or Tax credit arising in a Post-Closing Tax Period (except to the extent that such net operating loss, Tax attribute or Tax credit is attributable to Transaction Expenses that are deductible in a Post-Closing Tax Period, as determined on a “with and without” basis), (ii) that results from the payment of Taxes with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period made on or after the Closing Date to the extent (X) none of Parent, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates was indemnified or otherwise reimbursed for such Taxes or (Y) such Taxes were not taken into account in the calculation of Indebtedness or Working Capital and were not otherwise paid by the Stockholders on or after the Closing Date, or (iii) that gives rise to a payment obligation (other than an obligation to pay Taxes) by Parent, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates to any Person under applicable Laws or pursuant to a provision of a contract or other agreement entered (or assumed) prior to the Closing. The Holders shall reimburse Parent, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates for any reasonable out-of-pocket third-party expenses incurred in obtaining, attempting to obtain, retaining or attempting to retain, any Pre-Closing Tax Refunds for the benefit of the Holders. Parent shall reasonably cooperate with the Holder Representative in obtaining such Pre-Closing Tax Refunds, including through the filing of amended Tax Returns or refund claims, it being understood that (A) in the event that a Tax Return for a Pre-Closing Tax Period reflects a net operating loss or tax credit that can be carried back to another Pre-Closing Tax Period, Parent and the Company shall do so at the Holders’ direction and (B) such Pre-Closing Tax Refunds shall be claimed in cash rather than as a credit against future Tax liabilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.08, to the extent any Pre-Closing Tax Refund is subsequently determined by any Governmental Authority to be less than the amount paid to the Holders pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Holders shall promptly repay such amount to Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 7.03(d), Parent shall not be required to file, or cause to be filed, an amended return or otherwise seek a Tax refund for a Pre-Closing Tax Period of the Company if Parent reasonably determines that any such action would reasonably be expected to give rise to a material adverse Tax effect to Parent, the Surviving Corporation, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates in a Post-Closing Tax Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Holder Representative shall have no obligation to prepare or file any Tax Returns.

Section 7.09    Taxation of Certain Closing Payments. The parties hereto shall treat the Transaction Expenses and payments to employees of the Company pursuant to Section 2.09 as properly allocable to a portion of the Closing Date before the Closing shall occur, which shall be treated for all U.S. federal income Tax purposes and any applicable state and local and non-U.S. Tax purposes as occurring in the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and which therefore shall be deductible by the Company in the Pre-Closing Tax Period except to the extent otherwise required by applicable Law.

Section 7.10    Overlap. To the extent that any obligation or responsibility pursuant to Article IX may overlap with an obligation or responsibility pursuant to this Article VII, the provisions of this Article VII shall govern.

Article VIII

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

Section 8.01    Conditions to Obligations of All Parties. The obligations of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a)    This Agreement shall have been duly adopted by the Requisite Company Vote.

(b)    No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Governmental Order that is in force and has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal, otherwise restraining or prohibiting consummation of such transactions or causing any of the transactions contemplated hereunder to be rescinded following completion thereof.

 

-55-


(c)    The Company shall have received all consents, authorizations, orders and approvals from the Governmental Authorities referred to in Section 4.03 and Parent shall have received all consents, authorizations, orders and approvals from the Governmental Authorities referred to in Section 5.02, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent and the Company, and no such consent, authorization, order and approval shall have been revoked.

Section 8.02    Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub. The obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or Parent’s waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a)    Other than the Fundamental Representations and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 4.06 and Section 4.12, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall be true and correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date in all respects). The Fundamental Representations and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 4.06 and Section 4.12 shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date in all respects).

(b)    The Company shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, covenants and conditions required by this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date; provided, that, with respect to agreements, covenants and conditions that are qualified by materiality, the Company shall have performed such agreements, covenants and conditions, as so qualified, in all respects.

(c)    No Action shall have been commenced against Parent, Merger Sub or the Company, which would prevent the Closing. No injunction or restraining order shall have been issued by any Governmental Authority, and be in effect, which restrains or prohibits any transaction contemplated hereby.

(d)    Each of the Approvals shall have been received, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, acting reasonably, and executed counterparts thereof shall have been delivered to Parent at or prior to the Closing.

(e)    From September 30, 2020, to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect, nor shall any event or events have occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, with or without the lapse of time, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f)    The Company shall have delivered each of the closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.03(a).

(g)    Holders of less than 0.5% of the outstanding Company Stock on a fully diluted basis shall have exercised, or remain entitled to exercise, statutory appraisal rights pursuant to Chapter 13 of the CCC with respect to such shares of Company Stock and the Merger.

(h)    Parent shall be reasonably satisfied that the Working Capital will not be less than zero Dollars ($0).

 

-56-


(i)    Indemnification Agreements shall have been duly executed and delivered by Holders who hold in the aggregate 99.5% of the outstanding Company Stock on a fully diluted basis, and such Indemnification Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

(j)    Each of the agreements referred to in Section 6.10 shall have been terminated.

Section 8.03    Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or the Company’s waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a)    Other than the representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in Section 5.01, Section 5.02, and Section 5.04, the representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall be true and correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date in all respects). The representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in Section 5.01, Section 5.02, and Section 5.04 shall be true and correct in all respects on an as of the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date.

(b)    Parent and Merger Sub shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, covenants and conditions required by this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents to be performed or complied with by them prior to or on the Closing Date; provided, that, with respect to agreements, covenants and conditions that are qualified by materiality, Parent and Merger Sub shall have performed such agreements, covenants and conditions, as so qualified, in all respects.

(c)    No injunction or restraining order shall have been issued by any Governmental Authority, and be in effect, which restrains or prohibits any material transaction contemplated hereby.

(d)    All approvals, consents and waivers that are listed on Section 5.02 of the Disclosure Schedules shall have been received, and executed counterparts thereof shall have been delivered to the Company at or prior to the Closing.

(e)    Parent shall have delivered on behalf of Merger Sub each of the closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.03(b).

Article IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.01    Survival. Subject to the limitations and other provisions of this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing and shall remain in full force and effect until the date that is 12 months from the Closing Date; provided, that (a) the Core Intellectual Property Representations shall survive until the date that is 24 months from the Closing Date; and (b) the Fundamental Representations shall survive for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof) plus a further 30 days following the end of such period. All covenants and agreements of the Parties contained herein (other than any covenants or agreements contained in Article VII which are subject to Article VII) shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect until the last date on which all applicable statutes of limitations (as the same may be extended or waived) shall have expired, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claims asserted in good faith with reasonable specificity (to the extent known at such time) and in writing by notice from the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party prior to the expiration date of the applicable survival period shall not thereafter be barred by the expiration of the relevant representation or warranty and such claims shall survive until finally resolved.

 

-57-


Section 9.02    Indemnification by Holders. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article IX, the Holders, severally and not jointly (in accordance with their respective Indemnification Pro Rata Share), shall indemnify and defend each of Parent and its Affiliates (including the Company) and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “Parent Indemnitees”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, Parent Indemnitees based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:

(a)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, or in a certificate delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(ii) of this Agreement, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date);

(b)    any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement;

(c)    the Zoetis License, provided that the Budgeted Zoetis Expenses and any Unbudgeted Zoetis Expense the Holders pay for in full as set out in Section 3.07(d) shall not constitute Losses under this Section 9.02(b);

(d)    any claim made by any Holder relating to such Person’s rights with respect to the Purchase Price;

(e)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of the Company contained in the Paying Agency Agreement, but solely in respect of the period prior to Closing;

(f)    any claim made by a Holder relating to any action or inaction by the Holder Representative in respect of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement or the Holder Representative Agreement; and

(g)    any Pre-Closing Taxes.

Section 9.03    Indemnification by Parent. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article IX, Parent shall indemnify and defend each of the Holders and their Affiliates and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “Holder Indemnitees”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, the Holder Indemnitees based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:

(a)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement or in a certificate delivered by or on behalf of Parent or Merger Sub pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(i) of this Agreement, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date); or

(b)    any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Parent or Merger Sub pursuant to this Agreement.

 

-58-


Section 9.04    Certain Limitations. The indemnification provided for in Section 9.02 and Section 9.03 shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a)    Holders shall not be liable to the Parent Indemnitees for indemnification under Section 9.02(a) until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of indemnification under Section 9.02(a) exceeds $150,000 (the “Basket”), in which event Holders shall be required to pay or be liable for all such Losses. The aggregate amount of all Losses for which Holders shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.02(a) shall not exceed $6,500,000 (the “General Indemnification Cap”), provided that:

(i)    the aggregate amount of all Losses for which Holders shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.02(a) in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the Core Intellectual Property Representations shall not exceed the sum of $33,500,000 plus any amounts that, at the relevant time, remain available under the General Indemnification Cap; and

(ii)    the aggregate amount of all Losses for which Holders shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.02(a) in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the Fundamental Representations or pursuant to Section 9.02(b), Section 9.02(c), Section 9.02(d), Section 9.02(e), Section 9.02(f), or Section 9.02(g) shall not exceed the Purchase Price.

(b)    Notwithstanding Section 9.04(a), except in the case of fraud or willful breach by a Holder (in which case, for greater certainty, no limitation of liability shall apply), no Holder will be liable to indemnify the Parent Indemnitees for any Losses in excess of the portion of the Purchase Price (including any portion of the Earn-Out Payment) paid to such Holder (the “Holder Cap”).

(c)    Parent shall not be liable to the Indemnitees for indemnification under Section 9.03(a) until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of indemnification under Section 9.03(a) exceeds the Basket, in which event Parent shall be required to pay or be liable for all such Losses. The aggregate amount of all Losses for which Parent shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.03 shall not exceed the Purchase Price (the “Parent Indemnification Cap”).

(d)    For purposes of Section 9.02(a) and Section 9.03(a), in determining the amount of any Losses suffered by an Indemnified Party, any materiality, Material Adverse Effect or other similar qualification contained in or otherwise applicable to such representation or warranty shall be disregarded, but only for the purpose of calculating such Losses.

Section 9.05    Indemnification Procedures. The party making a claim under this Article IX is referred to as the “Indemnified Party”, and the party against whom such claims are asserted under this Article IX is referred to as the “Indemnifying Party”. For purposes of this Article IX, (i) if Parent (or any other Parent Indemnitee) constitutes the Indemnified Party, any references to Indemnifying Party (except provisions relating to an obligation to make payments) shall be deemed to refer to the Holders, and (ii) if Parent constitutes the Indemnifying Party, any references to the Indemnified Party shall be deemed to refer to the Holders. Any payment to be received by the Holders as the Indemnified Party shall be paid to the Paying Agent on behalf of the Holders and distributed to the Holders in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-59-


(a)    Third-Party Claims. If any Indemnified Party receives notice of the assertion or commencement of any Action made or brought by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of a party to this Agreement or a Representative of the foregoing (a “Third-Party Claim”) against such Indemnified Party with respect to which the Indemnifying Party is obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 60 calendar days after receipt of such notice of such Third-Party Claim. The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party forfeits rights or defenses by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in, or by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party, to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim at the Indemnifying Party’s expense and by the Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in good faith in such defense; provided, that if the Indemnifying Party is a Holder, such Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to defend or direct the defense of any such Third-Party Claim that (x) is asserted directly by or on behalf of a Person that is a supplier or customer of the Company, or (y) seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Parties. In the event that the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third-Party Claim, subject to Section 9.05(b), it shall have the right to take such action as it deems necessary to avoid, dispute, defend, appeal or make counterclaims pertaining to any such Third-Party Claim in the name and on behalf of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim with counsel selected by it subject to the Indemnifying Party’s right to control the defense thereof. The fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party, provided, that if in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party, (A) there are legal defenses available to an Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party; or (B) there exists a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party that cannot be waived, the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party in each jurisdiction for which the Indemnified Party determines counsel is required. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to compromise or defend such Third-Party Claim, fails to promptly notify the Indemnified Party in writing of its election to defend as provided in this Agreement, or fails to diligently prosecute the defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may, subject to Section 9.05(b), pay, compromise, defend such Third-Party Claim and seek indemnification for any and all Losses based upon, arising from or relating to such Third-Party Claim. Holder Representative and Parent shall cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any Third-Party Claim, including making available records relating to such Third-Party Claim and furnishing, without expense (other than reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket expenses) to the defending party, management employees of the non-defending party as may be reasonably necessary for the preparation of the defense of such Third-Party Claim.

(b)    Settlement of Third-Party Claims. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall not enter into settlement of any Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, except as provided in this Section 9.05(b). If a firm offer is made to settle a Third-Party Claim without leading to liability or the creation of a financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party and provides, in customary form, for the unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liabilities and obligations in connection with such Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party desires to accept and agree to such offer, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to that effect to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to such firm offer within 10 days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnified Party may continue to contest or defend such Third-Party Claim and in such event, the maximum liability of the Indemnifying Party as to such Third-Party Claim shall not exceed the amount of such settlement offer. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to such firm offer and also fails to assume defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may settle the Third-Party Claim upon the terms set forth in such firm offer to settle such Third-Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 9.05(a), it shall not agree to any settlement without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

-60-


(c)    Direct Claims. Any Action by an Indemnified Party on account of a Loss that does not result from a Third-Party Claim (a “Direct Claim”) shall be asserted by the Indemnified Party giving the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 30 days after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of such Direct Claim. The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party forfeits rights or defenses by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days after its receipt of such notice to respond in writing to such Direct Claim. The Indemnified Party shall allow the Indemnifying Party and its professional advisors to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to the Direct Claim, and whether and to what extent any amount is payable in respect of the Direct Claim and the Indemnified Party shall assist the Indemnifying Party’s investigation by giving such information and assistance (including access to the Company’s premises and personnel and the right to examine and copy any accounts, documents or records) as the Indemnifying Party or any of its professional advisors may reasonably request. If the Indemnifying Party does not so respond within such 30-day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which case the Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnified Party on the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

(d)    Tax Considerations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the control of any claim, assertion, event or proceeding in respect of Taxes of the Company shall be governed exclusively by Article VII hereof. Any payment made under this Article IX in respect of any indemnification claim shall be reduced by an amount equal to any Tax benefits attributable to such claim, but only to the extent that such Tax benefits are actually realized, as the case may be, by Holder Indemnities or by the Parent Indemnities in the Tax year in which such Losses were incurred. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation, covenant or warranty with respect to (i) the amount or availability of any net operating loss, capital loss, Tax credit carryover or other Tax asset generated or arising in or in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period or (ii) any Tax positions that Parent or any of their Affiliates (including the Company and any of its subsidiaries) may take in or in respect of a Post-Closing Tax Period (except with respect to this clause (ii) for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.20(c), Section 4.20(d), Section 4.20(f), Section 4.20(j), Section 4.20(k), Section 4.20(m), and Section 4.20(s)).

Section 9.06    Payments.

(a)    Once a Loss is agreed to by the Indemnifying Party or finally adjudicated to be payable pursuant to this Article IX, such Loss shall be satisfied within 15 Business Days of such final, non-appealable adjudication as follows:

(i)    where the Indemnified Party is a Parent Indemnitee, each Holder who received any amount pursuant to Article II shall pay to Merger Sub, via wire transfer or bank draft of immediately available funds, an amount (such amount not to exceed, in the case of each Holder, such Holder’s Holder Cap) equal to the product of: (1) the amount of the Loss, multiplied by (2) such Holder’s Indemnification Pro Rata Share, provided that the total amount payable by each Holder shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.04; and

(ii)    where the Indemnified Party is a Holder Indemnitee, Parent shall pay to the Paying Agent, via wire transfer or bank draft of immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Loss (provided that such amount shall not exceed the Parent Indemnification Cap), following which the Paying Agent shall distribute such amount among the Holders in accordance with their Indemnification Pro Rata Shares.

(b)    In the event that a Holder is liable to indemnify a Parent Indemnitee for any Loss and the Parent Indemnitee is unable to recover the full amount of such Loss due to the amount of such Loss exceeding the Holder Cap in respect of any Holder, if such Holder subsequently becomes entitled to payment of any further amount of the Purchase Price under this Agreement (whether on account of the Earn-Out Payments or otherwise) (a “Subsequent Holder Payment”), the Holder Cap applicable to such Holder shall be increased by the amount of such Subsequent Holder Payment, and Parent shall be entitled to withhold and set off such Holder’s Indemnification Pro Rata Share of the Loss for which the Parent Indemnitee has not received full payment pursuant to Section 9.06(a)(i) against payment of such Subsequent Holder Payment.

 

-61-


Section 9.07    Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments. All indemnification payments made under this Agreement shall be treated by the Parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, except to the extent otherwise required by Law.

Section 9.08    Effect of Investigation. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification with respect thereto, shall not be affected or deemed waived by reason of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party (including by any of its Representatives) or by reason of the fact that the Indemnified Party or any of its Representatives knew or should have known that any such representation or warranty is, was or might be inaccurate or by reason of the Indemnified Party’s waiver of any condition set forth in Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be.

Section 9.09    Exclusive Remedies. Subject to Section 11.13, the Parties acknowledge and agree that from and after the Closing their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising from fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement against a Party who has committed such fraud or willful misconduct) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article IX. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement it may have against the other Parties and their Affiliates and each of their respective Representatives arising under or based upon any Law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article IX. Nothing in this Section 9.09 shall limit any Person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any Person shall be entitled or to seek any remedy on account of any party’s fraudulent or intentional misconduct.

Article X

TERMINATION

Section 10.01    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a)    by the mutual written consent of the Company and Parent;

(b)    by Parent by written notice to the Company if:

(i)    neither Parent nor Merger Sub is then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in Article VIII and such breach, inaccuracy or failure has not been cured by the Company within 10 days of the Company’s receipt of written notice of such breach from Parent; or

(ii)    any of the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or Section 8.02 shall not have been, or if it becomes apparent that any of such conditions will not be, fulfilled by the End Date, unless such failure shall be due to the failure of Parent to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements or conditions hereof to be performed or complied with by it prior to the Closing;

 

-62-


(c)    by the Company by written notice to Parent if:

(i)    the Company is not then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Parent or Merger Sub pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in Article VIII and such breach, inaccuracy or failure has not been cured by Parent or Merger Sub within 10 days of Parent’s or Merger Sub’s receipt of written notice of such breach from the Company; or

(ii)    any of the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or Section 8.03 shall not have been, or if it becomes apparent that any of such conditions will not be, fulfilled by the End Date, unless such failure shall be due to the failure of the Company to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements or conditions hereof to be performed or complied with by it prior to the Closing; or

(d)    by Parent or the Company if:

(i)    there shall be any Law that makes consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibited or any Governmental Authority shall have issued a Governmental Order restraining or enjoining the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Governmental Order shall have become final and non-appealable; or

(ii)    if within 45 days following the execution and delivery of this Agreement by all of the Parties, the Company shall not have delivered to Parent a copy of the executed Written Consent evidencing receipt of the Requisite Company Vote.

Section 10.02    Termination Fee.

(a)    Subject to Section 10.02(b), in the event that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with this Article solely for one of the following reasons, Merger Sub shall pay the Company a termination fee in the amount of $5,000,000 (the “Termination Fee”) within 20 Business Days following the date of such termination:

(i)    Merger Sub or Parent’s failure to obtain the Debt Financing;

(ii)    Merger Sub or Parent’s failure to obtain any Approval listed at Section 5.02 of the Disclosure Schedules;

(iii)    a failure to meet any of the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or Section 8.03 that is caused solely by a breach of this Agreement by Merger Sub or Parent.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall the Termination Fee be payable if:

(i)    any of the events described in Section 10.02(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) is caused by any act or omission of the Company, the Holder Representative or any Stockholder (including any failure to fulfill any obligation of the Company, the Holder Representative or any Stockholder under this Agreement;

(ii)    a Material Adverse Effect has occurred with respect to the Company, its financial situation, core assets or business since September 5, 2020; or

(iii)    if the Parties do not execute mutually acceptable Transaction Documents.

Section 10.03     Guarantee. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Purchaser the prompt and full discharge by Merger Sub of its obligation to pay:

(a)    the Earn-Out Payments pursuant to Section 3.07(a) if, as and when payable; and

(b)    the Termination Fee pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.02(a), if applicable.

 

-63-


Section 10.04    Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Article, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto except:

(a)    as set forth in this Article X, Section 6.04(b) and Article XI hereof; and

(b)    that nothing herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability for any willful breach of any provision hereof.

Article XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01    Holder Representative

(a)    By approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or by executing and delivering a Letter of Transmittal, each Holder shall have irrevocably authorized and appointed Holder Representative as such Person’s representative, exclusive agent and attorney-in-fact to act on behalf of such Person with respect to this Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement to which such Person is a party and the Paying Agency Agreement and to take any and all actions and make any decisions required or permitted to be taken by Holder Representative pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnification Agreements or the Paying Agency Agreement (including with respect to the Holder Representative Expense Amount), including the exercise of the power to:

(i)    give and receive notices and communications;

(ii)    authorize the payment to Parent from such Holder in satisfaction of claims for indemnification made by Parent pursuant to Article IX and the Indemnification Agreement (as applicable);

(iii)    agree to, negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, and comply with orders of courts with respect to claims for indemnification made by Parent pursuant to Article IX and the Indemnification Agreement;

(iv)    litigate, arbitrate, resolve, settle or compromise any claim for indemnification pursuant to Article IX and the Indemnification Agreement (as applicable);

(v)    execute and deliver all documents necessary or desirable to carry out the intent of this Agreement, the Indemnification Agreements and the Paying Agency Agreement;

(vi)    make all elections or decisions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indemnification Agreements and the Paying Agency Agreement;

(vii)    engage, employ or appoint any agents or representatives (including attorneys, accountants and consultants) to assist Holder Representative in complying with its duties and obligations; and

(viii)    take all actions necessary or appropriate in the good faith judgment of Holder Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing.

 

-64-


(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder Representative shall have no obligation to act on behalf of the Holders, except as expressly provided herein and in the Holder Representative Agreement, and for purposes of clarity, there are no obligations of the Holder Representative in any ancillary agreement, schedule, exhibit or the Disclosure Schedules. Parent shall be entitled to deal exclusively with Holder Representative on all matters relating to this Agreement (including Article IX) and shall be entitled to rely conclusively (without further evidence of any kind whatsoever) on any document executed or purported to be executed on behalf of any Holder by Holder Representative, and on any other action taken or purported to be taken on behalf of any Holder by Holder Representative, as being fully binding upon such Person. Notices or communications to or from Holder Representative shall constitute notice to or from each of the Holders. Any decision or action by Holder Representative hereunder or under the Holder Representative Agreement, including any agreement between Holder Representative and Parent relating to the defense, payment or settlement of any claims for indemnification hereunder, shall constitute a decision or action of all Holders and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each such Person and such Person’s successors as if expressly confirmed and ratified in writing by such Person. No Holder shall have the right to object to, dissent from, protest or otherwise contest the same. The powers, immunities and rights to indemnification granted to the Holder Representative Group hereunder: (i) are independent and severable, are irrevocable and coupled with an interest and shall not be terminated by any act of any one or more Holders, or by operation of Law, whether by death or other event, and (ii) shall survive the delivery of an assignment by any Holder of the whole or any fraction of his, her or its interest (if any) in the Holdback Amount or Earn-Out Payment.

(c)    The Holder Representative may resign at any time, and may be removed for any reason or no reason by the vote or written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders according to each Holder’s Indemnification Pro Rata Share (the “Majority Holders”); provided, however, in no event shall Holder Representative resign or be removed without the Majority Holders having first appointed a new Holder Representative who shall assume such duties immediately upon the resignation or removal of Holder Representative. In the event of the death, incapacity, resignation or removal of Holder Representative, a new Holder Representative shall be appointed by the vote or written consent of the Majority Holders. Notice of such vote or a copy of the written consent appointing such new Holder Representative shall be sent to Parent, such appointment to be effective upon the later of the date indicated in such consent or the date such notice is received by Parent; provided, that until such notice is received, Parent, Merger Sub and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to rely on the decisions and actions of the prior Holder Representative as described in Section 11.01(a) above. The immunities and rights to indemnification set forth in this Section 11.01 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Holder Representative or any member of the Advisory Group and the Closing and/or any termination of this Agreement.

 

-65-


(d)    Certain Holders have entered into the Holder Representative Agreement with the Holder Representative to provide direction to the Holder Representative in connection with its services under this Agreement and the Holder Representative Agreement (such Holders, including their individual representatives, collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Advisory Group”). Neither Holder Representative nor its members, managers, directors, officers, contractors, agents and employees nor any member of the Advisory Group (collectively, the “Holder Representative Group”) shall be liable to the Holders for actions taken pursuant to this Agreement, the Holder Representative Agreement or the Indemnification Agreements, except to the extent such actions shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have constituted gross negligence or involved fraud, intentional misconduct or bad faith (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel, accountants and other professionals and experts retained by Holder Representative shall be conclusive evidence of good faith). The Holders shall severally and not jointly (in accordance with their Indemnification Pro Rata Shares) indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Holder Representative Group from and against, compensate it for, reimburse it for and pay any and all losses, liabilities, claims, actions, damages, fees, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, costs of other skilled professionals and costs incurred in connection with seeking recovery from insurers arising out of and in connection with its activities as Holder Representative under this Agreement, the Holder Representative Agreement and the Indemnification Agreements (the “Representative Losses”), in each case as such Representative Loss is suffered or incurred; provided, that in the event it is finally adjudicated that a Representative Loss or any portion thereof was primarily caused by the gross negligence, fraud, intentional misconduct or bad faith of Holder Representative, Holder Representative shall reimburse the Holders the amount of such indemnified Representative Loss attributable to such gross negligence, fraud, intentional misconduct or bad faith. The Representative Losses shall be satisfied from the Holders, severally and not jointly (in accordance with their Indemnification Pro Rata Shares). Such Representative Losses may be recovered, first, from the Holder Representative Expense Amount, second, from any distribution of the Holdback Amount or Earn-Out Payment paid by Parent to the Paying Agent (for the benefit of the Holders) that is otherwise distributable to the Holders (and then, only at the time of distribution), and third, directly from the Holders. The Holders acknowledge that the Holder Representative shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the exercise or performance of any of its powers, rights, duties or privileges or pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Furthermore, the Holder Representative shall not be required to take any action unless the Holder Representative has been provided with funds, security or indemnities which, in its determination, are sufficient to protect the Holder Representative against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by the Holder Representative in performing such actions. The Holder Representative Expense Amount will be used: (i) for the purposes of paying directly, or reimbursing the Holder Representative for, any Representative Losses or (ii) as otherwise directed by the Advisory Group. The Holders will not receive any interest or earnings on the Holder Representative Expense Amount and irrevocably transfer and assign to the Holder Representative any ownership right that they may otherwise have had in any such interest or earnings. The Holder Representative is not providing any investment supervision, recommendations or advice and will not be liable for any loss of principal of the Holder Representative Expense Amount other than as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Holder Representative will hold the Holder Representative Expense Amount funds separate from its corporate funds, will not use the Holder Representative Expense Amount funds for its operating expenses or any other corporate purposes and will not voluntarily make the Holder Representative Expense Amount funds available to its creditors in the event of bankruptcy. The Holder Representative is not acting as a withholding agent or in any similar capacity in connection with the Holder Representative Expense Amount and has no tax reporting or income distribution obligations. Subject to Advisory Group approval, the Holder Representative may contribute funds to the Holder Representative Expense Amount from any consideration otherwise distributable to the Holders. As soon as practicable following the completion of the Holder Representative’s responsibilities, the Holder Representative will deliver the remaining balance of the Holder Representative Expense Amount to the Paying Agent for distribution to the Holders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

(e)    The Holder Representative shall be entitled to: (i) rely upon the payment spreadsheet delivered to it by the Company pursuant to the Holder Representative Agreement, (ii) rely upon any signature believed by it to be genuine, and (iii) reasonably assume that a signatory has proper authorization to sign on behalf of the applicable Holder or other party.

Section 11.02    Expenses.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred.

(b)    Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the fees and expenses of the Paying Agent from time to time (the “Paying Agent Fees”), shall be borne in equal portions by Parent, on the one hand, and by the Holders, on the other hand (with the Holders’ portion of any Paying Agent Fees incurred prior to the Closing to be treated as Transaction Expenses hereunder). From and after Closing, Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, the Paying Agent Fees, and the Holders shall be liable to reimburse Parent for half of all such Paying Agent Fees. If the Holder Representative has not (on behalf of the Holders) reimbursed Parent for the Holders’ portion of any Paying Agent Fees at any time, Parent shall be entitled to withhold the amount of the Holders’ portion of such Paying Agent Fees from any payment otherwise payable to Holders under this Agreement.

 

-66-


Section 11.03    Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.03) ; provided that with respect to notices delivered to the Holder Representative, such notices must be delivered solely via e-mail and facsimile:

 

If to the Company:   

Trianni, Inc.
c/o Matthias Wabl
    
    

E-mail:            

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):   

Alan Schwartz Ocio
     
    

E-mail:            

 

and

 

Morgan Lewis & Bockius LLP
One Market, Spear Street Tower
San Francisco, CA 94105

E-mail:            

Attention:        Scott D. Karchmer

If to Parent or Merger Sub:   

2215 Yukon Street
Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1

Facsimile:       n/a

E-mail:            

Attention:        Carl Hansen, CEO

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):   

2215 Yukon Street
Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1

Facsimile:        n/a

E-mail:             

Attention:        Tryn Stimart, CLO

 

and

 

McCarthy Tétrault LLP
Suite 2400 – 745 Thurlow Street
Vancouver, BC, V6E 0C5

Facsimile:        604-643-7900

E-mail:            

Attention:        Stephen Curran; David Frost

If to the Holder Representative:   

Fortis Advisors LLC

Facsimile:        (858) 408-1843

E-mail:            

Attention:        Notices Department (Trianni)

 

-67-


Section 11.04    Interpretation. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

Section 11.05    Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 11.06    Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 11.07    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Ancillary Documents constitute the sole and entire agreement of the Parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Ancillary Documents, the Exhibits and Disclosure Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedules), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

Section 11.08    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No assignment shall relieve the assigning party of any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 11.09    No Third-party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

-68-


Section 11.10    Amendment and Modification; Waiver. This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by Parent, Merger Sub and the Company at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that after the Requisite Company Vote is obtained, there shall be no amendment or waiver that, pursuant to applicable Law, requires further approval of the Stockholders, without the receipt of such further approvals. Any failure of Parent or Merger Sub, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Company (with respect to any failure by Parent or Merger Sub) or by Parent or Merger Sub (with respect to any failure by the Company), respectively, only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

Section 11.11    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration.

(a)    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction).

(b)    SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF Section 3.05 (WHICH SHALL GOVERN ANY DISPUTE ARISING THEREUNDER) AND Section 11.11(c) (WHICH SHALL GOVERN ANY DISPUTE NOT SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF), THE PARTIES AGREE THAT JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OR SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL PROPERLY AND EXCLUSIVELY LIE IN ANY STATE COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. EACH PARTY ALSO AGREES NOT TO BRING ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OR SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY OTHER COURT (OTHER THAN UPON THE APPEAL OF ANY JUDGMENT, DECISION OR ACTION OF ANY SUCH COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT VENUE WOULD BE PROPER IN SUCH COURT, AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT ANY SUCH COURT IS AN IMPROPER OR INCONVENIENT FORUM FOR THE RESOLUTION OF SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THE MAILING BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, OF ANY PROCESS REQUIRED BY ANY SUCH COURT SHALL CONSTITUTE VALID AND LAWFUL SERVICE OF PROCESS AGAINST THEM, WITHOUT NECESSITY FOR SERVICE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PROVIDED BY STATUTE OR RULE OF COURT.

(c)    Except for disputes, controversies, or claims arising under Section 3.05 (which shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions set forth therein) and for claims seeking injunctive relief (for which the provisions of Section 11.13 shall be applicable), any dispute, controversy, or claim arising under or relating to this Agreement or any breach or alleged breach thereof (“Arbitrable Dispute”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by JAMS pursuant to its Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures, subject to (and as modified by) the following:

(i)    Any Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party may demand that any Arbitrable Dispute be submitted to binding arbitration. The demand for arbitration shall be in writing, shall be served on the Indemnifying Party (or, in the case that Parent is the Indemnified Party, on the Holder Representative) or Indemnified Party in the manner prescribed herein for the giving of notices, and shall set forth a short statement of the factual basis for the claim, specifying the matter or matters to be arbitrated.

 

-69-


(ii)    The arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three (3) arbitrators, one (1) selected by Parent, one (1) selected by the Holder Representative and one (1) selected jointly by the arbitrators selected by Parent and the Holder Representative (collectively, the “Arbitrators”). Any arbitration pursuant hereto shall be conducted by the Arbitrators under the guidance of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the Federal Rules of Evidence, but the Arbitrators shall not be required to comply strictly with such Rules in conducting any such arbitration. All such arbitration proceedings shall take place in San Francisco, California.

(iii)    Unless the parties to such arbitration otherwise agree in writing, the arbitration shall be conducted on an expedited basis, testimony and briefing will be concluded no later than 120 days after the arbitration is initiated, each party shall be entitled to take at least one deposition, the award shall be made in writing no more than 30 days following the end of the proceeding, and all facts and circumstances relating to such arbitration, including the existence of the dispute and the ultimate resolution, shall be kept confidential in accordance with a confidentiality agreement containing customary terms to be agreed to by the parties to such arbitration.

(iv)    The Arbitrators shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a Court of the State of California could order or grant, including specific performance of any obligation created under this Agreement, the awarding of Losses, or the imposition of sanctions for abuse or frustration of the arbitration process. The Arbitrators shall render their decision and award upon the concurrence of at least two (2) of their number. Such decision and award shall be in writing and counterpart copies thereof shall be delivered to each of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party (or, in the case that Parent is the Indemnified Party, to the Holder Representative). The decision and award of the Arbitrators shall be final and binding. In rendering such decision and award, the Arbitrators shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions of this Agreement and shall make its determinations in accordance therewith and shall in no event award Losses in excess of any applicable limit on indemnification set forth in this Agreement or against any Person in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement. Any party to the arbitration may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 11.11, seek to have judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrators entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(v)    No Indemnified Party shall file any suit, motion, petition or otherwise commence any legal action or proceeding in any federal, state, local or foreign court or other arbitration association for any matter which is required to be submitted to arbitration as contemplated herein except in connection with the enforcement of an award rendered by the Arbitrators. Upon the entry of an order dismissing or staying any action or proceeding filed contrary to the preceding sentence, the Person which filed such action or proceeding shall promptly pay to the other Person the reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses incurred by such other Person prior to the entry of such order.

(vi)    The Parties agree that it is their intention that all Arbitrable Disputes be governed by this Section 11.11 and agree to cause any of their Affiliates to observe the provisions of this Section 11.11.

Section 11.12    Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE IRREVOCABLE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

-70-


Section 11.13    Specific Performance. The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

Section 11.14    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

Section 11.15    Conflict of Interest. If the Holder Representative or any Holder so desire and without the need for any consent or waiver by Parent, Merger Sub, or the Surviving Corporation, after the Effective Time, each of Morgan Lewis and Alan Schwartz Ocio shall be permitted to represent the Holder Representative or any Holder in connection with any dispute (including any litigation, arbitration or other adversary proceeding) against Parent and/or Surviving Corporation relating to this Agreement, the Merger or any other transactions contemplated herein, including with respect to any indemnification claims or any contingent payments. Each of the Company and Parent understands that it is being asked now to waive future conflicts as described above without specifics of those conflicts because the waiver pertains to future facts and events related to this Agreement or the Transactions. This consent and waiver is intended to be for the benefit of Morgan Lewis and Alan Schwartz Ocio and effective in all jurisdictions in which it practices, and to extend to any rights conferred on the Company or Parent by the professional rules of conduct of any such jurisdiction and any other statute, rule, decision or common law principle relating to conflicts of interest that may otherwise be applicable.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-71-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

TRIANNI, INC.
By  

/s/ Matthias Wabl

Name:   Matthias Wabl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
ABCELLERA US HOLDINGS INC.
By  

/s/ Carl Hansen

Name:   Carl Hansen
Title:   President and CEO
MICKEY MERGER INC.
By  

/s/ Carl Hansen

Name:   Carl Hansen
Title:   President and CEO
FORTIS ADVISORS LLC
By  

/s/ Ryan Simkin

Name:   Ryan Simkin
Title:   Managing Director
ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC., solely for the purpose of Section 10.03
By  

/s/ Carl Hansen

Name:   Carl Hansen
Title:   President and CEO


Schedule A

Employment and Consulting Agreements

[omitted]


Schedule B

Sample Working Capital Calculation

[omitted]


Schedule C

Zoetis Budget

[omitted]


Schedule D

Merger Payment Schedule

[omitted]


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenant Agreement

[omitted]


Exhibit B

Form of Letter of Transmittal

[omitted]


Exhibit C

Form of Indemnification Agreement

[omitted]


Exhibit D

Form of Option Termination Agreement

[omitted]

Exhibit 3.2

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

BRITISH COLUMBIA

ARTICLES

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.


BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

BRITISH COLUMBIA

ARTICLES

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.

I N D E X

 

PART 1 INTERPRETATION

     1  

PART 2 ALTERATIONS

     3  

PART 3 SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

     4  

PART 4 SHARE TRANSFERS

     5  

PART 5 PURCHASE OF SHARES

     6  

PART 6 BORROWING POWERS

     6  

PART 7 SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

     7  

PART 8 PROCEEDINGS AT SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

     7  

PART 9 SHAREHOLDERS VOTES

     10  

PART 10 ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     13  

PART 11 PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     14  

PART 12 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     17  

PART 13 OFFICERS

     18  

PART 14 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS

     19  

PART 15 INDEMNIFICATION

     19  

PART 16 DIVIDENDS

     21  

PART 17 AUDITOR

     22  

PART 18 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

     22  

PART 19 NOTICES

     23  

PART 20 RESTRICTION ON SHARE TRANSFER

     24  

PART 21 DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS

     25  


PART 22 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE

     30  

PART 23 SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHED TO COMMON SHARES

     35  

PART 24 SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHED TO CLASS A PREFERRED SHARES

     36  

 


ARTICLES

 

Company Name:    AbCellera Biologics Inc.
Translations of Company Name            n/a
Incorporation Number:    BC0954819

PART 1

INTERPRETATION

Definitions

 

1.1

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a)

“these Articles” means the articles of the Company from time to time and all amendments thereto, and the words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, “hereof” and similar words refer to these Articles as so defined and not to any particular Part, article or other subdivision of these Articles;

 

  (b)

“board” and “directors” mean the directors or sole director, as the case may be, of the Company for the time being;

 

  (c)

“Business Corporations Act” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and includes amendments thereto, and all regulations made pursuant thereto;

 

  (d)

“Interpretation Act” means the Interpretation Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and includes amendments thereto, and all regulations made pursuant thereto;

 

  (e)

“shareholder” means a shareholder of the Company; and

 

  (f)

“trustee”, in relation to a shareholder, means the personal or other legal representative of the shareholder, and includes a trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder.

Application of Business Corporations Act Definitions

 

1.2

The definitions in the Business Corporations Act apply to these Articles.

Application of Interpretation Act

 

1.3

The Interpretation Act applies to the interpretation of these Articles as if these Articles were an enactment.


Conflict

 

1.4

If there is a conflict between a definition or rule in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition or rule in the Business Corporations Act will prevail.

 

1.5

If any provision of these Articles conflicts with (i) the amended and restated shareholders’ agreement (the “Shareholder Agreement”) dated February 4, 2014 between the Company and certain shareholders, (ii) the amended and restated voting agreement dated March 23, 2020 between the Company and certain shareholders (the “Amended and Restated Voting Agreement”), (iii) the amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement dated March 23, 2020 (the “Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement”) between the Company and certain shareholders, or (iv) the amended and restated investor rights agreement dated March 23, 2020 (the “Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement”) between the Company and certain shareholders, to the extent such agreements deal with any matter referred to herein, the provisions of these Articles will prevail. For so long as these Articles remains in existence, the provisions contained in Section II of the Shareholder Agreement shall be superseded in their entirety by the provisions contained in these Articles.

Severability of Invalid Provisions

 

1.6

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of these Articles will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of these Articles.

Effect of Omissions and Errors in Notices

 

1.7

The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders or directors (including any committee of directors) to any person entitled to notice or the non-receipt of any notice by any of the persons entitled to notice or any error in any notice not affecting its substance will not invalidate any action or proceeding taken at that meeting or otherwise founded on the notice.

Signing

 

1.8

Expressions referring to signing shall be construed as including facsimile signatures and the receipt of messages by telecopy or electronic mail or any other method of transmitting writing and indicating thereon that the requisite instrument is signed, notwithstanding that no actual original or copy of an original signature appears thereon.

 

2


PART 2

ALTERATIONS

Change in Authorized Share Structure by Shareholders

 

2.1

Subject to the requirements of Articles 25.11 and 26.11, the shareholders may from time to time, by ordinary resolution, authorize the Company to effect a change to the authorized share structure of the Company and to the Notice of Articles and these Articles where applicable, to:

 

  (a)

create one or more classes of shares;

 

  (b)

increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares;

 

  (c)

if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value,

 

  (i)

subject to section 74 of the Business Corporations Act, decrease the par value of those shares, or

 

  (ii)

increase the par value of those shares if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued; or

 

  (d)

otherwise alter its authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the Business Corporations Act.

Change in Authorized Share Structure by Directors

 

2.2

Subject to the requirements of Articles 25.11 and 26.11, the directors may from time to time, by resolution, authorize the Company to effect a change to the authorized share structure of the Company and to the Notice of Articles and these Articles where applicable, to:

 

  (a)

create one or more series of shares and if no such shares of such a series are issued, to also attach special rights and restrictions to such series or to alter any such special rights and restrictions;

 

  (b)

establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established;

 

  (c)

subdivide all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares of smaller par value;

 

  (d)

subdivide all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares without par value;

 

  (e)

consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares of larger par value;

 

  (f)

consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares without par value;

 

  (g)

eliminate any class or series of shares if none of the shares of that class or series of shares are allotted or issued;

 

  (h)

change all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par value;

 

3


  (i)

change all or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value; or

 

  (j)

alter the identifying name of any of its shares.

Special Rights or Restrictions

 

2.3

Subject to Articles 2.4, 25.11 and 26.11 the shareholders may from time to time, by ordinary resolution, authorize the Company to effect a change to these Articles to:

 

  (a)

create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or

 

  (b)

vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued.

No Interference with Class or Series Rights without Consent

 

2.4

A right or special right attached to issued shares must not be prejudiced or interfered with under the Business Corporations Act or under the Notice of Articles or these Articles unless the shareholders holding shares of the class or series of shares to which the right or special right is attached consent by a special separate resolution of those shareholders.

Other Alterations

 

2.5

Unless otherwise provided in these Articles, the shareholders may from time to time, by ordinary resolution, make any alteration to the Notice of Articles and these Articles as permitted by the Business Corporations Act.

PART 3

SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

Sending of Share Certificate

 

3.1

Any share certificate which a shareholder is entitled to receive may be sent to the shareholder by mail and neither the Company nor any agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder arising as a result of the accidental omission to send any share certificate or non-receipt of any share certificate so sent.

Joint Ownership

 

3.2

Where a share is registered in the names of two or more persons, unless the registration on the share certificate specifies otherwise, the share shall, for the purposes of these Articles, be considered to be jointly held by such persons and such persons shall, for the purposes of these Articles, be considered joint holders of such share.

 

4


Limit on Registration of Joint Holders

 

3.3

Except in the case of the trustees of a shareholder, the directors may refuse to register in the central securities register more than three persons as the joint holders of a share.

Delivery of Jointly Held Certificate

 

3.4

A share certificate for a share registered in the names of two or more persons shall be delivered to that one of them whose name appears first on the central securities register in respect of the share.

Unregistered Interests

 

3.5

Except as required by law or these Articles, the Company need not recognize or provide for any person’s interests in or rights to a share unless that person is registered as the holder.

PART 4

SHARE TRANSFERS

Form of Instrument of Transfer

 

4.1

The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company will be either in the form on the back of the certificate representing such share or in such other form as may be approved by the directors from time to time.

Effect of Signed Instrument of Transfer

 

4.2

If a shareholder, or the duly authorized attorney of that shareholder, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, the signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by share certificates deposited with the instrument of transfer,

 

  (a)

in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or

 

  (b)

if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the share certificate is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered.

 

5


PART 5

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Authority to Purchase Shares

 

5.1

Subject to the special rights and restrictions attached to any class or series of shares, the Company may purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares if authorized to do so by resolution of the directors.

PART 6

BORROWING POWERS

Powers of Directors

 

6.1

The directors may from time to time at their discretion on behalf of the Company:

 

  (a)

borrow money for the purposes of the Company in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that they consider appropriate;

 

  (b)

raise or secure the repayment of any borrowed money, including by the issuance of bonds, perpetual or redeemable, debentures or debenture stock and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person;

 

  (c)

guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; or

 

  (d)

mortgage or charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest or give other security on the whole or any part of the present and future property and undertaking of the Company, including uncalled capital.

Terms of Debt and Security Instruments

 

6.2

Any debentures, debenture stock, bonds, mortgages, security interests and other securities may be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise, and with special or other rights or privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of or conversion into shares, attending and voting at a general meeting of the Company, appointment of directors and otherwise as the directors may determine at or prior to the time of issuance.

 

6


PART 7

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

Calling of Shareholder Meetings

 

7.1

Meetings of shareholders of the Company shall be held at such time or times as the directors from time to time determine, and at such location or locations as the board, by resolution, may approve.

Notice

 

7.2

Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act regarding requisitions for general meetings and waiver of notice, the Company will send notice of the date, time and location of a meeting of shareholders to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least 10 days before the meeting.

Special Business

 

7.3

If a general meeting is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 8.1, the notice of meeting will:

 

  (a)

state the general nature of the special business; and

 

  (b)

if the special business includes presenting, considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it, or be accompanied by, a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders:

 

  (i)

at the Company’s records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified by the notice; and

 

  (ii)

during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting.

PART 8

PROCEEDINGS AT SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

Special Business

 

8.1

At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:

 

  (a)

at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of, or voting at, the meeting;

 

7


  (b)

at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following:

 

  (i)    business 

relating to the conduct of, or voting at, the meeting;

 

  (ii)   consideration 

of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting;

 

  (iii)  consideration 

of any reports of the directors or auditor;

 

  (iv)   the 

setting or changing of the number of directors;

 

  (v)    the 

election or appointment of directors;

 

  (vi)   the 

appointment of an auditor;

 

  (vii)   the 

setting of the remuneration of an auditor; and

 

  (viii)  business 

arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or an exceptional resolution.

Quorum    

 

8.2

Subject to Article 8.3 and the special rights and restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is 2 persons present in person or by proxy who, in the aggregate, hold or represent by proxy not less than 10% of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.

Sole Shareholder

 

8.3

If there is only one shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders:

 

  (a)

the quorum is one person who is, or who represents by proxy, that shareholder; and

 

  (b)

that shareholder, present in person or by proxy, may constitute the meeting.

Lack of Quorum

 

8.4

If, within 1/2 hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present,

 

  (a)

in the case of a general meeting convened by requisition of shareholders, the meeting is dissolved; and

 

  (b)

in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, unless those shareholders present determine otherwise.

 

8


Quorum at Succeeding Meeting

 

8.5

If a meeting referred to in Article 8.4 was adjourned and if a quorum as provided in Article 8.2 is not present within 1/2 hour from the time set for the holding of the adjourned meeting, the persons present and being, or representing by proxy, shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.

Chair

 

8.6

The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:

 

  (a)

the chair of the board, if any; and

 

  (b)

if there is no chair of the board or if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any.

Alternate Chair

 

8.7

If, at any meeting of shareholders:

 

  (a)

there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting;

 

  (b)

the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting; or

 

  (c)

the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting;

the directors present may choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting or if all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so choose or if no director is present, the shareholders present in person or by proxy may choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.

Postponement or Cancellation of Meetings

 

8.8

A meeting of shareholders may be postponed or cancelled by the Company at any time prior to the holding of the meeting upon such notice or communication to shareholders, if any, as the board may determine, and, if postponed, the postponed meeting may be held at such time or times, and at such location or locations, as the board, by resolution, may approve.

Procedure at Meetings

 

8.9

The board may determine the procedures to be followed at any meeting of shareholders including, without limitation, the rules of order. Subject to the foregoing, the chair of a meeting may determine the procedures of the meeting in all respects.

 

9


Casting Vote

 

8.10

In case of an equality of votes cast at a meeting of shareholders, the chair does not have a casting or second vote.

PART 9

SHAREHOLDERS VOTES

Joint Shareholders

 

9.1

If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:

 

  (a)

any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or

 

  (b)

if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share is alone entitled to vote in respect of that share.

Trustees

 

9.2

Two or more trustees of a shareholder in whose name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 9.1, deemed to be joint shareholders.

Representative of Corporate Shareholder

 

9.3

If a corporation that is not a subsidiary of the Company is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:

 

  (a)

for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must:

 

  (i)

be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least 1 business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

  (ii)

be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting; and

 

  (b)

if a representative is appointed under this Article 9.3:

 

  (i)

the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights that the appointing corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder; and

 

10


  (ii)

the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting.

Application of Proxy Provisions

 

9.4

Articles 9.5 to 9.12 do not apply to the Company if and for so long as it is a public company or a pre-existing reporting company.

Appointment of Proxy Holder

 

9.5

Each shareholder, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may, by proxy, appoint one or more individuals (who need not be shareholders) as such shareholder’s nominee to attend, speak, act and vote for and on behalf of such shareholder at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the power conferred by the proxy.

Execution of Proxy

 

9.6

A shareholder’s proxy will be in writing, dated the date on which it is executed (or if not dated, will be deemed to be dated the date on which it is received by the Company), and will be executed by such shareholder or such shareholder’s attorney authorized in writing, or if the shareholder is a corporation, by a duly authorized officer or attorney.

Continuing Proxy

 

9.7

A shareholder may appoint one or more individuals (who need not be shareholders) as such shareholder’s nominee to attend, speak, act and vote for and on behalf of such shareholder at every general meeting of the Company or at one or more general meetings which are held within such period of time as the proxy specifies.

Form of Proxy

 

9.8

A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:

(Name of Company)

The undersigned, being a shareholder of the above named Company, hereby appoints                     , or, failing that person,                     , as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, speak, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders to be held on the          day of                     , 20          and at any adjournment of that meeting.

Signed this              day of                     , 20     

 

                                                             

Signature of shareholder

 

11


Delivery of Proxy

 

9.9

Unless the board determines otherwise, a proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:

 

  (a)

be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice, or if no number of days is specified, 1 business day, before the day set for the holding of the meeting; or

 

  (b)

unless the notice provides otherwise, be provided, at the meeting, to the chair of the meeting.

Revocation of Proxy

 

9.10

A shareholder’s proxy will, to the extent that it is inconsistent with a proxy of prior date, be deemed to revoke such prior proxy. Subject to Article 9.11, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is:

 

  (a)

received at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

  (b)

provided at the meeting to the chair of the meeting.

Signing of Revocation of Proxy

 

9.11

An instrument referred to in Article 9.10 must be signed as follows:

 

  (a)

if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or the trustee of the shareholder; and

 

  (b)

if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 9.3.

Validity of Proxy Votes

 

9.12

A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid despite the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:

 

  (a)

at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or

 

  (b)

by the chair of the meeting, before the vote is taken.

 

12


Authority to Vote

 

9.13

The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.

PART 10

ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Number of Directors

 

10.1

The Company will have a board of directors consisting of initially the number of directors that is equal to the number of the first directors and thereafter the number of directors set by ordinary resolution of the shareholders from time to time.

Change in Number of Directors

 

10.2

If the number of directors is changed pursuant to Article 10.1, the directors may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors that result from that change.

Election of Directors

 

10.3

At every annual general meeting:

 

  (a)

the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election or appointment of directors will elect a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for the time being required under these Articles; and

 

  (b)

subject to Article 10.6, all the directors cease to hold office immediately before the election or appointment of directors under paragraph (a), but are eligible for re-election or reappointment.

Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors

 

10.4

If the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting in accordance with the Business Corporations Act or fails, at an annual general meeting, to elect or appoint any directors, the directors then in office continue to hold office until the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which the failure is remedied; and

 

  (b)

the date on which they otherwise cease to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles.

 

13


Additional Directors

 

10.5

Notwithstanding Articles 10.1 and 10.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 10.5 will not at any time exceed:

 

  (a)

1/3 of the number of first directors if, at the time of the appointment, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or

 

  (b)

in any other case, 1/3 of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 10.5.

Removal of Director

 

10.6

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, remove any director from office at any time.

PART 11

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

Timing of Meetings

 

11.1

Meetings of the board will be held on such day and at such time and place as the president or secretary of the Company or any two directors may determine.

Chair

 

11.2

Meetings of directors are to be chaired by:

 

  (a)

the chair of the board, if any,

 

  (b)

in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director, or

 

  (c)

any other director chosen by the directors if:

 

  (i)

neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting,

 

  (ii)

neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting, or

 

  (iii)

the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting.

 

14


Voting

 

11.3

At all meetings of directors every question will be decided by a majority of votes cast on the question and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting will not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

Notice

 

11.4

Subject to Articles 1.7 and 11.5, if a meeting of the board is called under Article 11.1 notice of that meeting will be given to each director not less than 24 hours before the time when the meeting is to be held, specifying the place, date and time of that meeting:

 

  (a)

by mail addressed to the director’s address as it appears on the books of the Company or to any other address provided to the Company by the director for this purpose;

 

  (b)

by leaving it at the director’s prescribed address or at any other address provided to the Company by the director for this purpose;

 

  (c)

orally, including, by telephone, voice mail or on other recorded media; or

 

  (d)

by e-mail, fax or any other method of reliably transmitting messages.

Notice not Required

 

11.5

It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director if:

 

  (a)

the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed; or

 

  (b)

the director has filed a waiver under Article 11.6.

Waiver of Notice

 

11.6

Any director may file with the Company a document signed by the director waiving notice of any past, present or future meeting of the directors or a direction that notice of meetings of the directors be given to the alternate of such director and may, at any time, withdraw the waiver or direction, as the case may be, by instrument in writing delivered to the registered office of the Company, and until the waiver or direction, as the case may be, is withdrawn, no notice of meetings of the directors shall be given to that director or notice of meetings of the directors shall be sent to the alternate of such director, as the case may be; and any and all meetings of the directors, notice of which has not been given to such director or has been given to the alternate of such director, as the case may be, shall, provided a quorum of the directors is present, be valid and effective.

 

15


Quorum

 

11.7

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be set by the directors and, if not so set, is a majority of the directors, or if the number of directors is fixed at one, shall be one director and any alternate director shall be counted in a quorum at a meeting at which such alternate’s appointor is absent. A director holding a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction to be considered at a meeting is to be counted in a quorum notwithstanding such director’s interest.

Alternate Directors

 

11.8      (a)

A director (in these Articles called an “appointor”) may appoint as such director’s alternate any person who is not disqualified to be a director.

 

  (b)

An appointment of an alternate shall not be effective until an instrument in writing declaring the appointment and signed by the appointor, and the consent of the alternate to so act, is delivered to the registered office of the Company.

 

  (c)

An appointor may revoke an appointment of an alternate by instrument in writing delivered to the registered office of the Company.

 

  (d)

The appointment of an alternate terminates if such alternate’s appointor ceases to be a director or if the alternate is at any time not qualified to act as a director under the Business Corporations Act.

 

  (e)

The Company is not obligated to remunerate any alternate or to reimburse an alternate for any expense incurred in carrying out such alternate’s function.

 

  (f)

If an appointor is absent from any meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors, the alternate for such appointor shall be entitled to attend, speak, act and vote at such meeting as a director in place of such appointor, and may sign or concur in resolutions pursuant to Article 11.9.

 

  (g)

A director or other person may act as alternate for any one or more directors and at any meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors shall be counted as one director for each director for whom such person is the alternate for purposes of determining the quorum and be entitled to cast one vote for each director for whom such person is the alternate in addition to, in the case of a director acting as the alternate for any one or more directors, being counted and voting as a director in his or her own right.

Resolutions in Writing

 

11.9

A resolution in writing signed by each director or such director’s alternate, or if there is only one director by that one director, shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board duly convened and held.

 

16


Counterparts

 

11.10

A resolution in writing may be in one or more counterparts, each of which may be signed by one or more directors or alternates or one or more committee members, and which together shall be deemed to constitute a resolution in writing.

Remuneration of Directors

 

11.11

Unless the shareholders by ordinary resolution otherwise resolve, the directors may fix the remuneration of the directors and officers of the Company.

PART 12

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Appointment

 

12.1

The directors may, by resolution:

 

  (a)

appoint one or more committees consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate;

 

  (b)

delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (a) any of the directors’ powers, except:

 

  (i)

the power to fill vacancies in the board;

 

  (ii)

the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the board; and

 

  (iii)

the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the board; and

 

  (c)

make any delegation referred to in paragraph (b) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution.

Duties

 

12.2

Any committee formed under Article 12.1, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, shall:

 

  (a)

conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and

 

  (b)

report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers to the earliest meeting of the directors to be held after the act or thing has been done.

 

17


Powers of Board

 

12.3

The board may, at any time:

 

  (a)

revoke the authority given to a committee, or override a decision made by a committee, except as to acts done before such revocation or overriding;

 

  (b)

terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, a committee; and

 

  (c)

fill vacancies in a committee.

Meetings

 

12.4

Subject to Article 12.2(a):

 

  (a)

the members of a directors’ committee may meet and adjourn as they think proper;

 

  (b)

a directors’ committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of the meeting is elected, or if at any meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to chair the meeting;

 

  (c)

a majority of the members of a directors’ committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and

 

  (d)

questions arising at any meeting of a directors’ committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting has no second or casting vote.

PART 13

OFFICERS

Functions, Duties and Powers

 

13.1

The board may appoint any officers it considers necessary and for each officer:

 

  (a)

determine the functions and duties the officer is to perform;

 

  (b)

entrust to and confer on the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit;

 

  (c)

from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer; and

 

  (d)

may terminate such officer’s appointment at any time.

 

18


PART 14

DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST OF DIRECTORS

Other Office

 

14.1

A director may hold any office or position of profit with the Company (other than the office of auditor of the Company) in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.

No Disqualification

 

14.2

No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise.

Professional Services

 

14.3

Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act, a director or officer of the Company, or any corporation or firm in which that individual has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such corporation or firm is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that individual were not a director or officer.

Accountability

 

14.4

A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or may otherwise be or become interested in, any corporation, firm or entity in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act, the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other corporation, firm or entity.

PART 15

INDEMNIFICATION

Mandatory Indemnification

 

15.1

The Company will indemnify a director or officer of the Company, a former director or officer of the Company or another individual who acts or acted at the Company’s request as a director or officer, or in a similar capacity, of another entity, and such person’s heirs and legal representatives to the extent permitted by the Business Corporations Act.

Deemed Contract

 

15.2

Each director is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity referred to in this Part.

 

19


Optional Indemnification

 

15.3

Except as otherwise required by the Business Corporations Act and subject to Article 15.1, the Company may from time to time indemnify and save harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an employee, agent of or participant in another entity against expenses (including legal fees), judgments, fines and any amount actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company or, as the case may be, to the best interests of the other entity for which he or she served at the Company’s request and, with respect to any criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction will not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company or other entity and, with respect to any criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, had no reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.

Right of Indemnity not Exclusive

 

15.4

The provisions for indemnification contained in these Articles will not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity, and will continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and will inure to the benefit of that person’s heirs and legal representatives.

Limit on Liability

 

15.5

To the extent permitted by law, no director or officer for the time being of the Company will be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or employee or for joining in any receipt or act for conformity or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by the Company or for or on behalf of the Company or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of or belonging to the Company will be placed out or invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person, firm or body corporate with whom or which any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Company will be lodged or deposited or for any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of or any damage resulting from any dealings with any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Company or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which may happen in the execution of the duties of his or her respective office or trust or in relation thereto unless the same will happen by or through his or her failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and in connection therewith to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. If any director or officer of the Company is employed by or performs services for the Company otherwise than as a director or officer or is a member of a firm or a shareholder, director or officer of a body corporate which is employed by or performs services for the Company, the fact that the person is a director or officer of the Company will not disentitle such director or officer or such firm or body corporate, as the case may be, from receiving proper remuneration for such services.

 

20


PART 16

DIVIDENDS

Declaration

 

16.1

Subject to the Business Corporations Act and any special rights or restrictions as to dividends, the directors may from time to time by resolution declare and authorize payment of any dividends the directors consider appropriate out of profits, capital or otherwise, including, without limitation, retained earnings, other income, contributed surplus, capital surplus, any share premium account or appraisal surplus or any other unrealized appreciation in the value of the assets of the Company, if any.

No Notice

 

16.2

The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 16.1.

Timing of Payment

 

16.3

Any dividend declared by the directors may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.

Dividends Proportionate to Number of Shares

 

16.4

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to dividends, all dividends on shares of any class or series of shares will be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.

Manner of Payment

 

16.5

The Company may pay any dividend wholly or partly by issuing shares or warrants or by the distribution of property, bonds, debentures or other debt obligations of the Company, or in any one or more of those ways, and, if any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the directors may settle the difficulty as they consider expedient, and, in particular, may set the value for distribution of specific property.

 

21


Rounding

 

16.6

If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.

Method of Payment

 

16.7

Any dividend or other distribution payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed:

 

  (a)

subject to paragraphs (b) and (c), to the address of the shareholder;

 

  (b)

subject to paragraph (c), in the case of joint shareholders, to the address of the joint shareholder whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the shares; or

 

  (c)

to the person and to the address as the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing.

Joint Shareholders

 

16.8

If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.

PART 17

AUDITOR

Remuneration

17.1    The directors may set the remuneration of any auditor of the Company.

PART 18

EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

Authority to Execute Instruments

 

18.1

The following persons have authority to execute and deliver and certify documents on behalf of the Company:

 

  (a)

such director, officer or other person(s) as are prescribed by resolution of the board;

 

  (b)

any two directors;

 

  (c)

if there is only one director, that director, alone; or

 

22


  (d)

the president, alone.

Seal

 

18.2

The Company’s seal, if any, shall not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signature or signatures of:

 

  (a)

any two directors;

 

  (b)

any officer, together with any director;

 

  (c)

if there is only one director, that director; or

 

  (d)

any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by resolution of the directors.

Certified Copies

 

18.3

For the purpose of certifying under seal a true copy of any resolution or other document, the seal shall be impressed on that copy and, notwithstanding Article 18.2, may be attested by the signature of any director or officer.

PART 19

NOTICES

Notice to Joint Shareholders

 

19.1

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a share by providing the notice to the joint shareholder whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share.

Trustees

 

19.2

If a person becomes entitled to a share as a result of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder, the Company may provide a notice, statement, report or other record to that person by:

 

  (a)

mailing the record, addressed to that person:

 

  (i)

by name, by the title of representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; and

 

  (ii)

at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled; or

 

23


  (b)

if an address referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred.

PART 20

RESTRICTION ON SHARE TRANSFER

Consent Required

 

20.1

Subject to Articles 22.2 and 22.11, no security of the Company, other than a non-convertible debt security, may be transferred without the consent of:

 

  (a)

the board of the Company, expressed by a resolution duly passed at a meeting of the directors;

 

  (b)

a majority of the directors of the Company, expressed by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by such directors;

 

  (c)

the holders of the voting shares of the Company, expressed by a resolution duly passed at a meeting of the holders of voting shares; or

 

  (d)

the holders of the voting shares of the Company representing a majority of the votes attached to all the voting shares, expressed by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by such holders.

 

20.2

Notwithstanding Article 20.1, a holder of Preferred Shares (as defined in Article 21.1(g)), including Common Shares (as defined in PART 23) issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares, may transfer such Preferred Shares (or Common Shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares) to its affiliates, including any other Person (as defined in Article 21.1(e)) who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such holder of Preferred Shares (or Common Shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares), or constituent partners, limited partners, general partners, retired partners, members, former members or shareholders in accordance with their partnership interest, membership interest or shareholdings in such Person, or a trust for the benefit of the foregoing, provided that each such transfer complies with the relevant provisions set forth in the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement.

 

24


PART 21

DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS

Definitions

 

21.1

For the purposes of this PART 21, the following definitions will apply:

 

  (a)

Change of Control” shall mean a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of related Persons, acquires from shareholders of the Company securities representing a majority of the voting power of the Company, excluding a Reorganization Transaction;

 

  (b)

Common Holder” shall means a holder of Common Shares;

 

  (c)

Common Shares” has the meaning given to such term in PART 23;

 

  (d)

Holders” shall mean the Common Holders and the Preferred Holders;

 

  (e)

Person” includes a natural person, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity;

 

  (f)

Preferred Holder” shall mean a holder of the Preferred Shares;

 

  (g)

Preferred Shares” shall mean the Series A1 Preferred Shares and the Series A2 Preferred Shares;

 

  (h)

Reorganization Transaction” means a transaction or series of related transactions (including but not limited to any merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement, recapitalization or other transaction) approved by the board (including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement) ( if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time) pursuant to which a Person (“Holdco”) (A) acquires all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company and the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco and (B) shareholders of the Company become shareholders of Holdco and hold shares of Holdco proportionate to their shareholdings in the Company and which have substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges as the shares of the Company previously held by such shareholders of the Company (as set forth in PARTS 23, 24, 25 and 26) other than as may be approved by the board (including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time);

 

  (i)

Sale of the Company” shall mean either: (a) a Change of Control; or (b) a transaction that qualifies as a “Deemed Liquidation Event” as defined in PART 25;

 

  (j)

Series A1 Preferred Shares” has the meaning given to such term in PART 25;

 

  (k)

Series A2 Preferred Shares” has the meaning given to such term in PART 26; and

 

  (l)

Voting Share” shall mean and include any securities of the Company the holders of which are entitled to vote for members of the board of directors, including the Common Shares, Preferred Shares and any Common Shares issued upon conversion thereof, as to which a Holder has or hereafter acquires beneficial ownership.

 

25


Actions to be Taken

 

21.2

In the event of: (A) a Sale of the Company where (i) the holders of 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares (the “Requisite Preferred Holders”), (ii) the board, and (iii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Shares (other than those issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) (the “Selling Holders” and, together with the Requisite Preferred Holders, the “Electing Holders”) approve such Sale of the Company in writing, specifying that this Article 21.2 shall apply to such transaction, or (B) a Reorganization Transaction where the Requisite Preferred Holders approve such Reorganization Transaction, then each Holder and the Company hereby agree:

 

  (a)

if such transaction requires shareholder approval, with respect to all Voting Shares that such Holder owns or over which such Holder otherwise exercises voting power, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) all Voting Shares in favor of, and adopt, such Sale of the Company or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable (together with any related amendment to these Articles required in order to implement such Sale of the Company or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable) and to vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate such Sale of the Company or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable;

 

  (b)

if such transaction is a share sale, to sell and be deemed to have sold the same proportion of Voting Shares beneficially held by such Holder as is being sold by the Electing Holders to the person or entity to whom the Electing Holders propose to sell their Voting Shares, and, except as permitted in Article 21.3 below, on the same terms and conditions as the Electing Holders;

 

  (c)

to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Sale of the Company or the Reorganization Transaction, as applicable as shall reasonably be requested by the Company or the Electing Holders in order to carry out the terms and provision of this Article 21.2, including executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of impermissible liens, claims and encumbrances) and any similar or related documents, provided that the University of British Columbia (“UBC”) shall not be subject to any indemnification obligations whatsoever in connection with any sale of its respective Common Shares;

 

  (d)

not to deposit, and to cause their affiliates not to deposit, except as provided in these Articles, any Voting Shares owned by such party or affiliate in a voting trust or subject any such Voting Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Voting Shares, unless specifically requested to do so by the acquiror in connection with the Sale of the Company or the Reorganization Transaction, as applicable;

 

26


  (e)

to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Sale of the Company or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable;

 

  (f)

if the consideration to be paid pursuant to this Article 21.2 includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Holder would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (y) the provision to any Holder of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Holder in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Voting Shares held by such Holder which would have otherwise been sold by such Holder, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the securities which such Holder would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for such Voting Shares;

 

  (g)

in the event that the Electing Holders, in connection with such Sale of the Company, or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable, appoint a shareholder representative (the “Shareholder Representative”) with respect to matters affecting the Holders under the applicable definitive transaction agreements following consummation of such Sale of the Company or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable, (A) to consent to (x) the appointment of such Shareholder Representative, (y) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (z) the payment of such Holder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Shareholder Representative in connection with such Shareholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Sale of the Company or such Reorganization Transaction, as applicable, and its related service as the representative of the Holders, and (B) not to assert any claim or commence any suit against the Shareholder Representative or any other Holder with respect to any action or inaction taken or failed to be taken by the Shareholder Representative in connection with its service as the Shareholder Representative, absent fraud or willful misconduct; and

 

  (h)

in the event of a Reorganization Transaction, the Company, Holdco and the shareholders agree to adopt and enter into a voting agreement, a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and an investor rights agreement between Holdco and the shareholders, in a form approved by the board (including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time) (the “Holdco Investor Agreements”), each of which will have substantially the same terms and conditions as the respective voting agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and investor rights agreement other than as may be approved by the board (including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time), each as amended and restated, to which the Company and certain shareholders of the Company are a party (the “Company Investor Agreements”), which Holdco Investor Agreements shall replace each such existing Company Investor Agreements and the Company Investor Agreements shall terminate pursuant to their terms upon the closing of such Reorganization Transaction.

 

27


Exceptions

 

21.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder will not be required to comply with Article 21.2 above in connection with any proposed Sale of the Company (the “Proposed Sale”) unless:

 

  (a)

any representations and warranties to be made by such Holder in connection with the Sale of the Company are limited to representations and warranties related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to such Voting Shares and residency of the Holders for tax purposes, including, but not limited to, representations and warranties that (A) the Holder holds all right, title and interest in and to the Voting Shares such Holder purports to hold, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (B) the obligations of the Holder in connection with the transaction have been duly authorized, if applicable, (C) the documents to be entered into by the Holder have been duly executed by the Holder and delivered to the acquiror and are enforceable against the Holder in accordance with their respective terms; and (D) neither the execution and delivery of documents to be entered into in connection with the transaction, nor the performance of the Holder’s obligations thereunder, will cause a breach or violation of the terms of any agreement, law or judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental agency, in each case, to which such Holder is subject;

 

  (b)

the Holder is not required to agree (unless such Holder is a Company officer or employee) to any restrictive covenant in connection with the Proposed Sale (including without limitation any covenant not to compete or covenant not to solicit customers, employees or suppliers of any party to the Proposed Sale);

 

  (c)

the Holder and its affiliates shall not be required to amend, extend or terminate any contractual or other relationship with the Company, the acquirer or their respective affiliates, except that the Holder may be required to agree to terminate the investment-related documents between or among such Holder, the Company and/or the other shareholders of the Company;

 

  (d)

the Holder shall not be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other person in connection with the Sale of the Company, other than the Company (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any Holder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all shareholders);

 

28


  (e)

the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Holder in the Proposed Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company or its shareholders in connection with such Proposed Sale, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any shareholder of any identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all shareholders), and, subject to the provisions of these Articles related to the allocation of the escrow, as amended, is pro rata in proportion to, and does not exceed, the amount of consideration paid to such Holder in connection with such Proposed Sale, except with respect to claims related to fraud by such Holder, the liability for which need not be limited as to such Holder;

 

  (f)

liability shall be limited to such Holder’s (other than UBC’s) applicable share (determined based on the respective proceeds payable to each shareholder in connection with such Proposed Sale in accordance with the provisions of these Articles) of a negotiated aggregate indemnification amount that applies equally to all shareholders but that in no event exceeds the amount of consideration otherwise payable to such Holder in connection with such Proposed Sale, except with respect to claims related to fraud by such Holder, the liability for which need not be limited as to such Holder; and

 

  (g)

upon the consummation of the Proposed Sale, (1) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s shares will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of shares, (2) each holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such Series A1 Preferred Shares as is received by other holders in respect of their Series A1 Preferred Shares, (3) each holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such Series A2 Preferred Shares as is received by other holders in respect of their Series A2 Preferred Shares, (4) each holder of Common Shares will receive the same amount of consideration per Common Share as is received by other holders in respect of their Common Shares, and (5) unless the holders of at least 67% of the Preferred Shares then outstanding elect to receive a lesser amount by written notice given to the Company at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of any such Proposed Sale, the aggregate consideration receivable by all holders of the Preferred Shares and Common Shares shall be allocated among the holders of Preferred Shares and Common Shares on the basis of the relative liquidation preferences to which the holders of Preferred Shares and the holders of Common Shares are entitled in these Articles for a Sale of the Company.

 

29


Restrictions on Sales of Control of the Company

 

21.4

No Common Holders shall be a party to any Change of Control unless all holders of Preferred Shares are allowed to participate in such transaction and the consideration received pursuant to such transaction is allocated among the parties thereto in the manner specified in these Articles in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control (as if such transaction were a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined in PART 25), unless the holders of at least 67% of the Preferred Shares then outstanding elect otherwise by written notice given to the Company at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction or series of related transactions.

PART 22

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE

Definitions

 

22.1

For the purposes of this PART 22, the following definitions will apply:

 

  (a)

Change of Control” shall mean a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of related Persons, acquires from shareholders of the Company securities representing a majority of the voting power of the Company, excluding a Reorganization Transaction;

 

  (b)

Common Holder” shall means a holder of Common Shares;

 

  (c)

Common Shares” has the meaning given to such term in PART 23;

 

  (d)

Person” includes a natural person, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity;

 

  (e)

Preferred Holder” shall mean a holder of the Preferred Shares;

 

  (f)

Preferred Shares” shall mean the Series A1 Preferred Shares and the Series A2 Preferred Shares;

 

  (g)

Reorganization Transaction” means a transaction or series of related transactions (including but not limited to any merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement, recapitalization or other transaction) approved by the board (including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement) ( if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time) pursuant to which a Person (“Holdco”) (A) acquires all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company and the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco and (B) shareholders of the Company become shareholders of Holdco and hold shares of Holdco proportionate to their shareholdings in the Company and which have substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges as the shares of the Company previously held by such shareholders of the Company (as set forth in PARTS 23, 24, 25 and 26) other than as may be approved by the board (including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time);

 

30


  (h)

Sale of the Company” shall mean either: (a) a Change of Control; or (b) a transaction that qualifies as a “Deemed Liquidation Event” as defined in PART 25;

 

  (i)

Series A1 Preferred Shares” has the meaning given to such term in PART 25; and

 

  (j)

Series A2 Preferred Shares” has the meaning given to such term in PART 26.

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares; Grant

 

22.2

Before any Common Shares (other than Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares) now or hereafter held by any Common Holder (sometimes referred to herein as a “Selling Common Holder”) may be sold, assigned, encumbered, pledged, transferred or otherwise disposed of (a “Transfer”), the Selling Common Holder shall first comply with the conditions set forth in this PART 22 pursuant to which it has granted to each Preferred Holder holding at least 200,000 Preferred Shares (each, a “Major Investor”) (i) a right of first refusal (subject to the prior right of the Company) on the terms described in this PART 22, and (ii) a right of co-sale (subject to the Selling Common Holder being a Key Holder) on the terms described in this PART 22. The Selling Common Holder must certify to the Company that any Transfer of Common Shares was made in accordance with the terms of these Articles and the Company can rely on such certification to record such Transfer on the books of the Company. No Common Holder or transferee shall Transfer any Common Shares or any other securities issued in respect of such shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, merger or similar event, to a Competitor. “Competitor” shall mean, upon the advice of counsel, any Person that is primarily engaged in or actively participates in any activity or line of business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries then engages or participates in, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor; notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, in no event shall (a) DCVC Bio, L.P. or any of its affiliates, (b) OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP or any of its affiliates, or (c) Eli Lilly and Company or any of its affiliates, be deemed a Competitor. “Key Holder” shall mean a Common Holder who holds at least 1% of the outstanding Common Shares.

 

31


Right of First Refusal on Common Shares; Notice of Proposed Transfer

 

22.3

If a Selling Common Holder proposes to Transfer any of his, her or its Common Shares, the Selling Common Holder shall deliver to the Company and the Major Investors prompt written notice (the “Common Sale Notice”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such Transfer. The Common Sale Notice shall state in reasonable detail: (i) the Selling Common Holder’s bona fide intention to Transfer such Common Shares (the “Offered Common Shares”); (ii) the number of Offered Common Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee and the identity of each such proposed transferee, if known; and (iii) the bona fide cash price or other consideration and other terms under which the Selling Common Holder proposes to Transfer the Offered Common Shares (the “Offered Common Price”), and the Selling Common Holder shall offer the Offered Common Shares at the Offered Common Price to the Company and the Major Investors. The Common Sale Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer, if any then exist. In the event that the Transfer is being made pursuant to the provisions of Article 22.11, the Common Sale Notice shall state under which clause of Article 22.11 the Transfer is being made.

Exercise of Right of First Refusal by the Company

 

22.4

At any time within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Common Sale Notice, the Company may, by giving written notice to the Selling Common Holder and each Major Investor, elect to purchase any or all of the Offered Common Shares, at the Common Purchase Price determined in accordance with Article 0 below.

Exercise of Right of First Refusal by a Major Investor

 

22.5

If the Company does not choose to purchase all of the Offered Common Shares (such remaining shares, the “Residual Common Shares”) within fifteen (15) days after the date of the Common Sale Notice, each Major Investor may elect by giving written notice (the “Major Investor Election Notice”) to the Selling Common Holder and the Company within twenty (20) days after the date of the Common Sale Notice either (i) to purchase its Pro Rata Common Share (as defined below) of the Residual Common Shares at the Common Purchase Price determined in accordance with Article 0 or (ii) if and only to the extent the Selling Common Holder is a Key Holder, to exercise its co-sale right as provided in Article 22.9 below. Any Major Investor may indicate in the Major Investor Election Notice that such party desires to purchase or sell a stated amount of the Offered Common Shares in excess of its Pro Rata Common Share. If the total number of shares a Major Investor offers to purchase exceeds the number of Residual Common Shares, each such party shall be entitled to purchase, at the Offered Common Price, such party’s Pro Rata Common Share of the Residual Common Shares, with any remaining amount of Residual Common Shares to be allocated proportionately among the fully participating purchasers in accordance with their Major Investor Election Notice and relative respective Pro Rata Common Shares. For purposes of these Articles, a Major Investor’s “Pro Rata Common Share” is the ratio that the number of Common Shares (assuming conversion of any securities convertible into Common Shares) held by such Major Investor to the total number of Common Shares (assuming conversion of any securities convertible into Common Shares) held by all Major Investors in the aggregate.

 

32


Purchase Price

 

22.6

The purchase price (“Common Purchase Price”) for the Offered Common Shares purchased by the Company or Major Investors shall be the Offered Common Price (subject, in the case of the Company, to any rights the Company may have under any share purchase or restriction agreement to purchase all or some of such Offered Common Shares at a lower price). If the Offered Common Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the board in good faith.

Payment

 

22.7

Payment of the Common Purchase Price shall be made, (i) at the option of the Company or the Major Investors, as the case may be, in cash (by certified check or wire transfer of available funds), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Selling Common Holder, or by any combination thereof and (ii) at the option of the Company or the Major Investors, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after the date of the Common Sale Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Common Sale Notice, if any.

Selling Common Holder’s Right to Transfer

 

22.8

To the extent all of the Offered Common Shares proposed in the Common Sale Notice to be transferred are not purchased by the Company or the Major Investors as provided herein, the Selling Common Holder may Transfer the remaining Offered Common Shares not purchased at the Offered Common Price or at a higher price and on the terms specified in the Common Sale Notice; provided that such Transfer (i) complies with the provisions of this PART 22 with respect to co-sale rights if such Selling Common Holder is a Key Holder, (ii) is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Common Sale Notice, (iii) is in accordance with all the terms of these Articles and all other agreements between the Selling Common Holder and the Company, and (iv) is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws. If the Offered Common Shares described in the Common Sale Notice are not so transferred within such period, a new Common Sale Notice shall be given to the Company and the Major Investors, and the Company and the Major Investors shall again be offered a right of first refusal and co-sale right pursuant to this PART 22 before any Offered Common Shares held by the Selling Common Holder may be Transferred.

 

33


Co-Sale Right Among Major Investors

 

22.9

To the extent (i) the Company and the Major Investors fail to exercise their right of first refusal pursuant to this PART 22 with respect to all of the Offered Common Shares, and (ii) the Selling Common Holder is a Key Holder, any Major Investor who delivers a Major Investor Election Notice pursuant to Article 22.5 above indicating an election to exercise such party’s right of co-sale (a “Selling Major Investor”) shall then have the right to participate on a pro rata basis to sell up to the number of Common Shares it has indicated for co-sale in the Major Investor Election Notice. Each Selling Major Investor shall be entitled to sell all or any part of such Selling Major Investor’s Common Shares specified in their Major Investor Election Notice equal to such party’s Pro Rata Common Co-Sale Share (as defined below) of the Residual Common Shares. For purposes of these Articles, a Selling Major Investor’s “Pro Rata Common Co-Sale Share” is the ratio that the number of Common Shares (assuming conversion of any securities convertible into Common Shares) held by such Selling Major Investor to the total number of Common Shares (assuming conversion of any securities convertible into Common Shares) of the Company held by the Selling Common Holder and the Selling Major Investors in the aggregate. To the extent one or more of the Selling Major Investors exercise such right of participation, the number of Common Shares that the Selling Common Holder may Transfer shall be correspondingly reduced.

Closing

 

22.10

The participating Selling Major Investors shall enter into an agreement with the proposed investor on terms and conditions substantially similar to those in the agreement entered into by the Selling Common Holder, providing representations and warranties and other terms and conditions agreed to by the Selling Common Holder. To the extent that any prospective investor or investors refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Selling Major Investor exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, the Selling Common Holder shall not sell to such prospective investor or investors any Common Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Selling Common Holder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Selling Major Investor for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Transfer described in the Common Sale Notice. Any Selling Major Investor exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder may convert into Common Shares such number of shares of Preferred Shares it has indicated for co-sale in the Major Investor Election Notice, conditional upon closing.

Limitations on Common Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Right

 

22.11

The restrictions on the Common Holders set forth in this PART 22 shall not apply where the Transfer of Common Shares by such Common Holder is:

 

  (a)

to the Common Holder’s spouse or the parents, grandparents, siblings, children or grandchildren, of the Common Holder or Common Holder’s spouse, or to a custodian, trustee or other fiduciary for the account of the Common Holder or the members of the Common Holder’s family described in this Article 22.11(a) in connection with an estate planning transaction;

 

  (b)

by way of a “Reorganization Transaction” (as defined in Article 22.1);

 

  (c)

by way of gift or donation in the current calendar year in aggregate amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of the number of Common Shares held by the Common Holder as at the end of the last calendar year (which amount shall not be cumulative);

 

  (d)

by way of bequest or inheritance upon death;

 

34


  (e)

to the Company in connection with any repurchase of Common Shares held by a Common Holder by the Company pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such Common Shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as termination of employment, or in connection with the exercise by the Company of any rights of first refusal;

 

  (f)

by involuntary Transfer by operation of law;

 

  (g)

by UBC (A) to a society if UBC has the exclusive right to control the membership of such society, and (B) to any Person employed by UBC who has, in the judgment of UBC, made a contribution to any intellectual property licensed by UBC to the Company on December 16, 2013; or

 

  (h)

by a Key Holder of up to 10% of the number of Common Shares held by such Key Holder as of the date that such Key Holder first became party to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

PART 23

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHED TO COMMON SHARES

 

23.1

The Common Shares Without Par Value (the “Common Shares”) have attached to them the special rights and restrictions set out in this PART 23.

Dividends

 

23.2

Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of a Common Share is entitled, as such, to receive, on the date fixed for payment thereof, and the Company will pay thereon, such dividends as the directors may in their sole and absolute discretion declare from time to time out of the money or other property of the Company properly applicable to the payment of dividends.

 

23.3

No holder of a Common Share will be entitled, as such, to any dividend other than or in excess of the dividends, if any, declared pursuant to Article 23.2.

 

23.4

The directors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, declare and pay or set apart for payment dividends on the Common Shares independently of any dividend on, and without also declaring or paying or setting apart for payment any dividend (whether or not of a similar amount) on, any one or more other classes of shares in the Company and may, in their sole and absolute discretion, declare and pay or set apart for payment dividends on shares of any one or more classes of shares in the Company other than the Common Shares independently of any dividend on, and without also declaring or paying or setting apart for payment any dividend (whether or not of a similar amount) on, the Common Shares.

 

35


Winding Up

 

23.5

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or other distribution of property or assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, no amount will be paid and no property or asset of the Company will be distributed to the holders of the Common Shares, as such, until the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares and any other class or series of shares entitled to receive assets of the Company upon such a distribution in priority to the holders of the Common Shares, as such, have first received from the property and assets of the Company the amount to which they are entitled pursuant to these Articles, but thereafter, the holders of the Common Shares will be entitled to all remaining property and assets of the Company on a share for share basis.

Votes

 

23.6

Each holder of a Common Share, as such, is entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company and is entitled to one vote for each such share held.

PART 24

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHED TO

CLASS A PREFERRED SHARES

 

24.1

The Class A Preferred Shares Without Par Value (the “Class A Preferred Shares”) have attached to them, as a class, the special rights and restrictions set out in this PART 24.

Directors’ Authority to Issue in One or More Series

 

24.2

The Class A Preferred Shares may include one or more series of shares and subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act, the directors may, by resolution, if none of the shares of any particular series are issued, alter the Articles of the Company and authorize the alteration to the Notice of Articles of the Company, as the case may be, to:

 

  (a)

determine the maximum number of shares of that series that the Company is authorized to issue, determine that there is no such maximum number, or alter any such determination;

 

  (b)

create an identifying name by which the share of that series may be identified, or alter any such identifying name; and

 

  (c)

attach special rights and restrictions to the shares of that series, or alter any such special rights and restrictions.

 

36


Votes

 

24.3

Each holder of a Class A Preferred Share, as such, is entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company and is entitled to one vote for each such share held.

DATED: March 23, 2020.

 

/s/ Véronique Lecault

Signature of Director
Name of Director: Véronique Lecault

 

37


PART 25

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHED TO

SERIES A1 PREFERRED SHARES

 

25.1

The Series A1 Preferred Shares (the “Series A1 Preferred Shares”) have attached to them the special rights and restrictions set out in this PART 25.

Payment of Dividends

 

25.2

The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of the Company (other than dividends on Common Shares payable in Common Shares) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Articles) the holders of the Series A1 Preferred Shares then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding Series A1 Preferred Share, on a pari passu basis with the holders of the Series A2 Preferred Shares, in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Shares or any class or series of shares of the Company that is convertible into Common Shares, that dividend per Series A1 Preferred Share as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Shares and (B) the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of a Series A1 Preferred Share, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series of shares of the Company that is not convertible into Common Shares, at a rate per Series A1 Preferred Share determined by (A)    dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series by the original issuance price of such class or series (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A1 Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Company declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of shares of the Company, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares under this Article 25.2 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of shares of the Company that would result in the highest Series A1 Preferred Shares dividend. The “Series A1 Original Issue Price” means CDN$4.75 per Series A1 Preferred Share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A1 Preferred Shares.


Participation upon Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up

 

25.3

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares then outstanding are entitled, on a pari passu basis with the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares, to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders before any payment is made to the holders of Common Shares, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A1 Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all Series A1 Preferred Shares been converted into Common Shares under Article

 

25.12

immediately before such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or Deemed Liquidation Event (this amount payable is referred to as the “Series A1 Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders are insufficient to pay the holders of the Series A1 Preferred Shares and the Series A2 Preferred Shares (the “Preferred Shares”) the full amount to which they are entitled under Articles 25.3 to 25.9 and 26.3 to 26.9, the holders of the Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the Preferred Shares upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such Series A1 Preferred Shares were paid in full.

 

25.4

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares, pari passu with the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders shall be distributed among the holders of Common Shares, pro rata based on the number of Common Shares held by each holder.

 

25.5

Each of the following is a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of at least 67% of the outstanding Preferred Shares elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company at least ten (10) days before the effective date of any such event:

 

  (a)

any merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement or other transaction involving the Company and any other Company or other entity or person in which the persons who were the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement or other transaction own less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting shares of the surviving or continuing entity after such merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement or other transaction;

 

  (b)

the sale, exchange or transfer by the Company’s shareholders, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of all of the voting shares of the Company; and

 

  (c)

the sale or exclusive license of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Reorganization Transaction will not be considered a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

25.6

The Company may not effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Article 25.5(a) unless the agreement or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Company shall be allocated among the holders of shares of the Company in accordance with Articles 25.3, 25.4 26.3 and 26.4.

 

- 2 -


25.7

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Article 25.5(a) or 25.5(c), if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company within 90 days after the Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) under the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such Series A1 Preferred Shares, and (iii)    if the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares, so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than 120 days after the Deemed Liquidation Event, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for the Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders, all to the extent permitted by law (the “Available Proceeds”), on the 150th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem, on a pari passu basis with all outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares, all outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A1 Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of such a redemption, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Preferred Shares, the Company shall ratably redeem, on a pari passu basis with the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares, each holder’s Series A1 Preferred Shares to the fullest extent of the Available Proceeds and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so. Before such distribution or redemption, the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for the Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event or to pay or discharge any liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed.

 

25.8

The amount deemed paid or distributed to the shareholders of the Company upon any such amalgamation, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Company or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.

 

25.9

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event under Article 25.5(a), if any portion of the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Company is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the agreement or other documents for such transaction shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Articles 25.3, 25.4, 26.3 and 26.4 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration that becomes payable to the shareholders of the Company upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Articles 25.3, 25.4, 26.3 and 26.4 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Article 25.9, consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event is deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

- 3 -


Voting Rights

 

25.10

On any matter presented to the shareholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of shareholders of the Company (or by written consent of shareholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the Series A1 Preferred Shares held by the holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Articles, holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Common Shares and the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares as a single class.

 

25.11

Preferred Share Protective Provisions. At any time when Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Shares) are outstanding, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Articles) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote is null and of no force or effect:

 

  (a)

amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Articles or Notice of Articles of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

  (b)

reclassify, reorganize, exchange, cancel or recapitalize any of the outstanding capital of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

  (c)

issue or obligate itself to issue any preferred shares, including any as-yet-unauthorized class or series of preferred shares, other than Series A2 Preferred Shares pursuant to that certain Investment Agreement between the Company and certain investors dated March 23, 2020;

 

  (d)

make any change to the Company’s stock option plan or create any new stock option plans or other incentive plans;

 

  (e)

make any change to the number of directors of the board;

 

  (f)

take any proceedings with a view to the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the corporate existence of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

  (g)

sell, lease, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Company and its subsidiaries (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

- 4 -


  (h)

pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of the Company;

 

  (i)

purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) (i) any Preferred Shares or (ii) any Common Shares; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of any Common Shares or Preferred Shares from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to any right of first refusal in favour of the Company;

 

  (j)

incur aggregate indebtedness or related liabilities, including loans, guarantees of third party indebtedness or granting of security for indebtedness over the Company’s assets in excess of CDN$250,000, other than indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company (unless otherwise approved by the Company’s board of directors, including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement) (if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time); or .

 

  (k)

enter into any transaction, agreement or arrangement with an affiliate or founder of the Company (except for employment or consulting arrangements in the ordinary course of business of the Company).

Optional Conversion

 

25.12

The holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares have conversion rights as follows (the “Series A1 Conversion Rights”):

Right to Convert.

 

  (a)

Each Series A1 Preferred Share may be converted, at the option of its holder, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by its holder, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares as is determined by dividing the Series A1 Original Issue Price by the Series A1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to CDN$4.75. Such initial Series A1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which Series A1 Preferred Shares may be converted into Common Shares, are subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

  (b)

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Series A1 Conversion Rights terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares.

 

- 5 -


  (c)

No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of Series A1 Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a Common Share as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series A1 Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Common Shares and the aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

- 6 -


Mechanics of Conversion.

 

  (d)

In order for a holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares to voluntarily convert Series A1 Preferred Shares into Common Shares, such holder shall (a) provide written notice at the principal office of the Company (or to the Company’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A1 Preferred Shares if the Company appoints such a transfer agent) that the holder elects to convert all or any number of the holder’s Series A1 Preferred Shares and, if applicable, any event on which the conversion is contingent and (b) if the holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for the Series A1 Preferred Shares (or, if the registered holder alleges that the certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A1 Preferred Shares (or at the principal office of the Company if the Company serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state the holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which the holder wishes the Common Shares to be issued. If required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly signed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Company if the Company serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Series A1 Conversion Time”), and the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the specified Series A1 Preferred Shares will be deemed to be outstanding of record as of that date. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the Series A1 Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to the holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable upon such conversion in accordance with these provisions and a certificate for the number (if any) of Series A1 Preferred Shares represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Shares, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Article 25.12(c) in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A1 Preferred Shares converted.

 

  (e)

The Company shall at all times when Series A1 Preferred Shares are outstanding, but only if the authorized number of Common Shares that the Company may issue is not unlimited, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A1 Preferred Shares, such number of its duly authorized Common Shares as are from time to time sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares, the Company shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Notice of Articles and Articles.

 

- 7 -


  (f)

All Series A1 Preferred Shares duly surrendered for conversion will no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares will immediately cease and terminate at the Series A1 Conversion Time, except only the right of their holders to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Article 25.12(c) and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

 

  (g)

Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A1 Preferred Shares surrendered for conversion or on the Common Shares delivered upon conversion.

Adjustments to Series A1 Conversion Price for Diluting Issues

 

25.13

The following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a)

Additional Shares” means all Common Shares issued (or, under Article 25.14 below, deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Series A1 Original Issue Date, other than Exempt Securities.

 

  (b)

Convertible Securities” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, but excluding Options.

 

  (c)

Exempt Securities” means the following Common Shares and Common Shares deemed issued under the following Options and Convertible Securities of the Company:

 

  (i)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued upon conversion of any Preferred Share, or as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Shares;

 

  (ii)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, share split, split-up or other distribution on the Common Shares that is covered by Article 25.19, 25.20, 25.21 or 25.22;

 

  (iii)

Common Shares or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to any stock option or equity incentive plan unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors;

 

  (iv)

Common Shares issued upon conversion of any Convertible Securities and Options outstanding as of the Series A1 Original Issue Date;

 

- 8 -


  (v)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, under a debt financing, equipment leasing or real or immovable property leasing transaction unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities);

 

  (vi)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services under transactions unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities);

 

  (vii)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued (A) under the acquisition of another company by the Company by amalgamation, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities), or (B) in connection with the Reorganization Transaction; or

 

  (viii)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities).

 

  (d)

Option” means rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

  (e)

Series A1 Original Issue Date” means the date on which the first Series A1 Preferred Share was issued.

 

25.14

If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Series A1 Original Issue Date issues Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities that are themselves Exempt Securities) or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the relating instrument, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any of its provisions for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, will be deemed to be Additional Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date has been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

- 9 -


  (a)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price under Article 25.15, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment under such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms under anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (a) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of the Option or Convertible Security or (b) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A1 Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of the Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A1 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of the Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment under this clause (a) shall increase the Series A1 Conversion Price to an amount that exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of the Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series A1 Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares as a result of the issuance of the Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

  (b)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities that are themselves Exempt Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price under Article 25.15 (either because the consideration per share (determined under Article 25.16) of the Additional Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A1 Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series A1 Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series A1 Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment under such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms under anti-dilution or similar provisions of the Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (a) any increase in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of the Option or Convertible Security or (b) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Article 25.14 will be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

  (c)

Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) that resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price under Article 25.15, the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series A1 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

- 10 -


  (d)

If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time the Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price under this Article 25.14 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (a) and (b) of this Article 25.14). If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time the Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price that would result under this Article 25.14 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

25.15

If the Company, at any time after the Series A1 Original Issue Date, issues Additional Shares (including Additional Shares deemed to be issued under Article 25.14), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such issue, then the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) / (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

“CP2” = the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares

“CP1” = the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such issue of Additional Shares;

“A” = the number of Common Shares deemed to be outstanding immediately before such issue of Additional Shares (treating for this purpose as outstanding all Common Shares, all outstanding Preferred Shares on an as-converted basis, all outstanding Options on an as-exercised basis and all outstanding Convertible Securities on an as-exchanged or as-converted basis);

 

- 11 -


“B” = the number of Common Shares that would have been issued if such Additional Shares had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Company in respect of such issue by CP1); and

“C” = the number of such Additional Shares issued in such transaction.

 

25.16

For purposes of Articles 25.13 to 25.24, the consideration received by the Company for the issue of any Additional Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

  (a)

Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

if it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

if it consists of property other than cash, be computed at its fair market value at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors; and

 

  (iii)

if Additional Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration that covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses ((i)) and ((ii)) above, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors.

 

  (b)

Options and Convertible Securities: The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares deemed to have been issued under Article 25.14, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the relating instruments, without regard to any of its provision for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of the Options or the conversion or exchange of the Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of the Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

- 12 -


25.17

No adjustment in the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares.

 

25.18

If the Company issues on more than one date Additional Shares that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A1 Conversion Price under Article 25.15, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

25.19

If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A1 Original Issue Date, subdivides the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such class be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A1 Original Issue Date, combines the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such class be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. Any adjustment under this Article shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

25.20

If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A1 Original Issue Date, makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Shares in additional Common Shares, then and in each such event the Series A1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A1 Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

  (a)

the numerator of which is the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

  (b)

the denominator of which is the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

- 13 -


Notwithstanding the foregoing (A) if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A1 Conversion Price shall be adjusted under this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (B) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of Common Shares in a number equal to the number of Common Shares as they would have received if all outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

25.21

If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A1 Original Issue Date, makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company (other than a distribution of Common Shares in respect of outstanding Common Shares) or in other property and Article 25.2 does not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares shall receive, pari passu with the holders of the Series A2 Preferred Shares and simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Shares, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

25.22

If any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or amalgamation occurs involving the Company in which the Common Shares (but not the Series A1 Preferred Shares) are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than the Reorganization Transaction or a transaction covered by Articles 25.15, 25.20 or 25.21), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or amalgamation, each Series A1 Preferred Share shall be convertible in lieu of the Common Shares into which it was convertible before such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of one Series A1 Preferred Share immediately before such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or amalgamation would have been entitled to receive under such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors) shall be made in the application of Articles 25.12 and 25.13 with respect to the rights and interests of the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares, to the end that Articles 25.12 and 25.13 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A1 Conversion Price) shall be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A1 Preferred Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Article 25.22 prevents the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares from seeking any dissent rights to which they are otherwise entitled under law in connection with an amalgamation triggering an adjustment, nor is this Article 25.22 conclusive evidence of the fair value of the Series A1 Preferred Shares in any such dissent-right proceeding.

 

- 14 -


25.23

Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A1 Conversion Price under Articles 25.12 and/or 25.13, the Company at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than within ten (10) business days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A1 Preferred Shares is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares (but in any event not later than within ten (10) business days), furnish or cause to be furnished to the holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A1 Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property that then would be received upon the conversion of the Series A1 Preferred Shares.

 

25.24

In the event:

 

  (a)

the Company takes a record of the holders of Common Shares (or other shares or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A1 Preferred Shares) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

  (b)

of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the Common Shares of the Company, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

  (c)

of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

then, and in each such case, the Company shall send or cause to be sent to the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Shares (or such other securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A1 Preferred Shares) are entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or such other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A1 Preferred Shares and the Common Shares. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) business days before the record date or effective date for the event specified in the notice.

 

- 15 -


Mandatory Conversion

 

25.25

Upon either (i) the closing of the sale of Common Shares to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or a prospectus filed with a securities commission or authority in any of the provinces or territories of Canada resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least US$70,000,000, or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (A) all outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Common Shares, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated under Article 25.12(a) and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

 

25.26

All holders of record of Series A1 Preferred Shares shall be sent written notice of the Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series A1 Preferred Shares under Article 25.25 and this Article 25.26. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly signed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A1 Preferred Shares converted under Article 25.25, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Shares), will terminate at the Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of their holder or holders to surrender any certificates at or before such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Article 25.26. As soon as practicable after the Series A1 Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A1 Preferred Shares, the Company shall (a) issue and deliver to their holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with these provisions and (b) pay cash as provided in Article 25.12(c) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Shares otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A1 Preferred Shares converted.

 

- 16 -


Waiver

 

25.27

Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A1 Preferred Shares may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 67% of the Series A1 Preferred Shares then outstanding (unless otherwise specified in this Part 25 or in the Articles).

Notices

 

25.28

Any notice required or permitted by these provisions to be given to a holder of Series A1 Preferred Shares shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Company, or given by electronic communication, and will be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

- 17 -


PART 26

SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ATTACHED TO

SERIES A2 PREFERRED SHARES

 

26.1

The Series A2 Preferred Shares (the “Series A2 Preferred Shares”) have attached to them the special rights and restrictions set out in this PART 26.

Payment of Dividends

 

26.2

The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of the Company (other than dividends on Common Shares payable in Common Shares) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Articles) the holders of the Series A2 Preferred Shares then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding Series A2 Preferred Share, on a pari passu basis with the holders of the Series A1 Preferred Shares, in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Shares or any class or series of shares of the Company that is convertible into Common Shares, that dividend per Series A2 Preferred Share as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Shares and (B) the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of a Series A2 Preferred Share, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series of shares of the Company that is not convertible into Common Shares, at a rate per Series A2 Preferred Share determined by (A)    dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series by the original issuance price of such class or series (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A2 Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Company declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of shares of the Company, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares under this Article 26.2 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of shares of the Company that would result in the highest Series A2 Preferred Shares dividend. The “Series A2 Original Issue Price” means CDN$16.722 per Series A2 Preferred Share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A2 Preferred Shares.


Participation upon Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up

 

26.3

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares then outstanding are entitled, on a pari passu basis with the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares, to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders before any payment is made to the holders of Common Shares, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A2 Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all Series A2 Preferred Shares been converted into Common Shares under Article

 

26.12

immediately before such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or Deemed Liquidation Event (this amount payable is referred to as the “Series A2 Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders are insufficient to pay the holders of the Preferred Shares the full amount to which they are entitled under Articles 25.3 to 25.9 and 26.3 to 26.9, the holders of the Preferred Shares shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the Preferred Shares upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such Series A2 Preferred Shares were paid in full.

 

26.4

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares, pari passu with the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders shall be distributed among the holders of Common Shares, pro rata based on the number of Common Shares held by each holder.

 

26.5

Each of the following is a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of at least 67% of the outstanding Preferred Shares elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company at least ten (10) days before the effective date of any such event:

 

  (a)

any merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement or other transaction involving the Company and any other Company or other entity or person in which the persons who were the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement or other transaction own less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting shares of the surviving or continuing entity after such merger, amalgamation, reorganization, arrangement or other transaction;

 

  (b)

the sale, exchange or transfer by the Company’s shareholders, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of all of the voting shares of the Company; and

 

  (c)

the sale or exclusive license of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Reorganization Transaction will not be considered a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

26.6

The Company may not effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Article 26.5(a) unless the agreement or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Company shall be allocated among the holders of shares of the Company in accordance with Articles 25.3, 25.4, 26.3 and 26.4.

 

- 2 -


26.7

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Article 26.5(a) or 26.5(c), if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company within 90 days after the Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) under the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such Series A2 Preferred Shares, and (iii) if the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than 120 days after the Deemed Liquidation Event, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for the Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders, all to the extent permitted by law (the “Available Proceeds”), on the 150th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem, on a pari passu basis with all outstanding Series A1 Preferred Shares, all outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A2 Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of such a redemption, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Preferred Shares, the Company shall ratably redeem, on a pari passu basis with the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares, each holder’s Series A2 Preferred Shares to the fullest extent of the Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so. Before such distribution or redemption, the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for the Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event or to pay or discharge any liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed.

 

26.8

The amount deemed paid or distributed to the shareholders of the Company upon any such amalgamation, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Company or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.

 

26.9

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event under Article 26.5(a), if any portion of the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Company is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the agreement or other documents for such transaction shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Articles 25.3, 25.4, 26.3 and 26.4 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration that becomes payable to the shareholders of the Company upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Articles 25.3, 25.4, 26.3 and 26.4 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Article 26.9, consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with the Deemed Liquidation Event is deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

- 3 -


Voting Rights

 

26.10

On any matter presented to the shareholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of shareholders of the Company (or by written consent of shareholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the Series A2 Preferred Shares held by the holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Articles, holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Common Shares and the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares as a single class.

 

26.11

Preferred Share Protective Provisions. At any time when Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Shares) are outstanding, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Articles) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote is null and of no force or effect:

 

  (a)

amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Articles or Notice of Articles of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

  (b)

reclassify, reorganize, exchange, cancel or recapitalize any of the outstanding capital of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

  (c)

issue or obligate itself to issue any preferred shares, including any as-yet-unauthorized class or series of preferred shares, other than Series A2 Preferred Shares issued pursuant to that certain Investment Agreement between the Company and certain investors dated March 23, 2020;

 

  (d)

make any change to the Company’s stock option plan or create any new stock option plans or other incentive plans;

 

  (e)

make any change to the number of directors of the board;

 

  (f)

take any proceedings with a view to the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the corporate existence of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

  (g)

sell, lease, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Company and its subsidiaries (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

- 4 -


  (h)

pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of the Company;

 

  (i)

purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) (i) any Preferred Shares or (ii) any Common Shares; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of any Common Shares or Preferred Shares from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to any right of first refusal in favour of the Company;

 

  (j)

incur aggregate indebtedness or related liabilities, including loans, guarantees of third party indebtedness or granting of security for indebtedness over the Company’s assets in excess of CDN$250,000, other than indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company (unless otherwise approved by the Company’s board of directors, including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement) (if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time); or

 

  (k)

enter into any transaction, agreement or arrangement with an affiliate or founder of the Company (except for employment or consulting arrangements in the ordinary course of business of the Company).

Optional Conversion

 

26.12

The holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares have conversion rights as follows (the “Series A2 Conversion Rights”):

Right to Convert.

 

  (a)

Each Series A2 Preferred Share may be converted, at the option of its holder, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by its holder, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares as is determined by dividing the Series A2 Original Issue Price by the Series A2 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A2 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to CDN$16.722. Such initial Series A2 Conversion Price, and the rate at which Series A2 Preferred Shares may be converted into Common Shares, are subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

  (b)

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Series A2 Conversion Rights terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares.

 

- 5 -


  (c)

No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of Series A2 Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a Common Share as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series A2 Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Common Shares and the aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

- 6 -


Mechanics of Conversion.

 

  (d)

In order for a holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares to voluntarily convert Series A2 Preferred Shares into Common Shares, such holder shall (a) provide written notice at the principal office of the Company (or to the Company’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A2 Preferred Shares if the Company appoints such a transfer agent) that the holder elects to convert all or any number of the holder’s Series A2 Preferred Shares and, if applicable, any event on which the conversion is contingent and (b) if the holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for the Series A2 Preferred Shares (or, if the registered holder alleges that the certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A2 Preferred Shares (or at the principal office of the Company if the Company serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state the holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which the holder wishes the Common Shares to be issued. If required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly signed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Company if the Company serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Series A2 Conversion Time”), and the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the specified Series A2 Preferred Shares will be deemed to be outstanding of record as of that date. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the Series A2 Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to the holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable upon such conversion in accordance with these provisions and a certificate for the number (if any) of Series A2 Preferred Shares represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Shares, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Article 26.12(c) in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A2 Preferred Shares converted.

 

  (e)

The Company shall at all times when Series A2 Preferred Shares are outstanding, but only if the authorized number of Common Shares that the Company may issue is not unlimited, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A2 Preferred Shares, such number of its duly authorized Common Shares as are from time to time sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares, the Company shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Notice of Articles and Articles.

 

- 7 -


  (f)

All Series A2 Preferred Shares duly surrendered for conversion will no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares will immediately cease and terminate at the Series A2 Conversion Time, except only the right of their holders to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Article 26.12(c) and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

 

  (g)

Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A2 Preferred Shares surrendered for conversion or on the Common Shares delivered upon conversion.

Adjustments to Series A2 Conversion Price for Diluting Issues

 

26.13

The following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a)

Additional Shares” means all Common Shares issued (or, under Article 26.14 below, deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Series A2 Original Issue Date, other than Exempt Securities.

 

  (b)

Convertible Securities” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, but excluding Options.

 

  (c)

Exempt Securities” means the following Common Shares and Common Shares deemed issued under the following Options and Convertible Securities of the Company:

 

  (i)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued upon conversion of any Preferred Share, or as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Shares;

 

  (ii)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, share split, split-up or other distribution on the Common Shares that is covered by Article 26.19, 26.20, 26.21 or 26.22;

 

  (iii)

Common Shares or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to any stock option or equity incentive plan unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors;

 

  (iv)

Common Shares issued upon conversion of any Convertible Securities and Options outstanding as of the Series A2 Original Issue Date;

 

- 8 -


  (v)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, under a debt financing, equipment leasing or real or immovable property leasing transaction unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities);

 

  (vi)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services under transactions unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities);

 

  (vii)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued (A) under the acquisition of another company by the Company by amalgamation, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities), or (B) in connection with the Reorganization Transaction; or

 

  (viii)

Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships unanimously approved by the Company’s board of directors (including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options or Convertible Securities).

 

  (d)

Option” means rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

  (e)

Series A2 Original Issue Date” means the date on which the first Series A2 Preferred Share was issued.

 

26.14

If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Series A2 Original Issue Date issues Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities that are themselves Exempt Securities) or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the relating instrument, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any of its provisions for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, will be deemed to be Additional Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date has been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

- 9 -


  (a)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price under Article 26.15, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment under such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms under anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (a) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of the Option or Convertible Security or (b) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A2 Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of the Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A2 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of the Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment under this clause (a) shall increase the Series A2 Conversion Price to an amount that exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of the Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series A2 Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares as a result of the issuance of the Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

  (b)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities that are themselves Exempt Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price under Article 26.15 (either because the consideration per share (determined under Article 26.16) of the Additional Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A2 Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series A2 Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series A2 Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment under such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms under anti-dilution or similar provisions of the Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (a) any increase in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of the Option or Convertible Security or (b) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Article 26.14 will be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

  (c)

Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) that resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price under Article 26.15, the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series A2 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

- 10 -


  (d)

If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time the Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price under this Article 26.14 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (a) and (b) of this Article 26.14). If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time the Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price that would result under this Article 26.14 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

26.15

If the Company, at any time after the Series A2 Original Issue Date, issues Additional Shares (including Additional Shares deemed to be issued under Article 26.14), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such issue, then the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) / (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

“CP2” = the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares

“CP1” = the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such issue of Additional Shares;

“A” = the number of Common Shares deemed to be outstanding immediately before such issue of Additional Shares (treating for this purpose as outstanding all Common Shares, all outstanding Preferred Shares on an as-converted basis, all outstanding Options on an as-exercised basis and all outstanding Convertible Securities on an as-exchanged or as-converted basis);

 

- 11 -


“B” = the number of Common Shares that would have been issued if such Additional Shares had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Company in respect of such issue by CP1); and

“C” = the number of such Additional Shares issued in such transaction.

 

26.16

For purposes of Articles 26.13 to 26.24, the consideration received by the Company for the issue of any Additional Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

  (a)

Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

if it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

if it consists of property other than cash, be computed at its fair market value at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors; and

 

  (iii)

if Additional Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration that covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses ((i)) and ((ii)) above, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors.

 

  (b)

Options and Convertible Securities: The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares deemed to have been issued under Article 26.14, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the relating instruments, without regard to any of its provision for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of the Options or the conversion or exchange of the Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of the Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

- 12 -


26.17

No adjustment in the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares.

 

26.18

If the Company issues on more than one date Additional Shares that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A2 Conversion Price under Article 26.15, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

26.19

If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A2 Original Issue Date, subdivides the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such class be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A2 Original Issue Date, combines the outstanding Common Shares, the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of each share of such class be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of Common Shares outstanding. Any adjustment under this Article shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

26.20

If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A2 Original Issue Date, makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Shares in additional Common Shares, then and in each such event the Series A2 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A2 Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

  (a)

the numerator of which is the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

  (b)

the denominator of which is the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately before the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

- 13 -


Notwithstanding the foregoing (A) if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A2 Conversion Price shall be adjusted under this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (B) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of Common Shares in a number equal to the number of Common Shares as they would have received if all outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

26.21

If the Company, at any time or from time to time after the Series A2 Original Issue Date, makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company (other than a distribution of Common Shares in respect of outstanding Common Shares) or in other property and Article 26.2 does not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares shall receive, pari passu with the holders of the Series A1 Preferred Shares and simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Shares, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event.

 

26.22

If any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or amalgamation occurs involving the Company in which the Common Shares (but not the Series A2 Preferred Shares) are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than the Reorganization Transaction or a transaction covered by Articles 26.15, 26.20 or 26.21), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or amalgamation, each Series A2 Preferred Share shall be convertible in lieu of the Common Shares into which it was convertible before such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of one Series A2 Preferred Share immediately before such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or amalgamation would have been entitled to receive under such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors) shall be made in the application of Articles 26.12 and 26.13 with respect to the rights and interests of the holders of Series A1 Preferred Shares, to the end that Articles 26.12 and 26.13 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A1 Conversion Price) shall be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A2 Preferred Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Article 26.22 prevents the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares from seeking any dissent rights to which they are otherwise entitled under law in connection with an amalgamation triggering an adjustment, nor is this Article 26.22 conclusive evidence of the fair value of the Series A2 Preferred Shares in any such dissent-right proceeding

 

- 14 -


26.23

Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A2 Conversion Price under Articles 26.12 and/or 26.13, the Company at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than within ten (10) business days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A2 Preferred Shares is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares (but in any event not later than within ten (10) business days), furnish or cause to be furnished to the holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A2 Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property that then would be received upon the conversion of the Series A2 Preferred Shares.

 

26.24

In the event:

 

  (a)

the Company takes a record of the holders of Common Shares (or other shares or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A2 Preferred Shares) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

  (b)

of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the Common Shares of the Company, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

  (c)

of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

then, and in each such case, the Company shall send or cause to be sent to the holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Shares (or such other securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A2 Preferred Shares) are entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or such other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A2 Preferred Shares and the Common Shares. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) business days before the record date or effective date for the event specified in the notice.

 

- 15 -


Mandatory Conversion

 

26.25

Upon either (i) the closing of the sale of Common Shares to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or a prospectus filed with a securities commission or authority in any of the provinces or territories of Canada resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least US$70,000,000, or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding Preferred Shares (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Series A2 Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (A) all outstanding Series A2 Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Common Shares, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated under Article 26.12(a) and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

 

26.26

All holders of record of Series A2 Preferred Shares shall be sent written notice of the Series A2 Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series A2 Preferred Shares under Article 26.25 and this Article 26.26. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Series A2 Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly signed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A2 Preferred Shares converted under Article 26.25, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Shares), will terminate at the Series A2 Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of their holder or holders to surrender any certificates at or before such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Article 26.26. As soon as practicable after the Series A2 Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A2 Preferred Shares, the Company shall (a) issue and deliver to their holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with these provisions and (b) pay cash as provided in Article 26.12(c) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Shares otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A2 Preferred Shares converted.

 

- 16 -


Waiver

 

26.27

Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A2 Preferred Shares may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A2 Preferred Shares by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 67% of the Series A2 Preferred Shares then outstanding (unless otherwise specified in this Part 26 or in the Articles).

Notices

 

26.28

Any notice required or permitted by these provisions to be given to a holder of Series A2 Preferred Shares shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Company, or given by electronic communication, and will be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

- 17 -

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Copy

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     1  

2.

  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4  

3.

  RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4  

4.

  NOTICE OF PROPOSED TRANSFERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6  

5.

  REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6  

5.1

 

Requested Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     6  

5.2

 

Company Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     9  

5.3

 

Registration on Form F-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     10  

5.4

 

Expenses of Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     13  

5.5

 

Delay of Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     13  

5.6

 

Registration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     13  

5.7

 

Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     16  

5.8

 

Information by Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     18  

5.9

 

Resale of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     18  

5.10

 

Canadian Securities Law Requirements. If: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     18  

5.11

 

Termination of Registration Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     19  

5.12

 

Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

     19  

6.

  INFORMATION RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      20  

7.

  LOCK-UP AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      24  

8.

  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      24  

9.

  TRANSFER OF RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      26  

10.

  INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      26  

11.

  EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .      26  

12.

  SHARE VESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      27  

13.

  DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      27  

14.

  MATTERS REQUIRING APPROVAL OF HOLDERS OF PREFERRED SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      27  

15.

  MATTERS REQUIRING APPROVAL OF THE SERIES A1 DESIGNEE AND A SERIES A2 DESIGNEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      28  

16.

  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      28  

17.

  SUCCESSOR INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .      29  

18.

  AMENDMENT; WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      29  

19.

  PARAMOUNTCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      29  

20.

  NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      29  

21.

  SEVERABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      30  

22.

  GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      30  

23.

  LAWYERS’ FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      30  

24.

  TITLES AND SUBTITLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      30  

25.

  CURRENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      30  

26.

  COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      30  

27.

  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .      31  

28.

  THIRD PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      31  

29.

  ADDITIONAL INVESTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .      31  

30.

  AGGREGATION OF SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .      31  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

31.

  DELAYS OR OMISSIONS      31  

32.

  TERMINATION      31  

33.

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT      31  

 

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 23rd day of March, 2020 among AbCellera Biologics Inc., a company existing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (the “Company”) and the holders (the “Series A1 Holders”) of the Company’s Series A1 Preferred Shares (the “Series A1 Preferred Shares”) listed on Exhibit A hereto and the purchasers of the Company’s Series A2 Preferred Shares (the “Series A2 Preferred Shares”, and together with the Series A1 Preferred Shares, the “Preferred Shares”) listed on Exhibit A hereto or that subsequently become listed thereon in accordance with the terms hereof (collectively, the “Investors”).

RECITALS

A. The Company and the holders of the Series A2 Preferred Shares (the “Series A2 Holders”) have entered into an Investment Agreement dated March 23, 2020 (the “Investment Agreement”), whereby the Company has agreed to sell, and the Series A2 Holders have agreed to buy, Series A2 Preferred Shares.

B. The Company and the Series A1 Holders are party to an Investor Rights Agreement dated as of August 3, 2018 (the “Prior Investor Rights Agreement”), and to induce the Series A2 Holders to enter into the Investment Agreement and acquire the Series A2 Preferred Shares thereunder, the Company and the Series A1 Holders have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Investor Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

C. The obligations of the Company and the Series A2 Holders under the Investment Agreement are conditioned upon the simultaneous execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Investors.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement” means that certain amended and restated voting agreement between the Company and certain shareholders dated on or about the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

Applicable Securities Laws” means the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws or the Canadian Securities Laws.

Canadian Securities Laws” means the securities laws of each province and territory of Canada, and the rules, instruments, regulations notices and policies of each securities commission or other securities regulatory authority in each province or territory of Canada.

 

-1-


Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Common Shares” means the common shares of the Company.

Conversion Shares” means the Common Shares issued or issuable pursuant to conversion of the Preferred Shares.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal rule or statute that replaces or supplements such act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to an employee benefit plan, stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to a Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, (iv) a registration in which the only Common Shares being registered are Common Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, or (v) a registration relating to any other transaction that is primarily for purposes other than raising equity capital.

Form F-3” means such form, or Form S-3 if applicable, under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the Commission that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the Commission.

Holder” means (i) any Investor holding Registrable Securities and (ii) any person holding Registrable Securities to whom the rights under this Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 9 hereof.

Initiating Holders” means Holders holding at least 50.1% of the Registrable Securities.

Qualified Exchange” means the Toronto Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ, or any successor exchange or market thereto.

Qualified Initial Public Offering” shall mean the Company’s first underwritten public offering of the Common Shares or other securities pursuant to a registration statement or prospectus under applicable law (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, share purchase or similar plan) covering the offer and sale of Common Shares to the public with gross proceeds to the Company not less than $70 million (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) in which the Common Shares are listed on a Qualified Exchange.

 

-2-


Registrable Securities” means (i) the Conversion Shares, (ii) any Common Shares of the Company issued or issuable in respect of the Conversion Shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar event and (iii) any Common Shares, or any Common Shares issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; provided, however, that securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been registered or sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) they have not been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights hereunder are not assigned, and (C) the registration rights with respect to such securities have not terminated pursuant to Section 5.10 hereof.

The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to (a) the registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement or (b) the qualification of securities for distribution to the public pursuant to a prospectus filed under Canadian Securities Laws.

Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses, except Selling Expenses, incurred by the Company in complying with Section 5 hereof, including without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, accounting fees, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed ($30,000) of a single counsel for the selling Holders, the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company); provided that, Registration Expenses shall not include underwriting discounts, commissions, stock transfer taxes and fees of counsel to the Holders (other than as expressly provided above).

registration statement” means (a) a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, and/or (b) a prospectus filed under Canadian Securities Laws, and any reference to a registration statement becoming effective includes the issuance of a final receipt or decision document under Canadian Securities Laws in respect of a prospectus filed under Canadian Securities Laws.

Restricted Securities” shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legends set forth in Section 3 hereof.

Rule 144” and “Rule 145” shall mean Rules 144 and 145, respectively, promulgated under the Securities Act, or any similar federal rules thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of the Registrable Securities and, except as set forth in Section 5.4 hereof, all fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder not payable by the Company hereunder.

Series A1 Designee” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement.

 

-3-


Series A2 Designee” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement.

2. Restrictions on Transferability. The Preferred Shares, the Conversion Shares and any other securities issued in respect of such shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, merger or similar event, shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement and the Articles of the Company. Each Holder or transferee will cause any proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee or pledgee of any such shares held by such Holder or transferee to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the restrictions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, including the execution and delivery of a joinder agreement hereto in a form satisfactory to the Company. No Holder or transferee shall sell, assign, transfer or pledge any Preferred Shares, Conversion Shares or any other securities issued in respect of such shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, merger or similar event, to a Competitor (as herein defined).

3. Restrictive Legends. Each certificate representing the Preferred Shares, the Conversion Shares or any other securities issued in respect of such shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, amalgamation, merger or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 4 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legends required by agreement or by Applicable Securities Laws):

U.S. Holders:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING SUCH SECURITIES, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE OR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (INCLUDING UNDER RULE 144 THEREUNDER) AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AFTER DELIVERY OF A WRITTEN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO SUCH EFFECT, (D) TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND COVERING SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT THE COMPANY SHALL BE UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO FILE SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT). HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.”

 

-4-


All Holders:

“UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) MARCH 23, 2020, AND (II) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND, IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, UP TO 34 DAYS THEREAFTER, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.”

“THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE SHAREHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

Each holder of the Preferred Shares, Conversion Shares or other securities imprinted with one or more of the foregoing legends consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving stop transfer instructions to any transfer agent of its capital stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Agreement.

 

-5-


4. Notice of Proposed Transfers. The Holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 4. Without in any way limiting the immediately preceding sentence, no sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of Restricted Securities shall be made by any Holder thereof to any person unless such person shall first agree in writing to be bound by the restrictions of this Agreement. Prior to any proposed sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement or prospectus covering the proposed transfer, the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such transfer, sale, assignment or pledge. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer, sale, assignment or pledge in sufficient detail, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall also provide, at such Holder’s expense, either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel whose legal opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and to the effect that the proposed sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of the Restricted Securities may be effected without such registration or prospectus under Applicable Securities Laws, or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission or other applicable securities commission or governmental body to the effect that the sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by such securities commission or governmental body that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not request an opinion of counsel or “no action” letter with respect to (A) a transfer in compliance with Rule 144, (B) a transaction involving the distribution or transfer without consideration of Restricted Securities by the Holder to its affiliates, including any other person or entity who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Holder, or constituent partners, limited partners, general partner, retired partners, members, former members or shareholders in accordance with their partnership interest, membership interest or shareholdings in such entity, or a trust for the benefit of the foregoing, or (C) a transaction involving the transfer without consideration or for nominal consideration for purposes of estate planning of Restricted Securities by an individual Holder during such Holder’s lifetime by way of gift or on death by will or intestacy. Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legends set forth in Section 3 above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legends if in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of Applicable Securities Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Holder of Restricted Securities agrees that it will not request that a transfer of the Restricted Securities be made or that the legend set forth in Section 3 be removed from the certificate representing the Restricted Securities, if as a result thereof the Company would be rendered subject to the reporting requirements of any Applicable Securities Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders will not be required to comply with the provisions of this Section 4 in connection with the Reorganization Transaction.

5. Registration.

5.1 Requested Registration.

 

-6-


(a) Request for Registration. In case the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to shares of Registrable Securities, the Company will:

(i) within twenty (20) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, use all reasonable efforts to effect such registration as part of a firm commitment underwritten public offering with underwriters selected by the Initiating Holders and reasonably acceptable to the Company (including, without limitation, appropriate qualification under Applicable Securities Laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations of any other Applicable Securities Laws) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request by delivering a written notice to such effect to the Company within ten (10) days after the date of such written notice from the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to give any notice under Section 5.1(a)(i) or to take any action to effect or complete any such registration pursuant to this Section 5.1:

(A) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under Applicable Securities Laws;

(B) prior to the earlier of (1) six (6) months after the effective date of the Qualified Initial Public Offering or (2) the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement;

(C) unless the requested registration would have an aggregate offering price of all Registrable Securities sought to be registered by all Holders, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of not less than $15,000,000;

(D) with respect to any resident U.S. Holder of Registrable Securities if the Company shall have completed the Qualified Initial Public Offering on the Toronto Stock Exchange or the TSX Venture Exchange and such U.S. Holder may trade such Registrable Securities without restriction (other than market liquidity);

(E) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 5.1;

 

-7-


(F) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Qualified Initial Public Offering (or such other period up to an additional thirty-four (34) days as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472, or any similar regulations and successor provisions or amendments thereto); provided that the Company makes all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(G) if the Initiating Holders are able to request a registration on Form F-3 or a short-form prospectus under Canadian Securities Laws pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof;

(H) if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the request to effect such registration a certificate signed by an officer of the Company giving notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the Commission or with the Canadian securities regulators which registration is subject to Section 5.2 hereof. In such case, so long as the Company uses all reasonable efforts to effect the filing of such registration statement, the Company’s obligation to use all reasonable efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 5.1 shall be deferred for a period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, such Company-initiated registration; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; or

(I) if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the request to effect such registration a certificate signed by an officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board of Directors”) it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other shareholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (I), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 5.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission or a final receipt or decision document is issued in respect of the applicable Canadian prospectus, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the Registration Expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 5.4, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 5.1.

 

 

-8-


(b) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request made pursuant to Section 5.1(a), and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 5.1(a)(i) and shall advise the Holders as part of such notice that the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 5 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in the underwriting arrangements required by this Section 5.1(b), and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent requested shall be limited to the extent provided herein.The Company shall, together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company, but subject to reasonable approval of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1(b), if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise all Holders requesting to be included in the registration and underwriting, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders requesting to be included in the registration and underwriting in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by them at the time of filing the registration statement; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from such registration and underwriting. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the registration.

5.2 Company Registration.

(a) Notice of Registration. If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its equity securities, either for its own account or the account of a Holder or other holders, including a registration relating to a demand pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Agreement, but other than an Excluded Registration, the Company will:

(i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof, including the intended method of disposition; and

(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualifications including compliance with Blue Sky laws), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within ten (10) days after the date of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder.

 

-9-


(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 5.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of Registrable Securities in the underwriting shall be limited to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other Holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.2, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration (i) in the case of the Company’s initial public offering, to zero, and (ii) in the case of any other offering, to an amount no less than twenty percent (20%) of all shares to be included in such offering; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company held by shareholders other than Holders are first entirely excluded from such registration and underwriting (except that shares to be issued by the Company need not be so excluded). The Company shall so advise all Holders requesting to be included in the registration and underwriting, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all the Holders requesting to be included in the registration and underwriting in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by them at the time of filing the registration statement. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling shareholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, members, limited partners, general partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of such partners, members and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 5.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal.

5.3 Registration on Form F-3.

 

-10-


(a) Request for Registration. In case the Company shall receive from the Holders of, in the aggregate, at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities (for purposes of this Section 5.3(a), the “F-3 Initiating Holders”) a written request or requests that the Company file a registration statement on Form F-3 or a Canadian short-form prospectus for a public offering of shares of Registrable Securities the aggregate gross price to the public of which would equal or exceed $5,000,000, and the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form F-3 or a Canadian short-form prospectus to register the Registrable Securities for such an offering, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be registered for the offering on such form or prospectus and to cause such Registrable Securities to be qualified in such jurisdictions as such Holder or Holders may reasonably request. If such offering is to be an underwritten offering, the underwriters must be reasonably acceptable to both the F-3 Initiating Holders and the Company. The Company shall promptly inform the other Holders of the proposed registration and, subject to the foregoing, include in such registration (and any related qualifications including compliance with Blue Sky laws), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within ten (10) days after the date of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder. In the event the registration is proposed to be part of a firm-commitment underwritten public offering, the substantive provisions of Section 5.1(b) shall be applicable to each such registration initiated under this Section 5.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action pursuant to this Section 5.3:

(A) if Form F-3 or a Canadian short-form prospectus is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(B) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under Applicable Securities Laws;

(C) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $5,000,000;

(D) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 5.3 within the twelve month period immediately preceding the date of such request;

(E) following the filing of, and for one hundred eighty (180) days immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (or such other period up to an additional thirty-four (34) days as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472, or any similar regulations and successor provisions or amendments thereto) (other than an Excluded Registration); provided that the Company is actively employing all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

 

-11-


(F) with respect to any resident U.S. Holder of Registrable Securities if the Company shall have completed the Qualified Initial Public Offering on the Toronto Stock Exchange or the TSX Venture Exchange and such U.S. Holder may trade such Registrable Securities without restriction (other than market liquidity);

(G) if the Company shall furnish to the F-3 Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the request to effect such registration a certificate signed by an officer of the Company giving notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement on Form F-3 or a Canadian short-form prospectus with the Commission or with the Canadian securities regulators which registration is subject to Section 5.2 hereof. In such case, so long as the Company uses all reasonable efforts to effect the filing of such registration statement, the Company’s obligation to use all reasonable efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 5.3 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the receipt of the request to file such registration by such F-3 Initiating Holder or Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(H) if the Company shall furnish to the F-3 Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the request to effect such registration a certificate signed by an officer of the Company giving notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the Commission or with the Canadian securities regulators and the Company uses all reasonable efforts to effect the filing of such registration statement, the Company’s obligation to use all reasonable efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 5.3 shall be deferred for a period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of such Company-initiated registration; or

(I) if the Company shall furnish to the F-3 Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the request to effect such registration a certificate signed by an officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws, then the Company’s obligation to use all reasonable efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 5.3 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the receipt of the request to file such registration by such F-3 Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 5.3 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission or a final receipt or decision document is issued in respect of the applicable Canadian prospectus, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the Registration Expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 5.4, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 5.3.

 

-12-


5.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with (a) up to two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 5.1, (b) all registrations pursuant to Section 5.2, and (c) all registrations pursuant to Section 5.3, shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Initiating Holders cause the Company to begin a registration pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.3, and the request for such registration is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration) or such registration is not completed due to failure to meet the net proceeds requirement set forth in such section or is otherwise not successfully completed due to no fault of the Company, all Holders shall be deemed to have forfeited their right to one (1) registration under Section 5.1 or Section 5.3, as applicable, unless the Holders pay for, or reimburse the Company for, the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with such withdrawn or incomplete registration; provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.3 hereof, as applicable.

Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by such Holders, as applicable, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be so registered.

5.5 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 5.

5.6 Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of such registration and as to the completion thereof. The Company will:

 

-13-


(a) prepare and file with the Commission and/or Canadian securities regulators a registration statement and/or Canadian prospectus, as applicable, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement or prospectus to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement or prospectus effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement or prospectus has been completed, whichever first occurs; provided, however, that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company; provided, however further, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or prospectus (and the participating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement or prospectus is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive thirty (30) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement or prospectus, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement or prospectus during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use all reasonable efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice;

(b) prepare and file with the Commission and/or Canadian securities regulators such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus;

(c) furnish to the Holders participating in such registration such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and Canadian Securities Laws, and such other documents as they may reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them in such public offering;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders participating in such registration; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws of the happening of any event, which is known to the Company, as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

-14-


(g) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(i) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by such underwriter or selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any of the foregoing, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith; and

(j) use its commercial reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of the Initiating Holders or the F-3 Initiating Holders, as applicable, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 5, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

-15-


5.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors, members and partners, limited partners, general partners, and each person controlling such Holder or any such person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or applicable Canadian Securities Laws, with respect to which registration has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation (provided such indemnified party complies with Section 5.7(c)), commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or (ii) any violation by the Company of Applicable Securities Laws in connection with any such registration (collectively, a “Violation”), and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, members and partners, limited partners, general partners and each person controlling such Holder or any such person, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred (subject to delivery to the Company of invoices or other documentation substantiating such expenses, as reasonably requested by the Company), in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder, controlling person, underwriter or other aforementioned person, expressly for use in connection with such registration; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement (i) is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in a preliminary prospectus on file with the Commission or the Canadian securities regulators at the time the registration statement becomes effective or the amended prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or with Canadian securities regulators (the “Final Prospectus”), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder who has received a copy of the Final Prospectus, if a copy of the Final Prospectus was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws, and if the Final Prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to the loss, liability, claim or damage, and (ii) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities or Common Shares, as applicable held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, other holders of the Company’s securities covered by such registration statement, each person who controls the Company or any such other person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter and each other such Holder, each of its officers, directors, members, limited partners, general partners and partners, and each person controlling such Holder or any such other person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Canadian Securities Laws, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document incident to any such registration, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any Violation by the Holder of Applicable Securities Laws, and will reimburse the Company, such other Holders, such directors, officers, members, partners, limited partners, general partners, persons, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, but only to the extent that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or controlling person, expressly for use in connection with such registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing right of indemnification is conditional on the indemnified party’s compliance with section 5.7(c) hereof and, in any event, the aggregate liability of each Holder under this Section 5.7(b) shall be limited in an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Holder in such registration, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

 

-16-


(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.7 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to participate in such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom and, to the extent the Indemnifying Party so desires, participate jointly with any other Indemnifying Party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement unless the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action and provided further, that the Indemnifying Party shall not assume the defense for matters as to which there is a conflict of interest or there are separate and different defenses. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 5.7(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

-17-


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 5.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 5, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5.8 Information by Holder. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 5 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and its or their affiliates, the Registrable Securities or Common Shares held by them and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration referred to in this Agreement, including without limitation all information required to be disclosed by the Company in connection with any such registration.

5.9 Resale of Securities. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for the Common Shares of the Company in the United States, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the date that the Company becomes and remains subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), which reports and other documents shall be deemed delivered to the parties hereto upon filing on EDGAR, or its replacement or successor system, with the Commission, if applicable; and

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for its Qualified Initial Public Offering) and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as the Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

5.10 Canadian Securities Law Requirements. If:

(a) a public offering is completed under the Securities Act and such public offering is not also made pursuant to a Canadian prospectus under Canadian Securities Laws in respect of which a receipt or decision document is issued by a Canadian securities regulator;

(b) the Common Shares are listed on an exchange or quoted on a market outside of Canada;

 

-18-


(c) a Major Investor who is resident in a Canadian jurisdiction (a “Canadian Holder”) is not permitted under the Canadian Securities Laws of such jurisdiction to sell its Registrable Securities on the exchange or market on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted without filing a prospectus under applicable Canadian Securities Laws; and

(d) the Canadian Holder provides a notice to the Company, not earlier than 180 days following the US public offering, that it wishes to sell Registrable Securities, then the Company will either:

(a) obtain, within 60 days following receipt by the Company of the notice from the Canadian Holder, discretionary exemptive relief from the applicable Canadian securities commissions permitting the sale of the Registrable Securities held by the Canadian Holder on the exchange or market on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted without filing a prospectus under applicable Canadian Securities Laws and otherwise subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the applicable Canadian securities regulators and as the Canadian Holder and the Company agree to, acting reasonably; or

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to become a reporting issuer under the Canadian Securities Laws of any jurisdiction of Canada (at the Company’s discretion) within 90 days following receipt by the Company of the notice from the Canadian Holder or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable.

5.11 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights granted pursuant to Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement shall terminate as to any Holder upon the earlier to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Articles;

(b) the date four (4) years after the effective date of a Qualified Initial Public Offering;

(c) the date such Holder is able to immediately sell all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder under Rule 144 during any 90-day period, and

(d) the sale of all such Holder’s shares would not be a distribution under Section 2.5 or Section 2.6 of National Instrument 45-102, and would not be a control distribution (as defined in National Instrument 45-102).

5.12 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders holding at least 67% of the Registrable Securities then held by all Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or Section 5.3 of this Agreement, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (b) to demand registration of their securities.

 

-19-


6. Information Rights.

(a) The Company will provide the following documents to each Investor who holds at least two hundred thousand (200,000) Preferred Shares (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like) (collectively, the “Major Investors”):

(i) not less than thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, pro forma financial projections for the immediately following fiscal year as prepared by the Company along with any updates to such financial projections in the event of a material change thereto;

(ii) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each such fiscal year (beginning with the year ended December 31, 2019), audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of operations and audited consolidated statements of cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared by an independent public accounting firm approved by the Board of Directors, including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time), prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles or United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) if such are adopted by the Company and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail;

(iii) as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than accompanying notes and standard year-end adjustments);

(iv) as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second, third and fourth quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Shares and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any; and

(v) such other information reasonably requested; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to provide information (A) that it reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or any information that the Company is prohibited from disclosing pursuant to written agreements containing confidentiality obligations, provisions or covenants with respect to such information, or (B) which it deems in good faith to be attorney-client privileged.

 

-20-


(b) Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 6 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in Section 6(a) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the Commission rules or Canadian Securities Laws applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under Section 6(a) shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) Each Major Investor acknowledges and agrees that any information obtained from the Company shall be considered confidential nonpublic information and will accordingly not use such information in connection with purchases or sales of the Company’s securities except in compliance with Applicable Securities Laws and will maintain such information in confidence and will not use or disclose any of such information to any third party, except:

(i) to the extent such information is made publicly available by the Company without restrictions on its use or disclosure;

(ii) to the extent such information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of acts by such Major Investor;

(iii) to the extent such information was in such Major Investor’s possession prior to the date it was disclosed to such Major Investor or transferee, provided that the source of information was not known by such Major Investor or transferee to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other person;

(iv) to the extent such information is or becomes available to such Major Investor or transferee on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company; provided that the source of information was not known by such Major Investor or transferee to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other person;

(v) that such Major Investor or transferee may disclose information received from the Company to its affiliates and to its, and its affiliates’, partners, limited partners, general partners (and professional advisors and representatives of such persons or entities), employees and professional advisors to the extent such Major Investor or transferee deems such disclosure to be reasonably necessary to monitor and manage its investment in the Company and to comply with its existing obligations to provide information to such persons or entities (and their representatives and advisors); provided that each such person or entity is subject to similar obligations of confidentiality and non-use or agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such information and not to use such information except as permitted herein prior to such disclosure; provided, further, that such Major Investor agrees that it will not, and shall cause each of its affiliates’, partners, limited partners, general partners (and professional advisors and representatives of such persons or entities), employees and professional advisors not to, during or after the term of this Agreement, disclose such information to any other person or entity, including any portfolio company, that is directly competitive with the Company (it being acknowledged and agreed that a person shall not be deemed competitive with the Company solely by reason of its ownership of a person that may be competitive with the Company) for any reason or purpose whatsoever; or

 

-21-


(vi) to the extent such information is or becomes available to such Major Investor or its affiliates pursuant to any license, collaboration, or other similar agreement between the Company and the Major Investor (or its affiliates) (each, a “Commercial Agreement”), such information shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in such Commercial Agreement, which confidentiality obligations supersede the provisions of this Section 6(c) in its entirety as it may pertain to the subject matter of such Commercial Agreement.

(d) The Company shall permit each Major Investor or its transferees, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be requested by such Major Investor (provided that at least forty-eight hours advance notice is provided by the Major Investor in respect of a proposed visit); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 6 to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar highly confidential or proprietary information or attorney-client privileged; provided, further, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to permit such inspections and examination with respect to a Competitor (as defined in Section 9 below) of the Company. The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves.

(e) The Company will not do or permit anything to be done or fail to do or permit anything not to be done which would have the effect of causing more than 50% of the fair market value of the Preferred Shares or the Conversion Shares held by the Investors to be derived, directly or indirectly, from one or any combination of:

(i) real or immovable property situated in Canada (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)),

(ii) Canadian resource properties (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)),

(iii) timber resource properties (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)), and

(iv) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in, property described in any of subparagraphs (i) to (iii), whether or not the property exists.

(f) Upon the written request of an Investor after the end of a fiscal year, the Company shall, no later than 60 days following the end of the Company taxable year, (i) advise such Investor of its status under the “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) rules and (ii) in respect of each taxable year for any portion of which the Company is determined to be a PFIC by the Company, provide to such Investor the statements and information (including, without limitation, a valid PFIC Annual Information Statement prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) necessary to enable such Investor to comply with all provisions of the Code with respect to PFICs, including but not limited to, making and complying with the requirements of a “Qualified Electing Fund” election pursuant to Section 1295 of the Code or filing a “protective statement” pursuant to Section 1.1295-3 of the Treasury Regulations with respect to the Company.

 

-22-


(g) Upon the written request of an Investor after the end of a fiscal year, the Company shall, no later than 60 days following the end of the Company taxable year (i) examine its status under the “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in Section 957 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (a “CFC”) rules and shall notify such Investor of the CFC status of the Company and (ii) in respect of each taxable year for any portion of which the Company is determined to be a CFC by the Company provide the information (including, if applicable, Subpart F Income and Section 956 Amount) reasonably necessary to enable such Investor if it is a “U.S. Person” of the Company (as defined below) to comply with all CFC reporting and other requirements of the Code with respect to its equity holdings in the Company. For purposes of this Section 6(g) “U.S. Person” means any “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(30) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, “Subpart F Income” means “subpart F income” as defined in Section 952 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and “Section 956 Amount” means any amount described in Sections 951(a)(1)(B) and 956 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(h) The covenants of the Company set forth in this Section 6 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering; (ii) immediately prior to the closing of (A) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, or (B) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger, amalgamation, plan of arrangement, consolidation, reorganization, share sale or otherwise resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiaries, unless, in each case, the shareholders of the Company, as constituted immediately prior to such transaction, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation in such a transaction, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Articles.

 

-23-


7. Lock-Up Agreement. Each Investor, Holder and transferee hereby agrees that, in connection with the initial public offering of the Company under the Securities Act or under Canadian Securities Laws, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”), such Investor, Holder or transferee shall not (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of (directly or indirectly); or (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any securities of the Company held by such Investor, Holder or transferee immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering (other than those securities included in such registration statement), during the period specified by the Board of Directors at the request of the Managing Underwriter (the “IPO Market Standoff Period”), with such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period up to an additional thirty-four (34) days as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472, or any similar regulations and successor provisions or amendments thereto). The foregoing shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and shareholders holding one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s outstanding capital stock are subject to similar obligations. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such IPO Market Standoff Period. Each Investor, Holder and transferee agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with the Managing Underwriter in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 7. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all future issuance of Company securities shall be subject to a lock-up or market standoff provision at least as restrictive as the provisions of this Section 7. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Investors and Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

8. Right of First Refusal.

(a) The Company hereby grants to each Major Investor the right of first refusal to purchase its Pro Rata Share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 8) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. A “Pro Rata Share,” for purposes of this right of first refusal, equals the proportion that the total number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares then held by such Major Investor bears to the sum of the total number of Common Shares then outstanding plus the number of Common Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion of all then outstanding securities exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, Common Shares.

(b) Except as set forth below, “New Securities” shall mean any shares of the Company, including Common Shares and any class or series of Common Shares or preferred shares, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase said Common Shares or preferred shares, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exchangeable for said Common Shares or preferred shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “New Securities” does not include: (i) Exempt Securities (as defined in the Company’s Articles, as amended); (ii) shares issued and issuable upon exercise or conversion of securities with respect to which the Investors previously had an opportunity to exercise the right of first refusal pursuant to this Section 8; (iii) shares issued in the Qualifying Initial Public Offering; (iv) the issuance of additional Series A2 Preferred Shares to Investors pursuant to the Investment Agreement; or (v) Common Shares issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the subscription rights, options or any other convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement.

 

-24-


(c) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the amount and type of New Securities, and the price and terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fourteen (14) days from the date of any such notice to agree to purchase up to its respective Pro Rata Share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased; provided that such Major Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under Applicable Securities Laws. At the expiration of such fourteen (14)-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10)-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the total number of Common Shares then held by such Fully Exercising Investor plus the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A1 Preferred Shares then held by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the sum of the total number of Common Shares then outstanding plus the number of Common Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion of all then outstanding securities exercisable for or convertible into, directly or indirectly, Common Shares then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.

(d) Following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 8(c) above, the Company shall have one hundred and twenty (120) days to sell the New Securities not elected or eligible to be purchased by the Fully Exercising Investors at the price and upon the terms no more favourable to the purchasers of such securities than specified in the Company’s notice. In the event the Company has not sold all of the New Securities within said one hundred and twenty (120) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such securities in the manner provided above.

(e) The provisions of this Section 8 will terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, (ii) the date on which the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or becomes a reporting issuer pursuant to the Applicable Securities Laws of at least one province of Canada, or (iii) immediately prior to the closing of either a Change of Control (as defined in the Company’s Articles, as amended) or the Reorganization Transaction (as defined in the Company’s Articles, as amended) in accordance with Section 3(b)(viii) of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of the date hereof, as applicable.

 

-25-


9. Transfer of Rights. The rights granted to the Investors under Section 5 and to Major Investors under Sections 6 and 8 of this Agreement may be assigned to any transferee or assignee, other than a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities or Common Shares by the Holder, provided that: (i) such transfer is otherwise effected in accordance with Applicable Securities Laws, the Company’s Articles and the terms of this Agreement; (ii) such transfer is effected in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement between the Company, the Investors and others dated of even date herewith, as may be amended from time to time; (iii) in the case of Sections 5 and 8, such assignee or transferee acquires at least five percent (5%) (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like) of all Registrable Securities (including Preferred Shares convertible into Registrable Securities) originally held by the Holder, except that assignments or transfers to affiliates, partners, limited partners, general partners, retired partners, members, former members, shareholders or other affiliates of a Holder or immediate family members or trusts established for the benefit of a Holder shall be without restriction as to the number of shares to be assigned or transferred; (iv) written notice is promptly given to the Company; and (v) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, including in the case of a Major Investor the shareholding requirements thereof. “Competitor” shall mean, upon the advice of counsel, any natural person, firm, partnership, corporation, entity, business or other organization that is directly or indirectly engaged in or actively participates in any activity or line of business in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries then engages or participates in, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor and does not, nor do any of its affiliates, have a right to designate any members of the Board of Directors of any Competitor; notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, in no event shall (a) DCVC Bio, L.P. or any of its affiliates, (b) OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP or any of its affiliates, or (c) Eli Lilly and Company or any of its affiliates, be deemed a Competitor.

10. Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that two (2) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “Fund Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Articles (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

11. Expenses of Directors. The Company shall promptly reimburse in full each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company for all of her or his reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred attending each meeting of the Board of Directors, any committee thereof, or other activities as requested by the Company in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies.

 

-26-


12. Share Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time), all stock options, awards and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of such shares shall vest ratably on an annual basis over the remaining three (3) years.

13. Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage of not less than $1,000,000 from a financially sound and reputable insurer with terms and policy limits satisfactory to the Board of Directors, except as otherwise determined by the unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. The Company shall furnish to the Investors, upon request, evidence of the insurance required to be maintained by this Section 13.

14. Matters Requiring Approval of Holders of Preferred Shares. The Company shall not (including, without limitation, by amendment, merger, consolidation, any other voluntary action or transaction or otherwise), and shall not enter into any obligation to, or take any action in furtherance of, any of the following matters without the prior approval of holders of, in the aggregate, 67% of the Preferred Shares then outstanding, and any such act or transaction entered into without such approval shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(a) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Notice of Articles or Articles of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

(b) reclassify, reorganize, exchange, cancel or recapitalize any of the outstanding capital of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

(c) issue or obligate itself to issue any preferred shares, including any as-yet-unauthorized class or series of preferred shares, other than pursuant to the Investment Agreement;

(d) make any change to the Company’s stock option plan or create any new stock option plans or other incentive plans;

(e) make any change to the number of directors of the Board of Directors;

(f) take any proceedings with a view to the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the corporate existence of the Company (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

 

-27-


(g) sell, lease, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Company and its subsidiaries (other than in connection with the Reorganization Transaction);

(h) pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of the Company;

(i) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) (i) any Preferred Shares, or (ii) any Common Shares; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of any Common Shares or Preferred Shares from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to any right of first refusal in favour of the Company;

(j) incur aggregate indebtedness or related liabilities, including loans, guarantees of third party indebtedness or granting of security for indebtedness over the Company’s assets in excess of CDN$250,000, other than indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company (unless otherwise approved by the board, including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time)); or

(k) enter into any transaction, agreement or arrangement with an affiliate or founder of the Company (except for employment or consulting arrangements in the ordinary course of business of the Company).

15. Matters Requiring Approval of the Series A1 Designee and a Series A2 Designee. So long as the Series A1 Holder is entitled to designate for election a Series A1 Designee or the Series A2 Holders are entitled to designate for election at least one Series A2 Designee, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, including the Series A1 Designee and at least one of the Series A2 Designees (if, and only to the extent, each such designee is a director of the Company at the applicable time):

(a) make, or authorize the payment of, any severance payments to any employee of the Company, including executive officers of the Company, other than in the customary practices of the Company; and

(b) approve any executive officer of the Company spending less than 100% of his or her professional time on the Company.

16. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all (a) employees to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors and (b) consultants to execute and deliver a consulting agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

 

-28-


17. Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assigns (a) consolidates with, amalgamates or merges into any other entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or (b) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole, to any person or entity, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately prior to such transaction, whether in the Company’s Articles, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

18. Amendment; Waiver. Except as otherwise provided herein, additional parties may be added to this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least 67% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 may be amended or the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by Major Investors, (ii) this Agreement may not be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any Holder without the written consent of such Holder unless such amendment or waiver applies to all Holders in the same fashion, and (iii) Section 6(c)(vi) may be amended or the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the applicable Major Investor in respect of the particular Commercial Agreement to which such Section applies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Competitor” may amended or the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of (i) DCVC Bio L.P. in respect of paragraph (a) of such definition, (ii) OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP in respect of paragraph (b) of such definition, and (iii) Eli Lilly and Company in respect of paragraph (c) of such definition. Any amendment or waiver so effected shall be binding upon the Company and the other parties hereto.

19. Paramountcy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 18, if any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the Articles of the Company dealing with any matter referred to herein, the provisions of the Company’s Articles will prevail and the Investors will take and cause to be taken all actions necessary to amend this Agreement so as to eliminate any conflict.

20. Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by First Class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by hand, by messenger or by facsimile or by electronic mail, addressed: if to a Holder, to the address or fax number listed after such Holder’s name on Exhibit A, or at such other address as such Holder shall have furnished to the Company in writing;

(b) if to the Company, to:

 

-29-


AbCellera Biologics Inc.

2215 Yukon Street

Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1

Attn: Carl Hansen, Chief Executive Officer

Email:     

or at such other address as each of the parties may provide in writing.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when received if delivered personally or sent by electronic mail, if sent by facsimile, the first business day after the date of confirmation that the facsimile has been successfully transmitted to the facsimile number for the party notified, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been mailed.

21. Severability. In the event that any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

22. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein without regard to conflict of laws provisions.

23. Lawyers Fees. If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable lawyers’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

24. Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

25. Currency. All amounts set forth in this Agreement are in United States Dollars, unless otherwise indicated. In the event that a conversion of United States Dollars into Canadian Dollars is required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement the rate of exchange to be used shall be the Bank of Canada Canadian dollar closing exchange rate for United States Dollars on the day that is, (a) a day on which the Bank of Canada provided a Canadian dollar closing exchange rate for United States Dollars; and (b) before and as close as possible to the day on which actual payment is made or the calculation rendered pursuant to this Agreement.

26. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by facsimile, PDF or other electronic means of transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

-30-


27. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred or delegated by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that each Investor shall have the right to assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder to any affiliate of such Investor in connection with a transfer of Registrable Securities held by the Investor to any such affiliate without obtaining such consent upon prior notice to the Company and delivery of a written agreement by such affiliate to which such affiliate becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof as an Investor hereunder. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer or delegate any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties.

28. Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

29. Additional Investors.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional Series A2 Preferred Shares pursuant to the Investment Agreement after the date hereof, any purchaser of such Series A2 Preferred Shares may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor” hereunder.

30. Aggregation of Shares. All shares of the capital of the Company held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

31. Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of the Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

32. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) the closing of either a transaction that results in a Change of Control (as defined in the Company’s Articles, as amended) or a Reorganization Transaction (as defined in the Company’s Articles, as amended) in accordance with Section 3(b)(viii) of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of the date hereof, (b) the date that is four (4) years following the closing of the Qualified Initial Public Offering, or (c) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event.

33. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibit hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein. Effective as of the date hereof, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes the Prior Investor Rights Agreement in its entirety.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.
By:  

/s/ Carl Hansen

  Name: Carl Hansen
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


“SERIES A1 HOLDERS”

 

DCVC BIO, L.P.
on behalf of itself and as nominee for certain affiliated entities
By: DCVC BIO GP, LLC
Its: General Partner
By: JNK CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kiersten Stead

Name:   Kiersten Stead
Title:   Managing Member

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


“SERIES A2 HOLDERS”

 

DCVC BIO, L.P.
on behalf of itself and as nominee for certain affiliated entities
By: DCVC BIO GP, LLC
Its: General Partner
By: JNK CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kiersten Stead

Name:   Kiersten Stead
Title:   Managing Member

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


ORBIMED ROYALTY & CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES III, LP
By:   OrbiMed ROF III LLC,
  its General Partner
  By:   OrbiMed Advisors LLC,
    its Managing Member
  By:  

/s/ Sven Borho

  Name:   Sven Borho
  Title:   Member

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


VIKING GLOBAL OPPORTUNITIES ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS SUB-MASTER LP
By: Viking Global Opportunities Portfolio GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Matthew Bloom

Name:   Matthew Bloom
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


BAKER BROTHERS LIFE SCIENCES, L.P.
By: BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP, management company and investment adviser to Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P., pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Brothers Life Sciences Capital, L.P., general partner to Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P., and not as the general partner.
By:  

/s/ Scott L. Lessing

Name:   Scott L. Lessing
Title:   President
667, L.P.
By: BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP, management company and investment adviser to 667, L.P., pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Biotech Capital, L.P., general partner to 667, L.P., and not as the general partner.
By:  

/s/ Scott L. Lessing

Name:   Scott L. Lessing
Title:   President

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


ABE INVESTMENTS LLC
By:  

/s/ Joel Cazares

Name:   Joel Cazares
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


THE FOUNDERS FUND VII

PRINCIPALS FUND, LP

By: The Founders Fund VII Management, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

By: /s/ Scott Nolan                                                                             

Name: Scott Nolan                                                                             

Title:                                                                                                     

  

THE FOUNDERS FUND VII, LP

By: The Founders Fund VII Management, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

By: /s/ Scott Nolan                                                                         

Name: Scott Nolan                                                                         

Title:                                                                                                 

 

THE FOUNDERS FUND VII

ENTREPRENEURS FUND, LP

By: The Founders Fund VII Management, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

By: /s/ Scott Nolan                                                                             

Name: Scott Nolan                                                                             

Title:                                                                                                     

  

 

PAI FAMILY TRUST

 

By: /s/ Neil Pai                                                                             

        Neil Pai, as trustee

 

WITNESS:

 

Signature

 

Print Name

  

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

/s/ Scott Nolan

SCOTT NOLAN

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


APEIRON SICAV LTD. - PRESIGHT

CAPITAL FUND ONE

By:  

/s/ Heinz Daxl

Name:   Heinz Daxl
Title:   Director of Apeiron SICAV Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Jefim Gewiet

Name:   Jefim Gewiet
Title:   Director of Apeiron SICAV Ltd.

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


ELI LILLY AND COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Josh Smiley

Name:   Josh Smiley
Title:   Senior VP and CFO

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


HARVARD MANAGEMENT PRIVATE

EQUITY CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Richard Slocum

Name:   Richard Slocum
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Kathryn Murtagh

Name:   Kathryn Murtagh
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
By:  

/s/ Stuart H. Mason

Name:   Stuart H. Mason
Title:   Chief Investment Officer

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Schedule of Investors

“Series A1 Holders”

 

Name and Address of Series A1 Holders

  

Number of Series A1 Preferred Shares Held

DCVC Bio, L.P.

317 University Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   2,105,264


“Series A2 Holders”

 

Name and Address of Series A2 Holders

 

Number of Series A2 Preferred Shares Held

DCVC Bio, L.P.

 

317 University Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  802,371

OrbiMed Royalty & Credit Opportunities III, LP

 

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

  802,371

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid

Investments Sub-Master LP

 

55 Railroad Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830

  1,604,742

Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P.

 

c/o Baker Bros. Advisors LP

860 Washington Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10014

Fax: 212-339-5688

  735,780

667, L.P.

 

c/o Baker Bros. Advisors LP

860 Washington Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10014

Fax: 212-339-5688

  66,591

ABE Investments LLC

 

2200 Paseo Verde Parkway, Suite 250

Henderson, NV 89052
    

  381,126

The Founders Fund VII Principals Fund, LP

 

One Letterman Drive,

Building D. 5th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94129

  40,105


Name and Address of Series A2 Holders

 

Number of Series A2 Preferred Shares Held

The Founders Fund VII, LP

 

One Letterman Drive,

Building D. 5th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94129

  334,324

The Founders Fund VII Entrepreneurs Fund, LP

 

One Letterman Drive,

Building D. 5th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94129

  2,924

Scott Nolan

 

One Letterman Drive,

Building D. 5th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94129

  1,605

Pai Family Trust

 

One Letterman Drive,

Building D. 5th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94129

  2,168

Apeiron SICAV Ltd. - Presight Capital Fund ONE

 

Cornerstone Complex, Suite A, Level 1,

16th September Square,

Mosta, Malta

  40,119

Eli Lilly and Company

 

Lilly Corporate Center,

Indianapolis, IN 46285

  401,186

Harvard Management Private Equity Corporation

 

Attention: Marcus Loveland / Emily Holden

600 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, MA 02210

  401,186

Regents of the University of Minnesota

 

2221 University Ave SE, Suite 145

Minneapolis, MN 55414

  401,186

Exhibit 10.1

OFFICE PREMISES LEASE

 

FROM:    0775021 BC Ltd.
TO:    AbCellera Biologics Inc.
DATE OF LEASE:            June 2, 2017
PROPERTY:    2215 Yukon Street, Vancouver, BC
PREMISES:    20,996 square feet comprising 9,300 square feet on the first floor and 11,696 square feet on the second floor

 


LEASE

INDEX

 

ARTICLE 1   BASIC TERMS, SCHEDULES, DEFINITIONS   1
1.01   Summary of Basic Terms   1
1.02   Definitions   3
1.03   Schedules   7
ARTICLE 2   INTENT AND INTERPRETATION   8
2.01   Net Lease   8
2.02   Landlord and Representative to Act Reasonably and in Good Faith   9
2.03   Decision of Expert to be Binding   9
2.04   Entire Agreement   9
2.05   General Matters of Intent and Interpretation   9
ARTICLE 3   GRANT OF TERM   10
3.01   Grant and Term   10
3.02   Adjustment of Area   10
3.03   Acceptance and Construction of Premises   11
3.04   Quiet Enjoyment   11
3.05   Use of Commen Elements   11
ARTICLE 4   RENT   11
4.01   Covenant to Pay   11
4.02   Basic Rent   11
4.03   Additional Rent   11
4.04   Payment of Taxes, Operating Costs and Management Fee Based Upon Landlord’s Estimates and Subject to Adjustment   12
4.05   Security Deposit   13
4.06   Payments Generally   13
ARTICLE 5   TAXES   14
5.01   Taxes – Definition   14
5.02   Taxes Payable by the Landlord   15
5.03   Taxes Payable by the Tenant   15
5.04   Business Taxes and other Taxes of the Tenant   15
5.05   Tenant’s Responsibility   16
ARTICLE 6   BUILDING AND COMMON ELEMENTS, OPERATION, REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, CONTROL AND PAYMENT   16
6.01   Operation of Building   16
6.02   Maintenance and Repairs by the Landlord   16
6.03   Control of the Building by the Landlord   17
6.04   Relocation of Premises   18
6.05   Tenant’s Payments of Operating Costs   19


ARTICLE 7   UTILITIES AND HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING AND LANDLORD SERVICES   22
7.01   Utilities and Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning and Landlord Services   22
7.02   Charges for Utilities   24
7.03   Additional Services to the Premises   25
ARTICLE 8   USE OF PREMISES   25
8.01   Use of the Premises   25
8.02   Conduct of Business and Prohibited Activities   26
8.03   Compliance with Laws   26
8.04   Directory Board, Signs and Advertising   27
8.05   Discharge and Release of Hazardous Substances   27
8.06   Waste Disposal   28
8.07   Special Indemnity   28
ARTICLE 9   INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY   29
9.01   Landlord’s Insurance   29
9.02   Tenant’s Insurance   29
9.03   Increase in Premiums   31
9.04   Cancellation of Insurance   31
9.05   Loss or Damage   32
9.06   Indemnification of the Landlord   32
ARTICLE 10   MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS BY THE TENANT   33
10.01   Maintenance and Repairs by the Tenant   33
10.02   Approval of the Tenant’s Alternations   33
10.03   Repair Where the Tenant is at Fault   35
10.04   Tenant not to Overload   35
10.05   Removal and Restoration by the Tenant   35
10.06   Tenant to Discharge Encumbrances   36
ARTICLE 11   DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION AND EXPROPRIATION   36
11.01   Interpretation of Article 11   36
11.02   Damage to Premises   37
11.03   Damage to the Building   38
11.04   Expropriation of the Building or the Premises   39
11.05   Awards   39
11.06   Architect’s Certificate   39
ARTICLE 12   ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING AND OTHER TRANSFERS   40
12.01   Transfers   40
12.02   Landlord’s Right to Terminate   42
12.03   Terms and Conditions Relating to Transfers   42
12.04   No Advertising of the Premises   44
12.05   Sales and Other Disposition by the Landlord   44


ARTICLE 13   ACCESS AND ALTERATIONS   44
13.01   Right of Entry   44
ARTICLE 14   STATUS STATEMENTS, SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT   45
14.01   Status Statements   45
14.02   Subordination and Attornment   46
14.03   Attorney   46
ARTICLE 15   DEFAULT   46
15.01   Events of Default   46
15.02   Remedies Upon and Event of Default   48
15.03   Landlord May Cure the Tenant’s Default   49
15.04   Waiver of Exemption from Distress   49
15.05   Application of Money   49
15.06   Remedies Generally   49
ARTICLE 16   MISCELLANEOUS   50
16.01   Rules and Regulations   50
16.02   Overholding – No Tacit Renewal   50
16.03   Relationship of Parties – No Partnership of Agency   50
16.04   Accord and Satisfaction   50
16.05   Tenant Partnership   50
16.06   Waiver   51
16.07   Successors   51
16.08   Force Majeure   51
16.09   Notices   51
16.10   Management of the Building   52
16.11   Registration   52
16.12   Survival of Obligations   52
16.13   Inducement to Lease   52

 

Schedule “A”

  

Legal Description of Lands

Schedule “B”

  

Floor Plan of the Premises

Schedule “C”

  

Landlord’s and Tenant’s Work

Schedule “D”

  

Rules and Regulations

Schedule “E”        

  

Special Provisions

 


THIS LEASE is dated the 2nd day of June, 2017 and is made

BETWEEN

0775021 BC Ltd.

(the “Landlord”)

-and-

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

(the “Tenant”)

ARTICLE 1

BASIC TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

 

1.01

SUMMARY OF BASIC TERMS

 

a.    “Building Name” means – “•” subject to Section 6.03(a)(vi).
b.    Address of Landlord:                   

c/o

Avison Young Commercial Real Estate

(B.C.) Inc

Suite 2900, 1055 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, B.C. V6E 3P3

c.    Address of Tenant:   

c/o

Avison Young Commercial Real Estate (B.C.) Inc.

Suite 2900, 1055 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, B.C. V6E 3P3

d.    Premises    The first and second floors of 2215 Yukon Street, Vancouver, BC, as shown on Schedule “B”.
e.    Rentable Area of the Premises:    Approximately Twenty Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety Six (20,996) square feet, subject to re-measurement in accordance with the most recent BOMA measurement standard, and otherwise subject to Section 3.02.


f.    (1) Commencement. Date:    January 1,2018
   (2) Term:    commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring December 31, 2027.
g.    Fixturing Period:    a maximum of One Hundred Fifty Three (153) days prior to the Commencement Date (subject to Section 16.08), as more particularly set out in Schedule E – Special Provisions, hereto.
h.    Basic Rent (subject to Section 4.02):   

 

Years

   Annual Rate Per
square Foot (of
Rentable Area)
     Per Year      Per Month  

Years 1-2

   $ 27.50      $ 577,390.00      $ 48,115.83  

Years 3-5

   $ 28.50      $ 598,386.00      $ 49,865.50  

Years 6-7

   $ 30.50      $ 640,378.00      $ 53,364.83  

Years 8-10

   $ 32.50      $ 682,370.00      $ 56,864.17  

 

*

plus the part of the month, if any, from the Commencement Date to and including the last day of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, in the event that the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month.

 

i.

Advance Rent” means the sum of Two Hundred Seven Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars and Forty-Nine Cents ($217,702.26) paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Landlord, to be held without interest and to be applied on account of the Rent payable for the first three months of the Term, plus applicable taxes.

 

j.

Security Deposit” means the sum of Seventy-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Dollars and Seventeen Cents ($81,753.18) subject to Section 4.05.

 

k.

Inducement to Lease” means the sum of Twenty ($20.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises subject to Section 16.13 and Section 1 of Schedule “E”.

 

2


The terms set out above are intended to be only a summary of certain basic terms of this Lease which are supplemented by various provisions set out later in this Lease which are applicable thereto.

 

1.02

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply in this Lease:

Accounting Period” means a calendar year or such other accounting period, not exceeding sixteen (16) months, as the Landlord may, upon notice to the Tenant, adopt from time to time for the Building.

Additional Rent means those amounts payable by the Tenant under Section 4.03 together with all other money payable by the Tenant under this Lease (except Basic Rent), whether or not it is designated “Additional Rent”.

Applicable Laws” means all statutes, laws, by-laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders and requirements of a governmental, quasi-governmental or other public authority having jurisdiction over any matter.

Architect” means an accredited architect chosen by the Landlord from time to time.

Basic Rent” means the rent payable pursuant to Section 4.02.

Building means the lands described in Schedule “A”, as they are altered, reduced or expanded from time to time and all buildings, structures, improvements, equipment, facilities and appurtenances serving them or located on or in them from time to time, including, without limitation, the Common Elements and Parking Facilities.

Business Hours means the hours from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday, inclusive, of each week, holidays excepted, or any such extended periods of hours and days as the Landlord, acting reasonably, may designate from time to time. The Landlord may, at its option, designate from time to time different business hours for retail tenants and, when reasonably required, for other tenants.

Business Taxes” has the meaning set out in Section 5.01 of this Lease.

Capital Tax is an amount determined by multiplying each of the “Applicable Rates” by the “Building Capital” and totaling the products. “Building Capital” is the amount of capital which the Landlord determines, without duplication, is invested from time to time by the Landlord, the Owners, or all of them, in doing all or any of the following: acquiring, developing, expanding, redeveloping, leasing and improving the Building. Building Capital will not be increased by any financing or refinancing except to the extent that the proceeds are invested directly as Building Capital. An “Applicable Rate” is the capital tax rate specified from time to time under any statute of Canada and any statute of the Province which imposes a tax in respect of the capital of corporations. Each Applicable Rate will be considered to be the rate that would apply if none of the Landlord or the Owners employed capital outside of the Province. For greater certainty, Capital Tax includes federal large corporation tax and provincial capital tax.

 

3


Commencement Date means the date determined pursuant to Section 1.01(f)(1).

Common Elements: (a) the areas, facilities, utilities, improvements, equipment and installations (collectively, “elements”) in the Building that, from time to time, are not intended to be leased to tenants of the Building, or are designated from time to time as Common Elements by the Landlord, (b) the elements outside the Building that serve the Building (or any part of it) and are designated by the Landlord from time to time as part of the Common Elements, and (c) the elements in or on Leasable Premises that are provided for the benefit of the tenants of the Building and their employees, customers and other invitees in common with others entitled to use them. The Common Elements include, but are not limited to, the roof, exterior wall assemblies including weather walls, exterior and interior structural components and bearing walls in the buildings and improvements in the Building; equipment, furniture, furnishings and fixtures; electronic systems such as music, fire prevention, security and communication systems; columns; pipes; electrical, plumbing, drainage, mechanical and other installations, equipment or services in the Building or related to it, as well as the structures housing them; and the HVAC System.

Event of Default means any event specified as such in Section 15.01.

Expert means any architect, engineer, chartered accountant, quantity surveyor, or other professional consultant, in any case appointed by the Landlord and, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, qualified to perform the function for which he is retained.

Fixturing Period means the period described in Section 4.02 of Schedule “C”.

Hazardous Substance means any substance or thing or mixture of them which alone, or in combination, or in concentrations, are flammable, corrosive, reactive or toxic or which might cause adverse effects or be deemed detrimental to living things or to the environment, including, but not limited to, any pollutant, contaminant, toxic or hazardous substance, such as by way of example, urea formaldehyde, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl, pesticides, or any other substance the removal, manufacture, preparation, generation, use, maintenance, storage, transfer, handling or ownership of which is subject to Applicable Laws.

HVAC System means all interior climate control (including heating, ventilating and air-conditioning) systems, installations, equipment and facilities (including the buildings or areas which house them) which service the Building (including the Common Elements and the Premises) that are operated and maintained by the Landlord. The HVAC System includes, without limitation, the distribution system within Leasable Premises (including the Premises), distribution piping, air handling units and fan coil and ventilation units that form part of those systems, together with the monitoring, energy saving and control systems (including the thermostat) in each Leasable Premises supplied by the HVAC System (including the Premises). The HVAC System does not include (i) self-contained heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems in individual Leasable Premises that have been installed and are maintained by the occupants (if any); and (ii) any tenant maintained supplementary air-conditioning units, facilities or services that are installed for individual tenants or a group of tenants to satisfy requirements that are in excess of the normal operational capacity of the HVAC System.

 

4


Landlord means the party of the First Part and Persons for whom the Landlord is responsible in law.

Landlord’s Work (a) with respect to the Tenants initial occupation of the Premises, means the work to be performed by the Landlord pursuant to Section 2.02 of Schedule “C” and (b) with respect to Article 11, means the work to be performed by the Landlord pursuant to Section 2.01 of Schedule “C”.

Leasable Premises means those premises (including the Premises) in or on the Building that is, or is intended from time to time to be occupied in connection with office purposes. For greater certainty, “Leasable Premises” excludes Storage Areas.

Lease” means this agreement, all Schedules thereto and the Rules and Regulations adopted or revised from time to time, together with every properly executed instrument which by its terms amends, modifies or supplements this Lease.

Leasehold Improvements means (a) heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, facilities and equipment in or serving the Premises; (b) floor covering that is affixed (except for wall-to-wall carpeting laid over a finished floor which is removable without damage to such floor); (c) light fixtures; (d) doors; (e) hardware and partitions; (f) internal stairways, escalators and elevators; and (g) fixtures, improvements, installations, alterations and additions from time to time made or installed in the Premises by or on behalf of the Tenant or any previous occupant of the Premises; but, for greater certainty, excludes trade fixtures, furniture and equipment.

Lease Year means, in the case of the first Lease Year, a period of twelve consecutive calendar months from and after the Commencement Date (plus the part of the month, if any, from the Commencement Date to and including the last day of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs if the Commencement Date is not on the first day of a month) and, in the case of Lease Years after the first Lease Year, is a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months starting on the first day after the Lease Year that immediately precedes it. However, the last Lease Year, whether it is twelve (12) calendar months or not, terminates on the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease.

Management Fee” has the meaning set out in Section 4.03(d).

Mortgagee means a mortgagee or hypothecary creditor (including a trustee for bondholders) of the Building or part thereof, and a chargee or other secured creditor that holds the Building or a part thereof as security (but a Mortgagee is not a creditor, chargee or security holder of a tenant of Leasable Premises).

Operation Standard has the meaning set out in Section 6.01 of this Lease.

 

5


Operating Costs has the meaning set out in Section 6.05(a) of this Lease.

Owners” means the owner or owners from time to time (other than the Landlord) of the freehold or leasehold title of the Building.

Parking Facilities means the improvements for parking forming part of the Building, as they may be diminished, expanded, altered or rearranged from time to time and the areas and facilities that are appurtenant solely to those improvements (such as, without limitation, access ways, entrances and exits and any delivery passages located therein).

Person means an individual, firm, partnership, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any department or agency thereof or any combination or groups of them.

Premises” means the Leasable Premises described in Section 1.01(d) and 1.01(e) and as outlined in Schedule “B”. If the Premises are entirely self-enclosed, the boundaries of the Premises extend:

(a)    from the top surface of the structural subfloor to the bottom surface of the structural ceiling of the Premises; and

(b)    to the interior surface of all interior walls.

Prime Rate means, at any time, the prime lending rate of interest expressed as a rate per annum which the Landlord’s designated chartered bank or trust company establishes at its main office in Vancouver, British Columbia as the reference rate of interest in order to determine interest rates it will charge at such time for demand loans in Canadian Dollars to its Canadian customers and which it refers to as its “prime rate”.

Property Manager means a company or other entity, if any, retained by the Landlord from time to time to operate or manage the Building.

Proportionate Share means a fraction which has as its numerator the Rentable Area of the Premises and as its denominator the Rentable Area of the Building.

Province means the province in which the Building is located.

Released Persons collectively and individually means the Landlord, the Property Manager, the Owners and the Mortgagee. In sections which contain a release or other exculpatory provision or an Indemnity’ in favor of any or all of the Released Persons, such Released Person or Released Persons shall include the officers, directors, employees and agents of each such Released Person and the Landlord acts as agent for, or as trustee for, the benefit of all Released Persons so that each such release, Indemnity and/or other exculpatory provision is fully enforceable by such Released Persons.

Rent means all Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Lease.

 

6


Rentable Area means, in the case of all individual Leasable Premises within the Building (including the Premises), the area measured in accordance with the Building Owners and Managers Association International standard of measuring areas in office buildings which the Landlord, in its sole discretion, designates from time to time. The Rentable Area of any individual Leasable Premises (including the Premises) may be adjusted from time to time by the Landlord to give effect to any structural, functional or other change on the floor on which such Leasable Premises are located.

Rentable Area of the Building means the aggregate Rentable Area of all individual Leasable Premises in the Building (including the Premises), measured in accordance with the Building Owners and Managers Association International standard of measuring areas in office buildings which the Landlord, in its sole discretion, designates from time to time. The Rentable Area of the Building may be adjusted from time to time by the Landlord to give effect to any structural, functional or other change within the Building. Parking Facilities are not included in the Rentable Area of the Building.

Rental Taxes has the meaning set out in Section 2.01(b) of this Lease.

Rules and Regulations means the rules and regulations made by the Landlord from time to time pursuant to Section 16.01 and including those set out in Schedule “D”.

Stipulated Rate means the rate of interest per annum that is the lesser of (a) three percentage points more than the Prime Rate and (b) the maximum rate permitted by law.

Storage Areas means those areas in the Building which are designated or intended from time to time by the Landlord to be used for storage purposes.

Taxes” has the meaning set out in Section 5.01 of this Lease.

Tenant means the party of the Second Part and Persons for whom the Tenant is responsible in law.

Tenants Share of Taxes has the meaning set out in Section 5.03(a) of this Lease.

Tenant’s Work means the work to be performed by the Tenant pursuant to Section 3.02 of Schedule “C”.

Term means the period specified in Section 1.01(f)(2) (unless sooner terminated).

Transfer has the meaning set out in Section 12.01(a).

Utilities has the meaning set out in Section 7.01(a)(ii) of this Lease (and “Utility” shall have a corresponding meaning).

 

1.03

SCHEDULES

The Schedules shall form part of this Lease and are as follows:

 

7


Schedule “A” Legal Description of the Building

Schedule “B” Floor Plan of the Premises

Schedule “C” Landlord’s and Tenants Work

Schedule “D” Rules and Regulations

Schedule “E” Special Provisions

ARTICLE 2

INTENT AND INTERPRETATION

 

2.01

NET LEASE

 

(a)

This lease is a completely net lease to the Landlord. Except as stated in this lease, the Landlord is not responsible for costs, charges, or expenses relating to the Building, the Premises, their use and occupancy, their contents, or the business carried on in them, and the Tenant will pay the charges, impositions, costs and expenses relating to the Premises except as stated in this lease. This Section will not be interpreted to make the Tenant responsible for ground rentals that may be payable by the Landlord or the owners, payments to Mortgagees or, subject to Section 5.01, the Landlord’s income taxes. Capital Tax is not considered as income tax.

 

(b)

The Tenant will pay to the Landlord, in the manner specified by the Landlord, the full amount of all goods and services taxes, rental taxes, value-added taxes, multi-stage taxes, business transfer taxes, and any other taxes imposed in respect of the Rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease or in respect of the rental of space under this Lease, (herein called “Rental Taxes”), Rental Taxes are payable by the Tenant whether they are characterized as a goods and services tax, sales tax, value-added tax, multi-stage tax, business transfer tax, or otherwise, with the intent that the Landlord be fully Indemnified in respect of all Rental Taxes payable or collectible by the Landlord in respect of Rent or the rental of space under this Lease, Rental Taxes payable by the Tenant (i) will be calculated by the Landlord in accordance with the applicable legislation; (ii) will be paid to the Landlord at the same time as the amounts to which the Rental Taxes are payable to the Landlord under this Lease (or upon demand at such other time or times as the Landlord from time to time determines); and (iii) despite anything to the contrary, will not be considered to be Rent but the Landlord will have all of the same remedies for, and rights of recovery with respect to such amounts, as it has for non-payment of Rent under this Lease or at law. If a deposit is forfeited or an amount becomes payable to the Landlord due to a default or as consideration for a modification of this Lease and the applicable legislation deems a part of the deposit or amount to include Rental Taxes, then the deposit or amount will be grossed up to ensure that the full amount of the forfeited deposit or amount payable is received by the Landlord in full without encroachment by any deemed payment, input credit or otherwise.

 

8


2.02

LANDLORD AND REPRESENTATIVE TO ACT REASONABLY AND IN GOOD FAITH

The Landlord, and each Person acting for the Landlord, in making a determination, designation, calculation, estimate, conversion, or allocation under this Lease, will act reasonably and in good faith and each accountant, architect, engineer or surveyor, or other professional Person employed or retained by the Landlord will act in accordance with the applicable principles and standards of the Person’s profession.

 

2.03

DECISION OF EXPERT TO BE BINDING

The decision of any Expert whenever provided for under this Lease and any certificate related thereto shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and there shall be no further right of dispute or appeal.

 

2.04

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

(a)

This Lease includes the Schedules attached to it and the Rules and Regulations. There are no covenants, promises, assurances, agreements, representations, conditions, warranties, statements or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties concerning this Lease, the Premises, the Building or any matter related to all or any of them, except those that are set out in this Lease.

 

(b)

This Lease supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, letters of intent, offers to lease, lease proposals, brochures, and information conveyed, whether oral or in writing, between the parties hereto or their respective representatives.

 

(c)

Unless specifically provided to the contrary, no amendment, modification or supplement to this Lease will be binding unless set out in writing and executed by the Tenant and the Landlord.

 

2.05

GENERAL MATTERS OF INTENT AND INTERPRETATION

 

(a)

Each obligation under this Lease is a covenant.

 

(b)

The captions, section numbers, article numbers and Table of Contents do not define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of the sections or articles.

 

(c)

The use of the neuter singular pronoun to refer to the Landlord or the Tenant is a proper reference even though the Landlord or the Tenant is an individual, a partnership, a corporation or a group of two or more individuals, partnerships or corporations. The grammatical changes needed to make the provisions of this lease apply in the plural sense when there is more than one Landlord or Tenant and to corporations, associations, partnerships or individuals, males or females, are implied.

 

(d)

Whenever a statement or provision in this Lease is followed by words denoting inclusion or example (such as “including” or “such as”) and then a list of, or reference to, specific matters or items, such list or reference shall not be read so as to limit or restrict the generality of such statement or provision, even though words such as “without limitation” or “without limiting the generality of the foregoing” do not precede such list or reference.

 

9


(e)

If a part of this Lease or the application of it to a Person or circumstance, is to any extent held or rendered invalid, unenforceable or illegal, that part:

 

  (i)

is independent of the remainder of the Lease and is severable from it, and its invalidity, unenforceability or illegality does not affect, impair or invalidate the remainder of this Lease; and

 

  (ii)

continues to be applicable to and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law against any Person and circumstance except those as to which it has been held or rendered invalid, unenforceable or illegal.

No part of this Lease will be enforced against a Person, if, or to the extent that by doing so, the Person is made to breach a law, rule, regulation or enactment.

 

(f)

This Lease will be construed in accordance with the laws of Canada and the Province.

 

(g)

Time is of the essence of this Lease.

 

(h)

The Landlord acts as agent for, or as trustee for, the Property Manager, all Mortgagees and the Owners to the extent necessary to ensure that all exculpatory provisions and indemnities included in their favor in this Lease are enforceable against the Tenant by them, and by the Landlord.

 

(i)

To the extent that liability exists at the time of expiry or earlier surrender or termination of this Lease, the covenant(s) from which such liability is derived shall survive such expiry or earlier surrender or termination.

ARTICLE 3

GRANT AND TERM

 

3.01

GRANT AND TERM

The Landlord leases the Premises to the Tenant, and the Tenant leases the Premises from the Landlord, to have and to hold during the Term, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

3.02

ADJUSTMENT OF AREA

The estimated Rentable Area of the Premises is set out in Section 1.01 (e). If the Rentable Area of the Premises is certified by an Expert, then such Rentable Area will apply instead of the area indicated in Section 1.01 (e) and Rent will be adjusted as calculated by the Landlord, which adjustment will be retroactive if the certification does not occur until after the Commencement Date. If required because of a rearrangement of partitions or other changed condition on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located, the Rentable Area of the Premises will be recalculated by an Expert and Rent will be adjusted effective the date on which such change occurred.

 

10


3.03

ACCEPTANCE AND CONSTRUCTION OF PREMISES

All of the provisions of Schedule “C” shall apply to the Tenant’s acceptance and construction of the Premises under this Lease.

 

3.04

QUIET ENJOYMENT

If the Tenant performs its obligations under this Lease, it may hold and use the Premises without interference by the Landlord or any other Person claiming by, through or under the Landlord, subject however to the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

3.05

USE OF COMMON ELEMENTS

The Tenant has the non-exclusive and non-transferable right (except in conjunction with a Transfer under Article 12 of this Lease) to use the Common Elements in common with others entitled to do so, for the purposes for which they are intended, subject, however to this Lease (but this will not be deemed to confer on the Tenant any right to use the Parking Facilities unless specifically set out in this Lease).

ARTICLE 4

RENT

 

4.01

COVENANT TO PAY

The Tenant covenants, throughout the Term, to pay Basic Rent and Additional Rent to the Landlord or to the Property Manager as the Landlord directs, at its head office, or at any other place designated by the Landlord or the Property Manager, as the case may be, in Canadian funds, without demand and without deduction, abatement, set-off or compensation

 

4.02

BASIC RENT

During each Lease Year throughout the Term the Tenant shall pay the Basic Rent calculated at the rate set out in Section 1.01(h), payable in equal consecutive monthly installments each in advance on the first day of each calendar month, subject to the adjustment provisions of Section 3.02. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the Tenant shall pay, on such Commencement Date, Basic Rent calculated on a per diem basis (based on 365 days) from the Commencement Date to the end of the month in which it occurs.

 

4.03

ADDITIONAL RENT

The Tenant shall also pay, as Additional Rent, the aggregate of:

 

11


(a)

the Tenant’s Share of Taxes and other Taxes in accordance with Sections 5.03 and 5.04;

 

(b)

the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs in accordance with Section 6.05;

 

(c)

the aggregate of:

 

  (i)

the charges for Utilities in accordance with Section 7.02;

 

  (ii)

costs of any additional services in accordance with Section 7.03; and

 

  (iii)

such other costs, charges, amounts and expenses as are required to be paid by the Tenant under this Lease; and

 

(d)

an amount equal to five percent (5%) of all Rent payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease, as compensation to the Landlord for the operation, repair, administration, maintenance and management of the Building (the “Management Fee”).

For the first month of the Term Additional Rent is due on the Commencement Date and thereafter is payable on the first day of each calendar month in advance, except where this Lease states that it is payable on demand or at such other time. Additional Rent accrues daily.

 

4.04

PAYMENT OF TAXES, OPERATING COSTS AND MANAGEMENT FEE BASED UPON LANDLORD’S ESTIMATES AND SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT

 

(a)

Prior to the Commencement Date and the beginning of each Accounting Period thereafter, the Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant a bona fide estimate of the Tenants Share of Taxes, its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs and the Management Fee for the appropriate Accounting Period and, without further notice, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord in monthly installments in advance one-twelfth (1/12) of such estimate simultaneously with the Tenants payments of Basic Rent during such Accounting Period. Such costs for the 2017 fiscal year are estimated to be Twelve Dollars ($12.00) plus GST, per square foot of Rentable Area, subject to adjustment as provided for below.

 

(b)

The Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each Accounting Period a statement (the “Statement”) setting out (i) the total amount of Operating Costs and Taxes and (Ii) the Tenant’s Share of Taxes and its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs which are payable by the Tenant for such Accounting Period. If the Tenant has paid less than a Statement specifies, the Tenant will pay the deficiency with the next monthly payment of Basic Rent. If the Tenant has paid more than a Statement specifies, the Landlord will have the option to apply the excess in payment of amounts owing by the Tenant, apply the excess in reduction of future Rent due under this Lease or refund the excess to the Tenant within a reasonable time after delivery of the Statement.

 

12


(c)

If an Accounting Period is less than twelve (12) calendar months the Tenants Share of Taxes and the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs will be adjusted on a per diem basis, based on three hundred and sixty-five (365) days.

 

(d)

The Tenant may claim a readjustment in respect of all or any of the Taxes, Operating Costs or the Management Fee for an Accounting Period only by giving written notice to the Landlord within twelve (12) months after its receipt of the Statement in respect of that Accounting Period, which notice must specify the error of computation or allocation. In any event, the Tenant will pay the Rent in accordance with the Statement until the dispute is resolved.

 

4.05

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

(a)

The Security Deposit referred to in Section 1.01(j) of this Lease shall be held by the Landlord, prior to and throughout the Term, without liability for interest, as security for the performance by the Tenant of all of its covenants and obligations under this Lease.

 

(b)

If at any time Rent is owing by the Tenant under this Lease or if the Tenant fails to perform any of its other covenants and obligations under this Lease, then the Landlord may, at its option, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided for in this Lease or at law, appropriate and apply the entire Security Deposit, or so much of it as is necessary to compensate the Landlord for all loss, expenses or damages sustained or suffered by the Landlord due to or arising from such breach on the part of the Tenant. If all or any portion of the Security Deposit is so appropriated and applied, the Tenant shall, upon written request of the Landlord, forthwith remit to the Landlord a sufficient amount in cash to restore the Security Deposit to the original sum deposited, and the Tenants failure to do so within five (5) days after receipt of such request constitutes a breach of this Lease. If the Tenant complies with all of its covenants and obligations under this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be returned to the Tenant without interest within sixty (60) days after the expiry or earlier termination of the Term, or, at the Landlord’s option, be applied by the Landlord on account of the last month’s Rent payable hereunder.

 

(c)

The Landlord may deliver the Security Deposit to any purchaser of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Building, if such interest is sold, and thereupon the Landlord is discharged from any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit to the extent that such liability is assumed in writing by such purchaser.

 

4.06

PAYMENTS GENERALLY

All payments by the Tenant to the Landlord under this lease shall:

 

13


(a)

be applied towards amounts then outstanding under this Lease in such manner as the Landlord determines;

 

(b)

bear interest daily from the due date to the date of payment, calculated daily, at the Stipulated Rate;

 

(c)

be subject, if not paid when due, to a late payment charge of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) to cover the Landlord’s additional administrative costs in connection therewith;

 

(d)

upon the request of the Landlord, be made by way of post-dated cheques delivered for such period as the Landlord requests or, at the Landlord’s option, be made by way of electronic funds transfer from the Tenant’s bank account and the Tenant agrees to execute, within three (3) business days of the Landlord’s request, such documentation as the Landlord and its bank requires in order to give effect to the foregoing; and

 

(e)

survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease

ARTICLE 5

TAXES

 

5.01

TAXES. DEFINITION

In this Lease:

 

(a)

Taxes” means (i) all taxes, rates, levies, fees, duties, charges (including local improvement charges) and assessments whatsoever, imposed, assessed, levied, rated or charged by any lawful taxing authority against the Building or any part of it from time to time (including, but not limited to, the Common Elements), whether school, municipal, regional, provincial, federal or otherwise, and any taxes (including, without limitation, Business Taxes) or other amounts which are imposed in lieu of, or in addition to, any of the foregoing, whether or not similar to or of the foregoing character, and whether or not in existence at the Commencement Date, and any taxes levied or assessed against the Landlord or the Owners on account of its or their ownership of or interest in the Building, all calculated as if the Building were at all times fully occupied, leased and operational, but excluding taxes on the income or profits of the Landlord or the Owners except to the extent they are levied in lieu of the foregoing, and (ii) the costs and expenses incurred for consultation, appraisal, legal and other fees and expenses to the extent they are incurred in an attempt to minimize, verify or reduce amounts mentioned in Section 5.01(a)(i);

 

(b)

Business Taxes means all taxes, rates, duties, levies and assessments whatsoever, whether municipal, parliamentary or otherwise, levied, imposed or assessed against any Person in respect of the use or occupancy of, or any business carried on, by tenants or other occupants of the Building, or against the Landlord or the Owners on account of its or their ownership of the Building or in respect of individual Leasable Premises in the Building, or in respect of the leasehold improvements, equipment and facilities of tenants or other occupants on or In the Building or any part thereof or on the Landlord or the Owners on account of Its or their ownership of or interest in any of them; and

 

14


5.02

TAXES PAYABLE BY THE LANDLORD

The Landlord will, subject to Sections 5.03, 5.04 and 6.05, pay all Taxes but the Landlord may defer such payments or compliance with Applicable Laws in connection with the levying of Taxes to the fullest extent permitted by law so long as it pursues any contest or appeal of any such Taxes with reasonable diligence.

 

5.03

TAXES PAYABLE BY THE TENANT

 

(a)

In each Accounting Period throughout the Term the Tenant will pay to the Landlord the “Tenants Share of Taxes” in the manner and at the time set out in Section 4.04(a). The “Tenants Share of Taxes” means the Tenants Proportionate Share of Taxes, subject, however to Sections 5.03(b) and 5.04 or, at the Landlord’s option in the event that the Premises are separately assessed, the Taxes which are separately assessed against the Premises.

 

(b)

The Landlord shall be entitled but not obligated to allocate Taxes amongst categories of Leasable Premises in the Building on the basis of such factors as the Landlord determines to be relevant, such as, by way of example, the types of business or activity carried on therein, the locations in the Building, costs of construction, relative benefits derived by Leasable Premises, relative assessment values, non-public school support designations, and vacancies. The Landlord shall be entitled to adjust the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes having regard to the category in which the Tenant is placed by the Landlord.

 

(c)

The Tenant will pay to the Landlord goods and services tax (GST) and/or harmonized sales tax (HST) as the case may be in accordance with the applicable legislation at the same time as the amounts to which such taxes apply are payable to the Landlord under the terms of this Lease or upon demand at such other time or times as the Landlord from time to time determines. The Landlord will provide the Tenant with its applicable tax registration number. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, the amount payable by the Tenant under this Section 5.04 will be deemed not to be Rent, but the Landlord will have the same remedies for and rights of recovery of such amount as it has for recovery of Rent under this Lease.

 

5.04

BUSINESS TAXES AND OTHER TAXES OF THE TENANT

The Tenant will pay, before delinquency, to the taxing authorities or, if payable by the Landlord to the taxing authorities, then to the Landlord, all “Business Taxes” for which a separate bill in respect of the Tenant or the Premises is issued by the taxing authorities in respect of the use of occupancy of the business conducted on, or equipment or facilities within the Premises or owned by the Tenant or occupants of the Premises. If there is no such separate bill issued by the relevant authority in respect of a Business Tax. then Business Tax will be included in Taxes.

 

15


5.05

TENANT’S RESPONSIBILITY

The Tenant will, (a) on the Landlord’s request, promptly deliver to the Landlord, (i) receipts for payment of all Business Taxes payable by the Tenant; (ii) notices of any assessments for Taxes or Business Taxes or other assessments received by the Tenant that relate to the Premises or the Building; and (iii) whatever other information relating to Taxes and Business Taxes the Landlord reasonably requests from time to time; and (b) deliver to the Landlord, at least ten (10) days before the last date for filing appeals, notice of any appeal or contest that the Tenant intends to institute with respect to Taxes or Business Taxes payable by the Tenant and obtain the prior written consent of the Landlord for the appeal or contest which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. If the Tenant obtains the Landlord’s consent, the Tenant will, (1) deliver to the Landlord whatever security for the payment of the Taxes or Business Taxes the Landlord reasonably requires; (2) promptly and diligently pursue the appeal or contest; and (3) keep the Landlord informed on all aspects of it.

The Tenant will indemnify and save the Landlord harmless from all losses, costs charges and expenses arising from Taxes or Business Taxes as well as any taxes that are imposed in place of Taxes or Business Taxes or which are assessed against rentals payable under this Lease in place of Taxes or Business Taxes whether against the Landlord or the Tenant including, but not limited to increases in Taxes or Business Taxes arising directly or indirectly out of an appeal or contest by the Tenant. The Tenant will deliver to the Landlord any security for such an increase in Taxes or Business Taxes that the Landlord reasonably requires.

ARTICLE 6

BUILDING AND COMMON ELEMENTS, OPERATION, REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, CONTROL AND PAYMENT

 

6.01

OPERATION OF BUILDING

During the Term, the Landlord shall operate the Building as would a prudent owner to the standards from time to time prevailing for a project of comparable age, size and location in the area in which the Building is located (the “Operation Standard).

 

6.02

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS BY THE LANDLORD

 

(a)

The Landlord will maintain and repair, in accordance with Operation Standard:

 

  (i)

the structure of the Building, including exterior walls and roofs; and

 

  (ii)

the Common Elements, (including the HVAC System and the mechanical, electrical and other base building systems),

 

16


and the cost (except for the cost of repairing and replacing inherent structural defects or weaknesses) will be included in Operating Costs.

 

(b)

The obligations of the Landlord under Section 6.02(a) are subject to the following exceptions:

 

  (i)

any occurrence which is not covered by insurance which the Landlord is required to maintain under this Lease or the cost of repair or restoration which exceeds the proceeds of such insurance actually received by the Landlord (or which the Landlord reasonably ought to have received had it maintained insurance in accordance with Section 9.01); and

 

  (ii)

damage or expropriation as set out in Article 11 in the circumstances where this Lease will terminate.

 

(c)

The Tenant will promptly notify the Landlord of any damage or repair which is required in the Common Elements and in the Premises for which it is the Landlord’s responsibility to repair or maintain.

 

6.03

CONTROL OF THE BUILDING BY THE LANDLORD

Those portions of the Building which are not leased to tenants (including, without limitation, the Common Elements) are under the exclusive control of the Landlord. Without limitation, the Landlord may, in its operation and control of the Building:

(a)

 

  (i)

temporarily close the Building or any part of it to prevent the public or any Person from obtaining rights therein; temporarily obstruct or close off or shut down the Building, or any part of it for inspection, maintenance, repair, construction or safety reasons; make, modify and terminate easements and other agreements pertaining to the use and operation of the Building, or any part of it, including agreements with the owner or owners of any lands adjacent to the Building;

 

  (ii)

retain contractors and employ all personnel, including supervisory personnel and managers, that the Landlord considers necessary for the effective maintenance, repair, operation, administration or management of the Building;

 

  (iii)

use parts of the Common Elements for display, decorations, entertainment, merchandising, and structures designed for special features or promotional activities;

 

  (iv)

reasonably regulate all aspects of tenant related loading and unloading and delivery and shipping, and all aspects of garbage collection and disposal;

 

17


  (v)

where the Parking Facilities are not pay facilities and are available, without charge, for the use of the public and the tenants of the Building, designate the areas of the Parking Facilities in which the Tenant and its employees may park; and

 

  (vi)

change the Building Name, address or designation of the Building from time to time, without liability, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior notice.

 

(b)

 

  (i)

change the area, level, location, arrangement or use of the Building or any part of it;

 

  (ii)

construct other buildings, structures or improvements in or on the Building or any part of it; make alterations of, additions to, subtractions from or rearrangements of the Building, or any part of it; and construct additional stories, buildings or facilities adjoining or near the Building or any part of it;

 

  (iii)

install kiosks and other installations, permanent or otherwise, in or on the Common Elements;

 

  (iv)

diminish, expand. alter, relocate or rearrange the buildings, Parking Facilities and other parts of the Building; and

 

  (v)

do and perform such other acts in and to the Building or any part of it as the Landlord, in the use of good business judgment, determines to be advisable for the proper operation of the Building.

Despite anything else in this lease, the Landlord will not be liable for any diminution or alteration of the Common Elements or the Parking Facilities that occurs as the result of the Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this Section 6.03 or elsewhere under this lease and the Tenant will not be entitled to compensation or a reduction or abatement of Rent. No such diminution or alteration of the Common Element or the Parking Facilities will be deemed to be a default by the Landlord of any obligation for quiet enjoyment contained in this lease or provided at law or a constructive or actual eviction of the Tenant. In the exercise of its rights under Section 6.03(b), the Landlord shall repair any damage caused to the Premises and shall use reasonable efforts not to unduly interfere with the Tenants use of the Premises and operation of its business any more than is reasonably necessary in the circumstances.

 

6.04

RELOCATION OF PREMISES

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary the Landlord shall have the right, at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to relocate the Tenant (including its sub- tenants and all other permitted occupants) to other Leasable Premises in the Building (the “Relocated Premises”) and the following terms and conditions shall be applicable:

 

18


(a)

the Relocated Premises (which term shall mean the Premises after relocation) shall be reasonably comparable to the Premises in terms of Rentable Area but the Landlord may elect to relocate the Tenant to Relocated Premises which have a greater rentable area than the Premises provided that in such event, Basic Rent, the Tenant’s Share of Taxes and its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs will be calculated as if the Relocated Premises contained the same Rentable Area as the Premises;

 

(b)

the Landlord shall provide, at its expense, leasehold improvements in the Relocated Premises comparable to the standards of the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises;

 

(c)

the Landlord shall pay for the reasonable moving costs (if any) of the Tenant’s trade fixtures and furnishings from the Premises to the Relocated Premises;

 

(d)

the Landlord agrees to use its reasonable efforts to effect the relocation with a minimum of disruption to the Tenant’s business; and

 

(e)

all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the Relocated Premises.

 

6.05

TENANT’S PAYMENT OF OPERATING COSTS

 

(a)

In each Accounting Period throughout the Term the Tenant will pay to the Landlord, in the manner and at the time set out in Section 4.04(a), its Proportionate Share of the costs and expenses of maintaining, operating, repairing and administering the Building (such costs and expenses referred to as “Operating Costs”), subject, however, to Sections 6.05(c), 6.05(d) and 6.05(e). Operating Costs will be calculated as if the Building were one hundred percent (100%) leased and occupied by tenants of the Building.

 

(b)

Operating Costs include, but are not limited to, those listed below, none of which is to be a duplication of another cost or expense:

 

  (i)

salaries, wages, pension plan contributions, contributions and premiums for unemployment insurance and workers compensation insurance, and similar premiums and contributions, fringe benefits, severance pay and termination payments paid to or with respect to all personnel, including management and other supervisory personnel, employed or retained to carry out the operation, management, cleaning, maintenance and repair of the Building;

 

  (ii)

costs of policing, security, supervision, and traffic control;

 

  (iii)

costs of cleaning, pest control, recycling, snow removal, garbage and waste collection and disposal and landscaping;

 

19


  (iv)

costs of electricity, gas, lighting, fuel, water, steam, public utilities, loudspeakers, public address and musical broadcasting systems, energy conservation equipment and systems and telecommunications and information systems used in or serving the Common Elements, and, if the Landlord elects to include them in Operating Costs in accordance with provisions identical or similar to Section 7.02(b) of this Lease, costs of electricity, water, fuel, power, steam and other utilities provided to Leasable Premises in the Building in such quantities as the Landlord reasonably determines constitutes normal use from time to time for tenants in the Building;

 

  (v)

costs of all insurance which the Landlord is obligated or permitted to obtain under this Lease (including the Landlord’s insurance premiums, all amounts falling below the level of the Landlord’s insurance deductibles which are paid by the Landlord in connection with claims made against it and all costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord for defending and paying such claims);

 

  (vi)

to the extent not included in Taxes under Section 5.03(a) and provisions similar or identical to such provisions in leases of other tenants of Leasable Premises in the Building, the Business Taxes and other Taxes, if any, payable by the Landlord or the Owners with respect to or reasonably allocated by the Landlord to the Building other than Leasable Premises located within it and costs incurred by the Landlord in contesting, resisting, verifying or appealing any such Business Taxes or Taxes;

 

  (vii)

intentionally deleted;

 

  (viii)

rental costs of equipment and signs, and the cost (including rental) of building supplies and tools used in the maintenance, cleaning, repair and operation of the Building;

 

  (ix)

auditing, accounting, disbursements; legal and other professional and consulting fees and disbursements;

 

  (x)

costs of repairs (including major repairs) and replacements to the Building (except for repairs or replacements of inherent structural defects or weaknesses) and costs (including repair and replacement) of the maintenance, cleaning and operating equipment, master utility meters and all other fixtures, equipment and facilities that are part of the Common Elements (including, without limitation, fixtures, equipment and facilities made or added for the greater comfort or convenience of the public or the tenants );

 

  (xi)

intentionally deleted;

 

  (xii)

intentionally deleted; and

 

  (xiii)

intentionally deleted.

 

20


The following costs and expenses will not be included in the calculation of Operating Costs:

 

  (aa)

initial capital costs of constructing the Building;

 

  (bb)

ground rent (if any), depreciation and amortization (except as otherwise specifically set out in this Lease), and interest on any capital retirement of debt affecting all or any part of the Building;

 

  (cc)

costs incurred by the Landlord in leasing and preparing Leasable Premises in the Building for lease: including brokerage commissions, legal costs, advertising costs and tenant inducement or allowance payments; and

 

  (dd)

the cost of any additional service provided to the Tenant pursuant to Section 7.03 of this Lease or to other tenants of the Building pursuant to lease provisions similar or identical to such provision.

From the total of the costs referred to in Section 6.05(b)(i) to (x)(inclusive) there is deducted:

 

  (1)

net recoveries that reduce the expenses incurred by the Landlord in operating and maintaining the Building and the Common Elements which are received by the Landlord from tenants as a result of any act, omission, default or negligence of tenants or as the result of breaches by tenants of the provisions on their leases (but not recoveries from tenants under clauses similar to this Section 6.05);

 

  (2)

net proceeds from insurance policies taken out by the Landlord, but only to the extent that such proceeds represent recoveries on account of costs which were previously included in Operating Costs; and

 

  (3)

contributions if any to the total cost of operating and maintaining the Common Elements made by owners or occupants of neighbouring properties and others who benefit from the use of the Common Elements.

 

(c)

If the Building is comprised of different categories of Leasable Premises, the Landlord shall be entitled but not obligated to allocate Operating Costs among the various categories on the basis of such factors as the Landlord determines to be relevant, such as, by way of example, the relative uses of each such category and the benefits derived by them. In such event, the Landlord shall be entitled to adjust the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs having regard to the category in which the Premises is included.

 

(d)

Notwithstanding Section 6.05(a) and (b):

 

21


  (i)

if any service which is normally provided by the Landlord to some tenants of the Building in their Leasable Premises is not provided by the Landlord to the Tenant under the specific terms of this Lease, or to a lesser extent than average, then in determining the Tenants Proportionate Share of Operating Costs the cost of such service (except as it relates to the Common Elements) shall be excluded or reduced, as appropriate; and

 

  (ii)

if any service which is normally provided by the Landlord to some tenants of the Building in their Leasable Premises is provided by the Landlord to the Tenant but not to all tenants of Leasable Premises in the Building or is provided by the Landlord to the Tenant to a greater extent than average, then in determining the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs, the cost of such service shall be attributed by the Landlord to the Leasable Premises to which such service is provided and according to the extent to which it is provided.

 

(e)

If any facilities, services, systems or utilities:

 

  (i)

for the operation, repair, maintenance, administration or management of the Building are provided from another building or other buildings owned or operated by the Landlord or agent; or

 

  (ii)

for the operation, repair, maintenance, administration or management of another building or other buildings owned or operated by the Landlord or agent are provided from the Building,

then the costs, charges and expenses therefor shall be allocated by the Landlord between the Building and the other building or buildings on a fair and equitable basis and the amount so allocated to the Building shall be included in Operating Costs.

ARTICLE 7

UTILITIES, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING AND LANDLORD SERVICES

 

7.01

UTILITIES, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING AND LANDLORD SERVICES

 

(a)

In accordance with the Operation Standard, the Landlord shall provide:

 

  (i)

heat, ventilating and air-conditioning by means of the HVAC System during Business Hours to the Premises and to those Common Elements requiring such services as designated by the Landlord to maintain a temperature adequate for normal occupancy;

 

  (ii)

the use of the electricity, water, fuel, power, steam and other utilities (the “Utilities”) serving the Building in normal quantities as are generally made available to other tenants of the Building by the Landlord together with Utilities for those Common Elements requiring such Utilities as designated by the Landlord;

 

22


  (iii)

necessary supplies in public washrooms sufficient for normal use by tenants in the Building;

 

  (iv)

janitorial services to the Building (including the Premises, it being agreed to by the Tenant that it will not arrange for its own janitorial services to the Premises) as reasonably required to keep same in a clean condition and interior and exterior window washing, at reasonable intervals, provided that all curtains, carpets, rugs, drapes or window coverings shall be cleaned and maintained by the Tenant. The Tenant will permit access to the Premises necessary for the performance of the janitorial services; and

 

  (v)

subject to the Rules and Regulations, elevator service in the Building during Business Hours.

 

(b)

The Landlord shall have the exclusive right to replace bulbs, tubes and ballasts (collectively the “Bulbs”) in the lighting system in the Premises, on either an individual or a group basis. The cost of such replacement will be paid by the Tenant upon demand or, where the replacement involves Building standard Bulbs, the Landlord may, at its option, include the cost of replacing such Bulbs in the Premises and in other Leasable Premises in the Building in the Operating Costs of the Building. The Landlord may request that the Tenant replace non-Building standard Bulbs in the Premises.

 

(c)

The Landlord is not liable for interruption or cessation of, or failure in, the supply of any Utilities, services or systems in, to or serving the Building or the Premises, whether they are supplied by the Landlord or by others and whether or not the interruption or cessation is caused by the Landlord’s negligence, nor will the Landlord be liable for any act or omission of any Person employed or engaged by the Landlord or its Property Manager to provide the services set out in Section 7.01(a)(iv).

 

(d)

The following provisions apply with respect to the Tenant’s use of and obligations with respect to the HVAC System:

 

  (i)

the Tenant shall not, without the Landlord’s prior written consent, install equipment in the Premises which would affect the temperature otherwise maintained in the Premises by the HVAC System as normally operated. The Landlord, acting reasonably, may direct the Tenant to install supplementary air-conditioning units, facilities or services in the Premises, as may in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion be required to (1) maintain proper temperature levels in the Building and the Premises, or (2) ensure that the HVAC System continues to operate efficiently, and the Tenant shall do so as soon as is reasonably possible failing which the Landlord may install them and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, on demand, the-costs thereof together with fifteen percent (15%) of such costs for the Landlord’s overhead. The maintenance, repair and replacement of all such supplementary air-conditioning units, facilities or services in the Premises will be performed by the Landlord at the Tenant’s expense or, at the Landlord’s option, by the Tenant;

 

23


  (ii)

the interior layout or partitioning of the Premises shall be modified by the Tenant, if necessary, in accordance with the reasonable requirements of the Landlord to secure maximum efficiency of the HVAC System servicing the Premises. The Tenant shall comply with the Landlord’s reasonable requests and directions pertaining to the operation and regulation of those portions of the HVAC System within and serving the Premises, failing which the Landlord shall be entitled to take such steps as it deems advisable including, without limitation, entering upon the Premises and taking the necessary corrective action, and the Tenant will pay to the Landlord, on demand as Additional Rent, all costs incurred by the Landlord in so doing together with a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such costs for the Landlord’s overhead; and

 

  (iii)

the Tenant will ensure that all heating, ventilation and air-conditioning vents, ducts and units in the Premises are kept free from obstructions at all times and will comply with the Landlord’s directions with respect to the Landlord’s required clearance, if any, between such vents and units and any furniture or other article or fixture located in the Premises.

 

7.02

CHARGES FOR UTILITIES

 

(a)

If there are separate meters in the Premises which permit direct payment of Utilities to the supplier of such Utilities, then the Tenant will pay for all Utilities consumed in the Premises directly to such suppliers.

 

(b)

If Utilities are not so separately metered in the Premises, the cost to the Tenant of such Utilities to the Premises which constitutes normal use for other tenants in the Building, as determined by the Landlord, acting reasonably, will, at the Landlord’s option, form part of Operating Costs or be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in equal consecutive monthly installments in advance simultaneously with the Tenant’s payment of Basic Rent based upon estimates of the Landlord and subject to final adjustment within a reasonable time after the period for which the estimate has been made.

 

(c)

If the Landlord reasonably determines that the Tenant is consuming disproportionate quantities of any Utility in excess of typical consumption of that Utility by other tenants in the Building, then the Landlord may install, at the Tenants expense, separate check meters or other measuring devices in the Premises or elsewhere and may use an Expert to assist it in determining the cost of such excess Utilities. All costs incurred by the Landlord in providing such excess quantity of the Utility (including all costs incurred in making the allocation) will be paid for by the Tenant in accordance with Section 7.03(a).

 

24


7.03

ADDITIONAL SERVICES TO THE PREMISES

If from time to time requested in writing by the Tenant and to the extent that it is reasonably able to do so, the Landlord shall provide in the Premises services in addition to those set out in Section 7.01(a), provided that the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, upon demand, the costs of those additional services at such reasonable rates as the Landlord may from time to time establish. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such services shall include:

 

(a)

services performed at the Tenant’s request including, without limitation, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning services outside Business Hours, excess quantities of Utilities, maintenance, repair, special janitorial or cleaning services and construction of Leasehold Improvements after the Commencement Date;

 

(b)

services provided at the Landlord’s reasonable discretion including, without limitation, supervising and approving any Premises Work performed pursuant to Section 10.02 and supervising the movement of furniture, equipment, freight and supplies for the Tenant; and

 

(c)

performance by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant of any of the Tenant’s obligations set out in this Lease which the Tenant fails to perform, provided that nothing herein shall obligate the Landlord to perform any such obligations.

ARTICLE 8

USE OF PREMISES

 

8.01

USE OF THE PREMISES

The Tenant will use and permit the Premises to be used only for life sciences research and development activities and general office work and for no other purpose except with the prior written approval of the Landlord, subject to Section 8.01(b). However, in no event shall the Tenant use or permit all or any part of the Premises, either directly or indirectly by way of lease, sublease, assignment of lease, license or otherwise, to be used for the installation, placement or use of any automatic banking machine, automatic cash dispenser or other device of whatsoever nature the purpose of which is to provide or advertise any banking service of any kind whatsoever, but nothing herein shall be construed so as to permit the Tenant to carry on such business or operation unless specifically agreed to in writing by the Landlord. It is the Tenant’s sole responsibility to confirm to its satisfaction that the use of the Premises contemplated hereunder is permitted under and complies with all applicable zoning and other laws and bylaws.

 

25


8.02

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES

 

(a)

The Tenant will open the whole of the Premises for business on the Commencement Date and will, at all times throughout the Term, conduct its business permitted pursuant to Section 8.01 continuously, diligently and actively in the whole of the Premises in a reputable and first class manner consistent with the best interests of the Building as a whole. In the conduct of its business, the Tenant will:

 

  (i)

conduct its business in the Premises during the Business Hours but the Tenant is not required to carry on business when prohibited by a governmental law or by-law regulating the hours of business: and

 

  (ii)

use only the Building Name and the insignia that the Landlord requires in connection with the Building in the advertising of its business in the Premises, claim no rights in those names, marks and insignias and promptly abandon or assign to the Landlord any such rights that it acquires by operation of law.

 

(b)

The Tenant will not carry on or permit any business, conduct or practice, whether through advertising or selling procedures or otherwise, which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, may harm the business or reputation of the Landlord or reflect unfavourably on the Building or any part of it (or on other tenants in the Building) or which may tend to mislead, deceive or be fraudulent to the public.

 

(c)

The Tenant will not carry on any business or do or permit anything which causes a nuisance is dangerous or which is offensive or an annoyance to the Landlord or other occupant of the Building, as determined by the Landlord in its sole discretion.

 

(d)

The Tenant will ensure that all furniture, fixtures and equipment on or installed in the Premises are of first-class quality and will keep them in good condition.

 

(e)

The Tenant will comply with any reasonable requests of the Landlord and with the practices or procedures that any governmental or public authority may from time to time introduce for consumption of energy and will pay to the Landlord, on demand, all additional energy consumed by the Tenant by reason of non-compliance under this Section 8.02(e) as determined by the Landlord in a reasonable manner.

 

8.03

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

(a)

The Tenant will obtain all necessary permits and licenses required for the occupancy and carrying on of its business in and from the Premises.

 

(b)

The Tenant will comply with all Applicable laws which relate to its ability to enter into and comply with this lease, which affect the Premises or the leasehold Improvements or which pertain to the Tenant’s use of the Premises or the conduct of business or doing of work therein. If the Landlord is obligated by an Applicable law to modify, extend, alter or replace any part of the Premises or any Leasehold Improvements, trade fixtures, furniture or equipment in the Premises, then the Landlord may, at its option, either do the necessary work at the expense of the Tenant, or give notice to the Tenant to do such work within the requisite period of time and the Tenant will comply with such direction. The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, upon demand, the costs of any work performed by the Landlord under this Section 8.03(b) together with an administration fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such costs.

 

26


8.04

DIRECTORY BOARD, SIGNS AND ADVERTISING

 

(a)

The Tenant shall be entitled, at its expense, to have its name shown upon the directory board of the Building (if any), the design, style and location of which is as provided by the Landlord.

 

(b)

The Tenant will not display any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or decoration on the exterior of the Premises or in the interior of the Premises where it is visible from the exterior of the Premises without, in each instance, obtaining the Landlord’s prior written approval. The Tenant will erect an identification sign on the outside of the doors leading into the Premises of a type and in a location specified in writing by the Landlord and in accordance with the Landlord’s requirements for the Building. All signs will remain the property of the Tenant and will be maintained by the Tenant at its sole cost and expense. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, the Tenant will remove all of its signs and will promptly repair all damage caused by such removal. The Tenants obligation to observe this covenant will survive the expiration or earlier surrender or termination of this Lease. In no event will the Tenant display any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or decoration on the exterior of the Building or in the Premises where it is visible from the exterior of the Building.

 

8.05

DISCHARGE AND RELEASE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

 

(a)

Except as permitted under Applicable Laws, the Tenant will not bring or permit to be brought on or into the Premises or the Building, or discharge or release or permit to be discharged or released, any Hazardous Substance. Where Applicable Laws permit the discharge or release of a Hazardous Substance, the Landlord may, at the Tenant’s cost, perform audits of all such discharges or releases. If a discharge or release of a Hazardous Substance occurs that is not in compliance with Applicable Laws, the Tenant will immediately notify the Landlord and all authorities having jurisdiction (collectively the “Authorities” and individually an “Authority”) and the Tenant will immediately clean up the discharge or release and restore the environment affected by the discharge or the release to the standard required by Applicable Laws. The Tenant will further provide to the Landlord a certificate from a duly qualified consulting engineer or from the Authorities stating that the clean up and restoration has occurred in accordance with all Applicable Laws.

 

27


(b)

The Tenant will comply fully with the orders of all Authorities (as defined above in Section 8.05(a)), including, but not limited to, requirements pertaining to pollution control, environmental audits or the clean up or remediation of damage to the environment. If the Tenant fails or refuses to promptly, expeditiously and fully carry out any order of an Authority or to comply with its obligations as set out above, or if the Landlord determines that the Tenant is not competent to carry out the order or to comply with the obligation, the Landlord may. at its option, upon five (5) days prior written notice (or on such shorter notice as is reasonable in the case of emergencies), enter upon the Premises and do what the Tenant was required to do and all costs incurred by the Landlord in so doing together with an administration fee of fifteen percent (15%) of those costs will be payable by the Tenant immediately upon demand.

 

(c)

The Tenant will retain all documents, records and other materials and promptly make them available to the Landlord to the extent required to permit the Landlord to determine that the Tenant is in full compliance with its obligations under this Section 8.05.

 

8.06

WASTE DISPOSAL

 

(a)

If the Landlord provides garbage disposal or collection facilities or services the Tenant will use them only for the disposal of solid waste that is not a Hazardous Substance which can be lawfully transported to and dumped at the closest landfill site without surcharges or penalties. The Tenant will use the sewers only to dispose of liquid waste that is not a Hazardous Substance which may be lawfully discharged into the municipal sewer.

 

(b)

subject to Applicable Laws, all wastes other than those solid and liquid wastes permitted to be disposed of as provided above in Section 8.06(a), will be disposed of by the Tenant at its expense at least once every three months using the Landlord’s designated contractor or, If one Is not designated, using a property licensed waste hauler and waste removal service. All storage of waste by the Tenant must be done strictly in compliance with Applicable Laws at the Tenant’s sole expense.

 

(c)

the Tenant will comply with all requirements of governmental authorities pertaining to waste reduction including, but not limited to, performance of waste audits and waste reduction work plans. The Tenant will further provide promptly, copies of all documents and other evidence required to establish compliance with such requirements and the Tenant will cooperate with the Landlord by providing whatever documents and other information and by doing whatever else is reasonably requested in connection with waste reduction matters.

 

8.07

SPECIAL INDEMNITY

The Tenant will Indemnify the Released Persons and save them harmless from every loss, cost, claim, expense, fine, penalty, prosecution or alleged infraction which they, or any of them, suffer or suffers as the result of the Tenant’s breach of any of Its obligations under either or both of Sections 8.05 and 8.06. In addition, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord, immediately upon demand, all costs incurred by the Landlord in doing any clean-up, restoration or other remedial work as a consequence of the Tenant’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under either or both of Sections 8.05 and 8.06.

 

28


ARTICLE 9

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

 

9.01

LANDLORD’S INSURANCE

The Landlord will maintain, throughout the Term

 

(a)

“all risks” Insurance on the Building (excluding the foundations and excavations) and the machinery, boilers and equipment contained in it and owned by the Landlord or the Owners (except property that the Tenant and other tenants are required to insure);

 

(b)

“all risks” rent and rental value insurance insuring loss of insurable gross profits attributable to the perils insured against by the Landlord or commonly insured against by Landlords, including loss of rent and other amounts receivable from tenants in the Building;

 

(c)

public liability and property damage insurance with respect to the Landlord’s operations in the Building; and

 

(d)

such other coverage, or increases in the amount of coverage specified above in this Section 9.01 as any Mortgagee may require from time to time or as the Landlord or the Owners may consider advisable from time to time.

in reasonable amounts and with those reasonable deductions that a prudent owner of a property similar to the Building would maintain, having regard to size, age and location. This Section does not relieve the Tenant from liability arising from or contributed to by its negligence or misconduct. No insurable interest is conferred on the Tenant under any policies of Insurance carried by the Landlord and the Tenant has no right to receive proceeds of any of those policies.

 

9.02

TENANTS INSURANCE

 

(a)

The Tenant will maintain the insurance described below throughout the Term and any period when it is in possession of the Premises (including, for greater certainty, the Fixturing Period), and each policy of that Insurance will name, as insured’s, the Tenant, the Landlord, the Owners and the Mortgagee as their respective interests may appear. The insurance which the Tenant is required to maintain is as follows:

 

  (i)

“all risks” property insurance (including earthquake, flood and collapse) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost, insuring (1) all property owned by the Tenant, or for which the Tenant is legally liable, or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant, and located within the Building, including, but not limited to, fittings, installations, alterations, additions, partitions and all other Leasehold Improvements and (2) the Tenants inventory, furniture and movable equipment;

 

29


  (ii)

if applicable, broad form boiler and machinery insurance on a blanket repair and replacement basis with limits for each accident in an amount of at least the full replacement cost of all Leasehold Improvements and of all boilers, pressure vessels, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment and miscellaneous electrical apparatus owned or operated by the Tenant or by others (except for the Landlord) on behalf of the Tenant in the Premises or relating to or serving the Premises;

 

  (iii)

business interruption insurance with at least twelve (12) months indemnity in an amount that will reimburse the Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils insured against in Sections 9.02(a)(i) and 9.02(a)(ii) and other perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants, or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or the Building as a result of those perils;

 

  (iv)

public liability and property damage insurance including personal injury liability, contractual liability, non-owned automobile liability, employer’s liability and owners’ and contractors’ protective insurance coverage, with respect to the Premises and the Tenant’s use of the Common Elements, with coverage including the activities and operations conducted by the Tenant and any other Person on the Premises and by the Tenant and any other Parson performing work on behalf of the Tenant and those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible, in any other part of the Building. These policies will (1) be written on a comprehensive basis with inclusive limits of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury for anyone or more Persons or property damage (but the Landlord, acting reasonably or the Mortgagee, may require higher limits from time to time), and (2) contain a severability of interests clause and cross liability clauses;

 

  (v)

tenant’s legal liability insurance for the full replacement cost of the Premises, including loss of their use;

 

  (vi)

non-owned automobile insurance providing third party liability insurance with $1,000,000 inclusive limits, covering all licensed vehicles operated by or on behalf of the Tenant ; and

 

  (vii)

any other form of insurance and with whatever higher limits the Tenant, the Landlord (acting reasonably) or the Mortgagee requires from time to time in form, in amounts and for risks against which a prudent tenant would insure.

 

(b)

The policies specified under Section 9.02(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) will contain a waiver of any subrogation rights which the Tenant’s Insurers may have against all and any of the Landlord, the Owners, the Mortgagee, the Property Manager and those for whom all and any of them are or is in law responsible, whether or not the damage is caused by their act, omission or negligence.

 

30


(c)

The policies specified under Section 9.02(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) will contain the Mortgagee’s standard mortgage clause and may have reasonable deductibles of up to three percent (3%) of the amount insured. If there is a dispute as to the amount of the full replacement cost, the Landlord will determine it.

 

(d)

Each policy of insurance specified under Section 9.02(a) will (i) be taken out with Insurers acceptable to the Landlord, acting reasonably; (ii) be in a form satisfactory to the Landlord; (iii) be non-contributing with, and will apply only as primary and not excess to any other insurance available to all and any of the Landlord, the Owners and the Mortgagee; (iv) not be invalidated with respect to the interests of all and any of the Landlord, the Owners, and the Mortgagee by reason of any breach or violation of warranties, representations, declarations or conditions contained in the policies and (v) contain an undertaking by the insurers to notify the Landlord, the Owners and the Mortgagee in writing not less than thirty (30) days before any material change, cancellation or termination.

 

(e)

Each year on the anniversary of the Commencement Date the Tenant will deliver certificates of insurance on the Landlord’s standard form or other reasonably comparable form acceptable to the Landlord, duly executed by the Tenants insurers evidencing that the required insurance is in force. No review or approval of any insurance certificate by the Landlord derogates from or diminishes the Landlord’s rights under this Lease.

 

(f)

If the Tenant fails to maintain any insurance policy specified under Section 9.02(a), the Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, upon forty-eight (48) hours prior notice, to pay the cost or premium therefor, and in such event the Tenant will, upon demand, pay the Landlord’s costs in so doing, together with a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such costs representing the Landlord’s overhead.

 

9.03

INCREASE IN PREMIUMS

The Tenant will comply promptly with the loss prevention recommendations of the Landlord’s insurer pertaining to the Premises or the Building. If the occupancy of the Premises, the conduct of business in the Premises, or anything done or omitted by the Tenant results in an increase in premiums for the insurance carried by the Landlord with respect to the Building, the Tenant will pay the increase to the Landlord immediately on demand. In determining whether the Tenant is responsible for increased premiums and the amount for which the Tenant is responsible, a schedule issued by the organization that computes the insurance rate on the Building showing the components of the rate will be conclusive evidence of the items that make up the rate.

 

9.04

CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE

The Tenant will not do or permit anything to be done those results in the cancellation or threatened cancellation or the reduction or threatened reduction of coverage under any insurance policy on the Building or any part of it. If the Tenant does or permits anything to be done those results in the cancellation or threatened cancellation or the reduction or threatened reduction of coverage under any insurance policy on the Building or any part of it, the Landlord may, at its option, either

 

31


(a)

exercise all of its rights and remedies as are contained in Article 15 after providing the Tenant with forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice during which time the Tenant has failed to remedy the condition giving rise to the cancellation. threatened cancellation or reduction or threatened reduction of coverage; or

 

(b)

enter upon the Premises and remedy the condition giving rise to such cancellation, threatened cancellation or reduction, including the removal of any offending article, after providing the Tenant with forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice (or without notice in the case of an emergency), and in such event the Tenant shall pay the Landlord’s costs immediately upon demand, together with a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of such costs representing the Landlord’s overhead. The Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to any property of the Tenant or of others located on the Premises as a result of any such entry. The Tenant agrees that any such entry by the Landlord pursuant to this Section 9.04 is not a re-entry or a breach of any covenant for quiet enjoyment contained in this lease or implied by law.

 

9.05

LOSS OR DAMAGE

None of the Released Persons is liable for death or injury arising from any occurrence in, upon, at, or relating to the Building or damage to property of the Tenant or of others located on the Premises or elsewhere, nor will they be responsible for loss of or damage to, or loss of use of property of the Tenant or others from any cause, whether or not-it results from (a) the negligence or misconduct of a Released Person, (b) the operation, faulty operation, interruption or breakdown of any of the base building systems or other services to be provided by the Landlord under this Lease, (c) the existence of any Hazardous Substance in any part of the Building or introduced into the Building from any other cause; or (d) any act, omission, negligence or misconduct of any tenant or occupant of space in the Building or property adjacent to the Building, or of the public or any Person in or on the Building.

 

9.06

INDEMNIFICATION OF THE LANDLORD

Subject to Section 9.07, the Tenant will indemnify the Released Persons and save them harmless from and against all loss (including loss of Rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease), claims, actions, damages, liability and expenses, in connection with loss of life, personal injury, damage to property or any other loss or injury which:

 

(a)

arises from this Lease or any occurrence in, on or at the Premises or from the occupancy or use by the Tenant of the Premises or any part of the Premises; and

 

(b)

is occasioned wholly or in part by an act or omission of the Tenant or by anyone for whom the Tenant is responsible.

However, the Tenant is not required to indemnify the Released Persons or save them harmless from loss, claims, actions, damages, liability or expenses when they arise directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Released Person.

 

32


ARTICLE 10

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS BY THE TENANT

 

10.01

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS BY THE TENANT

Except to the extent that the Landlord is specifically responsible therefor under this Lease and subject to Article 11, the Tenant will, at its sole cost, repair and maintain the Premises (exclusive of the HVAC System and other base building mechanical and electrical systems) and all improvements in or on them in good repair and condition to a standard consistent with the Operation Standard. This obligation includes, but is not limited to:

 

(a)

repainting and redecorating the Premises and cleaning drapes and carpets at reasonable intervals:

 

(b)

making repairs, replacements and alterations, as needed, including, without limitation, those that are necessary to comply with all Applicable Laws;

 

(c)

maintaining first class quality trade fixtures and Leasehold Improvements; and

 

(d)

removing from the Premises, at its expense when required by the Landlord (or the Landlord removing from the Premises at the Tenant’s expense) any Hazardous Substance which may be in or incorporated into any part of the Premises).

 

10.02

APPROVAL OF THE TENANT’S ALTERATIONS

 

(a)

The Tenant will not make alterations, improvements, decorations, repairs or replacements to the Premises (individually and collectively “Premises Work”) without the Landlord’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)

At least forty-five (45) days prior to the commencement of any Premises Work, the Tenant shall submit details of the proposed Premises Work to the Landlord for its approval, including plans and a reasonable number (as required by the Landlord) of copies of drawings and specifications prepared by qualified architects or engineers. The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord its then current charge and all disbursements incurred by the Landlord for the review of such drawings and specifications. The Landlord shall respond to any request for approval within thirty (30) days of receipt of all required details, drawings and specifications and provide details of any changes required. The Tenant shall incorporate such changes into its plans, drawings and specifications and resubmit them for approval. No Premises Work may be commenced until the Landlord’s final approval has been given over the Tenant’s plans, drawings and specifications and the Tenant shall not apply for a building permit prior to receiving such approval.

 

(c)

Prior to commencing any Premises Work, the Tenant will provide to the Landlord copies of all required permits and licenses required for the Premises Work, a current clearance certificate issued pursuant to the workers’ compensation act of the Province in respect of the contractor and every sub-contractor which the Tenant proposes to employ or to permit to do work in respect of the Premises and the Tenant will not permit any contractor or sub-contractors to do work in respect of the Premises except for those for which the clearance certificate has been provided.

 

33


(d)

All Premises Work shall be performed:

 

  (i)

at the sole cost of the Tenant;

 

  (ii)

by workmen approved by the Landlord in advance whose labour union affiliations are compatible with the .Landlord’s and the Property Manager’s contractors and workmen, except that if such Premises Work affects (1) the structure of the Premises or any of the structural components, exterior walls or roof of the Building, (2) any of the base building systems, (3) the aesthetics of the Building, or (4) any part of the Building outside the Premises, then the Landlord may require that the work be performed by the Landlord at the Tenant’s expense and the Tenant will pay to the Landlord, upon demand, all of such costs together with a fee of fifteen percent (15%) of such costs representing the Landlord’s overhead;

 

  (iii)

in a good and workmanlike manner;

 

  (iv)

in accordance with the drawings and specifications approved by the Landlord in advance and where any Premises Work is visible from Common Elements, the Tenant will comply with all design criteria for such Premises Work Which the Landlord prescribes;

 

  (v)

in accordance with all Applicable Laws and requirements of the Landlord’s insurers;

 

  (vi)

subject to the reasonable regulations. Supervision, control and inspection of the Landlord; and

 

  (vii)

subject to such indemnification against liens and expenses as the Landlord reasonably requires.

 

(e)

If any Premises Work or installation of Leasehold Improvements depart from the standard for the Building or restrict access by the Landlord to any of the Common Elements, or restrict the installation of leasehold improvements by any other tenant in the Building, then the Tenant shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the Landlord in obtaining access to such Common Elements or in installing such other tenants Leasehold Improvements.

 

(f)

Any increase in Taxes or fire or casualty insurance premiums for the Building attributable to any Premises Work shall be borne by the Tenant.

 

34


10.03

REPAIR WHERE THE TENANT IS AT FAULT

If the Building or any part it requires repair, replacement or alteration, (a) because of the negligence, fault, omission, want of skill, act or misconduct of the Tenant or its officers, agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees, (b) due to the requirements of any Applicable Laws relating to the Tenants conduct of business, or (c) as a result of the Tenant stopping up or damaging the heating apparatus, water pipes, drainage pipes or other equipment or facilities or parts of the Building, the cost of the repairs, replacements or alterations plus a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the cost for the Landlord’s overhead will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand.

 

10.04

TENANT NOT TO OVERLOAD

The Tenant will not install equipment that overloads the capacity of the HVAC System or any utility, electrical, or mechanical facility in the Premises or the Building and will not, (a) bring into the Premises any utility, electrical, or mechanical facility or service of which the Landlord does not approve, or (b) bring upon the Premises anything that might damage them or overload the floors. If damage is caused to the Premises or to the Building as a result of the installation of such equipment or contravention of the provisions of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section by the act, neglect, fault, want of skill, or misuse of or by the Tenant or its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, invitees, licensees or by any Person having business with the Tenant, the Tenant will repair the damage or, at the Landlord’s option, pay to the Landlord on demand the cost of repairing the damage plus a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the costs for the Landlord’s overhead.

 

10.05

REMOVAL AND RESTORATION BY THE TENANT

Excepting the Tenants trade fixtures, all Premises Work (as defined in Section 10.02(a)), and all Tenant’s Work performed by the Tenant or by the Landlord or others for or on behalf of the Tenant is the Landlord’s property on affixation or installation, without compensation to the Tenant at any time, including upon the expiry or earlier termination or surrender of this Lease. Except as otherwise agreed to by the Landlord in writing, no Leasehold Improvements, trade fixtures, inventory or equipment shall be removed from the Premises by the Tenant at any time except as follows:

 

(a)

provided that the Tenant is not in default under this Lease the Tenant may, during the Term, in the ordinary course of its business or in the course of renovation, reconstruction or alteration of the Premises by the Tenant approved in accordance with this Lease, remove its trade fixtures, inventory or equipment if they have become excess for the Tenant’s purposes or if the Tenant immediately substitutes new trade fixtures, inventory and equipment of equal or better value;

 

(b)

provided that the Tenant is not in default under this Lease the Tenant may, at the expiry or earlier surrender or termination of this Lease, at its sole cost, remove its trade fixtures, inventory and equipment; and

 

(c)

the Tenant shall, at the expiry or earlier surrender or termination of this Lease, at its sole cost, remove its trade fixtures, inventory and equipment that the Landlord requires be removed.

 

35


The Tenant shall at its own expense repair any damage caused to the Premises or the Building by the installation or removal of the trade fixtures, inventory and equipment or from the installation of the Leasehold Improvements. If the Tenant does not remove its trade fixtures, inventory and equipment within three (3) days after the expiry or earlier surrender or termination of this Lease, such trade fixtures, inventory and equipment shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned by the Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by the Landlord without notice or obligation to compensate the Tenant or to account therefore, and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, on demand, all costs incurred by the Landlord in connection therewith. Upon expiry or earlier surrender or termination of this Lease the Tenant will leave the Premises in the same condition as it was required to keep them in during the Term, will deliver all keys for the Premises to the Landlord at the place then fixed by the payment of Rent, and will provide the Landlord with combinations of all locks, safes and vaults in the Premises.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, the Tenant shall not be responsible for any costs associated with removing Leasehold Improvements, Tenant’s Work, or restoring or returning the Premises back to a base building standard at the expiry of the Term or any permitted renewal thereof.

 

10.06

TENANT TO DISCHARGE ENCUMBRANCES

The Tenant will ensure that no construction or other lien (similar or otherwise), and no charge, mortgage, security interest, floating charge, debenture, or other encumbrance (collectively, “Encumbrance”) is registered or filed against (a) the Building or any part of it, or (b) the Landlord’s interest in the Building or any part of it, or (c) the Tenants interest in the Premises, by any Person claiming by, through, under, or against the Tenant or its contractors or subcontractors. If the Tenant defaults under this section the Landlord may, in addition to its available remedies under Article 15, discharge the lien or Encumbrance upon two (2) business days prior written notice to the Tenant by paying the amount claimed to be due into court and the amount paid, as well as the costs and expenses (including solicitor’s fees on a solicitor and client basis) incurred as the result of the registration or filing of the lien or Encumbrance, including the discharge of the lien or Encumbrance, will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION AND EXPROPRIATION

 

11.01

INTERPRETATION OF ARTICLE 11

In this Article:

 

(a)

Damage” means damage (including but not limited to, smoke and water damage and damage that amounts to destruction) that results from any cause and “Damaged” has a corresponding meaning;

 

(b)

Date of Taking” means the date on which the expropriating authority takes possession of the Building, the Premises, or any part thereof, as the case may be;

 

36


(c)

Expropriated” means expropriated by a governmental authority or transferred, conveyed or dedicated in contemplation of a threatened expropriation and “Expropriation” has a corresponding meaning;

 

(d)

Landlord’s Work” means the work to be performed by the Landlord pursuant to Section 2.01 of Schedule “C”;

 

(e)

Substantial Completion” has the meaning set out in Section 1.03(a) of Schedule “C”;

 

(f)

Tenant’s Work” means the work to be performed by the Tenant pursuant to Section 3.02 of Schedule “C”;

 

(g)

Usable” means usable by the Tenant for the purpose contemplated by this Lease

 

11.02

DAMAGE TO PREMISES

 

(a)

Subject to Section 11.03, if the premises are Damaged and the repair can, in the opinion of the Architect, be Substantially Completed under Applicable Laws within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such Damage (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premiums), the Landlord will, to the extent the Damage results from a peril against which the Landlord is required to insure or otherwise insures, promptly repair or reconstruct the Premises to the extent of its’ obligations under Section 2.01 of Schedule “C”. If part or all of the Premises is not Usable because of the Damage, then except where the Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work (as defined below in this Section 11.02(a)) take less than ten (10) days to complete after the date of the Damage (in which case no Rent abatement shall occur), the Basic Rent (but not Additional Rent) will abate in the proportion that the Rentable Area of that part of the Premises which is not Usable (as determined by the Architect) is to the Rentable Area of the whole of the Premises, from the date of the Damage until the earlier of (i) the date when the whole of the Premises is Usable again, or (ii) thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work. When the Landlord notifies the Tenant that it has completed enough of the Landlord’s Work to enable the Tenant to start its work, the Tenant will diligently perform all repairs to the Premises which are its responsibility under Section 10.01 of this Lease and all other work required to fully restore the Premises for use in the Tenants business (including, without limitation, the work described in Section 3.02 of Schedule “C” but excluding Landlord’s Work)(the “Tenants Work”) and will reopen the whole of the Premises for business as soon as possible but in any event within thirty (30) days after the Landlord’s notice. All of the provisions of Schedule “C” will apply except for any fixturing period or rent free period and no capital allowance, inducement to lease, or other payment that was made to the Tenant at the time of, or in connection with the original construction of the Premises or the Tenants Leasehold Improvements will be paid by the Landlord to the Tenant.

 

37


(b)

Subject to Section 11.03, if the Premises are Damaged and the repair cannot, in the opinion of the Architect, be Substantially Completed under Applicable Laws within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such Damage (employing normal construction method without overtime or other premiums), then either the Landlord or the Tenant may, by written notice provided to the other within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Architect’s opinion, terminate this Lease on a date to be effective no later than thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice. All Rent will abate as of the effective date of termination and the Tenant will have no claim, action or demand against the Landlord as a result of or arising from any such early termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise its right of termination set out in this Section 11.02(b) if the Damage resulted from or was occasioned by any act, misconduct, negligence, or omission of the Tenant, its officers, servants, employees, contractors, invitees, licensees or Persons for whom the Tenant is responsible at law or over whom the Tenant may be reasonably considered to exercise control.

 

11.03

DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING

 

(a)

Notwithstanding Section 11.02, if:

 

  (i)

twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Rentable Area of the Building (excluding the Parking Facilities) is Damaged (whether or not the Premises are Damaged); or

 

  (ii)

portions of the Building which affect access or services essential thereto are Damaged (whether or not the Premises are Damaged); and

the Damage cannot, in the opinion of the Architect, be substantially repaired under Applicable laws within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such Damage (employing normal construction methods without overtime or other premiums), then the Landlord may, by written notice to the Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of Damage, terminate this Lease effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the Tenant of the notice and all Rent will abate as of the effective date of termination. The Tenant will have no claim, action, or demand against the Landlord as a result of or arising from any such early termination of this Lease.

 

(b)

If the Building or any part of it is Damaged to the extent described in Section 11.03(a)(i) or (ii) and the Landlord does not terminate this Lease, then the Landlord will promptly rebuild or repair or cause to be rebuilt or repaired the Building to the extent of the Landlord’s obligations under the leases for Leasable Premises that are in force at the time but the Landlord may use plans and specifications and working drawings that are different from those used in the original construction of the Building or any part of it and the rebuilt or repaired Building may be different from the Building before the Damage.

 

38


11.04

EXPROPRIATION OF THE BUILDING OR THE PREMISES

If all of the Premises is expropriated (whether or not in conjunction with an expropriation of any part of the Building), then this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking. If a portion of the Building or the Premises is Expropriated, then:

 

(a)

if in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord a substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building is necessary or desirable as a result of the Expropriation, whether or not the Premises are or may be affected, the Landlord may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Tenant, terminate this Lease; and

 

(b)

if more than one-third of the Rentable Area of the Premises is Expropriated (whether or not alone or in conjunction with an Expropriation of all or a part of the Building), either the Landlord or the Tenant may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other, terminate this Lease.

If this Lease is so terminated, all Rent will abate as of the effective date of termination (provided, however, that the effective date of termination may not occur later than the Date of Taking) and the Tenant will have no claim, action or demand against the Landlord as a result of or arising from any such early termination of this Lease. If a portion of the Premises has been expropriated and this Lease has not been terminated in accordance with this Section 11.04, then the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be deemed to be amended as of the Date of Taking by reducing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the portion so expropriated, and Rent shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

11.05

AWARDS

The Landlord and the Tenant will co-operate with each other if there is an Expropriation of all or part of the Premises or the Building so that each may receive the maximum award that it is entitled to at law. To the extent, however, that a part of the Building other than the Premises is Expropriated, the full proceeds that are paid or awarded as a result will belong solely to the Landlord, and the Tenant will assign to the Landlord any rights that it may have or acquire in respect of the proceeds or awards and will execute the documents that the Landlord reasonably requires in order to give effect to this intention. Whether or not the Lease is terminated, the Tenant will have no claim, action, right of action or any other demand against the Landlord as a result of or arising from the Expropriation of all or any part of the Premises or the Building.

 

11.06

ARCHITECT’S CERTIFICATE

A certificate of the Architect will bind the parties concerning any of the matters that need to be determined under this Article 11.

 

39


ARTICLE 12

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING AND OTHER TRANSFERS

 

12.01

TRANSFERS

 

(a)

For the purpose of this Lease, “Transfer” means (i) an assignment, sale, conveyance, sublease, disposition or licensing of this Lease or the Premises or any part of them, or any interest in this Lease (whether or not by operation of law) or in a partnership that is a Tenant under this Lease; (ii) a mortgage, charge, lien, debenture (floating or otherwise) or other encumbrance of this Lease or the Premises or any part of them or of any interest in this Lease or of a partnership or partnership interest where the partnership is a Tenant under this Lease; (iii) a parting with or sharing of possession of all or part of the Premises; and (iv) a transfer or issue by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, operation of law or other disposition, or by subscription of all or part of the corporate shares of the Tenant or of an “affiliate” of the Tenant (as that term is defined in the Canada Business Corporations Act as at the date of this Lease) which results in a change in the effective voting control of the Tenant. “Transferor” and “Transferee” have meanings corresponding to the definition of “Transfer” set out above (and for the purpose of a Transfer described in Section 12.01(a)(iv) the Transfer is the Person that has effective voting control before the Transfer and the Transferee is the Person that has effective voting control after the Transfer).

 

(b)

The Tenant will not effect a Transfer of the Lease as defined in Section 12.01(a)(ii) without the consent of the Landlord, which consent may be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)

Subject to Section 12.01(b), the Tenant shall not effect or permit any Transfer without the prior written consent of the Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld except that despite any statutory provision or law (including. without limitation, the applicable Landlord and tenant legislation in force in the Province) and without limiting the grounds on which a Transfer may be refused, the Landlord may refuse to give its consent if:

 

  (i)

the Tenant is then in default under this Lease or has during the Term failed to pay all Rent punctually as and when due or failed to observe or perform all of its other obligations pursuant to this Lease;

 

  (ii)

covenants, restrictions or commitments given by the Landlord to other tenants or occupants or prospective tenants or occupants of the Building, or to Mortgagees, the Owners or other parties, regardless of when given, prevent or inhibit the Landlord from giving its consent to the Transfer;

 

  (iii)

in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the financial background, business history or capability of the proposed Transferee is not satisfactory;

 

  (iv)

the proposed Transfer is to (1) an existing tenant of the Building, (2) a consulate, embassy, trade commission or other representative of a foreign government or (3) a government, quasi-government or public agency, service or office;

 

40


  (v)

the proposed Transferee is in default under any lease with the Landlord or Its affiliates (as that term is used in Section 12.01(a) above) or there is a history of defaults under commercial leases by the proposed Transferee or by companies or partnerships in which the proposed Transferee was a principal shareholder or partner at the time of the defaults;

 

  (vi)

the use of the Premises by the proposed Transferee, in the Landlord’s opinion arrived at in good faith, could (1) be inconsistent with the image and standards of the Building, (2) expose the occupants of the Building to risk of harm, damage or interference with their use and enjoyment thereof, (3) be incompatible with the other businesses or activities being carried on in the Building, (4) result in a substantial increase in the number of persons visiting the Premises or (5) place exceptional or additional demands on any Common Elements or the Parking Facilities; or

 

  (vii)

the Landlord does not receive sufficient information from the Tenant or the proposed Transferee as required under this Section 12.01(c) to enable it to make a determination concerning the matters set out above.

 

(d)

Section 12.01(c) does not apply to (i) a Transfer that occurs on the death of the Transferor, (ii) a Transfer described in Section 12.01(a)(iv) which occurs when the sole Tenant in occupation of the Premises is a corporation (a “Public Corporation”) whose shares are traded and listed on a stock exchange in Canada or the United States, or (iii) a Transfer that occurs when (1) the sole Tenant in occupation of the Premises is a “subsidiary” body corporate” (as that term is defined on the date of this Lease under the Canada Business Corporations Act) of a Public Corporation and (2) it is the shares of the Public Corporation and not of the Tenant that are transferred or issued.

 

(e)

If the Tenant intends to effect a Transfer, the Tenant shall give prior notice to the Landlord of such intent specifying the identity of the proposed Transferee, the type of Transfer contemplated, and the financial and other terms of the Transfer, and shall provide such financial, business or other information relating to the proposed Transferee and its principals as the Landlord or any Mortgagee requires, together with copies of all documents which record the particulars of the proposed Transfer. The Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after having received such notice and all requested information, notify the Tenant either that:

 

  (i)

it consents or does not consent to the Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12;

 

  (ii)

it consents on such terms and condition in addition to Section 12.03 as the Landlord, in its sole opinion, deems fit; or

 

  (iii)

it elects to terminate this Lease as to the whole or the part of the Premises affected by the proposed Transfer in accordance with Section 12.02.

 

(f)

The Landlord shall have no liability for or in connection with any claims made by the Tenant as a result of the Landlord withholding its consent to any Transfer or terminating this Lease pursuant to Section 12.02. In cases where the Landlord has withheld its consent, the Tenant agrees that its only remedy will be to bring an application for a declaration that such Transfer should be allowed.

 

41


(g)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if the Tenant is not in default of any of the terms of this Lease, the Tenant may, without consent of the Landlord, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises, or any portion thereof, (i) to an affiliate, (ii) pursuant to a corporate reorganization of the Tenant or (iii) to any party, pursuant to the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or shares of the Tenant. If the Tenant elects to assign this Lease or sublease the Premises, or any portion thereof pursuant to this Section 12.01(g) then prior to such assignment or sublease the Tenant shall provide notice to the Landlord of the identity of the Transferee, the type of Transfer being undertaken, and the financial and other terms of the Transfer, together with copies of all documents which record the particulars of the Transfer.

 

12.02

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE

If the Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as to the whole or the part of the Premises affected by the proposed Transfer, it shall stipulate in its notice the termination date, which date will not be less than thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days following delivery of such notice. If the Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, the Tenant shall notify the Landlord within ten (10) days thereafter of the Tenant’s intention either to refrain from such Transfer or to accept the termination of this Lease as to the whole or the part thereof in respect of which the Landlord has exercised its rights. If the Tenant fails to deliver such notice within such ten (10) days or notifies the Landlord that it accepts the Landlord’s termination, this Lease will, as to the whole or affected part of the Premises, as the case may be, be terminated on the date of termination stipulated by the Landlord in its notice of election to terminate. If the Tenant notifies the Landlord within ten (10) days that it intends to refrain from such Transfer, then the Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease shall become void.

 

12.03

TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO TRANSFERS

The following terms and conditions apply in respect of all Transfers:

 

(a)

the consent by the Landlord is not a waiver of the requirement for consent to subsequent Transfers;

 

(b)

the Landlord may apply amounts collected from the Transferee to any unpaid Rent payable under this Lease;

 

(c)

no acceptance by the Landlord of any payments by a Transferee is (i) a waiver of the requirement for the Landlord to consent to the Transfer, (ii) the acceptance of the Transferee as Tenant, or (iii) a release of the Transferor from its obligations under this Lease;

 

42


(d)

the Transferee will execute, prior to the Transfer, an agreement directly with the Landlord agreeing to be bound by this Lease as if the Transferee had originally executed this Lease as Tenant but the Transferor shall remain jointly and severally liable with the Transferee for the fulfillment of all obligations of the Tenant under this Lease during the remainder of the Term and all renewals or extensions thereof, the whole without novation or derogation of any kind, and without benefit of division and discussion, and, if required by the Landlord, the Transferor will execute an Indemnity Agreement on the Landlord’s standard form to give full force and effect to the foregoing;

 

(e)

the Transferor, unless the Transferee is a sub-tenant of the Tenant, will retain no rights under this lease in respect of obligations to be performed by the Landlord or in respect of the use or occupation of the Premises after the Transfer;

 

(f)

the Basic Rent and additional rent payable by the Transferee shall not be less than the Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease as at the effective date of the Transfer (including any increases provided for in this Lease) and if it exceeds the Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease, the amount of the excess shall be paid by the Transferor to the Landlord in addition to all Rent payable under this Lease and such excess shall be deemed to be Additional Rent. If the Transferor receives from any Transferee either directly or indirectly any consideration other than Basic Rent or additional rent for such Transfer, either in the form of cash, goods or services, the Transferor will pay such excess to the Landlord in addition to all Rent payable under this Lease and such excess rent shall be deemed to be Additional Rent;

 

(g)

if the Transferee pays or gives or covenants to pay or give to the Transferor money or other value that is reasonably attributable to the desirability of the location of the Premises or to Leasehold Improvements that are owned by the Landlord or for which the Landlord has paid in whole or in part, then at the Landlord’s option, the Transferor will pay to the Landlord such money or other value in addition to all Rent payable under this Lease and all amounts shall be deemed to be further Additional Rent;

 

(h)

if the Transfer is one which requires the Landlord’s consent, then if such Transfer is not completed within sixty (60) days of the date of such consent, the Landlord may, at its option, withdraw its consent;

 

(i)

all Rent for the month in which the Transfer occurs shall be paid in advance by the Transferor so that the Landlord will not be required to accept partial payments of Rent for such month from either the Transferor or Transferee;

 

(j)

all documents relating to a Transfer or the Landlord’s consent will be prepared by the Landlord or its solicitors and all of the processing and legal costs of the Landlord will be paid to the Landlord by the Tenant on demand;

 

(k)

intentionally deleted; and

 

43


(l)

if the Transfer is a sublease, that the Transferee agrees to waive or release any statutory right to retain the unexpired portion of the term of its sublease or the Term of this Lease or to enter into any lease or other agreement directly with the Landlord for the Premises or any part of it or to otherwise remain in possession of the Premises or any part of it where this Lease is terminated, surrendered, repudiated, disclaimed or otherwise cancelled, or is assigned, sold, disposed of or otherwise dealt with.

 

12.04

NO ADVERTISING OF THE PREMISES

The Tenant shall not offer or advertise the whole or any part of the Premises or this Lease for the purpose of a Transfer and shall not permit any broker or other person to do so unless the complete text and format of such advertisement is approved in writing by the Landlord. However, in no event will the advertisement contain any reference to the rental rate for the Premises.

 

12.05

SALES AND OTHER DISPOSITIONS BY THE LANDLORD

Nothing in this Lease shall restrict the right of the Landlord to sell, convey, assign or otherwise deal with the Building or any part of it, subject only to the rights of the Tenant under this Lease. A sale, transfer or conveyance of the Building by the Landlord or an assignment by the Landlord of this Lease or any interest of the Landlord under it shall operate to release the Landlord from liability from and after the effective date thereof for all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease, express or implied, except as such (a) may relate to the period prior to such effective date and (b) are not assumed by the purchaser, transferee or disposee, and the Tenant shall thereafter look solely to the Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

ACCESS AND ALTERATIONS

 

13.01

RIGHT OF ENTRY

 

(a)

It is not a re-entry or a breach of quiet enjoyment if the Landlord and its representatives enter the Premises at reasonable times after twenty-four (24) hours notice (but If the Landlord determines there is an emergency, no notice is required) (i) to examine them, (ii) to make repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises, the Building or adjacent property, (iii) to conduct an environmental audit of the Premises or any part of the Building, or (iv) to carry out any of its rights or obligations under this Lease, and the Landlord and its representatives may take material into and on the Premises for those purposes. This right extends to (and is not limited to) the pipes, conduits, wiring, ducts, columns and other parts of the Common Elements in the Premises. Rent will not abate or be reduced while the repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made and the Landlord is not liable for any damage, injury or death caused to any Person or to the property of the Tenant or others located on the Premises as a result of the entry, regardless of how the damage, injury or death is caused. The Landlord will take reasonable steps to minimize any interruption of the Tenants business in exercising its rights under this Section 13.01(a).

 

44


(b)

The Landlord may enter the Premises at reasonable times to show them to prospective purchasers, tenants or Mortgagees. During the twelve (12) months before the expiry of the Term, the Landlord may display on the Premises “For Rent” or “For Sale” notices of reasonable size and number, and in reasonable locations.

ARTICLE 14

STATUS STATEMENTS, SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

14.01

STATUS STATEMENTS

Within ten (10) days after each request by the Landlord, the Tenant will deliver to the Landlord, on a form supplied by the Landlord, a status statement or certificate addressed to any proposed Mortgagee, purchaser or other disposee of part or all of the Building and to the Landlord, stating details of the tenancy and confirming as correct specific information pertaining to the tenancy such as, by way of example:

 

(a)

that this Lease is in full force and effect, except only for any modifications that are set out in the statement certificate;

 

(b)

the commencement and expiry dates of this Lease;

 

(c)

that the Tenant is in possession of the Premises and is paying Rent as provided in this Lease;

 

(d)

the date to which Rent has been paid under this Lease and the amount of any prepaid Rent or any deposits held by the Landlord;

 

(e)

whether there are any set-offs, defenses or counterclaims against enforcement of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease;

 

(f)

that there is not, any uncured default on the part of the Landlord, or, if there is a default, the certificate will state the particulars;

 

(g)

that the Premises are free from any construction deficiencies or, if there are any. the certificate will state the particulars);

 

(h)

with reasonable particularity, details concerning the Tenant’s financial standing and corporate organization as the Landlord or the Mortgagee may reasonably require; and

 

(i)

any other information or statement that a proposed Mortgagee, purchaser or disposee may reasonably require.

Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective transferee or Mortgagee of all or any portion of the Building or any assignee of any such Person.

 

45


14.02

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

(a)

Provided that the Landlord obtains a non-disturbance agreement from any holder of an Encumbrance (as defined below) confirming that such holder will not, so long as the Tenant is not in default under this Lease, disturb the Tenant’s occupation and possession of the Premises, this lease is and will remain subordinate to every mortgage, charge, trust deed, financing, refinancing or collateral financing, present or future, and the instruments of, as well as the charge or lien resulting from all or any of them and any renewals or extensions of them from time to time (collectively, an “Encumbrance) against the Premises or the Building and the Tenant will, on request, sign any document requested by the Landlord or the Owners to confirm the subordination of this lease to any Encumbrance and to all advances made or to be made on the security of the Encumbrance. The Tenant will also, if the Landlord requests it to do so, attorn to the holder of any Encumbrance, to the Owners or to any purchaser, transferee or disposee of the Building or of an ownership or equity interest in the Building and the Tenant will, on request, sign any document requested by the Landlord or the Owners to confirm such attornment.

 

(b)

If possession is taken under, or any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of, or if a power of sale is exercised resulting from an Encumbrance the Tenant will attorn to the Person that so takes possession if that Person requests it and will recognize that Person as the Landlord under this Lease.

 

(c)

The form and content of any document confirming or effecting the subordination and attornments provided for in this Section 14.02 will be that required by the Landlord or the holder of the Encumbrance in each case, and each such document will be delivered by the Tenant to the Landlord within ten (10) days after the Landlord requests it.

 

14.03

ATTORNEY

The Tenant will execute and deliver whatever instruments and certificates are requested by all or any of the Landlord, the Owners and any Mortgagee to give effect to Sections 14.01 and 14.02. If the Tenant has not executed whatever instruments and certificates it is required to execute within ten (10) days after the Landlord’s request, the Tenant irrevocably appoints the Landlord as the Tenant’s attorney with full power and authority to execute and deliver in the name of the Tenant any of those instruments or certificates or, the Landlord may, at its option, avail itself of all remedies under Article 15 without the requirement to provide further notice and without incurring any liability.

ARTICLE 15

DEFAULT

 

15.01

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

An “Event of Default” occurs when:

 

(a)

the Tenant defaults in the payment of Rent or Rental Taxes and fails to remedy the default within five (5) days after written notice;

 

46


(b)

the Tenant commits a breach that is capable of remedy (other than a breach in the payment of Rent or Rental Taxes) and fails to remedy the breach within ten (10) days after written notice to the Tenant specifying particulars of the breach and requiring the Tenant to remedy the breach (or if the breach would reasonably take longer than ten (10) days to remedy, fails to start remedying the breach within the ten (10) day period or fails to continue diligently and expeditiously to complete the remedy);

 

(c)

the Tenant commits a breach of this Lease that is not capable of remedy and has received written notice specifying particulars of the breach;

 

(d)

the Tenant or a Person carrying on business in any part of the Premises becomes bankrupt or insolvent or makes application for relief from creditors under the provisions of any statute for bankrupt or insolvent debtors or makes any proposal, assignment or arrangement with its creditors;

 

(e)

steps are taken or proceedings are instituted for the dissolution, winding-up or other termination of the Tenant’s existence or for the liquidation of their respective assets;

 

(f)

a receiver or a receiver and manager is appointed for all or a part of the business or assets of the Tenant, or of another Person carrying on business in the Premises;

 

(g)

the Tenant makes or attempts to make a sale in bulk of any of their respective assets other than in conjunction with a Transfer approved by the Landlord;

 

(h)

a writ of execution is issued against the Tenant and remains outstanding for more than ten (10) days or this Lease or any of the Tenant’s assets on the Premises are taken or seized under a writ of execution, an assignment, pledge, charge, debenture or other security instrument and such writ, assignment, pledge, charge, debenture or other security instrument is not stayed or vacated within fifteen (15) days after the date of such taking;

 

(i)

the Tenant effects or attempts to effect a Transfer that is not permitted by this Lease;

 

(j)

the Premises are vacant or unoccupied for five (5) consecutive days or the Tenant abandons or attempts to abandon the Premises or sells or removes property from the Premises so that there is insufficient property on the Premises free and clear of any encumbrance ranking ahead of the Landlord’s lien to satisfy the Rent accruing for at least twelve (12) months;

 

(k)

the Tenant commits a breach under either or both of Sections 8.05 and 8.06 of this Lease; or

 

(l)

an Event of Default occurs under any other lease or agreement relating to other premises leased to or occupied by the Tenant in the Building or in any other property where the Landlord or any of its affiliates (as that term is defined in Section 12.01(a)) is the landlord.

 

47


15.02

REMEDIES UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

(a)

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default the full amount of the current months’ Rent together with the next three (3) months’ installments of Basic Rent, Rental Taxes and Additional Rent will immediately become due and payable and the Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies without prejudice to any other rights which it has under this Lease or at law:

 

  (i)

to terminate this Lease and re-enter and repossess the Premises and remove all Persons and property from the Premises:

 

  (ii)

seize, sell, dispose of or store all or any property on the Premises, all at the Tenants expense as the Landlord, considers appropriate, all without notice to the Tenant, without legal proceedings and without liability for loss or damage and without prejudice to the rights of the Landlord to recover damages and all other amounts which the Landlord is entitled to claim by reason of the Tenant’s breach of this Lease; and

 

  (iii)

to enter the Premises as agent of the Tenant but without terminating this Lease in order to relet the Premises or a part of them for whatever term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term) and at whatever Rent and upon whatever other terms the Landlord considers advisable. No repossession of the Premises by the Landlord will be construed as an election by the Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of termination is given to the Tenant. On each such reletting, the Rent received from the reletting shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of any expenses incurred by the Landlord with respect to any such reletting (including brokerage fees, solicitors fees and the costs of any alterations or repairs needed to facilitate the reletting); second, to the payment of any amounts owed to the Landlord by the Tenant that are not Rent or Rental Taxes; third, to the payment of Rent and Rental Taxes in arrears, and the residue, if any, will be held by the Landlord and applied to payment of future Rent and Rental Taxes as it becomes due and payable. If the Rent and Rental Taxes received from a reletting during a month are less than that to be paid by the Tenant during that month, the Tenant will pay the deficiency to the Landlord (which deficiency will be calculated and paid monthly in advance on or before the first day of every month). If the Landlord repossesses the Premises in accordance with this Section 15.02(a)(iii), the Landlord may remove all property from the Premises, sell or dispose of it as the Landlord deems fit or store it at the Tenant’s cost, without notice, without legal proceedings, without liability for loss or damage and without prejudice to the Landlord’s rights to recover damages and all other amounts which the Landlord is entitled to claim by reason of the Tenant’s breach of this Lease. If the Landlord relets without terminating, It may afterwards elect to terminate this Lease for the previous default;

 

48


(b)

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Landlord shall be entitled to recover from the Tenant all damages, costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord as a result of the default by the Tenant including, without limitation, all arrears of Rent, all legal fees on a solicitor and client basis (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with recovery of possession of the Premises or in connection with the recovery of Rent or Rental Taxes) and, if this Lease is terminated by the Landlord, any deficiency between those amounts which would have been payable by the Tenant for the portion of the Term following any termination and the net amounts actually received by the Landlord during such period of time with respect to the Premises.

 

15.03

LANDLORD MAY CURE THE TENANTS DEFAULT

If the Tenant defaults in the payment of money that it is required under this Lease to pay to a third party, the Landlord may, after giving five (5) days prior written notice to the Tenant, pay all or any part of the amount payable. If the Tenant defaults under this Lease (except for a default in the payment of Rent or Rental Taxes), the Landlord may, except in the case of an emergency where no notice is required, perform or cause to be performed all or part of what the Tenant failed to perform after giving the appropriate notice provided for in Section 15.01 of this lease or such lesser notice as is expressly provided for elsewhere in this lease, and may enter the Premises and do such things that it considers necessary for that purpose. The Landlord will have no liability to the Tenant for loss or damages resulting from its action or entry on the Premises and the Tenant will pay to the Landlord on demand the Landlord’s expenses plus fifteen percent (15%) of those expenses for the Landlord’s overhead.

 

15.04

WAIVER OF EXEMPTION FROM DISTRESS

Notwithstanding any Applicable Laws or any legal or equitable rule of law, none of the inventory, furniture, equipment or other property of the Tenant that is, or was at any time, owned by the Tenant is exempt from levy by distress for Rent.

 

15.05

APPLICATION OF MONEY

The Landlord may apply money received from or due to the Tenant against money due and payable under this Lease. The Landlord may impute any payment made by or on behalf of the Tenant towards the payment of any amount due and owing by the Tenant at the date of such payment, regardless of any designation or imputation by the Tenant.

 

15.06

REMEDIES GENERALLY

The remedies under this lease are cumulative and no remedy is exclusive or dependent upon any other remedy. Anyone or more remedies may be exercised generally or in combination. The specifying or use of a remedy under this lease does not limit the right to use other remedies available under this Lease or generally at law. Except as otherwise expressly set out in this Lease, the Tenants only remedy in respect of any breach by the Landlord under this lease shall be for damages.

 

49


ARTICLE 16

MISCELLANEOUS

 

16.01

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Landlord, acting reasonably, may adopt rules and regulations which may differentiate between different types of businesses in the Building. Each rule and regulation, as revised from time to time, forms part of this Lease as soon as the rule, regulation or revision is made known to the Tenant. The Tenant will comply with each rule and regulation and each revision thereof. No rule or regulation, however, will contradict the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The Landlord is not responsible to the Tenant for the non-observance of a rule or regulation by any other tenant of Leasable Premises or occupant of the Building or of the terms, covenants or conditions of any other lease of Leasable Premises.

 

16.02

OVERHOLDING - NO TACIT RENEWAL

If the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the Term with the consent of the Landlord but without executing a new lease, there is no tacit renewal of this Lease despite any statutory provision or legal presumption to the contrary. The Tenant will occupy the Premises on a month-to-month basis only on the same terms and conditions set out in this Lease except for any right of extension or renewal and except that the rate per square foot of Basic Rent shall be equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the rate per square foot of Basic Rent which was payable by the Tenant as at the last day of the Term.

 

16.03

RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES - NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY

Nothing contained in this Lease or as a result of any acts of the parties hereto will be deemed to create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of Landlord and Tenant.

 

16.04

ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

Payment by the Tenant or receipt by the Landlord of less than the required monthly payment of Basic Rent is on account of the earliest stipulated Basic Rent. An endorsement or statement on a cheque or letter accompanying a cheque or payment as Rent is not an acknowledgment of full payment or an accord and satisfaction, and the Landlord may accept and cash the cheque or payment without prejudice to its right to recover the balance of the Rent or pursue its other remedies.

 

16.05

TENANT PARTNERSHIP

If the Tenant is a partnership each Person who is a member of the partnership, and each Person who becomes a member of a successor of the partnership, is liable jointly and severally as Tenant under this Lease and will continue to be liable’ after that Person ceases to be a member of the partnership or a successor of the partnership and after the partnership ceases to exist.

 

50


16.06

WAIVER

The waiver by the Landlord or the Tenant of a default under this Lease is not a waiver of any subsequent default. The Landlord’s acceptance of Rent after a default is not a waiver of any preceding default under this Lease even if the Landlord knows of the preceding default at the time of acceptance of the Rent. No term, covenant or condition of this Lease will be considered to have been waived by the Landlord or the Tenant unless the waiver is in writing. The Tenant waives any statutory or other rights in respect of abatement, set-off or compensation in its favor that may exist or come to exist in connection with Rent.

 

16.07

SUCCESSORS

The rights and obligations under this Lease extend to and bind the successors and assigns of the Landlord and, if Article 12 is complied with, the heirs, executors, administrators and permitted successors and permitted assigns of the Tenant. If there is more than one Tenant, or more than one Person comprising the Tenant, each is bound jointly and severally by this Lease.

 

16.08

FORCE MAJEURE

Despite anything contained in this lease to the contrary, if the Landlord or the Tenant is, in good faith, delayed or prevented from doing anything required by this lease because of a strike, labour trouble, inability to get materials or services, power failure, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, sabotage, rebellion, war, act of God, or any other similar reason, that is not the fault of the party delayed, the doing of the thing is excused for the period of the delay and the party delayed will do what was delayed or prevented within the appropriate period after the delay. The preceding sentence does not excuse the Tenant from payment of Rent or the Landlord from payment of amounts that it is required to pay, in the amounts and at the times specified in this lease.

 

16.09

NOTICES

Notices, demands, requests or other instruments under this Lease will be delivered or sent by facsimile or registered mail postage prepaid and addressed (a) if to the Landlord, as indicated in Section 1.01(b) of this Lease or to such other Person at any other address that the Landlord designates by written notice, and (b) if to the Tenant, at the Premises, or, at the Landlord’s option, to the address set out in Section 1.01 (c). A notice, demand, request or consent will be considered to have been given or made on (i) the day that it is delivered, (ii) the date of transmission if the facsimile is received prior to 5:00 p.m. or (iii) seventy-two (72) hours after the date of mailing. Despite what is stated above, the Tenant acknowledges that if its head office address is stipulated as a post office box or rural route number, then notice will be considered to have been sufficiently given to the Tenant if delivered in person or sent by registered mail to the Premises or, where notice cannot be given in person upon the Premises, by posting the notice upon the Premises. Either party may notify the other in writing of a change of address or the address specified in the notice will be considered the address of the party for the giving of notices under this Lease. If the postal service is interrupted or substantially delayed, any notice, demand, request or other instrument will only be delivered in person. A notice given by or to one Tenant is a notice by or to all of the Persons who are the Tenant under this Lease.

 

51


16.10

MANAGEMENT OF THE BUILDING

The Tenant hereby acknowledges to the Landlord that the Building may be managed by a Property Manager which shall, for all intents and purposes, be the party authorized to deal with the Tenant except that the Property Manager may not, in any event, vary or amend any of the terms of this Lease. Unless the Landlord directs the Tenant otherwise in writing, all payments to the Landlord in respect of this Lease shall be made by cheque payable to the Landlord in full.

 

16.11

REGISTRATION

The Tenant will not register or permit the registration of this Lease or any assignment or sublease or other document evidencing an interest of the Tenant or anyone claiming through or under the Tenant in this Lease or the Premises. However, at the Tenants request and subject to the Tenant paying the Landlord’s costs and expenses, the Tenant may register a notice of lease or caveat which describes the parties, the Term and contains the other minimum information required under the applicable legislation, but the notice of lease or caveat must be in a form satisfactory to the Landlord, acting reasonably. Upon the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease the Tenant shall, at its sole expense, remove the notice of lease or caveat from title to the Building failing which the Landlord shall have the right to do so at the Tenants sole expense. The Landlord may, at its expense, require the Tenant to execute promptly whatever document the Landlord requires for registration on title to the Building or any part of it in connection with this Lease.

 

16.12

SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS

The indemnity provisions of this Lease and the Landlord’s rights in respect of any failure by the Tenant to perform any of its obligations under this Lease shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

16.13

INDUCEMENT TO LEASE

The Inducement to Lease referred to in Section 1.01(k) of this Lease shall be paid by the Landlord to the Tenant as an inducement to the Tenant to enter into this Lease (after deducting any amounts owing to the Landlord) as outlined in Schedule “E” after compliance by the Tenant with its obligations under Schedule “C” and Schedule “E”, including the submission to the Landlord of all necessary documentation outlined in Section 1 of Schedule “E”. Payment of the Inducement to Lease is subject to confirmation that no construction liens, workers’ compensation or other liens have been registered and is subject to compliance by all parties with the construction lien or other relevant legislation in force in the Province and subject to any hold backs specified under such legislation. The Inducement to Lease shall be considered to be an interest-free loan, the balance of which shall be amortized on the basis of an assumed rate of depreciation on a straight-line basis to zero over the initial Term, calculated from the date of payment by the Landlord, and forgivable upon the expiry of the initial Term unless this Lease is terminated by the Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this Lease or the Tenant becomes bankrupt or makes application for relief under any statute for bankrupt or insolvent debtors, in which case the Tenant will repay to the Landlord the unamortized portion of the Inducement to Lease. As security for such payment, the Tenant hereby grants to the Landlord an Immediately attaching security interest in all of the Tenant’s present and after-acquired personal property situated on the Premises, including, without limitation, all trade fixtures, chattels, equipment and the Tenant’s interest in leasehold improvements.

 

52


16.14

ACCEPTANCE OF LEASE

The Tenant hereby accepts this Lease of the Premises to be held by it as Tenant, subject to the conditions, restrictions and covenants herein set forth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Landlord and the Tenant have signed and sealed this Lease as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:
0775021 BC LTD.
Per:  

/s/ Attila Koronczay

  Authorized Signatory
 

Attila Koronczay

  Print Name
Per:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
 

 

  Print Name

 

53


TENANT:
ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.
Per:  

/s/ Carl L. Hansen

  Authorized Signatory
 

Carl L. Hansen

  Print Name
Per:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
 

 

  Print Name

 

54


SCHEDULE “A” - LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE BUILDING

[omitted]


SCHEDULE “B” - FLOOR PLAN OF THE PREMISES

[omitted]


SCHEDULE “C” - LANDLORD’S AND TENANT’S WORK

[omitted]


SCHEDULE “D” - RULES AND REGULATIONS

[omitted]


SCHEDULE “E - SPECIAL PROVISIONS

[omitted]


Amendment No. 1 to Office Premises Lease

This Amendment No. 1 to Office Premises Lease (this “Amendment No. l”) is entered as of this 23rd day of January, 2018 (the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”), by and between AbCellera Biologics Inc., a company existing under the laws of British Columbia, Canada (“Tenant”), having its principal place of business at 2125 East Mall, Suite 305, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z4, Canada, and 0775021 BC Ltd., a company organized under the laws of British Columbia, having its principal place of business c/o Avison Young Commercial Real Estate (B.C.) Inc., Suite 2900, 1055 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6E 3P3 (“Landlord”). Tenant, on the one hand, and Landlord, on the other, each shall be referred to herein as a “Party” and together as “Parties”.

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord entered into an Office Premises Lease dated June 2, 2017 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with Section 2.04(c) thereof to correct an error; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

I.

Amendments.

 

  1.

Section 1.01 i. is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following paragraph:

 

  i.

Advance Rent” means the sum of Two Hundred Seventeen Thousand Seven Hundred Two Dollars and Twenty-Six Cents ($217,702.26) paid by the Tenant to the Landlord, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Landlord, to be held without interest and to be applied on account of the Rent payable for the first three months of the Term, plus applicable taxes.

 

  2.

Section 1.01 j. is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following paragraph:

 

  j.

Security Deposit” means the sum of Eighty-One Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty-Three Dollars and Eighteen Cents ($81,753.18) subject to Section 4.05.

 

II.

Miscellaneous.

 

  1.

This Amendment No. 1 is hereby incorporated into and made an integral part of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, all other terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

  2.

The Amendment No. 1 will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of British Columbia, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision.


  3.

The Parties may execute this Amendment No. 1 in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by facsimile or electronic mail of an executed counterpart of this Amendment No. 1 shall be deemed to constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart. If by electronic mail, the executed Amendment No. 1 must be delivered in a .pdf format. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this Amendment No. 1 in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

TENANT: ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS, INC.     LANDLORD: 0775021 BC LTD.
Signature: /s/ Carl L. Hansen                                             Signature: /s/ Attila Koronczay                                        
Print Name: Carl L. Hansen, Ph.D.     Print Name: Attila Koronczay
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer     Title: GM

Exhibit 10.2

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 

CONFIDENTIAL    Execution Version

RESEARCH COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

Between

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.

and

ELI LILLY AND COMPANY


RESEARCH COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS RESEARCH COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), effective as of the date this Agreement is duly executed by both Parties (the “Effective Date”), by and between ELI LILLY AND COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Indiana, with its principal business office located at Lilly Corporate Center, Indianapolis, Indiana 46285, U.S.A. (“Lilly”) and ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of British Columbia, Canada, with its principle business office located at 2215 Yukon St., Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1, Canada (“AbCellera”). AbCellera and Lilly are each referred to individually as a “Party” and together as the “Parties”.

BACKGROUND

A.    Lilly is engaged in the research, development, marketing, manufacturing and distribution of pharmaceutical products for use in humans and animals.

B.    AbCellera controls a proprietary technology platform that combines microfluidics and next-generation sequencing to identify new antibodies.

C.    Lilly and AbCellera desire to enter into this Agreement under which AbCellera will utilize such platform and other resources to identify certain Project Antibodies based on certain Targets (as each such term is defined below) designated by Lilly.

D.    Lilly desires to research, develop, commercialize, and otherwise exploit products derived from or containing Project Antibodies subject to the terms and conditions as set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein below, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by both Parties, the Parties agree as follows:

1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement with an initial capital letter, the terms defined in this Article 1 and elsewhere in this Agreement, whether used in the singular or plural, shall have the meanings specified.

1.1    “Affiliate” means with respect to either Party, any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Party, for so long as such control exists. For purposes of this Section 1.1 only, “control” means (a) direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or shares having the right to vote for the election of directors of such corporate entity or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.


1.2    “AbCellera Generated Program Results” means, collectively, the AbCellera Generated Project Results for all Projects.

1.3    “AbCellera Generated Project Results” means Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), and related experimental data generated by AbCellera under a Project, including (a) the composition of matter and/or related sequences of such Project Antibodies, (b) screening experiments and results of such experiments, including binding specificity data and validation data of antibodies, and (c) the Preliminary Assessment, as applicable, for Lilly Targets. For clarity, AbCellera Generated Project Results (a) excludes the AbCellera Platform, (b) excludes the specific Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), and related experimental data generated by AbCellera under a Project arising from the COVID-19 Program (“COVID-19 IP”), except that Manufacturing Technology arising from, or otherwise relating to, the COVID-19 Program shall be deemed to be AbCellera Generated Project Results (and shall not be considered COVID-19 IP) and (c) shall be deemed Lilly’s Confidential Information.

1.4    “AbCellera Intellectual Property” means the AbCellera Patent Rights and the AbCellera Know-How.

1.5    “AbCellera Know-How” means any and all Know-How that is (a) Controlled by AbCellera or its Affiliate as of the Effective Date or during the Term, and (b) necessary or useful to Lilly in (i) carrying out the activities assigned to it under the Research Program or (ii) researching, developing, manufacturing, commercializing, or otherwise exploiting Candidate Antibodies and/or Products. For clarity, AbCellera Know-How includes COVID-19 IP.

1.6    “AbCellera Patent Rights” means any and all Patent Rights that are (a) Controlled by AbCellera or its Affiliate as of the Effective Date or during the Term, and (b) (i) necessary or useful to Lilly in (1) carrying out the activities assigned to it under the Research Program or (2) researching, developing, manufacturing, commercializing, or otherwise exploiting Candidate Antibodies and/or Products or (ii) otherwise Cover AbCellera Know-How. For clarity, AbCellera Patent Rights include COVID-19 Patent Rights.

1.7    “AbCellera Platform” means AbCellera’s proprietary platform technology, which combines microfluidics, microfabricated device formats, designs, and associated instrumentation; single- and multi-cellular antibody selection assays; and next-generation sequencing to identify new antibodies.

1.8    “Applicable Laws” means all federal, state, local, national and supra-national laws, statutes, rules and regulations, including any rules, regulations, guidelines or requirements of Governmental Authorities, national securities exchanges or securities listing organizations that may be in effect from time to time during the Term and applicable to a particular activity hereunder.

1.9    “Audited Party” means the Party that is the subject of an audit by the other Party under Section 6.4.2.


1.10    “BLA” means a Biologic License Application, as defined in the United States Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq., as such may be amended from time to time, and applicable regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA, or any analogous application or submission with any Regulatory Authority outside of the United States.

1.11    “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, US are authorized or required by Applicable Law to remain closed.

1.12    “Calendar Quarter” means any respective period of three (3) consecutive calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of any Calendar Year.

1.13    “Calendar Year” means each successive period of twelve (12) months commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

1.14    “Cancelled Project” means a Project directed towards a Lilly Target that has been deemed a Lilly Discontinued Target pursuant to Section 3.1.6.

1.15    “Candidate Antibody” means any Project Antibody (including any Hit or Lead), any antibody comprising the sequence of a Project Antibody, or an antibody Lilly derives through Mutagenesis of a Project Antibody, which Lilly elects as a candidate for further development; provided, that, “Candidate Antibody” does not include any COVID-19 Antibody.

1.16    “Clinical Trial” means a Phase I Clinical Trial, Phase II Clinical Trial or Phase III

Clinical Trial, or any post-approval human clinical trial, as applicable.

1.17    “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to particular objectives or tasks of a Party, that level of efforts and resources required to carry out a particular task or obligation in an active and sustained manner, consistent with the general practice followed by such Party in the exercise of its reasonable business discretion relating to other pharmaceutical products owned by it, or to which it has exclusive rights, which are of similar market potential at a similar stage in their development or product life, taking into account issues of patent coverage, safety and efficacy, product profile, the competitiveness of products in development and in the marketplace, supply chain management considerations, the proprietary position of the compound/antibody or product, the regulatory structure involved, the profitability of the applicable products (including pricing and reimbursement status achieved), and other relevant factors, including technical, legal, scientific and/or medical factors.

1.18    “Confidential Information” means all Know-How, which is generated by or on behalf of a Party under this Agreement or which one Party or any of its Affiliates or contractors has provided or otherwise made available to the other Party whether made available orally, in writing, or in electronic form, including such Know-How comprising or relating to concepts, discoveries, Inventions, data, designs or formulae arising from this Agreement. This Agreement and its Exhibits and amendments constitute Confidential Information of both of the Parties.


1.19    “Control” or “Controlled” means, with respect to any material, Know-How, or Intellectual Property Right, that a Party (a) owns or (b) has a license to such material, Know-How, or Intellectual Property Right and, in each case, has the power to grant to the other Party access, a license, or a sublicense (as applicable) to the same on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement without violating any obligations of the granting Party to a Third Party.

1.20    “Covered” or “Cover” means, with respect to a Product in a particular country, that the manufacture, use, sale or importation of such Product in such country would, but for the licenses granted herein, infringe a Valid Claim.

1.21    “COVID-19 Antibody” means (a) an antibody Controlled by AbCellera that targets SARS-CoV-2, (b) any antibody comprising the sequence of an antibody that is subject to the foregoing clause (a), or (c) an antibody Lilly derives through Mutagenesis of an antibody that is subject to the foregoing clause (a), which Lilly elects as a candidate for further development.

1.22    “Critical Success Factors” or “CSF” means, with respect to a Project, the criteria determined by the JSC that must be achieved in order for (a) a Project Antibody to be designated a Hit (“Hit Success Factors”), and (b) a Hit to be designated as a Lead (“Lead Success Factors”).

1.23    “Difficult Target” means a multi-pass membrane Target or a Target with greater than [***] homology to the host species used in immunizations.

1.24    “EU” means the member states of the European Union, or any successor entity thereto performing similar functions; provided, that, for purposes of this Agreement the EU shall be deemed to include the United Kingdom.

1.25    “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor thereto.

1.26    “Field” means any and all uses and purposes, including diagnostic, prophylactic, and therapeutic uses, in humans and animal.

1.27    “First Commercial Sale” means the first invoice for commercial quantities of any Product sold to a Third Party by Lilly, its Affiliates or sublicensees in any country after receipt of all Marketing Authorization for such Product in such country. Sales (a) for test marketing, sampling and promotional uses, clinical trial purposes or compassionate or similar uses, or (b) among Lilly, its Affiliates or sublicensees (unless one such entity is an end-user), shall not be considered to constitute a First Commercial Sale.

1.28    FTE Rate” means the annual compensation rate for an FTE, [***] as of the Effective Date.

1.29    “Full Time Equivalent” or “FTE” means the equivalent of a full-time scientific or technical employee’s work time over an accounting period (including normal vacations, sick days and holidays) based on [***] hours per year. The portion of an FTE year devoted by a scientist to activities under the Cancelled Project shall be determined by dividing (a) the number of hours during any accounting period devoted by such individual to such activities by (b) the product of eight (8) hours * the number of Business Days during such accounting period. At minimum, [***] of the FTE positions will be at the PhD scientist level and the ratio of technical to administrative activities shall be no less than [***], respectively. For clarity, in no event shall any individual AbCellera employee be considered more than a single FTE for any accounting period.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



1.30    “Good Clinical Practices” or “GCP” means all applicable Good Clinical Practice standards for the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analyses and reporting of Clinical Trials, including, as applicable, (a) as set forth in the International Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (“ICH”) Harmonized Tripartite Guideline for Good Clinical Practice (CPMP/ICH/135/95) and any other guidelines for good clinical practice for trials on medicinal products in the Territory, (b) the Declaration of Helsinki (2004) as last amended at the 52nd World Medical Association in October 2000 and any further amendments or clarifications thereto, (c) U.S. Code of Federal Regulations Title 21, Parts 50 (Protection of Human Subjects), 56 (Institutional Review Boards) and 312 (Investigational New Drug Application), as may be amended from time to time, and (d) the equivalent Applicable Laws in any relevant country, each as may be amended and applicable from time to time and in each case, that provide for, among other things, assurance that the clinical data and reported results are credible and accurate and protect the rights, integrity, and confidentiality of trial subjects.

1.31    “Good Laboratory Practices” or “GLP” means all applicable Good Laboratory Practice standards, including, as applicable, (a) as set forth in the then-current good laboratory practice standards promulgated or endorsed by the FDA as defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 58, and (b) the equivalent Applicable Laws in any relevant country, each as may be amended and applicable from time to time.

1.32    “Good Research Practices” or “GRP” means all applicable Good Research Practices including, as applicable, (a) the research quality standards defining (i) Lilly’s good research practice expectations for external partners as set forth in Exhibit 1.32-Part A and (ii) Lilly’s animal care and use requirements as set forth in Exhibit 1.32-Part B, (b) the Research Quality Association (RQA) (2014) Quality in Research Guidelines for Working in Non-Regulated Research, (c) the WHO Quality Practices in Basic Biomedical Research Guidelines and (d) the equivalent Applicable Laws if any, in any relevant country, each as may be amended and applicable from time to time.

1.33    “Governmental Authority” means any court, commission, authority, department, ministry, official or other instrumentality of, or being vested with public authority under any law of, any country, state or local authority or any political subdivision thereof, or any association of countries.

1.34    “Hit” means a Project Antibody that meets the applicable Critical Success Factors for the relevant Lilly Target to be deemed a “Hit”; provided, that, “Hit” does not include any COVID-19 Antibody.

1.35    “Internal Compliance Codes” means a Party’s internal policies and procedures intended to ensure that a Party complies with Applicable Laws, Party Specific Regulations, and such Party’s internal ethical, medical and similar standards.


1.36    “IND” means an investigational new drug application filed with the FDA with respect to a Product, or an equivalent application filed with a Regulatory Authority in a country other than the United States to commence a clinical trial of pharmaceutical product.

1.37    “Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all proprietary rights provided under (a) patent law, including any Patent Rights; (b) trademark law; (c) copyright law; or (d) any other applicable statutory provision or common law principle, including trade secret law, that may provide a right in ideas, formulae, algorithms, concepts, inventions, or Know-How, or the expression or use thereof.

1.38    “Invention” means any Know-How, composition of matter, article of manufacture or other subject matter, whether patentable or not, that is conceived or reduced to practice under and as a result of, and within the scope of, any work performed under this Agreement.

1.39    “Joint Invention” means any Invention conceived or reduced to practice jointly by one or more employees of Lilly or its Affiliate or a Third Party acting on behalf of Lilly or its Affiliate, on the one hand, and one or more employees of AbCellera or its Affiliate or a Third Party acting on behalf of AbCellera or its Affiliate, on the other hand.

1.40    “Joint Patent Rights” means all Patent Rights claiming a Joint Invention.

1.41    “Know-How” means all information, know-how, data, inventions, discoveries, trade secrets, specifications, instructions, processes, formulae, methods, protocols, expertise and other technology applicable to formulations, compositions or products or to their manufacture, development, registration, use or marketing or to methods of assaying or testing them, and all biological, chemical, pharmacological, biochemical, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical and analytical, safety, quality control, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical data relevant to any of the foregoing. For clarity, Know-How excludes Patent Rights.

1.42    “Lead” means a Hit that meets the applicable Lead Success Factors for the relevant Lilly Target to be deemed a “Lead”; provided, that, “Lead” does not include any COVID-19 Antibody. For clarity, the Lead Success Factors for each Lead will include a requirement that the relevant Hit (or antibody that comprises the sequence of a Hit or is derived through Mutagenesis of a Hit) induces a functional response or response via an acceptable Target-specific mechanism.

1.43    “Lilly Initial Targets” means [***] SARS-CoV-2 [***].

1.44    “Lilly Target(s)” mean (a) the Lilly Initial Targets, and (b) each additional Target that becomes the subject of a Project in accordance with Section 3.1.3(a) (including any Lilly Replacement Targets), but specifically excluding any Target that subsequently becomes a Lilly Discontinued Target.

1.45    “Lilly Replacement Target(s)” shall mean those Targets that replace Lilly Discontinued Targets in accordance with Section 3.1.6.

1.46    “Manufacturing Technology” shall mean manufacturing-related Project Results and Lilly manufacturing processes, including the cell line, the formulation and preparation of cell culture media and feeds, or devices (including auto injector technology).

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



1.47    “Marketing Authorization” means all approvals (including supplements, amendments, pricing approvals, labeling approvals, and any pre-approvals and post-approvals), licenses, permits, notifications, registrations, clearances, authorizations, or waivers from the relevant Regulatory Authority necessary to initiate marketing and selling a Product in the Field in a particular country, including a BLA.

1.48    “Mutagenesis” means the in vitro, in vivo, or in silico introduction of mutations into the DNA sequence encoding an antibody.

1.49    “Net Sales” means, with respect to a Product, the gross amount invoiced by Lilly or one of its Selling Parties to Third Parties, excluding any sublicensee, for the Product in the Territory, less:

a)    Trade, quantity and cash discounts allowed;

b)    Discounts, refunds, rebates, chargebacks, retroactive price adjustments, and any other allowances which effectively reduce the net selling price;

c)    Product returns and allowances;

d)    That portion of the sales value associated with drug delivery systems;

e)    Any tax imposed on the production, sale, delivery or use of the Product, including sales, use, excise or value added taxes, or the annual fee imposed on the pharmaceutical manufacturers by the U.S. government;

f)    Wholesaler inventory management fees;

g)    Allowance for distribution expenses; and

h)    Any other similar and customary deductions which are in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP).

Such amounts shall be determined from the books and records of Lilly or the relevant Selling Party, maintained in accordance with U.S. GAAP or, in the case of sublicensees, such similar accounting principles, consistently applied. Lilly further agrees in determining such amounts, it will use Lilly’s then current standard procedures and methodology, including Lilly’s then current standard exchange rate methodology for the translation of foreign currency sales into U.S. Dollars or, in the case of sublicensees, such similar methodology, consistently applied.

In the event that the Product is sold as part of a Combination Product (where “Combination Product” means any pharmaceutical product which comprises the Product and other active compound(s)/antibody(ies) and/or ingredients), the Net Sales of the Product, for the purposes of determining royalty payments, shall be determined by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product (as defined in the standard Net Sales definition) by the fraction, A / (A+B) where A is the weighted average sale price of the Product when sold separately in finished form, and B is the weighted average sale price of the other product(s) (i.e. a product containing the other active compound(s)/antibody(ies)) sold separately in finished form.


In the event that the weighted average sale price of the Product can be determined but the weighted average sale price of the other product(s) cannot be determined, Net Sales for purposes of determining royalty payments shall be calculated by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product by the fraction A / C where A is the weighted average sale price of the Product when sold separately in finished form and C is the weighted average sale price of the Combination Product.

In the event that the weighted average sale price of the other product(s) can be determined but the weighted average sale price of the Product cannot be determined, Net Sales for purposes of determining royalty payments shall be calculated by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product by the following formula: one (1) minus (B / C) where B is the weighted average sale price of the other product(s) when sold separately in finished form and C is the weighted average sale price of the Combination Product.

In the event that the weighted average sale price of both the Product and the other product(s) in the Combination Product cannot be determined, the Net Sales of the Product shall be deemed to be equal to the mutually agreed (by the Parties) percentage of the Net Sales of the Combination Product, based on the relative value and/or cost of the Product and other product(s) in such Combination Product; provided, however, that in the event the Parties cannot, in spite of good faith efforts, mutually agree to such a percentage, then such percentage shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Net Sales of the Combination Product.

The weighted average sale price for a Product, other product(s), or Combination Product shall be calculated once each Calendar Year and such price shall be used during all applicable royalty reporting periods for the entire following Calendar Year. When determining the weighted average sale price of a Product, other product(s), or Combination Product, the weighted average sale price shall be calculated by dividing the sales dollars (translated into U.S. dollars) by the units of active ingredient sold during the twelve (12) months (or the number of months sold in a partial calendar year) of the preceding Calendar Year for the respective Product, other product(s), or Combination Product. Upon AbCellera’s request, but not more than once per Calendar Year, Lilly shall provide to AbCellera details of the weighted average sale price calculation. In the initial Calendar Year, a forecasted weighted average sale price will be used for the Product, other product(s), or Combination Product. Any over or under payment due to a difference between forecasted and actual weighted average sale prices will be paid or credited in the first royalty payment of the following Calendar Year.

1.50    “Party Specific Regulations” means all judgments, decrees, orders or similar decisions issued by any Governmental Authority specific to a Party, and all consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, or other agreements or undertakings of any kind by a Party with any Governmental Authority, in each case as the same may be in effect from time to time and applicable to a Party’s activities contemplated by this Agreement.

1.51    “Patent Rights” means the rights and interests in and to issued patents and pending patent applications (which, for purposes of this Agreement, include certificates of invention, applications for certificates of invention and priority rights) in any country or region, including all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, continued prosecution applications including requests for continued examination, divisional applications and renewals, and all letters patent or certificates of invention granted thereon, and all reissues, reexaminations, extensions (including pediatric exclusivity patent extensions), term restorations, renewals, substitutions, confirmations, registrations, revalidations, revisions and additions of or to any of the foregoing, in each case, in any country.


1.52    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or political subdivision thereof.

1.53    “Phase I Clinical Trial” means a study in humans which provides for the first introduction into humans of a product, conducted in normal volunteers or patients to generate information on product safety, tolerability, pharmacological activity or pharmacokinetics, or otherwise consistent with the requirements of U.S. 21 C.F.R. §312.21(a) or its foreign equivalents.

1.54    “Phase II Clinical Trial” means a study in humans of the safety, dose ranging and efficacy of a product, which is prospectively designed to generate sufficient data (if successful) to commence a Phase III Clinical Trial or to file for accelerated approval, or otherwise consistent with the requirements of U.S. 21 C.F.R. §312.21(b) or its foreign equivalents.

1.55    “Phase III Clinical Trial” means a controlled study in humans of the efficacy and safety of a product, which is prospectively designed to demonstrate statistically whether such product is effective and safe for use in a particular indication in a manner sufficient to file for Marketing Authorization, or otherwise consistent with the requirements of U.S. 21 C.F.R. §312.21(c) or its foreign equivalents.

1.56    “Product” means a product preparation in final form containing one or more (a) Candidate Antibodies or (b) COVID-19 Antibodies (such clause (b) Products, “COVID-19 Product”).

1.57    “Program Results” means, collectively, (a) AbCellera Generated Program Results, (b) Lilly Generated Program Results, (c) Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads) (other than COVID-19 Antibodies) and (d) Candidate Antibodies and Products (other than COVID-19 Products).

1.58    “Project Antibody” means any antibody or antibody-like protein that is discovered, generated, identified, evaluated or optimized by or on behalf of AbCellera during the Research Term that binds a Lilly Target.

1.59    “Regulatory Authority” means the FDA or any counterpart of the FDA outside the United States, or other national, supra-national, regional, state or local regulatory agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other governmental entity with authority over the distribution, importation, exportation, manufacture, production, use, storage, transport, clinical testing or sale of a pharmaceutical product (including a Product), which may include the authority to grant the required reimbursement and pricing approvals for such sale.

1.60    “Retained Fee” means, with respect to a Cancelled Project, the Research Program Fee paid by Lilly to AbCellera for such Cancelled Project minus an amount equal to the FTE Rate multiplied by the actual hours worked by AbCellera’s FTEs such the Cancelled Project. For clarity, such actual hours shall be supported by approved time sheets for such FTEs coded to the Cancelled Project.


1.61    “Selling Party” means each Party, its Affiliates, and their respective licensees or sublicensees hereunder (which term excludes any Third Parties to the extent functioning as distributors), as applicable. In no event shall AbCellera be a Selling Party with respect to Lilly or Lilly be a Selling Party with respect to AbCellera.

1.62    “Soft Target” means a Target that is not a Difficult Target.

1.63    “Target” means any clinically relevant protein, polynucleotide or carbohydrate (or portion thereof), including [***] and SARS-CoV-2.

1.64    “Territory” means all of the countries and territories in the world.

1.65    “Third Party” means any Person other than Lilly or AbCellera or an Affiliate of Lilly or AbCellera.

1.66    “United States” or “US” means the United States of America and its territories and possessions.

1.67    “Upstream License Agreements” means the (a) UBC License Agreement as amended on February 2, 2015, (b) Stanford License Agreement as amended on March 22, 2017, and (c) the Research Collaboration Agreement dated March 12, 2019 (“NIH License Agreement”), as each such agreement may be further amended in accordance with Section 2.7.

1.68    “USD” and “$” means United States dollars.

1.69    “Valid Claim” means, with respect to a Product, any claim of (a) (i) an issued and unexpired AbCellera Patent Right or Lilly Patent Right, or (ii) a pending patent application included in AbCellera Patent Rights or Lilly Patent Rights that (1) continues to be prosecuted in good faith, and (2) has not been pending for more than seven (7) years from the earliest priority date, and that (b) Covers (i) the composition of matter of, or (ii) the method of use that is included in a Marketing Authorization (i.e., in the “label”) for, such Product, and which claim has not been abandoned, revoked or held unenforceable, invalid or unpatentable by a court or other government body of competent jurisdiction and which claim has not been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, re-examination or disclaimer or otherwise.

1.70    “Work Plan” means the mutually agreed upon plan for each Project, including (i) the research plan for the Lilly Initial Targets that the Parties will mutually agree on within [***] days of the Effective Date, and (ii) any other research plan generated by AbCellera and approved in writing by Lilly in accordance with Section 3.1.3(b)(i), in each case, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Work Plan shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 1.70 and incorporated by reference in its entirety.

1.71    Additional Definitions. In addition, each of the following definitions shall have the respective meanings set forth in the section of this Agreement indicated below.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Definition

   Section/Exhibit

AbCellera Indemnified Party

   13.2

Agreement

   Preamble

Agreement Payments

   6.3

Biosimilar Application

   7.4.6

BPCIA

   7.4.6

Claims

   13.1

Code

   11.4

Confidentiality Agreement

   15.13

Controlling Party

   7.4.4

Costs

   5.2.2(a)

COVID-19 Budget

   5.2.2(b)

COVID-19 Clinical Development Plan

   3.1.3(e)

COVID-19 IP

   1.3

COVID-19 Product

   1.56

COVID-19 Program

   3.1.3(e)

COVID-19 Patent Rights

   7.3.5

Development Milestone Event

   5.4

Development Milestone Payment

   5.4

Dispute

   15.5

Effective Date

   Preamble

Feasibility Assessment

   3.1.3(a)

Generic Equivalent

   5.5.3(b)(ii)

Government or Public Official

   14.4

Hit Discovery

   3.1.3(b)(iv)

Indemnified Party

   13.3.1

Indemnifying Party

   13.3.1

Infringement

   7.4.1

JSC

   4.3

Lilly Discontinued Target

   3.1.6

Lilly Generated Program Results

   3.1.3(b)(vi)

Lilly Indemnified Party

   13.1

Losses

   13.1

Materials Transfer Record

   3.1.7

NIH Agreement

   1.67

Nomination Notice

   3.1.3(a)

Notice of Dispute

   15.5

Party

   Preamble

Parties

   Preamble

Preliminary Assessment

   3.1.3(b)(ii)

Product IP

   7.2

Project

   3.1.1

Project Leader

   4.1

prosecution

   7.3.1

Proposed Replacement Target

   3.1.6


Definition

   Section/Exhibit

Research Program

   3.1.1

Research Program Fee

   5.2

Research Term

   3.1.4

Royalty

   5.5.1

Royalty Term

   5.5.2

Taxes

   6.3

Term

   10.1

1.72    Interpretation. The captions and headings to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. Unless specified to the contrary, references to Articles, Sections or Exhibits mean the particular Articles, Sections or Exhibits to this Agreement and references to this Agreement include all Exhibits hereto. In the event of any conflict between the main body of this Agreement and any Exhibit hereto, the main body of this Agreement shall prevail. Unless context otherwise clearly requires, whenever used in this Agreement: (a) the words “include” or “including” shall be construed as incorporating, also, “but not limited to” or “without limitation;” (b) the word “day” or “year” means a calendar day or year unless otherwise specified; (c) the word “notice” shall mean notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and shall include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement; (d) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the particular provision in which such words appear; (e) the words “shall” and “will” have interchangeable meanings for purposes of this Agreement; (f) provisions that require that a Party, the Parties or a committee hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter, approved minutes or otherwise; (g) words of any gender include the other gender; (h) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (i) references to any specific law, rule or regulation, or article, section or other division thereof, shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement law, rule or regulation thereof; (j) the phrase “non-refundable” is not intended to limit either Party’s rights to pursue or obtain damages arising from a breach of this Agreement; and (k) neither Party shall be deemed to be acting on behalf of the other Party.

2.    LICENSES AND EXCLUSIVITY

2.1    License Grants to Lilly. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, AbCellera hereby grants to Lilly and its Affiliates an exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, sublicensable (through multiple tiers) license under AbCellera Intellectual Property when necessary or useful to make, use, offer to sell, sell, import, or otherwise exploit Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), Candidate Antibodies and Products in the Field and in the Territory, including to conduct Lilly’s obligations under the Research Program. The license granted to Lilly and its Affiliates in this Section 2.1 includes the right to grant sublicenses through multiple tiers; provided, that each sublicense granted by Lilly or its Affiliate shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Lilly shall be and remain responsible and liable to AbCellera for sublicensee conduct that is prohibited under this Agreement and sublicensee conduct that would have constituted breach of this Agreement if it had been engaged in by Lilly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that (a) AbCellera retains the right under the AbCellera Intellectual Property to perform its obligations under, and in accordance with, this Agreement, including performing its obligations under the Research Program, and (b) the license granted with respect to COVID-19 Antibodies and COVID-19 Products shall be non-exclusive with respect to research and development.


2.3    License Grants to AbCellera.

2.3.1    Research Program License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Research Term, Lilly hereby grants to AbCellera a non-exclusive, fully paid- up, royalty-free license, under Lilly’s Intellectual Property Rights that are necessary for AbCellera to perform its obligation, and solely for AbCellera to conduct such obligations, under the Research Program in accordance with this Agreement and the applicable Work Plan.

2.3.2    AbCellera Platform Related License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lilly hereby grants to AbCellera a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free license to incorporate anonymized and blinded AbCellera Generated Program Results and Lilly Generated Program Results (that are provided by Lilly hereunder as required by a given Work Plan) into the AbCellera Platform solely for the purpose of improving the AbCellera Platform in the Field in the Territory.

2.4    Exclusivity. [***] It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 2.4 be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under Applicable Laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Lilly and AbCellera believe that the restrictive covenants in this Section 2.4 are valid and enforceable. However, if any restrictive covenant should for any reason become or be declared by a competent court or competition authority to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such restrictive covenant shall be deemed to have been amended to the extent necessary in order that such provision be valid and enforceable, and such amendment shall apply only with respect to the operation of such provision of this Section 2.4 in the particular jurisdiction in which such declaration is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.4 shall not limit AbCellera’s right to conduct research or development activities involving COVID-19 Antibody or COVID-19 Product or a diagnostic to be used in connection with a COVID-19 Product. In the event AbCellera develops a diagnostic to be used in connection with a COVID-19 Product, AbCellera shall have the right to grant a non-exclusive sublicese for commercialization of the diagnostic; provided, that any such diagnostic shall not include or use the same sequence as any COVID-19 Product being developed by Lilly (which sequence AbCellera can confirm by request of Lilly).

2.4    Other Activities. Except as expressly provided in this Article 2, each Party may: (a) engage in research, manufacturing, development or commercialization activities that utilize technologies similar to or involve products competitive with those contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) use any publicly available information and research results (including any publicly available information of the other Party) to the same extent as Third Parties generally are legally permitted to do so. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, including any obligation to promote Products or any restriction on the use of Confidential Information, shall create: (i) any obligation not to research, develop, manufacture, commercialize or otherwise exploit any product; or (ii) any obligation to utilize a sales force for Products separate from sales forces for other products. Each Party has limited resources, and as a result it is anticipated that personnel assigned to the activities contemplated by this Agreement may also participate in other activities that may utilize technologies similar to or involve products competitive with those contemplated by this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



2.5    No Implied Licenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither Party, by virtue of this Agreement, shall acquire any license or other interest, by implication or otherwise, in any materials, Know-How, Intellectual Property Rights Controlled by the other Party or its Affiliates. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, by entering into this Agreement with AbCellera, Lilly is not forfeiting any rights that Lilly may have including its rights to perform research activities in compliance with 35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(1) or any experimental or research use exemption that may apply in any country.

2.6    Sublicense under Upstream License Agreements. AbCellera will reasonably enforce, or otherwise take the actions necessary to enable Lilly to enforce, AbCellera’s rights, benefits and the obligations of the counterparty under the Upstream License Agreements that may impact the rights, benefits and obligations of Lilly hereunder, including taking such actions as Lilly may reasonably request, and will inform Lilly of any action it may take under the Upstream License Agreements to the extent such action may impact Lilly’s interest under the Upstream License Agreements. AbCellera shall (a) fulfill all of its obligations, including its payment obligations, under, and shall not otherwise breach, the Upstream License Agreements; and (b) not amend or waive, or take any action or omit to taking any action that would alter, any of AbCellera’s rights under the Upstream License Agreements in any manner that adversely affects, or would reasonably be expected to adversely affect, Lilly’s rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement. AbCellera shall promptly notify Lilly of any default under, termination or amendment of, the Upstream License Agreements, to the extent such default, termination or amendment may have an impact on Lilly. For clarity, AbCellera is solely responsible for any payments due under the Upstream License Agreements.

3.    RESEARCH PROGRAM AND DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF PRODUCTS

3.1    Research Program.

3.1.1    General. Lilly and AbCellera shall conduct a program (consisting of nine (9) projects each directed to a different Lilly Target) to generate, identify and/or optimize Project Antibodies using the AbCellera Platform on a collaborative basis and in accordance with the applicable Work Plan (each such project, a “Project” and collectively, the “Research Program”). The Research Program shall be coordinated by the Parties through the JSC. For purposes of clarity, the Parties acknowledge and agree that activities under the Research Program that require access to the AbCellera Platform will be solely carried out by AbCellera (as opposed to Lilly) and, conversely, Lilly will use its own tools and technologies (as opposed to the AbCellera Platform) to carry out activities assigned to it under the Research Program.

3.1.2    Project Limitation. The Parties acknowledge and agree that no more than [***] Projects may be active simultaneously during the Research Term, unless otherwise mutually agreed to in a JSC meeting.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



3.1.3    Project Workflow. Without limiting, and subject to, the applicable Work Plan, each Project shall comprise the following phases:

(a)    Target Selection. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the first [***] Projects shall be directed towards the Lilly Initial Targets. For the remaining [***] Projects, Lilly may nominate any Target (i.e., either a Difficult Target or Soft Target) to AbCellera in writing during the Research Term (each, a “Nomination Notice”), and AbCellera shall conduct an assessment of the capability of the AbCellera Platform to generate or identify a Lead within [***] Business Days following its receipt of a Nomination Notice (“Feasibility Assessment”). The final (i.e., ninth (9th)) Target corresponding to the final (i.e., ninth (9th)) Project shall be nominated by Lilly no later than twelve (12) months before the end of the Research Term, unless a Lilly Target is subject to replacement during the twelve (12) month period before the end of the Research Term. Promptly following completion of each Feasibility Assessment, AbCellera shall notify Lilly whether such assessment was positive or negative and, if negative, such supporting data as Lilly may reasonably request in connection therewith. If the Feasibility Assessment is positive, then Lilly shall have [***] Business Days to affirm its interest in the Target, and if Lilly does not provide notice that it does not want to forego such Target, then such Target will be deemed a Lilly Target as of the date that Lilly affirms its interest or upon the [***] Business Day after AbCellera notifies Lilly regarding the result of the Feasibility Assessment. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event (i) the Feasibility Assessment is negative, or (ii) Lilly elects to forgo pursuing a Target nominated by it by providing notice thereof during such [***] Business Day period, Lilly may propose another Target in place of such Target.

(b)    Lead Generation.

(i)    Work Plan. Within thirty (30) days of designation of a Target as a Lilly Target in accordance with Section 3.1.3(a), (1) the JSC will convene and determine the Critical Success Factors for the Project directed to such Lilly Target, and (2) AbCellera will generate the Work Plan for the Project directed to such Lilly Target, which Work Plan shall include reagents, assays, immunization strategies, screening approach, and expression and characterization activities appropriate to meet the relevant Critical Success Factors; provided that (A) AbCellera will take into consideration in good faith any input given by Lilly in generating such Work Plan, and (B) such Work Plan shall be subject to the JSC’s approval.

(ii)    Assay Development and Test Screen. Promptly following approval of a Work Plan (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days), AbCellera will initiate immunizations and assay development activities, and subsequently, when such activities are complete, run a test screen (collectively, “Preliminary Assessment”) to assess the likelihood of generating or identifying Hits and Leads for the relevant Lilly Target.

(iii)    Go/No Go. AbCellera will share the results of each Preliminary Assessment with Lilly, and the JSC will determine whether to proceed to a screening campaign based on such Preliminary Assessment. In the event AbCellera (or its JSC representative) votes to not proceed with a given Lilly Target based on such Preliminary Assessment, AbCellera shall provide to Lilly a detailed basis of its reasons for advocating not to proceed with such Lilly Target.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



(iv)    Screening. If the JSC determines to proceed to a screening campaign based on the Preliminary Assessment, then AbCellera will perform antibody discovery activities (“Hit Discovery”) according to the applicable Work Plan using experimental conditions identified during the Preliminary Assessment to discover and provide Hits that meet the Hit Success Factors or are otherwise designated Hits by the JSC, and then deliver such Hits to Lilly.

(v)    Testing. Upon receipt of Hits from AbCellera, Lilly shall test such Project Antibodies in biophysical assays.

(vi)    Data Sharing. Lilly will share data from the biophysical assays used to validate a given Hit as a Lead (such results for all Projects, “Lilly Generated Program Results”) with AbCellera.

(c)    Lead Determination/Completion. The JSC, at any point during a Project, may determine that at least one Project Antibody for such Project meets or exceeds the applicable Lead Success Factor to satisfy requirements of being a Lead.

(d)    General Cooperation. Without limiting the foregoing, AbCellera will support Lilly, as appropriate and as requested by Lilly, in the research leading up to designation of the Lead by the JSC for the Lilly Targets.

(e)    COVID-19 Antibodies and COVID-19 Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing subclauses of this Section 3.1.3, with respect to COVID-19 Antibodies and COVID-19 Products, Lilly will, at its cost (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2.2), have the sole right and responsibility (as between the Parties) for, in consultation with AbCellera, the execution of a clinical development plan for COVID-19 Antibodies and COVID-19 Products (“COVID-19 Clinical Development Plan”, and the Project conducted under the COVID-19 Clinical Development Plan, the “COVID-19 Program”)), including all regulatory submissions and activities necessary to enable the approval and ultimate launch of at least one COVID-19 Product. The COVID-19 Clinical Development Plan shall be deemed to be a Work Plan for purposes of this Agreement.

3.1.4    Research Term. The Research Program shall commence on the Effective Date and shall conclude four (4) years thereafter (such period, the “Research Term”). The Research Term may be extended as the Parties determine upon mutual written agreement.

3.1.5    Conduct of Research Program. Each Party:

(a)    shall conduct its responsibilities under the Research Program, as assigned to it under the Work Plan and shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to achieve the objectives and timelines within the Work Plan.

(b)    conduct the Research Program in compliance with all Applicable Laws and in accordance with GLPs, GCPs and GRPs to the extent applicable.

(c)    may utilize the services of its Affiliates and, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, utilize Third Parties to perform those activities assigned to it under the Research Program.


3.1.6    Replacement Targets. During the Research Term, on a Project-by-Project basis prior to initiation of Hit Discovery by AbCellera, if the JSC determines that a Lilly Target in a given Project (relative to other Target opportunities) no longer warrants further research under the Research Program, Lilly may elect to replace such Lilly Target with a different Target by providing AbCellera with written notice thereof and nominating such replacement Target (each, a “Proposed Replacement Target”); provided, that the selection of any Proposed Replacement Target as a Lilly Replacement Target shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.1.2 and 3.1.3(a) of this Agreement. For clarity, subject to the foregoing, Lilly may nominate such Proposed Replacement Target anytime during the Research Term, including during the final twelve (12) months of the Research Term if such Proposed Replacement Target replaces a Lilly Target that was discontinued during the final twelve (12) months of the Research Term. Such Proposed Replacement Target shall become a Lilly Replacement Target and, therefore, subject to the procedure set forth in Section 3.1.3(a), also become a Lilly Target and the replaced Target shall be deemed a discontinued target (“Lilly Discontinued Target”). For clarity, any Lilly Discontinued Target shall not count against Lilly’s total of nine (9) Projects (i.e., the Lilly Replacement Target shall take the place of one of the nine (9) Projects that was previously directed to the Lilly Discontinued Target).

3.1.7    Provision of Materials. Lilly will provide AbCellera with such physical materials in such quantities, and on such timing, as may be specified in an applicable Work Plan or otherwise agreed by the Parties. As between the Parties, Lilly shall retain ownership of any such provided materials at all times. This Agreement shall not be construed as granting any rights to Lilly’s interests in such materials. Any such materials provided to AbCellera shall be accompanied by a materials transfer record substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.1.7 (each a “Materials Transfer Record”). Each such Materials Transfer Record shall be signed by an officer of AbCellera and returned to Lilly. ABCELLERA ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY SUCH MATERIALS ARE BEING SUPPLIED WITH NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR THAT THE USE OF THE MATERIALS WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT OR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY.

3.2    Subcontracts. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Parties may subcontract to Affiliates and Third Parties portions of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, with respect to any such subcontracting between AbCellera and a Third Party, AbCellera shall be required to (a) provide notice to Lilly thereof, (b) receive written consent from Lilly thereof (such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (c) enter into appropriate agreements with such Third Party subcontractor with respect to non-disclosure of Confidential Information and ownership of any intellectual property developed in the course of subcontracted activities that are consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each Party shall remain liable to the other Party for any act or omission of its subcontractor.

3.3    Records and Reports.

3.3.1    AbCellera Records of Activities under Research Program. AbCellera shall maintain records, for so long as necessary to comply with Applicable Laws or reasonably necessary to support the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of intellectual property rights (including Patent Rights) in accordance with Article 7 below, regarding its conduct of the Research Program after the applicable activity, in sufficient detail and in good scientific manner appropriate for patent and regulatory purposes, which shall fully and properly reflect the work done and results achieved by AbCellera in the performance of the Research Program, including records of FTEs in order to validate and confirm any FTE costs for Cancelled Projects.


3.3.2    Copies and Review of Records. During the period that such records are required to be maintained pursuant to Section 3.3.1, Lilly shall have the right to review and copy, with reasonable notice, any records referred to in Section 3.3.1, and as otherwise necessary to conduct a GRP-compliance audit, solely for purposes of exercising its rights or fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement. Upon reasonable request, AbCellera shall provide copies of the records described in Section 3.3.1, at Lilly’s request and expense. Lilly shall have the right to arrange with AbCellera for its employee(s) or consultant(s) involved in the activities contemplated hereunder to visit the offices and laboratories of AbCellera and any of its contractors during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, and to discuss the Research Program work and its results in detail with the technical personnel and consultant(s); provided, that any such visits shall occur no more frequently than twice per Calendar Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AbCellera shall have no obligation to disclose any information or Know-How related to the AbCellera Platform that are trade secrets.

3.4    Development and Commercialization by Lilly. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lilly (itself or through its Affiliates or Third Parties) shall have the sole responsibility and exclusive right to further develop, manufacture, commercialize and otherwise exploit any Project Antibodies, Candidate Antibodies, COVID-19 Antibodies or Products upon the conclusion of the Research Program.

3.5    Development Reports. For each Lilly Target for which a Candidate Antibody has been designated, and with respect to each COVID-19 Antibody that is the subject of an IND filing, until the date on which the associated Product receives Marketing Authorization in the United States, for so long as Lilly is conducting development activities with respect to such Product for such Lilly Target, Lilly, by March 1 of each Calendar Year, shall provide to AbCellera a high-level written summary describing the status of development activities for such Product that it has conducted during the previous twelve (12) month period and any milestones it expects to achieve for such Product in the following twelve (12) months.

4.    GOVERNANCE

4.1    Project Leader. Within ten (10) days of the Effective Date with respect to the Initial Lilly Targets, and within thirty (30) days of finalizing any other Work Plans, Lilly and AbCellera will each assign one (1) employee to serve as primary point of contact between the Parties with respect to a given Project (each, a “Project Leader”). The Project Leaders shall regularly communicate with each other to address Project-related issues, needs and updates. Either Party, upon prior notice to the other Party, may change its Project Leader. Except for those Disputes that are subject to the purview of the JSC, prior to submitting any Dispute to the dispute resolution mechanism set forth in Section 15.5, the Project Leaders shall attempt, for a period of thirty (30) days, to resolve such Dispute.


4.2    Alliance Manager. Within ten (10) days of the Effective Date, each Party shall also appoint an individual to act as the Alliance Manager for such Party. Each Alliance Manager shall thereafter be permitted to attend meetings of the JSC and any sub-committee as a nonvoting observer. The Alliance Managers shall be the primary point of contact for the Parties regarding the collaboration activities contemplated by this Agreement (other than the activities/responsibilities of the Project Leader outlined in Section 4.1 above) and shall help facilitate all such activities hereunder.

4.3    Joint Steering Committee. The Parties will establish, as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, a Joint Steering Committee (the “JSC”) to oversee and coordinate the activities of the Parties under the Research Program in accordance with the remainder of this Article 4. The JSC shall be comprised of two (2) employees from Lilly and two (2) employees from AbCellera, with each Party designating one (1) such employee as its JSC co-chairperson. Subject to the foregoing, each Party shall appoint its respective representatives to the JSC from time to time, and may change its representatives, in its sole discretion, effective upon notice to the other Party designating such change. Representatives from each Party shall have appropriate technical credentials, experience and knowledge pertaining to and ongoing familiarity with the Research Program. Lilly’s designee will be responsible for calling meetings of the JSC, circulating agenda and performing administrative tasks required to assure efficient operation of the JSC. The JSC shall be promptly disbanded upon completion of the Research Program.

4.4    JSC Meetings. The JSC shall meet in accordance with a schedule established by mutual written agreement of the Parties no less frequently than once every three (3) months until expiration of the Research Term. The location for meetings shall alternate between AbCellera and Lilly facilities (or such other location as is determined by the JSC). Alternatively, the JSC may meet by means of teleconference, videoconference or other similar means. As appropriate, additional employees or consultants may from time to time attend the JSC meetings as nonvoting observers, provided that any such consultant shall agree in writing to comply with the confidentiality obligations under this Agreement; and provided further that no Third Party personnel may attend unless otherwise agreed by both Parties. Each Party shall bear its own expenses related to the attendance of the JSC meetings by its representatives. Each Party may also call for special meetings to resolve particular matters requested by such Party. Lilly’s designee shall keep minutes of each JSC meeting that records in writing all decisions made, action items assigned or completed and other appropriate matters. Lilly shall send meeting minutes to all members of the JSC within ten (10) Business Days after a meeting for review. Each member shall have ten (10) Business Days from receipt in which to comment on and to approve/provide comments to the minutes (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If a member, within such time period, does not notify Lilly that s/he does not approve of the minutes, the minutes shall be deemed to have been approved by such member.

4.5    JSC Functions. The JSC’s responsibilities with respect to the Research Program are as follows:

(i)    Overseeing and coordinating the activities of the Parties under the Research Program;


(ii)    Periodically reviewing the progress of the Research Program;

(iii)    Updating or modifying the Work Plans, including by making changes to payments to be made to AbCellera as and to the extent necessary to cover extensions of the Work Plan or reduce payments if less work will be performed;

(iv)    Determining the Critical Success Factors (as proposed by Project Leaders) for each Project that will be conducted for a Lilly Target;

(v)    Determining, at any point during a Project that at least one Hit developed for the Project meets or exceeds Critical Success Factors, in which case the JSC shall advance the Lead to Lilly; and

(vi)    Determining whether a Project is not achievable for any reason, and a Lilly Target (relative to other target opportunities) no longer warrants further research under the Research Program.

4.6    JSC Decision Making and Disputes. The JSC will endeavor to make decisions by consensus, with each of Lilly and AbCellera having one vote. If consensus is not reached by the Parties’ representatives pursuant to such vote, then the matter may be escalated by either Party to designated officers of both Lilly and AbCellera with appropriate decision making authority for resolution in accordance with Section 15.5. In the event the designated officers are unable to resolve the issue within thirty (30) days, Lilly has and shall have the right to make the final decision with respect to such dispute, provided that Lilly will not have the right to unilaterally revise the Work Plan or to obligate AbCellera to perform any task or expend any resources outside of or beyond its express obligations under this Agreement. For clarity and notwithstanding the creation of the JSC, each Party shall retain the rights, powers and discretion granted to it hereunder, and the JSC shall not be delegated or vested with such rights, powers or discretion unless such delegation or vesting is expressly provided herein, or the Parties expressly so agree in writing. The JSC shall not have the power to amend, waive or modify any term of this Agreement, and no decision of the JSC shall be in contravention of any terms and conditions of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that issues to be formally decided by the JSC are limited to those specific issues that are expressly provided in this Agreement to be decided by the JSC.

5.    FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

5.1    Upfront Payment. In consideration for the rights granted to Lilly pursuant to this Agreement, Lilly shall pay to AbCellera a one-time, non-refundable, upfront payment of Twenty Five Million USD (USD $25,000,000) within ten (10) Business Days following Lilly’s receipt of a copy of an executed amendment to the NIH License Agreement; provided that such amendment is reasonably acceptable to Lilly.


5.2    Research Program Funding.

5.2.1    Research Program Fees. Within thirty (30) days following a Target being deemed a Lilly Target pursuant to Section 3.1.3(a), Lilly will pay AbCellera, subject to Section 5.3, an amount equal to (a) [***] for each Lilly Target that is a Difficult Target, and (b) [***] for each Lilly Target that is a Soft Target (each such payment, a “Research Program Fee”) in consideration for AbCellera’s activities conducted under the Research Program with respect to each such Lilly Target. For clarity, (1) the Research Program Fees for the Lilly Initial Targets shall be due within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date; (2) there is no Research Program Fee associated with SARS- CoV-2; and (3) the Research Program Fee is not a milestone payment, and AbCellera and Lilly shall each bear all expenses it incurs in performance under this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement.

5.2.2    COVID-19 Program Costs.

(a)    All costs associated with the performance of the COVID-19 Program (including general overhead reasonably allocable to the COVID-19 Program, “Costs”) will be shared equally between the Parties up to a total of [***] (i.e., up to a total of [***] per Party); provided, that Costs shall be reduced for purposes of cost sharing by any Third Party grant funding that the Parties are able to procure to support the COVID-19 Program. Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to procure such Third Party grant funding, provided that the terms of the grant shall not have an adverse impact on either Party’s rights under this Agreement. On a monthly basis, Lilly will invoice AbCellera for the Costs that Lilly incurred during the previous month and AbCellera will pay all invoices (or portions thereof) within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice. For clarity, Lilly shall be, as between the Parties, solely responsible for any costs associated with the COVID-19 Program that exceed [***].

(b)    At least ninety (90) days before each January 1 during the Term and while AbCellera is sharing Costs pursuant to Section 5.2.2(a), Lilly will prepare, and the JSC will approve, a budget that sets out the estimated aggregate Costs to be incurred for the succeeding Calendar Year, on a Calendar Quarter-by-Calendar Quarter basis (the “COVID-19 Budget”); provided, that the initial COVID-19 Budget will be prepared contemporaneously with the preparation of the COVID-19 Clinical Development Plan. Lilly shall have the right to request a modification of the COVID-19 Budget at any time during the Term and the JSC will promptly meet to review and consider such modification; provided, that, Lilly will have final decision making authority with respect to increasing the COVID-19 Budget without the prior consent of AbCellera’s JSC representatives.

5.3    FTE Funding and Retained Fees for Cancelled Projects. If a given Project becomes a Cancelled Project, AbCellera shall be entitled to keep the Research Program Fee previously paid by Lilly for such Cancelled Project; provided, that, if a Target becomes the subject of a new Project in accordance with Section 3.1.3(a) (including any Lilly Replacement Targets), then the Research Program Fee payable by Lilly for such new Project shall be reduced by the Retained Fee.

5.4    Development Milestones. In accordance with Section 6.1.1, upon first achievement of each milestone set forth in the table below for the first Product to achieve such milestone with respect to a particular Lilly Target (each, a “Development Milestone Event”), Lilly shall make the corresponding milestone payment to AbCellera (each, a “Development Milestone Payment”). For clarity, each of the Development Milestone Payments will be payable only once per Lilly Target for the first Product to achieve such milestone with respect to such Lilly Target regardless of how many Products may be directed to the same Lilly Target or how many times a given Development Milestone Event is achieved with respect to a given Lilly Target. Moreover, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if one Product may be directed to more than one Lilly Target, AbCellera shall still only be entitled to Development Milestones on such Product once. For clarity, since there are a potential for a maximum of nine (9) Lilly Targets under this collaboration, AbCellera, at most, may be entitled to Development Milestones for nine (9) Products and only under circumstances where Lilly achieves the Development Milestones for each of the nine (9) different Products and each of the Products is associated with a different Lilly Target.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



5.4.1    Products Other Than COVID-19 Products.

 

    

Development Milestone Events

  

Milestone Payments

1.

   [***]    [***]

2.

   [***]    [***]

3.

   [***]    [***]

4.

   [***]    [***]

5.

   [***]    [***]

6.

   [***]    [***]
  

 

  

 

   [***]    [***]

5.4.2    COVID-19 Products.

 

    

Development Milestone Payments

  

Milestone Payments

1.

   [***]    [***]

2.

   [***]    [***]

3.

   [***]    [***]

4.

   [***]    [***]

5.

   [***]    [***]

6.

   [***]    [***]
  

 

  

 

   [***]    [***]

5.5    Royalties.

5.5.1    Royalty Payments. During the Royalty Term with respect to a given Product and country, Lilly shall pay AbCellera a royalty (each such royalty payment, a “Royalty”) on Net Sales of such Product in such country at the rate of:

(a)    with respect to a Product other than a COVID-19 Product [***]; and

(b)    with respect to a COVID-19 Product, (i) [***] percent ([***]%) for [***] such COVID-19 Product that are less than or equal to One Hundred Twenty Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000) on a cumulative basis, and (ii) [***] percent ([***]%) for [***] such COVID-19 Product that are greater than One Hundred Twenty Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000).

(c)    For clarity, only a single Royalty will be due with respect to a given Product regardless of the number of Project Antibodies incorporated into such Product and regardless of the number of Lilly Targets that such Product may bind.

5.5.2    Royalty Term. The Royalty will be payable on a Product-by-Product and country-by-country basis [***] (the “Royalty Term”).

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



5.5.3    Royalty Step-Down Provision. The royalties under Section 5.5.1 shall be reduced by the following step-down provisions:

(a)    Third Party Royalties – Anti-Stacking. If Lilly or a Selling Party determines that a license from a Third Party is necessary or useful for Lilly or its Selling Party to develop, manufacture, commercialize or otherwise exploit a Product in a particular country, Lilly shall have the right to deduct [***] of all upfront, royalty or other payments due under such license with the Third Party from the royalty owing to AbCellera for such Product under Section 5.5.1 of this Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the royalties owed under Section 5.5.1 with respect to a Product in a country be reduced by operation of this Section 5.5.3(a) by more than an aggregate of [***] of what would otherwise be owed under Section 5.5.1 with respect to such Product in such country.

(b)    No Valid Claim; Generic Equivalents. Notwithstanding Section 5.5.1 above, on a Product-by-Product, country-by-country, and Calendar Quarter-by-Calendar Quarter basis, Lilly shall have the right to reduce applicable Royalty payments by reference to either (but not both) of the following subsections:

(i)    if such Product is not Covered by one or more Valid Claims in such country during such Calendar Quarter, then the royalty rate at which Lilly is required to pay AbCellera on the Net Sales of such Product in such country shall be reduced by [***]; or

(ii)    if there is a bona fide commercial sale of one or more Generic Equivalents of such Product by a Third Party or Third Parties in such country, then the royalty rate at which Lilly is required to pay AbCellera on the Net Sales of such Product in such country shall be reduced by [***]; provided, that, if sales of such Generic Equivalent(s) represent at least [***] of total sales in such country on a unit basis (as measured against the total sales of the Product and its Generic Equivalent(s) in such country), then the royalty rate payable by Lilly with respect to Net Sales of the Product in such country shall be reduced by [***], and Lilly shall have no obligation to pay any royalties to AbCellera on such Product in such country. A “Generic Equivalent” of a Product means, with reference to a Product, any biologic or pharmaceutical product that is sold by a Third Party (other than a licensee of Lilly or any of its Affiliates) and that is approved for marketing and/or sale by a Regulatory Authority in reliance on or using data from the regulatory filings for the Product that were submitted by Lilly, its Affiliates, or their licensees, and that either (1) in the United States, is a “therapeutically equivalent”, “biosimilar”, “comparable”, or “interchangeable” product, as evaluated by the FDA; or (2) outside the United States, meets such equivalent determination by the applicable Regulatory Authorities.

6.    REPORTS AND PAYMENT TERMS

6.1    Payment Terms.

6.1.1    Milestone Payments. Lilly shall provide AbCellera with notice of the achievement of each Development Milestone Event within forty five (45) days of becoming aware thereof and make the corresponding Development Milestone Payment within sixty (60) days after becoming aware of such achievement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



6.1.2    Net Sales Reports and Royalties Due. During the Term, following the First Commercial Sale of a Product, Lilly shall furnish to AbCellera a written report for each Calendar Quarter showing the Net Sales by Product sold by Lilly and its Selling Parties during the reporting Calendar Quarter, the Royalties payable under this Agreement, and the manner and basis for any currency conversion in accordance with Section 6.2. Reports shall be due no later than sixty (60) days following the end of each Calendar Quarter. Royalties shown to have accrued by each report provided under this Section 6.1.2 shall be due and payable on the date such report is due.

6.2    Payment Currency / Exchange Rate. All payments to be made by Lilly to AbCellera under this Agreement shall be made in USD. Payments to AbCellera shall be made by electronic wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of AbCellera, as designated in writing to Lilly. Lilly’s then current standard exchange rate methodology will be employed for the translation of foreign currency sales into United States dollars. This methodology is used by Lilly in the translation of its foreign currency operating results, is consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, is audited by Lilly’s independent certified public accountants in connection with the audit of the consolidated financial statements of Lilly, and is used for external reporting of foreign currency operating results.

6.3    Taxes. Each Party shall be responsible for its own tax liabilities arising under this Agreement. Subject to this Section 6.3, AbCellera shall be liable for all income and other taxes (including interest) (“Taxes”) imposed upon any payments made by Lilly to AbCellera under this Agreement (“Agreement Payments”). If Applicable Laws require the withholding of Taxes, Lilly shall make such withholding payments in a timely manner and shall subtract the amount thereof from the Agreement Payments. Lilly shall promptly (as available) submit to AbCellera appropriate proof of payment of the withheld Taxes as well as the official receipts within a reasonable period of time. Lilly shall provide AbCellera reasonable assistance in order to allow AbCellera to obtain the benefit of any present or future treaty against double taxation or refund or reduction in Taxes which may apply to the Agreement Payments.

6.4    Records and Audit Rights.

6.4.1    Records. Lilly will keep (and will cause its Selling Parties to keep) complete, true and accurate books and records in sufficient detail for AbCellera to determine payments due to AbCellera under this Agreement, including Royalties. Each Party will keep (and will cause its Selling Parties to keep) complete, true and accurate books and records in sufficient detail to allow the other Party to confirm those expenses incurred by the first Party and its Selling Parties for which the other Party is obligated to pay under this Agreement. Each Party will keep such books and records for at least three (3) years following the end of the Calendar Year to which they pertain.


6.4.2    Audit Rights. During the Term, AbCellera shall not more than once each year have the right to have Lilly’s independent certified public accountants inspect Lilly’s records for one preceding year for the purpose of determining the accuracy of royalty payments. No period will be audited more than once. AbCellera shall submit an audit plan, including audit scope, to Lilly for Lilly’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, prior to audit implementation. The independent certified public accountants shall keep confidential any information obtained during such inspection and shall report to AbCellera and Lilly only the amounts of Net Sales and royalties due and payable. If determined that additional royalties are owed, or that royalties were overpaid, during such period, Lilly will pay AbCellera the additional royalties, or AbCellera will refund Lilly the overpaid royalties within thirty (30) days of the date the independent certified public accountants written report is received by the paying Party. The fees charged by such accounting firm will be paid by AbCellera unless any additional royalties owed exceed [***] of the royalties paid for the royalty period subject to the audit, in which case Lilly will pay the reasonable fees of the accounting firm.

6.4.3    Applicability of Payment Obligations. In the event Lilly sells, licenses, transfers, or otherwise disposes all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (volunteered or as obligated under the applicable Regulatory Authority) with respect to any Product to an Affiliate or Third Party (excluding any transfer of this entire Agreement under Section 15.1), Lilly shall (i) ensure that each of its Affiliates or any Third Party is bound by a written agreement that is consistent with and subject to the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, to the extent applicable, Sections 5.4 and 5.5 of this Agreement to the same extent as Lilly, and includes this Section 6.4.3 in any of its agreements to sell, license, transfer, or otherwise dispose any rights with respect to any Product to others, (ii) provide prompt written notice of any such sale, license, transfer, or other disposition to AbCellera after the full execution of the definitive agreement with a Third Party, including the identity of the applicable Candidate Antibody(ies) and/or Product(s), and the identity of the purchaser, licensee, transferee, or other recipient thereof, and (iii) Lilly shall remain responsible for the performance of the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement by such Affiliate or Third Party. Lilly shall ensure that any such transfer arrangement is consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

7.    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

7.1    Ownership of Inventions. Ownership of all Inventions, including Patent Rights and other Intellectual Property Rights with respect to such Inventions, shall be as set forth in this Article 7. Determination of inventorship of Inventions shall be made in accordance with US laws. Each Party will continue to own any Patent Rights, Know-How, and other Intellectual Property Rights that it owned prior to the Effective Date or created or obtained outside the scope of this Agreement, or which it licenses to the other Party under this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the foregoing sentences, and subject to Section 7.2 pertaining to the assignment of Product IP to Lilly, Inventions that are made solely by AbCellera (and all Intellectual Property Rights therein, including the Patent Rights claiming them) shall be owned solely by AbCellera; Inventions that are made solely by Lilly (and all Intellectual Property Rights therein, including the Patent Rights claiming them) shall be owned solely by Lilly; and Joint Inventions (and the Joint Patent Rights claiming them) shall be owned jointly by the Parties. Subject to Article 2 and Article 11, each Party has the right to grant licenses under such Joint Inventions (and the Joint Patent Rights claiming them) to any Third Party without the consent of, or accounting to, the other Party.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



7.2    Assignment of Program Results and Product IP. AbCellera hereby assigns, in its entirety, all its rights, title and interest in the Program Results, including any and all Intellectual Property Rights related thereto (including any intellectual property that but for this assignment to Lilly would be AbCellera Intellectual Property) but only to the extent such Intellectual Property Rights does not relate to the AbCellera Platform (collectively the “Product IP”) to Lilly. Product IP shall be considered to be owned by Lilly upon its creation. AbCellera will promptly transfer and disclose to Lilly the Product IP and, as applicable, in the format reasonably requested by Lilly as soon as such Product IP is identified by AbCellera. Furthermore, upon Lilly’s request, AbCellera agrees that it will promptly execute any and all current and future documents reasonably necessary or useful to ensure that such assignment is legally effective. If Lilly is unable to secure AbCellera signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patent, trademark, copyright or other registration covering Product IP assigned to Lilly hereunder, then AbCellera hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Lilly and its duly authorized officers and agents as AbCellera’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and on AbCellera’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters of patent or trademark, copyright or other registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by AbCellera. Any such attorney-in-fact or actions on AbCellera’s behalf shall be solely limited to Product IP and in no event extend beyond lawfully permitted acts related to the prosecution and issuance of letters of patent or trademark, copyright or other registrations for Product IP. For purpose of clarity, Lilly, as the sole owner of such Product IP pursuant to the assignment under this Section 7.2, shall have all rights and interest in such Product IP and, therefore, shall be entitled to freely use such Product IP to fully exploit such rights including utilizing such Product IP to research, develop, commercialize and otherwise exploit the Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), Candidate Antibodies, and Products. For clarity, in furtherance of the foregoing, AbCellera shall not file any patents covering or claiming any Program Results, Project Antibody(ies) (including Hit(s) or Lead(s)), Candidate Antibodies, or Product(s), except in accordance with Section 7.3.5.

7.3    Patent Prosecution and Maintenance.

7.3.1    Definitions. As used in this Section 7.3, “prosecution” includes (a) all communication and other interaction with any patent office or patent authority having jurisdiction over a patent application in connection with pre-grant proceedings and (b) interferences, reexaminations, reissues, oppositions, and the like.

7.3.2    AbCellera Patent Rights. Subject to Section 7.3.5, AbCellera, at AbCellera’s expense, has the sole right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of AbCellera Patent Rights using patent counsel of AbCellera’s choice. To the extent Lilly cannot obtain information regarding prosecution and maintenance of AbCellera Patent Rights from the patent office in the relevant jurisdiction via a public portal (e.g. Public PAIR, Global Dossier), upon Lilly’s request, AbCellera will provide copies of as-filed material submissions, if any. AbCellera will promptly provide notice to Lilly of the grant, lapse, revocation, surrender, invalidation or abandonment of any AbCellera Patent Rights licensed to Lilly under this Agreement or to be used by AbCellera in performing the Research Program.

7.3.3    Lilly Patent Rights. Lilly, at Lilly’s expense, shall have the sole right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Lilly’s Patent Rights using patent counsel of Lilly’s choice. Without limiting the foregoing, Lilly shall have the sole right (but not the obligation) to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Patent Rights claiming Product IP (including any Program Results), including therapeutic methods, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of manufacture, product by process, and also including the genetic sequence of the Project Antibody(ies) (including Hits or Leads), Candidate Antibodies, and Products.


7.3.4    Joint Patent Rights. The Parties shall discuss in good faith and mutually agree on the preparation, filing, prosecution, enforcement, and/or defense of any Joint Patents, including whether one Party should take the lead with respect thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, Lilly and AbCellera shall each be entitled to practice, license, assign and otherwise exploit any such Joint Patents without accounting to the other Party and without the consent of the other Party.

7.3.5    COVID-19 Patent Rights. The Parties shall discuss in good faith and mutually agree on the preparation, filing, prosecution, enforcement, and/or defense of any Patent Rights claiming COVID-19 IP (“COVID-19 Patent Rights”). If the Parties determine to file any COVID-19 Patent Rights, then (a) any such COVID-19 Patent Rights shall be owned by AbCellera except to the extent related to Manufacturing Technology which shall be owned by Lilly, (b) Lilly shall have the sole right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of COVID-19 Patent Rights using patent counsel of Lilly’s choice, (c) the Parties shall equally share the costs of any the preparation, filing, and prosecution of any COVID-19 Patent Rights (with AbCellera reimbursing Lilly for such costs promptly following an invoice therefor), and (d) AbCellera shall have the right to review and comment on any material filings relating to COVID-19 Patent Rights.

7.3.6    Cooperation in Prosecution. Each Party shall provide the other Party all reasonable assistance and cooperation in the patent prosecution efforts provided above in Section 7.3, including providing any necessary powers of attorney and assignments of employees of the Parties and their Affiliates and sublicensees and Third Party contractors and executing any other required documents or instruments for such prosecution. All communications between the Parties relating to the preparation, filing, prosecution or maintenance of the AbCellera Patent Rights, including copies of any draft or final documents or any communications received from or sent to patent offices or patenting authorities with respect to such Patent Rights, shall be considered Confidential Information, subject to Article 8. For clarity, all such communications regarding the AbCellera Patent Rights shall be the Confidential Information of AbCellera.

7.4    Enforcement and Defense.

7.4.1    Notice. Each Party shall provide prompt notice to the other Party of any infringement of AbCellera Patent Rights which cover a Product then under development or being commercialized of which such Party becomes aware (an “Infringement”). Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.4.2, and 7.4.3, Lilly and AbCellera shall thereafter consult and cooperate fully to determine a course of action, including the commencement of legal action by either or both Lilly and AbCellera, to terminate any such Infringement of a AbCellera Patent Right; provided, however, if the Parties cannot agree to the specific course of action the provisions of Sections 7.4.2 and 7.4.3 shall continue to apply. For clarity, the approach to enforcement and defense of Joint Patents will be agreed pursuant to Section 7.3.4.


7.4.2    AbCellera Patent Rights. Except as otherwise provided below in this Section 7.4.2, AbCellera shall have the first right to enforce the AbCellera Patent Rights with respect to any Infringement, and to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect thereto, at its own expense and by counsel of its own choice and in the name of AbCellera and shall notify Lilly of such enforcement actions. If AbCellera fails to bring or defend any such action against an Infringement within (a) one hundred and eighty (180) days following the notice of alleged Infringement or (b) ten (10) days before the time limit, if any, set forth in Applicable Laws for the filing of such actions, whichever comes first, Lilly shall have the right to bring and control any such action at its own expense and by counsel of its own choice, and AbCellera shall have the right, at its own expense, to be represented in any such action by counsel of its own choice. In no event shall Lilly admit the invalidity or unenforceability of, or after exercising its right to bring and control an action under this Section 7.4.2, fail to defend the validity or enforceability of, any AbCellera Patent Rights without AbCellera’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

7.4.3    Lilly Patent Rights. Lilly shall have the sole right (but not the obligation) to control the enforcement and defense of Lilly’s Patent Rights. Without limiting the foregoing, Lilly shall have the sole right (but not the obligation) to control the enforcement and defense of Patent Rights claiming Program Results, including therapeutic methods, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of manufacture, product by process, and the genetic sequence of the Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), Candidate Antibodies, COVID-19 Antibodies and Products.

7.4.4    Infringement Action. Other than with respect to Lilly’s Patent Rights as provided in Section 7.4.3, in the event a Party brings an Infringement action in accordance with Section 7.4.2 (the “Controlling Party”), such Controlling Party shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of the progress of any such action, and the other Party shall cooperate fully with the Controlling Party, including by providing information and materials, at the Controlling Party’s request and expense and if required to bring such action, the furnishing of a power of attorney or being named as a party. The other Party shall cooperate fully, including, if required to bring such action, the furnishing of a power of attorney or being named as a party.

7.4.5    Recovery. Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties as part of a cost-sharing arrangement, any recovery obtained by either or both Lilly and AbCellera in connection with or as a result of any action contemplated by Section 7.4.2 (but not Section 7.4.3) involving Product licensed to Lilly herein, whether by settlement or otherwise, shall be shared in order as follows:

(a)    the Party which initiated and prosecuted the action shall recoup all of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the action;

(b)    the other Party shall then, to the extent possible, recover its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the action; and

(c)    the portion of any recovery remaining, whether by settlement or judgment, that is allocable to an Infringement shall be shared between Lilly and AbCellera in the same proportion to the share of profits each would have been entitled to under this Agreement had the remaining recovery represented Lilly sales of Product taking into consideration all costs and expenses Lilly would have incurred in making any such sales. For purposes of clarity, the provisions of this Section 7.4.5 shall not apply to infringement actions that are not involved with or based on the manufacture, use and/or sale (i.e., make, use, offer to sell, sell and/or import) of the Products licensed under this Agreement, and all recoveries for such other infringement actions shall, with respect to the AbCellera Patent Rights, be retained by, or paid to, AbCellera after recovering costs and expenses in the same manner as described in subsections (a) and (b), above.


7.4.6    Notice. In the event that either Party (i) receives a copy of an application submitted to the FDA under subsection (k) of Section 351 of the PHSA (a “Biosimilar Application”), whether or not such notice or copy is provided under any Applicable Laws (including under the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (the “BPCIA”), the United States Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or implementing FDA regulations and guidance) applicable to the approval or manufacture of any biosimilar or interchangeable biological product for which a Product is a “reference product,” as such term is used in the BPCIA, or (ii) otherwise becomes aware that such a Biosimilar Application has been filed (such as in an instance described in Section 351(1)(9)(C) of the PHSA), then such Party shall promptly provide the other Party with written notice. If a Party with the right to initiate legal proceedings under this Agreement lacks standing to do so (or lacks the right under the BPCIA to do so) and the other Party has standing (or the sole right under the BPCIA) to initiate such legal proceedings, such Party with standing shall initiate such legal proceedings at the request and expense of the other Party.

7.4.7    Defense of Infringement Claims. In the event that a claim is brought against either Party alleging the infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Third Party intellectual property right based on the manufacture, use, sale or importation of the Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), Candidate Antibodies, COVID-19 Antibodies, or Products, the Parties shall promptly meet to discuss the defense of such claim, and the Parties shall discuss entering into a joint defense agreement with respect to the common interest privilege protecting communications regarding such claim in a form reasonably acceptable to the Parties.

8.    CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1    Duty of Confidence. During the Term and for five (5) years thereafter, all Confidential Information disclosed by one Party to the other Party hereunder shall be maintained in confidence by the receiving Party and shall not be disclosed to any Third Party or used for any purpose, except as set forth herein, without the prior written consent of the disclosing Party (provided that Lilly shall be deemed the discloser of Program Results and Product IP regardless of the Party initially disclosing such and AbCellera (as opposed to Lilly) shall be subject to the confidence and disclosure obligations under this Article with respect to such Program Results and Product IP) The recipient Party may only use Confidential Information of the other Party for purposes of exercising its rights and fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement and may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party and its Affiliates to employees, agents, contractors, consultants and advisers of the recipient Party and its Affiliates, licensees and sublicensees to the extent reasonably necessary for such purposes; provided that such persons and entities are bound by confidentiality and non-use of the Confidential Information consistent with the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement as they apply to the recipient Party. For purposes of clarity, Program Results and Product IP assigned to Lilly under this Agreement shall be deemed Lilly Confidential Information and, as such, Lilly may freely use and/or disclose such Program Results and Product IP as it may, in its sole discretion, choose. All COVID-19 IP shall be considered Confidential Information of both Parties.


8.2    Exceptions. The obligations under this Article 8 shall not apply to any information to the extent the recipient Party can demonstrate by competent evidence that such information:

8.2.1    is (at the time of disclosure) or becomes (after the time of disclosure) known to the public or part of the public domain through no breach of this Agreement by the recipient Party or its Affiliates;

8.2.2    was known to, or was otherwise in the possession of, the recipient Party or its Affiliates on a non-confidential basis prior to the time of disclosure by the disclosing Party;

8.2.3    is disclosed to the recipient Party or an Affiliate on a non-confidential basis by a Third Party that is entitled to disclose it without breaching any confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates; or

8.2.4    is independently developed by or on behalf of the recipient Party or its Affiliates, as evidenced by its written records, without use of or reference to the Confidential Information disclosed by the disclosing Party or its Affiliates under this Agreement.

8.3    Authorized Disclosures. Subject to this Section 8.3, the recipient Party may disclose Confidential Information belonging to the other Party to the extent permitted as follows:

8.3.1    such disclosure is deemed necessary by counsel to the recipient Party to be disclosed to such Party’s attorneys, independent accountants or financial advisors for the sole purpose of enabling such attorneys, independent accountants or financial advisors to provide advice to the receiving Party, on the condition that such attorneys, independent accountants and financial advisors are bound by confidentiality and non-use obligations consistent with the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement as they apply to the recipient Party;

8.3.2    disclosure by either Party or its Affiliates to governmental or other regulatory agencies in order to obtain and maintain patents consistent with Article 7 or disclosure by Lilly or a Lilly Affiliate or sublicensee to gain or maintain approval to conduct Clinical Trials for a Product, to obtain and maintain Marketing Authorization or to otherwise develop, manufacture and market Products, but such disclosure may be only to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain and maintain patents or authorizations;

8.3.3    disclosure required in connection with any judicial or administrative process relating to or arising from this Agreement (including any enforcement hereof) or to comply with applicable court orders or governmental regulations; or

8.3.4    If the recipient Party is required by judicial or administrative process to disclose Confidential Information that is subject to the non-disclosure provisions of this Article 8, such Party shall promptly inform the other Party of the disclosure that is being sought in order to provide the other Party an opportunity to challenge or limit the disclosure obligations. Confidential Information that is disclosed as permitted by this Section 8.3 shall remain otherwise subject to the confidentiality and non-use provisions of this Article 8, and the Party disclosing Confidential Information as permitted by this Section 8.3 shall take all steps reasonably necessary, including obtaining an order of confidentiality and otherwise cooperating with the other Party, to ensure the continued confidential treatment of such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party (including the terms of this Agreement), without providing advance notice, to the extent such disclosure is required by Governmental Authorities (including tax and securities authorities) or Applicable Law.


8.4    Residual Knowledge. Except to the extent AbCellera has granted exclusive rights to Lilly under this Agreement, each Party shall grant the other Party a non-exclusive license to use, outside the scope of this Agreement and for any purpose, any Know-How or Confidential Information shared in the performance of this Agreement by the other Party solely to the extent such Know-How or Confidential Information has been retained (without intentional memorization) in intangible form in the minds of such Party’s employees (or its Affiliates’ employees) who have had access to such Know-How or Confidential Information pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and without reference to any tangible copies of such Know-How or Confidential Information; provided that such Party’s use of such Know-How or Confidential Information is on an “as is, where is” basis, with all faults and all representations and warranties disclaimed and at such Party’s sole risk. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Section 8.4 shall, or shall be interpreted to, grant any license to or under any Patent Rights. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except to the extent AbCellera has granted exclusive rights to Lilly under this Agreement, neither Party is forfeiting any rights that each may have to perform research activities in compliance with 35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(1) or any experimental or research use exemption that may apply in any country.

9.    PUBLICATIONS AND PUBLICITY

9.1    Publications. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Lilly shall have the right to publish the results of the Research Program with respect to the Products (with due acknowledgement and/or authorship attributed to AbCellera, as appropriate) and AbCellera shall not undertake any publications regarding the Research Program or any Program Results, Project Antibodies, Candidate Antibodies, COVID-19 Antibodies, Lilly Targets, or Products; provided, that neither Party shall have the right to publish the results of the COVID-19 Program without the other Party’s prior written consent (such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

9.2    Publicity. AbCellera shall be permitted to issue an initial press release no later than sixty (60) days following the Effective Date in a form to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Either Party may, following the issuance of the above press release, make public statements or disclosures regarding the existence of this Agreement, the identity of the other Party, and those terms of this Agreement that have already been publicly disclosed, in each case without the consent of the other Party; provided, that any such subsequent issuance retains the general context and same meaning of the initial issuance. Neither Party will disclose to the public, any non-public information about this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except where required for any Applicable Laws (including applicable taxing authority and/or stock exchange rules) or legal process relating to the Party or any Affiliate of the Party or as may be required for actions, procedures, suits, and the like arising out of this Agreement.


10.    TERM AND TERMINATION

10.1    Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) will commence on the Effective Date and (subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 10.2 or Section 10.3) will expire on the expiration of the last-to-expire Royalty due under Section 5.5. Upon expiration of the Royalty Term with respect to a given country and Product, the licenses granted to Lilly under this Agreement shall become fully paid-up, irrevocable, and perpetual licenses.

10.2    Voluntary Termination by Lilly. Lilly has the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety or on a Lilly Target-by-Lilly Target or Project-by Project basis (prior to identification of a Lead with respect to such Lilly Target or Project), without cause and in its sole discretion upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to AbCellera. In addition, Lilly has the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety if a copy of an executed amendment to the NIH License Agreement reasonably acceptable to Lilly has not been provided to Lilly within [***] days of the Effective Date.

10.3    Termination for Cause. If a Party (or its sublicensee) materially breaches this Agreement, the non-breaching Party shall provide the breaching Party with a written notice specifying the nature of the breach, and may state its intention to terminate this Agreement if such breach is not cured. If the material breach is not cured by the allegedly breaching Party (or allegedly breaching sublicensee) within ninety (90) days after the receipt of such notice or if such breach is curable but cannot be cured within the ninety (90) day period, and the allegedly breaching Party (or allegedly breaching sublicensee) fails to commence actions during such period to cure such breach and thereafter fails to use diligent efforts to promptly cure such breach, or the allegedly breaching Party (or allegedly breaching sublicensee) fails to dispute the alleged breach within such ninety (90) day period, then in each case, (i) with respect to a material breach by a Party, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled, without prejudice to any of its other rights under this Agreement, and in addition to any other remedies available to it by law or in equity, to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the other Party, and (ii) with respect to a material breach by a sublicensee, Lilly shall terminate the applicable sublicense at the request of AbCellera. If the allegedly breaching Party (or allegedly breaching sublicensee) in good faith disputes such material breach or the failure to cure or remedy such material breach, then (a) within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from the other Party of termination, the allegedly breaching Party (or allegedly breaching sublicensee) shall provide a Notice of Dispute in accordance with Section 15.5 and (b) the termination in accordance with the foregoing subclauses (i) or (ii), as applicable, shall be stayed pending resolution of such dispute in accordance with Section 15.5 and the Parties (and the sublicensee, if applicable) shall continue performing their respective obligations, and exercising their respective rights, under this Agreement. If the resolution of such dispute establishes the existence of a material breach, then the breaching Party (and the sublicensee, if applicable) shall have opportunity to cure such breach in accordance with this Section 10.3 prior to any termination becoming effective.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



11.    EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

11.1    Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement terminates for any reason, then:

(a)    no later than sixty (60) days after the effective date of such termination, Lilly shall pay all amounts then due and owing (except that Lilly shall have the right to offset any monies owed to Lilly by AbCellera, if any) as of the termination date;

(b)    each Party shall return or cause to be returned to the other Party, or destroy, all Confidential Information received from the other Party and all copies thereof; provided, however, that each Party may keep one (1) copy of Confidential Information received from the other Party in its confidential files for record purposes;

(c)    to the extent there are activities that need to be wound-down, the Parties shall cooperate in the wind down of such activities under this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner;

(d)    any sublicense granted by Lilly or its Affiliate to a Third Party under the license granted under Section 2.1, shall survive the termination of this Agreement and become a direct license from AbCellera to such sublicensee only if, (a) in the case of termination of this Agreement for Lilly’s uncured material breach pursuant to Section 10.3, such sublicensee did not cause such uncured material breach or (b) Lilly did not voluntarily terminate this Agreement in full pursuant to Section 10.2; provided, that in no event shall AbCellera have any obligations under such sublicense beyond the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement; and

(e)    except as expressly set forth otherwise in this Agreement (including under this Section 11.1 and the surviving provisions set forth in Section 11.2), the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate as of the date of such termination.

Finally, in the case of a termination by Lilly under Section 10.3 due to a AbCellera material breach, Lilly may either terminate the Agreement under Section 10.3 or in lieu of exercising such termination right, Lilly shall have the right, by way of written notice to AbCellera, to continue this Agreement in accordance with its terms subject to reducing all payments due from Lilly to AbCellera hereunder by [***].

For clarity, in the case, that a particular termination is not a termination of the Agreement in its entirety but instead on a Project-by-Project or Lilly Target-by-Lilly Target basis, then such above terms will only apply to the Project(s) and/or Lilly Target(s) being terminated.

11.2    Survival. Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any obligation accruing prior to such termination, nor affect in any way the survival of any other right, duty or obligation of the Parties which is expressly stated elsewhere in this Agreement to survive such termination. Without limiting the foregoing and except as expressly set forth otherwise in this Agreement, Articles 1 (to the extent relevant to give effect to other surviving provisions), 5, 6, 9, 11, 13, and 15, and Sections 2.5, 3.3 (for the period set forth in Section 3.3.1), 7.1, 7.2, 8.1-8.3 (inclusive; for the period set forth in Section 8.1), and 8.4 shall survive to the extent applicable. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all other rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall terminate upon termination of this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



11.3    Damages; Relief. Termination of this Agreement shall not preclude either Party from claiming any other damages, compensation or relief that it may be entitled to upon such termination.

11.4    Bankruptcy Code. If this Agreement is rejected by a Party as a debtor under Section 365 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar provision in the bankruptcy laws of another jurisdiction (the “Code”), then, notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, all licenses and rights to licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by the Party in bankruptcy to the other Party are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (or similar provision in the bankruptcy laws of the jurisdiction), licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101(35A) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (or similar provision in the bankruptcy laws of the jurisdiction). The Parties agree that a Party that is a licensee of rights under this Agreement shall retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the Code, and that upon commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against a Party under the Code, the other Party shall be entitled to a complete duplicate of, or complete access to (as such other Party deems appropriate), any such intellectual property and all embodiments of such intellectual property, if not already in such other Party’s possession, shall be promptly delivered to such other Party (a) upon any such commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding upon written request therefor by such other Party, unless the bankrupt Party elects to continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement or (b) if not delivered under (a) above, upon the rejection of this Agreement by or on behalf of the bankrupt Party upon written request therefor by the other Party. The foregoing provisions of this Section 11.4 are without prejudice to any rights a Party may have arising under the Code.

12.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1    Representations and Warranties by Each Party. Each Party represents and warrants to the that:

12.1.1    It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation;

12.1.2    It has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement, and has taken all corporate action required by Applicable Laws and its organizational documents to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

12.1.3    This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, bank moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and laws restricting the availability of equitable remedies and may be subject to general principles of equity whether or not such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); and

12.1.4    The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other instruments and documents required to be executed pursuant to this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and shall not (a) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of its organizational documents, (b) result in a breach of any agreement to which it is a party; or (c) violate any Applicable Laws.


12.2    Representations, Warranties and Covenants by AbCellera. AbCellera represents, warrants and covenants to Lilly as follows:

12.2.1    AbCellera is either the sole and exclusive owner, or has an exclusive license under the Upstream License Agreements, of all right, title, and interest in the AbCellera Intellectual Property (a) to be used in performing the Research Program, and/or (b) licensed to Lilly hereunder;

12.2.2    The Intellectual Property Rights licensed to Lilly hereunder represents all of the Intellectual Property Rights that are being used by AbCellera or its Affiliates, or that are necessary or useful, for the exploitation of Project Antibodies (including Hits and Leads), Candidate Antibodies, COVID-19 Antibodies, and Products;

12.2.3    AbCellera has the full right, power, and authority to grant the rights and licenses it purports to grant hereunder, or with respect to developing and commercializing COVID-19 Antibodies and COVID-19 Products (including such rights as may be necessary or useful from the U.S. National Institute of Health) shall have the full right, power, and authority to grant the rights and licenses it purports to grant hereunder via amendment to the NIH License Agreement within [***] days of the Effective Date, and neither AbCellera nor any of its Affiliates has granted any Third Party any rights or licenses that would interfere or be inconsistent with Lilly’s rights and licenses hereunder;

12.2.4    Except for the Upstream License Agreements, none of the AbCellera Intellectual Property is subject to any existing royalty or other payment obligations to any Third Party under any agreement or understanding entered into by AbCellera or its Affiliates, and AbCellera has no knowledge of any obligation to pay any royalties or other amounts to any Third Party by reason of Lilly’s use thereof as contemplated by this Agreement;

12.2.5    To AbCellera’s knowledge, use of the AbCellera Intellectual Property by Lilly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Lilly’s exploitation of any Project Antibody, Candidate Antibody, COVID-19 Antibody, or Product will not infringe on or misappropriate the rights of any Third Party, including any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights;

12.2.6    As of the Effective Date, AbCellera has not received any written notice of or any written demand relating to any threatened or pending litigation which would reasonably lead it to believe that Lilly’s exercise of any rights granted by AbCellera under this Agreement in respect of the AbCellera Intellectual Property will infringe any Patent Rights or misappropriate other Intellectual Property Right of any Third Party;

12.2.7    AbCellera has not given any written notice to any Third Party asserting infringement by such Third Party of any of the AbCellera Intellectual Property and, to AbCellera’s knowledge, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of the AbCellera Intellectual Property;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



12.2.8    AbCellera has used, and will continue to use for the Term, commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of those parts of the AbCellera Intellectual Property that constitute confidential or proprietary information of AbCellera;

12.2.9    Except for the Upstream License Agreements and security interest and encumbrances provided to the Series A2 preferred equity investors, AbCellera Controls all right, title and interest in and to the AbCellera Intellectual Property free and clear of all encumbrances, security interests, options and licenses;

12.2.10    AbCellera has the right to assign the Product IP to Lilly under Section 7.2;

12.2.11    AbCellera has not granted, and will not grant during the Term, rights (or other encumbrances) to any Third Party to Product IP that conflict with the rights assigned and/or granted to Lilly hereunder;

12.2.12    There are no claims, actions, or proceedings pending or, to AbCellera’s knowledge, threatened; nor, to AbCellera’s knowledge, are there any formal inquiries initiated or written notices received that may lead to the institution of any such legal proceedings, in each case (or in aggregate) against AbCellera or its properties, assets or business, which if adversely decided, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on, or prevent AbCellera’s ability to conduct the Research Program or to grant the licenses or rights granted to Lilly under this Agreement;

12.2.13    All employees and agents of, and consultants to, AbCellera are obligated to assign to AbCellera their rights in and to any inventions arising out of their work at AbCellera pursuant to written agreement; and

12.2.14    None of AbCellera, its officers, employees, agents, consultants or any other person used by AbCellera in the performance of the AbCellera Research Activities has been or is (a) debarred, convicted, or is subject to a pending debarment or conviction, pursuant to section 306 of the United States Food Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 335a, (b) listed by any government or regulatory agencies as ineligible to participate in any government healthcare programs or government procurement or non-procurement programs (as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C. 1320a- 7b(f)), or excluded, debarred, suspended or otherwise made ineligible to participate in any such program, or (c) convicted of a criminal offense related to the provision of healthcare items or services, or is subject to any such pending action. AbCellera agrees to inform Lilly in writing promptly if AbCellera or any person who is performing activities under the Research Program is subject to the foregoing, or if any action, suit, claim, investigation, or proceeding relating to the foregoing is pending, or to the best of AbCellera’s knowledge, is threatened.

12.3    Limitation. NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, THAT ANY OF THE RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND/OR COMMERCIALIZATION EFFORTS WITH REGARD TO ANY PRODUCT WILL BE SUCCESSFUL.

12.4    No Other Warranties. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.


13.    INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

13.1    Indemnification by AbCellera. AbCellera shall indemnify, defend and hold Lilly and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, contractors, agents and assigns (each, a “Lilly Indemnified Party”), harmless from and against losses, damages and liability, including reasonable legal expense and attorneys’ fees, (collectively, “Losses”) to which any Lilly Indemnified Party may become subject as a result of any Third Party demands, claims or actions (“Claims”) against any Lilly Indemnified Party (including product liability claims) arising or resulting from: (a) the negligence or willful misconduct of AbCellera or its Affiliates in connection with this Agreement, or (b) the material breach of any term in or the covenants, warranties, representations made by AbCellera to Lilly under this Agreement. AbCellera is only obliged to so indemnify and hold the Lilly Indemnified Parties harmless to the extent that such Claims do not arise from the material breach of this Agreement by, or the negligence or willful misconduct of, Lilly or its Selling Parties.

13.2    Indemnification by Lilly. Lilly shall indemnify, defend and hold AbCellera and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, contractors, agents and assigns (each, a “AbCellera Indemnified Party”), harmless from and against Losses incurred by any AbCellera Indemnified Party as a result of any Third Party Claims against any AbCellera Indemnified Party (including product liability claims) arising or resulting from: (a) AbCellera’s use of the materials provided by Lilly pursuant to Section 3.1.7 in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Lilly’s written instructions; (b) the research, development, manufacture, use, handling, storage, sale, or other disposition of any Project Antibody, Candidate Antibody, COVID-19 Antibody or Product or use of any AbCellera Generated Project Results by or on behalf of Lilly, any of its Affiliates, or any Third Party (but excluding any AbCellera Indemnified Party), to whom Lilly sells, licenses, transfers, or disposes of its rights with respect to any of the foregoing; (c) the negligence or willful misconduct of Lilly or its Affiliates in connection with this Agreement; or (d) the material breach of any term in or the covenants, warranties, representations made by Lilly to AbCellera under this Agreement. Lilly is only obliged to so indemnify and hold the AbCellera Indemnified Parties harmless to the extent that such Claims do not arise from the material breach of this Agreement by, or the negligence or willful misconduct of, AbCellera or its Affiliates.

13.3    Indemnification Procedure.

13.3.1    Any Lilly Indemnified Party or AbCellera Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder (“Indemnified Party”) shall notify the Party against whom indemnification is sought (“Indemnifying Party”) in writing reasonably promptly after the assertion against the Indemnified Party of any Claim in respect of which the Indemnified Party intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, but the failure or delay so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any obligation or liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party demonstrates that its ability to defend or resolve such Claim is adversely affected thereby.


13.3.2    Subject to the provisions of Section 13.3.3 below, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon providing notice to the Indemnified Party of its intent to do so within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice from the Indemnified Party of any Claim, to assume the defense and handling of such Claim, at the Indemnifying Party’s sole expense.

13.3.3    The Indemnifying Party shall select competent counsel in connection with conducting the defense and handling of such Claim, and the Indemnifying Party shall defend or handle the same in consultation with the Indemnified Party, and shall keep the Indemnified Party timely apprised of the status of such Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, agree to a settlement of any Claim which could lead to liability or create any financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, or would involve any admission of wrongdoing on the part of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party, at the request and expense of the Indemnifying Party, and shall be entitled to participate in the defense and handling of such Claim with its own counsel and at its own expense.

13.4    Special, Indirect and Other Losses. NEITHER PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS SUFFERED BY THE OTHER PARTY, EXCEPT FOR LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF SECTION 2.4 OR ARTICLE 8. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 13.4 SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS ARTICLE 13.

13.5    [***] Insurance. [***] shall maintain liability insurance in an amount adequate to cover its obligations under this Agreement during the Term. [***] shall provide a certificate of insurance (or evidence of self-insurance) evidencing such coverage to [***] upon request.

14.    COMPLIANCE

14.1    Compliance with this Agreement. Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, comply in all material respects with the terms of this Agreement.

14.2    Compliance with Party Specific Regulations. In carrying out their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Parties agree to cooperate with each other as may reasonably be required to help ensure that each is able to fully meet its obligations with respect to the Party Specific Regulations applicable to it. Neither Party shall be obligated to pursue any course of conduct that would result in such Party being in material breach of any Party Specific Regulation applicable to it; provided that in the event that a Party refuses to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect on such basis, the other Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 10.3; however, under such circumstances, such termination shall be the sole remedy for such terminating-Party and such terminating-Party shall not be entitled to any other remedy under law or equity. All Party Specific Regulations are binding only in accordance with their terms and only upon the Party to which they relate.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



14.3    Compliance with Internal Compliance Codes. All Internal Compliance Codes shall apply only to the Party to which they relate. The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to help insure that each Party is able to comply with the substance of its respective Internal Compliance Codes and, to the extent practicable, each Party shall operate in a manner consistent with its Internal Compliance Codes applicable to its performance under this Agreement.

14.4    Anti-Bribery Commitments. Without limiting the other obligations of the Parties set forth in this Section, in connection with any activities of the Parties under this Agreement, the Parties confirm that they have not given, offered, promised, or authorized, and will not give, offer, promise, or authorize, any payment, benefit, or gift of money or anything else of value, directly or through a third party, to (a) any Government or Public Official, as defined below; (b) any political party, party official or candidate for public or political office; (c) any person while knowing or having reason to know that all or a portion of the value will be given, offered or promised, directly or indirectly, to anyone describe in terms (a) or (b) above; or (d) any owner, director, employee, representative or agent of any actual or potential customer of the Parties, for purposes of influencing any act or decision of such individual in his official capacity, inducing such individual to do or omit to do any act in violation of the individual’s duty, inducing the individual to use the individual’s official influence with a government to affect or influence an act or decision of the government, or to secure any improper advantage in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business. The Parties shall comply with all applicable anti-bribery laws of any jurisdiction, including any record keeping requirements of such laws, in the countries where the Parties have their principal places of business and where they conduct any activities under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section, “Government or Public Official” means any officer or employee or anyone acting in an official capacity on behalf of: a government or any department or agency thereof; a public international organization (such as the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the International Red Cross, and the World Health Organization), or any department, agency or institution thereof; or a government-owned or controlled company, institution, or other entity, including a government- owned hospital or university.

15.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1    Assignment. Except as provided in this Section 15.1, this Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred, nor may any right or obligation hereunder be assigned or transferred, by either Party without the consent of the other Party; provided, however, that (and notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary) either Party may, without such consent, assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole or in part to an Affiliate of such Party so long as such Party remains primarily liable for any acts or omissions of such Affiliate; provided further that, either Party, without the written consent of the other Party, may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder (or under a transaction under which this Agreement is assumed) in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or business related to the subject matter of this Agreement, or in the event of its merger or consolidation or similar transaction. Any attempted assignment not in accordance with this Section 15.1 shall be void. Any permitted assignee shall assume all assigned obligations of its assignor under this Agreement.


15.2    Extension to Affiliates. Except as expressly set forth otherwise in this Agreement, each Party shall have the right to extend the rights and immunities granted in this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates. All applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement, except this right to extend, shall apply to any such Affiliate to which this Agreement has been extended to the same extent as such terms and provisions apply to the Party extending such rights and immunities. For clarity, a Party extending the rights and immunities granted hereunder shall remain primarily liable for any acts or omissions of its Affiliates.

15.3    Severability. Should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement become void or unenforceable as a matter of Applicable Laws, then this Agreement shall be construed as if such provision were not contained herein and the remainder of this Agreement shall be in full force and effect, and the Parties will use their best efforts to substitute for the invalid or unenforceable provision a valid and enforceable provision which conforms as nearly as possible with the original intent of the Parties.

15.4    Governing Law; English Language. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the patent laws of the United States without reference to any rules of conflict of laws. This Agreement was prepared in the English language, which language shall govern the interpretation of, and any dispute regarding, the terms of this Agreement.

15.5    Dispute Resolution. If any dispute, claim or controversy of any nature arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including any action or claim based on tort, contract or statute, or concerning the interpretation, effect, termination, validity, performance or breach of this Agreement (each, a “Dispute”), arises between the Parties and the Parties cannot resolve such Dispute through their respective Project Leaders or JSC, if and as applicable, within thirty (30) days of a written request by either Party to the other Party (“Notice of Dispute”), and such Dispute is not one for which Lilly has final decision-making under this Agreement, either Party may refer the Dispute to senior representatives of each Party for resolution. Each Party, within ten (10) Business Days after a Party has received such written request from the other Party to so refer such Dispute, shall notify the other Party in writing of the senior representative to whom such dispute is referred. If, after an additional forty-five (45) days after the Notice of Dispute, such representatives have not succeeded in negotiating a resolution of the Dispute, and a Party wishes to pursue the matter, each such Dispute, controversy or claim may be submitted by either Party to the federal courts located in Southern District of New York. The Parties hereby submit and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts located in Southern District of New York and irrevocably agree that all Disputes, controversies or claims shall be litigated in such courts, and each of the Parties waives any objection which it may have based on improper venue or forum non conveniens to the conduct of any such action or proceeding in such court.

15.6    Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be responsible to the other for any failure or delay in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement or for other nonperformance hereunder (excluding, in each case, the obligation to make payments when due) if such delay or nonperformance is caused by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident, war, act of terrorism, act of God or of the government of any country or of any local government, or by any other cause unavoidable or beyond the control of any Party hereto. In such event, the Party affected will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to resume performance of its obligations and will keep the other Party informed of actions related thereto.


15.7    Waivers and Amendments. The failure of any Party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition by the other Party. No waiver shall be effective unless it has been given in writing and signed by the Party giving such waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified other than by a written document signed by authorized representatives of each Party.

15.8    Relationship of the Parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership, joint venture, or legal entity of any type between AbCellera and Lilly, or to constitute one as the agent of the other. Each Party shall act solely as an independent contractor, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Party the power or authority to act for, bind, or commit the other.

15.9    Notices. All notices, consents or waivers under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (a) scanned and converted into a portable document format file (i.e., pdf file), and sent as an attachment to an e-mail message, where, when such message is received, a read receipt e-mail is received by the sender (and such read receipt e-mail is preserved by the Party sending the notice); provided, that a copy is promptly sent by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service, receipt requested (although the sending of the e-mail message shall be when the notice is deemed to have been given), or (b) the earlier of when received by the addressee or five (5) days after it was sent, if sent by registered letter or overnight courier by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested), in each case to the appropriate addresses and e-mail addresses set forth below (or to such other addresses and e-mail addresses as a Party may designate by notice):

 

If to AbCellera:    AbCellera Biologics Inc.
   2215 Yukon St.
   Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1
   Canada
   Attention: Head, Corporate Development
and   
   AbCellera Biologics Inc.
   2215 Yukon St.
   Vancouver, BC V5Y 0A1
   Canada
   Attention: General Counsel
If to Lilly:    Eli Lilly and Company
   Lilly Corporate Center 46285
   Indianapolis, Indiana 46285
   Attention: Vice President, Corporate Business Development
   Fax (317) 651-3051
and   


                            Eli Lilly and Company
   Lilly Corporate Center
   Indianapolis, IN 46285
   Attention: General Counsel
   Fax (317) 433-3000

AbCellera shall also provide a copy of any notice (via e-mail if available) to Lilly’s Project Leader.

15.10    Further Assurances. Lilly and AbCellera hereby covenant and agree without the necessity of any further consideration, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents and take any action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

15.11    Compliance with Law. Each Party shall perform its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with all Applicable Laws. No Party shall, or shall be required to, undertake any activity under or in connection with this Agreement which violates, or which it believes, in good faith, may violate, any Applicable Laws.

15.12    No Third Party Beneficiary Rights. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not be construed to give any Third Party any interest or rights (including any Third Party beneficiary rights) with respect to or in connection with any agreement or provision contained herein or contemplated hereby, except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

15.13    Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, oral or written, and all other communications between the Parties with respect to such subject matter. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, all Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement by a Party or its Affiliates shall be included in the Confidential Information subject to this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement is hereby superseded in its entirety; provided, that the foregoing shall not relieve any Person of any right or obligation accruing under the Confidentiality Agreement prior to the Effective Date. “Confidentiality Agreement” means the Non-Disclosure Agreement between AbCellera and Lilly dated March 28, 2019. The Parties have entered into that certain Manufacturing Feasibility Study Agreement effective as of March 5, 2020 (the “MTA”), and Memorandum of Understanding effective as of March 6, 2020 (“MOU”) related to the COVID-19 Program. This Agreement hereby supercedes the MTA and MOU and shall be the controlling agreement with respect to the COVID-19 Program. The Parties hereby agree to terminate the MTA and MOU as of the Effective Date, and that all confidential information that was disclosed by the Parties pursuant to the MTA or MOU shall be deemed Confidential Information disclosed under, and subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each shall ensure that the other Party’s Confidential Information is maintained in accordance with Article 8.

15.14    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


15.15    Expenses. Each Party shall pay its own costs, charges and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and completion of this Agreement.

15.16    Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

15.17    Construction. The Parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (a) each Party and its counsel reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and have contributed to its revision; (b) the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are resolved against the drafting Party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement; and (c) the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to all Parties hereto and not in a favor of or against any Party, regardless of which Party was generally responsible for the preparation of this Agreement.

15.18    Cumulative Remedies. No remedy referred to in this Agreement is intended to be exclusive unless explicitly stated to be so, but each shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedy referred to in this Agreement or otherwise available under law.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally.]


CONFIDENTIAL

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties intending to be bound have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.
By:  

/s/ Carl Hansen

Name:   Carl Hansen, Ph.D.
Title:   President & Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

3/11/2020

 

ELI LILLY AND COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Daniel Skovronsky

Name:   Daniel Skovronsky, MD, PhD
Title:   President, Lilly Research Laboratories
  Chief Scientific Officer, Eli Lilly and Company
Date:  

3/11/2020


CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 1.32-Part A

Good Research Practice Expectations for External Partners

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 1.32-Part B

Lilly Principles for Animal Care and Use

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 3.1.7

Form of Materials Transfer Record

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


Exhibit 10.3

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE

PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT – EXCLUSIVE

This Agreement is based on the model Patent License Exclusive Agreement adopted by the U.S. Public Health Service (“PHS”) Technology Transfer Policy Board for use by components of the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”), and the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), which are agencies of the PHS within the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”).

This Cover Page identifies the parties to this Agreement:

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as represented by

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (hereinafter referred to as the “NIAID”)

an Institute of the

NIH

and

AbCellera Biologics Inc.,

hereinafter referred to as the “Licensee”,

having offices at 2215 Yukon St., Vancounver, BC V5Y 0A1, Canada,

created and operating under the laws of British Columbia, Canada.

Tax ID No.: 98-1113162


For the NIAID internal use only:

License Number: L-158-2020-0

License Application Number: A-338-2020

Serial Number(s) of Licensed Patent(s) or Patent Application(s): See Appendix A

Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) Number (if a subject invention): N/A

Additional Remarks: N/A

Public Benefit(s): Development of therapeutic or prophylactic antibodies for treatment or prevention of SARS-CoV-2 infection

This Patent License Agreement, hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”, consists of this Cover Page, an attached Agreement, a Signature Page, Appendix A (List of Patent(s) or Patent Application(s)), Appendix B (Fields of Use and Territory), Appendix C (Royalties), Appendix D (Benchmarks), Appendix E (Commercialization Plan). Appendix F (Example Royalty Report), and Appendix G (Royalty Payment Options).


The NIAID and the Licensee agree as follows:

 

1.

BACKGROUND

 

  1.1

Licensee entered into that certain Other Transaction for Prototype Agreement (No. D18AC00002) by with the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, effective February 12, 2018 (the “DARPA Agreement”),

 

  1.2

Licensee, the University of Texas at Austin and the NIAID entered into that certain Research Collaboration Agreement (NIAID Ref. No. 2018-1524) dated March 12, 2019 (the “RCA”).

 

  1.3

Licensee and the NIAID entered into that certain Emergency Use Simple Letter Agreement for the Transfer of Materials Related to 2019-nCOV by and between the NIAID and Licensee (NIAID EUSLA Provider 2020-0151), dated February 10, 2020 (the “EUSLA”).

 

  1.4

Licensee, the NIAID and Eli Lilly and Company entered into that certain Mutual Confidentiality Agreement dated March 10, 2020 (the “Lilly CDA”),

 

  1.5

Licensee, the NIAID and Eli Lilly and Company entered into that certain Material Transfer Agreement dated March 14, 2020 (the “MTA”),

 

  1.6

Pursuant to the DARPA Agreement, the RCA, the EUSLA, the Lilly CDA, and the MTA, Licensee and the NIAID investigators have been engaged in research on novel compounds for the treatment, prevention and diagnosis of diseases caused by SARS-CoV-2 or immunity thereof using such compounds.

 

  1.7

In the course of conducting biomedical research in connection with such efforts, the NIAID investigators have made inventions that may have commercial applicability.

 

  1.8

By assignment of rights from the NIAID employees and other inventors, HHS, on behalf of the Government, owns [***] intellectual property rights claimed in any United States or foreign patent applications or patents corresponding to the assigned inventions. HHS also owns any tangible embodiments of these inventions actually reduced to practice by the NIAID.

 

  1.9

The Secretary of HHS has delegated to the NIAID the authority to enter into this Agreement for the licensing of rights to these inventions.

 

  1.10

The NIAID desires to transfer these inventions to the private sector through commercialization licenses to facilitate the commercial development of products and processes for public use and benefit.

 

  1.11

The Licensee desires to acquire commercialization rights to certain of these inventions in order to develop processes, methods, or marketable products for public use and benefit.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



2.

DEFINITIONS

 

  2.1

Affiliate(s)” means a corporation or other business entity, which directly or indirectly is controlled by or controls, or is under common control with the Licensee. For this purpose, the term “control” shall mean ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other ownership interest of the corporation or other business entity, or the power to elect or appoint more than fifty percent (50%) of the members of the governing body of the corporation or other business entity.

 

  2.2

Benchmarks” means the performance milestones that are set forth in Appendix D.

 

  2.3

Commercial Development Plan” means the written commercialization plan attached as Appendix E.

 

  2.4

[***]

 

  2.5

CRADA” means a Cooperative Research and Development Agreement.

 

  2.6

FDA” means the Food and Drug Administration.

 

  2.7

First Commercial Sale” means the initial transfer by or on behalf of the Licensee or its sublicensees of the Licensed Products or the initial practice of a Licensed Process by or on behalf of the Licensee or its sublicensees in exchange for cash or some equivalent to which value can be assigned for the purpose of determining Net Sales.

 

  2.8

Government” means the Government of the United States of America.

 

  2.9

[***]

 

  2.10

[***]

 

  2.11

Licensed Fields of Use” means the fields of use identified in Appendix B.

 

  2.12

[***]

 

  2.13

Licensed Patent Rights” shall mean [***]:

 

  (a)

Patent applications (including provisional patent applications and PCT patent applications) or patents listed in Appendix A, all divisions and continuations of these applications, all patents issuing from these applications, divisions, and continuations, and any reissues, reexaminations, and extensions of these patents;

 

  (b)

to the extent that the following contain one or more claims directed to the invention or inventions disclosed in 2.13(a):

 

  (i)

continuations-in-part of 2.13(a);

 

  (ii)

all divisions and continuations of these continuations-in-part;

 

  (iii)

all patents issuing from these continuations-in-part, divisions, and continuations;

 

  (iv)

priority patent application(s) of 2.13(a); and

 

  (v)

any reissues, reexaminations, and extensions of these patents.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  (c)

to the extent that the following contain one or more claims directed to the invention or inventions disclosed in 2.13(a): all counterpart foreign and U.S. patent applications and patents to 2.13(a) and 2.13(b), including those listed in Appendix A; and

 

  (d)

Licensed Patent Rights shall not include 2.13(b) or 2.13(c) to the extent that they contain one or more claims directed to new matter which is not the subject matter disclosed in 2.13(a).

 

  2.14

Licensed Processes” means processes which, in the course of being practiced, would be within the scope of one or more claims of the Licensed Patent Rights that have not been held unpatentable, invalid or unenforceable by an unappealed or unappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  2.15

Licensed Products” means [***] tangible materials which, in the course of manufacture, use, sale, or importation, would be within the scope of one or more claims of the Licensed Patent Rights that have not been held unpatentable, invalid or unenforceable by an unappealed or unappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. [***]

 

  2.16

Licensed Territory” means the geographical area identified in Appendix B.

 

  2.17

Net Sales” means the total gross receipts for sales of Licensed Products or practice of Licensed Processes by or on behalf of the Licensee, [***].

 

  2.18

Practical Application” means to manufacture in the case of a composition or product, to practice in the case of a process or method, or to operate in the case of a machine or system; and in each case, under these conditions as to establish that the invention is being utilized and that its benefits are to the extent permitted by law or Government regulations available to the public on reasonable terms.

 

  2.19

[***]

 

  2.20

Research License” means a nontransferable, nonexclusive license to make and to use the Licensed Products or the Licensed Processes as defined by the Licensed Patent Rights for purposes of research and not for purposes of commercial manufacture or distribution or in lieu of purchase.

 

  2.21

[***]

 

3.

GRANT OF RIGHTS

 

  3.1

The NIAID hereby grants and the Licensee accepts, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, [***] license under the Licensed Patent Rights in the Licensed Territory to make and have made, to use and have used, to sell and have sold, to offer to sell, and to import any Licensed Products in the Licensed Fields of Use and to practice and have practiced any Licensed Process(es) in the Licensed Fields of Use.

 

  3.2

[***], this Agreement confers no license or rights by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent applications or patents of NIAID other than the Licensed Patent Rights regardless of whether these patents are dominant or subordinate or the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  3.3

[***]

 

  3.4

[***]

 

4.

SUBLICENSING

 

  4.1

[***]

 

  4.2

The Licensee agrees that any sublicenses granted by it shall provide that the obligations to the NIAID of Paragraphs 5.1-5.4, 10.1, 10.2, 12.6, and 13.8-13.10 of this Agreement [***] shall be binding upon the sublicensee as if it were a party to this Agreement.

 

  4.3

Any sublicenses granted by the Licensee shall provide for the termination of the sublicense, or the conversion to a license directly between the sublicensees and the NIAID, at the option of the sublicensee, upon termination of this Agreement under Article 13. This conversion is subject to the NIAID approval and contingent upon acceptance by the sublicensee of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

  4.4

The Licensee agrees to forward to the NIAID a copy of each fully executed sublicense agreement [***] postmarked within thirty (30) days of the execution of the [***] agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the NIAID agrees to maintain [***] sublicense in confidence.

 

5.

STATUTORY AND NIH REQUIREMENTS AND RESERVED GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

 

  5.1   (a)    The NIAID reserves on behalf of the Government an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable, royalty-free license for the practice of all inventions licensed under the Licensed Patent Rights throughout the world by or on behalf of the Government and on behalf of any foreign government or international organization pursuant to any existing or future treaty or agreement to which the Government is a signatory. Prior to the First Commercial Sale, the Licensee may provide the NIAID with reasonable quantities of the Licensed Products or materials made through the Licensed Processes for the NIAID’s research use; and
    (b)    in the event that the Licensed Patent Rights are Subject Inventions made under CRADA, the Licensee grants to the Government, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. §3710a(b)(1)(A), a nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice the Licensed Patent Rights or have the Licensed Patent Rights practiced throughout the world by or on behalf of the Government. In the exercise of this license, the Government shall not publicly disclose trade secrets or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. §552(b)(4) or which would be considered as such if it had been obtained from a non-Federal party.

 

  5.2

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  5.3

The Licensee acknowledges that the NIAID may enter into future CRADAs under the Federal Technology Transfer Act of 1986 that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Licensee agrees not to unreasonably deny requests for a Research License from future collaborators with the NIAID when acquiring these rights is necessary in order to make a CRADA project feasible. The Licensee may request an opportunity to join as a party to the proposed CRADA.

 

  5.4

(a) In addition to the reserved license of Paragraph 5.1, the NIAID reserves the right to grant Research Licenses directly or to require the Licensee to grant Research Licenses on reasonable terms. The purpose of these Research Licenses is to encourage basic research, whether conducted at an academic or corporate facility. In order to safeguard the Licensed Patent Rights, however, the NIAID shall consult with the Licensee before granting to any entity a Research License or providing to an entity any research samples of materials made through the Licensed Processes; and

 

  (b)

In exceptional circumstances, and in the event that the Licensed Patent Rights are Subject Inventions made under a CRADA, the Government, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. §3710a(b)(1)(B), retains the right to require the Licensee to grant to a responsible applicant a nonexclusive, partially exclusive, or exclusive sublicense to use the Licensed Patent Rights in the Licensed Field of Use on terms that are reasonable under the circumstances, or if the Licensee fails to grant this license, the Government retains the right to grant the license itself. The exercise of these rights by the Government shall only be in exceptional circumstances and only if the Government determines:

 

  (i)

the action is necessary to meet health or safety needs that are not reasonably satisfied by the Licensee;

 

  (ii)

the action is necessary to meet requirements for public use specified by Federal regulations, and these requirements are not reasonably satisfied by the Licensee; or

 

  (iii)

the Licensee has failed to comply with an agreement containing provisions described in 15 U.S.C. §3710a(c)(4)(B); and

 

  (c)

the determination made by the Government under this Paragraph 5.4 is subject to administrative appeal and judicial review under 35 U.S.C. §203(b).

 

6.

ROYALTIES AND REIMBURSEMENT

 

  6.1

The Licensee agrees to pay the NIAID a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue royalty as set forth in Appendix C.

 

  6.2

The Licensee agrees to pay the NIAID a nonrefundable minimum annual royalty as set forth in Appendix C.

 

  6.3

The Licensee agrees to pay the NIAID earned royalties as set forth in Appendix C.

 

  6.4

The Licensee agrees to pay the NIAID benchmark royalties as set forth in Appendix C.

 

  6.5

The Licensee agrees to pay the NIAID sublicensing royalties as set forth in Appendix C


  6.6

A patent or patent application licensed under this Agreement shall cease to fall within the Licensed Patent Rights for the purpose of computing earned royalty payments in any given country on the earliest of the dates that:

 

  (a)

the application has been abandoned and not continued;

 

  (b)

the patent expires or irrevocably lapses, or

 

  (c)

the patent has been held to be invalid or unenforceable by an unappealed or unappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or administrative agency.

 

  6.7

No multiple royalties shall be payable because any Licensed Products or Licensed Processes are covered by more than one of the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

  6.8

[***]

 

7.

PATENT FILING, PROSECUTION, AND MAINTENANCE

 

  7.1

The Licensee, [***] the preparation, filing, prosecution, and maintenance of any and all patent applications or patents included in the Licensed Patent Rights and shall, [***] furnish copies of [***] patent-related documents to the NIAID. The Licensee shall [***] select [***] registered patent attorneys or patent agents to provide these services on behalf of the Licensee and the NIAID. The NIAID shall provide appropriate powers of attorney, [***] necessary to undertake such action to the patent attorneys or patent agents providing these services. [***]

 

  7.2

The Parties shall promptly inform one another as to all [***] matters that come to its attention that may affect the preparation, filing, prosecution, or maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

8.

RECORD KEEPING

 

  8.1

[***] These records shall be retained for at least five (5) years following [***]. The accountant shall only disclose to the NIAID information relating to the accuracy of royalty payments made under this Agreement. If an inspection shows an underreporting or underpayment in excess [***] five percent (5%) for any twelve (12) month period [***], then the Licensee shall reimburse the NIAID for the cost of the inspection at the time the Licensee pays the unreported royalties, including any additional royalties as required by Paragraph 9.8. All royalty payments required under this Paragraph shall be due within sixty (60) days of the date the NIAID provides to the Licensee notice of the payment due.

 

9.

REPORTS ON PROGRESS, BENCHMARKS, SALES, AND PAYMENTS

 

  9.1

Prior to signing this Agreement, the Licensee has provided the NIAID with the Commercial Development Plan in Appendix E, under which the Licensee intends to bring the subject matter of the Licensed Patent Rights to the point of Practical Application. This Commercial Development Plan is hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Based on this plan, performance Benchmarks are determined as specified in Appendix D. [***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  9.2

The Licensee shall provide written annual reports on its product development progress or efforts to commercialize under the Commercial Development Plan for each of the Licensed Fields of Use within sixty (60) days after December 31 of each calendar year. These progress reports shall include, but not be limited to: progress on research and development, status of applications for regulatory approvals, manufacture and status of sublicensing, marketing, importing, and [***] during the preceding calendar year, as well as, plans for the present calendar year. The NIAID also encourages these reports to include information on any of the Licensee’s public service activities that relate to the Licensed Patent Rights. If reported progress differs from that projected in the Commercial Development Plan and Benchmarks, the Licensee shall explain the reasons for these differences. In the annual report, [***] the Licensee may propose [***] amendments to the Commercial Development Plan, acceptance of which by the NIAID may not be denied unreasonably. The Licensee agrees to provide any additional information reasonably required by the NIAID to evaluate the Licensee’s performance under this Agreement. The Licensee may amend the Benchmarks at any time upon written approval by the NIAID. The NIAID shall not unreasonably withhold approval of any request of the Licensee to extend the time periods of this schedule if the request is supported by a reasonable showing by the Licensee of diligence in its performance under the Commercial Development Plan and toward bringing the Licensed Products to the point of Practical Application as defined in 37 C.F.R. §404.3(d). The Licensee shall amend the Commercial Development Plan and Benchmarks at the request of the NIAID to address any Licensed Fields of Use not specifically addressed in the plan originally submitted.

 

  9.3

[***]

 

  9.4

The Licensee shall report to the NIAID the dates for achieving the First Commercial Sale in each country in the Licensed Territory within [***] days of such occurrences.

 

  9.5

[***], the Licensee shall submit to the NIAID, within [***] days after each calendar half-year ending June 30 and December 31, a royalty report, as described in the example in Appendix F, setting forth for the preceding half-year period [***] the amount of the Licensed Products sold or Licensed Processes practiced by or on behalf of the Licensee in each country within the Licensed Territory [***], the Net Sales and the amount of royalty accordingly due. With each royalty report, the Licensee shall submit payment of royalties due. The royalty report shall also identify the site of manufacture for the Licensed Products sold in the United States.

 

  9.6

Royalties due under Article 6 shall be paid in U.S. dollars and payment options are listed in Appendix G. For conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars, the conversion rate shall be [***]. Any loss of exchange, value, taxes, or other expenses incurred in the transfer or conversion to U.S. dollars shall be paid entirely by the Licensee. The royalty report required by Paragraph 9.5 shall be mailed to the NIAID at its address for Agreement Notices indicated on the Signature Page.

 

  9.7

The Licensee shall be solely responsible for determining if any tax on royalty income is owed outside the United States and shall pay the tax and be responsible for all filings with appropriate agencies of foreign governments.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  9.8

Additional royalties may be assessed by the NIAID on any payment that is more than ninety (90) days overdue at the rate of one percent (1%) per month. This one percent (1%) per month rate may be applied retroactively from the original due date until the date of receipt by the NIAID of the overdue payment and additional royalties. The payment of any additional royalties shall not prevent the NIAID from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payment.

 

  9.9

All plans and reports required by this Article 9 and marked “confidential” by the Licensee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be treated by the NIAID as commercial and financial information obtained from a person and as privileged and confidential, and any proposed disclosure of these records by the NIAID under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. §552 shall be subject to the predisclosure notification requirements of 45 C.F.R. §5.65(d).

 

10.

PERFORMANCE

 

  10.1

The Licensee shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to bring the Licensed Products and the Licensed Processes to Practical Application. “Reasonable commercial efforts” for this purposes of the provisions shall include adherence to the Commercial Development Plan [***] in Appendix E and performance of the Benchmarks [***] in Appenidix D. The efforts of a sublicensee shall be considered the efforts of the Licensee.

 

  10.2

Upon the First Commercial Sale, until the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Licensee shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to make the Licensed Products and the Licensed Processes reasonably accessible to the United States public. [***]

 

  10.3

The Licensee agrees, after its First Commercial Sale, to make reasonable quantities of the Licensed Products or materials produced through the use of the Licensed Processes available to patient assistance programs.

 

  10.4

The Licensee agrees, after its First Commercial Sale and as part of its marketing and product promotion, to develop, [***] educational materials (e.g., brochures, website, etc.) directed to patients and physicians detailing the Licensed Products or medical aspects of the prophylactic and therapeutic uses of the Licensed Products.

 

  10.5

The Licensee agrees to supply, to the Mailing Address for Agreement Notices indicated on the Signature Page, the Office of Technology Transfer, NIH with inert samples of the Licensed Products or the Licensed Processes or their packaging for educational and display purposes only.

 

11.

INFRINGEMENT AND PATENT ENFORCEMENT

 

  11.1

The NIAID and the Licensee agree to notify each other promptly of each infringement or possible infringement of the Licensed Patent Rights, as well as, any facts which may affect the validity, scope, or enforceability of the Licensed Patent Rights of which either party becomes aware.

 

  11.2

Pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of 35 U.S.C. Chapter 29, the Licensee may:

 

  (a)

bring suit in its own name, at its own expense, and on its own behalf for infringement of presumably valid claims in the Licensed Patent Rights;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  (b)

in any suit, enjoin infringement and collect for its use, damages, profits, and awards of whatever nature recoverable for the infringement; or

 

  (c)

settle any claim or suit for infringement of the Licensed Patent Rights provided, however, that the NIAID and appropriate Government authorities shall [***] such actions; and

 

  (d)

if the Licensee desires to initiate a suit for patent infringement, the Licensee shall notify the NIAID in writing [***]. The NIAID shall have a continuing right to intervene in the suit. The Licensee may request the Government to initiate or join in any suit if necessary to avoid dismissal of the suit. Should the Government be made a party to any suit, the Licensee shall reimburse the Government for any costs, expenses, or fees which the Government incurs as a result of the motion or other action, including all costs incurred by the Government in opposing the motion or other action. In all cases, the Licensee agrees to keep the NIAID reasonably apprised of the status and progress of any litigation. Before the Licensee commences an infringement action, the Licensee shall notify the NIAID and give careful consideration to the views of the NIAID and to any potential effects of the litigation on the public health in deciding whether to bring suit.

 

  11.3

In the event that a declaratory judgment action alleging invalidity or non-infringement of any of the Licensed Patent Rights shall be brought against the Licensee or raised by way of counterclaim or affirmative defense in an infringement suit brought by the Licensee under Paragraph 11.2, pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of 35 U.S.C. Chapter 29 or other statutes, the Licensee may:

 

  (a)

defend the suit in its own name, at its own expense, and on its own behalf for presumably valid claims in the Licensed Patent Rights;

 

  (b)

in any suit, ultimately to enjoin infringement and to collect for its use, damages, profits, and awards of whatever nature recoverable for the infringement;

 

  (c)

settle any claim or suit for declaratory judgment involving the Licensed Patent Rights-provided, however, that the NIAID and appropriate Government authorities shall be consulted prior to any such actions and shall have a continuing right to intervene in the suit; and if NIAID does not notify the Licensee of its intent to respond to the legal action within a reasonable time, the Licensee shall be free to do so.

 

  11.4

The Licensee shall take no action to compel the Government either to initiate or to join in any declaratory judgment action. The Licensee may request the Government to initiate or to join any suit if necessary to avoid dismissal of the suit. Should the Government be made a party to any suit by motion or any other action of the Licensee, the Licensee shall reimburse the Government for any costs, expenses, or fees, which the Government incurs as a result of the motion or other action. If the Licensee elects not to defend against the declaratory judgment action, the NIAID, at its option, may do so at its own expense. In all cases, the Licensee agrees to keep the NIAID reasonably apprised of the status and progress of any litigation. Before the Licensee commences an infringement action, the Licensee shall notify the NIAID and [***] the views of the NIAID and to any potential effects of the litigation on the public health in deciding whether to bring suit.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  11.5

In any action under Paragraphs 11.2, 11.3 or 11.4 the expenses including costs, fees, attorney fees, and disbursements, shall be paid by the Licensee. The value of any recovery made by the Licensee through court judgment or settlement shall be treated as Net Sales and subject to royalties as specified in Appendix C.

 

  11.6

The NIAID shall cooperate fully with the Licensee in connection with any action under Paragraphs 11.2, 11.3 or 11.4. The NIAID agrees promptly to provide access to all necessary documents and to render reasonable assistance in response to a request by the Licensee.

 

  11.7

[***]

 

12.

REPRESENTATIONS; NEGATION OF WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

  12.1

[***]

 

  12.2

The NIAID offers no warranties other than those specified in Article 1 [***].

 

  12.3

The NIAID does not warrant the validity of the Licensed Patent Rights and makes no representations whatsoever with regard to the scope of the Licensed Patent Rights, or that the Licensed Patent Rights may be exploited without infringing other patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

  12.4

THE NIAID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF ANY SUBJECT MATTER DEFINED BY THE CLAIMS OF THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS OR TANGIBLE MATERIALS RELATED THERETO.

 

  12.5

The NIAID does not represent that it shall commence legal actions against third parties infringing the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

  12.6

The Licensee shall indemnify and hold the NIAID, its employees, students, fellows, agents, and consultants harmless from and against all liability, demands, damages, expenses, and losses, including but not limited to death, personal injury, illness, or property damage in connection with or arising out of:

 

  (a)

the use by or on behalf of the Licensee, its sublicensees, directors, employees, or third parties of any Licensed Patent Rights; or

 

  (b)

the design, manufacture, distribution, or use of any Licensed Products, Licensed Processes or materials by the Licensee, or other products or processes developed in connection with or arising out of the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

  12.7

The Licensee agrees to maintain a liability insurance [***] program consistent with sound business practice.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



13.

TERM, TERMINATION, AND MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

  13.1

This Agreement is effective when signed by all parties, unless the provisions of Paragraph 14.16 are not fulfilled, and shall extend to the expiration of the last to expire of the Licensed Patent Rights unless sooner terminated as provided in this Article 13 [***].

 

  13.2

In the event that the Licensee is in default in the performance of any material obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the obligations listed in Paragraph 13.5, and if the default has not been remedied within ninety (90) days after the date of notice in writing of the default, the NIAID may terminate this Agreement by written notice and pursue outstanding royalties owed through procedures provided by the Federal Debt Collection Act.

 

  13.3

In the event that the Licensee becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy, has such a petition filed against it, determines to file a petition in bankruptcy, or receives notice of a third party’s intention to file an involuntary petition in bankruptcy, the Licensee shall immediately notify the NIAID in writing.

 

  13.4

The Licensee shall have a unilateral right to terminate this Agreement or any licenses in any country or territory [***] by giving the NIAID sixty (60) days written notice to that effect.

 

  13.5

[***] the NIAID shall specifically have the right to terminate or modify, at its option, this Agreement, if the Licensee:

 

  (a)

is not [***] the Commercial Development Plan [***] and the Licensee cannot otherwise demonstrate to NIAID’s [***] satisfaction that the Licensee has [***], or can be expected to [***] within a reasonable time, [***] to achieve the Practical Application of the Licensed Products or the Licensed Process;

 

  (b)

has not achieved the Benchmarks as may be modified under Paragraph 9.2;

 

  (c)

has willfully made a false statement of, or willfully omitted a material fact in the license application or in any report required by this Agreement;

 

  (d)

has committed an [***] material breach of a covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement;

 

  (e)

is not keeping the Licensed Products or the Licensed Processes reasonably available to the public after commercial use commences; or

 

  (f)

cannot reasonably satisfy unmet health and safety needs; or

 

  (g)

cannot reasonably justify a failure to comply with the domestic production requirement of Paragraph 5.2 unless waived [***].

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  13.6

In making any determinations referenced in Paragraph 13.5, the NIAID shall take into account the normal course of such commercial development programs conducted with sound and reasonable business practices and judgment and the annual reports submitted by the Licensee under Paragraph 9.2. Prior to invoking termination or modification of this Agreement under Paragraph 13.5, the NIAID shall give written notice to the Licensee providing the Licensee specific notice of, and a ninety (90) day opportunity to respond to, the NIAID’s concerns as to the items referenced in 13.5(a)—13.5(g). If the Licensee fails to [***] referenced in 13.5(a)—13.5(g) [***], fails to initiate corrective action to the NIAID’s [***] satisfaction, the NIAID may terminate this Agreement.

 

  13.7

When the public health and safety so require, and after written notice to the Licensee providing the Licensee a sixty (60) day opportunity to respond, the NIAID shall have the right to require the Licensee [***] to grant sublicenses to responsible applicants, on reasonable terms, in any Licensed Fields of Use under the Licensed Patent Rights, unless the Licensee [***] can reasonably demonstrate that the granting of the sublicense would not materially increase the availability to the public of the subject matter of the Licensed Patent Rights. The NIAID shall not require the granting of a sublicense unless the responsible applicant has first negotiated in good faith with the Licensee [***].

 

  13.8

The NIAID reserves the right according to 35 U.S.C.§209(d)(3) to terminate or modify this Agreement if it is determined that this action is necessary to meet the requirements for public use specified by federal regulations issued after the date of the license and these requirements are not reasonably satisfied by the Licensee [***].

 

  13.9

Within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice of the NIAID’s unilateral decision to modify or terminate this Agreement, the Licensee may, consistent with the provisions of 37 C.F.R. §404.11, appeal the decision by written submission to the designated NIAID official or designee. The decision of the designated NIAID official or designee shall be the final agency decision. The Licensee may thereafter exercise any and all administrative or judicial remedies that may be accessible.

 

  13.10

Within [***] days of expiration or termination of this Agreement under this Article 13, a final report shall be submitted by the Licensee. Any royalty payments, including those incurred but not yet paid [***], due to the NIAID shall become immediately due and payable upon termination or expiration. [***] If terminated under this Article 13, sublicensees may elect to convert their sublicenses to direct licenses with the NIAID pursuant to Paragraph 4.3. Unless otherwise specifically provided for under this Agreement, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Licensee shall return all Licensed Products or other materials included within the Licensed Patent Rights to the NIAID or provide the NIAID with certification of the destruction thereof. The Licensee may not be granted additional NIAID licenses if the final reporting requirement is not fulfilled.

 

14.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  14.1

Neither party may waive or release any of its rights or interests in this Agreement except in writing. The failure of the Government to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right by the Government or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any of these terms or conditions by the Licensee.

 

  14.2

This Agreement [***], constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter of the Licensed Patent Rights, the Licensed Products and the Licensed Processes, and all prior negotiations, representations, agreements, and understandings are merged into, extinguished by, and completely expressed by this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  14.3

The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable under any controlling body of law, this determination shall not in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

  14.4

If either party desires a modification to this Agreement, the parties shall, upon reasonable notice of the proposed modification by the party desiring the change, confer in good faith to determine the desirability of the modification. No modification shall be effective until a written amendment is signed by the signatories to this Agreement or their designees.

 

  14.5

The construction, validity, performance, and effect of this Agreement shall be governed by Federal law as applied by the Federal courts in the District of Columbia.

 

  14.6

All Agreement notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be given by prepaid, first class, registered or certified mail or by an express/overnight delivery service provided by a commercial carrier, properly addressed to the other party at the address designated on the following Signature Page, or to another address as may be designated in writing by the other party. Agreement notices shall be considered timely if the notices are received on or before the established deadline date or sent on or before the deadline date as verifiable by U.S. Postal Service postmark or dated receipt from a commercial carrier. Parties should request a legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark or obtain a dated receipt from a commercial carrier or the U.S. Postal Service. Private metered postmarks shall not be acceptable as proof of timely mailing.

 

  14.7

This Agreement shall not be assigned or otherwise transferred (including any transfer by legal process or by operation of law, and any transfer in bankruptcy or insolvency, or in any other compulsory procedure or order of court) [***]. The parties agree that the identity of the parties is material to the formation of this Agreement and that the obligations under this Agreement are nondelegable. In the event that the NIAID approves a proposed assignment, the Licensee shall pay the NIAID, as an additional royalty, one percent (1%) of the fair market value of any consideration received for any assignment of this Agreement within sixty (60) days of the assignment.

 

  14.8

The Licensee agrees in its use of any of the NIAID-supplied materials it shall comply with all applicable statutes, regulations, and guidelines, including NIH and HHS regulations and guidelines. The Licensee agrees not to use the materials for research involving human subjects or clinical trials in the United States without complying with 21 C.F.R. Part 50 and 45 C.F.R.Part 46. The Licensee agrees not to use the materials for research involving human subjects or clinical trials outside of the United States without notifying the NIAID, in writing, of the research or trials and complying with the applicable regulations of the appropriate national control authorities. Written notification to the NIAID of research involving human subjects or clinical trials outside of the United States shall be given no later than sixty (60) days prior to commencement of the research or trials.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  14.9

The Licensee acknowledges that it is subject to and agrees to abide by the United States laws and regulations (including the Export Administration Act of 1979 and Arms Export Control Act) controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, biological material, and other commodities. The transfer of these items may require a license from the appropriate agency of the U.S. Government or written assurances by the Licensee that it shall not export these items to certain foreign countries without prior approval of this agency. The NIAID neither represents that a license is or is not required or that, if required, it shall be issued.

 

  14.10

The Licensee agrees to mark the Licensed Products or their packaging sold in the United States with all applicable U.S. patent numbers and similarly to indicate “Patent Pending” status. All the Licensed Products manufactured in, shipped to, or sold in other countries shall be marked in a manner to preserve the NIAID’s patent rights in those countries.

 

  14.11

By entering into this Agreement, the NIAID does not directly or indirectly endorse any product or service provided, or to be provided, by the Licensee whether directly or indirectly related to this Agreement. The Licensee shall not state or imply that this Agreement is an endorsement by the Government, the NIAID, any other Government organizational unit, or any Government employee. Additionally, the Licensee shall not use the names of the NIAID, the FDA or the HHS or the Government or their employees in any advertising, promotional, or sales literature without the prior written approval of the NIAID.

 

  14.12

The parties agree to attempt to settle amicably any controversy or claim arising under this Agreement or a breach of this Agreement, except for appeals of modifications or termination decisions provided for in Article 13. The Licensee agrees first to appeal any unsettled claims or controversies to the designated NIAID official, or designee, whose decision shall be considered the final agency decision. Thereafter, the Licensee may exercise any administrative or judicial remedies that may be available.

 

  14.13

Nothing relating to the grant of a license under this Agreement, nor the grant itself, shall be construed to confer upon any person any immunity from or defenses under the antitrust laws or from a charge of patent misuse, and the acquisition and use of rights pursuant to 37 C.F.R. Part 404 shall not be immunized from the operation of state or Federal law by reason of the source of the grant.

 

  14.14

Any formal recordation of this Agreement required by the laws of any Licensed Territory as a prerequisite to enforceability of the Agreement in the courts of any foreign jurisdiction or for other reasons shall be carried out by the Licensee at its expense, and appropriately verified proof of recordation shall be promptly furnished to the NIAID.

 

  14.15

Paragraphs 4.3, 8.1, 9.6-9.8, 12.1-12.6, 13.9, 13.10, 14.12 and 14.15 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

  14.16

The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall, at the NIAID’s sole option, be considered by the NIAID to be withdrawn from the Licensee’s consideration and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Agreement itself to be null and void, unless this Agreement is executed by the Licensee and a fully executed original is received by the NIAID within sixty (60) days from the date of the NIAID’s signature found at the Signature Page.


SIGNATURES BEGIN ON NEXT PAGE


NIH PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT - EXCLUSIVE

SIGNATURE PAGE

For the NIAID:

 

/s/ Michael R. Mowatt

    

5/4/2020

Michael R. Mowatt, PhD

Director

Technology Transfer and Intellectual Property Office

NIAID, National Institutes of Health

                  Date

Mailing Address or E-mail Address for Agreement notices and reports:

License Compliance and Administration

Monitoring & Enforcement

Office of Technology Transfer

National Institutes of Health

6011 Executive Boulevard, Suite 325

Rockville, Maryland 20852-3804 U.S.A.

E-mail:                     

For the Licensee (Upon, information and belief, the undersigned expressly certifies or affirms that the contents of any statements of the Licensee made or referred to in this document are truthful and accurate.):

 

/s/ Carl Hansen

                 

5/4/2020

Signature of Authorized Official      Date

Carl Hansen, PhD

Printed Name

President & CEO

Title Date

 

  I.

Official and Mailing Address for Agreement notices:

Tryn Stimart

General Counsel

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

2215 Yukon Street

Vancouver, B.C. V5Y 0A1

 

  II.

Official and Mailing Address for Financial notices (the Licensee’s contact person for royalty payments)


Tryn Stimart

General Counsel

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

2215 Yukon Street

Vancouver, B.C. V5Y 0A1

Phone: 604-559-9005

Any false or misleading statements made, presented, or submitted to the Government, including any relevant omissions, under this Agreement and during the course of negotiation of this Agreement are subject to all applicable civil and criminal statutes including Federal statutes 31 U.S.C. §§3801-3812 (civil liability) and 18 U.S.C. §1001 (criminal liability including fine(s) or imprisonment).


APPENDIX A—PATENT(S) OR PATENT APPLICATION(S)

 

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



APPENDIX B—LICENSED FIELDS OF USE AND TERRITORY

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



APPENDIX C—ROYALTIES

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



APPENDIX D—BENCHMARKS AND PERFORMANCE

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



APPENDIX E—COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



APPENDIX F—EXAMPLE ROYALTY REPORT

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



APPENDIX G—ROYALTY PAYMENT OPTIONS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


Exhibit 10.4

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

EXCLUSIVE (EQUITY) AGREEMENT

This Agreement between THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (‘‘Stanford”), an institution of higher education having powers under the laws of the State of California, and Lineage Biosciences, Inc. (“Company”), a corporation having a principal place of business at 3183 Porter Drive, Palo Alto CA 94304, is effective on the 11th day of February 2015 (“Effective Date”).

 

1.

BACKGROUND

Stanford has an assignment of an invention entitled “Measurement and Comparison of Immune Diversity by High-throughput Sequencing”, which was invented in the laboratories of Professors Daniel Fisher and Stephen Quake, a Howard Hughes Medical Institute (“HHMI”) investigator at Stanford, and described in Stanford Docket S10-112 (“Invention”). The Invention was made in the course of research supported by the Arthritis Foundation and HHMI. Stanford wants to have the invention perfected and marketed as soon as possible so that resulting products may be available for public use and benefit.

Upon Company’s request, the parties will enter into the letter of intent as substantially set forth in Appendix E granting certain rights to Company to obtain a license under the Licensed Patents for use in the Organ Transplant Field (as defined below), all as further set forth in such letter of intent.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

 

2.1

“Affiliate” means any person, corporation, or other entity, which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with an entity; and for this purpose, “control” of any other entity means the direct or indirect ownership or control of fifty percent (50%) or more of the shares of the subject entity entitled to vote in the election of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, for the election of the corresponding managing authority).

 

2.2

“Exclusive” means that, subject to Article 3 and Article 5, Stanford will not grant further licenses under the Licensed Patents in the Licensed Field of Use in the Licensed Territory.

 

2.3

“HHMI Indemnitees” means HHMI and its trustees, officers, employees, and agents.

 

2.4

“Fully Diluted Basis” means the total number of shares of Company’s issued and outstanding common stock, assuming:

 

  (A)

the conversion of all issued and outstanding securities convertible into common stock;

 

  (B)

the exercise of all issued and outstanding warrants or options, regardless of whether then exercisable; and


  (C)

the issuance, grant, and exercise of all securities reserved for issuance pursuant to any Company stock or stock option plan then in effect.

 

2.5

“Licensed Field of Use” means any and all uses and applications for (a) diagnostics, (b) patient management, (c) use as a research tool in the research and development (including discovery) of products including without limitation any prophylactic, therapeutic or other products for the prevention, amelioration or treatment of any disease, disorder or other condition (“Research Tool Field”) or (d) services for the foregoing, in each case except the Organ Transplant Field. “Organ Transplant Field” means the use of cell-free DNA detection or immune repertoire profiling to diagnose and clinically manage solid organ and bone marrow human transplant recipients, excluding the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precurser to cancer, where the measurement of the level, cell-free DNA size distribution, or other test parameters to assess cell-free DNA and immune repertoire profiling is applied uniquely to transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list, including, but not limited to, surveillance for acute rejection, chronic rejection, allograft vasculopathy, immunosuppression optimization, organ toxicity, overall immune status in relation to infection disease signature and organ damage due to infection.

 

2.6

“Licensed Patents” means Stanford’s Patent Applications listed in Appendix A; any U.S. or foreign patent application corresponding or claiming priority to or common priority with any of the foregoing, and any conversion, divisional, continuation, substitution or reexamination application thereof, each patent application that claims priority to any of the foregoing, and each patent that issues or reissues from any of these patent applications. Any claim of an unexpired Licensed Patent is presumed to be valid unless it has been held to be invalid by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken. “Licensed Patent” excludes any continuation-in-part (CIP) patent application or patent except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties in an amendment to this Agreement. Neither party shall file or authorize any other entity to file a CIP of any Licensed Patent without the written approval of the other Party, except that Stanford may file a CIP if the subject thereof, as filed and prosecuted, is and remains applicable solely outside the Licensed Field of Use.

 

2.7

“Licensed Product” means a product or part of a product in the Licensed Field of Use the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent this license, infringes, induces infringement, or contributes to infringement of a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent.

 

2.8

“Licensed Territory” means worldwide.

 

2.9

“Net Sales” means all gross revenue actually received by Company [***] from the sale, transfer or other disposition of Licensed Product to a third party customer. Net Sales excludes the following items (but only as they pertain to the making, using, importing or selling of Licensed Products, are included in gross revenue, and are separately accounted for):

 

  (A)

import, export, excise, value-added, sales and other direct taxes, and customs duties and other similar governmental charges;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  (B)

costs of insurance, packing, and transportation from the place of manufacture to the customer’s premises or point of installation;

 

  (C)

costs of installation at the place of use;

 

  (D)

credit for returns, allowances, or trades and adjustments or allowances; and

 

  (E)

trade, quantity or cash discounts and customary rebates and chargebacks (including without limitation, those granted to managed-care entities and government agencies, as well as entities that manage patient benefits).

 

2.10

“Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration” means any consideration received by Company from a non-Affiliate sublicensee hereunder as consideration for and allocable to the grant of a Sublicense under the rights under the Licensed Patents in the Licensed Field of Use, but excluding any consideration for:

 

  (A)

royalties on products sales (royalties on product sales by sublicensees will be treated as if Company made the sale of such product);

 

  (B)

investments in Company (or its assignee or successor) equity (including conditional equity, such as warrants, convertible debt and the like);

 

  (C)

research and development expenses calculated on a fully burdened basis;

 

  (D)

debt;

 

  (E)

reimbursement of documented out-of pocket patent prosecution and maintenance expenses;

 

  (F)

licensing or transfers of trade secrets, product designs, patents or technologies other than the Licensed Patents

 

  (G)

the supply of products or materials, including any Licensed Product provided at cost or in kind, to such sublicensee; and

 

  (H)

the sale of substantially all of the business or assets of Company (or its assignee) whether by merger, sale of stock or assets or otherwise.

 

  Nonroyalty

Sublicensing Consideration shall be reduced by the amount of taxes withheld or deducted from such consideration.

 

2.11

“Patent Matters” means preparing, filing, and prosecuting broad and extensive patent claims (including any interference or reexamination actions) for Stanford’s benefit in the Licensed Territory and for maintaining all Licensed Patents.

 

2.12

“Stanford Indemnitees” means Stanford and Stanford Hospitals and Clinics, and their respective trustees, officers, employees, students, agents, faculty, representatives, and volunteers.


2.13

“Sublicense” means any agreement between Company and a non-Affiliate third party that contains a grant of rights under Stanford’s Licensed Patents regardless of the name given to the agreement by the parties; however, an agreement to make, have made, use or sell Licensed Products on behalf of Company is not considered a Sublicense. It is understood and agreed that the foregoing definition of Sublicense shall not limit the scope of sublicenses that Company may grant hereunder, provided however that any Sublicense is subject and subordinate to this Agreement.

 

2.14

“Valid Claim” means (a) any claim of an issued and unexpired Licensed Patent which has not been held unenforceable or invalid by a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision, and which has not been disclaimed or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through abandonment, reissue, disclaimer or otherwise, or (b) a pending claim in a pending Licensed Patent application, provided that if such pending claim does not issue as a valid and enforceable claim within seven (7) years from its earliest priority date, such pending claim will cease to be a Valid Claim unless and until actually issued.

 

3.

GRANT

 

3.1

Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Stanford grants Company an Exclusive license under the Licensed Patent to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Licensed Product and to practice any method, process, or procedure within the Licensed Patents in the Licensed Field of Use in the Licensed Territory.

 

3.2

Term. The license terminates when the last of the Licensed Patent expires.

 

3.3

Retained Rights. Stanford retains the right, on behalf of itself and all other non-profit research institutions, to practice the Licensed Patents for any non-profit purpose, including sponsored research and collaborations. Company agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it has no right to enforce the Licensed Patents against any such institution. Stanford and any such other institution have the right to publish any information included in a Licensed Patent.

 

3.4

HHMI Research License. Company acknowledges that it has been informed that the Licensed Patents were developed, at least in part, by employees of HHMI and that HHMI has a paid-up, non-exclusive, irrevocable license to use the Licensed Patents for HHMI’s research purposes, but with no right to assign or sublicense (the “HHMI License”). This Agreement is explicitly made subject to the HHMI License.

 

3.5

Specific Exclusion. Stanford does not:

 

  (A)

grant to Company any other licenses, implied or otherwise, to any patents or other rights of Stanford other than those rights granted under Licensed Patent, regardless of whether the patents or other rights are dominant or subordinate to any Licensed Patent, or are required to exploit any Licensed Patent;

 

  (B)

commit to Company to bring suit against third parties for infringement, except as described in Article 14; and


  (C)

agree to furnish to Company any technology or technological information or to provide Company with any assistance.

 

4.

SUBLICENSING

 

4.1

Permitted Sublicensing. Company may grant and authorize [***] sublicenses [***] in the Licensed Field of Use [***].

 

4.2

Required Sublicensing. If Company is unable or unwilling to serve or develop a potential market or market territory for which there is a company with adequate resources willing to be a sublicensee and (a) such company has provided Stanford and Company a bona fide, detailed proposal to develop a Licensed Product in such market or territory and (b) such proposed development is not within, or competitive with, any activities or product in the Company’s business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted, then Company will, at Stanford’s request, negotiate in good faith a Sublicense with any such sublicensee. Stanford would like licensees to address unmet needs, such as those of neglected patient populations or geographic areas, giving particular attention to improved therapeutics, diagnostics and agricultural technologies for the developing world.

 

4.3

Sublicense Requirements. Any Sublicense (and any further sublicense permitted under Section 4.1 under the Licensed Patents and authorized by Company to its sublicensee):

 

  (A)

is subject to and subordinate to this Agreement;

 

  (B)

will prohibit sublicensee from paying royalties to an escrow or other similar account;

 

  (C)

will expressly include the provisions of Articles 8.4, 9, 10, 11 and 20.7 for the benefit of Stanford and/or HHMI, as the case may be;

 

  (D)

will permit Stanford to audit the sublicensee consistent with the terms of Sections 8.5 and 8.6, provided that Company may not include such obligation in which case Company would, at the request and expense of Stanford, exercise Company’s audit rights (provided that such rights are consistent with Stanford’s rights to verify Net Sales) with respect to a sublicensee on Stanford’s behalf; and

 

  (E)

with respect to Sublicenses, will require the sublicensee to agree to assume the obligations of Company hereunder with respect to activities of such sublicensee (including, for clarity the activities of any sublicensee granted by such sublicensee under the Sublicense), including payment of royalties specified under this Agreement for such activities, if this Agreement is terminated and such sublicensee desires such Sublicense survive such termination. If the sublicensee is a spin-out from Company, Company must guarantee the sublicensee’s performance with respect to the payment of Stanford’s share of Sublicense royalties.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



4.4

Litigation by Sublicensee. Any Sublicense (and any further sublicense permitted under Section 4.1 under the Licensed Patents and authorized by Company to its sublicensee) must include the following clauses:

 

  (A)

In the event sublicensee initiates an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent:

 

  (1)

sublicensee will [***] the payment of royalties owed to Stanford based on Net Sales made by such sublicensee of any Licensed Product covered by such challenged Licensed Patent during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by the sublicensee is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, sublicensee will pay [***] times the payment royalties owed to Stanford based on Net Sales made by such sublicensee of such Licensed Product covered by the such challenged Licensed Patent from and after such determination;

 

  (2)

sublicensee will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the period of such challenge action;

 

  (3)

any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Santa Clara County, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum; and

 

  (4)

sublicensee shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

 

  (B)

Sublicensee will provide written notice to Stanford at least three months prior to initiating an action seeking to invalidate a Licensed Patent. Sublicensee will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes invalidates any claim of the Licensed Patent.

 

  (C)

The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4 shall not apply in the event that a sublicensee files a counterclaim asserting invalidity of one or more patents within the Licensed Patents in response to an actual patent infringement suit by or on behalf of Stanford with respect to Licensed Patents.

 

4.5

Copy of Sublicenses and Sublicensee Royalty Reports. Company will submit to Stanford a copy of each Sublicense (and any further sublicense permitted under Section 4.1 under the Licensed Patents and authorized by Company to its sublicensee), any subsequent amendments and all copies of sublicensees’ royalty reports with respect to Licensed Products (each of which may be reasonably redacted of information not necessary to determine Company’s compliance with this Agreement). All of the foregoing shall be the confidential information of Company and subject to the obligations set forth in Section 19.1. Beginning with the first Sublicense, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent will certify annually regarding the name and number of sublicensees.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



4.6

Sharing of Sublicensing Income. Company will pay to Stanford a portion of all Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration for the Sublicense of Licensed Patents, as provided below:

 

  (A)

[***] of Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration received by Company up until the earlier of (i) the demonstration that immune repertoire measurements can be used to characterize immune system strength by being able to find an immune repertoire signal that differentiates immunosuppressed individuals from healthy individuals, (ii) the expenditure of [***] by Company, [***] for the research, development, regulatory approval or commercialization (including intellectual property related expenses) of a Licensed Product or (iii) the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product;

 

  (B)

[***] of Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration received by Company thereafter.

 

4.7

Royalty-Free Sublicenses. If Company pays all royalties due Stanford from a sublicensee’s or Affliliate’s Net Sales, Company may grant that sublicensee or Affiliate a royalty-free or non-cash:

 

  (A)

Sublicense or

 

  (B)

cross-license.

 

5.

SPONSOR RIGHTS

 

5.1

Government Rights. This Agreement is subject to Title 35 Sections 200-204 of the United States Code. Among other things, these provisions provide the United States Government with nonexclusive rights in the Licensed Patent. They also impose the obligation that Licensed Product sold or produced in the United States be ‘‘manufactured substantially in the United States,” subject to such waiver as may be obtained in accordance with applicable United States laws. Company will ensure all obligations of these provisions are met.

 

5.2

Sponsor Rights. In addition, the Licensed Patents are subject to the rights granted to the [***].

 

6.

DILIGENCE

 

6.1

Milestones. Because the invention is not yet commercially viable as of the Effective Date, Company, itself or through its Affiliates, sublicensees or partners and/or its or their contractors, will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, manufacture, and sell Licensed Product and will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop markets for Licensed Product. In addition, Company, itself or through its Affiliates, sublicensees or partners and/or its or their contractors, will meet the milestones shown in Appendix B, and notify Stanford in writing as each milestone is met. Notwithstanding the foregoing and Section 15.2(A)(3), prior to thirty (30) days before the due date of each of its milestones shown in Appendix B, Company shall have the right to extend the due date of such milestone (a) with Stanford’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, by the amount of delay experienced by Company or its Affiliates, sublicensees or partners in achieving such milestone for scientific or technical difficulties or other reasons beyond the reasonable control of Company by providing written notice and evidence of such circumstances and the amount of such delay experienced and/or (b) by [***], but only once pursuant to this clause (b) for each milestone. Any such extension of a milestone due date shall also extend the due date for all subsequent milestones by the same amount of time.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



6.2

Progress Report. By March 1 of each year until Company, its Affiliate or its sublicensee makes a first commercial sale of a Licensed Product, Company will submit a written annual report to Stanford covering the preceding calendar year. The report will include information sufficient to enable Stanford to satisfy reporting requirements of the U.S. Government and for Stanford to ascertain progress by Company toward meeting this Agreement’s diligence requirements. Each report will describe, where relevant: Company’s progress toward commercialization of Licensed Product, including a summary of work completed, key scientific discoveries, summary of work-in-progress, current schedule of anticipated events or milestones, market plans for introduction of Licensed Product, and significant corporate transactions involving Licensed Product and will identify how these activities pertain to development of Licensed Product. All reports provided under this Section 6.2 shall be deemed Company’s confidential information and subject to the obligations set forth in Section 19.1.

 

6.3

Clinical Trial Notice. Company will notify the Stanford University Office of Technology Licensing prior to commencing any clinical trials at Stanford.

 

7.

ROYALTIES

 

7.1

Issue Royalty. Company will pay to Stanford a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue royalty of [***] within thirty (30) days after signing this Agreement.

 

7.2

Equity Interest. As further consideration, Company will grant to Stanford [***] shares of common stock in Company. When issued, those shares will represent [***] of the outstanding stock in Company. The shares are valued at [***] per share as indicated in Appendix H. Company agrees to provide Stanford with the capitalization table upon which the above calculation is made. Company will issue [***] of all shares granted to Stanford pursuant to this Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 directly to and in the name of the inventors listed below allocated as stated below:

[***]

 

7.3

Anti-Dilution Protection. Until such time as Company has raised, after the date hereof, an aggregate of [***] from the sale of equity, convertible securities or convertible debt in one or more closings, Company will issue to Stanford, [***] additional shares of the Company’s common stock necessary to ensure that the number of shares issued Stanford pursuant to Section 7.2 and this Section 7.3 does not represent less than [***] of the Company’s capital stock then issued and outstanding.

 

7.4

Section 7.4 is set forth in Appendix D of this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



7.5

Section 7.5 is set forth in Appendix D of this Agreement.

 

7.6

Section 7.6 is set forth in Appendix D of this Agreement.

 

7.7

Section 7.7 is set forth in Appendix D of this Agreement.

 

7.8

License Maintenance Fee. On the first and second anniversary of the Effective Date, Company will pay Stanford a license maintenance fee of [***]. Starting on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and thereafter until the expiration of the last Valid Claim in the Licensed Patents, Company will pay Stanford a yearly license maintenance fee of [***]. Yearly maintenance payments are nonrefundable, but they are creditable each year as described in Section 7.12.

 

7.9

Milestone Payments. Company will pay Stanford the following milestone payments:

[***]

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and acknowledged that each of the milestone payments set forth in this Section 7.9 shall be payable once and only once and the total amount payable to Stanford under this Section 7.9 shall in no event exceed [***].

[***]

 

7.10

Earned Royalty. Company will pay Stanford earned royalties on Net Sales as follows:

 

  (A)

Company will pay Stanford a [***] royalty on Net Sales of each Licensed Product sold by Company or its sublicensees or Affiliates.

 

  (B)

Earned royalties paid to third parties or Stanford (for clarity, excluding royalties paid under this Agreement) by Company or its sublicensee or Affiliates will offset Stanford earned royalties due under this Agreement at a rate [***] for each [***] that Company or its sublicensee pays to third parties or Stanford provided that the third party or Stanford patent rights or other technologies for which Company or its sublicensee pays earned royalties are necessary for the manufacture, use or sale of the applicable Licensed Product and the earned royalty rate Company pays them is commercially reasonable for the type of patent rights or other technology. In no event shall the earned royalty payable to Stanford for Net Sales be lower than [***]. Beginning with the first offset, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent will certify annually any offset, including the names of the third party licensors, the third party patent, and the amount of royalties paid to such third parties. Such information shall be the confidential information of Company and subject to the obligations set forth in Section 19.1.

 

  (C)

In the event that a Licensed Product is sold in combination with any other product(s) or component(s), the Net Sales with respect to the Licensed Product of the combination shall be calculated by multiplying the net selling price of the combination product by the fraction A over A + B in which “A” is the gross selling price of the Licensed Product portion of the combination when sold separately during the applicable calendar quarter, and “B” is the gross selling price of the other product(s) or component(s) of the combination product when sold separately. In the event that separate sales of the Licensed Product and/or of the other product(s) or component(s) were not made during the applicable calendar quarter, then the Net Sales on the combination product shall be mutually agreed upon by Stanford and Company in good faith based upon relative importance.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  (D)

No more than one royalty payment under this Agreement shall be due to Stanford with respect to a sale of a particular Licensed Product. Multiple royalties shall not be payable because any Licensed Product, or its manufacture, sale or use, is covered by more than one claim within the Licensed Patents. No royalty shall be payable hereunder with respect to sales, transfers or other dispositions among Company, its Affiliates and sublicensees for resale but the subsequent resale of such Licensed Product shall be included within the computation of Net Sales. No royalty shall be payable hereunder with respect to sales of Licensed Products for use for activities related to research and development of Licensed Product on behalf of Company, its Affiliates or its or their sublicensees, as samples or in clinical trials as long as all such Licensed Products are provided at cost.

 

7.11

Earned Royalty if Company Challenges the Patent. Notwithstanding the above, should Company or an Affiliate initiate an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent, Company will pay royalties to Stanford at the rate of [***] of the Net Sales (for clarity, subject to clauses (B) through (D) of Section 7.10) of all Licensed Products sold by Company and Affiliates during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by Company is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, Company will pay royalties at the rate of [***] of the Net Sales (for clarity, subject to clauses (B) through (D) of Section 7.10) of all Licensed Products sold by Company from and after such determination. For purposes of clarity, in the event that Company files a counterclaim asserting invalidity of one or more Licensed Patents in response to an actual patent infringement suit by Stanford with respect to Licensed Patents, Company shall not be deemed to have initiated an action to invalidate a Licensed Patent and this Section 7.11 shall not apply with respect to such action.

 

7.12

Creditable Payments. The license maintenance fee for a year may be offset against earned royalty payments due on Net Sales occurring in that year.

For example:

 

  (A)

if Company pays Stanford a $10 maintenance payment for year Y, and according to Section 7.10 $15 in earned royalties are due Stanford for Net Sales in year Y, Company will only need to pay Stanford an additional $5 for that year’s earned royalties.

 

  (B)

if Company pays Stanford a $10 maintenance payment for year Y, and according to Section 7.10 $3 in earned royalties are due Stanford for Net Sales in year Y, Company will not need to pay Stanford any earned royalty payment for that year. Company will not be able to offset the remaining $7 against a future year’s earned royalties.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



7.13

Obligation to Pay Royalties. During the Term of this Agreement, Company shall be obligated to pay royalties hereunder with respect to a Licensed Product for so long as Company or its sublicensees or Affiliates, by their activities with respect to such Licensed Product, would, but for the license granted herein, infringe a Valid Claim covering said activity. Nonetheless, if certain Licensed Products are made, used, imported, or offered for sale before the date this Agreement terminates, and those Licensed Products are sold after the termination date, Company will pay Stanford an earned royalty for its exercise of rights based on the Net Sales of those Licensed Products.

 

7.14

No Escrow. Company shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

 

7.15

Currency. Company will calculate the royalty on sales in currencies other than U.S. Dollars using the appropriate foreign exchange rate for the currency quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the close of business on the last banking day of each calendar quarter. Company will make royalty payments to Stanford in U.S. Dollars.

 

7.16

Non-U.S. Taxes. Company will pay all non-U.S. taxes related to royalty payments. These payments are not deductible from any payments due to Stanford.

 

7.17

Interest. Any undisputed payments not made when due will bear interest at the lower of (a) the Prime Rate published in the Wall Street Journal plus 200 basis points or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

8.

ROYALTY REPORTS, PAYMENTS, AND ACCOUNTING

 

8.1

Quarterly Earned Royalty Payment and Report. Beginning with the first sale of a Licensed Product by Company, Affiliate or a sublicensee, Company will submit to Stanford a written report (even if there are no sales) and an earned royalty payment within 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter. This report will be in the form of Appendix C and will state the number, description, and aggregate Net Sales of Licensed Product during the completed calendar quarter. The report will include an overview of the process and documents relied upon to permit Stanford to understand how the earned royalties are calculated. With each report Company will include any earned royalty payment due Stanford for the completed calendar quarter (as calculated under Section 7.10).

 

8.2

No Refund. In the event that a validity or non-infringement challenge of a Licensed Patent brought by Company is successful, Company will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the period challenge.

 

8.3

Termination Report. Company will pay to Stanford all applicable royalties and submit to Stanford a written report within 90 days after this Agreement terminates. Company will continue to submit earned royalty payments and reports to Stanford after this Agreement terminates until all Licensed Products made or imported under this Agreement have been sold.


8.4

Accounting. Company and its Affiliates will maintain, and Company shall require its sublicensees to maintain, records showing manufacture, importation, sale, and use of a Licensed Product for 4 years [***]. Records will include general-ledger records showing cash receipts and expenses, and records that include: production records, customers, invoices, serial numbers, and related information in sufficient detail to enable Stanford to determine the royalties payable under this Agreement.

 

8.5

Audit by Stanford. Upon reasonably advance notice, Company will allow Stanford or its designee once per calendar year to examine during normal business hours Company’s records maintained in accordance with Section 8.4 solely to verify payments made by Company, including payments made by Company under this Agreement based on sale of Licensed Product by its sublicensees and Affiliates, under this Agreement. Any such auditor shall enter into a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement with Company restricting auditor’s use or disclosure of any information disclosed to or obtained by such auditor to be solely as necessary to verify payments made by Company, including payments made by Company under this Agreement based on sale of Licensed Product by its sublicensees, and Affiliates, and report the underpayment, if any, of such payments along with any supporting facts to Stanford.

 

8.6

Paying for Audit. Stanford will pay for any audit done under Section 8.5. But if the audit reveals an underreporting of earned royalties due Stanford of 5% or more for the period being audited, Company will pay the out-of-pocket audit costs reasonably incurred by Stanford.

 

8.7

Self-audit. Company will conduct an independent audit of sales and royalties at least every 2 years if annual sales of Licensed Product are over [***]. The audit will address, at a minimum, the amount of gross sales by or on behalf of Company, its sublicensees or Affiliates during the audit period, the amount of funds owed to Stanford under this Agreement, and whether the amount owed has been paid to Stanford and is reflected in the records of Company. Company will submit the auditor’s report promptly to Stanford upon completion. Company will pay for the entire cost of the audit.

 

8.8

All reports and other information provided to Stanford under this Article 8 shall be deemed the confidential information of Company and subject to the obligations set forth in Section 19.1.

 

9.

EXCLUSIONS AND NEGATION OF WARRANTIES

 

9.1

Negation of Warranties. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, Stanford makes no representations and extends no warranties of any kind, either express or implied. Among other things, Stanford disclaims any express or implied warranty:

 

  (A)

of merchantability, of fitness for a particular purpose;

 

  (B)

of non-infringement; or

 

  (C)

arising out of any course of dealing.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



9.2

No Representation of Licensed Patent. Company also acknowledges that Stanford does not represent or warrant:

 

  (A)

the validity or scope of any Licensed Patent; or

 

  (B)

that the exploitation of Licensed Patents will be successful.

 

10.

INDEMNITY

 

10.1

Indemnification.

 

  (A)

Subject to Section 10.1(C), Company will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend all Stanford Indemnitees against any claim of any kind brought by a third party to the extent arising out of or related to the exercise of any rights granted Company under this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by Company, in each case other than to the extent resulting from any Stanford Indemnitee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of agreement.

 

  (B)

Subject to Section 10.1(D), HHMI Indemnitees will be indemnified, defended by counsel acceptable to HHMI, and held harmless by Company from and against any liability, cost, expense, damage, deficiency, loss, or obligation, of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of defense) based upon, arising out of, or otherwise relating to any third - party claim (collectively, “Claims”), based upon, arising out of, or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any Sublicense, including without limitation any cause of action relating to product liability. The previous sentence will not apply to the extent that the relevant Claim is determined with finality by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an HHMI Indemnitee. Notwithstanding Section 10.2 or any other provision of this Agreement, Company’s obligation to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the HHMI Indemnitees will not be subject to any limitation or exclusion of liability or damages or otherwise limited in any way.

 

  (C)

Stanford Indemnitee’s right to be eligible to be indemnified, held harmless and defended in accordance with this Section 10.1, is subject to:

 

  (1)

Company receiving prompt notice of any such claim,

 

  (2)

Each Stanford Indemnitee not entering into any settlement for any claim unless Company consents in writing to such settlement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and

 

  (3)

Company having the first right to defend any such claim and, if Company elects to exercise such first right, the exclusive right to control the defense thereof and that if Company settles any such claim, that the settlement does not adversely impact Stanford.


  (D)

HHMI Indemnitees shall provide Company with prompt notice of any claim for which indemnification may be sought pursuant to this Agreement. In the case of any HHMI Indemnitee, notice shall be given reasonably promptly following actual receipt of written notice thereof by an officer or attorney of HHMI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the delay or failure of any HHMI Indemnitee to give reasonably prompt notice to Company of any such claim shall not affect the rights of such HHMI Indemnitee unless, and then only to the extent that, such delay or failure is prejudicial to or otherwise adversely affects Company. Company shall defend, by counsel acceptable to HHMI, any Claim against an HHMI Indemnitee. Company agrees not to settle any Claim against an HHMI Indemnitee without HHMI’s written consent, where (a) such settlement would include any admission of liability on the part of any HHMI Indemnitee, (b) such settlement would impose any restriction on any HHMI Indemnitee’s conduct of any of its activities, or (c) such settlement would not include an unconditional release of all HHMI Indemnitees from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of the settled Claim.

 

10.2

No Indirect Liability. Neither party shall be liable for any special, consequential, lost profit, expectation, punitive or other indirect damages in connection with any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, whether grounded in tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract, or otherwise arising out of or in connection with solely this Agreement under and theory of liability, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any right of action for infringement, contributory infringement or inducement of infringement Stanford may have under any applicable law. Stanford shall not have any responsibilities or liabilities whatsoever with respect to Licensed Product(s), except as provided elsewhere in the Agreement.

 

10.3

Workers’ Compensation. Company will comply with all statutory workers’ compensation and employers’ liability requirements for activities performed under this Agreement.

 

10.4

Insurance. Prior to the first use of Licensed Products with human samples where the results of such use is communicated to such human or such human’s health care provider for purposes of providing health care, Company will maintain general liability insurance with a minimum limit liability limit of [***] and thereafter during the term of this Agreement, Company will maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, including Product Liability Insurance, with a minimum limits of liability of [***], with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier to cover the activities of Company and its sublicensees. The insurance will include all Stanford Indemnitees and HHMI Indemnitees as additional insureds. Insurance must cover claims incurred, discovered, manifested, or made during or after the expiration of this Agreement and must be placed with carriers with ratings of at least A- as rated by A.M. Best. Within 15 days after Stanford’s request and after the first use of Licensed Products with human samples as described above, Company will furnish a Certificate of Insurance evidencing primary coverage and additional insured requirements. Company will provide to Stanford 30 days prior written notice of cancellation or material change to this insurance coverage. Company will advise Stanford in writing that it maintains excess liability coverage (following form) over primary insurance for at least the minimum limits set forth above. All insurance of Company will be primary coverage; insurance of Stanford Indemnitees and HHMI Indemnitees will be excess and noncontributory.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



11.

EXPORT

Company and its Affiliates and sublicensees shall comply with all United States laws and regulations controlling the export of licensed commodities and technical data. (For the purpose of this paragraph, “licensed commodities” means any article, material or supply but does not include information; and “technical data” means tangible or intangible technical information that is subject to U.S. export regulations, including blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions.) These laws and regulations may include, but are not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR 730-774), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 CFR 120-130) and the various economic sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (31 CFR 500-600).

Among other things, these laws and regulations prohibit or require a license for the export or retransfer of certain commodities and technical data to specified countries, entities and persons. Company hereby gives written assurance that it will comply with, and will cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to comply with all United States export control laws and regulations, that it bears sole responsibility for any violation of such laws and regulations by itself or its Affiliates or sublicensees, and that it will indemnify, defend and hold Stanford and HHMI harmless for the consequences of any such violation.

 

12.

MARKING

Before any Licensed Patent issues, Company will mark Licensed Product with the words “Patent Pending” as required by applicable laws. Otherwise, Company will mark Licensed Product with the number of any applicable issued and unexpired Licensed Patent as required by applicable laws.

 

13.

STANFORD NAMES AND MARKS

Company will not use (i) Stanford’s or HHMI’s name or other trademarks, (ii) the name or trademarks of any organization related to Stanford or HHMI, or (iii) the name of any Stanford or HHMI faculty member, employee, student or volunteer without the prior written consent of the party (Stanford or HHMI, as the case may be) whose name or trademark is being used. Permission may be withheld at Stanford’s or HHMI’s sole discretion. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, use in press releases, advertising, marketing materials, other promotional materials, presentations, case studies, reports, websites, application or software interfaces, and other electronic media. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company may use Stanford’s and/or HHMI’s name to report factual events or occurrences to the extent required by applicable law (including securities regulations and rules of any stock exchange or listing entity) or to accurately report to potential or actual investors or collaborators that Company has entered into this Agreement and the terms hereof, provided that any reference to the name of HHMI or any HHMI faculty member, employee, student or volunteer in press releases or similar materials intended for public release is approved in advance by HHMI.


Stanford will not use in any promotional materials disseminated to the public Company’s name or other trademarks, (ii) the name or trademarks of any organization related to Company, or (iii) the name of any Company employee, advisor or volunteer without the prior written consent of Company. Permission may be withheld at Company’s sole discretion. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, use in press releases, advertising, marketing materials, other promotional materials, presentations, case studies, reports, websites, application or software interfaces, and other electronic media.

 

14.

PROSECUTION AND PROTECTION OF PATENTS

 

14.1

Patent Prosecution.

 

  (A)

Following the Effective Date, Stanford will be responsible for Patent Matters using patent counsel reasonably acceptable to Company. Stanford will (i) keep Company reasonably informed as the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Licensed Patents, including by notifying Company before taking any substantive actions in filing any application or prosecuting the claims of Licensed Patents and furnishing to Company copies of substantive documents and communications relevant to such filing, prosecution and maintenance and (ii) allow Company a reasonable opportunity to comment on patent strategy and substantive documents filed with any patent office with respect to the Licensed Patents and incorporate Company’s reasonable comments and suggestions with respect thereto. In the event Stanford elects to abandon any patent or application within the Licensed Patents, it shall notify Company at least 60 days in advance of the next applicable deadline with the applicable patent office, in which case Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to control the prosecution and maintenance of such patents and applications (including any patent issuing therefrom), at Company’s expense.

 

  (B)

Company may elect at any time to not bear the costs to file, prosecute or maintain particular patents or patent applications within the Licensed Patents in one or more jurisdictions, in which case Stanford may file, prosecute and maintain such patent or patent applications at its own cost and expense in such jurisdictions (and, for clarity, Company’s obligation to reimburse Stanford for such costs and expenses described in Section 14.2(B) shall not apply to such costs and expenses) and any claims within such patents or patent applications (or patents issuing therefrom) shall be excluded from Licensed Patents in such jurisdictions and shall cease to be Valid Claims in such jurisdictions.

 

14.2

Patent Costs.

 

  (A)

Prior to December 31, 2015 Company will reimburse Stanford [***] to offset Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, including any interference or reexamination matters, incurred by Stanford before the Effective Date; and

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



  (B)

Within 30 days after receiving an itemized detailed statement from Stanford, Company will reimburse Stanford any un-reimbursed ongoing Licensed Patents patent expenses reasonably incurred by Stanford after February 1, 2015; provided that if Stanford has granted or grants a license under the Licensed Patent in a different field of use to a third party, and the other licensee(s) pay to Stanford a share of Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, then Company’s share of patenting expenses will be pro-rated accordingly.

 

  [***]

 

14.3

Infringement Procedure. Each party will promptly notify the other party if it believes a third party infringes a Licensed Patent or if a third party files a declaratory judgment action with respect to any Licensed Patent. During the term of this Agreement and if Company or any of its Affiliates, sublicensees or partners, or its or their contractors is researching, developing, conducting regulatory activities (including seeking regulatory clearance or approval for) or commercializing any Licensed Product, Company shall have the right to institute a suit against this third party as provided in sections 14.4-14.9

 

14.4

Company Suit. Company has the first right (but not the obligation), at its expense, to initiate and control an enforcement action involving any patent within the Licensed Patents against an infringer infringing the Licensed Patents within the Licensed Field of Use and/or control the defense of any declaratory judgment or other adverse proceeding brought by a third party related to the Licensed Patents. Stanford may be named as a party in a suit initiated by Company (other than in accordance with Section 14.5) only if:

 

  (A)

Company’s and Stanford’s respective counsel recommend that such action is necessary in their reasonable opinion to achieve standing or a court has required or will require such joinder to pursue the action;

 

  (B)

Stanford is not the first named party in the action; and

 

  (C)

The pleadings and any public statements about the action state that Company is pursuing the action and that Company has the right to join Stanford as a party.

Stanford shall have the right to enforce, or authorize the enforcement by a third party licensee of, the Licensed Patents against infringement solely outside the Licensed Field of Use provided that Company is consulted at least 60 days prior to initiation of any such action to enforce and Stanford will not initiate such action (or authorize a third party licensee to do so) if Company shows prior to the initiation of such action that such action to enforce would reasonably cause an adverse effect in the Licensed Field of Use beyond the general risks of invalidating such Licensed Patent that are inherent in actions to enforce a patent.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



14.5

Stanford Suit. In the event Company does not initiate an enforcement action against an infringer infringing the Licensed Patents within the Licensed Field of Use within 180 days after a request by Stanford to do so or Company does not elect to control a declaratory judgment action within 90 days of receiving notice that such action has been filed, Stanford may institute suit against such infringer, and may name Company as a party for standing purposes if Company’s and Stanford’s respective counsel recommend that such action is necessary in their reasonable opinion to achieve standing or a court has required or will require such joinder to pursue the action, or control such declaratory judgment action at its own expense. If Stanford decides to institute suit, it will notify Company in writing. If Company does not notify Stanford in writing that it desires to jointly prosecute the suit within 15 days after the date of the notice Stanford will bear the entire cost of the litigation and share any recovery or settlement as described in Section 14.7.

 

14.6

Joint Suit. If Stanford and Company so agree, they may institute suit or defend the declaratory judgment action jointly. If so, they will:

 

  (A)

prosecute the suit in both their names;

 

  (B)

bear the out-of-pocket costs equally;

 

  (C)

share any recovery or settlement at described in Section 14.7; and

 

  (D)

agree how they will exercise control over the action.

 

14.7

Recovery.

 

  (A)

If Company sues under Section 14.4, then any recovery in excess of litigation costs and fees will be shared with Stanford as follows:

 

  (1)

any payment for past or future sales will be deemed Net Sales, and Company will pay Stanford royalties at the rates specified in Section 7.10; and

 

  (2)

Company and Stanford will negotiate in good faith appropriate compensation to Stanford for any non-cash settlement or non-cash cross-license.

 

  (B)

If the parties jointly initiate and control the enforcement or declaratory action, any recovery in excess of litigation costs and fees will be share as follows: Company shall receive 50% and Stanford shall receive 50%.

 

  (C)

If Stanford alone initiates and controls the enforcement or declaratory judgment action, any recovery in excess of litigation costs and fees will be share as follows: Company shall receive 0% and Stanford shall receive 100%.

 

14.8

Abandonment of Suit. If either Stanford or Company commences a suit and thereafter elects to abandon the suit, it will give timely notice to the other party. The other party may continue prosecution of the suit at its own expense, in which event Stanford and Company agree on the sharing of expenses and any recovery in the suit in excess of litigation costs.


14.9

Cooperation. The non-controlling party shall, at the reasonable request and expense of the party controlling any enforcement or declaratory action under this Article 14, fully cooperate with the such controlling party, including making available relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like. The party controlling the enforcement or declaratory action shall keep the non-controlling party reasonably informed of the progress of such action, and the non-controlling party shall have the right to participate in such enforcement or declaratory action with counsel of its own choice at its own expense.

 

15.

TERMINATION

 

15.1

Term. Unless otherwise terminated hereunder, this Agreement shall be effective from the Effective Date and will continue in full force and effect, on a country-by-country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis, until the expiration, lapse, revocation or invalidation of the last-to-expire Valid Claim within the Licensed Patents.

 

15.2

Termination by Company. Company may terminate this Agreement in its entirety by giving Stanford written notice at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of termination selected by Company.

 

15.3

Termination by Stanford.

 

  (A)

Stanford may also terminate this Agreement if Company:

 

  (1)

is in material default in the payment of amounts due hereunder or the provision of any report;

 

  (2)

is not using commercially reasonable efforts, itself or through its Affiliates, sublicensees and/or partners and contractors, in developing and commercializing Licensed Product;

 

  (3)

misses a milestone described in Appendix B, subject to Company’s rights to extend such milestones pursuant to Section 6.1;

 

  (4)

is in material breach of any material provision; or

 

  (5)

provides any materially false report.

 

  (B)

Termination under this Section 15.3 will take effect 30 days after written notice by Stanford specifying the nature of the default or breach unless Company remedies such default or breach in that 30-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Company disputes in good faith any alleged default or breach within such 30-day period, Stanford shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement unless and until it is finally determined pursuant to Article 17 that such default or breach occurred, and Company fails to cure such default or breach within 30 days after such determination.


15.4

Surviving Provisions. Surviving any termination or expiration are:

 

  (A)

Company and its Affiliates’ right to sell Licensed Products that are made, imported, or offered for sale before the date this Agreement terminates, provided that Company shall pay earned royalties on Net Sales of such Licensed Products as provided in Section 8.3.

 

  (B)

Company’s obligation to pay royalties accrued or accruable;

 

  (C)

any claim of Company or Stanford, accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party;

 

  (D)

the provisions of Sections and Articles 8.3, 8.4, 9, 10, 14.2(A), 15.4, 17, 19 and 20 and any other provision that by its nature is intended to survive; and

 

  (E)

any sublicense granted hereunder, providing that the sublicensee will take on all obligations to Stanford of this Agreement required to be transferred as set out in paragraph 4.3(E). At the request of such a sublicensee, Stanford and such sublicensee shall enter into an agreement acknowledging and setting forth in detail the obligations to Stanford such sublicensee assumes as set out in paragraph 4.3(E) and granting to such sublicensee a direct license under the Licensed Patents equal in scope as that granted by Company to the sublicensee (it being understood that the obligations of Stanford to sublicensee shall not exceed the obligations of Stanford to Company under this Agreement).

 

16.

ASSIGNMENT

 

16.1

Permitted Assignment by Company. Subject to Section 16.3, Company may assign this Agreement to (i) a non-Affiliate third party as part of a Sale or Change of Control, regardless of whether such a Sale or Change of Control occurs through an asset sale, stock sale, merger or other combination, or any other transfer of: (A) Company’s entire business; or (B) that part of Company’s business that exercises all or substantially all of the rights granted under this Agreement or (ii) an Affiliate.

 

16.2

Any Other Assignment by Company. Any other attempt to assign this Agreement by Company without the prior written consent of Stanford is null and void.

 

16.3

Conditions of Assignment. Any assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall not be deemed approved until the following conditions have been met:

 

  (A)

Company must provide Stanford notice of the assignment, including the new assignee’s contact information; and

 

  (B)

the new assignee must agree in writing to Stanford to be bound by this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

Stanford must have received a [***] assignment fee regardless of whether the assignment is to an Affiliate or a non-Affiliate third party; provided such assignment fee is not payable for assignment to an Affiliate of Company when not in connection with a Sale or Change of Control; provided further that only one such assignment fee would be due in connection with a Sale or Change of Control that consists of a series of transactions that may include multiple assignments of this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



For purposes of this Section 16.3, “Sale or Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any consolidation or merger of Company with or into any third party, or any other corporate reorganization involving a third party, in which those persons or entities that are 100% stockholders of Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization own less than fifty percent (50%) of the surviving entity’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (b) a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting securities of Company (whether in a single transaction or senes of related transactions) where, immediately after giving effect to such change, the legal or beneficial owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of Company are third parties that are not an Affiliate of Company; or (c) the sale or other disposition for value of all or substantially all of Company assets in one or a series of related transactions to a third party that is not an Affiliate of Company; however in no event shall the sale of equity or other securities for the primary purpose of financing the Company be a Sale or Change of Control for purposes of this Section 16.3.

 

16.4

After the Assignment. Upon a permitted assignment of this Agreement pursuant to Article 16, Company will be released of liability under this Agreement and the term “Company” in this Agreement will mean the assignee.

 

16.5

Bankruptcy. In the event of a bankruptcy, assignment is permitted only to a party that can provide adequate assurance of future performance, including use of commercially reasonable efforts in development and sales of Licensed Product.

 

17.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

17.1

Dispute Resolution by Arbitration. Any dispute between the parties regarding any payments made or due under this Agreement, excluding any dispute relating to patent validity or enforcement, will be settled by arbitration in accordance with the JAMS Arbitration Rules and Procedures (“JAMS Rules”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no dispute affecting the rights or property of HHMI shall be subject to the arbitration provisions set forth in this Article 17.

 

17.2

Request for Arbitration. Either party may request such arbitration. Stanford and Company will mutually agree in writing on a third party arbitrator within 30 days of the arbitration request, provided that if the parties are unable to agree on a third party arbitrator within such 30 days period the arbitrator shall be selected according to the JAMS Rules. The arbitrator’s decision will be final and nonappealable and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.


17.3

Discovery. The parties will be entitled to discovery as if the arbitration were a civil suit in the California Superior Court. The arbitrator may limit the scope, time, and issues involved in discovery in accordance with the JAMS Rules.

 

17.4

Place of Arbitration. The arbitration will be held in Stanford, California unless the parties mutually agree in writing to another place.

 

17.5

Patent Validity. Any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Santa Clara County, California, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum.

 

17.6

Other Disputes. Other than patent or other disputes covered under Section 17.1, all other disputes that are unresolvable by senior management of the parties will be addressed by mediation provided that such mediation is finalized within 90 days of the written request for mediation by the party desiring mediation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no dispute affecting the rights or property of HHMI shall be subject to the mediation provisions set forth in this Article 17.

 

18.

NOTICES

 

18.1

Legal Action. Company will provide written notice to Stanford at least three months prior to bringing an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent or a declaration of non-infringement. Company will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes invalidates any claim of the Licensed Patent.

 

18.2

All Notices. All notices under this Agreement are deemed fully given when written, addressed, and sent as follows:

All notices to Company are mailed or emailed to:

Lineage Biosciences, Inc.

3183 Porter Drive

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Bruce Hironaka

With copy to (which shall not serve as notice):

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304-1050

Attention: Kenneth A. Clark


All general notices to Stanford are e-mailed or mailed to:

Office of Technology Licensing

3000 El Camino Real

Building 5, Suite 300

Palo Alto, CA 94306-1106

All payments to Stanford are mailed to:

Stanford University

Office of Technology Licensing

Department #44439

P.O. Box 44000

San Francisco, CA 94144-4439

All progress reports to Stanford are e-mailed or mailed to:

Office of Technology Licensing

3000 El Camino Real

Building 5, Suite 300

Palo Alto, CA 94306

Either party may change its address with written notice to the other party.

 

19.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

19.1

Stanford shall maintain the terms of this Agreement and reports and other information made available by Company to Stanford pursuant to Sections 4.5, 6.2, 7.10, 8.1, 8.3, 8.5 and 8.7 of this Agreement in confidence and not disclose such information or reports to any third party, except as required by law. Stanford’s obligation of confidentiality with respect to Company’s confidential information hereunder shall be fulfilled by using at least the same degree of care as Stanford uses to protect its own confidential information. For clarity, Stanford may disclose the terms of this Agreement to employees of Stanford as necessary to exercise its rights under this Agreement, including to inventors of the Invention to permit such inventors to verify amounts due to them from Stanford.

 

20.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

20.1

Waiver. No term of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance.

 

20.2

Choice of Law. This Agreement and any dispute arising under it is governed by the laws of the State of California, United States of America, applicable to agreements negotiated, executed, and performed within California.

 

20.3

Entire Agreement. The parties have read this Agreement and agree to be bound by its terms, and further agree that it constitutes the complete and entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all previous communications, oral or written, and all other communications between them relating to the license and to the subject hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by writing executed by authorized representatives of both parties. No representations or statements of any kind made by either party, which are not expressly stated herein, will be binding on such party.


20.4

Exclusive Forum. Without limiting Article 17, the state and federal courts having jurisdiction over Stanford, California, United States of America, provide the exclusive forum for any court action between the parties relating to this Agreement. Company submits to the jurisdiction of such courts, and waives any claim that such a court lacks jurisdiction over Company or constitutes an inconvenient or improper forum.

 

20.5

Headings. No headings in this Agreement affect its interpretation.

 

20.6

Electronic Copy. The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

 

20.7

Third Party Beneficiary. HHMI is not a party to this Agreement and has no liability to any licensee, sublicensee, or user of anything covered by this Agreement, but HHMI is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and certain of its provisions are for the benefit of HHMI and are enforceable by HHMI in its own name.

 

20.8

Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision. The parties shall in good faith negotiate a valid substitute clause for any provision declared to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, which clause shall, in its economic effect, be sufficiently similar to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision that it can reasonably be determined that the parties would have entered into this Agreement with such clause.

The parties execute this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY
Signature:   /s/ Katharine Ku
Name:  

Katharine Ku

Title:  

Executive Director, Technology Licensing

Date:  

February 11, 2015

LINEAGE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Signature:   /s/ Bruce Hironaka
Name:  

Bruce Hironaka

Title:  

President & CEO

Date:  

February 11, 2015


Appendix A - Licensed Patents

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Appendix B - Milestones

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Appendix C - Sample Reporting Form

[***]

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


Appendix D - Equity Purchase Rights

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Appendix E - Letter of Intent

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Appendix F - Arthritis Foundation Institutional Agreement Form

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Appendix G - Arthritis Foundation Confirmation Email

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



Appendix H

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


Exhibit 10.5

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 

   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

AMENDMENT No 1

TO THE

LICENSE AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE THE 11TH DAY OF FEBRUARY 2015

BETWEEN

STANFORD UNIVERSITY

AND

LINEAGE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Effective the 22 day of March 2017, THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (“Stanford”), an institution of higher education having powers under the laws of the State of California, and LINEAGE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (“Lineage”), a corporation having a principal place of business at 3183 Porter Drive, Palo Alto CA 94304, agree as follows:

 

1.

BACKGROUND

Stanford and Lineage are parties to a License Agreement effective the 11th day of February 2015 (“Original Agreement”) covering an invention entitled “Measurement and Comparison of Immune Diversity by High-throughput Sequencing” disclosed in Stanford Docket S10-112 from the laboratories of Professors Daniel Fisher and Stephen Quake.

Lineage is being acquired by AbCellera Biologics Inc. (“AbCellera”). Stanford and Lineage wish to amend the Original Agreement to align more closely with AbCellera’s planned use and development of the technology in order to facilitate the change of control.

 

2.

AMENDMENT

 

2.1

Paragraph 2.7 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

    

‘“Licensed Product” means a service, product or part of a product in the Licensed Field of Use the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent this license, infringes, induces infringement, or contributes to infringement of a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent. For clarity, adaptive immune molecules that are discovered using the Licensed Patents will not be considered Licensed Products.’

 

2.2

Paragraph 2.12 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

    

‘“Stanford Indemnitees” means Stanford, Stanford Health Care, Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital at Stanford and their respective trustees, officers, employees, students, agents, faculty, representatives, and volunteers.’


   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

2.3

Paragraph 2.15 is hereby added to the Original Agreement:

 

    

‘”Transaction Date” shall mean the earliest of the date (i) the Company grants a Sublicense, (ii) the Company sells all or substantially all of the assets of Company related to the Licensed Patents to a third party that is not an Affiliate of Company, (iii) of a Sale or Change of Control (as defined in Section 16.3 of the Agreement), or (iv) February 28, 2017.’

 

2.4

Paragraphs 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, and 7.7 of Original Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety.

 

2.5

Paragraph 7.8 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

    

License Maintenance Fee. Starting on the 1st anniversary of the Transaction Date and each year thereafter until the expiration of the last Valid Claim in the Licensed Patents, Company will pay Stanford an annual license maintenance fee of [***].

 

    

Yearly maintenance payments are nonrefundable, but they are creditable each year as described in Section 7.12.’

 

2.6

Paragraph 7.9 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

    

Milestone Payments. Company will pay Stanford the following milestone payments:

 

[***]

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and acknowledged that each of the milestone payments set forth in this Section 7.9 shall be payable once and only once and the total amount payable to Stanford under this Section 7.9 shall in no event exceed $140,000.

[***]

 

2.7

Paragraph 7.10 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following as 7.10A:

 

    

Earned Royalty for Non-Research Tools. Company will pay Stanford earned royalties on Net Sales for Licensed Products in any field of use outside of the Research Tool Field as follows:

 

  (A)

Company will pay Stanford a [***] royalty on Net Sales of each Licensed Product sold by Company or its sublicensees or Affiliates.

 

  (B)

Earned royalties paid to third parties or Stanford (for clarity, excluding royalties paid under this Agreement) by Company or its sublicensee or Affiliates will offset Stanford earned royalties due under this Agreement at a rate [***] for each [***] that Company or its sublicensee pays to third parties or Stanford provided that the third party or Stanford patent rights or other technologies for which Company or its sublicensee pays earned royalties are necessary for the manufacture, use or sale of the applicable Licensed Product and the earned royalty rate Company pays them is commercially reasonable for the type of patent rights or other technology. In no event shall the earned royalty payable to Stanford for Net Sales be lower than [***]. Beginning with the first offset, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent will certify annually any offset, including the names of the third party licensors, the third party patent, and the amount of royalties paid to such third parties. Such information shall be the confidential information of Company and subject to the obligations set forth in Section 19.1.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

 

Page 2 of 7

 


   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

  (C)

In the event that a Licensed Product is sold in combination with any other product(s) or component(s), the Net Sales with respect to the Licensed Product of the combination shall be calculated by multiplying the net selling price of the combination product by the fraction A over A + B in which “A” is the gross selling price of the Licensed Product portion of the combination when sold separately during the applicable calendar quarter, and “B” is the gross selling price of the other product(s) or component(s) of the combination product when sold separately. In the event that separate sales of the Licensed Product and/or of the other product(s) or component(s) were not made during the applicable calendar quarter, then the Net Sales on the combination product shall be mutually agreed upon by Stanford and Company in good faith based upon relative importance.

 

  (D)

No more than one royalty payment under this Agreement shall be due to Stanford with respect to a sale of a particular Licensed Product. Multiple royalties shall not be payable because any Licensed Product, or its manufacture, sale or use, is covered by more than one claim within the Licensed Patents. No royalty shall be payable hereunder with respect to sales, transfers or other dispositions among Company, its Affiliates and sublicensees for resale but the subsequent resale of such Licensed Product shall be included within the computation of Net Sales. No royalty shall be payable hereunder with respect to sales of Licensed Products for use for activities related to research and development of Licensed Product on behalf of Company, its Affiliates or its or their sublicensees, as samples or in clinical trials as long as all such Licensed Products are provided at cost.

 

2.8

Paragraph 7.10B of Original Agreement is hereby added:

 

    

Earned Royalty for Research Tools. For Licensed Product in the Research Tool Field Company will pay Stanford the lower of:

 

    

[***].’

 

2.9

Paragraph 8.1 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

    

Quarterly Earned Royalty Payment and Report. Beginning with the first sale of a Licensed Product by Company, Affiliate or a sublicensee, Company will submit to Stanford a written report (even if there are no sales) and an earned royalty payment within 60 days after the end of each calendar year. This report will be in the form of Appendix C and will state the number, description, and aggregate Net Sales of Licensed Product during the completed calendar year. The report will include an overview of the process and documents relied upon to permit Stanford to understand how the earned royalties are calculated. With each report Company will include any earned royalty payment due Stanford for the completed calendar year (as calculated under Section 7.10). After the first time that Licensed Product revenues in one calendar year exceed [***], reports and payments will be due within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter.’

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

 

Page 3 of 7

 


   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

2.10

Paragraph 14.5 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

2.11

Stanford Suit. In the event Company does not initiate an enforcement action against an infringer infringing the Licensed Patents within the Licensed Field of Use within 180 days after a request by Stanford to do so or Company does not elect to control a declaratory judgment action within 90 days of receiving notice that such action has been filed, Stanford may institute suit against such infringer, and may name Company as a party for standing purposes if Company’s and Stanford’s respective counsel recommend that such action is necessary in their reasonable opinion to achieve standing or a court has required or will require such joinder to pursue the action, or control such declaratory judgment action at its own expense, provided that Company is consulted at least 60 days prior to initiation of any such action to enforce and Stanford will not initiate such action if Company shows prior to the initiation of such action that such action to enforce would reasonably cause an adverse effect beyond the general risks of invalidating such Licensed Patent that are inherent in actions to enforce a patent. If Stanford decides to institute suit, it will notify Company in writing. If Company does not notify Stanford in writing that it desires to jointly prosecute the suit within 15 days after the date of the notice Stanford will bear the entire cost of the litigation and share any recovery or settlement as described in Section 14.7.’ Paragraph 16.3 of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

    

Conditions of Assignment. Any assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall not be deemed approved until the following conditions have been met:

 

  (A)

Company must provide Stanford notice of the assignment, including the new assignee’s contact information; and

 

  (B)

the new assignee must agree in writing to Stanford to be bound by this Agreement; and

 

  (C)

with the exception of the first assignment, Stanford must have received a [***] assignment fee regardless of whether the assignment is to an Affiliate or a non-Affiliate third party; provided such assignment fee is not payable for assignment to an Affiliate of Company when not in connection with a Sale or Change of Control; provided further that only one such assignment fee would be due in connection with a Sale or Change of Control that consists of a series of transactions that may include multiple assignments of this Agreement.

 

    

For purposes of this Section 16.3, “Sale or Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any consolidation or merger of Company with or into any third party, or any other corporate reorganization involving a third party, in which those persons or entities that are 100% stockholders of Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization own less than fifty percent (50%) of the surviving entity’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (b) a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting securities of Company (whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions) where, immediately after giving effect to such change, the legal or beneficial owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of Company are third parties that are not an Affiliate of Company; or (c) the sale or other disposition for value of all or substantially all of Company assets in one or a series of related transactions to a third party that is not an Affiliate of Company; however in no event shall the sale of equity or other securities for the primary purpose of financing the Company be a Sale or Change of Control for purposes of this Section 16.3.’

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

 

Page 4 of 7

 


   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

2.12

Appendix B of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Appendix B of this Amendment.

 

2.13

Appendix D of Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

3.

CONSIDERATION

In consideration for making the changes outlined in this Amendment, Lineage will make a one-time, noncreditable, nonrefundable payment to Stanford of [***] due upon signing the amendment.

 

4.

OTHER TERMS

 

4.1

All other terms of the Original Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

4.2

The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

 

Page 5 of 7

 


   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

The parties execute this Amendment No 1 by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY
Signature:   /s/ Katharine Ku
Name:  

Katharine Ku

Title:  

Executive Director, Technology Licensing

Date:  

Mar 20, 2017

LINEAGE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Carl Hansen

Name:  

Carl Hansen

Title:  

CEO

Date:  

March 24, 2017

 

 

Page 6 of 7

 


   CONFIDENTIAL   
S10-112 GSM, MW    AMENDMENT    3/9/2017

 

Appendix B - Diligence Milestones

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

 

Page 7 of 7

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

LICENSE AGREEMENT

Between: THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

and

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.

Table of Contents

 

Article

     Page  

1.0 DEFINITIONS

     2  

2.0 PROPERTY RIGHTS IN & TO THE TECHNOLOGY

     7  

3.0 GRANT OF LICENSE

     8  

4.0 SUBLICENSING

     9  

5.0 ROYALTIES

     11  

6.0 ANNUAL LICENSE FEE AND EQUITY

     12  

7.0 PATENTS

     13  

8.0 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANT

     14  

9.0 INDEMNITY & LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     16  

10.0 PUBLICATION & CONFIDENTIALITY

     16  

11.0 PRODUCTION & MARKETING

     17  

12.0 ACCOUNTING RECORDS & REPORTS

     18  

13.0 INSURANCE

     19  

14.0 ASSIGNMENT

     20  

15.0 GOVERNING LAW

     20  

16.0 NOTICES

     20  

17.0 TERM

     20  

18.0 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

     21  

19.0 MISCELLANEOUS COVENANTS OF LICENSEE

     22  

20.0 MANAGEMENT OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     23  

21.0 GENERAL

     23  

Schedules

“A” Description of “Technology”

“B” Payment Report

“C” UBC License Agreement Annual Report

“D” Address for Notices & Payment Instructions


LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN:

THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, a corporation continued under the University Act of British Columbia with offices at #103-6190 Agronomy Road, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6T 1Z3

(“UBC”)

AND:

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, with a registered office at P.O. Box 10424, Pacific Centre, 1300 - 777 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, BC, V7Y 1K2

(the “Licensee”)

WHEREAS:

A. UBC has been engaged in research during the course of which it has invented, developed and/or acquired certain technology, which research was undertaken by Dr. Carl Hansen of the UBC Department of Physics and Astronomy (the “Investigator”);

B. It is UBC’s objective to mobilize its technology for the public benefit, and in a manner consistent with its Global Access Principles, and status as a non-profit, tax exempt educational institution; and

C. The Licensee and UBC have agreed to enter into this license on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.0

DEFINITIONS

1.1 In this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Affiliated Company” or “Affiliated Companies” means two or more corporations if the relationship between them is one in which one of them is a subsidiary of the other, or both are subsidiaries of the same corporation, or 50% or more of the voting shares of each of them is owned or controlled by the same person, corporation or other legal entity;

 

  (b)

Agreement” means this license agreement;

 

  (c)

Annual License Fee” is defined in Article 6.1;

 

  (d)

Annual Report” means a report in the form referred to in Article 12;

 

  (e)

Antibody Field of Use” means Microfluidic devices, instrumentation, methods, and other items specifically for the combination of:

 

  (i)

the analysis of antibodies expressed by single cells for the purpose of identifying, screening, selecting or producing antibodies, followed by

 

  (ii)

the genetic analysis of single cells for the purpose of identifying, screening, selecting or producing antibodies;

 

2


  (f)

Cellular Components” means substances or products of cells such as proteins or antibodies that are discovered or generated using the Technology or Improvements;

 

  (g)

Confidential Information” means all information, regardless of its form:

 

  (i)

disclosed by UBC to the Licensee and designated by UBC as confidential, whether orally or in writing, including without limitation all information and documents related to the Technology or any Improvements (including all derived analyses and conclusions) and the terms and conditions of this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

disclosed by the Licensee to UBC and which is clearly identified in writing as “Confidential”,

except that “Confidential Information” does not include information:

 

  (iii)

possessed by the recipient (the “Recipient”) before receipt from the disclosing party (the “Discloser”), other than through prior disclosure by the Discloser, as evidenced by the Recipient’s business records;

 

  (iv)

published or available to the general public otherwise than through a breach of this Agreement;

 

  (v)

obtained by the Recipient from a third party with a valid right to disclose it, provided that the third party is not under a confidentiality obligation to the Discloser; or

 

  (vi)

independently developed by employees, agents or consultants of the Recipient who had no knowledge of or access to the Discloser’s information as evidenced by the Recipient’s business records;

 

  (h)

Cluster” means populations of 100 or fewer single cells;

 

  (i)

Core Patents” means collectively the rights in and to any and all inventions which are disclosed in the patent applications identified in Schedule “A”, including:

 

  (i)

counterparts, continuations, divisionals, continuing prosecution applications, and requests for continued examinations, extensions, term restorations, renewals, reissues, re-examinations, or substitutions thereof;

 

  (ii)

corresponding international patent applications;

 

  (iii)

corresponding foreign patent applications, including supplementary protection certificates and other administrative protections; and

 

  (iv)

international and foreign counterpart patents resulting therefrom,

all of which will be deemed added, from time to time, to Schedule “A”;

 

  (j)

“Core Technology” means the Core Patents and any directly related knowledge, know-how and/or technique or techniques developed before the Start Date by the Investigator while employed at UBC;

 

  (k)

[***];

 

  (l)

Digital PCR Field of Use” means use of the inventions disclosed and/or claimed in the Digital PCR Patents in the field of Microfluidics;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

3


  (m)

Digital PCR Improvements” means improvements, variations, updates, modifications, and enhancements relating to the Digital PCR Patents that are made and/or acquired by the Investigator while employed by UBC or UBC employed researchers working under the direction of the Investigator;

 

  (n)

Digital PCR Patents” means:

 

  (i)

international patent application number PCT/CA2008/001985 entitled “Microfluidic Device and Method of Using Same” and

 

  (ii)

any patents and patent applications filed to cover Digital PCR Improvements,

and, with respect to both (i) and (ii) above, all:

 

  (iii)

counterparts, continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, continuing prosecution applications, requests for continued examinations, extensions, term restorations, renewals, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions thereof;

 

  (iv)

corresponding international patent applications;

 

  (v)

corresponding foreign patent applications, including supplementary protection certificates and other administrative protections;

 

  (vi)

and international and foreign counterparts resulting therefrom;

 

  (o)

Effective Termination Date” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated under Article 18;

 

  (p)

Excluded Fields of Use” means individually and collectively the Single Cell Field of Use, Diagnostics Field of Use, Sample Preparation for Sequencing Field of Use, and Nanoparticle Field of Use;

 

  (q)

First Use of the Technology” means the earlier of either:

 

  (i)

the first use of the Technology or any Improvement, or

 

  (ii)

the first sale of a Product or provision of a Service,

in exchange for valuable consideration;

 

  (r)

FOU Patents” means collectively the rights in and to any and all inventions which are disclosed in the patent applications identified in Schedule “A-1”, including:

 

  (i)

counterparts, continuations, divisionals, continuing prosecution applications, and requests for continued examinations, extensions, term restorations, renewals, reissues, re-examinations, or substitutions thereof;

 

  (ii)

corresponding international patent applications;

 

  (iii)

corresponding foreign patent applications, including supplementary protection certificates and other administrative protections; and

 

4


  (iv)

international and foreign counterpart patents resulting therefrom, all of which will be deemed added, from time to time, to Schedule “A-1” for use in fields of use wholly outside the Excluded Fields of Use;

 

  (s)

FOU Technology” means the FOU Patents and any directly related knowledge, know-how and/or technique or techniques developed before the Start Date by the Investigator while employed at UBC;

 

  (t)

Improvements” means collectively the UBC Improvements, Licensee Improvements and Joint Improvements. For clarity, Improvements do not include Cellular Components;

 

  (u)

Initial License Fee” is defined in Article 3.6;

 

  (v)

Investigator” is defined in Recital “A”;

 

  (w)

Joint Improvements” means improvements, variations, updates, modifications and enhancements relating to the Technology made and/or acquired at any time after the Start Date:

 

  (i)

solely by the Investigator while employed at UBC and/or any UBC researchers working under the direction of the Investigator, and

 

  (ii)

the Licensee, which improvements, variations, updates, modifications or enhancements cannot be legally used or practiced without infringing the Patents. For greater clarity Joint Improvements will not include (and will specifically exclude) any Digital PCR Improvements;

 

  (x)

Licensee Improvements” means improvements, variations, updates, modifications and enhancements relating to the Technology made and/or acquired at any time after the Start Date by the Licensee, which improvements, variations, updates, modifications or enhancements cannot be legally used or practiced without infringing the Patents.; For greater clarity, improvements, variations, updates, modifications and enhancements relating to the Technology made and/or acquired at any time after the Start Date by either:

 

  (i)

the Investigator as an employee of, or consultant to, the Licensee while concurrently holding an academic position or position of employment at UBC; or

 

  (ii)

by any other researcher as an employee of, or consultant to, the Licensee while concurrently holding an academic position or position of employment at UBC;

will not be treated as Licensee Improvements and will instead be treated as, and included in, UBC improvements;

 

  (y)

Microfluidic(s)” means transporting fluids or gasses using chips or other substrates having at least one well, via, reservoir, reaction chamber, valve, or channel with a feature size of 500 microns or less, including associated instruments and devices to the extent used to perform such microfluidics;

 

  (z)

Nanoparticle” means an homogeneous particle comprising more than one component material (for instance nucleic acid, protein, lipid, etc.) and having a smallest dimension that is less than 250 nanometers;

 

  (aa)

[***];

 

  (bb)

Objectionable Material” is defined in Article 10.3;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

5


  (cc)

Patents” means collectively the Core Patents and the FOU Patents. For greater clarity the Patents will not include (and will specifically exclude) the Digital PCR Patents;

 

  (dd)

Payment Report” means a report in the form referred to in Article 12 setting out in detail how the amount of Revenue and Sublicensing Revenue was determined;

 

  (ee)

Product(s)” means any product, the manufacture, use, importation, sale or offer for sale of which in the absence of this Agreement would constitute an infringement of a Valid Claim of the Patents or any Valid Claim of a patent filed to cover or claim any Improvement(s);

 

  (ff)

Qualified Investment” means completion of an equity financing under which shares of the Licensee are acquired for net proceeds to the Licensee of not less [***];

 

  (gg)

Research Chair Agreement” means the chair agreement entered into between UBC and a 3rd party industry sponsor on January 25, 2011 which supports research and development activities of the Investigator and UBC employed researchers working under the direction of the Investigator;

 

  (hh)

Revenue” means and includes all revenues, development fees or commercialization fees, receipts, money, and the fair market value of any shares or other securities when such securities are liquid and transferable free of any mandatory hold period and all other consideration received and/or collected directly or indirectly by the Licensee, whether by way of cash, cash receipts, cheques, bank drafts, credit, money orders or other value, from the marketing and manufacturing, sale lease, use or distribution of the Technology and Improvements or any Products or Services in any or all parts of the world. Revenues will also include fees that are characterized as research or development fees but solely to the extent such fees are in excess of the direct reimbursement for the actual costs of research and development (including a reasonable allocation of overhead) incurred by the Licensee relating to the Technology and Improvements (which direct reimbursement may be in the form of payments in the form of reasonable and typical FTE rates), and that any amounts received by the Licensee as reimbursement for the actual costs of research and development shall not be included;

 

  (ii)

Royalty Due Dates” means the last day of March, June, September and December of each year during the Term;

 

  (jj)

[***];

 

  (kk)

Services” means any method or service that is performed, provided or sold by the Licensee for an unrelated third party which in the absence of this Agreement would infringe a Valid Claim of the Patents or any Valid Claim of a patent filed to cover or claim any Improvement(s), or which utilizes or incorporates a Product;

 

  (ll)

[***];

 

  (mm)

Start Date” means December 8th, 2013;

 

  (nn)

Sublicensing Revenue” means all revenues, receipts, monies, and the fair market value of any shares or other securities and all other consideration directly or indirectly collected or received whether by way of cash, credit or other value received by the Licensee under each agreement relating to sublicense, grant or transfer of the Licensee’s rights in the Technology and any Improvements, and/or any Products or Services whether by way of sublicense, assignment development agreement or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing Sublicensing Revenue will include all:

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

6


  (i)

milestone payments, royalties, license fees, option fees, and the fair market value of all consideration received in connection with any assignment or transfer of the Licensee’s rights in the Technology and any Improvements, and/or any Products or Services; and

 

  (ii)

research or development fees in excess of the direct reimbursement for the actual costs of such research and development incurred by the Licensee under a written research plan and agreement,

received by the Licensee from any sublicensee or assignee relating to the Licensee’s rights in the Technology, Improvements, Products or Services;

 

  (oo)

Technology” means collectively the Core Technology and the FOU Technology;

 

  (pp)

Term” is defined in Article 17.1;

 

  (qq)

UBC Improvements” means improvements, variations, updates, modifications and enhancements relating to the Technology made and/or acquired at any time after the Start Date by:

 

  (i)

the Investigator while employed at UBC, or

 

  (ii)

any UBC researcher working under the direction of the Investigator;

which improvements, variations, updates, modifications or enhancements cannot be legally used or practiced without infringing the Patents. For greater clarity UBC Improvements will not include (and will specifically exclude) any Digital PCR Improvements;

 

  (rr)

UBC Trade-marks” means any mark, trade-mark, service mark, logo, insignia, seal, design, symbol or device used by UBC in any manner at all; and

 

  (ss)

Valid Claim” means:

 

  (i)

a claim in any issued and unexpired patent that has not been:

 

  (A)

abandoned or disclaimed; or

 

  (B)

held invalid by a decision by a court or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction, provided, however, if the decision of such court or body is later reversed or otherwise becomes nonbinding, such claim shall be reinstated as a Valid Claim; or

 

  (ii)

a claim in any pending patent application that has not been held unpatentable by a final decision of the relevant patent office; provided, however, that such claim is diligently and continuously prosecuted to a final patent office decision within 6 years of when it could have been originally presented in an application and if the decision of such patent office is later reversed or otherwise becomes nonbinding, such claim shall be reinstated as a Valid Claim; which for the purposes of this Agreement shall be treated as if such pending claim were issued in its then current form.

 

2.0

PROPERTY RIGHTS IN & TO THE TECHNOLOGY

2.1 UBC and the Licensee acknowledge and agree that:

 

7


  (a)

UBC owns all right, title and interest in and to the Patents, the Digital PCR Patents, the Digital PCR Improvements, the UBC Improvements and the Joint Improvements;

 

  (b)

the Licensee will own all right, title and interest in and to the Licensee Improvements.

2.2 The Licensee will, at the request of UBC, sign all documents as may be required to ensure that ownership of the Patents, the Digital PCR Patents, the Digital PCR Improvements, the UBC Improvements and the Joint Improvements vest and remain with UBC.

2.3 On the last working day of June and December of each year during the Term, the Licensee will give notice to UBC of the details of all Improvements which the Licensee and any sublicensees of the Licensee have developed and/or acquired during the previous 6 month period.

 

3.0

GRANT OF LICENSE

3.1 Subject to Article 3.5 and the condition precedent in Article 6.4, UBC grants to the Licensee on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement:

 

  (a)

a worldwide, exclusive license to use and sublicense the Core Technology and to manufacture, have made, distribute and sell the Products and provide Services made from or based on the Core Technology;

 

  (b)

a worldwide, exclusive license to use and sublicense the FOU Technology solely within the Antibody Field of Use (but not the Excluded Fields of Use), and to manufacture, have made, distribute and sell Products and provide Services made from or based on the FOU Technology solely within the Antibody Field of Use (but not the Excluded Fields of Use); and

 

  (c)

a worldwide, exclusive license to use and sublicense the UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements solely within the Antibody Field of Use (but not the Excluded Fields of Use), and to manufacture, have made, distribute and sell Products and provide Services made from or based on the UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements solely in the Antibody Field of Use (but not the Excluded Fields of Use).

3.2 For greater clarity it is confirmed that:

 

  (a)

all UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements made and/or acquired after the Start Date will be licensed to the Licensee solely within the Antibody Field of Use, and that the Licensee will have no right to practice such UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements in the Excluded Fields of Use; and

 

  (b)

except for the rights expressly granted to the Licensee under this Agreement, no other license, right, title or interest of any nature whatsoever is granted hereunder to Licensee by implication, estoppel, reliance or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Licensee acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement confers by implication, estoppel, reliance or otherwise any license, right or freedom to operate to or under:

 

  (i)

the Digital PCR Patents and/or any Digital PCR Improvements;

 

  (ii)

any other intellectual property rights owned by UBC (or licensed by UBC to any third party), regardless of whether such other intellectual property rights are dominant or subordinate to the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements.

 

8


  (c)

during the Term of this Agreement any technology, UBC Improvements, Joint Improvements and/or Digital PCR Improvements developed by the Investigator, or by any researcher working under the direction of the Investigator, will be disclosed to UBC. The Licensee acknowledges that UBC will then have the right to disclose such technology; UBC Improvements, Joint Improvements and/or Digital PCR Improvements under a confidentiality agreement to 3rd party research sponsors and licensees of UBC’s in the Excluded Fields of Use and/or the Digital PCR Field of Use and such 3rd party research sponsors or licensees shall, depending on their agreements with UBC have the right to either:

 

  (i)

obtain a royalty-bearing, exclusive or non-exclusive license to use and exploit the technology, UBC Improvements, Joint Improvements and/or Digital PCR Improvements in one or more of the Excluded Fields of Use or the Digital PCR Field of Use; or

 

  (ii)

include such technology, UBC Improvements, Joint Improvements and/or Digital PCR Improvements under an existing license within one or more of the Excluded Fields of Use or the Digital PCR Field of Use.

3.3 The license granted under this Agreement is granted only to the Licensee and not to any Affiliated Companies, consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.4 The Licensee will not cross-license the Technology or any Improvements without the prior written consent of UBC, consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.5 The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that UBC may use the Technology and any Improvements without charge in any manner at all for research, scholarly publication, educational and all other non-commercial uses.

3.6 As a condition of UBC granting this license, the Licensee agrees to pay to UBC an initial license fee of [***] (the “Initial License Fee”). The first half of the Initial License Fee, [***] will be paid by the Licensee as soon as possible after execution of this Agreement and in any event no later than 6 months from the Start Date. The second half of the Initial License Fee, [***] will be paid by the Licensee as soon as possible after 6 months from the Start Date and in any event no later than 12 months from the Start Date. Once paid to UBC the Initial License Fee will not be refunded to the Licensee (in whole or in part) under any circumstances.

3.7 UBC may register a financing statement regarding this Agreement under the Personal Property Security Act of British Columbia and/or under similar legislation in those jurisdictions in which the Licensee carries on business and/or has its chief place of business. The Licensee will pay for all costs associated with such registrations.

3.8 The Licensee will give notice to UBC if it is carrying on business and/or locates its chief place of business in a jurisdiction outside British Columbia before starting business in that other jurisdiction. If UBC has registered a financing statement under Article 3.7, the Licensee will file within 15 days of any change in jurisdiction, the appropriate documents in the Personal Property Registries or similar registries outside of British Columbia to document the change in jurisdiction and will provide UBC a copy of the verification statement regarding each filing within 15 days after receiving the verification statement. The Licensee will pay for all costs associated with the registrations under this Article 3.8.

 

4.0

SUBLICENSING

4.1 The Licensee may not sublicense to [***] without UBC’s consent.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

9


4.2 Except as provided in this Article 4.2, the Licensee will not grant sublicenses of the Technology and/or any Improvements to Affiliated Companies or other third parties without the prior written consent of UBC, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After obtaining UBC’s consent, the Licensee will provide UBC with a signed copy of each sublicense agreement granted within 30 days of it being signed by the Licensee and the sublicensee. Such sublicense agreements will be considered to be Confidential Information of the Licensee, and will be subject to the Confidentiality provisions of Article 10.0. The Licensee shall not be obligated to obtain UBC’s consent to the granting of a sublicense agreement to any sublicensee that has a market capitalization in excess of [***] and revenues in excess of [***] at the time of the granting of such sublicense agreement. All sublicense agreements shall be consistent with this Agreement and in full compliance with Article 4.3 of this Agreement:

4.3 Any sublicense granted by the Licensee in accordance with Article 4.2 shall be granted only in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a)

any sublicense of the Core Technology may be granted in any field of use; and

 

  (b)

any sublicense of the FOU Technology may be granted solely within the Antibody Field of Use (but not within the Excluded Fields of Use) provided that:

 

  (c)

all such sublicense agreements shall be consistent, and not conflict, with the relevant terms of this Agreement;

 

  (d)

all sublicenses must contain covenants by each sublicensee to observe and perform terms and conditions similar to those contained in this Agreement, as reasonably applicable to each sublicensee, including without limitation: Articles 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5. 7.6, 7.7, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 10.1, 10.3, 11.1, 12.1, 13.4,18.3, 19.2, 20.1, and 20.2;

 

  (e)

the Licensee will guarantee and remain responsible for the compliance by all its sublicensees with the relevant terms of such sublicense agreements as if such performance were carried out by the Licensee itself. Any breach by a sublicensee may be treated by UBC as a breach by the Licensee of this Agreement and shall entitle UBC, following the delivery of a written notice of default to the Licensee (and if applicable an opportunity to cure any such default of at least 90 days which cure may include Licensee terminating the sublicense with the sublicensee who is in breach) to exercise its termination rights against the Licensee; and

 

  (f)

the Licensee provides to UBC a non-redacted copy of each sublicense agreement entered into by the Licensee within 30 days of signing the sublicense agreement.

4.4 Any sublicense agreement granted by the Licensee will be granted only to the sublicensee and cannot be assigned or further sub-sublicensed (other than to a sub-sublicensee that has a market capitalization in excess of [***] and revenues in excess of [***] at the time of the granting of such sub-sublicense agreement, provided always that such sub-sublicense agreement shall be consistent with this Agreement and in full compliance with Articles 4.2 and 4.3) without the prior written consent of UBC, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All sublicense agreements (and permitted sub-sublicense agreements) must contain covenants by each sublicensee or sub-sublicensee to observe and perform terms and conditions similar to those contained in this Agreement and shall comply with all of the provisions set out in Article 4.3.

4.5 On termination of this Agreement before the end of the Term, any sublicense entered into by the Licensee prior to such termination shall remain in full force and effect so long as the sublicensee is not then in breach of its sublicense agreement, and provided that each such sublicensee:

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

10


  (a)

will agree in writing to be bound to UBC as licensor under the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the extent that such terms and conditions apply to the grant of such pre-termination sublicense;

 

  (b)

will negotiate in good faith with UBC an appropriate agreement, or amendment to this Agreement (an “Amendment Agreement”), to substitute itself for the Licensee under terms substantially similar, in the aggregate, the terms of this Agreement, such Amendment Agreement to include the exclusivity or non-exclusivity (as the case may be) and field of use as were granted from the Licensee to the sublicensee prior to the termination;

 

  (c)

shall agree in writing that UBC is not bound by any provision of the Licensee’s sublicense agreement to perform or assume any actions, covenants or obligations that are uniquely personal to the Licensee, or which are not an action, covenant or obligation of UBC under this Agreement: for example research collaboration obligations, warranties or indemnities of the Licensee or any other actions, covenants or obligations of the Licensee related to the use or development of the sublicensed technology; and

 

  (d)

will pay all of UBC’s legal costs that arise in connection with, extending such post-termination rights to the sublicensee, including without limitation all costs that arise in connection with the negotiation of any agreements with the sublicensee including any Amendment Agreement.

 

5.0

ROYALTIES

5.1 In consideration of the license granted under this Agreement, the Licensee will pay to UBC a royalty equal to:

[***]

5.2 With respect to Revenues, the parties recognize that Licensee may need to obtain additional rights and licenses from arms-iength third parties in order to enable Licensee to use such third-party’s technology (the “Third Party Technology”) to optimally develop, make, use, offer for sale, sell and/or import Products or Services. If Licensee’s total combined royalty burden on Revenue received by the Licensee with respect to any specific Products or Services exceeds the Royalty Stack Cap, as defined below, then the royalty payable by Licensee to UBC on such Revenue shall be adjusted by an amount proportionate to the amount by which the total Royalty Stack exceeds the Royalty Stack Cap, as follows:

[***]

5.3 The royalty is due and payable within 30 days of each respective Royalty Due Date and is to be calculated with respect to the Revenue and the Sublicensing Revenue in the 3 month period immediately before the applicable Royalty Due Date.

5.4 All royalties paid by the Licensee to UBC under this Agreement will be in Canadian dollars without any reduction or deduction of any nature or kind at all. [***].

5.5 Products and Services are deemed to have been sold or provided by the Licensee and included in the Revenue when payment is received by Licensee. The Licensee is deemed to receive Sublicensing Revenue when the consideration is due from the sublicensee.

5.6 Any transaction, disposition, or other dealing involving all or part of the Technology or any Improvements, Products or Services, between the Licensee and another person that is not made at fair market value is deemed to have been made at fair market value, and the fair market value of the transaction, disposition, or other dealing will be added to and deemed part of the Revenue or the Sublicensing Revenue, as the case may be, and will be included in the calculation of royalties under this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

11


6.0

ANNUAL LICENSE FEE AND EQUITY

6.1 The Licensee will pay to UBC, in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement, an annual license fee as set out in the table below (the “Annual License Fee”):

[***]

The Annual License Fee shall not be refundable under any circumstances, provided that the Annual License Fees that have been paid by the Licensee to UBC can be deducted from royalty payments due to UBC under Article 5.1(a), once the royalty payments for the sale of Products or Services become due.

6.2 In addition to the Initial License Fee under Article 3.6, the Licensee agrees to grant, issue and deliver to UBC on execution of this Agreement common voting shares in the capital of the Licensee (the “UBC Shares”), it being the intention of the parties that the issuance of such UBC Founders Shares to UBC shall represent [***] the total shares in the capital of the Licensee issued by the Licensee to its founding shareholders (being composed of [***] execution of this Agreement. For the purpose of [***] the shares issued by the Licensee to its founders shall be determined on a fully diluted basis taking into account all escrowed shares as if they had been released from escrow, and any rights to acquire any shares of the Licensee under any option, warrant or right of conversion, as if such right had been fully exercised.

6.3 The UBC Shares shall be deemed to be fully paid for by UBC as of the date of issuance and shall be the absolute property of UBC. Neither all nor any portion of the UBC Shares shall be refundable to Licensee under any circumstances.

6.4 UBC will become a party to any shareholders’ agreement entered into between the Licensee and its founders. As a condition precedent to the execution of this Agreement UBC shall have approved in writing the form of this shareholders agreement. Such shareholders agreement shall include:

 

  (a)

tag along rights preventing other shareholders of the Licensee (each a “Selling Shareholder”) from selling any shares of the Licensee to any third party unless the UBC Shares are included, at the option of UBC, in such sale, pro rata based on the total number of shares owned by the Selling Shareholder(s) and UBC, and on the same terms and conditions as those accepted by the Selling Shareholder(s). The shareholders agreement shall provide that these tag along rights will not apply to sales by a Selling Shareholder where the sale is made to a spouse of a Selling Shareholder or to a company controlled by a Selling shareholder; and

 

  (b)

rights for the benefit of UBC that are not less favourable than the rights granted to the other founding shareholders of the Licensee under the terms of such shareholders agreement.

[***].

6.5 Until the Licensee becomes a reporting issuer for equity securities under the Securities Act of British Columbia or under the applicable securities legislation in any other jurisdiction which has jurisdiction over the issuance of shares by the Licensee, the Licensee shall provide to UBC within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Licensee, financial statements of the Licensee prepared by a reputable accounting firm.

6.6 The Licensee will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all of the UBC Shares to be issued free from any pooling, escrow or other trading restrictions placed on such shares by the Licensee or any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Licensee. The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that UBC shall have the right to transfer any or all of the UBC Shares to a company or society of which UBC is the sole shareholder in the case of a company or of which UBC controls the membership, in the case of a society and/or to persons employed by UBC who have made a contribution to the invention or development of the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements, and the Licensee shall take all steps or do such acts as may be reasonably required to allow such transfer or transfers.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

12


6.7 The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that it will comply with all applicable laws and legislation with respect to the issuance of the UBC shares. If the Licensee files at any time a registration statement or prospectus with any securities authority, including the Securities and Exchange Commission in the U.S., the Licensee will to the fullest extent permitted by applicable securities laws, include the registration of the UBC Shares under such securities registration.

6.8 Until the first Qualified Investment is completed, the Licensee will not allow, or cause, a controlling interest in the Licensee to pass to any person or persons other than those having a controlling interest at the Start Date, whether by reason of purchase of shares or otherwise without the prior written consent of UBC, not to be unreasonably withheld.

6.9 The Licensee further agrees that until the first Qualified Investment is completed:

 

  (a)

the terms of any investment in the Licensee which requires or which might require the issue of shares or securities of the Licensee, including any debt financing or an issue of convertible debt, shall be approved, in advance, in writing, by UBC, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (b)

any issue of shares or securities of the Licensee shall be approved, in advance, in writing, by UBC; and

 

  (c)

after the third anniversary of the Start Date, the Licensee may request that the requirement for the approvals set out in Article 6.10(a) and (b) be waived if the Licensee is of the view that a Qualified Investment will not be required for the operations of the Licensee.

6.10 The Licensee will prior to execution of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

adopt a corporate governance structure that is reasonably acceptable to UBC, and approved by UBC in writing; and

 

  (b)

obtain UBC’s approval in writing of the articles of incorporation of the Licensee.

 

7.0

PATENTS

7.1 During the term of the Research Chair Agreement and any extension or renewal thereof, UBC will manage the filing, maintenance and prosecution of the Patents. The Licensee may identify any process, use or products arising out of the Technology and any UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements that may be patentable, and UBC at the reasonable request of the Licensee may take steps to apply for a Patent in the name of UBC [***].

7.2 On the filing of a Patent application under Article 7.1, the Licensee will become, solely within the fields of use as licensed under Article 3, the licensee of the Patent on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

7.3 Licensee shall pay all costs of applying for, registering and maintaining the Patents. While UBC manages the filing, maintenance, and prosecution of the Patents, and subject to Article 7.5, the Licensee will:

 

  (a)

6 months from Start Date begin paying to UBC a patent management fee equal to [***] of all out of pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Patents; and

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

13


  (b)

within 30 days of the date of any UBC invoice pay UBC for all out of pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Patents (both before and after the Start Date).

7.4 Neither the above patent management fee nor the Patent costs will be refunded to the Licensee (in whole or in part) under any circumstances.

7.5 The Licensee will pay UBC [***] the balance of all costs incurred up to the date of execution of this Agreement, regarding any patents or patent applications relating to the Technology and any Improvements licensed under this Agreement in installments as follows;

[***]

7.6 The Licensee will not contest the validity or scope of:

 

  (a)

any Patents licensed under this Agreement;

 

  (b)

any patents developed by the Investigator and/or any UBC researchers working under the direction of the Investigator, and licensed by UBC to a third party; or

 

  (c)

any patents licensed by UBC to [***].

7.7 To the extent that such marking is required by applicable law, the Licensee will ensure proper patent marking for all uses of the Technology and any Improvements licensed under this Agreement and will clearly mark the appropriate Patent numbers on any Products made or Services provided using the Technology and any Improvements.

7.8 If any Improvement is determined to be a Licensee Improvement, the Licensee will manage the filing, maintenance and prosecution of patents related to the Licensee Improvements. On the expiry of the Research Chair Agreement, and on the written request of the Licensee, UBC will transfer to the Licensee responsibility for preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Core Patents (“Patent Management”) in UBC’s name. UBC will own the Core Patents, the Licensee will be responsible for Patent Management, and will ensure that the Patents broadly claim for UBC’s benefit all inventions disclosed by the Technology and any UBC and Joint Improvements. The Licensee will provide to UBC all material information and documents received, prepared or filed in connection with the Patents, and will notify and obtain UBC’s approval before taking any substantive actions related to the Patent Management. The Licensee will not:

 

  (a)

limit the scope of, or abandon any claim within, or otherwise allow to lapse, any Patent; or

 

  (b)

fail to maintain any Patent;

in any country, without UBC’s prior written approval. If the Licensee intends to abandon, allow to lapse, or not continue the Patent Management of, a Patent in any country, then the Licensee will not less than 30 days before any required action relating to such Patent notify UBC and UBC will then have the right, at its option, to assume the Patent Management of such Patent, in which case such Patent will be excluded from the Patents licensed under this Agreement.

 

8.0

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY

8.1 UBC makes no representations, conditions or warranties, either express or implied, regarding the Technology, any Improvements, Products or Services. Without limitation, UBC specifically disclaims any implied warranty, condition or representation that the Technology, any Improvements, Products or Services:

 

  (a)

correspond with a particular description;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

14


  (b)

are of merchantable quality;

 

  (c)

are fit for a particular purpose; or

 

  (d)

are durable for a reasonable period of time.

UBC is not liable for any loss, whether direct, consequential, incidental or special, which the Licensee or other third parties suffer arising from any defect, error or fault of the Technology, any Improvements, Products or Services, or their failure to perform, even if UBC is aware of the possibility of the defect, error, fault or failure. The Licensee acknowledges that it has been advised by UBC to undertake its own due diligence regarding the Technology, any Improvements, Products or Services.

8.2 Nothing in this Agreement:

 

  (a)

constitutes a warranty or representation by UBC as to title to the Technology or any Improvements or that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under the license granted in this Agreement will not infringe the patents, copyrights, trade-marks, industrial designs or other intellectual property rights of any third parties, or any patents, copyrights, trade-marks, industrial design or other intellectual property rights owned, in whole or in part, by UBC, or licensed by UBC to any third parties;

 

  (b)

constitutes an express or implied warranty or representation by UBC that the Licensee has, or will have the freedom to operate or practice the Technology or any Improvements, or the freedom to make, have made, use, sell or otherwise dispose of Products or provide Services; or

 

  (c)

imposes an obligation on UBC to bring, prosecute or defend actions or suits against third parties for infringement of patents, copyrights, trade-marks, industrial designs or other intellectual property or contractual rights.

8.3 Notwithstanding Article 8.2, if there is an alleged infringement of the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements or any right with respect to the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements, the Licensee may, on receiving the prior written consent of UBC which is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, prosecute litigation designed to enjoin, address, or abate the infringers of the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements. Provided that it has first granted its prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, UBC agrees to reasonably co-operate to the extent of signing all necessary documents and to vest in the Licensee the right to start the litigation, provided that all the direct and indirect costs and expenses of bringing and conducting the litigation or settlement are paid by the Licensee and all recovered damages and payments collected be deemed Sublicensing Fees for the purpose of calculating royalties owed to UBC under this Agreement, provided that the Licensee may deduct legal fees incurred by the Licensee expended solely for the purpose of prosecuting such infringement from such recovered damages and payments.

8.4 If any complaint alleging infringement of any patent or other proprietary rights is made against the Licensee or a sublicensee of the Licensee regarding the use of the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements or the development, manufacture, use or sale of the Products or provision of Services, the following procedure will be adopted:

 

  (a)

the Licensee will promptly notify UBC on receipt of the complaint and will keep UBC fully informed of the actions and positions taken by the complainant and taken or proposed to be taken by the Licensee on behalf of itself or a sublicensee;

 

  (b)

except as provided in Article 8.4(d), all costs and expenses incurred by the Licensee or any sublicensee of the Licensee in investigating, resisting, litigating and settling the complaint, including the payment of any award of damages and/or costs to any third party, will be paid by the Licensee or any sublicensee of the Licensee, as the case may be;

 

15


  (c)

no decision or action concerning or governing any final disposition of the complaint will be taken without full consultation with, and approval by, UBC which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

  (d)

UBC may elect to participate as a party in any litigation involving the complaint to the extent that the court may permit, but any additional expenses generated by such participation will be paid by UBC (subject to the possibility of recovery of some or all of the additional expenses from the complainant); and

 

  (e)

the Licensee will pay all royalties payable under Article 5.1 of this Agreement to UBC in trust from the date UBC receives notice of the complaint and until a resolution of the complaint has been finalized. If the complainant is successful, then the royalties paid to UBC in trust under this Articles 8.4(e) will be returned to the Licensee, provided that the amount being returned to the Licensee is no more than the amount paid by the Licensee to the complainant in the settlement or other disposition of the complaint. If the complainant does not succeed, then UBC retains all royalties paid to it under this Article 8.4(e).

 

9.0

INDEMNITY & LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

9.1 The Licensee indemnifies, holds harmless and defends UBC, its Board of Governors, officers, employees, faculty, students, invitees and agents against any and all claims (including all associated legal fees and disbursements actually incurred) arising out of the exercise of any rights under this Agreement, including without limitation against any damages or losses, consequential or otherwise, arising in any manner at all from or out of the use of the Technology, any Improvements, Products or Services licensed under this Agreement by the Licensee or sublicensees, or their respective customers or end-users.

9.2 UBC’s total liability, whether under the express or implied terms of this Agreement, in tort (including negligence) or at common law, for any loss or damage suffered by the Licensee, whether direct, indirect or special, or any other similar damage that may arise or does arise from any breaches of this Agreement by UBC, its Board of Governors, officers, employees, faculty, students or agents, is limited to [***].

9.3 [***].

9.4 Notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the rights and obligations in Article 9 will survive and continue to bind the Licensee and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

10.0

PUBLICATION & CONFIDENTIALITY

10.1 Each party will keep and use the other party’s Confidential Information in confidence and will not, without the other party’s prior written consent, disclose the other party’s Confidential Information to any person or entity, except to the party’s directors, officers, employees, faculty, students, investors, potential investors, and professional advisors who require the Confidential Information to assist such party in performing its obligations under this Agreement. The Licensee will maintain an appropriate internal program limiting the distribution of UBC’s Confidential Information to only those officers, employees, investors, potential investors, and professional advisors who require such Confidential Information in performing the Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement and who have signed appropriate non-disclosure agreements.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


 

16


10.2 Any party required by judicial or administrative process to disclose the other party’s Confidential Information, will promptly notify the other party and allow it reasonable time to oppose the process before disclosing the Confidential Information.

10.3 UBC is not restricted from presenting at symposia, national or regional professional meetings, or from publishing in journals or other publications, accounts of its research relating to the Technology and any UBC Improvements and Joint Improvements, provided that with respect to the Confidential Information only, the Licensee is provided with copies of the proposed disclosure at least 60 days before the presentation or publication date and does not, within 30 days after delivery of the proposed disclosure, give notice to UBC indicating that it objects to the proposed disclosure. Any objection to a proposed disclosure will specify the portions of the proposed disclosure considered objectionable (the “Objectionable Material”). On receiving notice from the Licensee that any proposed disclosure contains Objectionable Material, UBC and the Licensee agree to work together to revise the proposed disclosure to remove or alter the Objectionable Material in a manner acceptable to both the Licensee and UBC, in which case the Licensee will withdraw its objection. UBC is not restricted from publishing or presenting the proposed disclosure as long as the Objectionable Material has been removed. Any Objectionable Material will not be disclosed for 6 months from the date UBC delivered the proposed disclosure to the Licensee. After 6 months from the date UBC delivered the proposed disclosure to the Licensee, UBC is free to present and/or publish the proposed disclosure whether or not it contains Objectionable Material. For greater clarity, UBC will not publish confidential business information of the Licensee without prior written approval from the Licensee.

10.4 The Licensee requires of UBC, and to the extent permitted by law UBC agrees, that this Agreement, and each part of it, is confidential and will not be disclosed to third parties, as the Licensee claims that the disclosure would or could reveal commercial, scientific or technical information and would significantly harm the Licensee’s competitive position and/or interfere with the Licensee’s negotiations with prospective sublicensees. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 10, the Licensee acknowledges and agrees that UBC may identify the title of this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement and the names of the inventors of the Technology and any Improvements, and that UBC may also disclose to the inventors the amount of all payments made to UBC by the Licensee under this Agreement, the manner or method by which such payments were calculated and all Payment Reports delivered to UBC by the Licensee in connection with such payments.

10.5 Notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the rights and obligations in Article 10 survive and continue to bind the parties, their successors and permitted assigns.

 

11.0

PRODUCTION & MARKETING

11.1 The Licensee will not use the UBC Trade-marks or make reference to UBC or its name in any advertising or publicity, without the prior written consent of UBC. Without limitation, the Licensee will not issue a press release regarding this Agreement or the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements without first obtaining UBC’s written approval. If the Licensee is required by law to act in breach of this Article, the Licensee will provide UBC with sufficient prior notice to permit UBC to bring an application or other proceeding to contest the requirement.

11.2 The Licensee will obtain the infrastructure, expertise and resources to:

 

  (a)

develop and commercialize the Technology and any UBC Improvements and Joint Improvements;

 

  (b)

track and monitor on an ongoing basis performance under the terms of each sublicense entered into by the Licensee;

 

  (c)

handle the Technology and any UBC Improvements and Joint Improvements with care and without danger to the Licensee, its employees, agents, or the public.

 

17


11.3 The Licensee will, throughout the Term:

 

  (a)

Allocate to the development and commercialization of the Technology and any UBC Improvements and Joint Improvements a commercially reasonable degree of diligence, expertise, infrastructure, and resources, and

 

  (b)

use commercially reasonable efforts to promote, market and sell the Products and Services and exploit the Technology and any UBC Improvements and Joint Improvements and to meet or cause to be met the market demand for the Products and Services and the potential use of the Technology and any UBC Improvements and Joint Improvements.

 

12.0

ACCOUNTING RECORDS & REPORTS

12.1 The Licensee will maintain at its principal place of business, or another place as may be most convenient, separate accounts and records of all Revenues, sublicenses and Sublicensing Revenues and all business done in connection with the Technology, any Improvements, Products and Services. The accounts and records will be in sufficient detail to enable proper returns to be made under this Agreement and the Licensee will cause its sublicensees to keep similar accounts and records.

12.2 The Licensee will complete and deliver to UBC:

 

  (a)

within 30 days of each and every Royalty Due Date, a completed Payment Report in the form attached as Schedule “B”, (or an amended form as required by UBC from time to time) together with the royalty payable under this Agreement. A separate Payment Report will be prepared and delivered for each sublicense, including an accounting statement setting out in detail how the amount of Sublicensing Revenue was determined and identifying each sublicensee and the location of the business of each sublicensee. The first Payment Report will be submitted within 30 days of the first Royalty Due Date after the receipt of the first Revenue or Sublicensing Revenue, and thereafter a Payment Report will be delivered every 3 months regardless of whether any Revenue or Sublicensing Revenue was received in the preceding period; and

 

  (b)

on or before December 31 of each year during the Term, starting on December 31, 2014 an Annual Report in the form attached as Schedule “C” (or an amended form as required by UBC from time to time).

12.3 The calculation of royalties will be carried out in accordance with generally accepted Canadian accounting principles, including the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) applied on a consistent basis.

12.4 The Licensee will retain the accounts and records referred to in Article 12.1 for at least 6 years from when they were made and will permit a nationally recognized accounting firm, who is under confidentiality, to inspect, at UBC’s expense, the accounts and records during the Licensee’s normal business hours. The Licensee will provide to the representative all reasonable evidence necessary to verify the accounts and records and will allow copies to be made of the accounts, records and agreements. If an inspection of the Licensee’s records by UBC shows an under-reporting or underpayment by the Licensee of any amount to UBC, by more than 5% for any 12 month period, then the Licensee will reimburse UBC for the cost of the inspection as well as pay to UBC any amount found due (including any interest) within 30 days of notice by UBC to the Licensee.

12.5 UBC will use reasonable efforts to ensure that all information provided to UBC or its representatives under this Article remains confidential and is treated as confidential by UBC.

 

18


13.0

INSURANCE

13.1 During the Term (and for a period which is the longer of either 3 years after the end of the Term, or 3 years after the last Product or Service is sold) the Licensee will procure and maintain insurance (including public liability and commercial general liability insurance), as would be acquired by a reasonable and prudent businessperson carrying on a similar line of business.

13.2 Notwithstanding Article 13.1, one month before the First Use of the Technology or any Improvement, the Licensee will give notice to UBC of the terms and amount of the product liability, public liability, and commercial general liability insurance and such other types of insurance which it has placed. This insurance will:

 

  (a)

be placed with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier;

 

  (b)

include UBC, its Board of Governors, faculty, officers, employees, students and agents as additional insureds;

 

  (c)

provide coverage regarding all activities under this Agreement;

 

  (d)

include a waiver of subrogation against UBC, and a severability of interest and cross-liability clauses; and

 

  (e)

provide that the policy cannot be cancelled or materially altered except on at least 30 days’ prior notice to UBC.

13.3 UBC may from time to time require reasonable amendments to the terms or the amount of coverage contained in the Licensee’s insurance policy. The Licensee will provide to UBC for its approval certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage 7 days before the First Use of the Technology. The Licensee will not:

 

  (a)

allow the First Use of the Technology or any Improvement to occur; or

 

  (b)

sell any Product, provide any Service or allow any third party to use the Technology or any Improvement,

at any time unless an insurance certificate is provided to and approved by UBC, and the insurance outlined in Article 13.2 is in effect

13.4 The Licensee will also require each sublicensee to procure and maintain:

 

  (a)

public liability and commercial general liability insurance and such other types of insurance as would be acquired by a reasonable and prudent businessperson carrying on a similar line of business; and

 

  (b)

in any event, one month before the First Use of the Technology or any Improvement by the sublicensee, product liability, public liability and commercial general liability insurance in reasonable amounts, with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier.

The Licensee will ensure that, to the extent that such insurance can be reasonably obtained, all sublicensees’ policies of insurance include UBC, its Board of Governors, faculty, officers, employees, students and agents as additional insureds.

 

19


14.0

ASSIGNMENT

14.1 Subject to Article 14.2, the Licensee will not assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, financially encumber, grant a security interest, permit a lien to be created, charge or otherwise dispose of any or all of the rights granted to it under this Agreement without the prior written consent of UBC not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

14.2 UBC will have the right to assign its rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement to a company of which it is the sole shareholder, or a society which it has incorporated or which has purposes which are consistent with the objectives of UBC. If UBC makes such an assignment, the Licensee will release and discharge UBC from all obligations or covenants, provided that the company or society, as the case may be, signs a written agreement which provides that the company or society assumes all obligations or covenants from UBC and that the Licensee retains all rights granted to the Licensee under this Agreement.

 

15.0

GOVERNING LAW

15.1 This Agreement is governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada in force in that province, without regard to its conflict of law rules. All parties agree that by executing this Agreement they have attorned to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia. The parties agree that the British Columbia Supreme Court has exclusive jurisdiction over this Agreement.

 

16.0

NOTICES

16.1 All reports and notices or other documents that a party is required or may want to deliver to any other party will be delivered:

 

  (a)

in writing; and

 

  (b)

either by personal delivery or by registered or certified mail at the address for the receiving party set out in Article 16.2 or as varied by any notice.

Any notice personally delivered is deemed to have been received at the time of delivery. Any notice mailed in accordance with this Article 16.1 is deemed to have been received at the end of the fifth day after it is posted.

16.2 The address for delivery of notices and instructions for making payments to UBC are set out in the attached Schedule “D”. The address for delivery of notices to the Licensee is set out below:

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

2125 East Mall, Room 350

Vancouver, BC V6T-1Z4

Telephone: (604-827-2128)

 

17.0

TERM

17.1 The term (the “Term”) of this Agreement starts on the Start Date and ends on:

 

  (a)

the day that is exactly 20 years later; or

 

  (b)

the expiry of the last Patent licensed under this Agreement, whichever is last to occur, unless terminated earlier under Article 18. Upon expiration of the Term of this Agreement the Licensee will have a non-exclusive fully paid license to the Technology.

 

20


18.0

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

18.1 This Agreement may be terminated on notice to the Licensee if any proceeding under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act of Canada, or any other statute of similar purpose, is started by the Licensee, or is started against the Licensee and is not dismissed within 60 days after service of process on the Licensee.

18.2 UBC may, at its option, immediately terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Licensee if one or more of the following occurs:

 

  (a)

the Licensee becomes insolvent, as evidenced, for example (without limitation) by the appointment of a receiver, a receiver manager, the issuance of financial statements which according to GAAP would render the Licensee insolvent, the vacation of the Licensee’s chief place of business or the Licensee ceasing or threatening to cease carrying on business;

 

  (b)

any execution or other process of any court becomes enforceable against the Licensee, or if any similar process is levied, on the rights under this Agreement or on any money due to UBC and is not released or satisfied by the Licensee within 30 days from the process becoming enforceable or being levied;

 

  (c)

if the Licensee or any of its directors or officers have materially breached or otherwise failed to comply with any applicable securities laws, regulations or requirements, and the director or officer is not removed from the board within 30 days of receipt of notice from UBC to remove said director.

 

  (d)

any resolution is passed or order made or other steps taken for the winding up, liquidation or other termination of the existence of the Licensee;

 

  (e)

the Technology or any Improvements become subject to any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance in favour of any third party claiming through the Licensee which is not released within 30 days of receipt of notice from UBC;

 

  (f)

if the Licensee breaches any of Articles 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 11.1 or 13;

 

  (g)

if any sublicensee of the Licensee is in material breach of its sublicense with the Licensee, and which breach is damaging to UBC, and the Licensee does not cause the sublicensee to cure the breach, which may include termination of the sublicense agreement, within 30 days of receipt of notice from UBC; or

 

  (h)

if the Licensee, or any Affiliated Company is in material breach of any other agreement between the Licensee or such Affiliated Company and UBC and the breach has not been cured within 30 days of receipt of written notice from UBC, which shall include notice that failure to cure such breach will result in termination of the License Agreement.

18.3 Other than as set out in Articles 18,1 and 18.2, either party may terminate this Agreement for any breach which is not remedied after providing the following notice to the party in breach:

 

  (a)

30 days notice in the case of any breach which can reasonably be remedied within 30 days of the delivery of such notice; or

 

  (b)

if the breach is capable of being cured but cannot be remedied within 30 days and the breach is not remedied within such further period as may be reasonably necessary, or within 90 days after receipt of notice, whichever is sooner.

 

21


18.4 If this Agreement is terminated under Article 18.1 to 18.3, the Licensee will make all outstanding royalty payments to UBC under Articles 5 and 6, and UBC may proceed to enforce payment of all outstanding royalties or other monies owed to UBC and to exercise any or all of the rights and remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise available by law or in equity, successively or concurrently, at the option of UBC. Within 5 days of the Effective Termination Date, the Licensee will have no further right of any nature at all in the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements, provided that the Licensee shall be entitled to continue to use the Technology and any UBC Improvements and any Joint Improvements for the purposes of completing the manufacture of all Products and the execution of all Services that are in process on the Effective Termination Date, until 6 months after the Effective Termination Date as reasonably necessary to satisfy its contractual obligations to third parties.

18.5 The Licensee (and subject to Article 4.4, all sublicensees) will cease to use the Technology or any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvement in any manner at all or to manufacture or sell the Products or provide any Service within 5 days from the Effective Termination Date, provided that the Licensee shall be entitled to continue to use the Technology and any UBC Improvements and any Joint Improvements for the purposes of completing the manufacture of all Products and the execution of all Services that are in process on the Effective Termination Date, until 6 months after the Effective Termination Date as reasonably necessary to satisfy its contractual obligations to third parties. The Licensee will then deliver to UBC an accounting within 7 months from the Effective Termination Date. The accounting will specify, in or on such terms as UBC may in its sole discretion require, the inventory or stock of Products manufactured and remaining unsold on the Effective Termination Date. Without limitation, if this Agreement is terminated under Article 18.1, no Products will be sold or Service provided without the prior written notice to UBC. The Licensee will continue to make royalty payments to UBC in the same manner specified in Articles 5 and 6 on all Products that are sold or Services that are provided in accordance with this Article 18.5, notwithstanding anything contained in, or any exercise of rights by UBC, under Article 18.4.

18.6 Notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Article 12 remains in full force and effect until 6 years after:

 

  (a)

all payments of royalty required to be made by the Licensee to UBC under this Agreement have been made by the Licensee to UBC; and

 

  (b)

any other claim or claims of any nature or kind at all of UBC against the Licensee has been settled.

 

19.0

MISCELLANEOUS COVENANTS OF LICENSEE

19.1 The Licensee represents and warrants to UBC that the Licensee is a corporation duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of British Columbia and has the power, authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, all of which have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate proceedings.

19.2 The Licensee will comply with all laws, regulations and ordinances, whether Federal, State, Provincial, County, Municipal or otherwise, with respect to the Technology, Improvements, Products or Services and this Agreement.

19.3 The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that UBC will own the results of any testing, evaluation, or analysis of the Technology and any UBC Improvements or Joint Improvements conducted by, or for, the Licensee or any sublicensee during the Term, including any data, test results, specifications, papers or other materials prepared in connection with such testing, evaluation, or analysis of the Technology, and that such data will be returned to UBC on any expiry or termination of this Agreement. For clarity this data will not include information on Cellular Components.

19.4 The Licensee will pay all reasonable legal expenses and costs incurred by UBC in negotiating and drafting this Agreement.

 

22


19.5 The Licensee will pay all reasonable legal expenses and costs in excess of CDN. $1,000, incurred by UBC regarding any amendments of this agreement, or consents and approvals required from UBC.

19.6 The Licensee will pay all taxes and any related interest or penalty designated in any manner at all and imposed as a result of the existence or operation of this Agreement, including without limitation tax which the Licensee is required to withhold or deduct from payments to UBC. The Licensee will provide to UBC evidence as may be required by Canadian authorities to establish that the tax has been paid. The royalties specified in this Agreement are exclusive of taxes. If UBC is required to collect a tax to be paid by the Licensee or any of its sublicensees, the Licensee will pay the tax to UBC on demand.

19.7 The obligation of the Licensee to make all payments under this Agreement is absolute and unconditional and is not, except as expressly set out in this Agreement, affected by any circumstance, including without limitation any set-off, compensation, counterclaim, recoupment, defence or other right which the Licensee may have against UBC, or anyone else for any reason at all, except for a breach of any of the representations or warranties by UBC in 19.9.

19.8 The Licensee will pay interest on all amounts due and owing to UBC under this Agreement but not paid by the Licensee on the due date, at the rate of 12.68% per annum, calculated annually not in advance. The interest accrues on the balance of unpaid amounts from time to time outstanding, from the date on which portions of the amounts become due and owing until payment in full.

19.9 UBC represents and warrants to the Licensee that UBC has the power, authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this agreement, all of which have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite proceedings.

 

20.0

MANAGEMENT OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

20.1 The Licensee acknowledges that it is aware of UBC’s Conflict of Interest Policy #97, Patent and Licensing Policy #88 and Research Policy #87 (www.universitycounsel.ubc.ca/policies/policies.html), and that UBC may amend these policies or introduce new policies from time to time.

20.2 Subject to Article 20.3 the Licensee and UBC agree, that:

 

  (a)

the facilities and research programs of the Licensee will be conducted independently of all UBC facilities, faculty, students or staff, and in particular, independently of and from the Investigator(s) and the laboratory facilities made available to the Investigator(s) by reason of the Investigator(s)’ employment at UBC;

 

  (b)

no students, post-doctoral fellows or other UBC staff will participate or be involved in the Licensee’s research, projects or utilize its facilities; and

 

  (c)

any disclosures of inventions made by the Investigator(s) to the Licensee will be immediately forwarded by the Licensee to UBC.

20.3 The Licensee and UBC may, from time to time, enter into written agreements to permit activities which would otherwise be prohibited by Article 20.2. For further clarity, the Licensee may, through a rental agreement with UBC, obtain access to the laboratory facilities used by the Investigator, which will include appropriate compensation to UBC in exchange for the use of this space, or may engage with UBC employees to advance Licensee research through a contract research agreement.

 

21.0

GENERAL

21.1 Nothing contained in this Agreement is to be deemed or construed to create between the parties a partnership or joint venture. No party has the authority to act on behalf of any other party, or to commit any other party in any manner at all or cause any other party’s name to be used in any way not specifically authorized by this Agreement.

 

23


21.2 Subject to the limitations in this Agreement, this Agreement operates for the benefit of and is binding on the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

21.3 No condoning, excusing or overlooking by any party of any default, breach or non-observance by any other party at any time or times regarding any terms of this Agreement operates as a waiver of that party’s rights under this Agreement. A waiver of any term or right under, this Agreement will be in writing signed by the party entitled to the benefit of that term or right, and is effective only to the extent set out in the written waiver.

21.4 No exercise of a specific right or remedy by any party precludes it from or prejudices it in exercising another right or pursuing another remedy or maintaining an action to which it may otherwise be entitled either at law or in equity.

21.5 All terms which require performance by the parties after the expiry or termination of this Agreement, will remain in force despite this Agreement’s expiry or termination for any reason.

21.6 Part or all of any Article that is indefinite, invalid, illegal or otherwise voidable or unenforceable may be severed and the balance of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

21.7 The Licensee acknowledges that the law firm of Richards Buell Sutton LLP has acted solely for UBC in connection with this Agreement and that all other parties have been advised to seek independent legal advice.

21.8 This Agreement sets out the entire understanding between the parties and no changes are binding unless signed in writing by the parties to this Agreement.

21.9 Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

21.10 Unless the contrary intention appears, the singular includes the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include other genders.

SIGNED BY THE PARTIES AS AN AGREEMENT on the 16th day of December, 2013 but effective as of the Start Date.

SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF of

THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

by its authorized signatories:

/s/ J.P. Heale

Authorized Signatory
J.P. Heale, PhD, MBA
Associate Director
University-Industry Liaison Office

 

Authorized Signatory

 

24


SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF of

ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC.
by its authorized signatories:

/s/ Carl L. Hansen

Authorized Signatory

Carl L. Hansen, CEO and President

Please print Name and Title of Signatory

 

Authorized Signatory

 

Please print Name and Title of Signatory

 

25


SCHEDULE “A”

The “Core Patents”

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



SCHEDULE “A-1”

The “FOU Patents”

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



SCHEDULE “B”

Payment Report for the Period dd/mm/yy to dd/mm/yy

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



SCHEDULE “C”

UBC License Agreement Annual Report

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



SCHEDULE “D”

ADDRESS FOR NOTICES & PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



VIA COURIER

Carl Hansen

President and CEO

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

PO Box 10424 Pacific Centre, 1300-777 Dunsmuir Street

Vancouver, BC V7Y1K2

Dear Carl,

 

Re:

10-034 - License Agreement between The University of British Columbia (“UBC”) and AbCellera Biologics Inc. (“Abcellera”) dated the 16th December 2013 (the “Agreement”) Amendment No. 1

UBC and Abcellera have executed the Agreement and hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

Schedule “A”, listing Core Patents, is removed and replaced with Schedule A provided below.

Schedule A-1, listing FOU Patents, is removed and replaced with Schedule A-1 provided below.

Article 3.1 will be removed and replaced with:

 

  (a)

a worldwide, exclusive license to use and sublicense the Core Technology and related UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements to manufacture, have made, distribute and sell the Products and provide Services made from or based on the Core Technology and related UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements;

 

  (b)

a worldwide, exclusive license to use and sublicense the FOU Technology and related UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements solely within the Antibody Field of Use (but not the Excluded Fields of Use), and to manufacture, have made, distribute and sell Products and provide Services made from or based on the FOU Technology and related UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements solely within the Antibody Field of Use (but not the Excluded Fields of Use); and

Article 3.2 (a) will be removed and replaced with

 

  (a)

Licensee will have no right to practice the FOU Technology and related UBC Improvements and/or Joint Improvements made and/or acquired after the Start Date in the Excluded Fields of Use; and

All other terms and conditions of the Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will continue for the duration of the Agreement. The Agreement and this Amendment No. 1 will be read together and constitute one agreement.

This Amendment to the Agreement may be signed in counterparts either through original copies or by facsimile or electronically each of which will be deemed an original and all of which will constitute the same instrument.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Lynsey Huxham

Lynsey Huxham
Technology Transfer Manager

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS


SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF of
THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
by its authorized signatories:

/s/ Mario A. Kasapi

Authorized Signatory

Mario A. Kasapi, Associate Director University – Industry Office

Name and Title
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF of
ABCELLERA BIOLOGICS INC. CORPORATION
by its authorized signatory:

/s/ Carl L. Hansen

Authorized Signatory

Carl L. Hansen, CEO and President

Name and Title of Signatory


SCHEDULE “A”

The “Core Patents”

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 



SCHEDULE “A-l”

The “FOU Patents”

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 


Exhibit 10.7

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

STRATEGIC INNOVATION FUND

AbCellera COVID-19 Project

This Agreement made

 

Between:  
  HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA
  (“Her Majesty”)
  as represented by the Minister of Industry
  (the “Minister”)
And:  
  AbCellera Biologics Inc., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, having its head office located at 2215 Yukon Street, Vancouver, British Columbia V5Y 0A1
  (the “Recipient”)

RECITALS

WHEREAS

 

  I-

The Strategic Innovation Fund (“SIF”) is designed to encourage research and development, and accelerate the technology transfer and commercialization of innovative products, services, and processes; facilitate the growth and expansion of firms; secure economically significant mandates within or to Canada; and, advance industrial research and technology demonstration activities through collaboration;

 

  II-

Neither the entering into this Agreement nor the provision by the Minister of the Contribution is contingent upon export performance on the part of the Recipient;

 

  III-

the Project involves:

 

   

activities related to the creation or deployment of medical countermeasures (MCM’s), or any activity related to the response to COVID-19;

 

   

activities related to Canada’s long-term emergency preparedness; and

 

   

obtaining an R&D and/or production mandate which was previously held outside of Canada or is being established for the first time in relation to Canada’s emergency preparedness.

 

  IV-

The Minister has agreed to make a partially repayable contribution to the Recipient in support of the Recipient’s Eligible Supported Costs (as defined herein) of the Project with total Project costs of [***];

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


NOW, THEREFORE in accordance with the mutual covenants and agreements herein, Her Majesty and the Recipient agree as follows:

 

1.

Purpose of the Agreement

The purpose of this Agreement is to set out respective obligations and the terms and conditions under which the Minister will provide funding in support of the Project (as defined herein).

 

2.

Interpretation

 

2.1

Definitions.

In this Agreement, a capitalized term has the meaning given to it in this section, unless otherwise specified:

Acquisition or Divestiture” means an acquisition of a business, the sale of a business or a merger or amalgamation.

Activity” means a significant task that must take place in order to complete the Project. It has duration, during which time the work of that task is performed, and may have resources and costs associated with that task as set out in Form C1- ESTIMATED PROJECT COSTS BREAKDOWN of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Agreement” means this contribution agreement including all the schedules attached hereto, as such may be amended, restated or supplemented, from time to time.

Affiliated Person” means an affiliated person as defined in the Income Tax Act, as amended.

Background Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property that is not Project Intellectual Property and that is required for the carrying out of the Project or the exploitation of the Project Intellectual Property.

Background Intellectual Property Rights” means the Intellectual Property Rights in Background Intellectual Property.

Benefits Commitments” means those activities described in Subsection 6.3 of this Agreement that will generate benefits to Canada.

Benefits Phase” means the period from the Project Completion Date to and including the last day of the Term.

Change in Control” of the Recipient means:

 

  (a)

if the Recipient is a public company, the acquisition by an individual or company (or two or more of them acting in concert) that results in its or their direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 20% or more of outstanding shares of voting stock of the Recipient; or

 

  (b)

if the Recipient is a private company, the acquisition by an individual or company (or two or more of them acting in concert) that results in its or their direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the voting stock in the Recipient; or

 

  (c)

if the Recipient enters into a binding obligation to sell, sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets.

Claim Period” means the following quarters of a calendar year: January 1 to March 31, April 1 to June 30, July 1 to September 30 and October 1 to December 31.

Collaboration” means the Recipient’s association with one or more Collaboration Partners for the purpose of research and development.


Collaboration Partner” means, other than the Recipient and sub-contractors, any small and medium-sized Canadian based enterprise, any Canadian research institute, any licensed or accredited academic, post-secondary institution in Canada that is/are involved in the Collaboration.

Contribution” means the funding, in Canadian dollars, made available by the Minister under this Agreement.

“CO-OP Term” means a four (4) month full-time position.

Dispose” means, as regards a Project Asset, the transferring outside Canada, by the Recipient, selling, leasing or otherwise disposing including, in the case of a prototype or pilot plant, the transfer to commercial production, but in any event, shall not include abandoning the Project Asset for legitimate business reasons, such as the disposal of obsolete or disused equipment or materials.

Eligibility Date” means [***].

Eligible Costs” means the costs associated with work performed in Canada, or outside of Canada to the extent explicitly permitted in this Agreement that are incurred and paid by the Recipient in respect of the Project, and in accordance with Schedule 3 - Cost Principles, excluding:

 

  (a)

any costs that are specifically identified in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work as not being supported; and

 

  (b)

any costs prohibited or deemed ineligible elsewhere in this Agreement.

Event of Default” means the events of default listed in Subsection 14.1 of this Agreement.

Execution Date” means the date of the last signature to this Agreement such that the Agreement is signed and dated by all Parties.

Fair Market Value” means the price that would be agreed to in an open and unrestricted market between knowledgeable and willing parties dealing at arm’s length, who are fully informed and not under any compulsion to transact.

Force Majeure” means any cause which is unavoidable or beyond the reasonable control of the Recipient, including war, riot, insurrection, strikes, or any act of God or other similar circumstance and which could not have been reasonably circumvented by the Recipient without incurring unreasonable cost.

FTE” or “Full Time Equivalent” means each employee or, where applicable, intern, who works for the Recipient on a full-time basis (i.e. they are responsible to work at least 2,000 hours for the Recipient when calculated on an annual basis) and, in the case of hourly paid employees or interns who are responsible to work for the Recipient less than on a full-time basis, each equivalent to such a full-time worker, where the number of such equivalents is calculated by dividing (a) by (b) where (a) = the aggregate of all hours worked by such individuals for the Recipient including hours taken by them as paid vacation, sick leave, and for other similar reasons, calculated on an annual basis, and (b) = 2,000 hours.

Good Manufacturing Practice Antibody Production Facility” means the facility referred to in Section 2.2 Statement of Work for Phase 2 in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Government Fiscal Year” means the period from April 1 of one year to March 31 of the following year.

Highly Skilled” means an employee that requires specialized training in order to operate, manage or participate in the Project. This may include scientists, engineers, managers and specialized trades.

Intellectual Property” means all inventions, whether or not patented or patentable, all commercial and technical information, whether or not constituting trade secrets, and all copyrightable works, industrial designs, integrated circuit topographies, and distinguishing marks or guises, whether or not registered or registrable.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


Intellectual Property Rights” means all rights recognized by law in or to Intellectual Property, including but not limited to Intellectual Property rights protected through legislation. These shall include patents, copyrights, industrial design rights, integrated circuit topography rights, rights in trademarks and trade names, all rights in applications and registrations for any of the foregoing, and all rights in trade secrets and confidential information.

Interest Rate” means the Bank Rate, as defined in the Interest and Administrative Charges Regulations, in effect on the due date, plus 300 basis points, compounded monthly. The Interest Rate for a given month can be found at: http://www.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/recgen/txt/taux-rates-eng.html

Master Schedule” means a summary-level Project schedule that identifies the major Activities and work breakdown structure components and Milestones as reflected in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Material Change” is a significant change in the scope, objectives, outcomes or benefits of the Project including without limitation, the following:

 

  (a)

The Project is not completed or not expected to be completed by the Project Completion Date;

 

  (b)

The Recipient does not proceed with undertaking Phase 2 of the Project as outlined in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work;

 

  (c)

the estimated Total Eligible Costs set out in Form C2 - ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work are expected to be reduced or are expected to be exceeded by [***] percent ([***]%) or more;

 

  (d)

a change in the locations where the Project is to be performed as identified in Form D - PROJECT LOCATION AND COSTS of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Maximum Amount to be Repaid” means [***] times the actual amount of the Contribution disbursed for Phase 2 by the Minister to the Recipient under this Agreement.

Milestone” means a significant point or event in the Project as set forth in Form B of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Party” means the Minister, or the Recipient or any Guarantor, and “Parties” means all of them.

Phase 1” means Phase 1 of the Project as defined in Section 2.1 Statement of Work for Phase 1 of the Project in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Phase 2” means Phase 2 of the Project as defined in Section 2.2 Statement of Work for Phase 2 of the Project in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Project” means the project as described in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

Project Asset” means an asset which, in whole or in part, has been acquired, created, developed, advanced and/or contributed to by the Contribution.

Project Completion Date” means [***].

Project Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property conceived, produced, developed or reduced to practice in carrying out the Project by the Recipient and/or any Affiliated Persons of the Recipient, or any of their employees, agents, contractors or assigns.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


Project Intellectual Property Rights” means the Intellectual Property Rights in the Project Intellectual Property.

Public Office Holder” means a public office holder as defined in the Lobbying Act, as amended.

Resulting Products” means all products, services or processes produced using the Project Intellectual Property or that incorporate any of the Project Intellectual Property.

“Recipient Fiscal Year” means the period for which the Recipient’s accounts in respect of its business or property are prepared for purposes of assessment under the Income Tax Act, as amended.

Repayment Period” means the repayment period set out in Section 2 of Schedule 5 - Repayments to the Minister.

Schedule” means a schedule to this Agreement, including any amendments or supplements.

Similar Goods” means goods or services that closely resemble the goods or services being transferred, in respect of their component materials, form, function and characteristics, and are capable of performing an equivalent function as, and of being commercially interchangeable with, the goods being transferred.

Technology Readiness Level” or “TRL” means technology readiness according to the Technology Readiness Level scale described below.

 

Technology Readiness Level    Description
TRL 1—Basic principles observed and reported    Lowest level of technology readiness. Scientific research begins to be translated into applied research and development (R&D). Examples might include paper studies of a technology’s basic properties.
TRL 2—Technology concept and/or application formulated    Invention begins. Once basic principles are observed, practical applications can be invented. Applications are speculative, and there may be no proof or detailed analysis to support the assumptions.
TRL 3—Analytical and experimental critical function and/or characteristic proof of concept    Active R&D is initiated. This includes analytical studies and laboratory studies to physically validate the analytical predictions of separate elements of the technology.
TRL 4—Product and/or process validation in laboratory environment    Basic technological products and/or processes are tested to establish that they will work.
TRL 5—Product and/or process validation in relevant environment    Reliability of product and/or process innovation increases significantly. The basic products and/or processes are integrated so they can be tested in a simulated environment.
TRL 6—Product and/or process prototype demonstration in a relevant environment    Prototypes are tested in a relevant environment. Represents a major step up in a technology’s demonstrated readiness. Examples include testing a prototype in a simulated operational environment.


TRL 7—Product and/or process prototype demonstration in an operational environment    Prototype near or at planned operational system and requires demonstration of an actual prototype in an operational environment (e.g. in a vehicle).
TRL 8—Actual product and/or process completed and qualified through test and demonstration    Innovation has been proven to work in its final form and under expected conditions. In almost all cases, this TRL represents the end of true system development.
TRL 9—Actual product and/or process proven successful    Actual application of the product and/or process innovation in its final form or function.

Term” means the duration of this Agreement as set out in Subsection 3.2 of this Agreement.

Work Phase” means the period of time from the Eligibility Date to and including the Project Completion Date.

Years to Repay” means [***] years.

 

2.2

Singular/Plural. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural.

 

2.3

Entire Agreement. Unless amended in writing by the Parties, this Agreement comprises the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the Project. No prior document, negotiation, provision, undertaking or agreement in relation to the subject matter of this Agreement has legal effect. No representation or warranty, whether express, implied or otherwise, has been made by the Minister to the Recipient, except as expressly set out in this Agreement.

 

2.4

Inconsistency. In case of inconsistency or conflict between a provision contained in the part of the Agreement preceding the signatures and a provision contained in any of the Schedules to this Agreement, the provision contained in the part of the Agreement preceding the signatures will prevail.

 

2.5

Schedules. This Agreement contains the following Schedules as described below, which form an integral part of this Agreement:

Schedule 1 - Statement of Work

Schedule 2 - Communications Obligations

Schedule 3 - Cost Principles

Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements

Schedule 5 - Repayments to the Minister

Schedule 6 - Resolution Process

Schedule 7 - Special Purpose Equipment

 

3.

Duration of Agreement

 

3.1

Execution. This Agreement must be signed by the Recipient and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature by the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.

 

3.2

Duration of Agreement. This Agreement will commence on the Execution Date and will expire, subject to Subsection 3.3, on the date of the last repayment to the Minister, which will be [***], and [***], unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.3

Survival Period. Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 3.2 above, the rights and obligations described in the following Sections or Subsections will survive for a period of three (3) years beyond the Term or early termination of the Agreement:

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


Section 7 - Government Funding

Subsection 8.5 - Overpayment by Minister

Section 9 - Reporting, Monitoring, Audit and Evaluation

Subsection 10.2(d) - Disposal of Assets

Subsection 13.1 – Indemnification

Subsection 13.2 - Limitation of Liability

Section 14 - Default and Remedies

Subsection 17.2 – Interest

Subsection 17.3 - Set-off Rights of Minister

Subsection 17.8 - Applicable Law

 

4.

The Contribution

 

4.1

Contribution. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Minister agrees to make a non-repayable Contribution to the Recipient in respect of Phase 1 of the Project in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) and (b) as follows:

 

  (a)

[***] percent ([***]%) of the Eligible Supported Costs; and

 

  (b)

[***].

 

4.1.1

Contribution. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Minister agrees to make a [***] repayable Contribution to the Recipient in respect of Phase 2 in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) and (b) as follows:

 

  (a)

[***] percent ([***]%) of the Eligible Supported Costs; and

 

  (b)

[***].

 

4.2

Funding Period. The Minister will not contribute to any Eligible Supported Costs incurred by the Recipient prior to the Eligibility Date or after the Project Completion Date. In no event will Eligible Supported Costs incurred prior to the Execution Date exceed [***] percent ([***]%) of the “estimated Total Eligible Supported Costs” set out in Form C2 - ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work.

 

4.3

Fiscal Year. The payment of the Contribution per Government Fiscal Year is estimated at amounts specified in Form C2 - ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work. The Minister will have no obligation to pay any amounts in any Government Fiscal Year other than those specified in Form C2 - ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work. If, for a given Government Fiscal Year, the Recipient claims an amount less than the estimated Contribution for that Government Fiscal Year specified in Form C2 - ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work, the Minister may consider any request to reprofile the excess funds to future Government Fiscal Years before the Project Completion Date.

 

4.4

Overruns. Subject to Subsection 6.3.4, the Recipient shall be responsible for all costs of the Project, including cost overruns, if any.

 

4.5

Holdbacks. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Minister may, at the Minister’s sole discretion, withhold up to ten percent (10%) of the Contribution until:

 

  (a)

the Project is completed to the satisfaction of the Minister;

 

  (b)

the final report described in Subsection 8.3(c) has been submitted to the satisfaction of the Minister;

 

  (c)

the Minister has approved the final claim described in Subsection 8.3.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


5.

Recipient’s Obligations

 

5.1

Project Completion Date. The Recipient agrees to carry out the Project in a diligent and professional manner using qualified personnel, and complete same on or before the Project Completion Date.

 

5.2

Project Location. Except as otherwise permitted in Subsection 6.5 below, the Recipient agrees to carry out the Project exclusively in Canada located in Vancouver, British Columbia.

 

5.3

Benefits Commitments. The Recipient agrees to conduct Benefits Commitments exclusively in Canada.

 

5.4

Repayment. The Recipient agrees to make all repayments due to the Minister as set out in Schedule 5 - Repayments to the Minister.

 

5.5

Compliance. The Recipient agrees to satisfy and comply with all other terms, conditions and obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

6.

Special Conditions

 

6.1

Pre-Disbursement

The Recipient covenants and agrees to the following:

 

6.1.1

First Claim. Upon submission of the first claim, the Recipient shall provide evidence to the Minister, to the Minister’s satisfaction, that it has available funds to carry out the Project and continue operating for the remainder of the Government Fiscal Year in which the claim is received by the Minister, or for a period of six months from the day the claim is received by the Minister, whichever is greater. No disbursement of the Contribution shall be made prior to the Recipient providing such satisfactory evidence. If the Recipient fails to satisfy such condition within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the receipt of the first claim, the Minister may, at his discretion, terminate the Agreement upon written notice.

Subsequently, at the beginning of each new Government Fiscal Year, the Recipient shall provide evidence to the Minister, to the Minister’s satisfaction, that it has available funds to carry out the Project and continue operating for that Government Fiscal Year. No disbursement of the Contribution shall be made prior to the Recipient providing such satisfactory evidence. If the Recipient fails to satisfy such condition within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the beginning of each Government Fiscal Year, the Minister may, at his discretion, terminate the Agreement upon written notice.

 

6.1.2

Feasibility Study. Prior to the first disbursement of the Contribution under this Agreement associated with Phase 2, and within a period of [***] months [***] of the Execution Date of the Contribution Agreement, the Recipient shall submit, to the satisfaction of the Minister, a feasibility study for the Good Manufacturing Practice Antibody Production Facility that will:

 

  i

[***]; and

 

  ii

[***].

 

6.2

Future Financing and Acquisition

 

6.2.1

Future Financing. Subject to the Change in Control provisions and any other applicable federal/provincial laws or regulations, nothing in the Agreement will prevent the Recipient from raising future financing through debt or equity markets as required to advance and grow the Recipient’s business. Specifically, nothing in the Agreement shall prevent the Recipient from pursuing an Initial Public Offering on a major exchange, subject to Subsection 10.2(c), should the Recipient and its Board determine that it is appropriate to do so.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


6.2.2

Minister’s Consent to Change in Control on Acquisition. In the event that the Minister does not provide his/her consent to a Change in Control as required within this Agreement, the Minister may require the Recipient to repay to the Minister all or part of the Contribution disbursed by the Minister, together with interest from the day of demand at the Interest Rate, due within [***] days, as of the date of the written notice of the Minister informing the Recipient of the decision, at which time the Parties will be released from their obligations under this Agreement (except for those obligations that survive beyond the term of the Agreement, excluding Subsection 10.2(d) - Disposal of Assets).

 

6.3

Benefits Commitments.

The Recipient covenants and agrees to the following:

 

6.3.1

Strengthen Canada’s response to COVID-19

 

  (a)

[***] to ensure that any MCMs (e.g. antibody therapies, treatments, diagnostic test kits and the reagents required to use those kits, etc.) developed directly as a result of the Project will be accessible and available for the Canadian population, [***].

 

  (b)

[***] to establish clinical trial site(s) in Canada for its antibody discoveries related to COVID-19 [***].

 

6.3.2

Creation and Retention of Intellectual Property (IP) in Canada

 

  (a)

to maintain ownership of Project Intellectual Property to which the Minister has directly contributed, or improvements to products, processes and equipment arising from the Project.

 

  (b)

to develop an internal IP strategy, to the extent it does not already exist, setting out terms that support the creation and retention of IP in Canada, including educational awareness training for employees The IP strategy will be submitted within [***] of the Execution Date of the Agreement. The Recipient agrees to report annually on any changes related to IP training during the Term.

 

  (c)

to assign, transfer or license the Project Intellectual Property, to which the Minister has directly contributed, [***] to ensure a domestically-sourced supply of MCM in response to COVID-19, [***] under terms to be negotiated between the Parties in good faith. [***]

 

6.3.3

Maintain Footprint in Canada

to maintain ownership and ongoing operations of its Good Manufacturing Practice Antibody Production Facility in Canada for the Term.

 

6.3.4

Cost Overruns

In the event the Recipient does not [***] as per Section 4.1.1 of this Agreement, should the Recipient incur cost overruns in Phase 2.

 

6.4

Facility Closure Mandatory Repayment

In the event of a closure of the Good Manufacturing Practice Antibody Production Facility during the Term, [***].

 

6.5

Work Outside Canada

In consideration of the Minister providing the Contribution, the Recipient shall incur a minimum of [***] of the Project Eligible Costs in Canada, and may incur up to [***] of Eligible Costs for work outside of Canada. Any cost over the threshold of [***] will be considered ineligible and will not be subject to claim.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


6.6

Annual Benefits Reporting

In addition to the Reporting Requirements outlined in Subsection 11.6 and in in Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements, the Recipient covenants and agrees to the following:

 

  (a)

On an annual basis and for the Term, the Recipient shall provide information identifying the Project’s achievements relative to planned outcomes and benefits, including, but not limited to:

 

  i.

Number of therapeutic antibodies discovered, developed, manufactured, and/or distributed;

 

  ii.

Number of antibodies licensed for diagnostic testing;

 

  iii.

Number of jobs created or maintained with average and range of salary levels;

 

  iv.

Market share secured or captured;

 

  v.

Composition of workforce, including diversity and gender representation;

 

  vi.

Dollars spent on Canadian R&D and/or capital expenditures;

 

  vii.

Productivity improvement levels;

 

  viii.

Number and details of post-secondary institution collaborations;

 

  ix.

Number and activities of co-op engagements; and

 

  x.

Training activities of the workforce.

 

  (b)

On an annual basis and for the Term, the Recipient shall provide information on the Project derived benefits including, but not limited to:

 

  i.

Number of therapeutic antibodies discovered, developed, manufactured, and/or distributed;

 

  ii.

Impact to the growth of the Canadian supply chain;

 

  iii.

New intellectual property generated;

 

  iv.

R&D and Product Development levels as a function of revenue;

 

  v.

Details of increased collaborations, including associated costs and activities;

 

  vi.

Efforts to reduce environmental footprint and/or increase environmental sustainability of the company; and

 

  vii.

Productivity improvement levels.

 

6.7

Additional Reporting Requirements

In addition to the Reporting Requirements outlined in Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements, and Subsection 6.6 (a) and (b), the Recipient will be required to notify the Minister immediately upon its [***].

 

6.8

Amendment

The Recipient shall provide written notice to the Minister of any changes which may have an impact on Schedule 1 - Statement of Work or on the Benefits Commitments in accordance with 6.3 of this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


The Recipient shall provide to the satisfaction of the Minister sufficient written reasons to justify modifications to the Agreement. At the Minister’s sole discretion, the Minister may request a formal amendment to be executed by the Parties. The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith such amendments as per Schedule 6 - Resolution Process. Failure to agree will result in the Minister declaring an Event of Default in accordance with 14.1 of this Agreement.

 

7.

Government Funding

 

7.1

The Recipient represents that the list below states all funding from federal, provincial, territorial or municipal governments in Canada (“Government Funding”), requested or received by the Recipient or that the Recipient currently expects to request or receive to cover any of the Eligible Supported Costs. The list below excludes provincial and federal investment tax credits.

 

Federal

     [***]  

Provincial

     [***]  

Territorial

     [***]  

Municipal

     [***]  
  

 

 

 

Total

     $ 175,631,000  

 

7.2

The Recipient shall inform the Minister of any change to the amount of Government Funding identified in Subsection 7.1. The Recipient shall also inform the Minister of any provincial and federal investment tax credits, received or expected to be received by the Recipient for the Eligible Supported Costs. Such notice must be made promptly in writing, and in any case not later than thirty (30) days following any change. In the event of additional Government Funding, the Minister will have the right to either reduce the Contribution to the extent of any additional funding received by the Recipient or require the Recipient to repay the Contribution hereunder equal to the amount of any such additional funding received by the Recipient in accordance with Subsection 8.5.

 

7.3

In no instance will the total Government Funding (including SIF funding, provincial and federal investment tax credits) towards Eligible Supported Costs of the Project be allowed to exceed [***] of total Eligible Supported Costs.

 

8.

Claims and Payments

 

8.1

Separate Records. The Recipient shall maintain accounting records that account for the Contribution paid to the Recipient and the related Project costs, separate and distinct from any other sources of funding.

 

8.2

Claims Procedures. The Minister will reimburse claims for Eligible Costs submitted for a Claim Period, provided there is no Event of Default and the claims are:

 

  (a)

submitted for each Claim Period, except for the first claim which will start on the Eligibility Date;

 

  (b)

submitted within forty-five (45) days of the end of each Claim Period;

 

  (c)

accompanied with details of all costs being claimed according to Schedule 3 - Cost Principles, which have been incurred by the Recipient and which will be substantiated by such documents as may be required by the Minister and presented in accordance with the Activities and the Milestones contained in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work;

 

  (d)

certified, in a form satisfactory to the Minister, by the chief financial officer of the Recipient or such other person considered satisfactory to the Minister;

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


  (e)

adjusted, if necessary, by including a deduction for expenses included in a previous claim which were not eligible expenses according to Eligible Costs definition in this Agreement or which were not paid by the Recipient;

 

  (f)

accompanied by a report containing:

 

  (i)

the Recipient’s revised projections of the Project cash flows for the current Government Fiscal Year;

 

  (ii)

an identification of any planned or completed transfer to commercial production, transfer outside of Canada, sale, lease or other disposal of equipment or SPE, as defined in Schedule 7 - Special Purpose Equipment, funded in whole or in part by the Contribution;

 

  (iii)

an itemized list of foreign sub-contracting costs, if any;

 

  (iv)

the foreign exchange rates used in the claim;

 

  (v)

progress report as specified in Subsection 1.2 of Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements;

 

  (vi)

such other information as the Minister may request from time to time; and

 

  (vii)

an update to the list of current holdings of Special Purpose Equipment as per Schedule 7 - Special Purpose Equipment, if any modifications have been made since the last claim;

 

  (g)

accompanied by a statement from the Recipient repeating and confirming the representations set out in Section 10 of this Agreement as required by Subsection 10.3, and a certification that there are no Events of Defaults (and no state of facts exist which, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default);

 

  (h)

substantially (± 20 percent (20%)) consistent with the cost estimates of Schedule 1 - Statement of Work; and

 

  (i)

accompanied by the Recipient’s travel policy (first claim only).

 

8.3

Final Claim Procedures. The Recipient shall submit, within forty-five (45) days after the Project Completion Date, the final claim along with:

 

  (a)

an itemized statement certified by the Recipient’s chief financial officer, or such other person considered satisfactory to the Minister, attesting to the total Eligible Costs for the Project incurred and paid;

 

  (b)

a statement of the total government funding (federal, provincial and municipal funding as well as tax credits) received or requested to cover the Eligible Costs of the Project; and

 

  (c)

a final progress report on the Project, as more fully described in Subsection 1.3 of Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements.

 

8.4

Payment Procedures.

 

  (a)

The Minister shall review and approve the documentation submitted by the Recipient following the receipt of the Recipient’s claim and in the event of any deficiency in the documentation, the Minister will notify the Recipient and the Recipient shall immediately take action to address and rectify the deficiency.


  (b)

Subject to the maximum Contribution amounts set forth in Subsection 4.1 and all other conditions contained in this Agreement, the Minister shall pay to the Recipient a percentage of the Eligible Supported Costs set forth in the Recipient’s claim based on the sharing ratios identified in Paragraph 4.1 (a) and 4.1.1 (a), in accordance with the Minister’s customary practices.

 

  (c)

The Minister may request at any time that the Recipient provide satisfactory evidence to demonstrate that all Eligible Costs claimed have been paid.

 

8.5

Overpayment by Minister. Where the Minister determines that the amount of the Contribution disbursed exceeds the amount to which the Recipient is entitled, the Recipient shall repay to the Minister, promptly and no later than thirty (30) days from notice from the Minister, the amount of the overpayment together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of the notice to the day of payment to the Minister in full. Any such amount is a debt due to Her Majesty and is recoverable as such.

 

9.

Reporting, Monitoring, Audit and Evaluation

 

9.1

Reports. The Recipient agrees to provide the Minister with the reports as described in Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements, to the Minister’s satisfaction.

 

9.2

Additional Information. Upon request of the Minister and at no cost to the Minister, the Recipient shall promptly elaborate upon any report submitted or provide such additional information as may be requested.

 

9.3

Minister’s Right to Audit Accounts and Records. The Recipient shall, at its own expense, maintain and preserve in Canada and make available for audit and examination by the Minister or the Minister’s representatives all books, accounts and records relating to this Agreement or the Project held by the Recipient, its Affiliated Persons, agents and contractors and of the information necessary to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including repayment to the Minister. The Minister will have the right to conduct such audits at the Minister’s expense as may be considered necessary.

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister, the Recipient and its Affiliated Persons, agents and contractors shall maintain and preserve all books, accounts, invoices, receipts and records and all other documentation related to this Agreement until the end of the Recipient Fiscal Year that ends seven (7) years after the fiscal year of the date on which they were created.

 

9.4

Auditor General Rights. The Recipient recognizes, acknowledges and accepts that the Auditor General of Canada may, at the Auditor General’s cost, after consultation with the Recipient, conduct an inquiry under the authority of subsection 7.1 (1) of the Auditor General Act in relation to any funding agreement (as defined in subsection 42 (4) of the Financial Administration Act) with respect to the use of the Contribution received.

For the purposes of any such inquiry undertaken by the Auditor General, the Recipient shall provide, upon request and in a timely manner, to the Auditor General or anyone acting on behalf of the Auditor General,

 

  (a)

all records held by the Recipient, its Affiliated Persons, agents or contractors relating to this Agreement and the use of the Contribution provided under this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

such further information and explanations as the Auditor General, or anyone acting on behalf of the Auditor General, may request relating to this Agreement or the use of the Contribution.

 

9.5

Access to Records. The Recipient shall, at all times, ensure that its agents, employees, assigns, contractors, and Affiliated Persons are obligated to provide to the Minister or the Auditor General or their authorized representatives records and other information that are in possession of those agents, employees, assigns, contractors, and Affiliated Persons and that relate to this Agreement or to the use of the Contribution.


9.6

Access to Premises. The Recipient and its Affiliated Persons shall provide the representatives of the Minister reasonable access to premises to inspect and assess the progress of the Project or any element thereof and supply promptly on request such data as the Minister may reasonably require for statistical or Project evaluation purposes.

 

9.7

Evaluation. The Recipient shall, at its own expense, participate in the preparation of case studies reporting on the outcomes of the Project, to be completed by the Minister or the Minister’s agents, in order to assist in the Minister’s preparation of an overall evaluation of the value and effectiveness of SIF.

 

10.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

 

10.1

Representations. The Recipient represents and warrants that:

 

  (a)

it is duly incorporated under Canadian law and validly existing and in good standing and has the power and authority to carry on its business, to hold property and to enter into this Agreement and undertakes to take all necessary action to maintain itself in good standing, to preserve its legal capacity and to remain incorporated in a Canadian jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

signatories to the Agreement have been duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement;

 

  (c)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized and that when executed and delivered, the Agreement will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  (d)

it is under no obligation or prohibition, nor is it subject to or threatened by any actions, suits or proceedings that could or would prevent compliance with the Agreement. The Recipient shall inform the Minister forthwith of any such occurrence;

 

  (e)

the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Recipient of its obligations hereunder will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both:

 

  (i)

violate the provisions of the Recipient’s by-laws, any other corporate governance document subscribed to by the Recipient or any resolution of the Recipient;

 

  (ii)

violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, government agency, regulatory authority or arbitrator; or

 

  (iii)

conflict with or result in the breach or termination of any material term or provision of, or constitute a default under, or cause any acceleration under, any license, permit, concession, franchise, indenture, mortgage, lease, equipment lease, contract, permit, deed of trust or any other instrument or agreement by which it is bound;

 

  (f)

it has obtained or will obtain all necessary licences and permits in relation to the Project, which satisfy the requirements of all regulating bodies of appropriate jurisdiction;

 

  (g)

it owns or holds sufficient rights in any Intellectual Property required to carry out the Project; and,

 

  (h)

the description of the Project in Schedule 1 - Statement of Work is complete and accurate.

 

10.2

Covenants. The Recipient covenants and agrees that:

 

  (a)

it is solely responsible for providing or obtaining the funding, in addition to the Contribution, required to carry out the Project and the fulfilment of the Recipient’s other obligations under this Agreement;


  (b)

no Material Change within the control of the Recipient will be made without the prior written consent of the Minister. In the event that the Minister does not consent to such a Material Change, the Minister may exercise the remedies set out in Subsection 14.3;

 

  (c)

no Change in Control will be made without the prior written consent of the Minister.

 

  (i)

In the case where the Recipient is a private company, the Recipient shall notify the Minister, in writing, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the date from which the Recipient expects to have a Change in Control, and the Minister will confirm no later than thirty (30) days after receiving notification from the Recipient if it consents to the Change in Control. Subject to subsection 17.13, consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  (ii)

In the case where the Recipient is a public company, the Recipient shall notify the Minister, in writing, of any Change in Control no later than thirty (30) days following any Change in Control.

 

  (iii)

Prior to providing consent, the Minister may, as a result of notification of the Change in Control, require additional due diligence to determine the impacts of the Change in Control, such as the following, but not be limited to: the legal status of the Recipient pursuant to the Strategic Innovation Fund’s program terms and conditions; the impact on the recipient’s finances and the Project to ensure that the Recipient is able to complete the Project; and, any other considerations that may emerge. The purpose of the due diligence is to ensure that the Minister can fully evaluate any additional considerations that were not identified at the time of authorizing the funding. In the event that the Minister does not consent to such a Change in Control, the Minister may exercise the remedies set out in Subsection 14.3;

 

  (d)

it shall retain possession and control of all Project Assets, including SPE as per Schedule 7 - Special Purpose Equipment, the cost of which has been contributed to by the Minister under the Agreement, and the Recipient shall not Dispose of the same without the prior written consent of the Minister, other than in the ordinary course of business where the aggregate book value of such Project Assets for each occurrence is no greater than [***];

 

  (e)

it shall, in advance and in writing, and subject to Paragraphs 10.2 (c) and (d) of this Agreement, notify the Minister in the event of any Acquisition or Divestiture. In the case where the Recipient is a public company, the Recipient shall notify the Minister in writing of any Acquisition or Divestiture contemporaneously with any press release, or filing of a public regulatory notice in respect of such Acquisition or Divestiture;

 

  (f)

that it shall not make any dividend payments or other shareholder distributions that would prevent it from implementing the Project or satisfying any other of the Recipient’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the making of repayments to the Minister hereunder;

 

  (g)

it shall comply with the federal visibility requirements set out in Schedule 2 - Communications Obligations; and

 

  (h)

it shall comply with all laws and regulations applicable to it.

 

10.3

Renewal of Representations. It is a condition precedent to any disbursement under this Agreement that the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement are true at the time of payment and that the Recipient is not in default of compliance with any terms of this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


11.

Intellectual Property

 

11.1

Background Intellectual Property. The Recipient must own the Background Intellectual Property or hold sufficient Background Intellectual Property Rights to permit the Project to be carried out and the Project Intellectual Property to be exploited by the Recipient.

 

11.2

Project Intellectual Property. Ownership of the Project Intellectual Property to which the Minister has directly contributed, and the ownership of Project Intellectual Property Rights therefore, shall vest in the Recipient and shall remain in Canada for the Term unless otherwise agreed to by the Minister.

 

11.3

License of Project Intellectual Property. The Recipient agrees not to grant any exclusive right or exclusive license to, any of the Project Intellectual Property without the prior written consent of the Minister, except in respect of an end-user licensee in conjunction with the sale of Resulting Products and except [***].

 

11.4

Protection of Project Intellectual Property. The Recipient shall take appropriate steps to protect and enforce the Project Intellectual Property. The Recipient shall provide information to the Minister in that regard, upon request.

 

11.5

Crown Ownership of Intellectual Property. The Crown will not have an ownership interest in the Project Intellectual Property nor will the Crown acquire new rights in Background Intellectual Property by virtue solely of having provided the Contribution. Rights attributed to the Crown in any other way including under the Public Servants Inventions Act are not in any way affected by this Agreement.

 

11.6

Reporting on Licensing Activities. The Recipient will report [***], to the satisfaction of the Minister, a list of licensing arrangements with respect to the Project Intellectual Property executed since the previous report except for the first report which will cover the period from the Execution Date to the end of the first [***].

 

12.

Environmental and Other Requirements

 

12.1

The Recipient represents that the Project is not a “designated project” and is not being carried out on “federal lands” as such terms are defined in the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012 (“CEAA”).

 

12.2

The Recipient shall, in respect of the Project, comply with all federal, provincial, territorial, municipal and other applicable laws, including but not limited to, statutes, regulations, by-laws, rules, orders, ordinances and decrees governing the Recipient or the Project, or both, relating to environmental protection and the successful implementation of and adherence to any mitigation measures, monitoring or follow-up program that may be prescribed by the Minister or other federal, provincial, territorial, municipal tribunals or bodies, and certifies to the Minister that it has done so to date.

 

12.3

The Recipient will provide the Minister with reasonable access to any Project site for the purpose of ensuring that the terms and conditions of any environmental approval are met, and that any mitigation, monitoring or follow-up measure required has been carried out.

 

12.4

If as a result of changes to the Project or otherwise, an assessment is required in accordance with CEAA for the Project, the Minister and the Recipient agree that the Minister’s obligations under this Agreement will be suspended from the moment that the Minister informs the Recipient, until (i) a decision statement has been issued to the Recipient or, if applicable, the Minister has decided that the Project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects or the Governor in Council has decided that the significant adverse environmental effects are justified in the circumstances, and (ii) if required, an amendment to this Agreement has been signed, setting out any conditions included in the decision statement.

 

12.5

Aboriginal consultation. The Recipient acknowledges that the Minister’s obligation to pay the Contribution is conditional upon Her Majesty satisfying any obligation that Her Majesty may have to consult with or to accommodate any Aboriginal groups, which may be affected by the terms of this Agreement.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


12.6

Official Languages. The Recipient agrees that any public acknowledgement of the Minister’s public support for the Project will be expressed in both official languages.

 

13.

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

 

13.1

Indemnification. Except for any claims arising from the gross negligence of, or willful misconduct by, the Minister’s employees, officers, agents or servants, the Recipient agrees, at all times, to indemnify and save harmless, the Minister and any of his officers, servants, employees or agents from all and against all claims and demands, actions, suits or other proceedings (and all losses, costs and damages relating thereto) by whomsoever made, brought or prosecuted (all of the foregoing collectively, the “Claims”), where such Claims are asserted or arise from the Minister being a Party to this Agreement and exercising his rights and performing his obligations under this Agreement, to the extent such Claims result from:

 

  (a)

the Project, its operation, conduct or any other aspect thereof;

 

  (b)

the performance or non-performance of this Agreement, or the breach or failure to comply with any term, condition, representation or warranty of this Agreement by the Recipient, its Affiliated Persons, its officers, employees and agents, or by a third party or its officers, employees, or agents;

 

  (c)

the design, construction, operation, maintenance and repair of any part of the Project; or,

 

  (d)

any omission or other wilful or negligent act or delay of the Recipient, its Affiliated Person or a third party and their respective employees, officers, or agents.

 

13.2

Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Minister shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, special or consequential damages of the Recipient nor for the loss of revenues or profits arising from, based upon, occasioned by or attributable to the execution of this Agreement, regardless of whether such a liability arises in tort (including negligence), contract, fundamental breach or breach of a fundamental term, misrepresentation, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty, indemnification or otherwise.

 

13.3

Her Majesty, her agents, employees and servants will not be held liable in the event the Recipient enters into a loan, a capital or operating lease or other long-term obligation in relation to the Project for which the Contribution is provided.

 

14.

Default and Remedies

 

14.1

Event of Default. The Minister may declare that an Event of Default has occurred if:

 

  (a)

the Recipient has failed or neglected to pay Her Majesty any amount due in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (b)

the Project is not completed in accordance with Schedule 1 - Statement of Work to the Minister’s satisfaction by the Project Completion Date or the Project is abandoned by the Recipient in whole or in part;

 

  (c)

the Recipient has not, in the opinion of the Minister, met or satisfied a term, covenant or condition of this Agreement;

 

  (d)

the Recipient becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into receivership, or takes the benefit of any statute, from time to time in force, relating to bankrupt or insolvent debtors;


  (e)

an order is made or the Recipient has passed a resolution for the winding up or dissolution of the Recipient, or the Recipient is dissolved or wound up;

 

  (f)

the Recipient has, in the opinion of the Minister, ceased to carry on business or has sold all or substantially all of its assets or enters into a letter of intent or binding obligation to sell all or substantially all of its assets;

 

  (g)

the Recipient has not met or satisfied a term or condition under any other contribution agreement or agreement of any kind with Her Majesty;

 

  (h)

the Recipient fails to fulfill any of the contractual obligations set out in this Agreement;

 

  (i)

a representation, covenant, warranty or statement contained herein or in any document, report or certificate delivered to the Minister hereunder or in connection therewith is false or misleading at the time it was made; and

 

  (j)

the Recipient fails to comply with the obligations regarding audit and evaluation, as set out in Section 9.

 

14.2

Notice and Rectification Period. Except in the case of an Event of Default under paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of Subsection 14.1 above, the Minister will not declare that an Event of Default has occurred unless the Parties have attempted to resolve the issue in accordance with Schedule 6 - Resolution Process. If the Parties are unable to resolve this issue, the Minister may give written notice to the Recipient of the occurrence which, in the Minister’s opinion, constitutes an Event of Default and the Recipient fails, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice, either to correct the condition or event or demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Minister that it has taken such steps as are necessary to correct the condition, failing which the Minister may declare that an Event of Default has occurred.

 

14.3

Remedies on Default. If, after following the process in Schedule 6 - Resolution Process, the Minister declares that an Event of Default has occurred, the Minister may immediately exercise one or more of the following remedies, in addition to any remedy available at law:

 

  (a)

suspend or terminate any obligation by the Minister to contribute or continue to contribute to the Eligible Costs including any obligation to pay any amount owing prior to the date of such suspension;

 

  (b)

require the Recipient to repay to the Minister [***] (i) [***] or (ii) [***] of the [***] repayable Contribution paid by the Minister [***] up to the date of the Event of Default, together with interest from the day of demand at the Interest Rate;

 

  (c)

require the Recipient to pay the Minister the total of all amounts required to be repaid pursuant to this Agreement or the Maximum Amount to be Repaid, whichever shall be the greater, less any amount already repaid to the Minister together with interest from the day of demand at the Interest Rate;

 

  (d)

terminate the Agreement; and

 

  (e)

post a notice on a Government of Canada website disclosing that the Recipient has committed an Event of Default under the provisions of this Agreement and describing generally the remedies, if any, that the Minister has accordingly exercised.

 

14.4

The Recipient acknowledges the policy objectives served by the Minister’s agreement to make the Contribution, that the Contribution comes from the public monies, and that the amount of damages sustained by Her Majesty in an Event of Default is difficult to ascertain and therefore, that it is fair and reasonable that the Minister be entitled to exercise any or all of the remedies provided for in this Agreement and to do so in the manner provided for in this Agreement, if an Event of Default occurs.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


15.

Miscellaneous

 

15.1

Compliance with Lobbying Act. The Recipient warrants and represents:

 

  (a)

that it has filed all Lobbying Act returns required to be filed in respect of persons employed by the Recipient who communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders as part of their employment duties, and that it will continue to do so;

 

  (b)

that it has not contracted with any person to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders for remuneration that is or would be contingent in any way upon the success of such person arranging meetings with Public Office Holders, or upon the approval of the Recipient’s application for SIF funding, or upon the amount of SIF funding paid or payable to the Recipient under this Agreement;

 

  (c)

that it will not contract with any person to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders for remuneration that is or would be contingent upon the success of such person arranging meetings with Public Office Holders, or upon the amount of SIF funding paid or payable to the Recipient under this Agreement;

 

  (d)

all persons who are or have been contracted by the Recipient to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders in respect of this Agreement are in full compliance with the registration and other requirements of the Lobbying Act; and

 

  (e)

it shall at all times ensure that any persons contracted to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders in respect of the Agreement are in full compliance with the requirements of the Lobbying Act.

 

15.2

Members of Parliament. The Recipient represents and warrants that no member of the House of Commons will be admitted to any share or part of this Agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom. No person who is a member of the Senate will, directly or indirectly, be a party to or be concerned in this Agreement.

 

15.3

Compliance with Post-Employment Provisions. The Recipient confirms that no current or former public servant or public office holder to whom the Values and Ethics Code for the Public Service, the Values and Ethics Code for the Public Sector, the Policy on Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment or the Conflict of Interest Act apply, will derive a direct benefit from this Agreement unless the provision or receipt of such benefits is in compliance with such legislation and codes.

 

15.4

The Recipient acknowledges that the representations and warranties in this section are fundamental terms of this Agreement. In the event of breach of these, the Minister may exercise the remedies set out in Subsection 14.3.

 

16.

Confidentiality

 

16.1

Consent Required. Subject to Schedule 2 - Communications Obligations, the Access to Information Act, the Privacy Act and the Library and Archives Act of Canada, each Party shall keep confidential and shall not without the consent of the other Party disclose the contents of the Agreement and the documents pertaining thereto, whether provided before or after the Agreement was entered into, or of the transactions contemplated herein.


16.2

International Dispute. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.1 of this Agreement, the Recipient waives any confidentiality rights to the extent such rights would impede Her Majesty from fulfilling her notification obligations to a world trade panel for the purposes of the conduct of a dispute, in which Her Majesty is a party or a third party intervener. The Minister is authorized to disclose the contents of this Agreement and any documents pertaining thereto, whether predating or subsequent to this Agreement, or of the transactions contemplated herein, where in the opinion of the Minister, such disclosure is necessary to the defence of Her Majesty’s interests in the course of a trade remedy investigation conducted by a foreign investigative authority, and is protected from public dissemination by the foreign investigative authority. The Minister shall notify the Recipient of such disclosure.

 

16.3

Financing, Licensing and Subcontracting. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.1 of this Agreement, the Minister hereby consents to the Recipient disclosing this Agreement, and any portion or summary thereof, for any of the following purposes:

 

  (a)

securing additional financing;

 

  (b)

licensing for commercial exploitation; or

 

  (c)

confirming to agents, contractors and subcontractors of the Recipient that all agents, contractors and subcontractors must agree to provide the Minister and the Auditor-General with access to their records and premises, provided that any person to whom this Agreement or any portion or summary thereof is disclosed shall execute a non-disclosure agreement prior to such disclosure.

 

16.4

Repayments. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.1 of this Agreement, the Minister may disclose any information relating to the amount of each repayment made by the Recipient whether due or paid.

 

17.

General

 

17.1

Debt due to Canada. Any amount owed to Her Majesty under this Agreement shall constitute a debt due to Her Majesty and shall be recoverable as such. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Recipient agrees to make payment of any such debt forthwith on demand.

 

17.2

Interest. Debts due to Her Majesty will accrue interest in accordance with the Interest and Administrative Charges Regulations, in effect on the due date, compounded monthly on overdue balances payable, from the date on which the payment is due, until payment in full is received by Her Majesty. Any such amount is a debt due to Her Majesty and is recoverable as such.

 

17.3

Set-off Rights of Minister. Without limiting the scope of the set-off rights provided for under the Financial Administration Act, it is understood that the Minister may set off against the Contribution any amounts owed by the Recipient to the Minister under legislation or contribution agreements and the Recipient shall declare to the Minister all amounts outstanding in that regard when making a claim under this Agreement.

 

17.4

No Assignment of Agreement. No Party shall assign the Agreement or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Minister. Any attempt by a Party to assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the express written consent of the Minister, is void.

 

17.5

Annual Appropriation. Any payment by the Minister under this Agreement is subject to there being an appropriation for the Government Fiscal Year in which the payment is to be made; and to cancellation or reduction in the event that departmental funding levels are changed by Parliament. If the Minister is prevented from disbursing the full amount of the Contribution due to a lack or reduction of appropriation or departmental funding levels, the Minister and the Recipient agree to review the effects of such a shortfall in the Contribution on the implementation of this Agreement.

 

17.6

Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is binding upon the Recipient, its successors and permitted assigns.


17.7

Event of Force Majeure. The Recipient will not be in default by reason only of any failure in the performance of the Project in accordance with Schedule 1 - Statement of Work if such failure arises without the fault or negligence of the Recipient and is caused by any event of Force Majeure.

 

17.8

Applicable Law. This Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the province of British Columbia and federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The word “law” used herein has the same meaning as in the Interpretation Act, as amended.

 

17.9

Dispute Resolution. If a dispute arises concerning the application or interpretation of this Agreement, the Parties will attempt to resolve the matter through good faith negotiation, and may, if necessary and the Parties consent in writing, resolve the matter through mediation or arbitration by a mutually acceptable mediator or by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Code set out in the schedule to the Commercial Arbitration Act (Canada), as amended, and all regulations made pursuant to that Act.

 

17.10

No Amendment. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is made in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.

 

17.11

Contribution Agreement Only. This Agreement is a contribution agreement only, not a contract for services or a contract of service or employment, and nothing in this Agreement, the Parties relationship or actions is intended to create, or be construed as creating, a partnership, employment or agency relationship between them. The Recipient is not in any way authorized to make a promise, agreement or contract and to incur any liability on behalf of Her Majesty or to represent itself as an agent, employee or partner of Her Majesty, including in any agreement with a third party, nor shall the Recipient make a promise, agreement or contract and incur any liability on behalf of Her Majesty, and the Recipient shall be solely responsible for any and all payments and deductions required by the applicable laws.

 

17.12

No Waiver. The rights and remedies of the Minister under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedy that he or she would otherwise have. The fact that the Minister refrains from exercising a remedy he or she is entitled to exercise under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such right and any partial exercise of a right will not prevent the Minister in any way from later exercising any other right or remedy under this Agreement or other applicable law.

 

17.13

Consent of the Minister. Whenever this Agreement provides for the Minister to render a decision or for the Recipient to obtain the consent or agreement of the Minister, such decision shall be reasonable on the facts and circumstance and such consent or agreement will not be unreasonably withheld but the Minister may make the issuance of such consent or agreement subject to reasonable conditions.

 

17.14

No conflict of interest. The Recipient and its Affiliated Persons, consultants and any of their respective advisors, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents and volunteers shall not engage in any activity where such activity creates a real, apparent or potential conflict of interest in the sole opinion of the Minister, with the carrying out of the Project. For greater certainty, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a conflict of interest includes a situation where anyone associated with the Recipient owns or has an interest in an organization that is carrying out work related to the Project.

 

17.15

Disclose potential conflict of interest. The Recipient shall disclose to the Minister without delay any actual or potential situation that may be reasonably interpreted as either a conflict of interest or a potential conflict of interest.

 

17.16

Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited by law or otherwise deemed ineffective will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or ineffectiveness and will be severable without invalidating or otherwise affecting the remaining provisions of the Agreement.


17.17

Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and such counterparts may be delivered by acceptable electronic transmission, including portable document format (PDF), each of which when executed and delivered is deemed to be an original, and when taken together, will constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

17.18

Currency. Unless otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are to the currency of Canada.

 

17.19

Tax. The Recipient acknowledges that financial funding from government programs may have tax implications for its organization and that advice should be obtained from a qualified tax professional.

 

18.

Contact Information & Notices

 

18.1

Form and Timing of Notice. Any notice or other communication under this Agreement shall be made in writing. The Minister or the Recipient may send any written notice by any pre-paid method, including regular or registered mail, courier or email. Notice will be considered as received upon delivery by the courier, upon the Party confirming receipt of the email or one (1) day after the email is sent, whichever the sooner or five (5) calendar days after being mailed.

 

18.2

Any notices to the Minister in fulfillment of obligations such as claims, reporting, and any other documents stipulated under this Agreement, will be addressed to:

Strategic Innovation Fund

Attn: Senior Director

8th Floor

235 Queen Street

Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0H5

Fax No: (613) 954-5649

Email address: to be provided by SIF upon request from the Recipient.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, claims forms will not be sent by email unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister.

 

18.3

Any notices to the Recipient will be addressed to:

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

Attn: Andrew Booth, Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Address: 2215 Yukon St.,

     Vancouver, B.C.

     V5Y 0A1

Tel. No.: 604-559-9005

Email address: to be provided by the Recipient to SIF.

 

18.4

Change of Contact Information. Each of the Parties may change the address, which they have stipulated in this Agreement by notifying in writing the other Party of the new address, and such change shall be deemed to take effect fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of such notice.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

as represented by the Minister of Industry

 

Per:   

/s/ Colette Kaminsky

     

2020.04.10

  
   Strategic Innovation Fund       Date   
   Colette Kaminsky, Director General         
AbCellera Biologics Inc.         
Per:   

/s/ Andrew Booth

     

11 April 2020

  
   Andrew Booth, Chief Financial Officer (CFO)       Date   
   I have the authority to bind the Corporation.         


SCHEDULE 1 - STATEMENT OF WORK (SOW)

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SCHEDULE 2 - COMMUNICATIONS OBLIGATIONS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SCHEDULE 3 - COST PRINCIPLES

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SCHEDULE 4 - REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SCHEDULE 5 - REPAYMENTS TO THE MINISTER (CONDITIONAL)

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SCHEDULE 6 - RESOLUTION PROCESS

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SCHEDULE 7 - SPECIAL PURPOSE EQUIPMENT

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.


SPECIAL PURPOSE EQUIPMENT FORM

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of AbCellera Biologics Inc.*

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
AbCellera Properties Inc.    Canada
AbCellera Properties Columbia Inc.    Canada
AbCellera US Holdings Inc.    Delaware
Channel Biologics Pty Ltd.    Australia
Lineage Biosciences Inc.    Delaware
Trianni, Inc.    California

 

*

Includes subsidiaries that do not fall under the definition of “significant subsidiary” as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

AbCellera Biologics Inc.

We, KPMG LLP, consent to the use of our report, dated October 2, 2020, except for Note 18, as to which the date is November 20, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of AbCellera Biologics Inc. included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus. Our report refers to a change in the method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

November 20, 2020

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 of AbCellera Biologics Inc. of our report dated October 26, 2020, with respect to our audits of the financial statements of Trianni, Inc. (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading “Experts” in this registration statement.

Our report refers to a change in the Company’s method of accounting for revenue due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as of January 1, 2018.

 

/s/ Armanino LLP

San Jose, California

November 20, 2020

Exhibit 99.1

Consent of Director Nominee

AbCellera Biologics Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of AbCellera Biologics Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ John Edward Hamer

Name:   John Edward Hamer, Ph.D.
Date:   November 20, 2020